INDYMAC ABS INC
S-3/A, 1998-07-31
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: KILLBUCK BANCSHARES INC, 10-12G/A, 1998-07-31
Next: BARNETT AUTO TRUST 1997-A, 8-K, 1998-07-31



   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 31, 1998
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-51609
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ---------------
                               AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
                                INDYMAC ABS, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                                ---------------
    

           DELAWARE                                     APPLIED FOR
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION                (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                          

                              155 NORTH LAKE AVENUE
                           PASADENA, CALIFORNIA 91101
                                 (800) 669-2300
               (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                                ---------------

                                MICHAEL W. PERRY
                                  INDYMAC, INC.
                              155 NORTH LAKE AVENUE
                           PASADENA, CALIFORNIA 91101
                                 (800) 669-2300
            (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                                ---------------

                                 WITH A COPY TO:
                              EDWARD J. FINE, ESQ.
                                BROWN & WOOD LLP
                             ONE WORLD TRADE CENTER
                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048-0557
                                ---------------

         APPROXIMATE  DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  From
time to time on or after the effective date of the  registration  statement,  as
determined by market conditions.
                                ---------------
         If the only securities  being registered on this form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]
         If any of the  securities  being  registered  on  this  form  are to be
offered  on a  delayed  or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933,  other than  securities  offered only in connection with
dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. [x]
         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement of the same offering. [ ]
     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                                 ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
====================================================================================================================================
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>               <C>                    <C>
                                                                            PROPOSED          PROPOSED
                                                                            MAXIMUM           MAXIMUM                AMOUNT OF
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                                 AMOUNT TO BE         OFFERING PRICE    AGGREGATE              REGISTRATION
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                            REGISTERED(1) (2)    PER UNIT(2)       OFFERING PRICE(2)      FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ---------------------- ---------------

Asset Backed Certificates                              $1,800,000,000       100%              $1,800,000,000               (3)
- ------------------------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- ---------------------- ---------------

Asset Backed Notes                                     $200,000,000         100%              $200,000,000                 (30
====================================================== ==================== ================= ====================== ===============
</TABLE>

(1)      This  Registration  Statement relates to the offering from time to time
         of   $1,800,000,000   aggregate   principal   amount  of  Asset  Backed
         Certificates  and  $200,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount  of Asset
         Backed Notes and to any resales  thereof in market making  transactions
         by Countrywide Securities Corporation,  an affiliate of the Registrant,
         to the extent required.
(2)      Estimated for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(3)      A  total   registration  fee  of  $595,295.00  (for  all  Asset  Backed
         Certificate and Asset Backed Notes registered) was previously paid.

                                 ---------------

         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS  EFFECTIVE  DATE UNTIL THE  REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED ____________ __, 1998

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated __________, 1998)

                                 $-----------
                                 (Approximate)

                               IndyMac ABS, Inc.
                                   Depositor

                                [IndyMac, Inc.]
                          Seller and Master Servicer

              Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 19__-__
           Distributions payable on the ____the day of each month,
                           commencing in _____ 19__

                             --------------------

          The   Mortgage    Pass-Through    Certificates,    Series   199__-__
(collectively,  the  "Certificates")  will  represent  the  entire  beneficial
interest in a Trust Fund consisting  primarily of a pool (the "Mortgage Pool")
of  [fixed-rate]  Mortgage Loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family
residential  properties.  Only  the  Classes  identified  in the  table  below
(collectively, the "Offered Certificates") are offered hereby.

          THE CERTIFICATES  REPRESENT  BENEFICIAL  INTERESTS IN THE TRUST FUND
ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF THE DEPOSITOR, THE
SELLER,  THE  MASTER  SERVICER,   THE  TRUSTEE  OR  ANY  OF  THEIR  RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES.  NEITHER THE  CERTIFICATES  NOR THE MORTGAGE  LOANS ARE INSURED OR
GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL  ENTITY, THE DEPOSITOR,  THE SELLER, THE MASTER
SERVICER,  THE  TRUSTEE  OR ANY OF  THEIR  AFFILIATES  OR  ANY  OTHER  PERSON.
DISTRIBUTIONS  ON THE  CERTIFICATES  WILL BE  PAYABLE  SOLELY  FROM THE ASSETS
TRANSFERRED TO THE TRUST FUND FOR THE BENEFIT OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                   PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS.
                    ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE

==============================================================================
                              [Initial Class            Pass-Through Rate
                          Certificate Balance (1)
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class A -                         $                        %
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class                             $                        %
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class PO                          $                        (2)
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class X                           (3)                      (4)
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class A-R                         $                        %
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class B -                         $                        %
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class                             $                        %
- ------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------------
Class                             $                        %
==============================================================================
(1) Subject to the permitted variance described herein.
(2) The Class PO Certificates will be Principal Only Certificates and will not
    bear interest.
(3)  The Class X Certificates will be Notional Amount Certificates,  will have
     no  principal  balance and will bear  interest on their  Notional  Amount
     (initially expected to be approximately $____________).
(4)  The  Pass-Through  Rate for the Class X Certificates for any Distribution
     Date will be equal to the excess of (a) the  weighted  average of the Net
     Mortgage Rates of the  Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans over (b) % per annum.
     The  Pass-Through  Rate  for the  Class  X  Certificates  for  the  first
     Distribution Date is expected to be approximately % per annum.]

          [The  Senior  Certificates,  other  than the  Class  PO and  Class X
Certificates (the "Underwritten  Senior  Certificates"),  will be purchased by
_______ and the Class ____ Certificates (together with the Underwritten Senior
Certificates,   the  "Underwritten   Certificates")  offered  hereby  will  be
purchased by ______ (each,  an  "Underwriter")  from the Depositor and will be
offered by the  Underwriters  from time to time in negotiated  transactions or
otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale.  Proceeds to
the Depositor from the sale of the  Underwritten  Certificates are expected to
be approximately  $_______ , plus accrued interest,  before deducting issuance
expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor.  The  Class  ,  Class  PO and  Class  X
Certificates  will be issued to the Depositor on or about  _________,  19__ as
partial consideration for the sale of the Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund.]

          [The  Underwritten   Certificates  are  offered  by  the  respective
Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted
by the Underwriters and subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in
part. It is expected that delivery of the  Underwritten  Senior  Certificates,
other than the Class A-R  Certificates,  will be made in book-entry  form only
through the  facilities of The Depository  Trust  Company,  that the Class A-R
Certificates  will be  delivered  at the offices of  _________________  in New
York,  New York  and that the  Class  Certificates  will be  delivered  at the
offices  of_______________  in New York,  New  York,  in each case on or about
_________, 19__.]

          [This  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  Prospectus are to be used by
Countrywide  Securities  Corporation,  an affiliate  of IndyMac ABS,  Inc. and
IndyMac,  Inc., in  connection  with offers and sales related to market making
transactions  in the  Offered  Certificates  in which  Countrywide  Securities
Corporation acts as principal. Countrywide Securities Corporation may also act
as  agent  in such  transactions.  Sales  will be made  at  pries  related  to
prevailing prices at the time of sale.]

                                [Underwriters]

<PAGE>

          The Mortgage  Loans will be sold to the Depositor by [IndyMac,  Inc.
("IndyMac")].

          An election  will be made to treat the Trust Fund as a "real  estate
mortgage investment conduit" (the "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes. As
described more fully herein and in the Prospectus,  the Offered  Certificates,
other than the Class A-R Certificates,  will constitute "regular interests" in
the  REMIC.  The Class A-R  Certificates  will  constitute  the sole  class of
"residual interest" in the REMIC.  Prospective  investors are cautioned that a
Class A-R  Certificateholder's  REMIC  taxable  income  and the tax  liability
thereon will exceed cash distributions in certain periods, in which event such
holder  must  have  sufficient  alternative  sources  of funds to pay such tax
liability.  See "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  herein and in the
Prospectus.

          The Class A-R  Certificates  will be  subject  to  certain  transfer
restrictions. See "Description of the Certificates -- Restrictions on Transfer
of the Class A-R Certificates" herein.

          The yield to investors on each Class of Offered Certificates will be
sensitive in varying  degrees to, among other  things,  the rate and timing of
principal  payments  (including  prepayments) of the Mortgage Loans, which may
vary  significantly  over time.  The yield to  maturity  of a Class of Offered
Certificates  purchased at a discount or premium will be more sensitive to the
rate and  timing of  payments  thereon.  Holders of the  Offered  Certificates
should consider, in the case of any such Certificates purchased at a discount,
and particularly the Principal Only Certificates,  the risk that a slower than
anticipated  rate of principal  payments on the Mortgage Loans could result in
an actual yield that is lower than the  anticipated  yield and, in the case of
any Offered Certificates  purchased at a premium and particularly the Interest
Only  Certificates,  the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of principal
payments on the  Mortgage  Loans could result in an actual yield that is lower
than the anticipated yield.  Holders of the Interest Only Certificates  should
carefully  consider  the risk that a rapid rate of  principal  payments on the
Mortgage  Loans could result in the failure of such  holders to recover  their
initial investments.  The yield to investors in the Offered Certificates,  and
particularly the Class ____  Certificates,  also will be adversely affected by
Net Interest  Shortfalls and by Realized Losses.  No representation is made as
to the anticipated  rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans,  the amount and
timing of Net Interest  Shortfalls or Realized Losses,  or as to the resulting
yield to maturity of any Class of Certificates.

          Each  Underwriter  intends to make a secondary market in the Classes
of Underwritten  Certificates being purchased by it, but no Underwriter has an
obligation  to do so. There is  currently no secondary  market for the Offered
Certificates and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop or,
if  it  does  develop,   that  it  will  continue  or  that  it  will  provide
Certificateholders with a sufficient level of liquidity of investment.

                             --------------------

          This  Prospectus  Supplement does not contain  complete  information
about the  offering of the Offered  Certificates.  Additional  information  is
contained in the  Prospectus of the Depositor  dated  ____________,  1998 (the
"Prospectus") and purchasers are urged to read both this Prospectus Supplement
and the  Prospectus  in full.  Sales of the  Offered  Certificates  may not be
consummated unless the purchaser has received both this Prospectus  Supplement
and the Prospectus.

          Until ninety days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement,  all
dealers  effecting  transactions in the Offered  Certificates,  whether or not
participating  in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a Prospectus
Supplement  and the  Prospectus.  This is in  addition  to the  obligation  of
dealers to deliver a Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus  when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

<PAGE>

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

   
          This  Summary of Terms is  qualified in its entirety by reference to
the detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and
in the accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Summary
of  Terms  are  defined  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus  Supplement  or in the
Prospectus.  [To the  extent  statements  contained  herein  do not  relate to
historical or current information, this Prospectus Supplement may be deemed to
consist of forward-looking statements. Any such statements,  which may include
but are not limited to statements  contained in "Risk Factors" and "Prepayment
and Yield  Considerations,"  inherently  are subject to a variety of risks and
uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ materially from those
projected.  Such  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  among  others,  general
economic and business conditions,  competition,  changes in foreign political,
social and economic  conditions,  regulatory  initiatives  and compliance with
governmental regulations, customer preferences and various other matters, many
of which are beyond the Depositor's control. The Depositor expressly disclaims
any obligation or undertaking to release  publicly any updates or revisions to
any  forward-looking  statement  contained herein to reflect any change in the
Depositor's  expectations  with  regard  thereto  or  any  change  in  events,
conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.]
    

Title of Certificates............  Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates,  Series
                                   199__-__ (the "Certificates").

Offered Certificates.............  Class A-____,  Class ____,  Class PO, Class
                                   X,  Class A-R,  Class  B-___ and Class ____
                                   Certificates. Only the Offered Certificates
                                   are offered hereby.  The aggregate  initial
                                   Class    Certificate    Balances   of   the
                                   Certificates will be subject to a permitted
                                   variance in the  aggregate of plus or minus
                                   __%.  Variances  in the  Class  Certificate
                                   Balances  may  result in  variances  in the
                                   Notional  Amount of the  Class of  Notional
                                   Amount Certificates.

                                   The   Notional   Amount   of  the  Class  X
                                   Certificates for any Distribution Date will
                                   be equal  to the  aggregate  of the  Stated
                                   Principal   Balances  of  the  Non-Discount
                                   Mortgage   Loans   with   respect  to  such
                                   Distribution  Date.  The  initial  Notional
                                   Amount of the Class X Certificates  will be
                                   equal  to  the   aggregate  of  the  Stated
                                   Principal   Balances  of  the  Non-Discount
                                   Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date.

Certificates other than the
 Offered Certificates............  In addition  to the  Offered  Certificates,
                                   the following  Classes of Certificates will
                                   be  issued  in  the  indicated  approximate
                                   initial Class Certificate Balances and will
                                   bear interest at the indicated Pass-Through
                                   Rates, but are not offered hereby:

                                                     Initial Class    Pass-
                                                      Certificate     Through
                                                       Balance         Rate

                                    Class (1)......   $                     %
                                    Class (1)......   $                     %
                                    Class (1)......   $                     %
                                    ---------------

                                   (1) The  Class  ____,  Class____  and Class
                                   ____   Certificates  will  provide  limited
                                   credit  support to the Senior  Certificates
                                   and the other Subordinated Certificates, as
                                   described herein.

                                   Any  information   contained   herein  with
                                   respect  to the Class ___ , Class  ____ and
                                   Class _____  Certificates  is provided only
                                   to  permit  a better  understanding  of the
                                   Offered Certificates.

<PAGE>

Designations

  Regular Certificates...........  All Classes of Certificates  other than the
                                   Class A-R Certificates.

  Residual Certificates..........  Class A-R Certificates.

  Senior Certificates............  Class A- ,  Class_____,  Class PO,  Class X
                                   and Class A-R Certificates.

  Subordinated Certificates......  Class     B-     ,     Class_____,      and
                                   Class____Certificates.

  Principal Only Certificates....  Class PO Certificates.

  Interest Only Certificates.....  Class X Certificates.

  Notional Amount Certificates...  Class X Certificates.

  Fixed Rate Certificates........  All Classes of Certificates  other than the
                                   Class PO and Class X Certificates.

  Variable Rate Certificates.....  Class X Certificates.

  Physical Certificates..........  Class   PO,   Class   X   and   Class   A-R
                                   Certificates     and    the    Subordinated
                                   Certificates.

  Book-Entry Certificates........  All Classes of Certificates  other than the
                                   Physical Certificates.

Trust Fund.......................  The Certificates  will represent the entire
                                   beneficial  ownership interest in the Trust
                                   Fund,  which will consist  primarily of the
                                   Mortgage Pool.

Pooling and Servicing
 Agreement.......................  The Certificates will be issued pursuant to
                                   a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement dated as
                                   of ____, 19__ (the "Agreement"),  among the
                                   Depositor, the Seller,  the Master Servicer
                                   and the Trustee.

Depositor........................  IndyMac  ABS,  Inc.  (the  "Depositor"),  a
                                   Delaware  corporation and a limited purpose
                                   finance  subsidiary  of IndyMac,  Inc.  See
                                   "The Depositor" in the Prospectus.

Seller and Master Servicer.......  [IndyMac, Inc. ("IndyMac")] or the "Seller"
                                   and, in its capacity as master  servicer of
                                   the Mortgage Loans, the "Master Servicer").
                                   See  "Servicing  of  Mortgage  Loans -- The
                                   Master Servicer" herein. The Mortgage Loans
                                   were  originated  or acquired in the normal
                                   course of its  business  by the  Seller and
                                   will  be  acquired  by the  Depositor  in a
                                   privately   negotiated   transaction.   The
                                   Master Servicer will be responsible for the
                                   servicing  of the  Mortgage  Loans and will
                                   receive  the  Master   Servicing  Fee  from
                                   interest  collected on the Mortgage  Loans.
                                   See "Servicing of Mortgage Loans -Servicing
                                   Compensation   and  Payment  of   Expenses"
                                   herein.

Trustee..........................  __________________, a _____________________
                                   organized  under the laws of ______________
                                   (the "Trustee").

Cut-off Date.....................  _________, 19__.

Closing Date.....................  On or about ____________, 19__.

Determination Date...............  The ______day of each month or, if such day
                                   is  not  a  business   day,  the  preceding
                                   business    day;    provided    that    the
                                   Determination Date in each month will be at
                                   least  two  business   days  prior  to  the
                                   related Distribution Date.

Mortgage Loans...................  The Mortgage Pool will consist primarily of
                                   30-year conventional  [fixed-rate] mortgage
                                   loans  secured  by  first  liens on one- to
                                   four-family     residential     properties.
                                   Distributions  of principal and interest on
                                   the  Certificates  will be based  solely on
                                   payments received on the Mortgage Loans, as
                                   described  herein.  See "The Mortgage Pool"
                                   herein.

Distribution Date................  The ____ day of each  month or, if such day
                                   is  not  a  business   day,  on  the  first
                                   business  day  thereafter,   commencing  in
                                   ___________  19  (each,   a   "Distribution
                                   Date").  Distributions on each Distribution
                                   Date will be made to  Certificateholders of
                                   record  as  of  the  related  Record  Date,
                                   except that the final  distribution  on the
                                   Certificates   will  be  made   only   upon
                                   presentment    and    surrender    of   the
                                   Certificates  at the Corporate Trust Office
                                   of the Trustee.

Record Date......................  The Record Date for each  Distribution Date
                                   will be the last  business day of the month
                                   preceding  the month  of such  Distribution
                                   Date.

Priority of Distributions........  Distributions   will   be   made   on  each
                                   Distribution  Date from Available  Funds in
                                   the  following  order of  priority:  (i) to
                                   interest on each interest  bearing Class of
                                   Senior  Certificates;  (ii) to principal on
                                   the  Classes  of Senior  Certificates  then
                                   entitled   to  receive   distributions   of
                                   principal,  in the order and subject to the
                                   priorities    set   forth    herein   under
                                   "Description   of   the   Certificates   --
                                   Principal,"  in each  case in an  aggregate
                                   amount   up  to  the   maximum   amount  of
                                   principal to be distributed on such Classes
                                   on such  Distribution  Date;  (iii)  to any
                                   Class PO Deferred  Amounts  with respect to
                                   the  Class PO  Certificates,  but only from
                                   amounts    that    would    otherwise    be
                                   distributable on such  Distribution Date as
                                   principal of the Subordinated Certificates;
                                   and (iv) to interest on and then  principal
                                   of each Class of Subordinated Certificates,
                                   in  the  order  of  their  numerical  Class
                                   designations,  beginning  with the Class __
                                   Certificates,  in each case  subject to the
                                   limitations    set   forth   herein   under
                                   "Description   of   the   Certificates   --
                                   Principal."

                                   Under   certain   circumstances   described
                                   herein,  distributions from Available Funds
                                   for  a   Distribution   Date   that   would
                                   otherwise  be  made  on  the   Subordinated
                                   Certificates may be distributed  instead on
                                   the Senior  Certificates.  See "Description
                                   of  the   Certificates   --  Allocation  of
                                   Losses" herein.

Distributions of Interest........  To the extent funds are available therefor,
                                   each interest bearing Class of Certificates
                                   will be entitled to receive interest in the
                                   amount of the Interest  Distribution Amount
                                   for such Class.  The Class PO  Certificates
                                   are Principal  Only  Certificates  and will
                                   not bear interest.  See "Description of the
                                   Certificates -- Interest" herein.

 A. Interest Distribution Amount.  For   each   interest   bearing   Class  of
                                   Certificates,   the   amount  of   interest
                                   accrued during the related Interest Accrual
                                   Period at the applicable  Pass-Through Rate
                                   on the related Class Certificate Balance or
                                   Notional Amount, as the case may be.

 B. Pass-Through Rate............  The  Pass-Through  Rate for  each  interest
                                   bearing Class of Offered  Certificates  for
                                   each Distribution Date will be as set forth
                                   or described on the cover page hereof.

                                   The  Pass-Through  Rate  for  the  Class  X
                                   Certificates for any Distribution Date will
                                   be equal to the excess of (a) the  weighted
                                   average  of the Net  Mortgage  Rates of the
                                   Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans over (b)____ %
                                   per annum.  The  Pass-Through  Rate for the
                                   Class  X   Certificates   for   the   first
                                   Distribution   Date  is   expected   to  be
                                   approximately ___% per annum.

                                   With respect to each Distribution Date, the
                                   "Interest Accrual Period" for each interest
                                   bearing Class of  Certificates  will be the
                                   calendar month  preceding the month of such
                                   Distribution Date.

Distributions of Principal.......  On each  Distribution  Date,  to the extent
                                   funds  are  available  therefor,  principal
                                   distributions  in  reduction  of the  Class
                                   Certificate   Balances  of  each  Class  of
                                   Certificates   (other  than  the   Notional
                                   Amount  Certificates)  will  be made in the
                                   order and  subject  to the  priorities  set
                                   forth  herein  under  "Description  of  the
                                   Certificates  -- Principal" in an aggregate
                                   amount  equal  to  such  Class'   allocable
                                   portion    of    the    Senior    Principal
                                   Distribution Amount, the Class PO Principal
                                   Distribution  Amount  or  the  Subordinated
                                   Principal     Distribution    Amount,    as
                                   applicable.     The     Notional     Amount
                                   Certificates do not have principal balances
                                   and are not  entitled to any  distributions
                                   in respect  of  principal  of the  Mortgage
                                   Loans. See "Description of the Certificates
                                   -- Principal" herein.

Credit Enhancement -- General....  Credit    enhancement    for   the   Senior
                                   Certificates   will  be   provided  by  the
                                   Subordinated    Certificates   and   credit
                                   enhancement  for each Class of Subordinated
                                   Certificates  will be provided by the Class
                                   or  Classes  of  Subordinated  Certificates
                                   with higher  numerical Class  designations,
                                   as described  below.  The  aggregate of the
                                   initial Class  Certificate  Balances of the
                                   Class  ___ ,  Class  _____  and  Class  ___
                                   Certificates,    which    are   the    only
                                   Certificates     supporting    the    Class
                                   Certificates,    is    expected    to    be
                                   approximately $_______ .

Subordination....................  The rights of  holders of the  Subordinated
                                   Certificates to receive  distributions with
                                   respect to the Mortgage  Loans in the Trust
                                   Fund will be subordinated to such rights of
                                   holders of the Senior Certificates, and the
                                   rights  of the  holders  of each  Class  of
                                   Subordinated  Certificates  (other than the
                                   Class ______  Certificates) to receive such
                                   distributions will be further  subordinated
                                   to such  rights of the Class or  Classes of
                                   Subordinated    Certificates   with   lower
                                   numerical Class designations,  in each case
                                   only to the extent described herein.

                                   The   subordination   of  the  Subordinated
                                   Certificates  to the  Senior  Certificates,
                                   and the  further  subordination  within the
                                   Subordinated  Certificates,  is intended to
                                   increase the  likelihood of timely  receipt
                                   by the holders of Certificates  with higher
                                   relative  payment  priority  of the maximum
                                   amount to which  they are  entitled  on any
                                   Distribution   Date  and  to  provide  such
                                   holders  protection  against  losses on the
                                   Mortgage  Loans  to  the  extent  described
                                   herein. The Subordinated  Certificates also
                                   provide  protection,  to a  lesser  extent,
                                   against  Special Hazard Losses,  Bankruptcy
                                   Losses  and  Fraud  Losses.   However,   in
                                   certain   circumstances   the   amount   of
                                   available   subordination   (including  the
                                   limited subordination  provided for certain
                                   types  of  losses)  may  be  exhausted  and
                                   shortfalls   in    distributions   on   the
                                   Certificates  could result.  Holders of the
                                   Senior   Certificates   will   bear   their
                                   proportionate  share of any losses realized
                                   on the  Mortgage  Loans  in  excess  of the
                                   available    subordination    amount.   See
                                   "Description   of   the   Certificates   --
                                   Priority     of     Distributions     Among
                                   Certificates,"  " -- Allocation of Losses,"
                                   and "Credit Enhancement -- Subordination of
                                   Certain Classes" herein.

Advances.........................  The Master  Servicer is  obligated  to make
                                   cash advances  ("Advances") with respect to
                                   delinquent  payments of  [principal  of and
                                   interest]  on  any  Mortgage  Loan  to  the
                                   extent   described   herein.   [The  Master
                                   Servicer  will not make any  Advances  with
                                   respect to delinquent principal payments on
                                   the  Mortgage  Loans.] The Trustee  will be
                                   obligated  to make any such  Advance if the
                                   Master  Servicer fails in its obligation to
                                   do  so,  to  the  extent  provided  in  the
                                   Agreement. See "Servicing of Mortgage Loans
                                   -- Advances" herein.

Prepayment Considerations and
 Risks; Reinvestment Risk........  The  rate  of  principal  payments  on  the
                                   Offered Certificates,  the aggregate amount
                                   of    distributions    on    the    Offered
                                   Certificates  and the yield to  maturity of
                                   the Offered Certificates will be related to
                                   the  rate  and   timing  of   payments   of
                                   principal on the Mortgage Loans.

                                   Since the rate of payment of  principal  on
                                   the  Mortgage  Loans will  depend on future
                                   events  and  a  variety  of   factors,   no
                                   assurance  can be given as to such  rate or
                                   the  rate  of  principal  prepayments.  The
                                   extent to which the yield to  maturity of a
                                   Class of Offered Certificates may vary from
                                   the  anticipated  yield may depend upon the
                                   degree  to  which  it  is  purchased  at  a
                                   discount  or  premium,  and the  degree  to
                                   which the  timing of  payments  thereon  is
                                   sensitive to prepayments,  liquidations and
                                   purchases of the Mortgage  Loans.  Further,
                                   an investor  should consider the risk that,
                                   in  the   case   of  the   Principal   Only
                                   Certificates    and   any   other   Offered
                                   Certificate  purchased  at  a  discount,  a
                                   slower than  anticipated  rate of principal
                                   payments  (including  prepayments)  on  the
                                   Mortgage  Loans  could  result in an actual
                                   yield to such  investor  that is lower than
                                   the  anticipated  yield and, in the case of
                                   the  Interest  Only  Certificates  and  any
                                   other  Offered  Certificate  purchased at a
                                   premium,  a faster than anticipated rate of
                                   principal   payments  could  result  in  an
                                   actual yield to such investor that is lower
                                   than the  anticipated  yield.  Investors in
                                   the  Interest  Only   Certificates   should
                                   carefully  consider  the risk  that a rapid
                                   rate of principal  payments on the Mortgage
                                   Loans  could  result in the failure of such
                                   investors   to   recover    their   initial
                                   investments.

                                   Because the  Mortgage  Loans may be prepaid
                                   at any time,  it is not possible to predict
                                   the   rate  at   which   distributions   of
                                   principal of the Offered  Certificates will
                                   be  received.   Since  prevailing  interest
                                   rates are subject to fluctuation, there can
                                   be  no  assurance  that  investors  in  the
                                   Offered   Certificates   will  be  able  to
                                   reinvest  the   distributions   thereon  at
                                   yields  equaling or exceeding the yields on
                                   such Offered  Certificates.  It is possible
                                   that yields on any such  reinvestments will
                                   be lower, and may be  significantly  lower,
                                   than   the    yields    on   the    Offered
                                   Certificates.  See "Yield,  Prepayment  and
                                   Maturity Considerations" herein.

Optional Termination.............  On any Distribution  Date on which the Pool
                                   Principal  Balance  is less than 10% of the
                                   Cut-off Date Pool  Principal  Balance,  the
                                   Master  Servicer  will  have the  option to
                                   purchase,  in whole, the Mortgage Loans and
                                   the REO Property,  if any, remaining in the
                                   Trust  Fund.   See   "Description   of  the
                                   Certificates   --   Optional   Termination"
                                   herein.

Federal Income Tax Consequences..  An election will be made to treat the Trust
                                   Fund as a "real estate mortgage  investment
                                   conduit"  ("REMIC") for federal  income tax
                                   purposes.  The  Regular  Certificates  will
                                   constitute "regular interests" in the REMIC
                                   and   the   Residual    Certificates   will
                                   constitute  the  sole  class  of  "residual
                                   interest"  in the  REMIC.  The  Class  A-_,
                                   Class PO and Class X Certificates will, and
                                   depending on their  respective issue prices
                                   certain    other    Classes    of   Offered
                                   Certificates  may, be issued with  original
                                   issue  discount  ("OID") for federal income
                                   tax purposes.  See "Certain  Federal Income
                                   Tax   Consequences"   herein   and  in  the
                                   Prospectus.

                                   The  holders of the Class A-R  Certificates
                                   will be subject to special  federal  income
                                   tax rules that may significantly reduce the
                                   after-tax   yield  of  such   Certificates.
                                   Further,  significant restrictions apply to
                                   the transfer of the Class A-R Certificates.
                                   See        "Description        of       the
                                   Certificates--Restrictions  on  Transfer of
                                   the Class A-R Certificates" herein.

ERISA Considerations.............  The  acquisition of an Offered  Certificate
                                   by a pension or other employee benefit plan
                                   (a   "Plan")   subject   to  the   Employee
                                   Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
                                   amended    ("ERISA"),    could,   in   some
                                   instances,    result   in   a    prohibited
                                   transaction  or  other   violation  of  the
                                   fiduciary   responsibility   provisions  of
                                   ERISA  and  Section  4975  of the  Internal
                                   Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the
                                   "Code").

                                   Subject   to   the    considerations    and
                                   conditions     described    under    "ERISA
                                   Considerations" herein, it is expected that
                                   the  Senior  Certificates  (other  than the
                                   Class   PO,   Class   X   and   Class   A-R
                                   Certificates) may be purchased by a Plan.

                                   Any Plan fiduciary  considering  whether to
                                   purchase any Offered Certificates on behalf
                                   of a Plan should  consult  with its counsel
                                   regarding   the    applicability   of   the
                                   provisions  of  ERISA  and  the  Code.  See
                                   "ERISA Considerations" herein.

Legal Investment.................  The Senior  Certificates and the Class ____
                                   Certificates   will  constitute   "mortgage
                                   related  securities"  for  purposes  of the
                                   Secondary  Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act
                                   of 1984 ("SMMEA") so long as they are rated
                                   in one of the two highest rating categories
                                   by  at  least  one  nationally   recognized
                                   statistical  rating  organization  and,  as
                                   such,  are legal  investments  for  certain
                                   entities  to  the  extent  provided  for in
                                   SMMEA.

                                   It is  anticipated  that the Class ____ and
                                   Class ____  Certificates  will not be rated
                                   in one of the two highest rating categories
                                   by  a  nationally  recognized   statistical
                                   rating  organization and,  therefore,  will
                                   not    constitute     "mortgage     related
                                   securities" for purposes of SMMEA.

                                   Institutions  whose  investment  activities
                                   are  subject  to review by federal or state
                                   regulatory  authorities should consult with
                                   their counsel or the applicable authorities
                                   to determine  whether an  investment in the
                                   Offered    Certificates    complies    with
                                   applicable guidelines, policy statements or
                                   restrictions. See "Legal Investment" in the
                                   Prospectus.

Ratings..........................  It is a  condition  to the  issuance of the
                                   Senior  Certificates  that  they  be  rated
                                   _____  by   ("________")   and  _______  by
                                   ("_______"  and,  together with _____,  the
                                   "Rating  Agencies").  See "Ratings" herein.
                                   It is a  condition  to the  issuance of the
                                   Class _____ , Class  ______ and Class _____
                                   Certificates  that  they be  rated at least
                                   _____ ,_____ and ______ , respectively,  by
                                   ______.   The   ratings   of  the   Offered
                                   Certificates   of  any   Class   should  be
                                   evaluated    independently   from   similar
                                   ratings  on other  types of  securities.  A
                                   rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell
                                   or hold  securities  and may be  subject to
                                   revision  or  withdrawal  at  any  time  by
                                   either   of  the   Rating   Agencies.   See
                                   "Ratings" herein.

<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

          Investors should consider the following risks in connection with the
purchase of the Offered Certificates.

          Book-Entry  Certificates May Reduce  Liquidity of the  Certificates.
Issuance  of the  Offered  Certificates  in  book-entry  form may  reduce  the
liquidity of the Offered  Certificates  in the secondary  trading market since
investors  may be unwilling to purchase  Offered  Certificates  for which they
cannot   obtain   physical    certificates.    See    ["Description   of   the
Certificates----Book-Entry      Certificates"      herein      and]      "Risk
Factors----Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

          Since transactions in the Offered  Certificates can be effected only
through  DTC,  CEDEL,   Euroclear,   participating   organizations,   indirect
participants and certain banks,  the ability of a Certificate  Owner to pledge
an Offered  Certificate to persons or entities that do not  participate in the
DTC,  CEDEL or  Euroclear  system  may be  limited  due to lack of a  physical
certificate  representing the Offered  Certificates.  See ["Description of the
Certificates----Book-Entry      Certificates"      herein      and]      "Risk
Factors----Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

          Certificate  Owners may  experience  some delay in their  receipt of
distributions of interest and principal on the Offered Certificates since such
distributions will be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such
distributions  to the accounts of its  Participants  (as defined herein) which
will  thereafter  credit them to the  accounts of  Certificate  Owners  either
directly or indirectly through indirect participants.  Certificate Owners will
not be recognized as  Certificateholders  of the Offered  Certificates as such
term is used in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  and Certificate  Owners
will be permitted to exercise  the rights of Offered  Certificateholders  only
indirectly  through  DTC  and  its  Participants.   See  "Description  of  the
Certificates----Book-Entry       Certificates"      herein      and      "Risk
Factors----Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

          Delays Due to  Liquidation  of Mortgaged  Properties.  Even assuming
that the  Mortgaged  Properties  provide  adequate  security  for the Mortgage
Loans,  substantial  delays  could  be  encountered  in  connection  with  the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and resulting  shortfalls in
distributions to the Certificateholders could occur.

          Disproportionate   Effect   of   Liquidation   Expenses.    Further,
liquidation  expenses (such as legal fees, real estate taxes,  and maintenance
and  preservation  expenses)  will reduce the security for such Mortgage Loans
and thereby  reduce the  proceeds  payable to the  Certificateholders.  In the
event any of the Mortgaged  Properties fail to provide  adequate  security for
the related Mortgage Loans, the Offered  Certificates  (particularly  the most
subordinate Classes) could experience a loss.

          Subordination----Limited     Protection    Afforded    to    Offered
Certificates.   The   rights  of  the  Class  B-1   Certificates   to  receive
distributions will be subordinate to the rights of the Class A Certificates to
receive such distributions. The subordination of the Subordinated Certificates
relative to the Class A Certificates (and of the more lower-ranking Classes of
the Subordinated  Certificates to the  higher-ranking  Classes) is intended to
enhance the  likelihood of regular  receipt by each Class A Certificate of the
full  amount of the monthly  distributions  allocable  to them,  and to afford
protection against losses.

          Subordination-Allocation of Losses to Subordinated Certificates.  If
Realized  Losses are incurred with respect to the Mortgage Loans to the extent
that the aggregate  Certificate Principal Balances of the Offered Certificates
exceed the Stated  Principal  Balances of the Mortgage Loans,  the Certificate
Principal Balances of the Subordinated Certificates will be reduced in reverse
order of  seniority by the amount of the excess.  Consequently,  the yields to
maturity  on the  Subordinates  will be  sensitive,  in  varying  degrees,  to
defaults on the  Mortgage  Loans (and the timing  thereof).  Investors  should
fully  consider the risks  associated  with an investment in the  Subordinates
Certificates,  including  the  possibility  that such  investors may not fully
recover their initial investment as a result of Realized Losses.

          Prepayment  Considerations and Risks. The Mortgage Pool's prepayment
experience  may be affected by a wide  variety of factors,  including  general
economic conditions, interest rates, the availability of alternative financing
and homeowner mobility.  In addition,  substantially all of the Mortgage Loans
contain due-on-sale provisions and the Master Servicer intends to enforce such
provisions  unless (i) such  enforcement is not permitted by applicable law or
(ii) the Master Servicer,  in a manner  consistent with reasonable  commercial
practice,  permits the purchaser of the related  Mortgaged  Property to assume
the Mortgage Loan.] To the extent permitted by applicable law, such assumption
will not release the  original  borrower  from its  obligation  under any such
Mortgage Loan. See "Yield,  Prepayment and Maturity Considerations" herein and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans----Due-on-Sale  Clauses" in the Prospectus
for a description of certain  provisions of the Mortgage Loans that may affect
the prepayment  experience thereof. The yield to maturity and weighted average
life of the Offered  Certificates  will be affected  primarily by the rate and
timing of principal  payments  (including  prepayments) of, and losses on, the
Mortgage Loans.

          [The yield to investors on the  Adjustable  Rate  Certificates  will
also be sensitive to the level of One-Month  LIBOR,  the level of the Mortgage
Index and the  additional  limitations on the  Pass-Through  Rate as described
herein.  In  addition,  the  yield to  maturity  of the  Offered  Certificates
purchased  at a discount  or premium  will be more  sensitive  to the rate and
timing of payments thereon. Certificateholders should consider, in the case of
the Offered Certificates  purchased at a discount,  the risk that a lower than
anticipated rate of principal payments could result in an actual yield that is
lower than the anticipated yield and, in the case of the Offered  Certificates
purchased  at a  premium,  the risk  that a faster  than  anticipated  rate of
principal  payments  could  result in an actual  yield  that is lower than the
anticipated  yield.  Because certain of the Mortgage Loans contain  prepayment
penalties,  the  rate of  principal  payments  may be less  than  the  rate of
principal  any  payments for  mortgage  loans which do not contain  prepayment
penalties. No representation is made as to the anticipated rate of prepayments
on the Mortgage Loans,  the amount and timing of losses thereon,  the level of
One-Month  LIBOR or the Mortgage  Index or the resulting  yield to maturity of
any Offered  Certificates.  Any reinvestment  risks resulting from a faster or
slower  incidence of payments on the Mortgage  Loans will be borne entirely by
the Offered Certificateholders as described herein. See "Yield, Prepayment and
Maturity  Considerations" herein and "Yield and Prepayment  Considerations" in
the Prospectus.]

          Certificate  Rating-Limitations.  The  rating  of each  Class of the
Offered  Certificates  will depend  primarily on an  assessment  by the Rating
Agencies of the Mortgage  Loans as well as the  structure of the  transaction.
The rating by the Rating Agencies of any Class of Offered  Certificates is not
a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell any Offered Certificates,  inasmuch
as such rating does not comment as to the market  price or  suitability  for a
particular  investor.  There is no  assurance  that the ratings will remain in
place for any given  period of time or that the ratings will not be lowered or
withdrawn by the Rating Agencies.  In general, the ratings address credit risk
and do not address the likelihood of prepayments. The ratings of each Class of
the Offered  Certificates  do not address the possibility of the imposition of
United States withholding tax with respect to non-U.S. persons.

          Bankruptcy or Insolvency of the Seller,  the Depositor or the Master
Servicer  Could Lead to Delay or Reduction  of Amounts  Payable to the Offered
Certificates.  The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor
will be treated as a sale of the Mortgage Loans.  However,  in the event of an
insolvency of the Seller,  the trustee in bankruptcy of the Seller may attempt
to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as a borrowing by the Seller,
secured  by a pledge of the  applicable  Mortgage  Loans.  If the  trustee  in
bankruptcy  decided to  challenge  such  transfer,  delays in  payments of the
Offered  Certificates  and reductions in the amounts thereof could occur.  The
Depositor  will  warrant  in the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  that the
transfer  of the  Mortgage  Loans by it to the  Trust  Fund is  either a valid
transfer and  assignment of such Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund or the grant
to the Trust Fund of a security interest in such Mortgage Loans.

          In the event of a bankruptcy or  insolvency of the Master  Servicer,
the  bankruptcy  trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee
or the Class A Certificateholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.

          Subprime  Mortgage Loans Subject to Greater Risk of Delinquency  and
Loss.  The  Mortgage  Loans in the Mortgage  Pool were made to borrowers  with
prior credit  difficulties and do not satisfy the underwriting  guidelines for
mortgage loans eligible for sale to the Federal National Mortgage  Association
("FNMA")  or the  Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC").  It is
expected that the rates of  delinquency,  bankruptcy and  foreclosure  for the
Mortgage Loans will be higher, and may be substantially  higher,  than that of
mortgage loans  underwritten in accordance with FNMA and FHLMC standards.  See
"The Mortgage Pool--Underwriting Standards."

          IndyMac began purchasing subprime mortgage loans in April 1995. As a
result,  the  Seller  has  only  limited  delinquency,  foreclosure  and  loss
experience with respect to the subprime  mortgage loans that it has purchased.
Although the Depositor believes that the Seller's  underwriting  standards and
the  Master  Servicer's  servicing  practices  are  consistent  with  industry
standards,  there can be no assurance that the foreclosure and loss experience
on the Mortgage Loans will be consistent with industry norms.

          Geographic  Concentration.  As of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date,
approximately  [--] (by Cut-off Date Principal  Balance of the Mortgage Loans)
of the  Mortgaged  Properties  were  located  in the State of  California.  An
overall  decline  in the  California  residential  real  estate  market  could
adversely affect the values of the Mortgaged Properties securing such Mortgage
Loans such that the  Principal  Balances of the related  Mortgage  Loans could
equal or exceed the value of such  Mortgaged  Properties.  As the  residential
real  estate  market is  influenced  by many  factors,  including  the general
condition of the economy and interest  rates,  no assurances may be given that
the  California  residential  real  estate  market  will  not  weaken.  If the
California residential real estate market should experience an overall decline
in property values after the dates of origination of such Mortgage Loans,  the
rates of losses on such  Mortgage  Loans would be expected  to  increase,  and
could increase substantially.

          Delinquent Mortgage Loans. The Trust Fund may include Mortgage Loans
which are 59 or fewer days  delinquent  as of the Cut-off Date. It is expected
that not  more  than 1% of the  Mortgage  Loans  (by  Cut-off  Date  Principal
Balance) will be between 30 days and 59 days delinquent.  None of the Mortgage
Loans is more than 59 days delinquent as of the Cut-off Date. If there are not
sufficient  funds from amounts  collected on the Mortgage Loans, the aggregate
amount of principal returned to any Class of Offered Certificateholders may be
less than the Certificate  Principal Balance thereof on the day the such Class
of Offered Certificates were issued.

          For a  discussion  of  additional  risks  pertaining  to the Offered
Certificates, see "Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.

<PAGE>

                              THE MORTGAGE POOL

General

          The  Depositor  will  purchase  the  Mortgage  Loans from  [IndyMac]
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  dated as of the Cut-off Date
among [IndyMac],  as Seller and Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee
(the  "Agreement")  and will cause the  Mortgage  Loans to be  assigned to the
Trustee   for  the   benefit  of  the   holders  of  the   Certificates   (the
"Certificateholders").

          Under the Agreement,  the Seller will make certain  representations,
warranties and covenants to the Depositor relating to, among other things, the
due execution and enforceability of the Agreement and certain  characteristics
of the Mortgage Loans and, subject to the limitations  described below under "
- --  Assignment  of the Mortgage  Loans," will be  obligated to  repurchase  or
substitute a similar  mortgage  loan for any  Mortgage  Loan as to which there
exists   deficient   documentation   or  an   uncured   breach   of  any  such
representation,  warranty or covenant,  if such breach of such representation,
warranty or covenant materially and adversely affects the  Certificateholders'
interest in such Mortgage Loan; provided, however, that the Seller will not be
obligated to make any such repurchase or substitution (or cure such breach) if
such breach constitutes fraud in the origination of the affected Mortgage Loan
and the Seller did not have knowledge of such fraud. The Seller will represent
and warrant to the  Depositor in the  Agreement  that the Mortgage  Loans were
selected from among the outstanding one-to  four-family  mortgage loans in the
Seller's portfolio as to which the representations and warranties set forth in
the  Agreement  can be made and that such  selection  was not made in a manner
that would adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders. See "Loan
Program -- Representations by Sellers;  Repurchases" in the Prospectus.  Under
the Agreement,  the Depositor will assign all its right, title and interest in
and to such representations,  warranties and covenants (including the Seller's
repurchase  obligation) to the Trustee for the benefit of  Certificateholders.
The Depositor will make no  representations  or warranties with respect to the
Mortgage  Loans  and will  have no  obligation  to  repurchase  or  substitute
Mortgage Loans with deficient  documentation or which are otherwise defective.
[IndyMac]  is selling the  Mortgage  Loans  without  recourse and will have no
obligation  with respect to the  Certificates  in its capacity as Seller other
than the repurchase  obligation described above. The obligations of [IndyMac],
as Master Servicer, with respect to the Certificates are limited to the Master
Servicer's contractual servicing obligations under the Agreement.

          Certain  information  with respect to the Mortgage Loans expected to
be  included in the  Mortgage  Pool is set forth  below.  Prior to the Closing
Date,  Mortgage Loans may be removed from the Mortgage Pool and other Mortgage
Loans may be substituted therefor. The Depositor believes that the information
set forth herein with respect to the Mortgage Pool as presently constituted is
representative  of the  characteristics  of the  Mortgage  Pool  as it will be
constituted  at the Closing  Date,  although  certain  characteristics  of the
Mortgage  Loans in the Mortgage  Pool may vary.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,
information  presented herein  expressed as a percentage  (other than rates of
interest) are approximate  percentages based on the Stated Principal  Balances
of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date.

          As of the  Cut-off  Date,  the  aggregate  of the  Stated  Principal
Balances of the Mortgage Loans is expected to be  approximately  $_______ (the
"Cut-off Date Pool  Principal  Balance").  The Mortgage  Loans provide for the
amortization  of the  amount  financed  over a series of  substantially  equal
monthly  payments.  All the Mortgage  Loans provide for payments due as of the
first day of each month (the "Due Date"). At origination, substantially all of
the  Mortgage  Loans had stated  terms to maturity of 30 years.  The  Mortgage
Loans to be included in the Mortgage Pool were purchased by [IndyMac] and were
originated  substantially in accordance with [IndyMac's] underwriting criteria
for conventional  non-conforming  mortgage loans described  herein.  Sub-prime
mortgage loans are generally first mortgage loans.

          Each Mortgage Loan was originated after ____________.

          The latest  stated  maturity date of any Mortgage Loan is _________.
The earliest stated maturity date of any Mortgage Loan is ___________.

          As of the Cut-off Date, no Mortgage Loan was delinquent more than 30
days.

          [No]  Mortgage  Loan will be  subject to a buydown  agreement.  [No]
Mortgage Loan provides for deferred interest or negative amortization.

          [No Mortgage Loan had a  Loan-to-Value  Ratio at origination of more
than 95%. Each  Mortgage Loan with a  Loan-to-Value  Ratio at  origination  of
greater than 80% is covered by a primary  mortgage  guaranty  insurance policy
issued by a mortgage  insurance  company  acceptable  to FNMA or FHLMC,  which
policy  provides  coverage  in an amount  equal to the excess of the  original
principal  balance of the related  Mortgage  Loan over 75% of the value of the
related  Mortgaged  Property,   plus  accrued  interest  thereon  and  related
foreclosure expenses.

          The  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of a  Mortgage  Loan is  equal to (i) the
principal balance of such Mortgage Loan at the date of origination, divided by
(ii) the Collateral Value of the related  Mortgaged  Property.  The Collateral
Value of a Mortgaged  Property is the lesser of (x) the appraised  value based
on an appraisal made for [IndyMac] by an independent fee appraiser at the time
of the  origination  of the related  Mortgage Loan, and (y) the sales price of
such  Mortgaged  Property  at such  time of  origination.  With  respect  to a
Mortgage  Loan the  proceeds  of which  were  used to  refinance  an  existing
mortgage loan, the  Collateral  Value is the appraised  value of the Mortgaged
Property  based upon the  appraisal  obtained at the time of  refinancing.  No
assurance  can be given  that the  values  of the  Mortgaged  Properties  have
remained or will remain at their levels as of the dates of  origination of the
related   Mortgage  Loans.  If  the  residential  real  estate  market  should
experience  an overall  decline in property  values such that the  outstanding
balances of the  Mortgage  Loans  become equal to or greater than the value of
the Mortgaged Properties,  actual losses on the Mortgage Loans could be higher
than losses now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.

          The  following  information  sets  forth in tabular  format  certain
information, as of the Cut-off Date, as to the Mortgage Loans. Other than with
respect to rates of interest,  percentages  (approximate) are stated by Stated
Principal  Balance of the Mortgage  Loans as of the Cut-off Date and have been
rounded in order to total 100%.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          Mortgage Rates(1)                         Current Mortgage Loan Principal Balances(1)
<S>                  <C>         <C>                   <C>             <C>                     <C>         <C>          <C>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
 Mortgage Rates (%)   Number of       Aggregate          Percent of     Current Mortgage Loan   Number of    Aggregate   Percent of
                       Mortgage       Principal         Mortgage Pool            Amounts         Mortgage    Principal    Mortgage
                        Loans     Balance Outstanding                                             Loans       Balance       Pool
                                                                                                            Outstanding
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------

6.250...........                   $                                %  ....................                 $                  %
6.750...........                                                       ....................
6.875...........                                                       ....................
7.000...........                                                       ....................
7.125...........                                                       ....................
7.250...........                                                       ....................
7.375...........                                                       ....................
7.500...........                                                       ....................
7.625...........                                                       ....................
7.750...........                                                       $450,001-$  500,000.
7.875...........                                                       $500,001-$  550,000.
8.000...........                                                       $550,001-$  600,000.
8.125...........                                                       $600,001-$  650,000.
8.250...........                                                       $650,001-$  700,000.
8.375...........                                                       $700,001-$  750,000.
8.500...........                                                       $750,001-$1,000,000.       -----     -----------   --------
8.625...........                                                       Total...............                                   100%
8.750...........                                                       ====================       =====     ===========   ========
8.875...........
9.000...........                                                      (1)As of the Cut-off Date, the average current Mortgage Loan
9.125...........                                                                 principal balance is expected to be approximately
9.250...........                                                                 $_____
9.375...........
9.500...........
9.875...........
10.00...........        -----     -------------------   -------------
                                                                 100%
- ----------------        =====     ===================   =============
                                                                                          Documentation Program for Mortgage Loans

                                                                            ----------------------------------------------------
(1)  The  Lender PMI  Mortgage  Loans are shown at the Mortgage Rates          Type of Program   Number of  Aggregate   Percent of
     net of  the interest premium charged by the related lenders.  As                            Mortgage   Principal   Mortgage
     of the Cut-off Date,  the weighted  average Mortgage Rate of the                            Loans      Balance     Pool
     Mortgage Loans (as so adjusted) is expected  to be approximately                                       Outstanding
             %.   Without  such  adjustment,  the  weighted  average        ------------------------------------------------------
     Mortgage  Rate  of   the  Mortgage  Loans  is  expected  to  be
     approximately       % per annum.                                          Full.............               $                 %
                                                                               Alternative......
                                                                               Reduced..........
                                                                               Streamlined......
                                                                               Totals........... -----      ----------- ----------
                                                                                                               $              100%
                                                                                                 =====      =========== ==========
                                                                                                                              100%
           Original Loan-to-Value Ratios(1)                                                  Types of Mortgaged Properties
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- --------------------------------------------------------
 Original Loan-to-Value  Number of   Aggregate Principal   Percent of      Property Type      Number of    Aggregate    Percent of
       Ration (%)        Mortgage    Balance Outstanding   Mortgage Pool                       Mortgage    Principal    Mortgage
                          Loans                                                                 Loans      Balance      Pool
                                                                                                           Outstanding
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------

50.00 and below...                                                         Single Family.......            $                    %
50.01 to 55.00....                                                         Condominium.........
55.01 to 60.00....                                                         Two- to Four- Family
60.01 to 65.00....                                                         Planned Unit
65.01 to 70.00....                                                         Development......... -----      -----------  ----------
70.01 to 75.00....                                                         Totals                                            100%
75.01 to 80.00....                                                                              =====      ===========  ==========
80.01 to 85.00....
85.01 to 90.00....                                                                                 Occupancy Types(1)
90.01 to 95.00....                                                         -------------------------------------------------------
Totals............        -----      -------------------   -------------    Occupancy Type       Number of   Aggregate  Percent of
                                      $                           100%                           Mortgage    Principal  Mortgage
- ------------------        =====      ===================   =============                         Loans       Balance    Pool
                                                                           -------------------------------------------------------
(1)  The weighted average original Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage      Primary Residence...             $                 %
     Loans is expected to be approximately _____%.                          Investor Property...
                                                                            Second Residence....
                                                                                                 -----       ---------  ----------
                                                                            Totals..............             $               100%
                                                                            -------------------- =====       =========  ==========

                                                                           (1)Based upon representations of the related mortgagors
                                                                              at the time of origination.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           State Distribution Properties(1)                       Remaining terms to Maturity(1)
<S>            <C>         <C>                    <C>              <C>                  <C>         <C>            <C>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------
  State         Number of   Aggregate Principal    Percent of       Remaining Term to    Number of   Aggregate      Percentage
                Mortgage    Balance Outstanding    Mortgage Pool    Maturity (Months)    Mortgage    Principal          of
                 Loans                                                                   Loans       Balance         Mortgage
                                                                                                     Outstanding       Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     360.................
Arizona.........              $                               %      359.................             $                       %
California......                                                     358.................
Colorado........                                                     357.................
Florida.........                                                     356.................
Georgia.........                                                     355.................
Hawaii..........                                                     354.................
Illinois........                                                     353.................
Maryland........                                                     352.................
Massachusetts...                                                     351.................
New Jersey......                                                     349.................
New York........                                                     348.................
Pennsylvania....                                                     347.................
Texas...........                                                     345.................
Utah............                                                     344.................
Washington......                                                     343.................
Other (less                                                          342.................
than 2%)........ -----       ------------------    -------------     341.................
Totals..........              $                            100%      338.................
- ---------------- =====       ==================    =============     335.................
                                                                     334.................
(1)  Other includes other states with under (2)% concentration       333.................
     individually.   No more  than  approximately     % of the       332.................
     Mortgage Loans will be secured  by  Mortgaged  properties       328.................
     located in any one postal zip code area.                        326.................
                                                                     325.................
                                                                     321.................
                                                                     320.................
                   Purpose of Mortgage Loans                         319.................
- ------------------------------------------------------------------   318.................
  Loan Purpose            Number of   Aggregate     Percentage of    314.................
                          Mortgage    Principal     Mortgage Pool    297.................
                           Loans       Balance                       293.................
                                     Outstanding                     259.................
- ------------------------------------------------------------------   240.................
Purchase...............               $                              238.................
Refinance (rate/term)..                                              237.................
Refinance (cash out)...                                              Total...............-----       -----------    ----------
Totals.................    -----     -----------    -------------                                     $                  100%
                                      $                     100%                         =====       ===========    ==========
                           =====     ===========    ==============
                                                                     (1)    As of the Cut-Off Date, the weighted average remaining
                                                                            term to maturity of the Mortgage  Loans is expected to
                                                                            be approximately months.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Assignment of the Mortgage Loans

          Pursuant to the  Agreement,  the  Depositor on the Closing Date will
sell, transfer,  assign, set over and otherwise convey without recourse to the
Trustee in trust for the benefit of the  Certificateholders  all right,  title
and  interest of the  Depositor  in and to each  Mortgage  Loan and all right,
title and  interest  in and to all other  assets  included  in the Trust Fund,
including all principal  and interest  [received]  [due] on or with respect to
the  Mortgage  Loans after the Cut-off  Date [,  exclusive  of  principal  and
interest due on or prior to the Cut-off Date].

          In connection with such transfer and assignment,  the Depositor will
deliver  or cause to be  delivered  to the  Trustee,  or a  custodian  for the
Trustee,  among other  things,  the original  promissory  note (the  "Mortgage
Note") (and any modification or amendment  thereto)  endorsed in blank without
recourse,  the  original  instrument  creating  a first  lien  on the  related
Mortgaged  Property  (the  "Mortgage")  with  evidence of recording  indicated
thereon,  an  assignment  in  recordable  form of the  Mortgage to the Trustee
(which  may  be  a  blanket   assignment   if  permitted  in  the   applicable
jurisdiction), the title policy with respect to the related Mortgaged Property
and, if applicable,  all recorded intervening  assignments of the Mortgage and
any riders or modifications to such Mortgage Note and Mortgage (except for any
such documents not returned from the public  recording  office,  which will be
delivered to the Trustee as soon as the same is  available  to the  Depositor)
(collectively,  the "Mortgage File"). Assignments of the Mortgage Loans to the
Trustee (or its nominee) will be recorded in the appropriate public office for
real  property  records[,  except in states such as  California  where in [the
opinion of counsel such  recording is not  required] to protect the  Trustee's
interests in the Mortgage Loan against the claim of any subsequent  transferee
or any successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the Seller].

          The Trustee  will review  each  Mortgage  File within 90 days of the
Closing  Date  (or  promptly  after  the  Trustee's  receipt  of any  document
permitted to be delivered  after the Closing  Date) and if any  documents in a
Mortgage  File are found to be missing or defective in a material  respect and
the Seller does not cure such defect within 90 days of notice thereof from the
Trustee (or within such longer period not to exceed ___ days after the Closing
Date as  provided  in the  Agreement  in the  case of  missing  documents  not
returned from the public  recording  office),  the Seller will be obligated to
repurchase  the  related  Mortgage  Loan  from the  Trust  Fund.  Rather  than
repurchase  the Mortgage  Loan as provided  above,  the Seller may remove such
Mortgage Loan (a "Deleted  Mortgage  Loan") from the Trust Fund and substitute
in its place another mortgage loan (a "Replacement  Mortgage Loan");  however,
such  substitution  is permitted only within two years of the Closing Date and
may not be made unless an opinion of counsel is provided to the Trustee to the
effect that such  substitution  will not  disqualify  the REMIC or result in a
prohibited  transaction  tax under the Code.  Any  Replacement  Mortgage  Loan
generally will, on the date of substitution,  among other  characteristics set
forth in the Agreement,  (i) have a principal balance,  after deduction of all
Scheduled Payments due in the month of substitution, not in excess of, and not
more than 10% less than, the Stated Principal  Balance of the Deleted Mortgage
Loan  (the  amount  of any  shortfall  to be  deposited  by the  Seller in the
Certificate Account and held for distribution to the Certificateholders on the
related Distribution Date (a "Substitution  Adjustment Amount")),  (ii) have a
Mortgage Rate not lower than, and not more than 1% per annum higher than, that
of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (iii) have a Loan-to-Value Ratio not higher than
that of the Deleted  Mortgage Loan, (iv) have a remaining term to maturity not
greater  than  (and not more  than one year  less  than)  that of the  Deleted
Mortgage Loan, and (v) comply with all of the  representations  and warranties
set  forth  in the  Agreement  as of the  date  of  substitution.  This  cure,
repurchase or substitution obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to
Certificateholders  or the Trustee for omission of, or a material defect in, a
Mortgage Loan document.

Underwriting Standards

          IndyMac began operating a mortgage conduit program in 1993 and began
in April 1995 to purchase  mortgage  loans made to borrowers with prior credit
difficulties  (so-called  "subprime  mortgage  loans").  All of  the  subprime
mortgage loans purchased by IndyMac are "conventional  non-conforming mortgage
loans" (i.e.,  loans which are not insured by the FHA or partially  guaranteed
by the VA and which do not qualify for sale to FNMA or FHLMC) secured by first
liens on one- to four-family residential properties.

          IndyMac   purchases  all  of  its  subprime   mortgage   loans  from
unaffiliated  sellers  either under flow or bulk  purchase  arrangements,  the
terms of which may vary from seller to seller. Such sellers are required to be
HUD approved mortgagees.

          IndyMac's  underwriting standards are primarily intended to evaluate
the value  and  adequacy  of the  mortgaged  property  as  collateral  for the
proposed  mortgage loan, as well as the type and intended use of the mortgaged
property.  Its  underwriting  standards are less  stringent than the standards
generally  acceptable to FNMA and FHLMC with regard to the  borrower's  credit
standing  and  repayment  ability.  Borrowers  who  qualify  under the IndyMac
underwriting  standards  generally have payment  histories and  debt-to-income
ratios that would not satisfy FNMC and FHLMC  underwriting  guidelines and may
have a record of major derogatory credit items, such as outstanding  judgments
or prior  bankruptcies,  or lower  credit  scores.  As a result,  the rates of
delinquency,  bankruptcy  and  foreclosure  for such  mortgage  loans could be
higher,  and  may  be  substantially  higher,  than  that  of  mortgage  loans
underwritten in accordance with FNMA and FHLMC standards.

          Each of the subprime mortgage loans purchased by IndyMac is assigned
to one of six credit  levels  based on the  prospective  mortgagor's  mortgage
payment  history within the preceding  twelve months,  retail and  installment
debt  credit  history,  judgements,  charge-offs  and  accounts  assigned  for
collection.  IndyMac  also  accepts  loans  underwritten  under  one  of  four
documentation programs:  Full/Alternate Documentation,  Reduced Documentation,
No Ratio  Documentation  and No  Income/No  Asset.  For each credit  level and
documentation program,  IndyMac has a maximum permitted loan amount, a maximum
Loan-to-Value Ratio and, in some cases, a limitation on the loan purpose.  The
maximum  debt to income  ratio for all loans,  other  than those with  primary
mortgage insurance, is 55%. Such limitation,  however, may be waived on a case
by case basis.

          Under the  Full/Alternate  Documentation  Program,  the  prospective
borrower's  employment,  income  and assets are  verified  through  written or
telephonic  communications.  Mortgage  loans in all six  credit  levels may be
submitted under this program.  Under each of the Reduced Documentation Program
and the No Ratio Program, more emphasis is placed on the value and adequacy of
the mortgaged  property as collateral and other assets of the borrower than on
credit underwriting. Under the No Income/No Asset Program, credit underwriting
documentation   concerning   income,   employment   verification   and   asset
verification  is waived and income  ratios are not  calculated.  Under each of
these programs, certain credit underwriting documentation concerning income or
income verification and/or employment verification is waived.

          Only mortgage loans for primary residences in credit Levels 0 and I+
may be  submitted  under  the No  Income/No  Asset  Program,  and the  maximum
Loan-to-Value  Ratios  under this  program  is less than those  under the Full
Documentation,  Alternative Documentation,  Reduced Documentation and No Ratio
Programs.

          Set forth  below are the  maximum  loan  amounts  and  Loan-to-Value
Ratios for purchase money mortgage loans and refinance mortgage loans for each
credit level and documentation program:

<PAGE>

         Primary Residence -- Purchase Money and Rate/Term Refinances

   Credit     Maximum                                               No Income/
   Level    Loan Amount   Full/Alt. Doc.   Reduced Doc.   No Ratio   No Asset
 --------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- ---------- ----------
      0

     I+

      I

     II

    III

     IV

                     Primary Residence-Cash Out Refinances

  Credit      Maximum                                               No Income/
  Level     Loan Amount   Full/Alt. Doc.   Reduced Doc.   No Ratio   No Asset
 --------  ------------- ---------------- -------------- ---------- ----------
      0

     I+

      I

     II

    III

     IV

  Second Home and Investor Properties-Purchase Money and Rate/Term Refinances

  Credit     Maximum
   Level*   Loan Amount   Full/Alt. Doc.   Reduced Doc.   No Ratio
 --------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- ----------
      0

     I+

      I

     II

    III

- ------------
*  No Credit Level IV allowed for this product.

<PAGE>

            Second Home and Investor Properties-Cash-Out Refinances

  Credit    Maximum
  Level    Loan Amount   Full/Alt. Doc.   Reduced Doc.    No Ratio
 -------- ------------- ---------------- -------------- -----------
      0

     I+

      I

     II

- ------------
*  No Credit Level III or IV allowed for this product.

          Such limits may be waived, however, on a case by case basis if it is
determined,  based on compensating factors, that an underwriting  exception is
warranted.  Compensating  factors may include stable  employment,  time in the
same residence, cash reserves and savings.

                         SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

General

          The Master  Servicer  will service the Mortgage  Loans in accordance
with the terms set forth in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement.  The Master
Servicer may perform any of its  obligations  under the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement  through  one  or  more  subservicers.   Notwithstanding   any  such
subservicing  arrangement,  the Master  Servicer  will  remain  liable for its
servicing duties and obligations under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement as
if the Master Servicer alone were servicing the Mortgage Loans.

          The  information  set forth in the  following  section  through  and
including the section captioned "Delinquency Status as of _____________, 199_"
has been provided by [IndyMac].  No representation is made by the Depositor or
any  of its  affiliates  as to  the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  any  such
information.

The Master Servicer

          [IndyMac, Inc. ("IndyMac"), a Delaware corporation,  will act as the
Master  Servicer of the Mortgage  Loans  pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

          As of __________, 199_, IndyMac provided servicing for approximately
$__________ million in conventional mortgages.

          The principal  executive offices of IndyMac are located at 155 North
Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101.]

Servicing and Collection Procedures

          IndyMac has entered into contracts (each a "Servicer Contract") with
each Servicer to perform, as independent contractors,  servicing functions for
IndyMac  subject  to  its  supervision.   Such  servicing   functions  include
collection and remittance of principal and interest  payments,  administration
of mortgage escrow  accounts,  collection of certain  insurance claims and, if
necessary,  foreclosure.  IndyMac may permit the  Servicers  to contract  with
subservicers to perform some or all of Servicer's  servicing duties,  but such
Servicer will not thereby be released from its obligations  under the Servicer
Contract.  IndyMac also may enter into  servicing  contracts  directly with an
affiliate of a Servicer or permit a Servicer to transfer its servicing  rights
and obligations to a third party.  In such  instances,  the affiliate or third
party,  as the case may be, will perform  servicing  functions  comparable  to
those normally  performed by the Servicer as described above, and the Servicer
will not be obligated to perform such  servicing  functions.  When used herein
with respect to servicing  obligations,  the term  Servicer  includes any such
affiliate or third party.  IndyMac may perform certain  supervisory  functions
with  respect to servicing  by the  Servicers  directly or through an agent or
independent contractor and will be responsible for administering and servicing
the Mortgage Loans  pursuant to the Agreement.  On or before the Closing Date,
IndyMac will  establish one or more accounts (the  "Collection  Account") into
which each Servicer will remit  collections  on the mortgage loans serviced by
it (net of its related servicing compensation). For purposes of the Agreement,
IndyMac, as Master Servicer,  will be deemed to have received any amounts with
respect to the Mortgage  Loans that are received by a Servicer  regardless  of
whether  such  amounts are  remitted by the  Servicer to IndyMac.  IndyMac has
reserved the right to remove the Servicer  servicing  any Mortgage Loan at any
time and will exercise that right if IndyMac  considers  such removal to be in
the best interest of the Certificateholders. In the event that IndyMac removes
a Servicer,  IndyMac will continue to be responsible for servicing the related
Mortgage Loans.

Foreclosure and Delinquency [and Loss] Experience

          The  following  table  summarizes  the  delinquency   experience  of
subprime loans master serviced by IndyMac. A mortgage loan is characterized as
delinquent  if the  borrower  has not paid the minimum  payment due by the due
date.  The table below  excludes  mortgage loans where the mortgage loan is in
foreclosure  or the borrower has filed for  bankruptcy.  Since  IndyMac  began
master  servicing  subprime  mortgage  loans in April  1995,  the  delinquency
percentages  may be affected by the size and relative lack of seasoning of the
servicing  portfolio  because  many of such  loans were not  outstanding  long
enough to give rise to some or all of the periods of delinquency  indicated in
the chart below.  Accordingly,  the information  should not be considered as a
basis for assessing the  likelihood,  amount,  or severity of  delinquency  or
losses  on the  Mortgage  Loans,  and no  assurances  can be  given  that  the
foreclosure  experience presented in the second paragraph below the table will
be indicative of such experience on the Mortgage Loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                              At December 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>
                                                                     -----  ------  -----  ------ ------
Delinquent Mortgage Loans and Pending Foreclosures at Period
end(1):
    30-59 days....................................................      %       %      %       %      %
    60-89 days....................................................
    90 days or more (excluding pending foreclosures)..............
                                                                     -----  ------  -----  ------ ------
      Total of delinquencies                                            %       %      %       %      %
                                                                     =====  ======  =====  ====== ======
Foreclosures pending..............................................      %       %      %       %      %
                                                                     =====  ======  =====  ====== ======
Total delinquencies and foreclosures pending......................      %       %      %       %      %
                                                                     =====  ======  =====  ====== ======
[Net Gains/(Losses) on liquidated loans                              $      $       $      $      $
                                                                     =====  ======  =====  ====== ======
[Percentage of Net Gains/(Losses) on liquidated loans(2)                %       %      %       %      %
                                                                     =====  ======  =====  ====== ======
[Percentage of Net Gains/(Losses) on liquidated loans                   %       %      %       %      %
(based on average outstanding principal balance)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------  =====  ======  =====  ====== ======
(1)   As a percentage of the total number of loans master serviced.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
(2)   Based  upon the total  outstanding  principal  balance at the end of the
      indicated period.

</TABLE>

          Delinquencies   are  reported  on  a   contractual   basis.   As  of
_____________,  199_,  __________  mortgage loans with an aggregate  principal
balance of  $______________  were in foreclosure  and, there were  ___________
loans in bankruptcy with a combined loan balance of $______________.

          [Over the last several years, there has been a general deterioration
of the real  estate  market  and  weakening  economy  in many  regions  of the
country,  including  __________.  The general deterioration of the real estate
market has been  reflected in increases in  delinquencies  of loans secured by
real estate,  slower absorption rates of real estate into the market and lower
sales  prices for real estate.  The general  weakening of the economy has been
reflected in decreases in the financial strength of borrowers and decreases in
the value of  collateral  serving as  security  for loans.  If the real estate
market and economy continue to decline,  IndyMac may experience an increase in
delinquencies  on the loans it  services  and higher net losses on  liquidated
loans.]

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

          [The  Master  Servicer  will be paid a  monthly  fee  from  interest
collected with respect to each Mortgage Loan (as well as from any  liquidation
proceeds  from a  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan that are  applied to accrued  and
unpaid interest) equal to one-twelfth of the Stated Principal  Balance thereof
multiplied by the Servicing Fee Rate (such product,  the "Servicing Fee"). The
Servicing Fee Rate for each Mortgage Loan will equal ________% per annum.  The
amount of the monthly  Servicing Fee is subject to adjustment  with respect to
prepaid  Mortgage Loans,  as described  herein under  "--Adjustment  to Master
Servicing Fee in Connection with Certain Prepaid  Mortgage  Loans." The Master
Servicer is also entitled to receive,  as additional  servicing  compensation,
amounts in respect of  interest  paid on  Principal  Prepayments  (as  defined
below) received from the 2nd day through the 15th day of a month  ("Prepayment
Interest  Excess"),   all  late  payment  fees,  assumption  fees,  prepayment
penalties  and other  similar  charges and all  reinvestment  income earned on
amounts on deposit in the Certificate  Account and Distribution  Account.  The
Master Servicer is obligated to pay certain ongoing  expenses  associated with
the  Mortgage  Loans  and  incurred  by the  Trustee  in  connection  with its
responsibilities under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.]

Adjustment to Master Servicing Fee in Connection with Certain Prepaid Mortgage
Loans

          [When a borrower  prepays a Mortgage  Loan  between  Due Dates,  the
borrower is required to pay interest on the amount prepaid only to the date of
prepayment and not thereafter. Except with respect to the month of the Cut-off
Date, principal  prepayments by borrowers received by the Master Servicer from
the  first  day  through  the  fifteenth  day  of a  calendar  month  will  be
distributed to  Certificateholders  on the Distribution Date in the same month
in which such prepayments are received and,  accordingly,  no shortfall in the
amount of interest to be distributed to Certificateholders with respect to the
prepaid Mortgage Loans results. Conversely, principal prepayments by borrowers
received by the Master Servicer from the sixteenth day (or, in the case of the
first  Distribution  Date,  from the Cut-off  Date)  through the last day of a
calendar month will be distributed to  Certificateholders  on the Distribution
Date in the month following the month of receipt and, accordingly, a shortfall
in the amount of interest to be distributed to Certificateholders with respect
to such prepaid  Mortgage Loans would result.  Pursuant to the Agreement,  the
Master  Servicing  Fee for any  month  will be  reduced,  but not by more than
[_____] of such Master Servicing Fee, by an amount  sufficient to pass through
to  Certificateholders  the full  amount of  interest  to which  they would be
entitled  in  respect  of each  such  prepaid  Mortgage  Loan  on the  related
Distribution Date. If shortfalls in interest as a result of prepayments in any
Prepayment  Period exceed an amount equal to one-half of the Master  Servicing
Fee otherwise payable on the related Distribution Date, the amount of interest
available  to be  distributed  to  Certificateholders  will be  reduced by the
amount of such  excess.  See  "Description  of the  Certificates  -- Interest"
herein.]

Advances

          Subject to the following  limitations,  the Master  Servicer will be
required to advance  prior to each  Distribution  Date,  from its own funds or
funds in the  Certificate  Account that do not constitute  Available Funds for
such  Distribution  Date,  an amount  equal to the  aggregate  of  payments of
[principal  and interest] on the Mortgage  Loans (net of the Master  Servicing
Fee with respect to the related  Mortgage Loans) which were due on the related
Due Date and which were delinquent on the related Determination Date, together
with an amount  equivalent  to interest on each  Mortgage Loan as to which the
related  Mortgaged  Property  has been  acquired  by the  Trust  Fund  through
foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure ("REO Property") (any such advance,
an "Advance").

          Advances  are  intended  to  maintain  a regular  flow of  scheduled
[interest and principal payments] on the Certificates rather than to guarantee
or insure against  losses.  The Master  Servicer is obligated to make Advances
with  respect to  delinquent  [payments  of  principal of or interest] on each
Mortgage  Loan  to the  extent  that  such  Advances  are,  in its  reasonable
judgment,  recoverable  from future  payments  and  collections  or  insurance
payments or proceeds of  liquidation  of the  related  Mortgage  Loan.  If the
Master Servicer determines on any Determination Date to make an Advance,  such
Advance will be included with the  distribution to  Certificateholders  on the
related  Distribution  Date.  Any  failure by the Master  Servicer  to make an
Advance as required under the Agreement with respect to the Certificates  will
constitute  an Event of Default  thereunder,  in which case the Trustee or the
successor  master  servicer  will be  obligated to make any such  Advance,  in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

General

          The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Agreement. Set forth
below are summaries of the specific terms and provisions pursuant to which the
Certificates  will be issued.  The  following  summaries  do not purport to be
complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their  entirety by reference
to, the provisions of the Agreement.  When particular provisions or terms used
in the Agreement are referred to, the actual provisions (including definitions
of terms) are incorporated by reference.

          The  Mortgage  Pass-Through  Certificates,  Series  199_  - __  will
consist  of the  Class  A- , Class  ___ ,  Class  PO,  Class X and  Class  A-R
Certificates  (collectively,  the  "Senior  Certificates")  and the Class B- ,
Class  ___  and  Class  ____  Certificates  (collectively,  the  "Subordinated
Certificates").  The Senior  Certificates  and  Subordinated  Certificates are
collectively  referred  to herein as the  "Certificates."  Only the Classes of
Certificates  listed on the cover  page  hereof  (collectively,  the  "Offered
Certificates")  are offered hereby.  The Classes of Offered  Certificates will
have the respective  initial Class  Certificate  Balances or initial  Notional
Amounts (subject to the permitted  variance) and Pass-Through  Rates set forth
or described on the cover hereof.

          The Class Certificate Balance of any Class of Certificates as of any
Distribution Date is the initial Class Certificate Balance thereof (A) reduced
by  the  sum  of  (i)  all  amounts  previously   distributed  to  holders  of
Certificates  of such  Class as  payments  of  principal,  (ii) the  amount of
Realized Losses (including Excess Losses) allocated to such Class and (iii) in
the case of any Class of Subordinated  Certificates,  any amounts allocated to
such  Class in  reduction  of its Class  Certificate  Balance  in  respect  of
payments  of  Class  PO  Deferred  Amounts,  as  described  below  under  " --
Allocation of Losses". In addition, the Class Certificate Balance of the Class
of Subordinated Certificates then outstanding with the highest numerical Class
designation  will be reduced if and to the extent  that the  aggregate  of the
Class  Certificate  Balances of all  Classes of  Certificates,  following  all
distributions  and the allocation of Realized  Losses on a Distribution  Date,
exceeds the Pool  Principal  Balance as of the Due Date occurring in the month
of such  Distribution  Date.  The  Notional  Amount  Certificates  do not have
principal  balances  and are not entitled to any  distributions  in respect of
principal of the Mortgage Loans.

          The Notional Amount of the Class X Certificates for any Distribution
Date will be equal to the  aggregate of the Stated  Principal  Balances of the
Non-Discount  Mortgage  Loans with  respect  to such  Distribution  Date.  The
initial  Notional  Amount  of the  Class X  Certificates  will be equal to the
aggregate of the Stated Principal  Balance of the Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans
as of the Cut-off Date.

          The Senior  Certificates  will have an initial  aggregate  principal
balance of approximately  $_____ and will evidence in the aggregate an initial
beneficial  ownership  interest of approximately  ____% in the Trust Fund. The
Class B- , Class B- , Class B- , Class B- , Class B- and Class B- Certificates
will each evidence in the aggregate an initial  beneficial  ownership interest
of approximately  ___%,___%,___%,  ___%,___%, and ___%,  respectively,  in the
Trust Fund.

          The  Book-Entry  Certificates  will be issuable in  book-entry  form
only.  The  Physical   Certificates   will  be  issued  in  fully   registered
certificated   form.   The  Physical   Certificates   (other  than  Class  A-R
Certificates) offered hereby will be issued in minimum dollar denominations of
$25,000  and  integral  multiples  of  $1,000  in  excess  thereof.  A  single
Certificate  of each such  Class may be  issued  in an amount  different  than
described  above.  The  Class  A-R  Certificates  will be  issued  as a single
Certificate in a denomination of $1,000.

Book-Entry Certificates

          Each Class of Book-Entry  Certificates will be issued in one or more
certificates  which equal the aggregate initial Class  Certificate  Balance of
each such  Class of  Certificates  and which  will be held by a nominee of The
Depository Trust Company (together with any successor  depository  selected by
the  Depositor,  the  "Depository").  Beneficial  interests in the  Book-Entry
Certificates  will be held  indirectly  by  investors  through the  book-entry
facilities of the  Depository,  as described  herein.  Investors may hold such
beneficial interests in the Book-Entry  Certificates in minimum  denominations
representing an original principal amount of $25,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000  in  excess   thereof.   One  investor  of  each  Class  of  Book-Entry
Certificates  may hold a beneficial  interest  therein that is not an integral
multiple of $1,000. The Depositor has been informed by the Depository that its
nominee will be CEDE & Co. ("CEDE").  Accordingly,  CEDE is expected to be the
holder of record of the  Book-Entry  Certificates.  Except as described in the
Prospectus under "Description of the Certificates -- Book-Entry Certificates,"
no person acquiring a Book-Entry Certificate (each, a "beneficial owner") will
be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing such Certificate (a
"Definitive Certificate").

          Unless  and  until  Definitive   Certificates  are  issued,   it  is
anticipated that the only  "Certificateholder" of the Book-Entry  Certificates
will  be  CEDE,  as  nominee  of  the  Depository.  Beneficial  owners  of the
Book-Entry  Certificates will not be Certificateholders,  as that term is used
in the Agreement.  Beneficial owners are only permitted to exercise the rights
of  Certificateholders  indirectly  through Financial  Intermediaries  and the
Depository.  Monthly and annual reports on the Trust Fund provided to CEDE, as
nominee of the  Depository,  may be made  available to beneficial  owners upon
request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures creating and
affecting  the  Depository,  and  to the  Financial  Intermediaries  to  whose
Depository accounts the Book-Entry  Certificates of such beneficial owners are
credited.

          For a  description  of the  procedures  generally  applicable to the
Book-Entry  Certificates,  see  "Description  of the  Securities -- Book-Entry
Registration of Securities" in the Prospectus.

Payments on Mortgage Loans; Accounts

          On or prior to the Closing Date, the Master  Servicer will establish
an account (the "Certificate Account"),  which will be maintained in trust for
the  benefit of the  Certificateholders.  Funds  credited  to the  Certificate
Account may be invested for the benefit and at the risk of the Master Servicer
in Permitted Investments,  as defined in the Agreement,  that are scheduled to
mature on or prior to the business day preceding the next  Distribution  Date.
On or prior to the business day immediately  preceding each Distribution Date,
the Master Servicer will withdraw from the  Certificate  Account the amount of
Available   Funds  and  will  deposit  such  Available  Funds  in  an  account
established   and   maintained   with   the   Trustee   on   behalf   of   the
Certificateholders (the "Distribution Account").

Distributions

          Distributions on the Certificates will be made by the Trustee on the
__th day of each  month,  or if such day is not a business  day,  on the first
business  day  thereafter,  commencing  in ____ 199_  (each,  a  "Distribution
Date"),  to the persons in whose names such Certificates are registered at the
close of business on the last business day of the month preceding the month of
such Distribution Date (the "Record Date").

          Distributions on each Distribution Date will be made by check mailed
to the address of the person entitled  thereto as it appears on the applicable
certificate register or, in the case of a Certificateholder  who holds 100% of
a Class of Certificates or who holds  Certificates  with an aggregate  initial
Certificate  Balance  of  $1,000,000  or more or who  holds an  Interest  Only
Certificate  and who has so notified the Trustee in writing in accordance with
the Agreement,  by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
of such  Certificateholder  at a bank or other depository  institution  having
appropriate  wire  transfer  facilities;  provided,  however,  that the  final
distribution  in  retirement  of the  Certificates  will  be  made  only  upon
presentment  and surrender of such  Certificates at the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee.

Priority of Distributions Among Certificates

          As more fully described herein,  distributions  will be made on each
Distribution Date from Available Funds in the following order of priority: (i)
to interest on each  interest  bearing Class of Senior  Certificates;  (ii) to
principal  on the  Classes of Senior  Certificates  then  entitled  to receive
distributions  of principal,  in the order and subject to the  priorities  set
forth herein under " -- Principal," in each case in an aggregate  amount up to
the maximum  amount of  principal  to be  distributed  on such Classes on such
Distribution  Date; (iii) to any Class PO Deferred Amounts with respect to the
Class  PO  Certificates,  but  only  from  amounts  that  would  otherwise  be
distributed  on  such  Distribution  Date  as  principal  of the  Subordinated
Certificates;  and (iv) to  interest  on and then  principal  of each Class of
Subordinated Certificates, in the order of their numerical Class designations,
beginning  with the  Class  ____  Certificates,  in each case  subject  to the
limitations  set  forth  herein  under  "Description  of the  Certificates  --
Principal."

          "Available  Funds"  with  respect to any  Distribution  Date will be
equal to the sum of (i) all  scheduled  installments  of interest  (net of the
related  Expense Fees) and principal due on the Due Date in the month in which
such Distribution Date occurs and received prior to the related  Determination
Date,   together  with  any  Advances  in  respect  [thereof  [in  respect  of
interest]];  (ii) all  proceeds of any  primary  mortgage  guaranty  insurance
policies and any other insurance  policies with respect to the Mortgage Loans,
to the extent such proceeds are not applied to the  restoration of the related
Mortgaged  Property or released to the Mortgagor in accordance with the Master
Servicer's normal servicing procedures  (collectively,  "Insurance  Proceeds")
and all other cash  amounts  received  and  retained  in  connection  with the
liquidation  of  defaulted   Mortgage   Loans,  by  foreclosure  or  otherwise
("Liquidation Proceeds") during the calendar month preceding the month of such
Distribution  Date (in each case,  net of  unreimbursed  expenses  incurred in
connection with a liquidation or foreclosure  and  unreimbursed  Advances,  if
any);  (iii)  all  partial  or full  prepayments  received  during  the  month
preceding the month of such Distribution  Date; and (iv) amounts received with
respect to such  Distribution  Date as the Substitution  Adjustment  Amount or
purchase  price in  respect  of a Deleted  Mortgage  Loan or a  Mortgage  Loan
repurchased by the Seller as of such Distribution  Date, reduced by amounts in
reimbursement  for Advances  previously made and other amounts as to which the
Master  Servicer is entitled to be  reimbursed  from the  Certificate  Account
pursuant to the Agreement.

Interest

          The  Classes  of  Offered  Certificates  will  have  the  respective
Pass-Through Rates set forth or described on the cover hereof.

          The  Pass-Through   Rate  for  the  Class  X  Certificates  for  any
Distribution  Date will be equal to the  excess of (a) the  average of the Net
Mortgage Rates of the  Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans,  weighted on the basis of
the  Stated  Principal   Balances   thereof,   over  (b)___%  per  annum.  The
Pass-Through Rate for the Class X Certificates for the first Distribution Date
is expected to be approximately ___% per annum. The Net Mortgage Rate for each
Mortgage  Loan is the Mortgage Rate thereof less the Expense Fee Rate for such
Mortgage Loan.

          On  each  Distribution  Date,  to  the  extent  of  funds  available
therefor,  each  interest  bearing Class of  Certificates  will be entitled to
receive an amount  allocable to interest (as to each such Class, the "Interest
Distribution Amount") with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period. The
Interest  Distribution  Amount for any interest bearing Class will be equal to
the sum of (i)  interest at the  applicable  Pass-Through  Rate on the related
Class Certificate Balance or Notional Amount, as the case may be, and (ii) the
sum of the amounts,  if any, by which the amount described in clause (i) above
on each prior  Distribution  Date exceeded the amount actually  distributed as
interest on such prior  Distribution  Dates and not  subsequently  distributed
("Unpaid  Interest  Amounts").  The Class PO  Certificates  are Principal Only
Certificates and will not bear interest.

          With  respect  to each  Distribution  Date,  the  "Interest  Accrual
Period" for each interest  bearing Class of Certificates  will be the calendar
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

          The  interest   entitlement   described  above  for  each  Class  of
Certificates for any  Distribution  Date will be reduced by the amount of "Net
Interest   Shortfalls"  for  such  Distribution  Date.  With  respect  to  any
Distribution Date, the "Net Interest  Shortfall" is equal to (i) the amount of
interest that would  otherwise have been received with respect to any Mortgage
Loan  that was the  subject  of (x) a Relief  Act  Reduction  or (y) a Special
Hazard Loss, Fraud Loss, Debt Service Reduction or Deficient Valuation,  after
the  exhaustion  of  the  respective  amounts  of  coverage  provided  by  the
Subordinated Certificates for such types of losses and (ii) any Net Prepayment
Interest  Shortfalls  with  respect to such  Distribution  Date. A "Relief Act
Reduction"  is a  reduction  in the  amount of monthly  interest  payment on a
Mortgage Loan pursuant to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
Act"  in the  Prospectus.  With  respect  to  any  Distribution  Date,  a "Net
Prepayment  Interest  Shortfall"  is the  amount  by which  the  aggregate  of
Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls during the calendar month preceding the month
of such  Distribution  Date  exceeds  the  aggregate  amount  payable  on such
Distribution  Date by the Master  Servicer as described  under  "Servicing  of
Mortgage  Loans --  Adjustment  to Master  Servicing  Fee in  Connection  with
Certain  Prepaid  Mortgage  Loans." A "Prepayment  Interest  Shortfall" is the
amount by which interest paid by a borrower in connection with a prepayment of
principal on a Mortgage Loan is less than one month's  interest at the related
Mortgage  Rate on the Stated  Principal  Balance of such Mortgage  Loan.  Each
Class' pro rata  share of such Net  Interest  Shortfalls  will be based on the
amount of interest such Class otherwise would have been entitled to receive on
such Distribution Date.

          Accrued interest to be distributed on any Distribution  Date will be
calculated, in the case of each interest bearing Class of Certificates, on the
basis  of the  related  Class  Certificate  Balance  or  Notional  Amount,  as
applicable,  immediately  prior to such  Distribution  Date.  Interest will be
calculated  and  payable on the basis of a 360-day  year  divided  into twelve
30-day months.

          In the event that,  on a  particular  Distribution  Date,  Available
Funds in the Certificate  Account applied in the order described above under "
- -- Priority of Distributions  Among Certificates" are not sufficient to make a
full distribution of the interest  entitlement on the  Certificates,  interest
will be distributed on each Class of  Certificates  of equal priority based on
the amount of interest each such Class would  otherwise  have been entitled to
receive in the absence of such  shortfall.  Any Unpaid Interest Amount will be
carried  forward  and  added  to the  amount  holders  of each  such  Class of
Certificates will be entitled to receive on the next Distribution Date. Such a
shortfall could occur,  for example,  if losses realized on the Mortgage Loans
were exceptionally high or were concentrated in a particular month. Any Unpaid
Interest Amount so carried forward will not bear interest.

Principal

          General.  All  payments  and other  amounts  received  in respect of
principal  of the  Mortgage  Loans will be  allocated  between  (i) the Senior
Certificates  (other than the Notional  Amount  Certificates  and the Class PO
Certificates)  and  the  Subordinated  Certificates  and  (ii)  the  Class  PO
Certificates,  in each case based on the applicable  Non-PO Percentage and the
applicable PO Percentage, respectively, of such amounts.

          The Non-PO  Percentage  with respect to any Mortgage Loan with a Net
Mortgage  Rate  ("NMR") less than ___% (each such  Mortgage  Loan, a "Discount
Mortgage Loan") will be equal to NMR/___%.  The Non-PO Percentage with respect
to any Mortgage  Loan with a Net  Mortgage  Rate equal to or greater than ___%
(each such Mortgage Loan, a "Non-Discount Mortgage Loan") will be 100%. The PO
Percentage with respect to any Discount Mortgage Loan will be equal to (___% -
NMR)/___%.  The PO Percentage with respect to any  Non-Discount  Mortgage Loan
will be 0%.

          Non-PO Formula  Principal  Amount.  On each  Distribution  Date, the
Non-PO Formula Principal Amount will be distributed as principal of the Senior
Certificates  (other than the Notional  Amount  Certificates  and the Class PO
Certificates) and the Subordinated  Certificates,  to the extent of the amount
available  from  Available  Funds for the  distribution  of  principal on such
respective Classes, as described below.

          The Non-PO Formula  Principal Amount for any Distribution  Date will
equal the sum of the applicable  Non-PO Percentage of (a) all monthly payments
of  principal  due on each  Mortgage  Loan on the  related  Due Date,  (b) the
principal  portion  of the  purchase  price  of each  Mortgage  Loan  that was
repurchased  by the Seller or another  person  pursuant to the Agreement as of
such Distribution  Date, (c) the Substitution  Adjustment Amount in connection
with any Deleted  Mortgage  Loan  received  with respect to such  Distribution
Date,  (d)  any  Insurance  Proceeds  or  Liquidation  Proceeds  allocable  to
recoveries of principal of Mortgage Loans that are not yet Liquidated Mortgage
Loans  received  during  the  calendar  month  preceding  the  month  of  such
Distribution  Date,  (e) with  respect  to each  Mortgage  Loan that  became a
Liquidated Mortgage Loan during the calendar month preceding the month of such
Distribution  Date,  the  amount  of the  Liquidation  Proceeds  allocable  to
principal  received with respect to such Mortgage Loan and (f) all partial and
full principal prepayments by borrowers received during the related Prepayment
Period.

          Senior Principal  Distribution  Amount.  On each  Distribution  Date
prior  to the  Senior  Credit  Support  Depletion  Date,  the  Non-PO  Formula
Principal Amount, up to the amount of the Senior Principal Distribution Amount
for such Distribution  Date, will be distributed as principal of the following
Classes of Senior Certificates in the following order of priority:

          (i) to the  Class  A-R  Certificates  until  the  Class  Certificate
   Balance thereof has been reduced to zero;

          (ii) concurrently,  to the Class ____ and Class _____  Certificates,
   pro rata based on their respective Class  Certificate  Balances,  until the
   Class Certificate Balances thereof have been reduced to zero;

          (iii) sequentially, to the Class ___ and Class ____ Certificates, in
   that order,  until the respective Class  Certificate  Balances thereof have
   been reduced to zero;

          (iv) sequentially, to the Class ____ and Class ____ Certificates, in
   that order,  until the respective Class  Certificate  Balances thereof have
   been reduced to zero; and

          (v) to the Class  ____  Certificates  until  the  Class  Certificate
   Balance thereof has been reduced to zero.

          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  on each  Distribution  Date on and
after the Senior Credit Support  Depletion Date, the Non-PO Formula  Principal
Amount will be distributed, concurrently as principal of the Classes of Senior
Certificates  (other than the Notional  Amount  Certificates  and the Class PO
Certificates), pro rata, in accordance with their respective Class Certificate
Balances immediately prior to such Distribution Date.

          The Senior Credit  Support  Depletion  Date is the date on which the
Class Certificate Balance of each Class of Subordinated  Certificates has been
reduced to zero.

          The Senior Principal  Distribution  Amount for any Distribution Date
will  equal the sum of (i) the  Senior  Percentage  of the  applicable  Non-PO
Percentage  of  all  amounts  described  in  clauses  (a)  through  (d) of the
definition of "Non-PO Formula Principal  Amount" for such  Distribution  Date,
(ii) with respect to each Mortgage Loan that became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan
during the calendar month preceding the month of such  Distribution  Date, the
lesser of (x) the Senior Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of the
Stated  Principal  Balance of such Mortgage Loan and (y) either (A) the Senior
Prepayment  Percentage or (B) if an Excess Loss was sustained  with respect to
such Liquidated Mortgage Loan during such preceding calendar month, the Senior
Percentage  of  the  applicable   Non-PO  Percentage  of  the  amount  of  the
Liquidation  Proceeds  allocable  to principal  received  with respect to such
Mortgage  Loan, and (iii) the Senior  Prepayment  Percentage of the applicable
Non-PO  Percentage  of amounts  described in clause (f) of the  definition  of
"Non-PO  Formula  Principal  Amount"  for such  Distribution  Date;  provided,
however,  that if a Bankruptcy  Loss that is an Excess Loss is sustained  with
respect to a Mortgage Loan that is not a Liquidated  Mortgage Loan, the Senior
Principal Distribution Amount will be reduced on the related Distribution Date
by the Senior  Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of the principal
portion of such Bankruptcy Loss.

          "Stated  Principal  Balance"  means as to any Mortgage  Loan and Due
Date, the unpaid principal  balance of such Mortgage Loan as of such Due Date,
as specified in the amortization schedule at the time relating thereto (before
any  adjustment to such  amortization  schedule by reason of any moratorium or
similar waiver or grace period),  after giving effect to any previous  partial
prepayments and Liquidation  Proceeds received and to the payment of principal
due on such Due Date and  irrespective  of any  delinquency  in payment by the
related Mortgagor. The Pool Principal Balance with respect to any Distribution
Date equals the  aggregate  of the Stated  Principal  Balances of the Mortgage
Loans  outstanding  on the Due Date in the month  preceding  the month of such
Distribution Date.

          The Senior  Percentage for any  Distribution  Date is the percentage
equivalent  of a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate of the Class
Certificate  Balances  of each Class of Senior  Certificates  (other  than the
Class PO Certificates)  immediately  prior to such date and the denominator of
which is the  aggregate  of the Class  Certificate  Balances of all Classes of
Certificates, other than the Class PO Certificates,  immediately prior to such
date.

          The Senior Prepayment Percentage for any Distribution Date occurring
during  the ____ years  beginning  on the first  Distribution  Date will equal
100%.  Thereafter,  the Senior Prepayment Percentage will, except as described
below,  be  subject  to  gradual  reduction  as  described  in  the  following
paragraph. This disproportionate allocation of certain unscheduled payments in
respect of principal will have the effect of accelerating  the amortization of
the Senior Certificates which receive these unscheduled  payments of principal
(other  than the Class PO  Certificates)  while,  in the  absence of  Realized
Losses, increasing the interest in the Pool Principal Balance evidenced by the
Subordinated   Certificates.   Increasing  the  respective   interest  of  the
Subordinated  Certificates  relative  to that of the  Senior  Certificates  is
intended to preserve the  availability  of the  subordination  provided by the
Subordinated Certificates.

          The Senior Prepayment Percentage for any Distribution Date occurring
on or after the _____  anniversary of the first  Distribution  Date will be as
follows:  for any Distribution  Date in the _____ year thereafter,  the Senior
Percentage plus __% of the Subordinated Percentage for such Distribution Date;
for any Distribution Date in the ______ year thereafter, the Senior Percentage
plus __% of the Subordinated  Percentage for such  Distribution  Date; for any
Distribution Date in the _____ year thereafter, the Senior Percentage plus __%
of  the  Subordinated   Percentage  for  such   Distribution   Date;  for  any
Distribution  Date in the ______ year thereafter,  the Senior  Percentage plus
__% of the  Subordinated  Percentage for such  Distribution  Date; and for any
Distribution Date thereafter, the Senior Percentage for such Distribution Date
(unless  on any of the  foregoing  Distribution  Dates the  Senior  Percentage
exceeds the initial  Senior  Percentage,  in which case the Senior  Prepayment
Percentage   for  such   Distribution   Date  will  once  again  equal  100%).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no decrease in the Senior Prepayment Percentage
will occur if (i) the  outstanding  principal  balance of all  Mortgage  Loans
delinquent __ days or more (averaged over the preceding  _________ period), as
a  percentage  of  the  aggregate   principal   balance  of  the  Subordinated
Certificates  (averaged over the preceding  _________ period),  is equal to or
greater  than __%, or (ii)  cumulative  Realized  Losses  with  respect to the
Mortgage Loans exceed (a) with respect to the  Distribution  Date on the _____
anniversary  of the  first  Distribution  Date,  __% of the  aggregate  of the
principal  balances of the  Subordinated  Certificates  as of the Cut-off Date
(the  "Original  Subordinated  Principal  Balance"),  (b) with  respect to the
Distribution Date on the _____ anniversary of the first Distribution Date, __%
of the  Original  Subordinated  Principal  Balance,  (c) with  respect  to the
Distribution Date on the _______  anniversary of the first  Distribution Date,
__% of the Original  Subordinated  Principal Balance,  (d) with respect to the
Distribution Date on the ______  anniversary of the first  Distribution  Date,
__% of the Original  Subordinated  Principal Balance,  and (e) with respect to
the Distribution Date on the _____ anniversary of the first Distribution Date,
__%  of  the  Original   Subordinated   Principal  Balance.  The  Subordinated
Prepayment  Percentage as of any  Distribution  Date will be calculated as the
difference between 100% and the Senior Prepayment Percentage for such date.

          If on any  Distribution  Date the  allocation to the Class of Senior
Certificates  then entitled to  distributions of principal of full and partial
principal prepayments and other amounts in the percentage required above would
reduce the outstanding Class Certificate Balance of such Class below zero, the
distribution to such Class of Certificates of the Senior Prepayment Percentage
of such amounts for such  Distribution  Date will be limited to the percentage
necessary to reduce the related Class Certificate Balance to zero.

          Subordinated  Principal  Distribution  Amount.  On each Distribution
Date, to the extent of Available Funds therefor,  the Non-PO Formula Principal
Amount, up to the amount of the Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount for
such  Distribution  Date, will be distributed as principal of the Subordinated
Certificates.  Except  as  provided  in the  next  paragraph,  each  Class  of
Subordinated  Certificates  will be  entitled to receive its pro rata share of
the Subordinated  Principal Distribution Amount (based on its respective Class
Certificate  Balance), in each case to the extent of the amount available from
Available Funds for  distribution of principal.  Distributions of principal of
the  Subordinated  Certificates  will be made  sequentially  to the Classes of
Subordinated  Certificates in the order of their numerical Class designations,
beginning  with  the  Class  ___  Certificates,  until  the  respective  Class
Certificate Balances thereof are reduced to zero. The Subordinated  Percentage
for any  Distribution  Date will be calculated as the difference  between 100%
and the Senior Percentage.

          With respect to each Class of Subordinated  Certificates,  if on any
Distribution  Date the sum of the related Class  Subordination  Percentages of
such Class and all  Classes of  Subordinated  Certificates  which have  higher
numerical Class  designations than such Class (the "Applicable  Credit Support
Percentage")  is less than the Applicable  Credit Support  Percentage for such
Class on the date of issuance of the  Certificates  (the "Original  Applicable
Credit Support Percentage"),  no distribution of partial principal prepayments
and  principal  prepayments  in full  will be made to any  such  Classes  (the
"Restricted  Classes")  and the amount of partial  principal  prepayments  and
principal  prepayments  in  full  otherwise  distributable  to the  Restricted
Classes  will  be  allocated  among  the  remaining  Classes  of  Subordinated
Certificates,   pro  rata,  based  upon  their  respective  Class  Certificate
Balances, and distributed in the sequential order described above.

          The Class Subordination  Percentage with respect to any Distribution
Date and each Class of  Subordinated  Certificates,  will  equal the  fraction
(expressed  as a percentage)  the numerator of which is the Class  Certificate
Balance of such Class of Subordinated  Certificates  immediately prior to such
Distribution  Date and the  denominator of which is the aggregate of the Class
Certificate Balances of all Classes of Certificates  immediately prior to such
Distribution Date.

          The approximate  Original  Applicable Credit Support Percentages for
the Subordinated  Certificates on the date of issuance of the Certificates are
expected to be as follows:

Class ....................................................      %
Class ....................................................      %
Class ....................................................      %
Class ....................................................      %
Class ....................................................      %
Class ....................................................      %

          The Subordinated  Principal Distribution Amount for any Distribution
Date  will  equal  (A)  the  sum of (i)  the  Subordinated  Percentage  of the
applicable  Non-PO  Percentage of all amounts described in clauses (a) through
(d)  of  the  definition  of  "Non-PO  Formula   Principal  Amount"  for  such
Distribution  Date,  (ii) with  respect to each  Mortgage  Loan that  became a
Liquidated Mortgage Loan during the calendar month preceding the month of such
Distribution  Date,  the  applicable  Non-PO  Percentage  of  the  Liquidation
Proceeds  allocable to principal  received with respect to such Mortgage Loan,
after application of such amounts pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of
Senior Principal Distribution Amount, up to the Subordinated Percentage of the
applicable  Non-PO Percentage of the Stated Principal Balance of such Mortgage
Loan and (iii) the Subordinated Prepayment Percentage of the applicable Non-PO
Percentage of the amounts described in clause (f) of the definition of "Non-PO
Formula Principal Amount" for such Distribution Date reduced by (B) the amount
of any  payments  in  respect  of Class PO  Deferred  Amounts  on the  related
Distribution Date.

          Residual  Certificates.  The  Class  A-R  Certificates  will  remain
outstanding for so long as the Trust Fund shall exist, whether or not they are
receiving  current  distributions  of principal  or  interest.  In addition to
distributions   of  interest  and  principal  as  described   above,  on  each
Distribution  Date, the holders of the Class A-R Certificates will be entitled
to receive  any  Available  Funds  remaining  after  payment of  interest  and
principal  on the Senior  Certificates  and Class PO  Deferred  Amounts on the
Class  PO  Certificates   and  interest  and  principal  on  the  Subordinated
Certificates, as described above. It is not anticipated that there will be any
significant amounts remaining for any such distribution.

          Class PO Principal  Distribution  Amount. On each Distribution Date,
distributions  of  principal of the Class PO  Certificates  will be made in an
amount (the "Class PO Principal  Distribution  Amount") equal to the lesser of
(x) the PO Formula  Principal  Amount for such  Distribution  Date and (y) the
product of (i) Available Funds remaining after distribution of interest on the
Senior  Certificates  and (ii) a fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the PO
Formula  Principal  Amount and the  denominator  of which is the sum of the PO
Formula Principal Amount and the Senior Principal Distribution Amount.

          If the Class PO Principal Distribution Amount on a Distribution Date
is  calculated  as provided in clause (y) above,  principal  distributions  to
holders of the Senior Certificates (other than the Class PO Certificates) will
be in an amount equal to the product of (i) Available  Funds  remaining  after
distribution of interest on the Senior  Certificates and (ii) a fraction,  the
numerator  of  which  is the  Senior  Principal  Distribution  Amount  and the
denominator of which is the sum of the Senior  Principal  Distribution  Amount
and the PO Formula Principal Amount.

          The PO Formula Principal Amount for any Distribution Date will equal
the sum of the  applicable  PO  Percentage  of (a)  all  monthly  payments  of
principal due on each Mortgage Loan on the related Due Date, (b) the principal
portion of the purchase  price of each Mortgage Loan that was  repurchased  by
the Seller or another person pursuant to the Agreement as of such Distribution
Date, (c) the  Substitution  Adjustment  Amount in connection with any Deleted
Mortgage  Loan  received  with  respect  to such  Distribution  Date,  (d) any
Insurance  Proceeds  or  Liquidation   Proceeds  allocable  to  recoveries  of
principal  of  Mortgage  Loans  that  are not yet  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loans
received  during the calendar month  preceding the month of such  Distribution
Date, (e) with respect to each Mortgage Loan that became a Liquidated Mortgage
Loan during the calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution  Date,
the amount of  Liquidation  Proceeds  allocable  to  principal  received  with
respect  to such  Mortgage  Loan  and  (f)  all  partial  and  full  principal
prepayments  by  borrowers  received  during the  related  Prepayment  Period;
provided,  however,  that  if a  Bankruptcy  Loss  that is an  Excess  Loss is
sustained  with respect to a Discount  Mortgage  Loan that is not a Liquidated
Mortgage Loan, the PO Formula  Principal Amount will be reduced on the related
Distribution  Date by the applicable PO Percentage of the principal portion of
such Bankruptcy Loss.

Allocation of Losses

          On each  Distribution  Date,  the  applicable  PO  Percentage of any
Realized Loss,  including any Excess Loss, on a Discount Mortgage Loan will be
allocated to the Class PO  Certificates  until the Class  Certificate  Balance
thereof is reduced to zero. The amount of any such Realized  Loss,  other than
an Excess Loss,  allocated on or prior to the Senior Credit Support  Depletion
Date will be treated as a Class PO Deferred  Amount.  To the extent  funds are
available on such  Distribution  Date or on any future  Distribution Date from
amounts  that would  otherwise  be  allocable  to the  Subordinated  Principal
Distribution  Amount,  Class PO Deferred  Amounts will be paid on the Class PO
Certificates   prior  to   distributions  of  principal  on  the  Subordinated
Certificates.  Any  distribution of Available Funds in respect of unpaid Class
PO Deferred Amounts will not further reduce the Class  Certificate  Balance of
the  Class PO  Certificates.  The  Class  PO  Deferred  Amounts  will not bear
interest.   The  Class  Certificate  Balance  of  the  Class  of  Subordinated
Certificates  then  outstanding with the highest  numerical Class  designation
will be reduced by the amount of any  payments in respect of Class PO Deferred
Amounts.  After the Senior  Credit  Support  Depletion  Date,  no new Class PO
Deferred Amounts will be created.

          On each  Distribution  Date, the applicable Non-PO Percentage of any
Realized  Loss,  other than any Excess Loss,  will be  allocated  first to the
Subordinated  Certificates,  in the  reverse  order of their  numerical  Class
designations  (beginning  with the  Class of  Subordinated  Certificates  then
outstanding with the highest numerical Class designation),  in each case until
the Class Certificate Balance of the respective Class of Certificates has been
reduced to zero, and then to the Senior  Certificates (other than the Notional
Amount  Certificates and the Class PO Certificates) pro rata, based upon their
respective Class Certificate Balances.

          On each  Distribution  Date,  the  applicable  Non-PO  Percentage of
Excess  Losses  will be  allocated  pro  rata  among  the  Classes  of  Senior
Certificates  (other than the Notional  Amount  Certificates  and the Class PO
Certificates)  and the Subordinated  Certificates  based upon their respective
Class Certificate Balances.

          Because  principal  distributions  are paid to  certain  Classes  of
Certificates  (other than the Class PO  Certificates)  before other Classes of
Certificates,  holders  of such  Certificates  that are  entitled  to  receive
principal later bear a greater risk of being allocated  Realized Losses on the
Mortgage Loans than holders of Classes that are entitled to receive  principal
earlier.

          Realized Losses  allocated to a Class of  Certificates  comprised of
multiple payment Components will be allocated pro rata among the Components of
such Class of Certificates based on their respective Component Balances.

          In general,  a "Realized  Loss" means,  with respect to a Liquidated
Mortgage Loan, the amount by which the remaining unpaid  principal  balance of
the Mortgage Loan exceeds the amount of  Liquidation  Proceeds  applied to the
principal  balance of the  related  Mortgage  Loan.  "Excess  Losses"  are (i)
Special  Hazard Losses in excess of the Special  Hazard Loss Coverage  Amount,
(ii)  Bankruptcy  Losses in excess of the Bankruptcy  Loss Coverage Amount and
(iii) Fraud Losses in excess of the Fraud Loss  Coverage  Amount.  "Bankruptcy
Losses" are losses that are  incurred as a result of Debt  Service  Reductions
and  Deficient  Valuations.  "Special  Hazard  Losses" are Realized  Losses in
respect of Special Hazard Mortgage Loans.  "Fraud Losses" are losses sustained
on a  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan by reason of a default  arising  from  fraud,
dishonesty or  misrepresentation.  See "Credit Enhancement -- Subordination of
Certain Classes" herein.

          A  "Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan" is a defaulted  Mortgage  Loan as to
which the Master Servicer has determined that all recoverable  liquidation and
insurance  proceeds have been received.  A "Special Hazard Mortgage Loan" is a
Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan as to which the  ability to recover the full amount
due  thereunder  was  substantially  impaired by a hazard not insured  against
under  a  standard  hazard  insurance  policy  of the  type  described  in the
Prospectus under "Credit  Enhancement -- Special Hazard  Insurance  Policies."
See "Credit Enhancement -- Subordination of Certain Classes" herein.

Structuring Assumptions

          Unless  otherwise  specified,  the information in the tables in this
Prospectus  Supplement has been prepared on the basis of the following assumed
characteristics of the Mortgage Loans and the following additional assumptions
(collectively,  the "Structuring Assumptions"): (i) the Mortgage Pool consists
of Mortgage Loans with the following characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Remaining
                                                       Original Term       Term
                                          Net          to Maturity      to Maturity
Principal Balance    Mortgage Rate    Mortgage Rate    (in months)      (in months)    Loan Age
- -----------------    -------------    -------------    -------------    -----------    --------
<S>                 <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>
$                               %                %

$                               %                %

</TABLE>

(ii) the Mortgage Loans prepay at the specified  constant  percentages of SPA,
(iii) no defaults in the payment by Mortgagors of principal of and interest on
the Mortgage Loans are  experienced,  (iv) scheduled  payments on the Mortgage
Loans are received on the first day of each month  commencing  in the calendar
month  following  the Closing Date and are computed  prior to giving effect to
prepayments  received on the last day of the prior month,  (v) prepayments are
allocated as described  herein without  giving effect to loss and  delinquency
tests,  (vi) there are no Net Interest  Shortfalls and  prepayments  represent
prepayments in full of individual  Mortgage Loans and are received on the last
day of each month, commencing in the calendar month of the Closing Date, (vii)
the scheduled  monthly payment for each Mortgage Loan has been calculated such
that each  Mortgage  Loan will  amortize  in amounts  sufficient  to repay the
current  balance of such Mortgage  Loan by its  respective  remaining  term to
maturity,  (viii) the initial Class Certificate Balance or Notional Amount, as
applicable,  of each Class of  Certificates  is as set forth on the cover page
hereof and under  "Summary  of Terms --  Certificates  other than the  Offered
Certificates",  (ix)  interest  accrues  on each  interest  bearing  Class  of
Certificates  at the  applicable  interest  rate set forth or described on the
cover  hereof and as described  herein,  (x)  distributions  in respect of the
Certificates  are received in cash on the ____ day of each month commencing in
the calendar  month  following the Closing Date,  (xi) the closing date of the
sale of the Offered Certificates is the date set forth under "Summary of Terms
- -- Closing Date," (xii) the Seller is not required to repurchase or substitute
for any Mortgage Loan, (xiii) the Master Servicer does not exercise the option
to repurchase the Mortgage Loans described herein under " -- Optional Purchase
of  Defaulted  Loans"  and " --  Optional  Termination"  and (xiv) no Class of
Certificates  becomes a Restricted Class. While it is assumed that each of the
Mortgage Loans prepays at the specified  constant  percentages of SPA, this is
not  likely to be the case.  Moreover,  discrepancies  may exist  between  the
characteristics  of the actual  Mortgage  Loans which will be delivered to the
Trustee and characteristics of the Mortgage Loans used in preparing the tables
herein.

          Prepayments of mortgage  loans  commonly are measured  relative to a
prepayment standard or model. The model used in this Prospectus  Supplement is
the Standard Prepayment  Assumption ("SPA"),  which represents an assumed rate
of prepayment each month of the then outstanding  principal  balance of a pool
of new  mortgage  loans.  SPA  does not  purport  to be  either  a  historical
description  of the  prepayment  experience of any pool of mortgage loans or a
prediction  of the  anticipated  rate of  prepayment  of any pool of  mortgage
loans, including the Mortgage Loans. 100% SPA assumes prepayment rates of 0.2%
per annum of the then unpaid principal  balance of such pool of mortgage loans
in the first month of the life of such mortgage  loans and an additional  0.2%
per annum in each month thereafter (for example,  0.4% per annum in the second
month)  until the 30th  month.  Beginning  in the 30th month and in each month
thereafter during the life of such mortgage loans, 100% SPA assumes a constant
prepayment  rate  of 6% per  annum.  Multiples  may be  calculated  from  this
prepayment rate sequence.  For example, ___% SPA assumes prepayment rates will
be ___% per annum in month one, ___% per annum in month two, and increasing by
___% in each succeeding month until reaching a rate of ___% per annum in month
30 and  remaining  constant  at %___ per annum  thereafter.  0% SPA assumes no
prepayments. There is no assurance that prepayments will occur at any SPA rate
or at any other constant rate.

Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loans

          The Master Servicer may, at its option, purchase from the Trust Fund
any Mortgage Loan which is delinquent in payment by 91 days or more.  Any such
purchase shall be at a price equal to 100% of the Stated Principal  Balance of
such Mortgage Loan plus accrued  interest  thereon at the applicable  Mortgage
Rate  from the date  through  which  interest  was  last  paid by the  related
mortgagor or advanced  (and not  reimbursed)  to the first day of the month in
which such amount is to be distributed.

Optional Termination

          The Master  Servicer will have the right to repurchase all remaining
Mortgage  Loans and REO  Properties  in the Mortgage  Pool and thereby  effect
early retirement of the Certificates, subject to the Pool Principal Balance of
such Mortgage  Loans and REO  Properties at the time of repurchase  being less
than or equal to 10% of the Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance.  In the event
the Master Servicer exercises such option, the purchase price distributed with
respect to each  Certificate  will be 100% of its then  outstanding  principal
balance  plus  any  Class PO  Deferred  Amounts  in the  case of the  Class PO
Certificates and, in the case of an interest bearing  Certificate,  any unpaid
accrued  interest  thereon at the applicable  Pass-Through  Rate (in each case
subject to  reduction as provided in the  Agreement  if the purchase  price is
based in part on the appraised  value of any REO Properties and such appraised
value is less  than the  Stated  Principal  Balance  of the  related  Mortgage
Loans).  Distributions  on the  Certificates  in respect of any such  optional
termination  will  first be paid to the  Senior  Certificates  and then to the
Subordinated Certificates.  The proceeds from any such distribution may not be
sufficient to distribute  the full amount to which each Class of  Certificates
is entitled if the purchase  price is based in part on the appraised  value of
any REO Property and such  appraised  value is less than the Stated  Principal
Balance of the related Mortgage Loan.

The Trustee

          ______________________  will be the Trustee under the Agreement. The
Depositor and the Master Servicer may maintain other banking  relationships in
the ordinary course of business with ___________________. Offered Certificates
may be  surrendered  at the Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee  located at
_______________________________,  Attention:  _____________________ or at such
other addresses as the Trustee may designate from time to time.

Restrictions on Transfer of the Class A-R Certificates

          The Class A-R  Certificates  will be subject to the  restrictions on
transfer  described  in the  Prospectus  under  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences -- REMIC Certificates -- Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfers of
Residual  Certificates  --  Disqualified   Organizations,"  "  --  Noneconomic
Residual  Interests" and " -- Foreign  Investors." The Agreement provides that
the  Class  A-R   Certificates  (in  addition  to  certain  other  Classes  of
Certificates) may not be acquired by an ERISA Plan. See "ERISA Considerations"
herein.  Each  Class A-R  Certificate  will  contain a legend  describing  the
foregoing restrictions.

                YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

General

          The  effective  yield  to  the  holders  of  the  interest   bearing
Certificates will be lower than the yield otherwise produced by the applicable
rate at which  interest is passed  through to such  holders  and the  purchase
price of such Certificates  because monthly  distributions will not be payable
to such holders until the ____ day (or, if such day is not a business day, the
following  business day) of the month  following  the month in which  interest
accrues on the Mortgage Loans (without any additional distribution of interest
or earnings thereon in respect of such delay).

          Delinquencies  [in respect of interest] on the Mortgage  Loans which
are not advanced by or on behalf of the Master Servicer (because  amounts,  if
advanced,  would be  nonrecoverable)  will  adversely  affect the yield on the
Certificates.  Because of the priority of distributions,  shortfalls resulting
from  delinquencies  [in respect of  interest]  not so advanced  will be borne
first  by  the  Subordinated  Certificates,  in the  reverse  order  of  their
numerical Class designations,  and then by the Senior  Certificates.  If, as a
result of such shortfalls,  the aggregate of the Class Certificate Balances of
all Classes of  Certificates  exceeds the Pool  Principal  Balance,  the Class
Certificate Balance of the Class of Subordinated Certificates then outstanding
with the highest  numerical Class designation will be reduced by the amount of
such excess.

          Net  Interest  Shortfalls  will  adversely  affect the yields on the
Offered Certificates. In addition, although all losses initially will be borne
by the  Subordinated  Certificates,  in the reverse  order of their  numerical
Class  designations  (either  directly or through  distributions in respect of
Class PO Deferred Amounts on the Class PO Certificates), Excess Losses will be
borne  by  all  Classes  of  Certificates  (other  than  the  Notional  Amount
Certificates) on a pro rata basis. Moreover,  since the Subordinated Principal
Distribution  Amount for each  Distribution Date will be reduced by the amount
of any distributions on such Distribution Date in respect of Class PO Deferred
Amounts,  the amount distributable as principal on each such Distribution Date
to each Class of Subordinated  Certificates then entitled to a distribution of
principal will be less than it otherwise would be in the absence of such Class
PO Deferred Amounts. As a result, the yields on the Offered  Certificates will
depend on the rate and timing of Realized  Losses,  including  Excess  Losses.
Excess  Losses could occur at a time when one or more Classes of  Subordinated
Certificates  are still  outstanding  and otherwise  available to absorb other
types of Realized Losses.

Prepayment Considerations and Risks

          The rate of  principal  payments  on the Offered  Certificates,  the
aggregate amount of distributions on the Offered Certificates and the yield to
maturity of the Offered Certificates will be related to the rate and timing of
payments of principal on the Mortgage Loans. The rate of principal payments on
the Mortgage Loans will in turn be affected by the  amortization  schedules of
the Mortgage  Loans and by the rate of principal  prepayments  (including  for
this purpose  prepayments  resulting  from  refinancing,  liquidations  of the
Mortgage Loans due to defaults,  casualties,  condemnations and repurchases by
the Seller).  The Mortgage  Loans may be prepaid by the Mortgagors at any time
without  a  prepayment  penalty.   The  Mortgage  Loans  are  subject  to  the
"due-on-sale" provisions included therein. See "The Mortgage Pool" herein.

          Prepayments,  liquidations  and  purchases  of  the  Mortgage  Loans
(including  any  optional  purchase  by the  Master  Servicer  of a  defaulted
Mortgage Loan and any optional  repurchase of the remaining  Mortgage Loans in
connection  with the  termination of the Trust Fund, in each case as described
herein) will result in distributions on the Offered  Certificates of principal
amounts which would  otherwise be distributed  over the remaining terms of the
Mortgage  Loans.  Since the rate of payment of principal of the Mortgage Loans
will depend on future  events and a variety of factors,  no  assurance  can be
given as to such  rate or the rate of  principal  prepayments.  The  extent to
which the yield to maturity of a Class of Offered  Certificates  may vary from
the  anticipated  yield will  depend  upon the  degree to which  such  Offered
Certificate is purchased at a discount or premium, and the degree to which the
timing of payments  thereon is  sensitive  to  prepayments,  liquidations  and
purchases of the Mortgage Loans. Further, an investor should consider the risk
that, in the case of the  Principal  Only  Certificates  and any other Offered
Certificate  purchased  at a  discount,  a  slower  than  anticipated  rate of
principal payments (including  prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans could result
in an actual yield to such investor that is lower than the  anticipated  yield
and,  in the case of the  Interest  Only  Certificates  and any other  Offered
Certificate  purchased  at a  premium,  a  faster  than  anticipated  rate  of
principal  payments  could result in an actual yield to such  investor that is
lower than the anticipated yield.  Investors in the Interest Only Certificates
should carefully  consider the risk that a rapid rate of principal payments on
the Mortgage  Loans could  result in the failure of such  investors to recover
their initial investments.

          The rate of principal payments  (including  prepayments) on pools of
mortgage  loans may vary  significantly  over time and may be  influenced by a
variety of economic,  geographic,  social and other factors, including changes
in mortgagors'  housing needs,  job transfers,  unemployment,  mortgagors' net
equity in the mortgaged  properties and servicing  decisions.  In general,  if
prevailing  interest rates were to fall significantly below the Mortgage Rates
on the  Mortgage  Loans,  the  Mortgage  Loans  could  be  subject  to  higher
prepayment rates than if prevailing  interest rates were to remain at or above
the Mortgage Rates on the Mortgage Loans.  Conversely,  if prevailing interest
rates were to rise  significantly,  the rate of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage
Loans would  generally be expected to decrease.  No assurances can be given as
to the rate of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage  Loans  in  stable  or  changing
interest rate environments.

          As  described  herein  under  "Description  of the  Certificates  --
Principal,"  the  Senior  Prepayment   Percentage  of  the  applicable  Non-PO
Percentage of all principal  prepayments will be initially  distributed to the
Classes of Senior  Certificates  (other than the Class PO  Certificates)  then
entitled to receive principal prepayment distributions. This may result in all
(or  a  disproportionate  percentage)  of  such  principal  prepayments  being
distributed  to holders of such  Classes of Senior  Certificates  and none (or
less  than  their  pro  rata  share)  of  such  principal   prepayments  being
distributed to holders of the Subordinated  Certificates during the periods of
time described in the definition of "Senior Prepayment Percentage."

          The  timing of changes in the rate of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage
Loans may significantly affect an investor's actual yield to maturity, even if
the average  rate of  principal  payments  is  consistent  with an  investor's
expectation. In general, the earlier a prepayment of principal on the Mortgage
Loans, the greater the effect on an investor's  yield to maturity.  The effect
on an investor's yield as a result of principal  payments  occurring at a rate
higher (or lower) than the rate  anticipated by the investor during the period
immediately  following  the  issuance of the Offered  Certificates  may not be
offset by a subsequent  like  decrease (or  increase) in the rate of principal
payments.

          The tables below indicate the  sensitivity of the pre-tax  corporate
bond  equivalent  yields to maturity  of certain  Classes of  Certificates  to
various  constant  percentages of SPA. The yields set forth in the tables were
calculated by determining the monthly discount rates that, when applied to the
assumed  streams  of  cash  flows  to be  paid on the  applicable  Classes  of
Certificates, would cause the discounted present value of such assumed streams
of cash flows to equal the assumed  aggregate  purchase prices of such Classes
and converting  such monthly rates to corporate bond  equivalent  rates.  Such
calculations  do not  take  into  account  variations  that  may  occur in the
interest  rates at which  investors may be able to reinvest  funds received by
them as distributions on such  Certificates and consequently do not purport to
reflect the return on any  investment  in any such Class of  Certificate  when
such reinvestment rates are considered.

Sensitivity of the Interest Only Certificates

          As indicated in the table below, the yield to investors in the Class
X Certificates will be sensitive to the rate of principal payments  (including
prepayments) of the Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans (particularly those with high
Net Mortgage Rates),  which generally can be prepaid at any time. On the basis
of the  assumptions  described  below,  the yield to  maturity  on the Class X
Certificates  would  be  approximately  0% if  prepayments  were to occur at a
constant rate of  approximately  % SPA. If the actual  prepayment  rate of the
Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans were to exceed the foregoing  level for as little
as one month while equaling such level for the remaining months, the investors
in the Class X Certificates would not fully recoup their initial investments.

          As  described  above  under  "Description  of  the  Certificates  --
General," the  Pass-Through  Rate of the Class X  Certificates  in effect from
time to time is  calculated  by  reference  to the Net  Mortgage  Rates of the
Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans. The Non-Discount Mortgage Loans will have higher
Net Mortgage Rates (and higher  Mortgage Rates) than the other Mortgage Loans.
In general, mortgage loans with higher mortgage rates tend to prepay at higher
rates than mortgage loans with relatively  lower mortgage rates in response to
a given  change in  market  interest  rates.  As a  result,  the  Non-Discount
Mortgage Loans may prepay at higher rates,  thereby  reducing the Pass-Through
Rate and Notional Amount of the Class X Certificates.

          The  information  set forth in the following table has been prepared
on the basis of the  Structuring  Assumptions  and on the assumption  that the
purchase  price of the Class X  Certificates  (expressed  as a  percentage  of
initial Notional Amount) is as follows:

         Class                      Price*

         Class X.................     %

- ---------
*        The price does not include  accrued  interest.  Accrued  interest has
         been added to such price in  calculating  the yields set forth in the
         table below.

         Sensitivity of the Interest Only Certificates to Prepayments
                         (Pre-Tax Yields to Maturity)
                           SPA Prepayment/Assumption

Class            0%         %          %         %         %         %
- -------       --------   -------   --------   -------   -------   -------
Class X            %         %          %         %         %         %

          It is unlikely that the  Non-Discount  Mortgage  Loans will have the
precise  characteristics  described herein or that the  Non-Discount  Mortgage
Loans  will all  prepay at the same  rate  until  maturity  or that all of the
Non-Discount  Mortgage Loans will prepay at the same rate or time. As a result
of these factors, the pre-tax yields on the Class X Certificates are likely to
differ from those shown in the table above,  even if all of the Mortgage Loans
prepay at the indicated  percentages of SPA. No  representation  is made as to
the actual rate of principal  payments on the Mortgage Loans for any period or
over the lives of the Class X  Certificates  or as to the yield on the Class X
Certificates.  Investors  must make their own decisions as to the  appropriate
prepayment  assumptions to be used in deciding whether to purchase the Class X
Certificates.

Sensitivity of the Principal Only Certificates

          The Class PO Certificates will be "principal only"  certificates and
will  not bear  interest.  As  indicated  in the  table  below,  a lower  than
anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the Discount
Mortgage  Loans will have a negative  effect on the yield to  investors in the
Principal Only Certificates.

          As  described  above  under  "Description  of  the  Certificates  --
Principal,"  the  Class PO  Principal  Distribution  Amount is  calculated  by
reference to the principal  payments  (including  prepayments) on the Discount
Mortgage Loans. The Discount Mortgage Loans will have lower Net Mortgage Rates
(and lower Mortgage Rates) than the other Mortgage Loans. In general, mortgage
loans with higher  mortgage rates tend to prepay at higher rates than mortgage
loans with  relatively  lower  mortgage rates in response to a given change in
market interest rates. As a result,  the Discount Mortgage Loans may prepay at
lower  rates,  thereby  reducing  the rate of  payment  of  principal  and the
resulting yield of the Class PO Certificates.

          The  information  set forth in the following table has been prepared
on the basis of the  Structuring  Assumptions  and on the assumption  that the
aggregate  purchase price of the Principal Only  Certificates  (expressed as a
percentage of initial Class Certificate Balance) is as follows:

                Class                 Price
- ----------------------------------------------

                Class PO.............     %

         Sensitivity of the Principal Only Certificates to Prepayments
                         (Pre-Tax Yields to Maturity)
                           SPA Prepayment/Assumption

Class               0%         %         %         %         %         %
- --------------   --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Class PO              %         %         %         %         %         %
Class PO...           %         %         %         %         %         %

          It is  unlikely  that the  Discount  Mortgage  Loans  will  have the
precise  characteristics  described herein or that the Discount Mortgage Loans
will all prepay at the same rate until  maturity or that all of such  Discount
Mortgage  Loans  will  prepay at the same  rate or time.  As a result of these
factors,  the pre-tax yield on the Principal  Only  Certificates  is likely to
differ from those shown in the table above,  even if all of the Mortgage Loans
prepay at the indicated  percentages of SPA. No  representation  is made as to
the actual rate of principal  payments on the Mortgage Loans for any period or
over the life of the  Principal  Only  Certificates  or as to the yield on the
Principal Only Certificates. Investors must make their own decisions as to the
appropriate  prepayment assumptions to be used in deciding whether to purchase
the Principal Only Certificates.

Additional Information

          The Depositor  intends to file certain  additional  yield tables and
other  computational  materials  with  respect  to  one  or  more  Classes  of
Underwritten  Certificates  with the  Commission in a report on Form 8-K to be
dated_____,  19__. Such tables and materials were prepared by each Underwriter
at the request of certain prospective investors, based on assumptions provided
by, and satisfying the special  requirements of, such  prospective  investors.
Such tables and assumptions  may be based on assumptions  that differ from the
Structuring Assumptions.  Accordingly, such tables and other materials may not
be relevant to or  appropriate  for  investors  other than those  specifically
requesting them.

Weighted Average Lives of the Offered Certificates

          The weighted average life of an Offered Certificate is determined by
(a)  multiplying  the  amount  of the  net  reduction,  if any,  of the  Class
Certificate  Balance  of such  Certificate  on each  Distribution  Date by the
number of years  from the date of  issuance  to such  Distribution  Date,  (b)
summing the results and (c)  dividing the sum by the  aggregate  amount of the
net reductions in Class Certificate Balance of such Certificate referred to in
clause (a).

          For a  discussion  of the factors  which may  influence  the rate of
payments  (including  prepayments) of the Mortgage Loans,  see " -- Prepayment
Considerations and Risks" herein and "Yield and Prepayment  Considerations" in
the Prospectus.

          In general,  the weighted average lives of the Offered  Certificates
will be  shortened  if the level of  prepayments  of principal of the Mortgage
Loans  increases.   However,   the  weighted  average  lives  of  the  Offered
Certificates will depend upon a variety of other factors, including the timing
of changes in such rate of principal  payments  and the  priority  sequence of
distributions of principal of the Classes of Certificates and the distribution
of  principal  of the Planned  Principal  Classes and the  Targeted  Principal
Classes  in  accordance  with  the  Principal  Balance  Schedules  herein.  In
particular,  if the amount  available  for  distribution  as  principal of the
Senior Certificates (other than the Class PO Certificates) on any Distribution
Date  exceeds  the amount  required  to reduce the  principal  balances of the
Planned Principal Classes and the Targeted  Principal Classes then entitled to
receive a distribution of principal to their respective  scheduled balances as
set forth in the Principal  Balance  Schedules,  such excess principal will be
distributed on the remaining  Classes of Senior  Certificates  (other than the
Class PO Certificates) on such Distribution  Date.  Conversely,  if the amount
available for distribution of principal of the Senior Certificates (other than
the Class PO Certificates) on any Distribution Date is less than the amount so
required to reduce the Planned  Principal  Classes and the Targeted  Principal
Classes  then  entitled  to  receive  a  distribution  of  principal  to their
respective scheduled balances,  no principal will be distributed on such other
Classes of Senior  Certificates on such Distribution  Date.  Accordingly,  the
rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans is expected to have a greater
effect on the weighted  average life of the Support  Classes and under certain
prepayment  scenarios,  the weighted  average lives of the Targeted  Principal
Classes, than on the weighted average lives of the Planned Principal Classes.

          The interaction of the foregoing  factors may have different effects
on various  Classes of Offered  Certificates  and the effects on any Class may
vary at  different  times  during  the  life of such  Class.  Accordingly,  no
assurance can be given as to the weighted average life of any Class of Offered
Certificates.  Further,  to the extent the prices of the Offered  Certificates
represent discounts or premiums to their respective original Class Certificate
Balances, variability in the weighted average lives of such Classes of Offered
Certificates will result in variability in the related yields to maturity. For
an  example  of how the  weighted  average  lives of the  Classes  of  Offered
Certificates may be affected at various  constant  percentages of SPA, see the
Decrement Tables below.

Decrement Tables

          The following  tables  indicate the percentages of the initial Class
Certificate  Balances of the Classes of Offered  Certificates  (other than the
Notional  Amount  Certificates)  that would be  outstanding  after each of the
dates  shown at  various  constant  percentages  of SPA and the  corresponding
weighted  average lives of such Classes.  The tables have been prepared on the
basis of the Structuring  Assumptions.  It is not likely that (i) the Mortgage
Loans will have the precise  characteristics  described  herein or (ii) all of
the Mortgage Loans will prepay at a constant percentage of SPA. Moreover,  the
diverse remaining terms to maturity of the Mortgage Loans could produce slower
or faster  principal  distributions  than indicated in the tables,  which have
been prepared  using the specified  constant  percentages  of SPA, even if the
remaining  term to  maturity  of the  Mortgage  Loans is  consistent  with the
remaining terms to maturity of the Mortgage Loans specified in the Structuring
Assumptions.

<PAGE>

                     Percent of Initial Class Certificate
                             Balances Outstanding*

                                   Class A-

Distribution Date 0%       %        %        %        %        %       %
- ---------------------    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----   -----
Initial............        %        %        %        %        %       %
   19.............
   19.............
   19.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
                         -----    -----    -----    -----    -----   -----
Weighted Average
Life (in years)**...

<PAGE>

                                   Class A-

Distribution Date 0%       %        %        %        %        %       %
- ---------------------    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----   -----
Initial............        %        %        %        %        %       %
   19.............
   19.............
   19.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
   20.............
- ---------------------    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----   -----
Weighted Average
Life (in years)**...

- -----------

 * Rounded to the nearest whole percentage.

**  Determined  as  specified  under  "Weighted  Average  Lives of the Offered
    Certificates" herein.

Last Scheduled Distribution Date

          The Last  Scheduled  Distribution  Date for  each  Class of  Offered
Certificates  is  the  Distribution   Date  in  _____,   20__,  which  is  the
Distribution  Date in the ____ month following the latest  scheduled  maturity
date  for any of the  Mortgage  Loans.  Since  the  rate of  distributions  in
reduction of the Class Certificate Balance or Notional Amount of each Class of
Offered   Certificates   will  depend  on  the  rate  of  payment   (including
prepayments) of the Mortgage Loans, the Class Certificate  Balance or Notional
Amount of any such Class  could be reduced  to zero  significantly  earlier or
later than the Last Scheduled  Distribution  Date. The rate of payments on the
Mortgage Loans will depend on their particular characteristics,  as well as on
prevailing interest rates from time to time and other economic factors, and no
assurance  can be given as to the actual  payment  experience  of the Mortgage
Loans.  See  "Yield,   Prepayment  and  Maturity  Considerations   -Prepayment
Considerations  and  Risks" and " --  Weighted  Average  Lives of the  Offered
Certificates"  herein  and  "Yield  and  Prepayment   Considerations"  in  the
Prospectus.

The Subordinated Certificates

          The  weighted  average  life of, and the yield to  maturity  on, the
Subordinated  Certificates,  in  increasing  order  of their  numerical  Class
designation,  will be  progressively  more sensitive to the rate and timing of
mortgagor  defaults and the severity of ensuing losses on the Mortgage  Loans.
If the actual rate and severity of losses on the Mortgage Loans is higher than
those assumed by a holder of a Subordinated  Certificate,  the actual yield to
maturity  of such  Certificate  may be lower than the yield  expected  by such
holder based on such  assumption.  The timing of losses on Mortgage Loans will
also  affect  an  investor's  actual  yield to  maturity,  even if the rate of
defaults  and  severity  of  losses  over  the life of the  Mortgage  Pool are
consistent  with an investor's  expectations.  In general,  the earlier a loss
occurs,  the greater the effect on an investor's  yield to maturity.  Realized
Losses on the Mortgage Loans will reduce the Class Certificate Balances of the
applicable  Class of  Subordinated  Certificates  to the  extent of any losses
allocated  thereto (as described  under  "Description  of the  Certificates --
Allocation of Losses"  herein),  without the receipt of cash  attributable  to
such reduction. In addition, shortfalls in cash available for distributions on
the  Subordinated  Certificates  will  result  in a  reduction  in  the  Class
Certificate Balance of the Class of Subordinated Certificates then outstanding
with the highest  numerical  Class  designation  if and to the extent that the
aggregate of the Class  Certificate  Balances of all Classes of  Certificates,
following  all  distributions  and the  allocation  of  Realized  Losses  on a
Distribution  Date,  exceeds  the Pool  Principal  Balance  as of the Due Date
occurring  in the  month  of  such  Distribution  Date.  As a  result  of such
reductions,   less  interest  will  accrue  on  such  Class  of   Subordinated
Certificates  than  otherwise  would be the case. The yield to maturity of the
Subordinated  Certificates  will  also  be  affected  by the  disproportionate
allocation of principal  prepayments to the Senior Certificates,  Net Interest
Shortfalls, other cash shortfalls in Available Funds and distribution of funds
to Class PO  Certificateholders  otherwise  available for  distribution on the
Subordinated Certificates to the extent of reimbursement for Class PO Deferred
Amounts.

See "Description of the Certificates -- Allocation of Losses" herein.

          If  on  any  Distribution   Date,  the  Applicable   Credit  Support
Percentage  for any  Class  of  Subordinated  Certificates  is less  than  its
Original   Applicable  Credit  Support   Percentage,   all  partial  principal
prepayments  and principal  prepayments in full available for  distribution on
the Subordinated  Certificates  will be allocated solely to such Class and all
other  Classes  of  Subordinated   Certificates  with  lower  numerical  Class
designations,  thereby  accelerating the amortization thereof relative to that
of the  Restricted  Classes and reducing the  weighted  average  lives of such
Classes   of   Subordinated   Certificates   receiving   such   distributions.
Accelerating the amortization of the Classes of Subordinated Certificates with
lower  numerical  Class   designations   relative  to  the  other  Classes  of
Subordinated  Certificates  is intended to preserve  the  availability  of the
subordination provided by such other Classes.

                              CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

Subordination of Certain Classes

          The  rights  of the  holders  of the  Subordinated  Certificates  to
receive  distributions with respect to the Mortgage Loans will be subordinated
to such rights of the holders of the Senior Certificates and the rights of the
holders of each Class of Subordinated  Certificates  (other than the Class B-1
Certificates) to receive such  distributions  will be further  subordinated to
such rights of the Class or Classes of  Subordinated  Certificates  with lower
numerical  Class  designations,  in each  case  only to the  extent  described
herein.  The  subordination  of the  Subordinated  Certificates  to the Senior
Certificates and the subordination of the Classes of Subordinated Certificates
with higher  numerical Class  designations to those with lower numerical Class
designations is intended to increase the likelihood of receipt,  respectively,
by the Senior  Certificateholders and the holders of Subordinated Certificates
with lower  numerical  Class  designations of the maximum amount to which they
are entitled on any Distribution  Date and to provide such holders  protection
against  Realized  Losses,   other  than  Excess  Losses.  In  addition,   the
Subordinated  Certificates  will provide  limited  protection  against Special
Hazard  Losses,  Bankruptcy  Losses and Fraud Losses up to the Special  Hazard
Loss Coverage Amount,  Bankruptcy Loss Coverage Amount and Fraud Loss Coverage
Amount, respectively,  as described below. The applicable Non-PO Percentage of
Realized Losses,  other than Excess Losses,  will be allocated to the Class of
Subordinated  Certificates  then outstanding with the highest  numerical Class
designation.  In  addition,  the Class  Certificate  Balance  of such Class of
Subordinated  Certificates  will be reduced by the amount of  distributions on
the Class PO Certificates in reimbursement for Class PO Deferred Amounts.

          The Subordinated Certificates will provide limited protection to the
Classes of Certificates of higher relative priority against (i) Special Hazard
Losses in an initial  amount  expected  to be up to  approximately  $____ (the
"Special Hazard Loss Coverage  Amount"),  (ii) Bankruptcy Losses in an initial
amount expected to be up to approximately $____ (the "Bankruptcy Loss Coverage
Amount")  and (iii)  Fraud  Losses in an initial  amount  expected to be up to
approximately $_____ (the "Fraud Loss Coverage Amount").

          The Special Hazard Loss Coverage  Amount will be reduced,  from time
to time, to be an amount equal on any  Distribution  Date to the lesser of (a)
the  greatest of (i) __% of the  aggregate  of the  principal  balances of the
Mortgage Loans,  (ii) _____ the principal balance of the largest Mortgage Loan
and (iii) the aggregate  principal  balances of the Mortgage  Loans secured by
Mortgaged  Properties  located in the single  California  postal zip code area
having the highest  aggregate  principal balance of any such zip code area and
(b) the Special  Hazard Loss  Coverage  Amount as of the Closing Date less the
amount,  if any,  of losses  attributable  to Special  Hazard  Mortgage  Loans
incurred since the Closing Date.  [All  principal  balances for the purpose of
this  definition will be calculated as of the first day of the month preceding
such  Distribution  Date after  giving  effect to  scheduled  installments  of
principal and interest on the Mortgage Loans then due, whether or not paid.]

          The Fraud Loss Coverage  Amount will be reduced,  from time to time,
by the amount of Fraud Losses allocated to the Certificates.  In addition,  on
each  anniversary of the Cut-off Date, the Fraud Loss Coverage  Amount will be
reduced as follows:  (a) on the _____,  ______, _____ and ______ anniversaries
of the Cut-off  Date,  to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) __% of the then
current Pool Principal  Balance and (ii) the excess of the Fraud Loss Coverage
Amount as of the preceding anniversary of the Cut-off Date over the cumulative
amount of Fraud Losses  allocated  to the  Certificates  since such  preceding
anniversary and (b) on the _____ anniversary of the Cut-off Date, to zero.

          The Bankruptcy  Loss Coverage  Amount will be reduced,  from time to
time, by the amount of Bankruptcy Losses allocated to the Certificates.

          The amount of coverage provided by the Subordinated Certificates for
Special Hazard Losses,  Bankruptcy Losses and Fraud Losses may be cancelled or
reduced  from time to time for each of the risks  covered,  provided  that the
then current ratings of the  Certificates  assigned by the Rating Agencies are
not adversely  affected thereby without regard to the guaranty provided by the
Policy. In addition, a reserve fund or other form of credit enhancement may be
substituted for the protection  provided by the Subordinated  Certificates for
Special Hazard Losses, Bankruptcy Losses and Fraud Losses.

          As used herein, a "Deficient  Valuation" is a bankruptcy  proceeding
whereby the bankruptcy court may establish the value of the Mortgaged Property
at an amount less than the then outstanding  principal balance of the Mortgage
Loan  secured  by  such  Mortgaged  Property  or may  reduce  the  outstanding
principal  balance of a Mortgage Loan. In the case of a reduction in the value
of the related  Mortgaged  Property,  the amount of the secured  debt could be
reduced to such value,  and the holder of such Mortgage Loan thus would become
an unsecured creditor to the extent the outstanding  principal balance of such
Mortgage Loan exceeds the value so assigned to the  Mortgaged  Property by the
bankruptcy court. In addition,  certain other  modifications of the terms of a
Mortgage Loan can result from a bankruptcy proceeding, including the reduction
(a "Debt  Service  Reduction")  of the  amount of the  monthly  payment on the
related Mortgage Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such occurrence shall
be considered a Debt Service  Reduction or Deficient  Valuation so long as the
Master  Servicer is pursuing any other  remedies  that may be  available  with
respect to the  related  Mortgage  Loan and (i) such  Mortgage  Loan is not in
default  with  respect to payment due  thereunder  or (ii)  scheduled  monthly
[payments of principal and interest] are being advanced by the Master Servicer
without giving effect to any Debt Service Reduction or Deficient Valuation.

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

          The  Depositor  will  apply  the  net  proceeds  of the  sale of the
Certificates against the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.

                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

          For federal  income tax purposes,  an election will be made to treat
the Trust  Fund as a REMIC.  The  Regular  Certificates  will  constitute  the
regular interests in the REMIC. The Residual  Certificates will constitute the
sole class of "residual interest" in the REMIC.

          The  Regular   Certificates   generally  will  be  treated  as  debt
instruments issued by the REMIC for federal income tax purposes. Income on the
Regular Certificates must be reported under an accrual method of accounting.

          The Principal Only  Certificates  will be treated for federal income
tax purposes as having been issued with an amount of Original  Issue  Discount
("OID")  equal to the  difference  between their  principal  balance and their
issue price.  Although the tax  treatment  is not entirely  certain,  Notional
Amount Certificates will be treated as having been issued with OID for federal
income tax purposes  equal to the excess of all expected  payments of interest
on such Certificates over their issue price.  Although unclear,  a holder of a
Notional  Amount  Certificate  may be  entitled to deduct a loss to the extent
that its  remaining  basis  exceeds the maximum  amount of future  payments to
which  such  Certificateholder  would be  entitled  if there  were no  further
prepayments  of  the  Mortgage  Loans.   The  remaining   Classes  of  Regular
Certificates,  depending on their respective issue prices (as described in the
Prospectus under "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences"), may be treated as
having been issued with OID for federal  income tax purposes.  For purposes of
determining  the amount and rate of  accrual of OID and market  discount,  the
Trust Fund  intends to assume that there will be  prepayments  on the Mortgage
Loans  at  a  rate  equal  to___%  SPA  (the  "Prepayment   Assumption").   No
representation  is made as to whether  the  Mortgage  Loans will prepay at the
foregoing  rate  or any  other  rate.  See  "Yield,  Prepayment  and  Maturity
Considerations"  herein and "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences" in the
Prospectus.  Computing  accruals  of  OID  in  the  manner  described  in  the
Prospectus may (depending on the actual rate of prepayments during the accrual
period) result in the accrual of negative  amounts of OID on the  Certificates
issued  with OID in an accrual  period.  Holders  will be  entitled  to offset
negative accruals of OID only against future OID accrual on such Certificates.

          If the  holders of any Regular  Certificates  are treated as holding
such Certificates at a premium, such holders should consult their tax advisors
regarding the election to amortize bond premium and the method to be employed.

          As is  described  more  fully  under  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences"  in the  Prospectus,  the Offered  Certificates  will  represent
qualifying  assets under Sections 593(d),  856(c)(5)(A) and  7701(a)(19)(C) of
the Code, and net interest  income  attributable  to the Offered  Certificates
will be "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property" within
the meaning of Section  856(c)(3)(B)  of the Code, to the extent the assets of
the Trust Fund are assets described in such sections. The Regular Certificates
will  represent  qualifying  assets under Section  860G(a)(3) if acquired by a
REMIC within the prescribed time periods of the Code.

          The holders of the  Residual  Certificates  must include the taxable
income  of the  REMIC in their  federal  taxable  income.  The  resulting  tax
liability of the holders may exceed cash  distributions to such holders during
certain  periods.  All or a portion  of the  taxable  income  from a  Residual
Certificate  recognized  by a holder  may be  treated  as  "excess  inclusion"
income, which with limited exceptions, is subject to U.S. federal income tax.

          Prospective  purchasers of a Residual  Certificate  should  consider
carefully  the tax  consequences  of an  investment  in Residual  Certificates
discussed in the  Prospectus  and should  consult  their own tax advisors with
respect to those consequences. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences --
REMIC Certificates -b. Residual Certificates" in the Prospectus. Specifically,
prospective holders of Residual Certificates should consult their tax advisors
regarding whether, at the time of acquisition,  a Residual Certificate will be
treated  as a  "noneconomic"  residual  interest,  a  "non-significant  value"
residual  interest and a "tax  avoidance  potential"  residual  interest.  See
"Certain  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences  --  Tax-Related  Restrictions  on
Transfer of Residual  Certificates  -- Noneconomic  Residual  Certificates  --
Residual  Certificates  -- Mark to Market  Rules -- Residual  Certificates  --
Excess  Inclusions  and -- Tax-Related  Restrictions  on Transfers of Residual
Certificates  --  Foreign  Investors"  in the  Prospectus.  Additionally,  for
information  regarding  Prohibited  Transactions  and  Treatment  of  Realized
Losses,   see  "Certain   Federal  Income  Tax   Consequences   --  Prohibited
Transactions  and  Other  Taxes"  and " -- REMIC  Certificates  -- a.  Regular
Certificates -Treatment of Realized Losses" in the Prospectus.

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

          Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan (as defined below)
to acquire any of the Offered  Certificates  should  consult  with its counsel
with  respect to the  potential  consequences  under the  Employee  Retirement
Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA")  and/or the Code,  of the
Plan's   acquisition   and   ownership  of  such   Certificates.   See  "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus.  Section 406 of ERISA prohibits "parties in
interest" with respect to an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA and/or the
excise tax provisions set forth under Section 4975 of the Code (a "Plan") from
engaging in certain  transactions  involving such Plan and its assets unless a
statutory or administrative exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975
of the Code imposes certain excise taxes on prohibited  transactions involving
Plans  and other  arrangements  (including,  but not  limited  to,  individual
retirement  accounts)  described  under that  Section;  ERISA  authorizes  the
imposition of civil penalties for prohibited  transactions involving Plans not
subject to the requirements of Section 4975 of the Code.

          Certain employee  benefit plans,  including  governmental  plans and
certain church plans,  are not subject to ERISA's  requirements.  Accordingly,
assets of such  plans may be  invested  in the  Offered  Certificates  without
regard to the ERISA  considerations  described  herein and in the  Prospectus,
subject to the provisions of other applicable  federal and state law. Any such
plan that is qualified  and exempt from  taxation  under  Sections  401(a) and
501(a) of the Code may  nonetheless be subject to the  prohibited  transaction
rules set forth in Section 503 of the Code.

          Except as noted above,  investments  by Plans are subject to ERISA's
general  fiduciary  requirements,  including  the  requirement  of  investment
prudence and  diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be
made in  accordance  with the documents  governing the Plan. A fiduciary  that
decides  to invest  the assets of a Plan in the  Offered  Certificates  should
consider,  among other factors,  the extreme  sensitivity of the investment to
the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans.

          The  U.S.   Department   of  Labor   has   granted   an   individual
administrative  exemption  to  ____(Prohibited   Transaction  Exemption  ____,
Exemption  Application No. D-___ , Fed.  Reg.____  (__)(___)(the  "Exemption")
from  certain of the  prohibited  transaction  rules of ERISA and the  related
excise tax  provisions of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial
purchase,  the holding and the subsequent  resale by Plans of  certificates in
pass-through  trusts  that  consist  of certain  receivables,  loans and other
obligations  that meet the conditions and  requirements of the Exemption.  The
Exemption  applies to mortgage  loans such as the Mortgage  Loans in the Trust
Fund.

          For a general  description of the Exemption and the conditions  that
must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply,  see "ERISA  Considerations"  in
the Prospectus.

          It is expected that the Exemption will apply to the  acquisition and
holding by Plans of the Senior  Certificates (other than the Class , Class PO,
Class X and Class A-R  Certificates)  and that all conditions of the Exemption
other than those within the control of the investors will be met. In addition,
as of the date  hereof,  there is no single  Mortgagor  that is the obligor on
five  percent  (5%)  of the  Mortgage  Loans  included  in the  Trust  Fund by
aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance  of the  assets of the Trust  Fund.
Because the Class , Class PO and Class X Certificates  are not being purchased
by either Underwriter,  such Classes of Certificates do not currently meet the
requirements  of the  Exemption or any  comparable  individual  administrative
exemption granted to either Underwriter. Consequently, the sale or exchange of
the  Class , Class PO and  Class X  Certificates  may be made  only  under the
conditions  set forth  for the  Class B- , Class B- and Class B-  Certificates
below.

          Because  the  characteristics  of the Class B- , Class B- , Class B-
and Class A-R  Certificates  may not meet the  requirements  of PTCE 83-1, the
Exemption or any other issued  exemption under ERISA, the purchase and holding
of the Class B- , Class B- , Class B- and Class A-R  Certificates by a Plan or
by  individual  retirement  accounts or other plans subject to Section 4975 of
the Code may result in  prohibited  transactions  or the  imposition of excise
taxes or civil penalties. Consequently, transfers of the Class B- , Class B- ,
Class Band Class A-R Certificates will not be registered by the Trustee unless
the  Trustee  receives:  (i) a  representation  from  the  transferee  of such
Certificate,  acceptable  to and in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Trustee,  to the effect that such  transferee is not an employee  benefit plan
subject to Section  406 of ERISA or a plan or  arrangement  subject to Section
4975  of the  Code,  nor a  person  acting  on  behalf  of any  such  plan  or
arrangement  nor using the  assets of any such plan or  arrangement  to effect
such transfer; (ii) if the purchaser is an insurance company, a representation
that  the  purchaser  is  an  insurance   company  which  is  purchasing  such
Certificates  with funds contained in an "insurance  company general  account"
(as such term is defined  in  Section  V(e) of  Prohibited  Transaction  Class
Exemption  95-60  ("PTCE  95-60"))  and that the  purchase and holding of such
Certificates  are  covered  under PTCE  95-60;  or (iii) an opinion of counsel
satisfactory  to the Trustee that the purchase or holding of such  Certificate
by a Plan,  any person acting on behalf of a Plan or using such Plan's assets,
will not  result  in the  assets of the Trust  Fund  being  deemed to be "plan
assets" and subject to the prohibited  transaction  requirements  of ERISA and
the Code and will not  subject the  Trustee to any  obligation  in addition to
those  undertaken in the Agreement.  Such  representation  as described  above
shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made  to the  Trustee  by the  transferee's
acceptance of a Class B- , Class B- or Class B- Certificate. In the event that
such  representation  is  violated,  or any  attempt to  transfer to a plan or
person  acting on behalf of a Plan or using such  Plan's  assets is  attempted
without such opinion of counsel,  such attempted transfer or acquisition shall
be void and of no effect.

          Prospective  Plan investors should consult with their legal advisors
concerning  the impact of ERISA and the Code, the  applicability  of PTCE 83-1
described in the Prospectus and the Exemption,  and the potential consequences
in their specific  circumstances,  prior to making an investment in any of the
Offered Certificates.  Moreover,  each Plan fiduciary should determine whether
under  the  general   fiduciary   standards   of   investment   prudence   and
diversification,   an  investment  in  any  of  the  Offered  Certificates  is
appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of
the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.

                            METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

          Subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth in the  Underwriting
Agreement between the Depositor and the Underwriters, the Depositor has agreed
to sell to the Underwriters,  and each Underwriter has agreed to purchase from
the Depositor the respective Classes of Underwritten Certificates indicated on
the cover page hereof to be purchased by it.  Distribution of the Underwritten
Certificates  will be made by the  respective  Underwriters  in each case from
time to time in negotiated  transactions  or otherwise at varying prices to be
determined  at  the  time  of  sale.  In  connection  with  the  sale  of  the
Underwritten  Certificates,  the  Underwriters  may be deemed to have received
compensation from the Depositor in the form of underwriting discounts.

          Each  Underwriter  intends to make a secondary market in the Classes
of Underwritten Certificates being purchased by it, but no Underwriter has any
obligation to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the
Offered  Certificates  will  develop  or,  if it  does  develop,  that it will
continue or that it will provide Certificateholders with a sufficient level of
liquidity of investment.

          The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters  against,  or
make  contributions to the Underwriters with respect to, certain  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          The  Class  X and  Class  PO  Certificates  may  be  offered  by the
Depositor from time to time directly or through underwriters or agents (either
of which may include  IndyMac  Securities  Corporation,  an  affiliate  of the
Depositor and the Master Servicer) in one or more negotiated transactions,  or
otherwise,  at varying  prices to be determined at the time of sale, in one or
more  separate  transactions  at prices to be  negotiated  at the time of each
sale.  Proceeds  to the  Depositor  from any  sale of the  Class X or Class PO
Certificates will equal the purchase price paid by the purchaser thereof,  net
of any expenses payable by the Depositor and any  compensation  payable to any
such  underwriter or agent. Any underwriters or agents that participate in the
distribution  of the  Class X or Class PO  Certificates  may be  deemed  to be
"underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 and any profit
on the  sale of such  Certificates  by them  and any  discounts,  commissions,
concessions or other  compensation  received by any such  underwriter or agent
may be deemed to be  underwriting  discounts and  commissions  under such Act.
[This  Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus are to be used by Countrywide
Securities  Corporation,  an affiliate of IndyMac ABS, Inc. and IndyMac, Inc.,
in connection  with offers and sales related to market making  transactions in
the Offered Certificates in which Countrywide  Securities  Corporation acts as
principal.  Countrywide  Securities  Corporation may also act as agent in such
transactions. Sales will be made at prices related to the prevailing prices at
the time of sale.]

                                LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the  Certificates,  including certain federal income
tax consequences  with respect thereto,  will be passed upon for the Depositor
by  Brown  & Wood  llp,  New  York,  New  York.  _________________,  ________,
________, will pass upon certain legal matters on behalf of the Underwriters.

                                   RATINGS

          It is a condition  to the issuance of the Senior  Certificates  that
they be rated ___ by ____  ("____")  and,  ____ by ____ ("____" and,  together
with ______, the "Rating Agencies").  It is a condition to the issuance of the
Class B- , Class B- and  Class  B-  Certificates  that  they be rated at least
______, _____ and ____, respectively, by _____.

          The ratings assigned by ____ to mortgage  pass-through  certificates
address the  likelihood  of the receipt of all  distributions  on the mortgage
loans by the related certificateholders under the agreements pursuant to which
such  certificates  are issued.  ____'s  ratings take into  consideration  the
credit  quality of the related  mortgage  pool,  including any credit  support
providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and
the extent to which the  payment  stream on the  mortgage  pool is adequate to
make  the  payments  required  by  such  certificates.  ____  ratings  on such
certificates do not, however,  constitute a statement  regarding  frequency of
payments of the mortgage loans.

          The ratings assigned by _____ to mortgage pass-through  certificates
address the  likelihood  of the receipt of all  distributions  on the mortgage
loans by the related certificateholders under the agreements pursuant to which
such  certificates  are issued.  _____'s ratings take into  consideration  the
credit  quality of the related  mortgage  pool,  including any credit  support
providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and
the extent to which the payment  stream on such  mortgage  pool is adequate to
make  payments  required  by  such   certificates.   ____'s  ratings  on  such
certificates do not, however,  constitute a statement  regarding  frequency of
prepayments on the related mortgage loans.

          The ratings of the Rating  Agencies  do not address the  possibility
that, as a result of principal  prepayments,  Certificateholders may receive a
lower than anticipated yield.

          The security ratings assigned to the Offered  Certificates should be
evaluated  independently from similar ratings on other types of securities.  A
security  rating is not a  recommendation  to buy, sell or hold securities and
may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the Rating Agencies.

          The Depositor has not requested a rating of the Offered Certificates
by  any  rating  agency  other  than  the  Rating  Agencies;  there  can be no
assurance,  however,  as to  whether  any other  rating  agency  will rate the
Offered  Certificates  or, if it does,  what rating  would be assigned by such
other rating  agency.  The rating  assigned by such other rating agency to the
Offered  Certificates  could be lower than the respective  ratings assigned by
the Rating Agencies.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

===================================================================     ==========================================================
<S>                                                                                  <C>
   No person has been  authorized to give any information or to make
any representations other than those  contained  in  this Prospectus
Supplement or the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information
or  representations  must  not  be  relied  upon.   This  Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus do  not constitute an offer to sell or
a  solicitation  of an  offer to  buy any of the securities  offered
hereby,  nor  an  offer  of Offered  Certificates  in any  state  or
jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, such offer would be
unlawful.   The  delivery  of  this  Prospectus  Supplement  or  the
Prospectus at any time does not imply that the information contained
herein or therein is correct as  of any time subsequent to its date;
however,  if  any  material  change  occurs  while  this  Prospectus
Supplement or  Prospectus is required by  law to be delivered,  this
Prospectus  Supplement  or   the   Prospectus  will  be  amended  or
supplemented accordingly.
                         ---------------

                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                           Page

                      Prospectus Supplement

Summary Of Terms........................................   S-3                                 $[_____________]
Risk Factors............................................  S-11                                   (Approximate)
The Mortgage Pool.......................................  S-14
Servicing of Mortgage Loans.............................  S-21
Description of the Certificates.........................  S-24                                 IndyMac ABS, Inc.
Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations...........  S-34                                     Depositor
Credit Enhancement......................................  S-41
Use of Proceeds.........................................  S-43
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.................  S-43                                  [IndyMac, Inc.]
Erisa Considerations....................................  S-44                             Seller and Master Servicer
Method of Distribution..................................  S-45
Legal Matters...........................................  S-46
Ratings.................................................  S-46                                Mortgage Pass-Through
                                                                                                  Certificates,
                           PROSPECTUS                                                            Series 199_ - _

Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K.......    2                             -------------------------
Incorporation of Certain Document by Reference............    2                                PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Available Information.....................................    2                                  [_________, 199_]
Reports to Securityholders................................    3                              -------------------------
Summary of Terms..........................................    4
Risk Factors .............................................   11
The Trust Fund ...........................................   16
Use of Proceeds ..........................................   20
The Depositor ............................................   20
Loan Program .............................................   21
Description of the Securities ............................   23
Credit Enhancement .......................................   39
Yield and Prepayment Considerations ......................   43
The Agreements............................................   45
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans .......................   61
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences ..................   75
State Tax Considerations .................................   94
ERISA Considerations .....................................   94
Legal Investment .........................................   99
Method of Distribution ...................................   99
Legal Matters ............................................  100
Financial Information.....................................  100
Rating ...................................................  100

===================================================================     ==========================================================

</TABLE>

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED _______, 1998

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated ___________, 1998)

                                  $-----------

                                INDYMAC ABS, INC.
                                    DEPOSITOR

                                 [INDYMAC, INC.]
                           SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER

                          HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199__
        $___________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED NOTES, SERIES 199__-__

      $________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199__-__

         The Home Equity Loan Trust 199__ (the "Trust") will be formed  pursuant
to a trust agreement to be dated as of ______, 199__ (the "Trust Agreement") and
entered  into by IndyMac  ABS,  Inc.  (the  "Depositor"),  ________________  and
_____________,  as owner  trustee  (the "Owner  Trustee").  The Trust will issue
$___________  aggregate  principal amount of Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Notes
(the "Notes").  The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture to be dated as
of __________ __, 199__ (the  "Indenture"),  between the Trust and ____________,
as  indenture  trustee  (the  "Indenture  Trustee").  The Trust  will also issue
$____________  aggregate  principal  amount of Home  Equity  Loan  Asset  Backed
Certificates,  Series 199_-_ (the  "Certificates"  and, together with the Notes,
the "Securities").

         The  property  of the Trust  will  include a pool of [(i)]  [adjustable
rate] home equity  revolving  credit line loans made or to be made in the future
(the  "Mortgage  Loans")  under certain home equity  revolving  credit line loan
agreements [and (ii) retail  installment  sales  contracts and promissory  notes
financing home  improvements (the "Home  Improvement  Contracts").  The Mortgage
Loans and the Home Improvement  Contracts are sometimes referred to collectively
as the "Loans"].  The Mortgage Loans [Loans] are secured  primarily by first and
second  deeds  of  trust  or  mortgages  on  one-  to  four-family   residential
properties. [In addition, the Securities will have the benefit of an irrevocable
and  unconditional  limited financial  guaranty  insurance policy (the "Policy")
issued by ______________ (the "Certificate Insurer") covering [describe].]

         Distributions  of  principal  and interest on the Notes will be made on
the  _________ day of each month or, if such date is not a Business Day, then on
the  succeeding  Business  Day  (each  a  "Distribution  Date"),  commencing  on
________, 199_ to the extent described herein. Interest will accrue on the Notes
at a rate (the "Note Rate") equal to ___% per annum from the Closing Date to the
first  Distribution  Date and at [a  floating  rate equal to [LIBOR] (as defined
herein) plus ___% per annum] [___% per annum] thereafter.

         The Certificates will represent  fractional  undivided interests in the
Trust.  Distribution of principal and interest on the Certificates  will be made
on each Distribution  Date to the extent described herein.  Interest will accrue
on the Certificates at a rate (the "Pass-Through  Rate") equal to ___% per annum
from the Closing  Date to the first  Distribution  Date and at [a floating  rate
equal to [LIBOR] plus ___% per annum] [___% per annum] thereafter.

         Payments  of  interest  and  principal  on the Notes  will  have  equal
priority  with payments of principal and interest (and will be made pro rata) on
the Certificates.

         [The  Underwriter  intends to make a secondary market in the Securities
but has no obligation to do so. There is currently no market for the  Securities
offered  hereby and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop or
if it does develop that it will continue or that it will provide Securityholders
with a sufficient level of liquidity of investment. See "Risk Factors" herein.]

             PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW THE INFORMATION SET
               FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-10 HEREIN AND
                   ON PAGE 16 IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.
                              ---------------------

<PAGE>


     THE SECURITIES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST ONLY
       AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,
           OWNER TRUSTEE, INDENTURE TRUSTEE OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF,
              EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED HEREIN. THE SECURITIES
                      ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY
                              GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
               OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
                     ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
                      SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

         [The  Securities  offered  hereby will be  purchased  by [______]  (the
"Underwriter")  from the  Depositor  and will,  in each case,  be offered by the
Underwriter  from  time to time to the  public  in  negotiated  transactions  or
otherwise at varying  prices to be determined at the time of sale. The aggregate
proceeds  to the  Depositor  from  the  sale of the  Notes  are  expected  to be
$__________ and from the sale of the Certificates are expected to be $__________
before  deducting   expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor  of  $_______.]  [This
Prospectus  Supplement  and  the  Prospectus  are  to  be  used  by  Countrywide
Securities Corporation,  an affiliate of IndyMac ABS, Inc. and IndyMac, Inc., in
connection  with offers and sales related to market making  transactions  in the
Securities  in  which  Countrywide  Securities  Corporation  acts as  principal.
Countrywide  Securities  Corporation may also act as agent in such transactions.
Sales  will be made at prices  related to the  prevailing  prices at the time of
sale.]

         [The  Securities  are offered  subject to prior sale and subject to the
Underwriters'  right to reject  orders in whole or in part.  It is expected that
the Notes will be delivered in  book-entry  form through the  facilities  of The
Depository  Trust Company,  [Cedel,  S.A. and the Euroclear  System] on or about
_______, 199_.

The Securities will be offered in [Europe and] the United States of America.]

                    ---------------------------------------

         [Until ninety days after the date of this  Prospectus  Supplement,  all
dealers effecting  transactions in the Securities,  whether or not participating
in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a Prospectus  Supplement  and
Prospectus to investors. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers acting
as Underwriters  to deliver a Prospectus  Supplement and Prospectus with respect
to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.]

                    ---------------------------------------

         [Each Series of Securities offered hereby constitute part of a separate
Series of Asset Backed  Securities being offered by the Underwriter from time to
time  pursuant to the  Prospectus  dated  ____________,  199_.  This  Prospectus
Supplement  does not  contain  complete  information  about the  offering of the
Securities.  Additional information is contained in the Prospectus and investors
are urged to read both this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the Prospectus in full.
Sales of the Securities may not be consummated unless the purchaser has received
both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.]

                    ---------------------------------------
                                  [UNDERWRITER]

_______________, 199__


<PAGE>


                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

   
         The following summary of certain pertinent  information is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the  detailed  information  appearing  elsewhere in
this  Prospectus  Supplement  and  in  the  accompanying   Prospectus.   Certain
capitalized terms used herein are defined elsewhere in the Prospectus Supplement
or in the Prospectus.  [To the extent statements  contained herein do not relate
to historical or current information,  this Prospectus  Supplement may be deemed
to consist of forward-looking statements. Any such statements, which may include
but are not limited to statements  contained in "Risk  Factors" and  "Prepayment
and Yield  Considerations,"  inherently  are  subject  to a variety of risks and
uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from those
projected.  Such risks and uncertainties include, among others, general economic
and business conditions,  competition,  changes in foreign political, social and
economic  conditions,  regulatory  initiatives and compliance with  governmental
regulations,  customer preferences and various other matters,  many of which are
beyond the Depositor's control.^The Depositor expressly disclaims any obligation
or   undertaking   to  release   publicly   any  updates  or  revisions  to  any
forward-looking  statement  contained  herein  to  reflect  any  change  in  the
Depositor's expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions
or circumstances on which any such statement is based.]
    

Title of Securities.....................  Home Equity Loan Asset  Backed  Notes,
                                          Series 199__-__(the  "Notes") and Home
                                          Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates,
                                          Series  199__-__  (the  "Certificates"
                                          and,  together  with  the  Notes,  the
                                          "Securities").

Securities Offered......................  All of the  Securities,  including the
                                          Class ___, Class __ and Class __ Notes
                                          and the Class  __,  Class __ and Class
                                          __    Certificates.    Each   Security
                                          represents   the   right  to   receive
                                          payments of  interest at the  variable
                                          rate described below, payable monthly,
                                          and payments of principal at such time
                                          and to the extent provided below.

Trust...................................  Home  Equity  Loan Trust  199_-_  (the
                                          "Trust" or the  "Issuer"),  a Delaware
                                          trust  established   pursuant  to  the
                                          Trust  Agreement (as defined  herein),
                                          dated as of ___,  199_  (the  "Cut-off
                                          Date"). The property of the Trust will
                                          include:  a pool of [adjustable  rate]
                                          home  equity   revolving  credit  line
                                          loans made or to be made in the future
                                          (the "Mortgage Loans"),  under certain
                                          home equity revolving credit line loan
                                          agreements     (the    "Credit    Line
                                          Agreements")  and  secured  by  either
                                          first   or   second    mortgages    on
                                          residential    properties   that   are
                                          primarily    one-    to    four-family
                                          properties       (the       "Mortgaged
                                          Properties")  [and retail  installment
                                          sales  contracts and promissory  notes
                                          financing home improvements (the "Home
                                          Improvement     Contracts")];      the
                                          collections in respect of the Mortgage
                                          Loans  [Loan]   [received]  after  the
                                          Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments in
                                          respect of accrued  interest  [due] on
                                          or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in
                                          the month of _____________);  property
                                          that  secured a Mortgage  Loan  [Loan]
                                          which has been acquired by foreclosure
                                          or deed in  lieu of  foreclosure;  [an
                                          irrevocable and unconditional  limited
                                          financial  guaranty  insurance  policy
                                          (the "Policy")];  an assignment of the
                                          Depositor's  rights under the Purchase
                                          Agreement (as defined herein);  rights
                                          under   certain    hazard    insurance
                                          policies    covering   the   Mortgaged
                                          Properties;    and    certain    other
                                          property,   as  described  more  fully
                                          herein.

                                          The  Trust  will  include  the  unpaid
                                          principal  balance  of  each  Mortgage
                                          Loan  [Loan]  as of the  Cut-off  Date
                                          (the "Cut-off Date Principal Balance")
                                          plus any  additions  to the  principal
                                          balance  of the  Mortgage  Loans  as a
                                          result of new advances  made  pursuant
                                          to   the   applicable    Credit   Line
                                          Agreement (the "Additional  Balances")
                                          during  the  life of the  Trust.  With
                                          respect   to  any   date,   the  "Pool
                                          Balance"   will   be   equal   to  the
                                          aggregate of the Principal Balances of
                                          all  Mortgage  Loans [Loan] as of such
                                          date.  The  "Principal  Balance"  of a
                                          Loan (other than a Liquidated Loan) on
                                          any day is equal to its  Cut-off  Date
                                          Principal Balance,  plus [if such Loan
                                          is a Mortgage Loan] (i) any Additional
                                          Balances  in respect of such  Mortgage
                                          Loan,   minus  (ii)  all   collections
                                          credited against the Principal Balance
                                          of such  Mortgage  Loan in  accordance
                                          with the related Credit Line Agreement
                                          prior  to  such  day.  The   Principal
                                          Balance of a Liquidated Loan after the
                                          final recovery of related  Liquidation
                                          Proceeds shall be zero.

Indenture...............................  The Notes will be issued  pursuant  to
                                          an  indenture  dated as of  _________,
                                          199_  (the  "Indenture")  between  the
                                          Trust and the Indenture  Trustee.  The
                                          Indenture    Trustee   will   allocate
                                          distributions    of   principal    and
                                          interest  to holders of the Notes (the
                                          "Noteholders")  in accordance with the
                                          Indenture.

Trust Agreement.........................  Pursuant to a trust agreement dated as
                                          of   ________   1,  199_  (the  "Trust
                                          Agreement"),   among  the   Depositor,
                                          ________  and the Owner  Trustee,  the
                                          Trust will issue the  Certificates  in
                                          an   initial   aggregate   amount   of
                                          $__________.   The  Certificates  will
                                          represent     fractional     undivided
                                          interests in the Trust.

Depositor...............................  IndyMac    ABS,    Inc.   a   Delaware
                                          corporation   and  a  limited  purpose
                                          finance subsidiary of IndyMac, Inc., a
                                          Delaware corporation.

Master Servicer........................   [IndyMac, Inc. ("IndyMac") and, in its
                                          capacity  as  Master  Servicer  of the
                                          Mortgage Loans, the "Master Servicer".

Indenture Trustee.......................  _______________     (the    "Indenture
                                          Trustee").

Owner Trustee...........................  _______________ (the "Owner Trustee").

Cut-off Date............................  __________ 1, 199__.

Closing Date............................  On or about __________ __, 199__.

Determination Date......................  The ___  business  day,  but no  later
                                          than  the ___  calendar  day,  of each
                                          month (the "Determination Date").

The Mortgage Loans [Loans]..............  The Mortgage Loans [Loans] are secured
                                          by  first  and  second   mortgages  on
                                          Mortgaged  Properties.   The  Mortgage
                                          Loans  [Loans]  were  acquired  in the
                                          normal   course  of  its  business  by
                                          [IndyMac]  (in  such   capacity,   the
                                          "Seller").   On  the   Closing   Date,
                                          [IndyMac] will sell the Mortgage Loans
                                          [Loans] to the Depositor,  pursuant to
                                          a purchase  agreement  (the  "Purchase
                                          Agreement").  The aggregate  Principal
                                          Balance of the Mortgage  Loans [Loans]
                                          as of the Cut-off Date is $___________
                                          (the  "Cut-off  Date  Pool   Principal
                                          Balance").

                                          The  percentage  of the  Cut-off  Date
                                          Principal   Balance  of  the  Mortgage
                                          Loans  secured  primarily by Mortgaged
                                          Properties  located  in the  states of
                                          [__________,   _________,   _________,
                                          _______,   ______  and   ________]  is
                                          approximately   ____%,  ____%,  ____%,
                                          ____%, ____% and ____%,  respectively.
                                          The "Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio" of
                                          each Mortgage Loan is the ratio of (A)
                                          the sum of (i) the maximum  amount the
                                          borrower  was  permitted  to draw down
                                          under   the   related    Credit   Line
                                          Agreement  (the  "Credit  Limit")  and
                                          (ii) the amounts of any related senior
                                          mortgage  loans  (computed  as of  the
                                          date  of   origination  of  each  such
                                          Mortgage  Loans) to (B) the  lesser of
                                          (i)  the   appraised   value   of  the
                                          Mortgaged Property or (ii) in the case
                                          of  a  Mortgaged   Property  purchased
                                          within one year of the  origination of
                                          the   related   Mortgage   Loan,   the
                                          purchase   price  of  such   Mortgaged
                                          Property.  As of the Cut- off Date the
                                          Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios ranged
                                          from ____% to ______%  and,  as of the
                                          Cut-off  Date,  the  weighted  average
                                          Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of the
                                          Mortgage   Loans   was   approximately
                                          ____%.

                                          Interest  on  each  Mortgage  Loan  is
                                          payable  monthly  and  computed on the
                                          related  daily  outstanding  Principal
                                          Balance  for each  day in the  billing
                                          cycle at a  variable  rate  per  annum
                                          (the  "Loan  Rate")  equal at any time
                                          (subject   to   maximum   rates,    as
                                          described   herein   under  "The  Home
                                          Equity Lending  Program--Mortgage Loan
                                          Terms,"   and   further   subject   to
                                          applicable  usury  limitations) to the
                                          sum of [(i)  the  highest  prime  rate
                                          published in the "Money Rates" section
                                          of The Wall Street Journal] and (ii) a
                                          Margin  within  the  range  of ___% to
                                          ____%.  As of the  Cut-off  Date,  the
                                          weighted     average     Margin    was
                                          approximately  ___%.  Loan  Rates  are
                                          adjusted monthly on the first business
                                          day of the  calendar  month  preceding
                                          the  Due  Date.  As to  each  Mortgage
                                          Loan, the "Due Date" is the ___ day of
                                          each month. The Cut-off Date Principal
                                          Balances ranged from zero to $____ and
                                          averaged  approximately  $___.  Credit
                                          Limits under the Mortgage  Loans as of
                                          the  Cut-off  Date ranged from $___ to
                                          $___ and averaged approximately $___ .
                                          Each Mortgage  Loan was  originated in
                                          the period from __________ __, 19__ to
                                          __________ __, 19__. As of the Cut-off
                                          Date,   the   maximum   Credit   Limit
                                          Utilization  Rate (as defined  herein)
                                          was  100%  and  the  weighted  average
                                          Credit  Limit   Utilization  Rate  was
                                          approximately ____%. As of the Cut-off
                                          Date,  approximately  ____% by Cut-off
                                          Date Principal Balance of the Mortgage
                                          Loans  represented  first liens on the
                                          related  Mortgaged  Properties,  while
                                          approximately  ____%  of the  Mortgage
                                          Loans represented  second liens. As of
                                          the Cut-off Date,  the Mortgage  Loans
                                          had   remaining   terms  to  scheduled
                                          maturity  ranging  from ___  months to
                                          ____ months and had a weighted average
                                          of approximately ___ months.  See "The
                                          Home  Equity   Lending   Program"  and
                                          "Description  of the  Mortgage  Loans"
                                          herein.

Distribution Date.......................  The ____ day of each month or, if such
                                          day is not a  Business  Day,  the next
                                          succeeding  Business  Day,  commencing
                                          with _______,  199_. A "Business  Day"
                                          is any day other  than a  Saturday  or
                                          Sunday or another day on which banking
                                          institutions  in New  York,  New  York
                                          [and  ____________]  are authorized or
                                          obligated  by  law,   regulations   or
                                          executive order to be closed.

Final Scheduled
Distribution Dates......................  With  respect  to  the   Certificates,
                                          ___________________. To the extent not
                                          previously    paid,    the    Security
                                          Principal Balance of the Notes will be
                                          due  on  the   Distribution   Date  in
                                          _______, 199_. Failure to pay the full
                                          principal   balance  of  Notes  on  or
                                          before the applicable  final scheduled
                                          payment dates  constitutes an Event of
                                          Default under the Indenture.

Record Date.............................  The last day preceding a  Distribution
                                          Date  or,  if  the  Securities  are no
                                          longer Book-Entry Securities, the last
                                          day   of   the   month   preceding   a
                                          Distribution Date.

Collections.............................  All  collections on the Mortgage Loans
                                          will  be   allocated   by  the  Master
                                          Servicer in  accordance  with the Loan
                                          Agreements  between amounts  collected
                                          in  respect  of  interest   ("Interest
                                          Collections") and amounts collected in
                                          respect   of   principal   ("Principal
                                          Collections"  and  collectively   with
                                          Interest       Collections,        the
                                          "Collections").  The  Master  Servicer
                                          will  generally  deposit   Collections
                                          distributable  to  the  Holders  in an
                                          account  established  for such purpose
                                          under  the  Servicing  Agreement  (the
                                          "Collection       Account").       See
                                          "Description  of the Master  Servicing
                                          Agreement--Allocations             and
                                          Collections"     herein    and    "The
                                          Agreements--Payments     on     Loans;
                                          Deposits  to  Security   Account"  and
                                          "--Collection   Procedures"   in   the
                                          Prospectus.

Description of the Securities...........

     A.   Distributions...........        On each Distribution Date, collections
                                          on the Mortgage  Loans will be applied
                                          in the following order of priority:

                                          (i)        to the Master Servicer, the
                                                     Servicing Fee;

                                          (ii)       as payment  for the accrued
                                                     interest    due   and   any
                                                     overdue  accrued   interest
                                                     (with interest  thereon) on
                                                     the   respective   Security
                                                     Principal  Balances  of the
                                                     Notes and the Certificates;

                                          (iii)      as    principal    on   the
                                                     Securities,  the  excess of
                                                     Principal  Collections over
                                                     Additional Balances created
                                                     during    the     preceding
                                                     Collection   Period,   such
                                                     amount   to  be   allocated
                                                     between   the   Notes   and
                                                     Certificates,   pro   rata,
                                                     based on  their  respective
                                                     Security          Principal
                                                     Balances;

                                          (iv)       as    principal    on   the
                                                     Securities,  as payment for
                                                     any    Liquidation     Loss
                                                     Amounts  on  the   Mortgage
                                                     Loans;

                                          (v)        as payment for the  premium
                                                     on the Policy;

                                          (vi)       to  reimburse  prior  draws
                                                     made on the Policy; and

                                          (vii)      any  remaining  amounts  to
                                                     the Seller.

                                          As  to  any  Distribution   Date,  the
                                          "Collection  Period"  is the  calendar
                                          month  preceding  the  month  of  such
                                          Distribution Date.

                                          "Liquidation  Loss Amount"  means with
                                          respect  to  any  Liquidated  Mortgage
                                          Loan,   the   unrecovered    Principal
                                          Balance  thereof  at  the  end  of the
                                          related  Collection  Period  in  which
                                          such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated
                                          Mortgage  Loan after giving  effect to
                                          the  Net   Liquidation   Proceeds   in
                                          connection therewith.

     B.   NoteRate...............         Interest  will  accrue  on the  unpaid
                                          Security   Principal  Balance  of  the
                                          Notes at the per annum rate (the "Note
                                          Rate")  equal to ___% per  annum  from
                                          the   Closing   Date   to  the   first
                                          Distribution   Date   and   thereafter
                                          interest will accrue on the Notes from
                                          and     including     the    preceding
                                          Distribution  Date  to  but  excluding
                                          such current  Distribution Date (each,
                                          an  "Interest  Accrual  Period") at [a
                                          floating   rate  equal  to  LIBOR  (as
                                          defined  herein)  plus  ___%]  [___%].
                                          [Interest  will be  calculated  on the
                                          basis of the actual  number of days in
                                          each Interest  Accrual  Period divided
                                          by 360.] A failure to pay  interest on
                                          any  Notes  on any  Distribution  Date
                                          that    continues    for   five   days
                                          constitutes  an Event of Default under
                                          the Indenture.

     C.   Pass-ThroughRate.......         Interest  will  accrue  on the  unpaid
                                          Principal  Balance of the Certificates
                                          at   the   per    annum    rate   (the
                                          "Pass-Through Rate") equal to ___% per
                                          annum  from  the  Closing  Date to the
                                          first Distribution Date and thereafter
                                          interest    will    accrue    on   the
                                          Certificates for each Interest Accrual
                                          Period at [a  floating  rate  equal to
                                          LIBOR (as defined  herein)  plus ___%]
                                          [___%].  [Interest  will be calculated
                                          on the basis of the  actual  number of
                                          days in each Interest  Accrual  Period
                                          divided  by  360.]  A  failure  to pay
                                          interest  on any  Certificates  on any
                                          Distribution  Date that  continues for
                                          five  days  constitutes  an  Event  of
                                          Default under the Trust Agreement.

     D.   Form and Registration...        The   Securities   will  initially  be
                                          delivered    in    book-entry     form
                                          ("Book-Entry Securities").  Holders of
                                          such  Securities  may  elect  to  hold
                                          their interests through The Depository
                                          Trust Company ("DTC"),  [in the United
                                          States,  or Centrale de  Livraison  de
                                          Valeurs  Mobilieres S.A.  ("Cedel") or
                                          the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"), in
                                          Europe]. Transfers within DTC [, Cedel
                                          or  Euroclear,  as the  case  may be,]
                                          will be in  accordance  with the usual
                                          rules and operating  procedures of the
                                          relevant   system.   So  long  as  the
                                          Securities are Book-Entry  Securities,
                                          such  Securities  will be evidenced by
                                          one or more  securities  registered in
                                          the  name of Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  as
                                          the  nominee  of  DTC  [or  one of the
                                          relevant  depositaries  (collectively,
                                          the     "European     Depositaries")].
                                          Cross-market transfers between persons
                                          holding directly or indirectly through
                                          DTC[,    on   the   one   hand,    and
                                          counterparties   holding  directly  or
                                          indirectly through Cedel or Euroclear,
                                          on the other,] will be effected in DTC
                                          through Citibank N.A.  ("Citibank") or
                                          The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase") the
                                          relevant  depositaries  of  Cedel  and
                                          Euroclear,  respectively,  and  each a
                                          participating   member  of  DTC.   The
                                          Securities     will    initially    be
                                          registered  in the name of  Cede.  The
                                          interests  of  such  Holders  will  be
                                          represented  by  book  entries  on the
                                          records   of  DTC  and   participating
                                          members   thereof.   No  Holder  of  a
                                          Security will be entitled to receive a
                                          definitive  note   representing   such
                                          person's interest, except in the event
                                          that  Securities in fully  registered,
                                          certificated     form     ("Definitive
                                          Securities")   are  issued  under  the
                                          limited  circumstances   described  in
                                          "Description           of          the
                                          Securities--Book-Entry Registration of
                                          Securities"  in  the  Prospectus.  All
                                          references    in    this    Prospectus
                                          Supplement to  Securities  reflect the
                                          rights of  Holders  of such Notes only
                                          as  such   rights  may  be   exercised
                                          through  DTC  and  its   participating
                                          organizations  for  so  long  as  such
                                          Securities  are held by DTC. See "Risk
                                          Factors--Book-Entry        Securities"
                                          herein.

     E.   Denominations...........        The  Securities   will  be  issued  in
                                          minimum  denominations  of $[________]
                                          and integral multiples thereof.

[Final Payment of Principal;
  Termination........................     The  Trust  will   terminate   on  the
                                          Distribution    Date   following   the
                                          earlier of (i)  _________________  and
                                          (ii)  the  final   payment   or  other
                                          liquidation  of the last Mortgage Loan
                                          in the Trust.  The Mortgage Loans will
                                          be subject to optional  repurchase  by
                                          the    Master    Servicer    on    any
                                          Distribution  Date after the Principal
                                          Balance is  reduced to an amount  less
                                          than or equal to $_____  (____% of the
                                          initial   Principal   Balance).    The
                                          repurchase  price will be equal to the
                                          sum  of  the   outstanding   Principal
                                          Balance   and   accrued   and   unpaid
                                          interest   thereon  at  the   weighted
                                          average of the Loan Rates  through the
                                          day preceding  the final  Distribution
                                          Date.   See    "Description   of   the
                                          Securities--Optional      Termination"
                                          herein             and            "The
                                          Agreements--Termination;      Optional
                                          Termination" in the Prospectus.

[Letter of Credit]
         [Surety Bond]
          Issuer......................... _________________   (the  "[Letter  of
                                          Credit]  [Surety Bond]  Issuer").  See
                                          "The [Letter of Credit]  [Surety Bond]
                                          Issuer" herein.

[Letter of Credit]
         [SuretyBond]...................  On the  Closing  Date,  the [Letter of
                                          Credit]   [Surety  Bond]  Issuer  will
                                          issue a  [letter  of  credit]  [surety
                                          bond] (the "[Letter of Credit] [Surety
                                          Bond]") in favor of the Owner  Trustee
                                          on behalf of the  Trust.  In the event
                                          that,   on  any   Distribution   Date,
                                          available  amounts  on  deposit in the
                                          Collection Account with respect to the
                                          preceding    Collection   Period   are
                                          insufficient   to   provide   for  the
                                          payment of the amount  required  to be
                                          distributed  to the  Holders  and  the
                                          Master  Servicer on such  Distribution
                                          Date,  the  Trustee  will  draw on the
                                          [Letter of Credit]  [Surety Bond],  to
                                          the  extent of the  [Letter of Credit]
                                          [Surety    Bond]   Amount   for   such
                                          Distribution  Date, in an amount equal
                                          to such  deficiency.  See "Description
                                          of   the    Securities--Distributions"
                                          herein and "Credit Enhancement" in the
                                          Prospectus.

        [[Letter of Credit]
                [Surety Bond]
                 Amount.................  The amount available under the [Letter
                                          of Credit] [Surety Bond] (the "[Letter
                                          of Credit]  [Surety Bond] Amount") for
                                          the initial  Distribution Date will be
                                          $______.  For each  Distribution  Date
                                          thereafter,  the  [Letter  of  Credit]
                                          [Surety  Bond]  Amount  will equal the
                                          lesser of (i)___ % of the Pool Balance
                                          as of the first  day of the  preceding
                                          Collection Period (after giving effect
                                          to  any   amounts   distributed   with
                                          respect to  principal  of the Mortgage
                                          Loans   on   the   Distribution   Date
                                          occurring in such preceding Collection
                                          Period)   and  (ii)  the   [Letter  of
                                          Credit] [Surety Bond] Amount as of the
                                          first day of the preceding  Collection
                                          Period,  minus any amounts drawn under
                                          the [Letter of Credit]  [Surety  Bond]
                                          during   such   preceding   Collection
                                          Period,  plus any amounts  paid to the
                                          [Letter  of  Credit]   [Surety   Bond]
                                          Issuer   on  the   Distribution   Date
                                          occurring in such preceding Collection
                                          Period   up  to  the   amount  of  any
                                          previous   draws  on  the  [Letter  of
                                          Credit]    [Surety   Bond].]
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Consequences.........................   In  the  opinion  of Tax  Counsel  (as
                                          defined  herein),  for federal  income
                                          tax purposes,  the Securities  will be
                                          characterized as indebtedness, and the
                                          Trust will not be  characterized as an
                                          association    (or   publicly   traded
                                          partnership) taxable as a corporation.
                                          Each  holder  of a  Security,  by  the
                                          acceptance  of a Security,  will agree
                                          to treat the Security as  indebtedness
                                          for  federal,  state and local  income
                                          and  franchise   tax   purposes.   See
                                          "Certain     Federal     Income    Tax
                                          Consequences"     and    "State    Tax
                                          Consequences"   herein  and   "Certain
                                          Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  and
                                          "State  Tax   Considerations"  in  the
                                          Prospectus  concerning the application
                                          of federal, state and local tax laws.

ERISA Considerations.................     Generally,  plans that are  subject to
                                          the requirements of ERISA and the Code
                                          are permitted to purchase  instruments
                                          like the  Notes  that  are debt  under
                                          applicable   state  law  and  have  no
                                          "substantial  equity features" without
                                          reference     to    the     prohibited
                                          transaction  requirements of ERISA and
                                          the  Code.  In the  opinion  of  ERISA
                                          Counsel (as defined herein), the Notes
                                          will  be  classified  as  indebtedness
                                          without  substantial  equity  features
                                          for ERISA  purposes.  However,  if the
                                          Notes   are   deemed   to  be   equity
                                          interests and no statutory, regulatory
                                          or administrative  exemption  applies,
                                          the Trust  will  hold  plan  assets by
                                          reason of a Plan's  investment  in the
                                          Notes. Accordingly, any Plan fiduciary
                                          considering  whether to  purchase  the
                                          Notes  on  behalf  of  a  Plan  should
                                          consult with its counsel regarding the
                                          applicability  of  the  provisions  of
                                          ERISA    and   the    Code   and   the
                                          availability of any exemptions.  Under
                                          current law the  purchase  and holding
                                          of the Certificates by or on behalf of
                                          any  employee  benefit plan (a "Plan")
                                          subject      to     the      fiduciary
                                          responsibility   provisions   of   the
                                          Employee  Retirement  Income  Security
                                          Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), may
                                          result in a  "prohibited  transaction"
                                          within  the  meaning  of ERISA and the
                                          Code  or   other   violation   of  the
                                          fiduciary responsibility provisions of
                                          ERISA  and  Section  4975 of the Code.
                                          [Consequently, Certificates may not be
                                          transferred  to a proposed  transferee
                                          that is a Plan  subject  to  ERISA  or
                                          that   is    described    in   Section
                                          4975(e)(1)  of the  Code,  or a person
                                          acting  on  behalf of any such Plan or
                                          using the  assets of such plan  unless
                                          the Owner  Trustee  and the  Depositor
                                          receive   the   opinion   of   counsel
                                          reasonably  satisfactory  to the Owner
                                          Trustee  and  the   Depositor  to  the
                                          effect that the  purchase  and holding
                                          of such Certificate will not result in
                                          the assets of the Trust  being  deemed
                                          to be "plan assets" for ERISA purposes
                                          and   will   not   be   a   prohibited
                                          transaction  under  ERISA  or  Section
                                          4975   of  the   Code.]   See   "ERISA
                                          Considerations"   herein  and  in  the
                                          Prospectus.

Legal Investment.....................     The  Securities  will  not  constitute
                                          "mortgage   related   securities"  for
                                          purposes  of  the  Secondary  Mortgage
                                          Market   Enhancement   Act   of   1984
                                          ("SMMEA"),   because   some   of   the
                                          Mortgages  securing the Mortgage Loans
                                          are not first mortgages.  Accordingly,
                                          many institutions with legal authority
                                          to   invest   in   comparably    rated
                                          securities   based   solely  on  first
                                          mortgages    may   not   be    legally
                                          authorized    to    invest    in   the
                                          Certificates.  See  "Legal  Investment
                                          Considerations"   herein   and  "Legal
                                          Investment" in the Prospectus.

Rating...............................     It is a condition  to the  issuance of
                                          the  Securities  that  they  be  rated
                                          _________ by at least ____  nationally
                                          recognized      statistical     rating
                                          organizations    (each    a    "Rating
                                          Agency"). In general,  ratings address
                                          credit  risk  and do not  address  the
                                          likelihood of prepayments.  A security
                                          rating is not a recommendation to buy,
                                          sell or hold securities.


<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

         Book-Entry   Registration  May  Reduce  Liquidity  of  the  Securities.
Issuance of the  Securities in book-entry  form may reduce the liquidity of such
Securities in the secondary  trading market since  investors may be unwilling to
purchase  Securities  for which they  cannot  obtain  physical  securities.  See
"Description  of  the   Securities--Book-Entry   Securities"  herein  and  "Risk
Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

         Since  transactions in the Securities can be effected only through DTC,
CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and certain
banks,  the  ability  of a  Security  Owner to pledge a  Security  to persons or
entities  that do not  participate  in the DTC,  CEDEL or  Euroclear  system  or
otherwise to take actions in respect of such  Securities,  may be limited due to
lack of a physical security representing the Securities. See "Description of the
Securities--Book-Entry   Securities"   herein   and  "Risk   Factors--Book-Entry
Registration" in the Prospectus.

         Security   Owners  may  experience  some  delay  in  their  receipt  of
distributions   of  interest  and  principal  on  the   Securities   since  such
distributions  will be  forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such
distributions to the accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which will
thereafter  credit them to the accounts of Security  Owners  either  directly or
indirectly   through   indirect   participants.    See   "Description   of   the
Securities--Book-Entry   Securities"   herein   and  "Risk   Factors--Book-Entry
Registration" in the Prospectus.

DELAYS DUE TO LIQUIDATION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

         Minimum  monthly  payments  will at least equal and may exceed  accrued
interest.  Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security
for the Mortgage  Loans,  substantial  delay could be  encountered in connection
with the  liquidation of Mortgage  Loans that are  delinquent and  corresponding
delays in the receipt of related  proceeds by Holders could occur if the [Letter
of Credit]  [Surety  Bond]  provider  were unable to perform on its  obligations
under the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond]. Further,  liquidation expenses (such
as legal fees, real estate taxes,  and maintenance  and  preservation  expenses)
will reduce the proceeds  payable to Holders and thereby reduce the security for
the Mortgage Loans. In the event any of the Mortgaged Properties fail to provide
adequate  security for the related  Mortgage Loans,  Holders could  experience a
loss if the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond] provider were unable to perform its
obligations under the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond].]

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISKS

         Substantially all of the Mortgage Loans [Loans] may be prepaid in whole
or in part at any time without penalty.  Home equity loans, such as the Mortgage
Loans [Loans],  have been originated in significant  volume only during the past
few years and  neither  the  Depositor  nor the Master  Servicer is aware of any
publicly  available  studies or  statistics  on the rate of  prepayment  of such
loans.  Generally,  home equity  loans are not viewed by  borrowers as permanent
financing.  Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans [Loans] may experience a higher rate
of prepayment than traditional loans. The Trust's  prepayment  experience may be
affected by a wide variety of factors,  including  general economic  conditions,
interest  rates,  the  availability  of  alternative   financing  and  homeowner
mobility.  In addition,  substantially all of the Mortgage Loans [Loans] contain
due-on-sale   provisions  and  the  Master  Servicer  intends  to  enforce  such
provisions  unless (i) such  enforcement  is not permitted by applicable  law or
(ii) the Master  Servicer,  in a manner  consistent with  reasonable  commercial
practice,  permits the purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to assume the
Mortgage  Loan  [Loans].  To  the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  such
assumption will not release the original  borrower from its obligation under any
such Mortgage Loan [Loans]. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale
Clauses" in the Prospectus for a description of certain provisions of the Credit
Line Agreements that may affect the prepayment  experience on the Mortgage Loans
[Loans].

SECURITIES RATINGS-LIMITATIONS

         The rating of the Securities will depend  primarily on an assessment by
the Rating Agencies of the Loans and upon the  claims-paying  ability [Letter of
Credit]  [Surety  Bond]  provider.  Any  reduction  in a rating  assigned to the
claims-paying  ability of the [Letter of Credit][Surety Bond] provider below the
rating initially given to the Securities may result in a reduction in the rating
of the Securities.  The rating by the Rating Agencies of the Securities is not a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Securities, inasmuch as such rating
does  not  comment  as to the  market  price  or  suitability  for a  particular
investor.  There is no  assurance  that the ratings will remain in place for any
given period of time or that the ratings will not be lowered or withdrawn by the
Rating Agencies.  In general, the ratings address credit risk and do not address
the likelihood of prepayments.  The ratings of the Securities do not address the
possibility of the imposition of United States  withholding  tax with respect to
non-U.S. persons.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

         The Mortgage  Loans are secured by deeds of trust or  mortgages  (which
generally are second mortgages). With respect to Mortgage Loans that are secured
by  first   mortgages,   the  Master   Servicer  has  the  power  under  certain
circumstances to consent to a new mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Property having
priority over such Mortgage Loan. Mortgage Loans secured by second mortgages are
entitled to proceeds that remain from the sale of the related Mortgage  Property
after any  related  senior  mortgage  loan and prior  statutory  liens have been
satisfied.  In the event that such  proceeds  are  insufficient  to satisfy such
loans and prior liens in the aggregate [and the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond]
provider  is unable to  perform  its  obligations  under the  [Letter of Credit]
[Surety Bond] or if the coverage  under the [Letter of Credit]  [Surety Bond] is
exhausted] the Trust and,  accordingly,  the Holders, bear (i) the risk of delay
in  distributions  while a deficiency  judgment against the borrower is obtained
and (ii) the risk of loss if the  deficiency  judgment  cannot be obtained or is
not realized  upon.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the Mortgage  Loans" in the
Properties.

         The sale of the Mortgage Loans [Loans] from the Seller to the Depositor
pursuant to the  Purchase  Agreement  will be treated as a sale of the  Mortgage
Loans  [Loans].  The Seller will warrant that such  transfer is either a sale of
its  interest  in the  Mortgage  Loans  [Loans]  or a grant of a first  priority
perfected  security  interest  therein.  In the  event of an  insolvency  of the
Seller, the receiver of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the
Mortgage  Loans [Loans] as a borrowing by the Seller  secured by a pledge of the
Mortgage  Loans  [Loans].  If the receiver  decided to challenge  such transfer,
delays in payments  of the  Securities  and  possible  reductions  in the amount
thereof could occur.  The Depositor will warrant in the Trust Agreement that the
transfer of its interest in the Mortgage  Loans  [Loans] to the Trust is a valid
transfer and assignment of such interest.

         If a conservator, receiver or trustee were appointed for the Seller, or
if certain other events  relating to the  bankruptcy or insolvency of the Seller
were to occur, Additional Balances would not be transferred by the Seller to the
Trust.  In such an event,  an Event of Default  under the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement and Indenture  would occur and the Owner Trustee would attempt to sell
the  Mortgage  Loans  [Loans]  (unless  Holders  holding  Securities  evidencing
undivided  interests  aggregating at least 51% of each of the Security Principal
Balance of the Notes and the Certificates  instruct otherwise),  thereby causing
early  payment  of  the  Security   Principal  Balance  of  the  Notes  and  the
Certificates.

         In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer,  the
bankruptcy  trustee or  receiver  may have the power to prevent  the  applicable
Trustee or the Holders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.

GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION

         As of the Cut-off Date, approximately _____% (by Cut-off Date Principal
Balance) of the Mortgaged Properties are located in the State of __________.  An
overall decline in the __________ residential real estate market could adversely
affect the values of the Mortgaged  Properties securing such Mortgage Loans such
that the Principal  Balances of the related  Mortgage  Loans,  together with any
primary financing on such Mortgaged Properties,  could equal or exceed the value
of  such  Mortgaged  Properties.  As  the  residential  real  estate  market  is
influenced by many factors,  including the general  condition of the economy and
interest rates, no assurances may be given that the __________  residential real
estate market will not weaken. If the __________  residential real estate market
should  experience  an overall  decline in  property  values  after the dates of
origination  of the Mortgage  Loans,  the rates of losses on the Mortgage  Loans
would be expected to increase, and could increase substantially.]

MASTER SERVICER'S ABILITY TO CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

         The Master  Servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a Credit Line
Agreement,  provided that such changes (i) do not adversely  affect the interest
of the Holders or the [Letter of Credit]  [Surety Bond]  provider,  and (ii) are
consistent  with  prudent  business  practice.  There can be no  assurance  that
changes in applicable  law or the  marketplace  for home equity loans or prudent
business practice will not result in changes in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.
In addition, the Master Servicing Agreement permits the Master Servicer,  within
certain  limitations  described  therein,  to increase  the Credit  Limit of the
related Mortgage Loan or reduce the Margin for such Mortgage Loan.

DELINQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS [LOANS]

         The Trust will include  Mortgage  Loans  [Loans]  which are __ or fewer
days delinquent.  The Cut-off Date Principal Balance of such delinquent Mortgage
Loans [Loans] was $______________.]

         For a discussion of additional risks pertaining to the Securities,  see
"Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.

                                    THE TRUST

GENERAL

         The Issuer,  Home Equity Loan Trust 199_,  is a trust  formed under the
laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  pursuant  to the  Trust  Agreement  for  the
transactions  described  in this  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Trust  Agreement
constitutes the "governing  instrument"  under the laws of the State of Delaware
relating  to trusts.  After its  formation,  the  Issuer  will not engage in any
activity other than (i)  acquiring,  holding and managing the Mortgage Loans and
the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes and
the  Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and
(iv) engaging in other activities that are necessary,  suitable or convenient to
accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.

         The  property of the Trust will  consist  of: (i) each of the  Mortgage
Loans [Loans] that are _________; (ii) collections on the Mortgage Loans [Loans]
[received]  after the Cut-off Date; (iii) Mortgaged  Properties  relating to the
Mortgage  Loans  [Loans]  that are  acquired by  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of
foreclosure; (iv) the Collection Account and the Distribution Account (excluding
net earnings  thereon);  (v) the [Letter of Credit]  [Surety Bond];  and (vi) an
assignment of the Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement, including all
rights of the Depositor to purchase Additional Balances.

         The Trust's principal offices are in __________,  Delaware,  in care of
________________________, as Owner Trustee, at [__________].

                   THE [LETTER OF CREDIT][SURETY BOND] ISSUER

         The following  information  with respect to _________  ("_______")  has
been furnished by __________.  Accordingly, none of the Issuer, the Depositor or
the Master Servicer makes any representation as to the accuracy and completeness
of such information.

                 [Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer]

                               THE MASTER SERVICER

GENERAL

         The Master  Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with
the terms set forth in the Master Servicing  Agreement.  The Master Servicer may
perform any of its obligations under the Master Servicing  Agreement through one
or more subservicers.  Notwithstanding  any such subservicing  arrangement,  the
Master  Servicer  will remain liable for its  servicing  duties and  obligations
under the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  as if the  Master  Servicer  alone were
servicing the Mortgage  Loans.  As of the Closing Date, the Master Servicer will
service the Mortgage Loans without subservicing arrangements.

THE MASTER SERVICER

         [IndyMac, Inc. ("IndyMac"), a Delaware corporation], will act as Master
Servicer for the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Master Servicing Agreement.  The
principal  executive offices of [IndyMac] are located at [155 North Lake Avenue,
Pasadena, California 91101].

         At  ______________,  199_, IndyMac provided servicing for approximately
$______  billion  aggregate  principal  amount  of  first-lien  mortgage  loans,
substantially  all of which are being  serviced  for  unaffiliated  persons.  At
_____________,  199_,  IndyMac  provided  servicing  for  approximately  $______
million  aggregate  principal  amount of first and second  lien  mortgage  loans
originated under home equity lines of credit.

            THE HOME EQUITY LOAN [HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT] PROGRAM

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO HOME EQUITY LOANS

         The  following  is  a  description  of  the   underwriting   procedures
customarily  employed  by the Seller  with  respect to home  equity  loans.  The
underwriting  process is intended to assess the applicant's  credit standing and
repayment  ability,  and the value and adequacy of the real property security as
collateral  for the  proposed  loan.  Exceptions  to the  Seller's  underwriting
guidelines  will be made when  compensating  factors are  present.  Such factors
include the borrower's employment stability,  credit history, disposable income,
equity in the related  property and the nature of the underlying  first mortgage
loan.

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

         The  following  is  a  description  of  the   underwriting   procedures
customarily  employed by the Seller with respect to home improvement  contracts.
The underwriting  process is intended to assess the applicant's  credit standing
and repayment ability, [and the value and adequacy of the real property security
as collateral for the proposed  loan].  Exceptions to the Seller's  underwriting
guidelines  will be made when  compensating  factors are  present.  Such factors
include the borrower's employment stability,  credit history, disposable income,
[equity in the related property] and the nature of the underlying first mortgage
loan.

           [Description of Specific Underwriting Procedures to Follow]

SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS [LOANS]

         The Master Servicer has established standard policies for the servicing
and  collection  of the home  equity  loans  [and home  improvement  contracts].
Servicing includes, but is not limited to, (i) the collection and aggregation of
payments  relating  to the  Mortgage  Loans  [Loans];  (ii) the  supervision  of
delinquent  Mortgage  Loans  [Loans],   loss  mitigation  efforts,   foreclosure
proceedings  and, if applicable,  the disposition of Mortgaged  Properties;  and
(iii) the preparation of tax related information in connection with the Mortgage
Loans [Loans].

             [Description of Specific Servicing Standards to Follow]

FORECLOSURE AND DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE

         The  following   table   summarizes  the  delinquency  and  foreclosure
experience,  respectively, on the dates indicated, of home equity loans serviced
by the Master  Servicer.  Since [_______] only began servicing home equity loans
[home  improvement  contracts] in _______ 199_, the  delinquency and foreclosure
percentages  may be affected by the size and  relative  lack of seasoning of the
servicing  portfolio because many of such loans were not outstanding long enough
to give rise to some or all of the periods of delinquency indicated in the chart
below.  Accordingly,  the  information  should not be  considered as a basis for
assessing the  likelihood,  amount or severity of  delinquency  or losses on the
Mortgage Loans [Loans] and no assurances can be given that the  foreclosure  and
delinquency  experience  presented in the table below will be indicative of such
experience on the Mortgage Loans [Loans]:

       Delinquency Status as of _____________, 199__ - Home Equity Loans*


                         Dollars            Percent         Units        Percent
                                                            
Current................  $__________          ____%         _____          ____%
30-59 days.............  $__________          ____%         _____          ____%
60-89 days.............  $__________          ____%         _____          ____%
90+ days...............  $__________          ____%         _____          ____%
        Total            $__________        100.00%         _____        100.00%
- -------------                                            
*        Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.


         As of  _____________,  199_,  ______ loans with an aggregate balance of
$___________  are in bankruptcy and ________ loans with an aggregate  balance of
$___________  are in foreclosure.  Of the loans in foreclosure,  there will be a
____________ 199_ charge off of $________. In addition to this charge off, there
is an anticipated charge off of approximately  $_____________  which may also be
realized in _________.]

   Delinquency Status as of _____________, 199__ - Home Improvement Contracts*

                          Dollars            Percent         Units       Percent

Current................   $__________          ____%         _____         ____%
30-59 days.............   $__________          ____%         _____         ____%
60-89 days.............   $__________          ____%         _____         ____%
90+ days...............   $__________          ____%         _____         ____%
        Total             $__________        100.00%         _____       100.00%
- -------------
*        Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.


         As of _____________,  199_,  ______ home improvement  contracts with an
aggregate  balance of $___________  are in bankruptcy and ________ loans with an
aggregate  balance of $___________  are in foreclosure.  Of the home improvement
contracts  in  foreclosure,  there  will be a  ____________  199_  charge off of
$________. In addition to this charge off, there is an anticipated charge off of
approximately $_____________ which may also be realized in __________.]



                    DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS [LOANS]

GENERAL

         The Mortgage  Loans were  originated  pursuant to loan  agreements  and
disclosure  statements  (the  "Credit  Line  Agreements")  and  are  secured  by
mortgages or deeds of trust, which are either first or second mortgages or deeds
of  trust,  on  Mortgaged  Properties  located  in [__]  states.  The  Mortgaged
Properties   securing  the  Mortgage  Loans  consist  primarily  of  residential
properties that are one- to four-family properties.  See "--Mortgage Loan Terms"
below.

         The Cut-off Date Pool Balance is $______________, which is equal to the
aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date. As of
the Cut-off Date, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89 days delinquent.  The
average  Cut-off Date Principal  Balance was  approximately  $____ , the minimum
Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance was zero,  the maximum  Cut-off Date  Principal
Balance was  $______,  the minimum Loan Rate and the maximum Loan Rate as of the
Cut-off  Date were ____% and ____% per  annum,  respectively,  and the  weighted
average Loan Rate as of the Cut-off Date was approximately ___% per annum. As of
the Cut-off  Date,  the  weighted  average  Credit  Limit  Utilization  Rate was
approximately  ____%, the minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate was zero and the
maximum Credit Limit  Utilization  Rate was 100%. The "Credit Limit  Utilization
Rate" is determined by dividing the Cut-off Date Principal Balance of a Mortgage
Loan by the Credit Limit of the related  Credit Line  Agreement.  The  remaining
term to scheduled  maturity for the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date ranged
from ____  months to ____  months and the  weighted  average  remaining  term to
scheduled  maturity was approximately  _____ months. As of the Cut-off Date, the
Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans ranged from ____% to ______%
and the  weighted  average  Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio was __%. The Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratio for a Mortgage Loan is the ratio (expressed as a percentage)
of (A) the sum of (i) the  Credit  Limit  of the  Mortgage  Loan  and  (ii)  any
outstanding  principal  balances of mortgage  loans senior to such Mortgage Loan
(calculated  at the date of  origination of the Mortgage Loan) to (B) the lesser
of (i) the appraised value of the related Mortgaged Property as set forth in the
loan  files  at such  date of  origination  or (ii) in the  case of a  Mortgaged
Property  purchased  within one year of the origination of the related  Mortgage
Loan,  the purchase price of such  Mortgaged  Property.  Credit Limits under the
Mortgage  Loans as of the Cut-off Date ranged from $______ to $____ and averaged
approximately  $_____ . The weighted average second mortgage ratio (which is the
Credit Limit for the related  Mortgage Loan,  provided such Mortgage Loan was in
the  second  lien  position,  divided  by the sum of such  Credit  Limit and the
outstanding  principal  balance  of any  mortgage  loan  senior  to the  related
Mortgage Loan) was approximately  _____%. As of the Cut-off Date,  approximately
_____% by Cut-off Date Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans represented first
liens on the related  Mortgaged  Properties,  while  approximately  ____% of the
Mortgage Loans represented  second liens. As of the Cut-off Date,  approximately
______% of the  Mortgage  Loans are secured by  Mortgaged  Properties  which are
single-family  residences and ___% were owner-occupied.  As of the Cut-off Date,
approximately  ____%,  ____%,____%,______%,______%  and ______% by Cut-off  Date
Principal  Balance are located in [__________,  ________,  __________,  _______,
______ and ________], respectively.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

         [The  Mortgage  Loans bear  interest at a variable  rate which  changes
monthly on the first  business  day of the  related  month  with  changes in the
applicable  Index Rate.  The  Mortgage  Loans are subject to a maximum per annum
interest rate (the "Maximum  Rate")  ranging from _____% to _____% per annum and
subject to applicable  usury  limitations.  As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted
average Maximum Rate was  approximately  ______%.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the  Loans--Applicability  of Usury Laws" in the Prospectus.  The daily periodic
rate on the  Mortgage  Loans (the "Loan Rate") is the sum of the Index Rate plus
the spread (the "Margin") which generally ranges between ____% and ____% and had
a weighted  average,  as of the Cut-off Date, of approximately %, divided by 365
days.  The "Index Rate" is based on the highest  "prime  rate"  published in the
`Money Rates' table of The Wall Street  Journal as of the first  business day of
each calendar month.]

         _________  offers an  introductory  loan rate on home  equity  lines of
credit which are originated with Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios of __% and __%.
The introductory rate applies to any payments made during the first three months
after  origination.  After such three month period, the Loan Rate will adjust to
the Index plus the  applicable  Margin.  As of the Cut-off  Date,  approximately
____% of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Principal Balance were subject to an
introductory rate of ____% per annum.

         In general,  the home equity  loans may be drawn upon for a period (the
"Draw  Period") of either five years (which may be extendible  for an additional
____ years, upon _________'s approval) or three years. Home equity loans with an
initial Draw Period of five years, which constitute  approximately  ____% of the
Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Principal Balance,  are subject to a fifteen year
repayment period (the "Repayment  Period")  following the end of the Draw Period
during  which the  outstanding  principal  balance of the loan will be repaid in
monthly installments equal to [1/180] of the outstanding principal balance as of
the end of the Draw  Period.  Mortgage  Loans with a Draw Period of three years,
which  constitute  approximately  ____% of the  Mortgage  Loans by Cut-off  Date
Principal Balance,  are subject to a ten year Repayment Period following the end
of the Draw Period during which the  outstanding  principal  balance of the loan
will be  paid in  monthly  installments  equal  to  [1/120]  of the  outstanding
principal balance as of the end of the Draw Period.

         The  minimum  payment  due during the Draw  Period will be equal to the
finance charges accrued on the outstanding  principal balance of the home equity
loan  during the related  billing  period.  The  minimum  payment due during the
repayment  period will be equal to the sum of the finance charges accrued on the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loan during the related  billing
period and the principal payment described above.

         Set forth  below is a  description  of certain  characteristics  of the
Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    PRINCIPAL BALANCES OF HOME EQUITY AND HOME IMPROVEMENT LOANS
<S>                                    <C>                  <C>                  <C>

                                         Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                         Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
      Range of Principal Balances          Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- -----------------------------------    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

$ _______ to $ _______.............                         $                                        %

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............

$ _______ to $ _______.............
                                       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total......................                         $                                  100.00%
                                       ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF HOME EQUITY LOANS
                                          AND HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS(1)

<S>                                                <C>                   <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
                   State                                Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
                                                                         $                                        %


                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
- --------------
(1)      Geographic  location is determined by the address of the Mortgaged  Property securing the related Mortgage
         Loan.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS(1)

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
             Range of Combined                        Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
            Loan-to-Value Ratios                        Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------
_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
- --------------
(1)      The ratio  (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the sum of (i) the Credit
         Limit of the Mortgage Loans and (ii) any outstanding principal balances
         of mortgage loans senior to the Mortgage Loans  (calculated at the date
         of  origination  of the  Mortgage  Loans) to (B) the  lesser of (i) the
         appraised value of the related Mortgaged  Property as set forth in loan
         files at such date of  origination  or (ii) in the case of a  Mortgaged
         Property  purchased  within one year of the  origination of the related
         Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of such Mortgaged Property.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PROPERTY TYPE

<S>                                                <C>                   <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
               Property Type                            Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

Single Family............................                                $                                        %

Two- to Four-Family......................

Condominium..............................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
PUD......................................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   LIEN PRIORITY

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
               Lien Priority                            Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

First Lien...............................                                $                                        %

Second Lien..............................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    LOAN RATES(1)

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                  Range of                            Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                 Loan Rates                           Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
            Loan-to-Value Ratios                        Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

_______% to ________%....................                                $                                        %

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
- --------------
(1)      Approximately % of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-Of Date Principal  Balance
         are subject to an introductory rate of ____% per annum.
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     MARGIN

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                  Range of                            Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
                  Margins                               Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

_______% to ________%....................                                $                                        %

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES OF HOME EQUITY LOANS

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
           Range of Credit Limit                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
             Utilization Rates                          Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

_______% to ________%....................                                $                                        %

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        CREDIT LIMITS OF HOME EQUITY LOANS

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
           Range of Credit Limits                       Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

_______% to ________%....................                                $                                        %

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................

_______% to ________%....................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         MAXIMUM RATES OF HOME EQUITY LOANS

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
               Maximum Rates                            Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

- --------%................................                                $                                        %

- --------%................................

- --------%................................

- --------%................................

- --------%................................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      MONTHS REMAINING TO SCHEDULED MATURITY
                              OF HOME EQUITY LOANS AND HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS(1)

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
              Range of Months                         Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
      Remaining to Scheduled Maturity                   Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

_______ to ________......................                                $                                        %

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

_______ to ________......................

                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
- --------------
(1)      Assumes  that the Draw Period for  Mortgage  Loans with five year Draw  Periods  will be  extended  for an
         additional five years.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ORIGINATION YEAR

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
              Origination Year                          Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

- -------..................................                                $                                        %

- -------..................................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      DELINQUENCY STATUS OF HOME EQUITY LOANS AND HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>    
                                                      Number of           Cut-off Date          Percent of Pool by
                                                      Mortgage             Principal               Cut-off Date
         Number of Days Delinquent                      Loans               Balance             Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------       --------------       ---------------       ---------------------

0 to 29..................................                                $                                        %

30 to 59.................................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
60 to 89.................................
                                                    --------------       ---------------       ---------------------
        Total............................                                $                                  100.00%
                                                    ==============       ===============       =====================
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

         At the time of issuance of the Securities,  the Depositor will transfer
to the Trust all of its right,  title and interest in and to each  Mortgage Loan
[Loans] (including its right to purchase any Additional  Balances arising in the
future),  related Credit Line Agreements,  mortgages and other related documents
(collectively,  the "Related Documents"),  including all collections received on
or with respect to each such Mortgage Loan after the Cut-off Date  (exclusive of
payments in respect of accrued  interest  due on or prior to the Cut-off Date or
due in the month of ______). The Owner Trustee, concurrently with such transfer,
will deliver the Securities.  Each Mortgage Loan  transferred to the Owner Trust
will be identified on a schedule  delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to the
Purchase  Agreement.  Such schedule will include  information  as to the Cut-off
Date  Principal  Balance of each  Mortgage  Loan,  as well as  information  with
respect to the Loan Rate.

         Within 90 days of an Assignment Event the Owner Trustee will review the
Mortgage  Loans and the Related  Documents  and if any Mortgage  Loan or Related
Document is found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not
cured  within 90 days  following  notification  thereof  to the  Seller  and the
Depositor by the Owner  Trustee,  the Seller will be obligated to repurchase the
Mortgage Loan and to deposit the Repurchase  Price into the Collection  Account.
Upon such  retransfer,  the  Principal  Balance  of such  Mortgage  Loan will be
deducted from the Pool Balance.  In lieu of any such repurchase,  the Seller may
substitute  an  Eligible  Substitute  Mortgage  Loan.  Any  such  repurchase  or
substitution  will be  considered a payment in full of such Mortgage  Loan.  The
obligation  of the Seller to accept a transfer of a Defective  Mortgage  Loan is
the sole  remedy  regarding  any  defects  in the  Mortgage  Loans  and  Related
Documents available to the Owner Trustee or the Holders.

         With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the  "Repurchase  Price" is equal to
the  Principal  Balance  of  such  Mortgage  Loan at the  time  of any  transfer
described  above  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon  to the  date of
repurchase.

         An "Eligible  Substitute  Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted
by the Depositor  for a Defective  Mortgage Loan which must, on the date of such
substitution,  (i) have an  outstanding  Principal  Balance (or in the case of a
substitution  of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective  Mortgage  Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance),  not __% more or less than the Transfer Deficiency
relating to such Defective  Mortgage  Loan;  (ii) have a Loan Rate not less than
the Loan Rate of the  Defective  Mortgage Loan and not more than 1% in excess of
the Loan Rate of such Defective  Mortgage Loan;  (iii) have a Loan Rate based on
the same Index with adjustments to such Loan Rate made on the same Interest Rate
Adjustment Date as that of the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (iv) have a Margin that
is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than ___
basis points higher than the Margin for the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (v) have a
mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as the mortgage relating to the
Defective  Mortgage  Loan;  (vi) have a remaining term to maturity not more than
___ months  earlier and not more than __ months later than the remaining term to
maturity of the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply with each  representation
and  warranty  as to the  Mortgage  Loans  set forth in the  Purchase  Agreement
(deemed to be made as of the date of substitution);  (viii) in general,  have an
original  Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio not greater than that of the  Defective
Mortgage  Loans;  and (ix) satisfy  certain  other  conditions  specified in the
Purchase  Agreement.  To  the  extent  the  Principal  Balance  of  an  Eligible
Substitute  Mortgage  Loan is less than the  Principal  Balance  of the  related
Defective  Mortgage  Loan,  the Seller will be required to make a deposit to the
Collection Account equal to such difference.

         The Seller will make certain  representations  and warranties as to the
accuracy in all material respects of certain information  furnished to the Owner
Trustee with respect to each Mortgage Loan (e.g., Cut-off Date Principal Balance
and the Loan Rate).  In addition,  the Seller will  represent and warrant on the
Closing  Date that at the time of  transfer  to the  Depositor,  the  Seller has
transferred  or assigned all of its right,  title and interest in each  Mortgage
Loan  and  the  Related  Documents,   free  of  any  lien  (subject  to  certain
exceptions).  Upon discovery of a breach of any such representation and warranty
which  materially and adversely  affects the interests of the Trustee [or Letter
of  Credit][Surety  Bond]  provider  in the  related  Mortgage  Loan and Related
Documents, the Seller will have a period of 90 days after discovery or notice of
the  breach to effect a cure.  If the breach  cannot be cured  within the 90-day
period,  the Seller will be obligated to repurchase or substitute  the Defective
Mortgage  Loan from the Trust;  provided,  however,  that the Seller will not be
obligated to make any such repurchase or  substitution  (or cure such breach) if
such breach  constitutes  fraud in the origination of the affected Mortgage Loan
and the Seller did not have  knowledge  of such fraud.  The same  procedure  and
limitations  that are set forth  above for the  repurchase  or  substitution  of
Defective  Mortgage  Loans will apply to the transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is
required  to  be  repurchased   or   substituted   because  of  a  breach  of  a
representation  or  warranty  in the  Purchase  Agreement  that  materially  and
adversely affects the interests of the Trustee in the such Mortgage Loan.

         Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         [All of the Mortgage Loans [Loans] may be prepaid in full or in part at
any time.] However,  Mortgage Loans [Loans]  secured by Mortgaged  Properties in
__________ are subject to an account termination fee equal to the lesser of $___
and six months interest on the amount prepaid,  to the extent the prepaid amount
exceeds __% of the unpaid principal balance,  if the account is terminated on or
before  its _____ year  anniversary.  In  addition,  Mortgage  Loans  secured by
Mortgaged   Properties  in  other   jurisdictions  may  be  subject  to  account
termination  fees to the extent  permitted  by law.  In  general,  such  account
termination  fees do not  exceed  $___ and do not apply to  accounts  terminated
subsequent to a date designated in the related Mortgage Note which, depending on
the  jurisdiction,   ranges  between  [___  months  and  ____  years]  following
origination.] The prepayment  experience with respect to the Mortgage Loans will
affect the weighted average life of the Securities.

         The  rate  of  prepayment  on the  Mortgage  Loans  [Loans]  cannot  be
predicted.  Neither  the  Depositor  nor the  Master  Servicer  is  aware of any
publicly  available  studies or  statistics  on the rate of  prepayment  of such
Mortgage Loans. Generally,  home equity revolving credit lines are not viewed by
borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans may experience
a higher rate of prepayment than traditional  first mortgage loans. On the other
hand,  because  the  Mortgage  Loans  amortize  as  described  herein,  rates of
principal  payment on the Mortgage  Loans [Loans] will  generally be slower than
those  of  traditional  fully-amortizing  first  mortgages  in  the  absence  of
prepayments on such Mortgage Loans. The prepayment  experience of the Trust with
respect to the  Mortgage  Loans may be  affected  by a wide  variety of factors,
including  general economic  conditions,  prevailing  interest rate levels,  the
availability of alternative  financing,  homeowner  mobility,  the frequency and
amount of any future draws on the Credit Line  Agreements and changes  affecting
the  deductibility  for Federal income tax purposes of interest payments on home
equity  credit  lines.   Substantially   all  of  the  Mortgage   Loans  contain
"due-on-sale"  provisions,  and, with respect to the Mortgage Loans,  the Master
Servicer  intends to enforce such  provisions,  unless such  enforcement  is not
permitted by applicable law. The  enforcement of a "due-on-sale"  provision will
have the same effect as a prepayment of the related  Mortgage Loan. See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in the Prospectus.

         The yield to an investor who purchases the  Securities in the secondary
market at a price  other  than par will vary from the  anticipated  yield if the
rate of prepayment  on the Mortgage  Loans is actually  different  than the rate
anticipated by such investor at the time such Securities were purchased.

         Collections on the Mortgage Loans [Loans] may vary because, among other
things,  borrowers  may make  payments  during  any month as low as the  minimum
monthly  payment for such month or as high as the entire  outstanding  principal
balance plus accrued interest and the fees and charges  thereon.  It is possible
that borrowers may fail to make scheduled payments.  Collections on the Mortgage
Loans may vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.

         No assurance can be given as to the level of  prepayments  that will be
experienced by the Trust and it can be expected that a portion of borrowers will
not  prepay  their  Mortgage  Loans to any  significant  degree.  See "Yield and
Prepayment Considerations" in the Prospectus.

                  DESCRIPTION OF THE MASTER SERVICING AGREEMENT

         The Master Servicer shall establish and maintain on behalf of the Owner
Trustee an account (the  "Collection  Account")  for the benefit of the Holders.
The Collection Account will be an Eligible Account (as defined herein).  Subject
to the investment provision described in the following paragraphs,  upon receipt
by the Master  Servicer of amounts in respect of the Mortgage  Loans  (excluding
amounts representing  administrative charges,  annual fees, taxes,  assessments,
credit insurance charges, insurance proceeds to be applied to the restoration or
repair of a  Mortgaged  Property or similar  items),  the Master  Servicer  will
deposit  such amounts in the  Collection  Account.  Amounts so deposited  may be
invested in Eligible  Investments  (as  described  in the  Servicing  Agreement)
maturing no later than one Business Day prior to the date on which the amount on
deposit  therein is required to be deposited in the  Distribution  Account or on
such  Distribution  Date if approved by the Rating Agencies.  Not later than the
_____ Business Day prior to each Distribution Date (the  "Determination  Date"),
the Master  Servicer will notify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee of
the amount of such  deposit to be  included in funds  available  for the related
Distribution Date.

         The Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee will establish one or more
accounts (the "Security Account") into which will be deposited amounts withdrawn
from the Collection  Account for distribution to Holders on a Distribution Date.
The Security  Account will be an Eligible  Account.  Amounts on deposit  therein
will be invested in Eligible  Investments maturing on or before the Business Day
prior to the related Distribution Date.

         An  "Eligible  Account"  is (i) an account  that is  maintained  with a
depository institution whose debt obligations at the time of any deposit therein
have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii) one or more
accounts with a depository institution having a minimum long-term unsecured debt
rating of "____" by _____ and "____" by _____,  which accounts are fully insured
by either the Savings Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank Insurance
Fund ("BIF") of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  established by such
fund, (iii) a segregated  trust account  maintained with the Owner Trustee or an
Affiliate  of the Owner  Trustee in its  fiduciary  capacity  or (iv)  otherwise
acceptable  to each  Rating  Agency as  evidenced  by a letter  from each Rating
Agency to the Owner  Trustee,  without  reduction  or  withdrawal  of their then
current ratings of the Securities.

         Eligible  Investments are specified in the Servicing  Agreement and are
limited to investments  which meet the criteria of the Rating Agencies from time
to time as being consistent with their then current ratings of the Securities.

ALLOCATIONS AND COLLECTIONS

         All  collections  on the Mortgage  Loans will generally be allocated in
accordance with the Credit Line Agreements  between amounts collected in respect
of  interest  and  amounts  collected  in  respect  of  principal.   As  to  any
Distribution Date, "Interest  Collections" will be equal to the aggregate of the
amounts  collected  during  the  related   Collection   Period,   including  Net
Liquidation  Proceeds (as defined below),  allocated to interest pursuant to the
terms of the Credit Line Agreements.

         As to any Distribution Date,  "Principal  Collections" will be equal to
the sum of (i) the  amounts  collected  during the  related  Collection  Period,
including Net Liquidation  Proceeds,  and allocated to principal pursuant to the
terms  of the  Credit  Line  Agreements  and (ii)  any  Substitution  Adjustment
Amounts. "Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect to a Mortgage Loan are equal to
the aggregate of all amounts  received upon  liquidation  of such Mortgage Loan,
including, without limitation,  insurance proceeds, reduced by related expenses,
but not including the portion, if any, of such amount that exceeds the Principal
Balance of the Mortgage  Loan at the end of the  Collection  Period  immediately
preceding the Collection  Period in which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated
Mortgage  Loan plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  thereon  through the date of
liquidation.

         With  respect  to any  date,  the "Pool  Balance"  will be equal to the
aggregate of the Principal  Balances of all Mortgage  Loans as of such date. The
Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan (other than a Liquidated  Mortgage Loan) on
any day is equal to the Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance  thereof,  plus (i) any
Additional  Balances in respect of such Mortgage Loan minus (ii) all collections
credited against the Principal  Balance of such Mortgage Loan in accordance with
the related Credit Line Agreement prior to such day. The Principal  Balance of a
Liquidated  Mortgage Loan after final recovery of related  Liquidation  Proceeds
shall be zero.

HAZARD INSURANCE

         The  Master  Servicing  Agreement  provides  that the  Master  Servicer
maintain  certain hazard insurance on the Mortgaged  Properties  relating to the
Mortgage Loans. While the terms of the related Credit Line Agreements  generally
require borrowers to maintain certain hazard insurance, the Master Servicer will
not monitor the maintenance of such insurance.

         The Master Servicing Agreement requires the Master Servicer to maintain
for any Mortgaged Property relating to a Mortgage Loan acquired upon foreclosure
of a Mortgage  Loan, or by deed in lieu of such  foreclosure,  hazard  insurance
with  extended  coverage  in an amount  equal to the  lesser of (a) the  maximum
insurable  value of such Mortgaged  Property or (b) the  outstanding  balance of
such Mortgage Loan plus the  outstanding  balance on any mortgage loan senior to
such Mortgage Loan at the time of  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure,
plus  accrued  interest  and the Master  Servicer's  good faith  estimate of the
related liquidation expenses to be incurred in connection therewith.  The Master
Servicing Agreement provides that the Master Servicer may satisfy its obligation
to cause  hazard  policies to be  maintained  by  maintaining  a blanket  policy
insuring  against  losses on such Mortgaged  Properties.  If such blanket policy
contains a deductible  clause,  the Master Servicer will be obligated to deposit
in the Collection  Account the sums which would have been deposited  therein but
for such clause.  The Master Servicer will initially satisfy these  requirements
by maintaining a blanket policy.  As set forth above,  all amounts  collected by
the Master Servicer (net of any reimbursements to the Master Servicer) under any
hazard policy (except for amounts to be applied to the  restoration or repair of
the Mortgaged Property) will ultimately be deposited in the Collection Account.

         In general,  the  standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the  improvements on the property by
fire, lightning,  explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, and the like, strike and
civil  commotion,  subject to the conditions  and  exclusions  specified in each
policy.   Although  the  policies   relating  to  the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be
underwritten  by different  insurers and  therefore  will not contain  identical
terms and  conditions,  the basic terms  thereof are  dictated by state laws and
most of such policies  typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from
the  following:   war,  revolution,   governmental  actions,  floods  and  other
water-related  causes,  earth movement  (including  earthquakes,  landslides and
mudflows),  nuclear  reactions,  wet or dry rot,  vermin,  rodents,  insects  or
domestic animals,  theft and, in certain cases vandalism.  The foregoing list is
merely  indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be
all-inclusive or an exact description of the insurance  policies relating to the
Mortgaged Properties.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS [LOANS]

         The Master Servicer will foreclose upon or otherwise comparably convert
to ownership Mortgaged Properties securing such of the Mortgage Loans [Loans] as
come into default when in accordance with applicable  servicing procedures under
the Master Servicing Agreement, no satisfactory arrangements can be made for the
collection of delinquent payments.  In connection with such foreclosure or other
conversion, the Master Servicer will follow such practices as it deems necessary
or  advisable  and as are in  keeping  with  its  general  subordinate  mortgage
servicing  activities,  provided  the Master  Servicer  will not be  required to
expend  its own  funds in  connection  with  foreclosure  or  other  conversion,
correction of default on a related  senior  mortgage loan or  restoration of any
property  unless,  in  its  sole  judgment,  such  foreclosure,   correction  or
restoration will increase net Liquidation Proceeds.  The Master Servicer will be
reimbursed  out of  Liquidation  Proceeds  for  advances  of its  own  funds  as
liquidation  expenses  before any Net  Liquidation  Proceeds are  distributed to
Holders or the [Transferor][Seller].  "Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect to
a Mortgage Loan is the amount  received upon  liquidation  of such Mortgage Loan
reduced by related expenses, which may include the amount advanced in respect of
a senior mortgage,  up to the unpaid Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loan plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         With respect to each Collection Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the Master Servicer will retain from interest  collections in respect of
the Mortgage Loan a portion of such interest  collections as a monthly Servicing
Fee in the  amount  equal  to ___%  per  annum  ("Servicing  Fee  Rate")  on the
aggregate  Principal  Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the first day of each
such Collection Period. All assumption fees, late payment charges and other fees
and charges,  to the extent  collected from  borrowers,  will be retained by the
Master Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

         The Master Servicer will pay certain ongoing  expenses  associated with
the Trust and incurred by it in connection with its  responsibilities  under the
Servicing  Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  payment of the fees and
disbursements  of the Trustee,  any  custodian  appointed  by the  Trustee,  the
Registrar  and any  paying  agent.  In  addition,  the Master  Servicer  will be
entitled to reimbursement for certain expenses incurred by it in connection with
defaulted  Mortgage  Loans and in connection  with the  restoration of Mortgaged
Properties,  such right of reimbursement being prior to the rights of Holders to
receive any related Net Liquidation Proceeds.

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

         The  Notes  will  be  issued  pursuant  to the  Indenture  dated  as of
___________, 199_, between the Trust and _______________,  as Indenture Trustee.
The  Certificates  will be issued  pursuant to the Trust  Agreement  dated as of
______________,  199_, among the Depositor,  __________, and ______________,  as
Owner  Trustee.  The  following  summaries  describe  certain  provisions of the
Securities,  Indenture and Trust  Agreement.  The summaries do not purport to be
complete and are subject to, and  qualified in their  entirety by reference  to,
the provisions of the applicable  agreement.  As used herein,  "Agreement" shall
mean either the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, as the context requires.

         The Securities will be issued in fully  registered,  certificated  form
only.  The  Securities  will be  freely  transferable  and  exchangeable  at the
corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, with respect to the Certificates or
the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes.

BOOK-ENTRY SECURITIES

         The  Senior   Certificates   will  be  book-entry   Certificates   (the
"Book-Entry Certificates").  Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in
the Senior  Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will hold their  Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States[,  or CEDEL or
Euroclear (in Europe)] if they are  participants of such systems,  or indirectly
through  organizations  which are  participants in such systems.  The Book-Entry
Certificates  will  be  issued  in one or  more  certificates  which  equal  the
aggregate principal balance of the Certificates and will initially be registered
in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC.  [CEDEL and  Euroclear  will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers'  securities
accounts  in  CEDEL's  and  Euroclear's  names on the books of their  respective
depositaries  which in turn will hold such  positions in  customers'  securities
accounts in the depositaries'  names on the books of DTC. Citibank N.A. will act
as depositary  for CEDEL and Chase will act as depositary for Euroclear (in such
capacities,   individually  the  "Relevant   Depositary"  and  collectively  the
"European  Depositaries").]  Investors may hold such beneficial interests in the
Book-Entry  Certificates  in  minimum  denominations   representing  Certificate
Principal Balances of $1,000 and in integral multiples in excess thereof. Except
as described  below,  no person  acquiring a  Book-Entry  Certificate  (each,  a
"beneficial  owner")  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a  physical   certificate
representing  such  Certificate (a "Definitive  Certificate").  Unless and until
Definitive   Certificates   are  issued,   it  is  anticipated   that  the  only
"Certificateholder"  of the Certificates  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Certificate  Owners will not be  Certificateholders  as that term is used in the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.  Certificate  Owners are only  permitted  to
exercise their rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

DISTRIBUTIONS

         On each  Distribution  Date,  collections on the Mortgage Loans will be
applied in the following order of priority:

                           (i)      to the Master Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

                           (ii) as payment for the accrued  interest due and any
                  overdue accrued interest on the respective  Security Principal
                  Balance of the Notes and the Certificates;

                           (iii) as principal on the  Securities,  the excess of
                  Principal  Collections over Additional Balances created during
                  the preceding  Collection Period,  such amount to be allocated
                  between the Notes and  Certificates  pro rata,  based on their
                  respective Security Principal Balances;

                           (iv) as principal on the  Securities,  as payment for
                  any Liquidation Loss Amounts on the Mortgage Loans;

                           (v)      as payment for the premium  for  the [Letter
                  of Credit][Surety Bond];

                           (vi)     to reimburse prior draws made on the [Letter
                  of Credit][Surety Bond]; and

                           (vii) any remaining amounts to the Seller.

         As to any  Distribution  Date, the "Collection  Period" is the calendar
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

         "Liquidation Loss Amount" means with respect to any Liquidated Mortgage
Loan, the  unrecovered  Principal  Balance  thereof at the end of the Collection
Period in which such  Mortgage  Loan  became a  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan after
giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection therewith.

INTEREST

         Note  Rate.  Interest  will  accrue on the  unpaid  Security  Principal
Balance of the Notes at the per annum rate (the  "Note  Rate")  equal to __% per
annum  from the  Closing  Date to the  first  Distribution  Date and  thereafter
interest will accrue on the Notes from and including the preceding  Distribution
Date to but excluding such current Distribution Date (each, an "Interest Accrual
Period") at [a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as defined herein) plus __%] [__%].
[Interest  will be  calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in each
Interest  Accrual  Period by 360.] A failure to pay interest on any Notes on any
Distribution  Date that continues for five days  constitutes an Event of Default
under the Indenture.

         Pass-Through  Rate.   Interest  will  accrue  on  the  unpaid  Security
Principal  Balance of the Certificates at the per annum rate (the  "Pass-Through
Rate")  equal to __% per annum from the Closing  Date to the first  Distribution
Date and thereafter  interest will accrue on the  Certificates for each Interest
Accrual Period at [a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as defined  herein) plus __%]
[__%]. [Interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in
each Interest  Accrual  Period divided by 360.] A failure to pay interest on any
Certificates on any  Distribution  Date that continues for five days constitutes
an Event of Default under the Trust Agreement.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

         The Trust will terminate on the Distribution Date following the earlier
of (i) _________________________ and (ii) the final payment or other liquidation
of the last  Mortgage Loan in the Trust.  The Mortgage  Loans will be subject to
optional  repurchase by the Master Servicer on any  Distribution  Date after the
Principal  Balance is reduced to an amount  less than or equal to $_____ (__% of
the initial Principal Balance). The repurchase price will be equal to the sum of
the outstanding Principal Balance and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the
weighted  average  of the  Loan  Rates  through  the  day  preceding  the  final
Distribution Date.

                                 THE DEPOSITOR

         IndyMac ABS, Inc., the Depositor,  is a Delaware corporation  organized
on April 29, 1998 for the limited purpose of acquiring,  owning and transferring
mortgage related assets and selling  interests therein or bonds secured thereby.
It is a  limited  purpose  finance  subsidiary  of  IndyMac,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation.  The Depositor  maintains  its  principal  office at 155 North Lake
Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its telephone number is 800-669-2300.

                                  THE INDENTURE

         The following  summary  describes  certain terms of the Indenture.  The
summary  does not purport to be complete  and is subject  to, and  qualified  by
reference to, the provisions of the Indenture.  Whenever  particular sections or
defined  terms of the  Indenture are referred to, such sections or defined terms
are  thereby   incorporated  herein  by  reference.   See  "Description  of  the
Securities" herein for a summary of certain additional terms of the Indenture.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

         The  Indenture   Trustee  will  mail  to  each   Noteholder,   at  such
Noteholder's request, at its address listed on the Note Register maintained with
the Indenture  Trustee a report  setting forth certain  amounts  relating to the
Notes.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

         With respect to the Notes, "Events of Default" under the Indenture will
consist of: (i) a default  for five days or more in the payment of any  interest
on any  Note;  (ii)  a  default  in  the  payment  of  the  principal  of or any
installment  of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable;
(iii) a default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of
the Trust made in the Indenture,  which default materially affects the rights of
the  Noteholders,  and the  continuation  of any such default for a period of 30
days after notice  thereof is given to the Trust by the Indenture  Trustee or to
the Trust and the Indenture  Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding;  (iv) any  representation or warranty made
by the Trust in the Indenture or in any certificate  delivered  pursuant thereto
or in connection therewith having been incorrect in a material respect as of the
time made,  and such  breach not having been cured  within 30 days after  notice
thereof is given to the Trust by the  Indenture  Trustee or to the Trust and the
Indenture  Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in  principal  amount of Notes
then outstanding; or (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership
or  liquidation  of the Trust.  [The amount of principal  required to be paid to
Noteholders  under the Indenture will generally be limited to amounts  available
to be  deposited  in the  Collection  Account.  Therefore,  the  failure  to pay
principal on the Notes  generally  will not result in the occurrence of an Event
of Default until the final scheduled Distribution Date for such Notes.] If there
is an Event of Default with respect to a Note due to late payment or  nonpayment
of  interest  due on a Note,  additional  interest  will  accrue on such  unpaid
interest  at the  interest  rate on the Note (to the extent  lawful)  until such
interest is paid.  Such  additional  interest on unpaid interest shall be due at
the time such  interest  is paid.  If there is an Event of  Default  due to late
payment or nonpayment  of principal on a Note,  interest will continue to accrue
on such principal at the interest rate on the Note until such principal is paid.
If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the Notes,
the Indenture Trustee or holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes then
outstanding  may declare the principal of such Notes to be  immediately  due and
payable. Such declaration may, under certain circumstances,  be rescinded by the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.  If the
Notes are due and payable  following an Event of Default  with respect  thereto,
the  Indenture  Trustee  may  institute  proceedings  to collect  amounts due or
foreclose on Trust property or exercise remedies as a secured party. If an Event
of Default  occurs and is  continuing  with respect to the Notes,  the Indenture
Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of the rights or powers
under the  Indenture  at the request or  direction  of any of the holders of the
Notes, if the Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes it will not be adequately
indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which might be incurred
by  it  in  complying   with  such  request.   Subject  to  the  provisions  for
indemnification and certain limitations contained in the Indenture,  the holders
of a majority in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes will have the right
to direct the time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding or any remedy
available to the Indenture  Trustee,  and the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes then  outstanding  may, in certain cases,  waive any default
with respect  thereto,  except a default in the payment of principal or interest
or a default in respect of a covenant or provision of the Indenture  that cannot
be modified  without the waiver or consent of all the holders of the outstanding
Notes.  No holder of a Note will have the right to institute any proceeding with
respect  to the  Indenture,  unless  (i) such  holder  previously  has given the
Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing  Event of Default,  (ii) the
holders of not less than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes have
made written  request to the Indenture  Trustee to institute such  proceeding in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered the
Indenture Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction  inconsistent with
such written  request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee during the 60-day
period by the  holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Notes.  In
addition,  the Indenture  Trustee and the  Noteholders,  by accepting the Notes,
will  covenant  that they will not at any time  institute  against the Trust any
bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other  proceeding  under  any  federal  or state
bankruptcy  or similar  law.  With respect to the Trust,  neither the  Indenture
Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in its  individual  capacity,  nor any holder of a
Certificate  representing  an  ownership  interest in the Trust nor any of their
respective  owners,  beneficiaries,   agents,  officers,  directors,  employees,
affiliates,  successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express  agreement
to the  contrary,  be  personally  liable for the payment of the principal of or
interest  on the  Notes or for the  agreements  of the  Trust  contained  in the
Indenture.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

         The Indenture will provide that the Trust may not  consolidate  with or
merge into any other entity,  unless (i) the entity formed by or surviving  such
consolidation  or merger is organized  under the laws of the United States,  any
state or the  District  of  Columbia,  (ii) such  entity  expressly  assumes the
Trust's  obligation  to make due and  punctual  payments  upon the Notes and the
performance  or  observance of any agreement and covenant of the Trust under the
Indenture,  (iii) no Event of Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing
immediately after such merger or consolidation,  (iv) the Trust has been advised
that the  ratings  of the  Securities  then in effect  would not be  reduced  or
withdrawn by any Rating Agency as a result of such merger or  consolidation  and
(v) the Trust has  received  an  opinion  of  counsel  to the  effect  that such
consolidation  or merger would have no material  adverse tax  consequence to the
Trust or to any Noteholder or Certificateholder. The Trust will not, among other
things,  (i) except as expressly  permitted by the  Indenture,  sell,  transfer,
exchange or otherwise  dispose of any of the assets of the Trust, (ii) claim any
credit on or make any  deduction  from the  principal  and  interest  payable in
respect of the Notes (other than amounts  withheld  under the Code or applicable
state law) or assert any claim  against  any  present or former  holder of Notes
because  of the  payment  of taxes  levied or  assessed  upon the  Trust,  (iii)
dissolve  or  liquidate  in  whole or in  part,  (iv)  permit  the  validity  or
effectiveness  of the  Indenture  to be  impaired  or  permit  any  person to be
released from any covenants or  obligations  with respect to the Notes under the
Indenture except as may be expressly  permitted  thereby or (v) permit any lien,
charge excise,  claim,  security  interest,  mortgage or other encumbrance to be
created  on or extend to or  otherwise  arise  upon or burden  the assets of the
Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.  The
Trust may not engage in any activity  other than as specified  under "The Trust"
herein.  The Trust will not incur,  assume or guarantee any  indebtedness  other
than indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Notes and the Indenture.

ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

         The Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture  Trustee
a  written  statement  as to  the  fulfillment  of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.

INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT

         The  Indenture  Trustee  will  be  required  to mail  each  year to all
Noteholders a report relating to any change in its eligibility and qualification
to continue as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, any amounts advanced by it
under  the  Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate  and  maturity  date of any
indebtedness  owing by the  Trust to the  Indenture  Trustee  in its  individual
capacity,  any change in the property and funds physically held by the Indenture
Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially affects the Notes and
that has not been  previously  reported,  but if no such changes have  occurred,
then no report shall be required.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

         The  Indenture  will  be  discharged  with  respect  to the  collateral
securing the Notes upon the delivery to the Indenture  Trustee for  cancellation
of all the Notes or, with certain  limitations,  upon deposit with the Indenture
Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE

         With the consent of the holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of
the Notes then  outstanding,  the Trust and the Indenture  Trustee may execute a
supplemental  indenture to add  provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate
any provisions of, the  Indenture,  or modify (except as provided  below) in any
manner the rights of the Noteholders.  Without the consent of the holder of each
outstanding Note affected thereby,  however, no supplemental indenture will: (i)
change the due date of any  installment  of principal of or interest on any Note
or reduce the principal amount thereof,  the interest rate specified  thereon or
the redemption  price with respect  thereto or change any place of payment where
or the coin or  currency in which any Note or any  interest  thereon is payable;
(ii)  impair  the  right  to  institute  suit  for the  enforcement  of  certain
provisions of the Indenture  regarding  payment;  (iii) reduce the percentage of
the aggregate  amount of the  outstanding  Notes,  the consent of the holders of
which is required for any  supplemental  indenture or the consent of the holders
of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the
Indenture or of certain defaults  thereunder and their  consequences as provided
for in the  Indenture;  (iv)  modify or alter the  provisions  of the  Indenture
regarding  the voting of Notes held by the Trust,  the Depositor or an affiliate
of any of them; (v) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes  required  to amend  the  sections  of the  Indenture  which  specify  the
applicable  percentage of aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes necessary to
amend the  Indenture or certain  other  related  agreements;  or (vi) permit the
creation  of any  lien  ranking  prior  to or on a  parity  with the lien of the
Indenture  with  respect to any of the  collateral  for the Notes or,  except as
otherwise permitted or contemplated in the Indenture,  terminate the lien of the
Indenture  on any such  collateral  or  deprive  the  holder  of any Note of the
security  afforded  by the lien of the  Indenture.  The Trust and the  Indenture
Trustee  may also enter into  supplemental  indentures,  without  obtaining  the
consent of the Noteholders,  for the purpose of, among other things,  adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of
the  Indenture  or of  modifying  in any manner  the rights of the  Noteholders;
provided that such action will not materially and adversely  affect the interest
of any Noteholder.

VOTING RIGHTS

         At all times, the voting rights of Noteholders under the Indenture will
be  allocated  among the Notes pro rata in  accordance  with  their  outstanding
principal balances.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR

         Neither the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee nor any director,  officer
or  employee  of the  Depositor  or the  Indenture  Trustee  will be  under  any
liability  to the Trust or the related  Noteholders  for any action taken or for
refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Indenture
or for  errors  in  judgment;  provided,  however,  that  none of the  Indenture
Trustee,  the Depositor and any  director,  officer or employee  thereof will be
protected  against any liability  which would  otherwise be imposed by reason of
willful malfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
or by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and  duties  under  the
Indenture.  Subject  to  certain  limitations  set forth in the  Indenture,  the
Indenture Trustee and any director,  officer, employee or agent of the Indenture
Trustee shall be  indemnified  by the Trust and held harmless  against any loss,
liability or expense  incurred in connection  with  investigating,  preparing to
defend or defending any legal action,  commenced or threatened,  relating to the
Indenture  other  than any loss,  liability  or  expense  incurred  by reason of
willful  malfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of its
duties  under  such  Indenture  or  by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of  its
obligations  and duties under the  Indenture.  Any such  indemnification  by the
Trust will reduce the amount distributable to the Noteholders.  All persons into
which the Indenture  Trustee may be merged or with which it may be  consolidated
or any person resulting from such merger or consolidation shall be the successor
of the Indenture Trustee under each Indenture.

                               THE TRUST AGREEMENT

         The following  summary  describes certain terms of the Trust Agreement.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and  qualified by
reference  to,  the  provisions  of the  Trust  Agreement.  Whenever  particular
sections or defined terms of the Trust  Agreement are referred to, such sections
or defined terms are thereby incorporated herein by reference.  See "Description
of the Securities" herein for a summary of certain additional terms of the Trust
Agreement.

AMENDMENT

         The Trust  Agreement  may be  amended  by the  Depositor  and the Owner
Trustee,  without consent of the Holders,  to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or
supplement  any  provision  or for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to or
changing  in any  manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  thereof  or of
modifying in any manner the rights of such Holders; provided, however, that such
action will not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Owner
Trustee,  adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders.
The Trust  Agreement  may also be amended by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee
with the consent of the holders of  Certificates  evidencing at least a majority
in principal amount of then  outstanding  Certificates and Holders owning Voting
Interests  (as  herein  defined)  aggregating  not less than a  majority  of the
aggregate  Voting  Interests  for the  purpose  of adding any  provisions  to or
changing  in any  manner  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of the  Trust
Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders.

INSOLVENCY EVENT

         "Insolvency  Event"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  any of the
following events or actions; certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshalling  of assets and  liabilities or similar  proceedings  with respect to
such  Person and  certain  actions by such  Person  indicating  its  insolvency,
reorganization  pursuant  to  bankruptcy  proceedings  or  inability  to pay its
obligations.  Upon  termination of the Trust, the Owner Trustee shall direct the
Indenture  Trustee  promptly  to sell the  assets of the Trust  (other  than the
Collection  Account) in a  commercially  reasonable  manner and on  commercially
reasonable terms. The proceeds from any such sale, disposition or liquidation of
the Mortgage  Loans will be treated as  collections  on the  Mortgage  Loans and
deposited in the Collection  Account.  The Trust Agreement will provide that the
Owner  Trustee  does not have the power to  commence a voluntary  proceeding  in
bankruptcy with respect to the Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all
Holders  (including  the  Depositor)  of the Trust and the delivery to the Owner
Trustee by each Holder  (including  the  Depositor) of a certificate  certifying
that the Holder reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.

LIABILITY OF THE DEPOSITOR

         Under  the  Trust  Agreement,  the  Depositor  will  agree to be liable
directly  to an  injured  party for the  entire  amount of any  losses,  claims,
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Holder in
the capacity of an investor  with respect to the Trust)  arising out of or based
on the arrangement created by the Trust Agreement.

VOTING INTERESTS

         As of any date,  the aggregate  principal  balance of all  Certificates
outstanding  will  constitute  the voting  interest of the Issuer  (the  "Voting
Interests"),   except  that,  for  purposes  of  determining  Voting  Interests,
Certificates  owned by the Issuer or its  affiliates  (other than the Depositor)
will be  disregarded  and deemed not to be  outstanding,  and  except  that,  in
determining  whether the Owner  Trustee is  protected  in relying  upon any such
request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent or waiver,  only
Certificates that the Owner Trustee knows to be so owned will be so disregarded.
Certificates  so owned that have been  pledged in good faith may be  regarded as
outstanding if the pledgee  establishes to the satisfaction of the Owner Trustee
the  pledgor's  right so to act with respect to such  Certificates  and that the
pledgee is not the Issuer or its affiliates.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR

         Neither the Depositor,  the Owner Trustee nor any director,  officer or
employee of the  Depositor or the Owner  Trustee will be under any  liability to
the Trust or the related Holders for any action taken or for refraining from the
taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Trust Agreement or for errors
in judgment;  provided,  however,  that none of the Owner Trustee, the Depositor
and any  director,  officer or employee  thereof will be  protected  against any
liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful malfeasance, bad
faith or gross  negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless
disregard  of  obligations  and  duties  under the Trust  Agreement.  Subject to
certain limitations set forth in the Trust Agreement,  the Owner Trustee and any
director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Owner Trustee shall be indemnified
by the Trust and held harmless  against any loss,  liability or expense incurred
in  connection  with  investigating,  preparing to defend or defending any legal
action, commenced or threatened,  relating to the Trust Agreement other than any
loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of willful malfeasance,  bad faith
or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties under such Trust Agreement
or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Trust
Agreement.  Any  such  indemnification  by the  Trust  will  reduce  the  amount
distributable  to the Holders.  All persons into which the Owner  Trustee may be
merged or with which it may be  consolidated  or any person  resulting from such
merger or  consolidation  shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee under each
Trust Agreement.


                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

         The  _________________,  in its capacity as  Administrator,  will enter
into the Administration  Agreement with the Trust and the Owner Trustee pursuant
to  which  the  Administrator  will  agree,  to  the  extent  provided  in  such
Administration  Agreement,  to provide notices and perform other  administrative
obligations required by the Indenture and the Trust Agreement.


                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

         [ ] is the Indenture  Trustee under the Indenture.  The mailing address
of the Indenture Trustee is [ ], Attention: Corporate Trust Department.


                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

         [ ] is the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement. The mailing address
of the Owner Trustee is [ ], Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be applied by the
Depositor towards the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.


                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         Prospective   purchasers   should  see  "Certain   Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences"  in the Prospectus for a discussion of the  application of certain
federal income and state tax laws to the Trust Fund and the Securities.


                             STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

         In  addition  to the  federal  income  tax  consequences  described  in
"Certain Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  herein,  potential  investors should
consider the state income tax  consequences of the acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition of the Securities offered hereunder. State income tax law may differ
substantially  from the corresponding  federal tax law, and this discussion does
not  purport  to  describe  any  aspect  of the  income  tax laws of any  state.
Therefore,  potential  investors  should  consult  their own tax  advisors  with
respect to the various tax consequences of investments in the Securities offered
hereunder.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

         The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA") and Section 4975 of the Code impose certain  restrictions  on employee
benefit plans subject to ERISA or plans or arrangements  subject to Section 4975
of the Code ("Plans") and on persons who are parties in interest or disqualified
persons  ("parties in interest")  with respect to such Plans.  Certain  employee
benefit plans,  such as governmental  plans and church plans (if no election has
been made under section 410(d) of the Code), are not subject to the restrictions
of ERISA,  and assets of such plans may be  invested in the  Securities  without
regard to the ERISA considerations  described below, subject to other applicable
federal and state law.  However,  any such  governmental or church plan which is
qualified  under  section  401(a) of the Code and  exempt  from  taxation  under
section  501(a) of the Code is subject to the prohibited  transaction  rules set
forth in section 503 of the Code. Any Plan  fiduciary  which proposes to cause a
Plan to acquire any of the  Securities  should  consult  with its  counsel  with
respect to the potential  consequences  under ERISA, and the Code, of the Plan's
acquisition and ownership of the Securities.  See "ERISA  Considerations" in the
Prospectus.  Investments by Plans are also subject to ERISA's general  fiduciary
requirements,   including   the   requirement   of   investment   prudence   and
diversification  and  the  requirement  that a  Plan's  investments  be  made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

GENERAL

         Section 406 of ERISA  prohibits  parties in interest  with respect to a
Plan from engaging in certain  transactions  (including  loans) involving a Plan
and its assets  unless a statutory or  administrative  exemption  applies to the
transaction.  Section 4975 of the Code imposes certain excise taxes (or, in some
cases,  a civil penalty may be assessed  pursuant to section 502(i) of ERISA) on
parties in interest which engage in non-exempt prohibited transactions.

PLAN ASSET REGULATION

         The United  States  Department  of Labor  ("Labor")  has  issued  final
regulations  concerning the definition of what  constitutes the assets of a Plan
for purposes of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code (the
"Plan Asset Regulation").  The Plan Asset Regulation describes the circumstances
under which the assets of an entity in which a Plan invests  will be  considered
to be "plan assets" such that any person who exercises  control over such assets
would  be  subject  to  ERISA's  fiduciary  standards.   Under  the  Plan  Asset
Regulation,  generally when a Plan invests in another entity,  the Plan's assets
do not  include,  solely  by reason of such  investment,  any of the  underlying
assets of the entity.  However,  the Plan Asset  Regulation  provides that, if a
Plan   acquires   an  "equity   interest"   in  an  entity  that  is  neither  a
"publicly-offered  security"  (as defined  therein) nor a security  issued by an
investment  company  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, the
assets of the  entity  will be  treated  as assets of the Plan  investor  unless
certain exceptions apply. If the  [Notes/Certificates]  were deemed to be equity
interests and no statutory,  regulatory or administrative exemption applies, the
Trust could be considered  to hold plan assets by reason of a Plan's  investment
in the Notes. Such plan assets would include an undivided interest in any assets
held by the Trust. In such an event, the Trustee and other persons, in providing
services  with respect to the Trust's  assets,  may be parties in interest  with
respect to such Plans,  subject to the  fiduciary  responsibility  provisions of
Title I of ERISA, including the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406
of ERISA,  and Section 4975 of the Code with respect to  transactions  involving
the Trust's assets. Under the Plan Asset Regulation,  the term "equity interest"
is defined as any interest in an entity other than an instrument that is treated
as  indebtedness  under  "applicable  local  law" and which has no  "substantial
equity features."  Although the Plan Assets Regulation is silent with respect to
the question of which law constitutes  "applicable  local law" for this purpose,
Labor has stated  that these  determinations  should be made under the state law
governing  interpretation of the instrument in question.  In the preamble to the
Plan Assets  Regulation,  Labor declined to provide a precise definition of what
features  are equity  features or the  circumstances  under which such  features
would be considered  "substantial," noting that the question of whether a plan's
interest has substantial  equity features is an inherently factual one, but that
in making a  determination  it would be appropriate to take into account whether
the  equity  features  are such that a Plan's  investment  would be a  practical
vehicle for the indirect provision of investment  management  services.  Brown &
Wood LLP ("ERISA  Counsel")  has  rendered  its  opinion  that the Notes will be
classified  as  indebtedness  without  substantial  equity  features  for  ERISA
purposes.  ERISA  Counsel's  opinion is based  upon the terms of the Notes,  the
opinion of Tax Counsel that the Notes will be classified as debt instruments for
federal  income tax  purposes  and the ratings  which have been  assigned to the
Notes.  However,  if contrary to ERISA Counsel's opinion the Notes are deemed to
be equity interests in the Trust and no statutory,  regulatory or administrative
exemption  applies,  the Trust could be considered to hold plan assets by reason
of a Plan's investment in the Notes.

THE UNDERWRITER'S EXEMPTION

         Labor has granted to [_______ ] (the  "Underwriter")  an administrative
exemption  (Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption  _____ (the  "Exemption"))  which
exempts from the  application of the prohibited  transaction  rules of ERISA and
the  related  excise tax  provisions  of Section  4975 of the Code  transactions
relating  to: (i) the  acquisition,  sale and  holding by Plans of  certificates
representing an undivided interest in certain asset backed  pass-through  trusts
with  respect  to which the  Underwriter  or any of its  affiliates  is the sole
underwriter or the manager or co-manager of the underwriting syndicate; and (ii)
the  servicing,  operation  and  management  of such asset  backed  pass-through
trusts,  provided that the general  conditions and certain other  conditions set
forth  in  the  Exemption  are  satisfied.  The  Exemption  will  apply  to  the
acquisition,  holding and resale of the  Certificates  by a Plan  provided  that
certain conditions (some of which are described below) are met.

         Among the conditions  that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply
are the following:

                           (1) the acquisition of the  Certificates by a Plan is
                  on terms (including the price for the  Certificates)  that are
                  at least as favorable to the Plan as they would be in an arm's
                  length transaction with an unrelated party;

                           (2)  the  rights  and   interest   evidenced  by  the
                  Certificates  acquired by the Plan are not subordinated to the
                  rights and interests  evidenced by other  Certificates  of the
                  trust;

                           (3)  the  Certificates  acquired  by  the  Plan  have
                  received a rating at the time of such  acquisition that is one
                  of the three highest  generic  rating  categories  from either
                  Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's Investors Service, Inc,
                  Duff & Phelps Inc. or Fitch IBCA, Inc.;

                           (4)  the  trustee  must  not be an  affiliate  of the
                  Underwriter,  the Trustee,  any Master  Servicer,  any obligor
                  with  respect to assets  held in the Trust  Fund  constituting
                  more than five percent of the aggregate  unamortized principal
                  balance of the assets in the Trust;

                           (5) the sum of all  payments  made to and retained by
                  the  Underwriters in connection  with the  distribution of the
                  Certificates  represents not more than reasonable compensation
                  for  underwriting  the  Certificates;  the sum of all payments
                  made to and retain by the Issuer pursuant to the assignment of
                  the Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund  represents not more than
                  the fair market value of such Mortgage  Loans;  the sum of all
                  payments made to and retained by the servicer  represents  not
                  more than reasonable  compensation for such person's  services
                  under a pooling and servicing  agreement and reimbursements of
                  such person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and

                           (6) the  Plan  investing  in the  Certificates  is an
                  "accredited   investor"  as  defined  in  Rule   501(a)(1)  of
                  Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under
                  the Securities Act of 1933.

         The  Underwriter   believes  that  the  Exemption  will  apply  to  the
acquisition and holding of the  Certificates by Plans and that all conditions of
the Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be met.

REVIEW BY PLAN FIDUCIARIES

         Any   Plan    fiduciary    considering    whether   to   purchase   any
[Notes/Certificates]  on  behalf  of a Plan  should  consult  with  its  counsel
regarding the  applicability  of the  fiduciary  responsibility  and  prohibited
transaction  provisions  of ERISA and the Code to such  investment.  Among other
things, before purchasing any [Notes/Certificates], a fiduciary of a Plan should
make  its  own  determination  as to  whether  the  Trust,  as  obligor  on  the
[Notes/Certificates],  is a party in  interest  with  respect  to the Plan,  the
availability of the exemptive relief provided in the Plan Asset  Regulations and
the  availability of any other  prohibited  transaction  exemptions.  Purchasers
should analyze whether the decision may have an impact with respect to purchases
of the [Notes/Certificates].


                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The appropriate  characterization of the Securities under various legal
investment  restrictions,  and thus the  ability of  investors  subject to these
restrictions to purchase Securities,  may be subject to significant interpretive
uncertainties.  All  investors  whose  investment  authority is subject to legal
restrictions  should consult their own legal advisors to determine whether,  and
to what extent,  the Securities will constitute legal  investments for them. The
Depositor  makes no  representation  as to the  proper  characterization  of the
Securities for legal investment or financial institution regulatory purposes, or
as  to  the  ability  of  particular  investors  to  purchase  Securities  under
applicable legal investment restrictions. The uncertainties described above (and
any unfavorable future  determinations  concerning legal investment or financial
institution  regulatory  characteristics of the Securities) may adversely affect
the liquidity of the Securities.


                                  [UNDERWRITING

         Subject  to the terms  and  conditions  set  forth in the  Underwriting
Agreement,  the Depositor has agreed to sell to [____] (the "Underwriter"),  and
the Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the Depositor,  the Securities.  The
Underwriter  is obligated to purchase all the  Securities  offered hereby if any
are purchased.  Distribution  of the Securities  will be made by the Underwriter
from time to time in negotiated  transactions  or otherwise at varying prices to
be determined at the time of sale.  Proceeds to the Depositor are expected to be
$________________  from the sale of the Notes and $___________  from the sale of
the  Certificates,  before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor  of
$_________.  In  connection  with the purchase and sale of the  Securities,  the
Underwriter  may be deemed to have received  compensation  from the Depositor in
the form of underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions.

         The Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the Depositor will indemnify
the Underwriter  against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, or contribute  payments the  Underwriter may be required
to make in respect  thereof.  The Depositor is an affiliate of the  Underwriter.
The Underwriter is an affiliate of the Depositor.]


                             [METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

         This  Prospectus  Supplement  and  the  Prospectus  are to be  used  by
Countrywide  Securities  Corporation,  an  affiliate  of IndyMac  ABS,  Inc. and
IndyMac,  Inc.,  in  connection  with offers and sales  related to market making
transactions in the Securities in which Countrywide  Securities Corporation acts
as principal.  Countrywide  Securities Corporation may also act as agent in such
transactions.  Sales will be made at prices related to the prevailing  prices at
the time of sale.]


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   
         The validity of the  Securities,  including  certain federal income tax
matters with respect  thereto,  will be passed upon for the Depositor by Brown &
Wood LLP,  New York,  New York.  Certain  matters of Delaware law will be passed
upon by Richards, Layton & Finger,  Wilmington,  Delaware. Certain legal matters
with  respect  to the  Securities  will be passed  upon for the  Underwriter  by
__________________________.
    


                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition to issuance that each Class of the Notes be rated not
lower than  "_________" by [ ] and _______ by [ ]. It is a condition to issuance
that  the  Certificates  be rated  at  least  "___"  by [ ] and  "___" by [ ]. A
securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by  Certificateholders
and Noteholders of  distributions  on the Mortgage Loans.  The rating takes into
consideration  the  structural,  legal  and  tax  aspects  associated  with  the
Certificates  and  Notes.  The  ratings  on  the  Securities  do  not,  however,
constitute  statements  regarding the  possibility  that  Certificateholders  or
Noteholders might realize a lower than anticipated yield. A securities rating is
not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or hold  securities  and may be  subject to
revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning  rating  organization.  Each
securities  rating  should be  evaluated  independently  of  similar  ratings on
different securities.

         [The ratings  assigned by Duff & Phelps  Credit  Rating Co.  ("DCR") to
securities  address  the  likelihood  of the  receipt  by the  holders  of  such
securities of all distributions to which they are entitled under the transaction
structure.  DCR's ratings reflect its analysis of the riskiness of the mortgages
and its  analysis  of the  structure  of the  transaction  as set  forth  in the
operative  documents.  DCR's  ratings do not  address the effect on yield on the
securities attributable to prepayments or recoveries on the underlying assets.]

         [The  ratings  assigned by Fitch IBCA,  Inc.  ("Fitch")  to  securities
address the likelihood of the receipt of all  distributions on the assets by the
related  holders  of  securities  under the  agreements  pursuant  to which such
securities  are  issued.  Fitch's  ratings  take into  consideration  the credit
quality of the related pool, including any credit support providers,  structural
and legal aspects  associated with such securities,  and the extent to which the
payment  stream on the pool is  adequate to make the  payments  required by such
securities.

         Fitch  ratings  on  such  securities  do  not,  however,  constitute  a
statement regarding frequency of prepayments of the assets.]

         [The ratings assigned by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by holders of securities of all
distributions to which such holders of securities are entitled.  Moody's ratings
on  securities do not  represent  any  assessment  of the  likelihood or rate of
principal  prepayments.  The ratings do not address the possibility that holders
of  securities  might  suffer a lower  than  anticipated  yield  as a result  of
prepayments.]

         [The ratings assigned by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a Division of
The  McGraw-Hill  Companies  ("Standard & Poor's"),  to  securities  address the
likelihood  of the  receipt of all  distributions  on the assets by the  related
holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such securities are
issued.  Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the credit quality of
the related pool,  including any credit support providers,  structural and legal
aspects  associated  with such  securities,  and the extent to which the payment
stream on such pool is adequate to make  payments  required by such  securities.
Standard & Poor's ratings on such  certificates  do not,  however,  constitute a
statement  regarding  frequency of prepayments on the related assets. The letter
"r" attached to a Standard & Poor's  rating  highlights  derivative,  hybrid and
certain other types of securities that Standard & Poor's believes may experience
high volatility or high variability in expected returns due to non-credit risks.
The absence of an "r" symbol in the rating of a class of  securities  should not
be taken as an  indication  that such  securities  will exhibit no volatility or
variability in total return.]

         The Depositor has not requested a rating of the Offered Certificates by
any rating  agency other than the Rating  Agencies;  there can be no  assurance,
however,   as  to  whether  any  other  rating  agency  will  rate  the  Offered
Certificates  or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by such other rating
agency.  The  rating  assigned  by  such  other  rating  agency  to the  Offered
Certificates  could be lower than the respective  ratings assigned by the Rating
Agencies.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                      <C> 

- -------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------

NO   DEALER,   SALESMAN   OR  OTHER   PERSON  HAS  BEEN
AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATION   NOT   CONTAINED  IN  THIS   PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  OR THE  PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE,                    $______________
SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY THE DEPOSITOR OR THE
UNDERWRITER.   THIS   PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE
PROSPECTUS   DO  NOT   CONSTITUTE   AN   OFFER  OF  ANY
SECURITIES  OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH THEY RELATE OR AN
OFFER TO SELL,  OR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY,                    HOME EQUITY LOAN
TO ANY PERSON IN ANY  JURISDICTION  WHERE SUCH AN OFFER                      TRUST 199___
OR   SOLICITATION   WOULD  BE  UNLAWFUL.   NEITHER  THE            $______ [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE
DELIVERY  OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT   AND  THE                   ASSET BACKED NOTES
PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER            $______ [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE
ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT THE               ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.

                    ---------------                                       IndyMac ABS, Inc.
                                                                             (Depositor)
                   TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                Page                      
                                                ----
                                                                       PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                 PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT                                       [ , 199 ]

Summary of Terms
Risk Factors
The Trust                                                                   [UNDERWRITER]
The [Letter of Credit][Surety Bond] Issuer 
The Master Servicer                        
The Home Equity Loan Program                                                 
Description of the Mortgage Loans
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations                                        
Description of the Master Servicing Agreement
Description of the Securities
The Depositor
The Indenture
The Trust Agreement
Administration Agreement                                 
The Indenture Trustee
The Owner Trustee
Use of Proceeds
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences
State Tax Consequences
ERISA Considerations
Legal Investment Considerations
Underwriting
Legal Matters
Ratings

                   PROSPECTUS

Prospectus  Supplement or Current  Report on Form 8-K  
Incorporation  of Certain Documents by Reference 
Available Information 
Reports to Securityholders  
Summary of Terms 
Risk Factors 
The Trust Fund 
Use of Proceeds 
The Depositor  
Loan Program
Description of the Securities
- -------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED ________, 1998

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated ______________, 199__)

                              $-------------------
                                  (APPROXIMATE)
                          HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199_-_

            HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-_

                                INDYMAC ABS, INC.
                                    DEPOSITOR

                                 [INDYMAC, INC.]
                           SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER

         Each  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset  Backed   Certificate,   Series  199_-_
(collectively,  the "Certificates")  will represent an undivided interest in the
Home Equity Loan Trust 199_-_ (the  "Trust") to be formed  pursuant to a Pooling
and Servicing Agreement among [IndyMac, Inc. ("IndyMac")],  as Seller and Master
Servicer,  IndyMac ABS, Inc., as Depositor, and [ ], as Trustee. The property of
the Trust will include a pool of [adjustable  rate] home equity revolving credit
line loans made or to be made in the future (the "Mortgage Loans") under certain
home  equity  revolving  credit line loan  agreements.  The  Mortgage  Loans are
secured  primarily  by first and second  deeds of trust or  mortgages on one- to
four-family residential properties.

         The  aggregate  undivided  interest  in the  Trust  represented  by the
Certificates  will, as of  ____________,  199_ (the "Cut-off  Date"),  represent
approximately __% of the outstanding  principal  balances of the Mortgage Loans.
The  remaining   undivided   interest  in  the  Trust  not  represented  by  the
Certificates   (the   "Transferor   Interest")   will   initially  be  equal  to
$_________________,  which  as of the  Cut-off  Date  is _% of  the  outstanding
principal  balances of the Mortgage  Loans.  Only the  Certificates  are offered
hereby.

         Distributions  of principal  and interest on the  Certificates  will be
made on the  __________th  day of each  month or, if such date is not a Business
Day,  then  on the  succeeding  Business  Day  (each,  a  "Distribution  Date"),
commencing  ___________,  199_.  On  each  Distribution  Date,  holders  of  the
Certificates  will be  entitled to  receive,  from and to the limited  extent of
funds  available in the Collection  Account (as defined  herein),  distributions
with respect to interest  and  principal  calculated  as set forth  herein.  The
Certificates  are not  guaranteed by the  Depositor,  [IndyMac] or any affiliate
thereof.  [However,  the Certificates  will be  unconditionally  and irrevocably
guaranteed as to the payment of the Guaranteed Distributions (as defined herein)
on  each  Distribution  Date  pursuant  to the  terms  of a  financial  guaranty
insurance policy (the "Policy") to be issued by

                                    [INSURER]

                                 ---------------

PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD  REVIEW THE  INFORMATION  SET FORTH  UNDER  "RISK
  FACTORS" ON PAGE S-15 HEREIN AND ON PAGE 16 IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.

THE  CERTIFICATES  REPRESENT  INTERESTS  IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT  REPRESENT
   INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE  DEPOSITOR,  [INDYMAC],  THE TRUSTEE OR
      ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED HEREIN. NEITHER
         THE  CERTIFICATES  NOR  THE  MORTGAGE  LOANS  ARE  INSURED  OR
                     GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
      SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
         COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF THIS
               PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                               A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================
<S>                                    <C>                       <C>                      <C>    

                                               Price to               Underwriting             Proceeds to the
                                              Public (1)               Discount(2)              Depositor(3)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Per Certificate....................                           %                        %                          %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total..............................    $                         $                        $
====================================================================================================================

(1)      Plus accrued interest, if any, from _______________, 199_.

(2)      The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the  Underwriter  against certain
         liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $_______________.
</TABLE>

                                 ---------------

         The  Certificates  are offered subject to prior sale and subject to the
Underwriter's  right to reject  orders in whole or in part.  It is expected that
delivery of the  Certificates  will be made in book-entry  form only through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company,  CEDEL S.A. and the Euroclear System
on or about ______________,  199_ (the "Closing Date"). The Certificates will be
offered in Europe and the United States of America.  [This Prospectus Supplement
and the  Prospectus  are to be used by Countrywide  Securities  Corporation,  an
affiliate of IndyMac ABS, Inc. and IndyMac,  Inc., in connection with offers and
sales  related  to  market  making  transactions  in the  Certificates  in which
Countrywide  Securities  Corporation acts as principal.  Countrywide  Securities
Corporation  may also act as agent in such  transactions.  Sales will be made at
prices related to the prevailing prices at the time of sale.]

                                 ---------------







                                  [UNDERWRITER]

________________, 199__.


<PAGE>


                  There is  currently  no market  for the  Certificates  offered
hereby and there can be no  assurance  that such a market will  develop or if it
does  develop  that it will  continue.  See  "Risk  Factors"  herein  and in the
Prospectus.

                  The  Underwriter  intends  to make a  secondary  market in the
Underwritten  Certificates but has no obligation to do so. There is currently no
secondary  market for the Certificates and there can be no assurance that such a
market will  develop or, if it does  develop,  that it will  continue or that it
will  provide  Certificateholders  with  a  sufficient  level  of  liquidity  of
investment.

                  The Certificates  offered hereby constitute part of a separate
series of Home Equity Loan Asset Backed  Certificates  being  offered by IndyMac
ABS, Inc. from time to time pursuant to its  Prospectus  dated  _______________,
199__.  This Prospectus  Supplement does not contain complete  information about
the offering of the  Certificates.  Additional  information  is contained in the
Prospectus and investors are urged to read both this  Prospectus  Supplement and
the Prospectus in full. Sales of the Certificates may not be consummated  unless
the purchaser has received both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.

                  UNTIL   NINETY   DAYS  AFTER  THE  DATE  OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT,  ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CERTIFICATES,  WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS
ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                                 ---------------


<PAGE>


                                     SUMMARY

   
         The following summary of certain pertinent  information is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the  detailed  information  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus.  Certain capitalized
terms used in the Summary are defined elsewhere in the Prospectus  Supplement or
in the  Prospectus.  Reference is made to the Index of Defined  Terms herein and
the Index of Defined  Terms in the  Prospectus  for the  definitions  of certain
capitalized  terms. [To the extent statements  contained herein do not relate to
historical or current information,  this Prospectus  Supplement may be deemed to
consist of forward-looking  statements.  Any such statements,  which may include
but are not limited to statements  contained in "Risk  Factors" and  "Prepayment
and Yield  Considerations,"  inherently  are  subject  to a variety of risks and
uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from those
projected.  Such risks and uncertainties include, among others, general economic
and business conditions,  competition,  changes in foreign political, social and
economic  conditions,  regulatory  initiatives and compliance with  governmental
regulations,  customer preferences and various other matters,  many of which are
beyond the Depositor's control. The Depositor expressly disclaims any obligation
or   undertaking   to  release   publicly   any  updates  or  revisions  to  any
forward-looking  statement  contained  herein  to  reflect  any  change  in  the
Depositor's expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions
or circumstances on which any such statement is based.]
    

Trust..............................     Home  Equity  Loan  Trust   199_-_  (the
                                        "Trust")  will be formed  pursuant  to a
                                        pooling  and  servicing  agreement  (the
                                        "Agreement")   to   be   dated   as   of
                                        ______________,   199_   (the   "Cut-off
                                        Date")     among     [IndyMac,      Inc.
                                        ("IndyMac")],  as  seller  and  servicer
                                        (together  with  any  successor  in such
                                        capacity,  the  "Seller" and the "Master
                                        Servicer",  respectively),  IndyMac ABS,
                                        Inc.,  as depositor  (the  "Depositor"),
                                        and [ ], as trustee (the "Trustee"). The
                                        property  of the Trust will  include:  a
                                        pool of  [adjustable  rate] home  equity
                                        revolving  credit  line loans made or to
                                        be made  in the  future  (the  "Mortgage
                                        Loans"),   under   certain  home  equity
                                        revolving  credit  line loan  agreements
                                        (the  "Credit  Line   Agreements")   and
                                        secured   by  either   first  or  second
                                        mortgages on residential properties that
                                        are   primarily   one-  to   four-family
                                        properties (the "Mortgaged Properties");
                                        the   collections   in  respect  of  the
                                        Mortgage   Loans   received   after  the
                                        Cut-off Date  (exclusive  of payments in
                                        respect  of accrued  interest  due on or
                                        prior to the Cut-off  Date or due in the
                                        month of  _____________);  property that
                                        secured a  Mortgage  Loan which has been
                                        acquired by  foreclosure or deed in lieu
                                        of   foreclosure;   an  irrevocable  and
                                        unconditional limited financial guaranty
                                        insurance  policy  (the  "Policy");   an
                                        assignment  of  the  Depositor's  rights
                                        under the Purchase Agreement (as defined
                                        herein);  rights  under  certain  hazard
                                        insurance    policies    covering    the
                                        Mortgaged Properties;  and certain other
                                        property,   as   described   more  fully
                                        herein.

                                        The  Trust  property  will  include  the
                                        unpaid   principal   balance   of   each
                                        Mortgage  Loan  as of the  Cut-off  Date
                                        (the "Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance")
                                        plus any  additions  thereto as a result
                                        of new  advances  made  pursuant  to the
                                        applicable  Credit Line  Agreement  (the
                                        "Additional  Balances")  during the life
                                        of the Trust.  With respect to any date,
                                        the "Pool  Balance" will be equal to the
                                        aggregate of the  Principal  Balances of
                                        all Mortgage  Loans as of such date. The
                                        aggregate Cut-off Date Principal Balance
                                        of     the     Mortgage     Loans     is
                                        $____________________ (the "Cut-off Date
                                        Pool Balance").  The "Principal Balance"
                                        of  a  Mortgage   Loan   (other  than  a
                                        Liquidated  Mortgage Loan) on any day is
                                        equal  to  its  Cut-off  Date  Principal
                                        Balance,   plus   (i)   any   Additional
                                        Balances  in  respect  of such  Mortgage
                                        Loan,   minus   (ii)   all   collections
                                        credited  against the Principal  Balance
                                        of such Mortgage Loan in accordance with
                                        the related Credit Line Agreement  prior
                                        to such day. The Principal  Balance of a
                                        Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan  (as  defined
                                        herein) after final  recovery of related
                                        Liquidation Proceeds (as defined herein)
                                        shall be zero.

Securities Offered..................    Each  of  the  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset
                                        Backed   Certificates,   Series   199_-_
                                        offered   hereby  (the   "Certificates")
                                        represents an undivided  interest in the
                                        Trust.  Each Certificate  represents the
                                        right to receive payments of interest at
                                        the variable rate  described  below (the
                                        "Certificate  Rate"),  payable  monthly,
                                        and  payments of  principal at such time
                                        and to the extent  provided  below.  The
                                        aggregate   undivided  interest  in  the
                                        Trust represented by the Certificates as
                                        of   the   Closing   Date   will   equal
                                        $__________________    (the    "Original
                                        Invested Amount"),  which represents __%
                                        of the Cut-off  Date Pool  Balance.  The
                                        "Original Certificate Principal Balance"
                                        will     equal      $__________________.
                                        Following   the   Closing   Date,    the
                                        "Invested  Amount"  with  respect to any
                                        date  will  be an  amount  equal  to the
                                        Original  Invested  Amount minus (i) the
                                        amount of Investor Principal Collections
                                        (as    defined    herein)     previously
                                        distributed to  Certificateholders,  and
                                        minus  (ii)  an  amount   equal  to  the
                                        product   of   the   Investor   Floating
                                        Allocation     Percentage     and    the
                                        Liquidation   Loss   Amounts   (each  as
                                        defined  herein).   The  Transferor  (as
                                        described  below) will own the remaining
                                        undivided   interest  (the   "Transferor
                                        Interest") in the Mortgage Loans,  which
                                        is equal to the Pool  Balance  minus the
                                        Invested Amount and will initially equal
                                        approximately  __% of the  Cut-off  Date
                                        Pool  Balance.   The   Transferor   (the
                                        "Transferor")  as of  any  date  is  the
                                        owner of the  Transferor  Interest which
                                        initially will be [IndyMac].

                                        The Certificates will be issued pursuant
                                        to the Agreement.  The principal  amount
                                        of  the  outstanding  Certificates  (the
                                        "Certificate  Principal Balance") on any
                                        date   is   equal   to   the    Original
                                        Certificate  Principal Balance minus the
                                        aggregate     of    amounts     actually
                                        distributed    as   principal   to   the
                                        Certificateholders.  See "Description of
                                        the Certificates" herein.

Removal of Certain
Mortgage Loans;
Additional Balances.................    Subject  to certain  conditions,  on any
                                        Distribution  Date the  Transferor  may,
                                        but shall not be  obligated  to,  remove
                                        from the Trust  certain  Mortgage  Loans
                                        without        notice       to       the
                                        Certificateholders.  The  Transferor  is
                                        permitted  to  designate   the  Mortgage
                                        Loans to be removed.  Mortgage  Loans so
                                        designated  will  only be  removed  upon
                                        satisfaction   of   certain   conditions
                                        specified in the  Agreement,  including:
                                        (i) the  Transferor  Interest  as of the
                                        Transfer Date (as defined herein) (after
                                        giving effect to such  removal)  exceeds
                                        the  Minimum  Transferor   Interest  (as
                                        defined  below);   (ii)  the  Transferor
                                        shall have  delivered  to the  Trustee a
                                        "Mortgage  Loan  Schedule"  containing a
                                        list of all Mortgage Loans  remaining in
                                        the Trust after such removal;  (iii) the
                                        Transferor  shall  represent and warrant
                                        that no selection  procedures  which are
                                        adverse   to   the   interests   of  the
                                        Certificateholders  or  the  Certificate
                                        Insurer were used by the  Transferor  in
                                        selecting such Mortgage  Loans;  (iv) in
                                        connection    with   the   first    such
                                        retransfer of Mortgage Loans, the Rating
                                        Agencies (as defined  herein) shall have
                                        been  notified of the proposed  transfer
                                        and prior to the Transfer Date shall not
                                        have notified the  Transferor in writing
                                        that  such  transfer  would  result in a
                                        reduction or  withdrawal  of the ratings
                                        assigned  to  the  Certificates  without
                                        regard  to  the  Policy;   and  (v)  the
                                        Transferor  shall have  delivered to the
                                        Trustee and the  Certificate  Insurer an
                                        officer's  certificate   confirming  the
                                        conditions  set  forth  in  clauses  (i)
                                        through (iii) above. See "Description of
                                        the Certificates--Optional  Transfers of
                                        Mortgage   Loans   to  the   Transferor"
                                        herein.

                                        The "Minimum Transferor  Interest" as of
                                        any  date  is an  amount  equal  to  the
                                        lesser of (a) __% of the Pool Balance on
                                        such   date   and  (b)  the   Transferor
                                        Interest as of the Closing Date.

                                        During  the  term  of  the  Trust,   all
                                        Additional  Balances will be transferred
                                        to and become property of the Trust. The
                                        Pool Balance at any time will  generally
                                        fluctuate  from day to day  because  the
                                        amount of  Additional  Balances  and the
                                        amount  of   principal   payments   with
                                        respect  to  the  Mortgage   Loans  will
                                        usually differ from day to day.  Because
                                        the Transferor  Interest is equal to the
                                        Pool Balance minus the Invested  Amount,
                                        the  amount of the  Transferor  Interest
                                        will  fluctuate from day to day as draws
                                        are made with  respect  to the  Mortgage
                                        Loans and as Principal  Collections  are
                                        received.

The Mortgage Loans...................   The Mortgage  Loans are secured by first
                                        and  second   mortgages   on   Mortgaged
                                        Properties located in ___ states. On the
                                        Closing  Date,  [IndyMac]  will sell the
                                        Mortgage   Loans   to   the   Depositor,
                                        pursuant  to a purchase  agreement  (the
                                        "Purchase Agreement").

                                        The   percentage  of  the  Cut-off  Date
                                        Principal  Balance of the Mortgage Loans
                                        secured     primarily    by    Mortgaged
                                        Properties  located  in  the  states  of
                                        __________,     ________,    __________,
                                        _______,    ______   and   ________   is
                                        approximately   ____%,   ____%,   ____%,
                                        ____%,  ____% and  ____%,  respectively.
                                        The  "Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio" of
                                        each  Mortgage  Loan is the ratio of (A)
                                        the sum of (i) the  maximum  amount  the
                                        borrower  was  permitted  to  draw  down
                                        under the related  Credit Line Agreement
                                        (the   "Credit   Limit")  and  (ii)  the
                                        amounts of any related  senior  mortgage
                                        loans   (computed  as  of  the  date  of
                                        origination of each such Mortgage Loans)
                                        to (B) the  lesser of (i) the  appraised
                                        value of the Mortgaged  Property or (ii)
                                        in  the  case  of a  Mortgaged  Property
                                        purchased   within   one   year  of  the
                                        origination  of  the  related   Mortgage
                                        Loan,   the   purchase   price  of  such
                                        Mortgaged  Property.  As of the  Cut-off
                                        Date the Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios
                                        ranged from ____% to ______%  and, as of
                                        the Cut-off Date,  the weighted  average
                                        Combined   Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  the
                                        Mortgage Loans was approximately ____%.

                                        [Interest  on  each   Mortgage  Loan  is
                                        payable  monthly  and  computed  on  the
                                        related  daily   outstanding   Principal
                                        Balance  for  each  day in  the  billing
                                        cycle at a variable  rate per annum (the
                                        "Loan Rate") equal at any time  (subject
                                        to maximum  rates,  as described  herein
                                        under   "Description   of  the  Mortgage
                                        Loans--Mortgage Loan Terms," and further
                                        subject to applicable usury limitations)
                                        to the sum of (i) the highest prime rate
                                        published in the "Money  Rates"  section
                                        of The Wall  Street  Journal  and (ii) a
                                        Margin  within  the  range  of  ____% to
                                        ____%].  As of  the  Cut-off  Date,  the
                                        weighted      average     Margin     was
                                        approximately   ____%.  Loan  Rates  are
                                        adjusted  monthly on the first  business
                                        day of the calendar month  preceding the
                                        Due Date. As to each Mortgage  Loan, the
                                        "Due Date" is the  fifteenth day of each
                                        month.   The  Cut-off   Date   Principal
                                        Balances ranged from zero to $__________
                                        and averaged approximately  $__________.
                                        Credit  Limits under the Mortgage  Loans
                                        as  of  the  Cut-off  Date  ranged  from
                                        $__________ to $__________  and averaged
                                        approximately $__________. Each Mortgage
                                        Loan was  originated  in the period from
                                        _______________,         199_         to
                                        ________________,   199_.   As  of   the
                                        Cut-off Date,  the maximum  Credit Limit
                                        Utilization Rate (as defined herein) was
                                        100%  and the  weighted  average  Credit
                                        Limit Utilization Rate was approximately
                                        ____%.   As   of   the   Cut-off   Date,
                                        approximately   ____%  by  Cut-off  Date
                                        Principal  Balance of the Mortgage Loans
                                        represented  first  liens on the related
                                        Mortgaged       Properties,        while
                                        approximately   ____%  of  the  Mortgage
                                        Loans  represented  second liens.  As of
                                        the Cut-off Date, the Mortgage Loans had
                                        remaining  terms to  scheduled  maturity
                                        ranging  from ___  months to ___  months
                                        and   had   a   weighted    average   of
                                        approximately     ___    months.     See
                                        "Description   of  the  Mortgage  Loans"
                                        herein.

Denominations.......................    The  Certificates  will be  offered  for
                                        purchase in  denominations of $1,000 and
                                        multiples of $1 in excess  thereof.  The
                                        interest  in the  Trust  evidenced  by a
                                        Certificate (the "Percentage  Interest")
                                        will be equal to the percentage  derived
                                        by  dividing  the  denomination  of such
                                        Certificate by the Original  Certificate
                                        Principal Balance.

Registration of
Certificates.......................     The   Certificates   will  initially  be
                                        issued  in  book-entry   form.   Persons
                                        acquiring beneficial ownership interests
                                        in   the   Certificates    ("Certificate
                                        Owners")   may   elect  to  hold   their
                                        Certificate    interests   through   The
                                        Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in the
                                        United States,  or Centrale de Livraison
                                        de Valeurs  Mobilieres S.A. ("CEDEL") or
                                        the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear"),  in
                                        Europe.  Transfers  within DTC, CEDEL or
                                        Euroclear,  as the case may be,  will be
                                        in  accordance  with the usual rules and
                                        operating  procedures  of  the  relevant
                                        system.  So long as the Certificates are
                                        Book-Entry   Certificates   (as  defined
                                        herein),   such   Certificates  will  be
                                        evidenced  by one or  more  Certificates
                                        registered  in the  name  of  Cede & Co.
                                        ("Cede"),  as the  nominee of DTC or one
                                        of     the     relevant     depositaries
                                        (collectively,       the       "European
                                        Depositaries").  Cross-market  transfers
                                        between  persons  holding   directly  or
                                        indirectly through DTC, on the one hand,
                                        and  counterparties  holding directly or
                                        indirectly  through  CEDEL or Euroclear,
                                        on the other,  will be  effected  in DTC
                                        through  Citibank N.A.  ("Citibank")  or
                                        The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase"),  the
                                        relevant   depositaries   of   CEDEL  or
                                        Euroclear,   respectively,  and  each  a
                                        participating   member   of   DTC.   The
                                        Certificates     will    initially    be
                                        registered  in the  name  of  Cede.  The
                                        interests of the Certificateholders will
                                        be  represented  by book  entries on the
                                        records of DTC and participating members
                                        thereof.  No  Certificate  Owner will be
                                        entitled   to   receive   a   definitive
                                        certificate  representing  such person's
                                        interest,   except  in  the  event  that
                                        Definitive   Certificates   (as  defined
                                        herein)  are  issued  under the  limited
                                        circumstances   described  herein.   All
                                        references in this Prospectus Supplement
                                        to any  Certificates  reflect the rights
                                        of  Certificate   Owners  only  as  such
                                        rights may be exercised  through DTC and
                                        its  participating  organizations for so
                                        long as such  Certificates  are  held by
                                        DTC.   See   "Risk   Factors--Book-Entry
                                        Certificates",   "Description   of   the
                                        Certificates--Book-Entry   Certificates"
                                        herein and "Annex I" hereto.

Depositor...........................    IndyMac    ABS,    Inc.,    a   Delaware
                                        corporation   and  a   limited   purpose
                                        finance  subsidiary of IndyMac,  Inc., a
                                        Delaware   corporation.   The  principal
                                        executive  offices of the  Depositor are
                                        located  at  155  North   Lake   Avenue,
                                        Pasadena,  California 91101  (Telephone:
                                        (818) ___-____).  See "The Depositor" in
                                        the Prospectus.

Master Servicer of the Mortgage
Loans...............................    [IndyMac,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
                                        headquartered  in Pasadena,  California.
                                        The principal  executive  offices of the
                                        Master Servicer are located at 155 North
                                        Lake Avenue, Pasadena,  California 91101
                                        (Telephone:    (818)   304-8400).]   See
                                        "Servicing  of the  Mortgage  Loans--The
                                        Master Servicer" herein.

Collections.........................    All  collections  on the Mortgage  Loans
                                        will    generally    be   allocated   in
                                        accordance    with   the   Credit   Line
                                        Agreements  between amounts collected in
                                        respect   of   interest    and   amounts
                                        collected in respect of principal. As to
                                        any   Distribution    Date,    "Interest
                                        Collections"   will  be   equal  to  the
                                        amounts  collected  during  the  related
                                        Collection Period, including the portion
                                        of Net Liquidation  Proceeds (as defined
                                        below) allocated to interest pursuant to
                                        the terms of the Credit Line  Agreements
                                        less  Servicing  Fees  for  the  related
                                        Collection Period.

                                        As to any Distribution Date,  "Principal
                                        Collections" will be equal to the sum of
                                        (i) the  amounts  collected  during  the
                                        related Collection Period, including the
                                        portion  of  Net  Liquidation   Proceeds
                                        allocated to  principal  pursuant to the
                                        terms of the Credit Line  Agreements and
                                        (ii) any  Transfer  Deposit  Amounts (as
                                        defined herein).

                                        "Net Liquidation  Proceeds" with respect
                                        to a  Mortgage  Loan  are  the  proceeds
                                        (excluding  amounts drawn on the Policy)
                                        received   in   connection    with   the
                                        liquidation   of  any   Mortgage   Loan,
                                        whether    through    trustee's    sale,
                                        foreclosure  sale or otherwise,  reduced
                                        by related  expenses,  but not including
                                        the portion, if any, of such amount that
                                        exceeds  the  Principal  Balance  of the
                                        Mortgage   Loan  plus  any  accrued  and
                                        unpaid  interest  thereon  to the end of
                                        the Collection  Period during which such
                                        Mortgage   Loan   became  a   Liquidated
                                        Mortgage Loan.

                                        With respect to any  Distribution  Date,
                                        the  portion  of  Interest   Collections
                                        allocable to the Certificates ("Investor
                                        Interest  Collections")  will  equal the
                                        product of (a) Interest  Collections for
                                        such   Distribution  Date  and  (b)  the
                                        Investor Floating Allocation Percentage.
                                        With respect to any  Distribution  Date,
                                        the   "Investor   Floating    Allocation
                                        Percentage" is the percentage equivalent
                                        of a fraction determined by dividing the
                                        Invested Amount at the close of business
                                        on the preceding  Distribution  Date (or
                                        at the  Closing  Date in the case of the
                                        first  Distribution  Date)  by the  Pool
                                        Balance at the  beginning of the related
                                        Collection  Period. The remaining amount
                                        of   Interest    Collections   will   be
                                        allocated to the Transferor  Interest as
                                        more fully described herein.

                                        On each Distribution  Date, the Investor
                                        Interest  Collections will be applied in
                                        the following order of priority:  (i) as
                                        payment to the  Trustee  for its fee for
                                        services   rendered   pursuant   to  the
                                        Agreement;   (ii)  as  payment  for  the
                                        premium for the Policy; (iii) as payment
                                        for  the  accrued  interest  due and any
                                        overdue accrued  interest (with interest
                                        thereon)  on the  Certificate  Principal
                                        Balance of the Certificates; (iv) to pay
                                        any  Investor  Loss  Amount (as  defined
                                        herein) for such Distribution  Date; (v)
                                        as payment for any Investor  Loss Amount
                                        for a  previous  Distribution  Date that
                                        was  not   previously   (a)   funded  by
                                        Investor Interest Collections  allocable
                                        to the Certificateholders,  (b) absorbed
                                        by the Overcollateralization Amount, (c)
                                        funded  by  amounts  on  deposit  in the
                                        Spread Account or (d) funded by draws on
                                        the  Policy;  (vi)  to  reimburse  prior
                                        draws   made  from  the   Policy   (with
                                        interest   thereon);    (vii)   to   pay
                                        principal on the Certificates  until the
                                        Invested  Amount exceeds the Certificate
                                        Principal   Balance   by  the   Required
                                        Overcollateralization  Amount,  each  as
                                        defined  herein  (such  amount,  if any,
                                        paid pursuant to this clause (vii) being
                                        referred  to herein as the  "Accelerated
                                        Principal Distribution Amount");  (viii)
                                        any  other   amounts   required   to  be
                                        deposited  in an account for the benefit
                                        of   the    Certificate    Insurer   and
                                        Certificateholders   pursuant   to   the
                                        Agreement   or   amounts   owed  to  the
                                        Certificate   Insurer  pursuant  to  the
                                        Insurance   Agreement;    (ix)   certain
                                        amounts  that may be required to be paid
                                        to the Master  Servicer  pursuant to the
                                        Agreement;  and (x) to the Transferor to
                                        the  extent   permitted   as   described
                                        herein.

                                        Investor Interest Collections  available
                                        after the  payment  of  interest  on the
                                        Certificates   may  be  insufficient  to
                                        cover any Investor Loss Amount.  If such
                                        insufficiency results in the Certificate
                                        Principal Balance exceeding the Invested
                                        Amount,  a draw in an  amount  equal  to
                                        such  difference  will  be  made  on the
                                        Policy in  accordance  with the terms of
                                        the Policy.

                                        The  "Overcollateralization  Amount"  on
                                        any date of determination is the amount,
                                        if any,  by which  the  Invested  Amount
                                        exceeds   the   Certificate    Principal
                                        Balance   on  such  day.   Payments   to
                                        Certificateholders  pursuant  to  clause
                                        (iii) above will be interest payments on
                                        the     Certificates.     Payments    to
                                        Certificateholders  pursuant  to clauses
                                        (iv),  (v) and (vii)  will be  principal
                                        payments  on the  Certificates  and will
                                        therefore    reduce   the    Certificate
                                        Principal  Balance,   however,  payments
                                        pursuant to clause (vii) will not reduce
                                        the  Invested  Amount.  The  Accelerated
                                        Principal  Distribution  Amount  is  not
                                        guaranteed by the Policy.

                                        "Liquidation  Loss  Amount"  means  with
                                        respect to any Liquidated Mortgage Loan,
                                        the   unrecovered    Principal   Balance
                                        thereof  at  the  end  of  the   related
                                        Collection Period in which such Mortgage
                                        Loan became a Liquidated  Mortgage Loan,
                                        after   giving   effect   to   the   Net
                                        Liquidation   Proceeds   in   connection
                                        therewith.  The  "Investor  Loss Amount"
                                        shall  be the  product  of the  Investor
                                        Floating  Allocation  Percentage and the
                                        Liquidation   Loss   Amount   for   such
                                        Distribution  Date. See  "Description of
                                        the  Certificates--Distributions  on the
                                        Certificates" herein.

                                        Principal  Collections will be allocated
                                        between the  Certificateholders  and the
                                        Transferor      ("Investor     Principal
                                        Collections"  and "Transferor  Principal
                                        Collections",      respectively)      in
                                        accordance    with   their    percentage
                                        interests in the  Mortgage  Loans of __%
                                        and __%, respectively, as of the Cut-off
                                        Date     (the     "Fixed      Allocation
                                        Percentage"),  but a  lesser  amount  of
                                        Principal Collections may be distributed
                                        to Certificateholders during the Managed
                                        Amortization Period, as described below.
                                        The    "Investor    Fixed     Allocation
                                        Percentage" shall be __%.

                                        The   Master   Servicer   will   deposit
                                        Interest   Collections   and   Principal
                                        Collections  in respect of the  Mortgage
                                        Loans in an account established for such
                                        purpose   under   the   Agreement   (the
                                        "Collection Account").  See "Description
                                        of   the    Certificates--Payments    on
                                        Mortgage  Loans;  Deposits to Collection
                                        Account   and   Distribution    Account"
                                        herein.

Collection Period...................    As to any  Distribution  Date other than
                                        the   first   Distribution   Date,   the
                                        "Collection   Period"  is  the  calendar
                                        month   preceding   the  month  of  such
                                        Distribution   Date.  As  to  the  first
                                        Distribution   Date,   the   "Collection
                                        Period"  is the period  beginning  after
                                        the Cut-off  Date and ending on the last
                                        day of _____________, 199_.

Interest............................    Interest  on the  Certificates  will  be
                                        distributed monthly on the fifteenth day
                                        of each  month  or, if such day is not a
                                        Business Day,  then the next  succeeding
                                        Business  Day  (each,  a   "Distribution
                                        Date"),  commencing  on  ______________,
                                        199_,  at the  Certificate  Rate for the
                                        related   Interest  Period  (as  defined
                                        below).  The  "Certificate  Rate" for an
                                        Interest Period will generally equal the
                                        sum of [(a) the London Interbank offered
                                        rate for one-month  Eurodollar  deposits
                                        ("LIBOR")   appearing  on  the  Telerate
                                        Screen Page 3750, as of the second LIBOR
                                        Business Day (as defined  herein)  prior
                                        to the first day of such Interest Period
                                        (or as of two LIBOR  Business Days prior
                                        to the Closing  Date, in the case of the
                                        first  Interest  Period) and (b) ____%.]
                                        Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  no
                                        event  will  the   amount  of   interest
                                        required to be distributed in respect of
                                        the  Certificates  on  any  Distribution
                                        Date exceed a rate equal to the weighted
                                        average  of the Loan  Rates  (net of the
                                        Servicing  Fee Rate,  the fee payable to
                                        the  Trustee  and the rate at which  the
                                        premium   payable  to  the   Certificate
                                        Insurer is  calculated)  weighted on the
                                        basis  of  the  daily  balance  of  each
                                        Mortgage Loan during the related billing
                                        cycle  prior  to the  Collection  Period
                                        relating  to  such  Distribution   Date.
                                        Interest on the  Certificates in respect
                                        of any  Distribution  Date  will  accrue
                                        from the preceding Distribution Date (or
                                        in the  case of the  first  Distribution
                                        Date,  from  the  date  of  the  initial
                                        issuance   of  the   Certificates   (the
                                        "Closing    Date")   through   the   day
                                        preceding such  Distribution  Date (each
                                        such period,  an  "Interest  Period") on
                                        the basis of the  actual  number of days
                                        in the  Interest  Period  and a  360-day
                                        year.

                                        Interest  payments  on the  Certificates
                                        will be funded  from  Investor  Interest
                                        Collections, any funds on deposit in the
                                        Spread  Account  and  from  draws on the
                                        Policy.    See   "Description   of   the
                                        Certificates" herein.

Principal Payments from
Principal Collections..............     For the  period  beginning  on the first
                                        Distribution  Date  and,  unless a Rapid
                                        Amortization  Event (as defined  herein)
                                        shall have earlier  occurred,  ending on
                                        the Distribution  Date in _____________,
                                        200_    (the    "Managed    Amortization
                                        Period"),   the   amount  of   Principal
                                        Collections          payable          to
                                        Certificateholders     as    of     each
                                        Distribution  Date  during  the  Managed
                                        Amortization  Period will equal,  to the
                                        extent funds are available therefor, the
                                        Scheduled     Principal      Collections
                                        Distribution     Amount     for     such
                                        Distribution  Date. On any  Distribution
                                        Date  during  the  Managed  Amortization
                                        Period,    the   "Scheduled    Principal
                                        Collections  Distribution  Amount" shall
                                        equal  the  lesser  of (i)  the  Maximum
                                        Principal  Payment (as  defined  herein)
                                        and  (ii)  the   Alternative   Principal
                                        Payment   (as  defined   herein).   With
                                        respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the
                                        "Maximum  Principal  Payment" will equal
                                        the  product  of  the   Investor   Fixed
                                        Allocation   Percentage   and  Principal
                                        Collections for such Distribution  Date.
                                        With respect to any  Distribution  Date,
                                        the "Alternative Principal Payment" will
                                        equal  the  greater  of (x) ____% of the
                                        Certificate       Principal      Balance
                                        immediately  prior to such  Distribution
                                        Date  and (y) the  amount,  but not less
                                        than zero, of Principal  Collections for
                                        such    Distribution   Date   less   the
                                        aggregate of Additional Balances created
                                        during the related Collection Period.

                                        Beginning  with the  first  Distribution
                                        Date  following  the end of the  Managed
                                        Amortization   Period,   the  amount  of
                                        Principal    Collections    payable   to
                                        Certificateholders  on each Distribution
                                        Date  will  be  equal  to  the   Maximum
                                        Principal  Payment.  See "Description of
                                        the  Certificates--Distributions  on the
                                        Certificates" herein.

                                        In  addition,  to the  extent  funds are
                                        available   therefor   (including  funds
                                        available  under  the  Policy),  on  the
                                        Distribution Date in _____________ 20__,
                                        Certificateholders  will be  entitled to
                                        receive  as  payment  of   principal  an
                                        amount   equal   to   the    outstanding
                                        Certificate Principal Balance.

                                        Distributions  of Principal  Collections
                                        based upon the Investor Fixed Allocation
                                        Percentage  may result in  distributions
                                        of  principal to  Certificateholders  in
                                        amounts that are greater relative to the
                                        declining Pool Balance than would be the
                                        case if the Investor Floating Allocation
                                        Percentage  were used to  determine  the
                                        percentage   of  Principal   Collections
                                        distributed  in respect of the  Invested
                                        Amount.  The aggregate  distributions of
                                        principal to Certificateholders will not
                                        exceed    the    Original    Certificate
                                        Principal Balance.

The Certificate Insurer.............    [Insurer] (the "Certificate Insurer") is
                                        a ____________ insurance company engaged
                                        exclusively  in the  business of writing
                                        financial      guaranty       insurance,
                                        principally  in  respect  of  securities
                                        offered in domestic and foreign markets.
                                        The Certificate Insurer's  claims-paying
                                        ability   is  rated   _____________   by
                                        ________________________________________
                                        and               ______              by
                                        ________________________________________
                                        See "The  Certificate  Insurer"  in this
                                        Prospectus Supplement.

Policy..............................    On  or  before  the  Closing  Date,  the
                                        Policy will be issued by the Certificate
                                        Insurer  pursuant to the  provisions  of
                                        the Insurance  and  Indemnity  Agreement
                                        (the "Insurance  Agreement") to be dated
                                        as of  _____________,  199_,  among  the
                                        Seller,   the   Depositor,   the  Master
                                        Servicer and the Certificate Insurer.

                                        The   Policy   will    irrevocably   and
                                        unconditionally   guarantee  payment  on
                                        each  Distribution  Date to the  Trustee
                                        for     the      benefit      of     the
                                        Certificateholders the full and complete
                                        payment of (i) the Guaranteed  Principal
                                        Distribution  Amount (as defined herein)
                                        with  respect  to the  Certificates  for
                                        such  Distribution Date and (ii) accrued
                                        and   unpaid   interest   due   on   the
                                        Certificates (together,  the "Guaranteed
                                        Distributions"),  with  such  Guaranteed
                                        Distributions  having been calculated in
                                        accordance  with the  original  terms of
                                        the Certificates or the Agreement except
                                        for amendments or modifications to which
                                        the  Certificate  Insurer  has given its
                                        prior written consent. The effect of the
                                        Policy  is  to   guarantee   the  timely
                                        payment of interest on, and the ultimate
                                        payment of the principal  amount of, all
                                        of the Certificates.

                                        The "Guaranteed  Principal  Distribution
                                        Amount" for any Distribution  Date shall
                                        be the  amount by which the  Certificate
                                        Principal  Balance  (after giving effect
                                        to all other amounts  distributable  and
                                        allocable    to    principal    on   the
                                        Certificates on such Distribution  Date)
                                        exceeds  the  Invested  Amount  for such
                                        Distribution  Date.  In  addition,   the
                                        Policy will guarantee the payment of the
                                        outstanding     Certificate    Principal
                                        Balance  on  the  Distribution  Date  in
                                        ____________,  20__ (after giving effect
                                        to all other amounts  distributable  and
                                        allocable    to    principal   on   such
                                        Distribution Date).

                                        In accordance  with the  Agreement,  the
                                        Trustee  will be required  to  establish
                                        and  maintain  an account  (the  "Spread
                                        Account")   for  the   benefit   of  the
                                        Certificate      Insurer     and     the
                                        Certificateholders.  The  Trustee  shall
                                        deposit  the  amounts  into  the  Spread
                                        Account as required by the Agreement.

                                        In the  absence  of  payments  under the
                                        Policy, Certificateholders will directly
                                        bear  the   credit   and   other   risks
                                        associated with their undivided interest
                                        in the Trust.  See  "Description  of the
                                        Certificates--The Policy" herein.

Overcollateralization
Amount..............................    The    distribution    of    Accelerated
                                        Principal  Distribution Amounts, if any,
                                        to Certificateholders  may result in the
                                        Invested  Amount being  greater than the
                                        Certificate  Principal Balance,  thereby
                                        creating    the    Overcollateralization
                                        Amount.    The     Overcollateralization
                                        Amount,  if any,  will be  available  to
                                        absorb  any  Investor  Loss  Amount  not
                                        covered     by     Investor     Interest
                                        Collections.   Payments  of  Accelerated
                                        Principal  Distribution  Amounts are not
                                        covered by the Policy. Any Investor Loss
                                        Amounts     not    covered    by    such
                                        overcollateralization,     amounts    on
                                        deposit   in  the   Spread   Account  or
                                        Investor  Interest  Collections  will be
                                        covered  by draws on the  Policy  to the
                                        extent provided therein.

Record Date.........................    The last day  preceding  a  Distribution
                                        Date  or,  if  the  Certificates  are no
                                        longer Book-Entry Certificates, the last
                                        day   of   the   month    preceding    a
                                        Distribution Date.

Servicing..........................     The Master  Servicer will be responsible
                                        for   servicing,   managing  and  making
                                        collections on the Mortgage  Loans.  The
                                        Master   Servicer   will   deposit   all
                                        collections  in respect of the  Mortgage
                                        Loans  into the  Collection  Account  as
                                        described  herein. On the third Business
                                        Day prior to each Distribution Date (the
                                        "Determination    Date"),   the   Master
                                        Servicer  will  calculate,  and instruct
                                        the Trustee  regarding the amounts to be
                                        paid,  as  described   herein,   to  the
                                        Certificateholders  on such Distribution
                                        Date.    See    "Description    of   the
                                        Certificates--Distributions    on    the
                                        Certificates"  herein.  With  respect to
                                        each  Collection   Period,   the  Master
                                        Servicer  will receive from  collections
                                        in respect of interest  on the  Mortgage
                                        Loans, on behalf of itself, a portion of
                                        such collections as a monthly  servicing
                                        fee (the "Servicing  Fee") in the amount
                                        of  approximately  ____% per annum  (the
                                        "Servicing  Fee Rate") on the  aggregate
                                        Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans
                                        as  of  the   first  day  of  each  such
                                        Collection  Period.  See "Description of
                                        the Certificates--Servicing Compensation
                                        and  Payment  of  Expenses"  herein.  In
                                        certain   limited   circumstances,   the
                                        Master   Servicer   may   resign  or  be
                                        removed,   in  which  event  either  the
                                        Trustee or a  third-party  servicer will
                                        be  appointed  as  a  successor   Master
                                        Servicer.   See   "Description   of  the
                                        Certificates--Certain  Matters Regarding
                                        the Master  Servicer and the Transferor"
                                        herein.

Final Payment of
Principal; Termination.............     The   Trust   will   terminate   on  the
                                        Distribution Date following the later of
                                        (A) payment in full of all amounts owing
                                        to the  Certificate  Insurer and (B) the
                                        earliest of (i) the Distribution Date on
                                        which the Certificate  Principal Balance
                                        has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final
                                        payment or other liquidation of the last
                                        Mortgage  Loan in the  Trust,  (iii) the
                                        optional retransfer to the Transferor of
                                        the Certificates, as described below and
                                        (iv)    the    Distribution    Date   in
                                        ______________,  20__. The  Certificates
                                        will be subject to  optional  retransfer
                                        to the  Transferor  on any  Distribution
                                        Date  after  the  Certificate  Principal
                                        Balance  is  reduced  to an amount  less
                                        than or equal to $________________  (__%
                                        of the  Original  Certificate  Principal
                                        Balance)  and all  amounts due and owing
                                        to   the    Certificate    Insurer   and
                                        unreimbursed   draws   on  the   Policy,
                                        together  with  interest   thereon,   as
                                        provided under the Insurance  Agreement,
                                        have been  paid.  The  retransfer  price
                                        will  be   equal   to  the  sum  of  the
                                        outstanding     Certificate    Principal
                                        Balance and accrued and unpaid  interest
                                        thereon at the Certificate  Rate through
                                        the day preceding the final Distribution
                                        Date.    See    "Description    Of   The
                                        Certificates--Termination; Retirement of
                                        the   Certificates"   herein   and  "The
                                        Agreements--Termination";       Optional
                                        Termination in the Prospectus.

                                        In addition, the Trust may be liquidated
                                        as  a  result  of   certain   events  of
                                        bankruptcy,  insolvency or  receivership
                                        relating   to   the   Transferor.    See
                                        "Description of the Certificates--Rapid
                                        Amortization Events" herein.

Trustee.............................    [ ], a ____________________________ (the
                                        "Trustee") will act as Trustee on behalf
                                        of the Certificateholders.

Mandatory Retransfer of
Certain Mortgage Loans..............    The    Seller    will    make    certain
                                        representations  and  warranties  in the
                                        Agreement  with  respect to the Mortgage
                                        Loans.   Subject   to  the   limitations
                                        described below under  "Descriptions  of
                                        the   Certificates--Assignment   of  the
                                        Mortgage Loans",  if the Seller breaches
                                        certain  of  its   representations   and
                                        warranties  with respect to any Mortgage
                                        Loan  and  such  breach  materially  and
                                        adversely  affects the  interests of the
                                        Certificateholders  or  the  Certificate
                                        Insurer  and is  not  cured  within  the
                                        specified period, the Mortgage Loan will
                                        be  removed  from  the  Trust  upon  the
                                        expiration  of a  specified  period from
                                        the date on  which  the  Seller  becomes
                                        aware or receives  notice of such breach
                                        and will be  reassigned  to the  Seller.
                                        See       "Description       of      the
                                        Certificates--Assignment   of   Mortgage
                                        Loans" herein. 
Federal Income Tax
Consequences........................    Subject to the  qualifications set forth
                                        in   "Certain    Federal    Income   Tax
                                        Consequences"   herein,    special   tax
                                        counsel  to  the  Depositor  is  of  the
                                        opinion  that,  under  existing  law,  a
                                        Certificate  will be  treated  as a debt
                                        instrument   for   Federal   income  tax
                                        purposes as of the Closing  Date.  Under
                                        the  Agreement,   the  Transferor,   the
                                        Depositor  and  the   Certificateholders
                                        will agree to treat the  Certificates as
                                        indebtedness   for  Federal  income  tax
                                        purposes.  See "Certain  Federal  Income
                                        Tax  Consequences"  herein  and  in  the
                                        Prospectus  for  additional  information
                                        concerning  the  application  of Federal
                                        income tax laws.

ERISA Considerations................    The  acquisition  of a Certificate  by a
                                        pension or other  employee  benefit plan
                                        (a  "Plan")   subject  to  the  Employee
                                        Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974,
                                        as  amended  ("ERISA"),  could,  in some
                                        instances,   result  in  a   "prohibited
                                        transaction"  or other  violation of the
                                        fiduciary  responsibility  provisions of
                                        ERISA  and Code  Section  4975.  Certain
                                        exemptions     from    the    prohibited
                                        transaction rules could be applicable to
                                        the acquisition of the Certificates. Any
                                        Plan  fiduciary  considering  whether to
                                        purchase any  Certificate on behalf of a
                                        Plan  should  consult  with its  counsel
                                        regarding  the   applicability   of  the
                                        provisions  of ERISA and the  Code.  See
                                        "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the
                                        Prospectus.

Legal Investment
Considerations......................    The  Certificates  will  not  constitute
                                        "mortgage   related    securities"   for
                                        purposes  of  the   Secondary   Mortgage
                                        Market    Enhancement    Act   of   1984
                                        ("SMMEA"),   because   not  all  of  the
                                        Mortgages  securing the  Mortgage  Loans
                                        are first mortgages.  Accordingly,  many
                                        institutions  with  legal  authority  to
                                        invest in  comparably  rated  securities
                                        based solely on first  mortgages may not
                                        be legally  authorized  to invest in the
                                        Certificates.   See  "Legal   Investment
                                        Considerations"    herein   and   "Legal
                                        Investment" in the Prospectus.

Certificate Rating..................    It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                        Certificates that they be rated "___" by
                                        _____  and  "___" by  _________  (each a
                                        "Rating  Agency").  In general,  ratings
                                        address  credit  risk and do not address
                                        the  likelihood  of   prepayments.   See
                                        "Ratings"      herein      and     "Risk
                                        Factors--Rating  of the  Securities"  in
                                        the Prospectus.



<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

         Book-Entry  Registration  May  Reduce  Liquidity  of the  Certificates.
Issuance of the Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such
Certificates in the secondary trading market since investors may be unwilling to
purchase  Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical  certificates.  See
"Description  of the  Certificates--Book-Entry  Certificates"  herein  and "Risk
Factors-Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

         Since  transactions  in the  Certificates  can be effected only through
DTC, CEDEL, Euroclear,  participating  organizations,  indirect participants and
certain  banks,  the ability of a Certificate  Owner to pledge a Certificate  to
persons or  entities  that do not  participate  in the DTC,  CEDEL or  Euroclear
system or  otherwise  to take  actions in respect of such  Certificates,  may be
limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing the Certificates. See
"Description  of the  Certificates--Book-Entry  Certificates"  herein  and "Risk
Factors-Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

         Certificate  Owners  may  experience  some  delay in their  receipt  of
distributions  of  interest  and  principal  on  the  Certificates   since  such
distributions  will be  forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such
distributions to the accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which will
thereafter credit them to the accounts of Certificate  Owners either directly or
indirectly   through   indirect   participants.    See   "Description   of   the
Certificates--Book-Entry   Certificates"  herein  and  "Risk  Factors-Book-Entry
Registration" in the Prospectus.

         Delays Due to  Liquidations  of Mortgaged  Properties.  Minimum monthly
payments  on the  Mortgage  Loans  will at least  equal and may  exceed  accrued
interest.  Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security
for the Mortgage  Loans,  substantial  delays could be encountered in connection
with the  liquidation  of  Mortgage  Loans  that are  delinquent  and  resulting
shortfalls in distributions to Certificateholders could occur if the Certificate
Insurer  were unable to perform on its  obligations  under the Policy.  Further,
liquidation expenses (such as legal fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance and
preservation  expenses) will reduce the proceeds  payable to  Certificateholders
and thereby reduce the security for the Mortgage  Loans. In the event any of the
Mortgaged Properties fails to provide adequate security for the related Mortgage
Loans,  Certificateholders  could  experience a loss if the Certificate  Insurer
were unable to perform its obligations under the Policy.

         Prepayment Considerations and Risks.  Substantially all of the Mortgage
Loans  may be  prepaid  in whole or in part at any time  without  penalty.  Home
equity loans,  such as the Mortgage  Loans,  have been originated in significant
volume only during the past few years and neither the  Depositor  nor the Master
Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate of
prepayment  of such  loans.  Generally,  home  equity  loans  are not  viewed by
borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans may experience
a higher rate of  prepayment  than  traditional  loans.  The Trust's  prepayment
experience  may be affected  by a wide  variety of  factors,  including  general
economic conditions,  interest rates, the availability of alternative  financing
and homeowner  mobility.  In addition,  substantially  all of the Mortgage Loans
contain  due-on-sale  provisions and the Master Servicer intends to enforce such
provisions  unless (i) such  enforcement  is not permitted by applicable  law or
(ii) the Master  Servicer,  in a manner  consistent with  reasonable  commercial
practice,  permits the purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to assume the
Mortgage Loan. To the extent  permitted by applicable  law, such assumption will
not release the original  borrower from its  obligation  under any such Mortgage
Loan. See "Description of the Certificates" herein and "Certain Legal Aspects of
Loans--Due-on-Sale  Clauses"  in the  Prospectus  for a  description  of certain
provisions  of the  Credit  Line  Agreements  that  may  affect  the  prepayment
experience on the Mortgage Loans.

         Certificate  Rating-Limitations.  The rating of the  Certificates  will
depend  primarily on an assessment by the Rating  Agencies of the Mortgage Loans
and upon the claims-paying  ability of the Certificate Insurer. Any reduction in
a rating assigned to the claims-paying  ability of the Certificate Insurer below
the rating  initially given to the Certificates may result in a reduction in the
rating  of  the  Certificates.   The  rating  by  the  Rating  Agencies  of  the
Certificates is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Certificates,
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to the market  price or  suitability
for a particular investor. There is no assurance that the ratings will remain in
place for any given  period of time or that the  ratings  will not be lowered or
withdrawn by the Rating  Agencies.  In general,  the ratings address credit risk
and  do  not  address  the  likelihood  of  prepayments.   The  ratings  of  the
Certificates  do not address the  possibility of the imposition of United States
withholding tax with respect to non-U.S. persons.

         Legal  Considerations.  The  Mortgage  Loans are  secured by  mortgages
(which generally are second mortgages).  With respect to Mortgage Loans that are
secured by first  mortgages,  the Master  Servicer  has the power under  certain
circumstances to consent to a new mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Property having
priority over such Mortgage Loan. Mortgage Loans secured by second mortgages are
entitled to proceeds that remain from the sale of the related Mortgaged Property
after any  related  senior  mortgage  loan and prior  statutory  liens have been
satisfied.  In the event that such  proceeds  are  insufficient  to satisfy such
loans and prior liens in the aggregate and the Certificate  Insurer is unable to
perform its obligations under the Policy, the  Certificateholders  will bear (i)
the risk of delay in  distributions  while a  deficiency  judgment  against  the
borrower is obtained and (ii) the risk of loss if the deficiency judgment cannot
be obtained or is not realized upon. See "Certain Legal Aspects of Loans" in the
Prospectus.

         The sale of the Mortgage Loans from [IndyMac] to the Depositor pursuant
to the  Purchase  Agreement  will be  treated as a sale of the  Mortgage  Loans.
However,  in the event of an insolvency of [IndyMac],  the receiver of [IndyMac]
may attempt to  recharacterize  the sale of the Mortgage Loans as a borrowing by
[IndyMac], secured by a pledge of the applicable Mortgage Loans. If the receiver
decided to challenge  such  transfer,  (i) if the  Mortgage  Loans have not been
delivered to the Trustee,  the interest of the Trust in the Mortgage  Loans will
be that of an unperfected  security interest and (ii) even if the Mortgage Loans
have been delivered to the Trustee,  delays in payments of the  Certificates and
reductions in the amounts thereof could occur. The Depositor will warrant in the
Agreement that the transfer of the Mortgage Loans by it to the Trust is either a
valid  transfer and  assignment of such Mortgage Loans to the Trust or the grant
to the Trust of a security interest in such Mortgage Loans.

         If  a   conservator,   receiver  or  trustee  were  appointed  for  the
Transferor,  or if certain other events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency
of the Transferor  were to occur,  Additional  Balances would not be sold to the
Trust. In such an event,  the Rapid  Amortization  Period would commence and the
Trustee  would  attempt to sell the Mortgage  Loans  (unless  Certificateholders
holding Certificates  evidencing undivided interests aggregating at least 51% of
the Certificate  Principal  Balance instruct  otherwise),  thereby causing early
payment of the Certificate Principal Balance. The net proceeds of such sale will
first be paid to the  Certificate  Insurer to the extent of  unreimbursed  draws
under the Policy and other amounts owing to the Certificate  Insurer pursuant to
the Insurance Agreement.  The Investor Fixed Allocation  Percentage of remaining
amounts will be distributed to the  Certificateholders and the Policy will cover
any amount by which such  remaining  net  proceeds are  insufficient  to pay the
Certificate Principal Balance in full.

         In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer,  the
bankruptcy  trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Certificateholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.

         [Geographic Concentration. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately _____%
(by Cut-off Date Principal  Balance) of the Mortgaged  Properties are located in
the State of __________.  An overall decline in the __________  residential real
estate  market could  adversely  affect the values of the  Mortgaged  Properties
securing  such Mortgage  Loans such that the  Principal  Balances of the related
Mortgage  Loans,   together  with  any  primary   financing  on  such  Mortgaged
Properties, could equal or exceed the value of such Mortgaged Properties. As the
residential  real estate market is  influenced  by many  factors,  including the
general  condition of the economy and interest rates, no assurances may be given
that the  __________  residential  real estate  market  will not weaken.  If the
__________  residential real estate market should  experience an overall decline
in property  values after the dates of  origination of the Mortgage  Loans,  the
rates of losses on the Mortgage  Loans would be expected to increase,  and could
increase substantially.]

         Master  Servicer's  Ability to Change the Terms of the Mortgage  Loans.
The  Master  Servicer  may  agree to  changes  in the  terms  of a  Credit  Line
Agreement,  provided that such changes (i) do not adversely  affect the interest
of the  Certificateholders  or the Certificate  Insurer, and (ii) are consistent
with  prudent  business  practice.  There can be no  assurance  that  changes in
applicable  law or the  marketplace  for home equity  loans or prudent  business
practice  will not  result in  changes in the terms of the  Mortgage  Loans.  In
addition, the Agreement permits the Master Servicer,  within certain limitations
described therein,  to increase the Credit Limit of the related Mortgage Loan or
reduce the Margin for such Mortgage Loan.


<PAGE>


         Delinquent  Mortgage Loans. The Trust will include Mortgage Loans which
are __ or fewer  days  delinquent  as of the  Cut-off  Date.  The  Cut-off  Date
Principal  Balance  of  Mortgage  Loans  which are  between  __ days and __ days
delinquent  as of the  Cut-off  Date was  $_________________.  If there  are not
sufficient  funds from the Investor  Interest  Collections to cover the Investor
Loss Amounts for any Distribution Date, the Overcollateralization Amount and the
amount on deposit  in the  Spread  Account  have been  reduced to zero,  and the
Certificate  Insurer  fails to perform its  obligations  under the  Policy,  the
aggregate  amount of principal  returned to the  Certificateholders  may be less
than the Certificate Principal Balance on the day the Certificates are issued.

         For a discussion of additional  risks  pertaining to the  Certificates,
see "Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.

                             THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

         The following  information  set forth in this section has been provided
by the Certificate  Insurer.  Accordingly,  neither the Depositor nor the Master
Servicer makes any  representation  as to the accuracy and  completeness of such
information.

                      [Description of Certificate Insurer]


<PAGE>


                               THE MASTER SERVICER

General

         [The Master Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with
the terms set forth in the Agreement. The Master Servicer may perform any of its
obligations   under   the   Agreement   through   one  or   more   subservicers.
Notwithstanding  any such  subservicing  arrangement,  the Master  Servicer will
remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations under the Agreement as if
the Master  Servicer alone were servicing the Mortgage  Loans. As of the Closing
Date, the Master  Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans without  subservicing
arrangements.]

The Master Servicer

         [IndyMac, Inc. ("IndyMac"), a Delaware corporation], will act as Master
Servicer for the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Master Servicing Agreement.  The
principal  executive offices of [IndyMac] are located at [155 North Lake Avenue,
Pasadena, California 91101].

         At  ______________,  199_, IndyMac provided servicing for approximately
$______  billion  aggregate  principal  amount  of  first-lien  mortgage  loans,
substantially  all of which are being  serviced  for  unaffiliated  persons.  At
_____________,  199_,  IndyMac  provided  servicing  for  approximately  $______
million  aggregate  principal  amount of first and second  lien  mortgage  loans
originated under home equity lines of credit.

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

General

         The Mortgage  Loans were  originated  pursuant to loan  agreements  and
disclosure  statements  (the  "Credit  Line  Agreements")  and  are  secured  by
mortgages or deeds of trust, which are either first or second mortgages or deeds
of  trust,  on  Mortgaged  Properties  located  in ____  states.  The  Mortgaged
Properties   securing  the  Mortgage  Loans  consist  primarily  of  residential
properties that are one- to four-family properties.  See "--Mortgage Loan Terms"
below.

         The Cut-off Date Pool Balance is $______________, which is equal to the
aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date. As of
the Cut-off Date, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89 days delinquent.  The
average  Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance was  approximately  $__________  , the
minimum  Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance was zero,  the maximum  Cut-off  Date
Principal  Balance was $_____ , the minimum  Loan Rate and the maximum Loan Rate
as of the Cut-off Date were _____% and _____% per annum,  respectively,  and the
weighted average Loan Rate as of the Cut-off Date was  approximately  _____% per
annum.  As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted  average  Credit Limit  Utilization
Rate was  approximately  _____%,  the minimum Credit Limit  Utilization Rate was
zero and the maximum Credit Limit  Utilization  Rate was 100%. The "Credit Limit
Utilization  Rate" is determined by dividing the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance
of a Mortgage Loan by the Credit Limit of the related Credit Line Agreement. The
remaining  term to scheduled  maturity for the Mortgage  Loans as of the Cut-off
Date ranged from _____ months to _____ months and the weighted average remaining
term to scheduled  maturity was  approximately  _____ months.  As of the Cut-off
Date, the Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans ranged from _____%
to  _____%  and  the  weighted   average   Combined   Loan-to-Value   Ratio  was
approximately  _____%. The Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio for a Mortgage Loan is
the ratio  (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the sum of (i) the Credit Limit of
the Mortgage Loan and (ii) any outstanding  principal balances of mortgage loans
senior to such  Mortgage  Loan  (calculated  at the date of  origination  of the
Mortgage  Loan) to (B) the  lesser  of (i) the  appraised  value of the  related
Mortgaged Property as set forth in the loan files at such date of origination or
(ii) in the  case of a  Mortgaged  Property  purchased  within  one  year of the
origination  of the related  Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of such Mortgaged
Property.  Credit Limits under the Mortgage  Loans as of the Cut-off Date ranged
from $_____ to $_____ and averaged  approximately  $_____ . The weighted average
second mortgage ratio (which is the Credit Limit for the related  Mortgage Loan,
provided such Mortgage Loan was in the second lien position,  divided by the sum
of such Credit Limit and the outstanding  principal balance of any mortgage loan
senior to the related Mortgage Loan) was approximately _____%. As of the Cut-off
Date,  approximately  _____% by Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance of the Mortgage
Loans  represented  first  liens  on the  related  Mortgaged  Properties,  while
approximately  _____% of the Mortgage Loans represented  second liens. As of the
Cut-off  Date,  approximately  _____%  of the  Mortgage  Loans  are  secured  by
Mortgaged  Properties  which  are  single-family   residences  and  _____%  were
owner-occupied.  As of the Cut-off Date,  approximately _____%,  _____%, _____%,
_____%,  _____% and _____% by Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance  are  located in
__________, ________, __________, _______, ______ and ________], respectively.

Mortgage Loan Terms

         [The  Mortgage  Loans bear  interest at a variable  rate which  changes
monthly on the first  business  day of the  related  month  with  changes in the
applicable  Index Rate.  The  Mortgage  Loans are subject to a maximum per annum
interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") ranging from [_____% to _____%] per annum and
subject to applicable  usury  limitations.  As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted
average Maximum Rate was approximately _____%. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans--Applicability  of Usury Laws" in the Prospectus.  The daily periodic rate
on the  Mortgage  Loans (the "Loan  Rate") is the sum of the Index Rate plus the
spread (the "Margin") which generally ranges between _____% and _____% and had a
weighted average,  as of the Cut-off Date, of approximately  _____%,  divided by
365 days. The "Index Rate" is based on the highest "prime rate" published in the
`Money Rates' table of The Wall Street  Journal as of the first  business day of
each calendar month.]

         [IndyMac]  offers an  introductory  loan rate on home  equity  lines of
credit which are originated with Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios of __% and __%.
The introductory rate applies to any payments made during the first three months
after  origination.  After such three month period, the Loan Rate will adjust to
the Index plus the  applicable  Margin.  As of the Cut-off  Date,  approximately
_____% of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance were subject to
an introductory rate of ____% per annum.

         In general,  the home equity  loans may be drawn upon for a period (the
"Draw  Period") of either five years (which may be extendible  for an additional
five years, upon [IndyMac's] approval) or three years. Home equity loans with an
initial Draw Period of five years, which constitute  approximately _____% of the
Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Principal Balance,  are subject to a fifteen year
repayment period (the "Repayment  Period")  following the end of the Draw Period
during  which the  outstanding  principal  balance of the loan will be repaid in
monthly  installments equal to 1/180 of the outstanding  principal balance as of
the end of the Draw  Period.  Mortgage  Loans with a Draw Period of three years,
which  constitute  approximately  _____% of the  Mortgage  Loans by Cut-off Date
Principal Balance,  are subject to a ten year Repayment Period following the end
of the Draw Period during which the  outstanding  principal  balance of the loan
will be paid in monthly installments equal to 1/120 of the outstanding principal
balance as of the end of the Draw Period.

         The  minimum  payment  due during the Draw  Period will be equal to the
finance charges accrued on the outstanding  principal balance of the home equity
loan  during the related  billing  period.  The  minimum  payment due during the
repayment  period will be equal to the sum of the finance charges accrued on the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loan during the related  billing
period and the principal payment described above.


<PAGE>


         Set forth  below is a  description  of certain  characteristics  of the
Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PRINCIPAL BALANCES

<S>                                                 <C>              <C>                     <C>
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
         Range of Principal Balances                  Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
         ---------------------------                ---------        -----------------       -----------------

$_______ to $_______ ........................                      $                                 %

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ and over ...........................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
      Total .................................                                                        $100
                                                    ==========       =================       =================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION(1)

<S>                                           <C>            <C>                       <C>
                                              Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                               Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
              State                             Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
              -----                           ---------        -----------------       -----------------

                                                             $                                 %






                                              ---------        -----------------       -----------------
Total .................................                                                       100%
                                              =========        =================       =================
- ----------
(1)      Geographic  location  is  determined  by  the  address  of the
         Mortgaged Property securing the related Mortgage Loan.
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS(1)

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
              Range of Combined                      Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
            Loan-to-Value Ratios                      Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            --------------------                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

$_______ to $_______ ........................                      $                                 %

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ and over ...........................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
      Total .................................                                                      100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
- --------

         (1)      The ratio  (expressed as a  percentage)  of (A) the sum of (i)
                  the  Credit  Limit  of  the   Mortgage   Loans  and  (ii)  any
                  outstanding principal balances of mortgage loans senior to the
                  Mortgage  Loans  (calculated at the date of origination of the
                  Mortgage  Loans) to (B) the lesser of (i) the appraised  value
                  of the related  Mortgaged  Property as set forth in loan files
                  at such date of origination or (ii) in the case of a Mortgaged
                  Property  purchased  within one year of the origination of the
                  related  Mortgage  Loan,  the purchase price of such Mortgaged
                  Property.
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PROPERTY TYPE

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>    
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
              Range of Combined                      Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                Property Type                         Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            --------------------                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

Single Family ...............................                      $                                 %

Two- to Four-Family .........................

Condominium .................................

PUD .........................................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
      Total .................................                                                        100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================

</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   LIEN PRIORITY

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>  
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                Lien Priority                         Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            --------------------                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

 First Lien ..................................                      $                                 %

 Second Lien .................................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
       Total .................................                                                      100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================


</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   LOAN RATES(1)

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>    
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
            Range of Loan Rates                       Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            --------------------                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

$_______ to $_______ ........................                      $                                 %

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

      Total .................................                                                       100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================

- --------
         (1)  Approximately  % of the Mortgage  Loans by Cut-off Date  Principal
         Balance are subject to an introductory rate of _____% per annum.
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       MARGIN

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>    
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
              Range of Margins                        Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            --------------------                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

$_______ to $_______ ........................                      $                                 %

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ and over ...........................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

      Total .................................                                                       100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>    
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
            Range of Credit Limit                    Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
              Utilization Rates                       Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            --------------------                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

$_______ to $_______ ........................                      $                                 %

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ and over ...........................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

      Total .................................                                                       100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   CREDIT LIMITS

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>                     
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
               Range of Combined                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
            Range of Credit Limits                    Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            ----------------------                  ---------        -----------------       -----------------

$_______ to $_______ ........................                      $                                 %

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ to $_______ ........................

$_______ and over ...........................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
      Total .................................                                                        100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   MAXIMUM RATES


<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>                                   
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
              Maximum Rates                           Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            -----------------                       ---------        -----------------       -----------------

_______% ....................................                      $                                 %

_______% ....................................

_______% ....................................

_______% ....................................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
      Total .................................                                                        100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      MONTHS REMAINING TO SCHEDULED MATURITY(1)

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>    
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
              Range of Months                        Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
        Remaining to Scheduled Maturity               Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
        -------------------------------             ---------        -----------------       -----------------

_______ to _______ ..........................                      $                                 %

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................

_______ to _______ ..........................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

      Total .................................                                                       100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
- --------
         (1)      Assumes that the Draw Period for Mortgage Loans with five year
                  Draw Periods will be extended for an additional five years.
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   ORIGINATION YEAR

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>    
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
              Origination Year                        Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
            --------------------                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------

- ------- .....................................                      $                                 %

- ------- .....................................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
      Total .................................                                                       100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DELINQUENCY STATUS

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                       <C>    
                                                    Number of                                 Percent of Pool
                                                     Mortgage           Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
         Number of Days Delinquent                    Loans          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
         -------------------------                  ---------        -----------------       -----------------

0 to 29 .....................................                      $                                 %

30 to 59 ....................................

60 to 89 ....................................
                                                    ---------        -----------------       -----------------
      Total .................................                                                       100%
                                                    =========        =================       =================
</TABLE>




                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The Agreement,  except as otherwise described herein, provides that the
Certificateholders  will  be  entitled  to  receive  on each  Distribution  Date
distributions  of  principal,   in  the  amounts  described  herein,  until  the
Certificate   Principal   Balance  is  reduced  to  zero.   During  the  Managed
Amortization  Period,  Certificateholders  will receive  amounts from  Principal
Collections based upon their Fixed Allocation Percentage subject to reduction as
described below. During the Rapid Amortization Period,  Certificateholders  will
receive  amounts  from  Principal  Collections  based  solely  upon their  Fixed
Allocation  Percentage.  Because prior distributions of Principal Collections to
Certificateholders  serve to reduce the Investor Floating Allocation  Percentage
but do not change their Fixed  Allocation  Percentage,  allocations of Principal
Collections based on the Fixed Allocation Percentage may result in distributions
of  principal  to the  Certificateholders  in amounts  that are,  in most cases,
greater  relative to the declining  balance of the Mortgage  Loans than would be
the case if the Investor Floating  Allocation  Percentage were used to determine
the percentage of Principal Collections distributed to Certificateholders.  This
is   especially   true   during   the  Rapid   Amortization   Period   when  the
Certificateholders  are entitled to receive Investor  Principal  Collections and
not  a  lesser  amount.  In  addition,  Investor  Interest  Collections  may  be
distributed  as  principal  to   Certificateholders   in  connection   with  the
Accelerated  Principal  Distribution Amount, if any. Moreover,  to the extent of
losses allocable to the Certificateholders,  Certificateholders may also receive
as payment of principal the amount of such losses either from Investor  Interest
Collections or, in some instances,  draws under the Policy.  The level of losses
may therefore affect the rate of payment of principal on the Certificates.

         To the extent  obligors make more draws than  principal  payments,  the
Transferor  Interest may grow. Because during the Rapid Amortization  Period the
Certificateholders  share  of  Principal  Collections  is based  upon its  Fixed
Allocation  Percentage  (without  reduction),  an  increase  in  the  Transferor
Interest due to additional draws may also result in Certificateholders receiving
principal  at a greater  rate.  The  Agreement  permits the  Transferor,  at its
option, but subject to the satisfaction of certain  conditions  specified in the
Agreement,  including the conditions described below, to remove certain Mortgage
Loans from the Trust at any time  during  the life of the Trust,  so long as the
Transferor  Interest  (after giving effect to such removal) is not less than the
Minimum  Transferor  Interest.  Such  removals  may  affect  the  rate at  which
principal  is  distributed  to  Certificateholders  by reducing the overall Pool
Balance and thus the amount of Principal  Collections.  See  "Description of the
Certificates--Optional Retransfers of Mortgage Loans to the Transferor" herein.

         All of the  Mortgage  Loans  may be  prepaid  in full or in part at any
time. [However, Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged Properties in __________ are
subject to an account termination fee equal to the lesser of $___ and six months
interest on the amount prepaid,  to the extent the prepaid amount exceeds __% of
the unpaid  principal  balance,  if the account is  terminated  on or before its
_____ year  anniversary.  In  addition,  Mortgage  Loans  secured  by  Mortgaged
Properties in other  jurisdictions may be subject to account termination fees to
the extent  permitted by law. In general,  such account  termination fees do not
exceed  $___  and do not  apply  to  accounts  terminated  subsequent  to a date
designated in the related  Mortgage Note which,  depending on the  jurisdiction,
ranges between ___ months and ___ years following  origination.]  The prepayment
experience  with respect to the Mortgage Loans will affect the weighted  average
life of the Certificates.

         The rate of  prepayment  on the  Mortgage  Loans  cannot be  predicted.
Neither the Depositor nor the Master Servicer is aware of any publicly available
studies  or  statistics  on the  rate  of  prepayment  of such  Mortgage  Loans.
Generally,  home equity  revolving  credit  lines are not viewed by borrowers as
permanent  financing.  Accordingly,  the Mortgage  Loans may experience a higher
rate of prepayment  than  traditional  first mortgage  loans. On the other hand,
because the  Mortgage  Loans  amortize as described  herein,  rates of principal
payment on the Mortgage Loans will generally be slower than those of traditional
fully-amortizing  first mortgages in the absence of prepayments on such Mortgage
Loans. The prepayment experience of the Trust with respect to the Mortgage Loans
may be  affected  by a wide  variety  of  factors,  including  general  economic
conditions,  prevailing  interest rate levels,  the  availability of alternative
financing,  homeowner mobility,  the frequency and amount of any future draws on
the Credit Line Agreements and changes  affecting the  deductibility for Federal
income  tax  purposes  of  interest   payments  on  home  equity  credit  lines.
Substantially all of the Mortgage Loans contain "due-on-sale"  provisions,  and,
with respect to the Mortgage Loans,  the Master Servicer intends to enforce such
provisions,  unless such  enforcement  is not permitted by  applicable  law. The
enforcement  of a  "due-on-sale"  provision  will  have  the  same  effect  as a
prepayment  of the related  Mortgage  Loan.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of The
Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in the Prospectus.

         The  yield  to an  investor  who  purchases  the  Certificates  in  the
secondary market at a price other than par will vary from the anticipated  yield
if the rate of prepayment on the Mortgage  Loans is actually  different than the
rate anticipated by such investor at the time such Certificates were purchased.

         Collections on the Mortgage Loans may vary because, among other things,
borrowers  may make  payments  during  any month as low as the  minimum  monthly
payment for such month or as high as the entire  outstanding  principal  balance
plus accrued  interest  and the fees and charges  thereon.  It is possible  that
borrowers may fail to make scheduled payments. Collections on the Mortgage Loans
may vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.

         No assurance can be given as to the level of  prepayments  that will be
experienced by the Trust and it can be expected that a portion of borrowers will
not prepay their Mortgage Loans to any significant degree. See

         "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                       POOL FACTOR AND TRADING INFORMATION

         The "Pool  Factor" is a seven-digit  decimal which the Master  Servicer
will  compute  monthly  expressing  the  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the
Certificates  as  of  each   Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect  to  any
distribution  of principal  on such  Distribution  Date) as a proportion  of the
Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance.  On the Closing Date, the Pool Factor
will be 1.0000000.  See "Description of the  Certificates--Distributions  on the
Certificates"  herein.  Thereafter,  the Pool  Factor  will  decline  to reflect
reductions  in  the  related   Certificate   Principal  Balance  resulting  from
distributions  of principal to the  Certificates  and the Invested Amount of any
unreimbursed Liquidation Loss Amounts.

         Pursuant to the  Agreement,  monthly  reports  concerning  the Invested
Amount,  the Pool Factor and various  other  items of  information  will be made
available to the Certificateholders.  In addition,  within 60 days after the end
of each calendar year,  beginning with the 199_ calendar year,  information  for
tax  reporting  purposes  will be made  available  to each person who has been a
Certificateholder  of record at any time during the preceding calendar year. See
"Description  of the  Certificates--Book-Entry  Certificates"  and "--Reports to
Certificateholders" herein.

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

         The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Agreement.  The form of
the  Agreement  has been filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  of
which this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  Prospectus is a part. The following
summaries  describe  certain  provisions of the Agreement.  The summaries do not
purport to be complete and are subject to, and are  qualified in their  entirety
by reference to, all of the  provisions of the  Agreement.  Wherever  particular
sections or defined  terms of the  Agreement  are referred to, such  sections or
defined terms are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

General

         The  Certificates  will  be  issued  in  denominations  of  $1,000  and
multiples  of $1  in  excess  thereof  and  will  evidence  specified  undivided
interests in the Trust. The property of the Trust will consist of, to the extent
provided in the Agreement: (i) each of the Mortgage Loans that from time to time
is subject to the  Agreement;  (ii)  collections  on the Mortgage Loans received
after the Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments in respect of accrued interest due
on or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of _____ ); (iii)  Mortgaged
Properties  relating to the Mortgage  Loans that are acquired by  foreclosure or
deed in lieu of foreclosure;  (iv) the Collection  Account and the  Distribution
Account  (excluding  net  earnings  thereon);  (v) the  Policy;  (vi) the Spread
Account (for the benefit of the Certificate Insurer and the Certificateholders);
and (vii) an assignment of the Depositor's rights under the Purchase  Agreement.
Definitive  Certificates (as defined below), if issued, will be transferable and
exchangeable at the corporate trust office of the Trustee,  which will initially
act as Certificate Registrar. See "--Book-Entry  Certificates" below. No service
charge  will  be  made  for  any   registration   of  exchange  or  transfer  of
Certificates,  but the Trustee may require  payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge.

         The  aggregate  undivided  interest  in the  Trust  represented  by the
Certificates  as of the Closing Date will equal $ _____ (the "Original  Invested
Amount"),  which represents __% of the Cut-off Date Pool Balance.  The "Original
Certificate  Principal Balance" will equal $ _____ . Following the Closing Date,
the "Invested  Amount" with respect to any  Distribution  Date will be an amount
equal to the Original Invested Amount minus (i) the amount of Investor Principal
Collections  previously  distributed  to  Certificateholders,  and minus (ii) an
amount equal to the product of the Investor Floating  Allocation  Percentage and
the Liquidation Loss Amounts (each as defined  herein).  The principal amount of
the  outstanding  Certificates  (the  "Certificate  Principal  Balance")  on any
Distribution Date is equal to the Original  Certificate  Principal Balance minus
the   aggregate   of  amounts   actually   distributed   as   principal  to  the
Certificateholders.  See  "--Distributions  on  the  Certificates"  below.  Each
Certificate  represents  the  right  to  receive  payments  of  interest  at the
Certificate Rate and payments of principal as described below.

         The  Transferor  will  own  the  remaining  undivided  interest  in the
Mortgage Loans (the "Transferor  Interest"),  which is equal to the Pool Balance
less the Invested Amount. The Transferor  Interest will initially equal $, which
represents _% of the Cut-off Date Pool Balance. The Transferor as of any date is
the owner of the  Transferor  Interest which  initially  will be the Seller.  In
general,  the  Pool  Balance  will  vary  each day as  principal  is paid on the
Mortgage Loans,  liquidation losses are incurred,  Additional Balances are drawn
down by borrowers and Mortgage Loans are transferred to the Trust.

         The Transferor has the right to sell or pledge the Transferor  Interest
at any time,  provided (i) the Rating Agencies (as defined herein) have notified
the  Transferor  and the Trustee in writing  that such action will not result in
the  reduction or withdrawal of the ratings  assigned to the  Certificates,  and
(ii) certain other conditions specified in the Agreement are satisfied.

Book-Entry Certificates

         The Certificates  will initially be issued in book-entry form.  Persons
acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests  in the  Certificates  ("Certificate
Owners") may elect to hold their  Certificate  interests  through The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC"), in the United States, or Centrale de Livraison de Valeurs
Mobilieres  S.A.  ("CEDEL") or the Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear"),  in Europe.
Transfers  within  DTC,  CEDEL or  Euroclear,  as the  case  may be,  will be in
accordance with the usual rules and operating procedures of the relevant system.
So long as the  Certificates  are Book-Entry  Certificates  (as defined herein),
such Certificates  will be evidenced by one or more  Certificates  registered in
the name of Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  as the nominee of DTC or one of the  relevant
depositaries (collectively, the "European Depositaries"). Cross-market transfers
between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and
counterparties holding directly or indirectly through CEDEL or Euroclear, on the
other,  will be effected in DTC through Citibank N.A.  ("Citibank") or The Chase
Manhattan  Bank  ("Chase"),  the relevant  depositaries  of CEDEL or  Euroclear,
respectively,  and each a  participating  member of DTC. The  Certificates  will
initially  be   registered   in  the  name  of  Cede.   The   interests  of  the
Certificateholders will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC and
participating  members thereof. No Certificate Owner will be entitled to receive
a definitive  certificate  representing  such person's  interest,  except in the
event that  Definitive  Certificates  (as defined  herein) are issued  under the
limited  circumstances  described  herein.  All  references  in this  Prospectus
Supplement to any Certificates  reflect the rights of Certificate Owners only as
such rights may be exercised through DTC and its participating organizations for
so long as such  Certificates  are held by DTC.  See  "Risk  Factors--Book-Entry
Certificates", "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein
and "Annex I" hereto.

Assignment of Mortgage Loans

         At the  time  of  issuance  of the  Certificates,  the  Depositor  will
transfer  to the  Trust all of its  right,  title  and  interest  in and to each
Mortgage Loan (including any Additional Balances arising in the future), related
Credit Line Agreements, mortgages and other related documents (collectively, the
"Related  Documents"),  including all collections received on or with respect to
each such Mortgage Loan after the Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments in respect
of accrued  interest  due on or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of
_____  ). The  Trustee,  concurrently  with  such  transfer,  will  deliver  the
Certificates to the Depositor and the Transferor  Certificate (as defined in the
Agreement) to the Transferor.  Each Mortgage Loan  transferred to the Trust will
be identified  on a schedule (the  "Mortgage  Loan  Schedule")  delivered to the
Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.  Such schedule will include information as to
the Cut-off Date Principal Balance of each Mortgage Loan, as well as information
with respect to the Loan Rate.

         Within 90 days of an  Assignment  Event,  the  Trustee  will review the
Mortgage  Loans and the Related  Documents  and if any Mortgage  Loan or Related
Document is found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not
cured  within 90 days  following  notification  thereof  to the  Seller  and the
Depositor by the Trustee, the Seller will be obligated to accept the transfer of
such Mortgage Loan from the Trust. Upon such transfer,  the Principal Balance of
such Mortgage  Loan will be deducted  from the Pool  Balance,  thus reducing the
amount of the Transferor  Interest.  If the deduction would cause the Transferor
Interest  to become less than the  Minimum  Transferor  Interest at such time (a
"Transfer  Deficiency"),  the Seller will be obligated to either  substitute  an
Eligible  Substitute Mortgage Loan or make a deposit into the Collection Account
in the amount (the "Transfer  Deposit  Amount") equal to the amount by which the
Transferor  Interest  would  be  reduced  to less  than the  Minimum  Transferor
Interest at such time.  Any such  deduction,  substitution  or deposit,  will be
considered a payment in full of such Mortgage Loan. Any Transfer  Deposit Amount
will be  treated  as a  Principal  Collection.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
however,  prior to all required deposits to the Collection Account being made no
such  transfer  shall be  considered  to have  occurred  unless such  deposit is
actually  made. The obligation of the Seller to accept a transfer of a Defective
Mortgage Loan is the sole remedy regarding any defects in the Mortgage Loans and
Related Documents available to the Trustee or the Certificateholders.

         An "Eligible  Substitute  Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted
by the Depositor  for a Defective  Mortgage Loan which must, on the date of such
substitution,  (i) have an  outstanding  Principal  Balance (or in the case of a
substitution  of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective  Mortgage  Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance),  not __% more or less than the Transfer Deficiency
relating to such Defective  Mortgage  Loan;  (ii) have a Loan Rate not less than
the Loan Rate of the  Defective  Mortgage Loan and not more than _% in excess of
the Loan Rate of such Defective  Mortgage Loan;  (iii) have a Loan Rate based on
the same Index with adjustments to such Loan Rate made on the same Interest Rate
Adjustment Date as that of the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (iv) have a Margin that
is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than ___
basis points higher than the Margin for the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (v) have a
mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as the mortgage relating to the
Defective  Mortgage  Loan;  (vi) have a remaining term to maturity not more than
___ months  earlier and not more than __ months later than the remaining term to
maturity of the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply with each  representation
and warranty as to the Mortgage  Loans set forth in the Agreement  (deemed to be
made as of the  date of  substitution);  (viii)  in  general,  have an  original
Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio not greater than that of the  Defective  Mortgage
Loan; and (ix) satisfy certain other conditions  specified in the Agreement.  To
the extent the Principal Balance of an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan is less
than the  Principal  Balance of the related  Defective  Mortgage Loan and to the
extent  that  the  Transferor  Interest  would  be  reduced  below  the  Minimum
Transferor  Interest,  the  Seller  will be  required  to make a deposit  to the
Collection Account equal to such difference.

         The Seller will make certain  representations  and warranties as to the
accuracy  in all  material  respects  of certain  information  furnished  to the
Trustee with respect to each Mortgage Loan (e.g., Cut-off Date Principal Balance
and the Loan Rate).  In addition,  the Seller will  represent and warrant on the
Closing  Date that at the time of  transfer  to the  Depositor,  the  Seller has
transferred  or assigned all of its rights,  title and interest in each Mortgage
Loan  and  the  Related  Documents,   free  of  any  lien  (subject  to  certain
exceptions).  Upon discovery of a breach of any such representation and warranty
which materially and adversely  affects the interests of the  Certificateholders
or the Certificate  Insurer in the related Mortgage Loan and Related  Documents,
the Seller will have a period of 90 days after discovery or notice of the breach
to effect a cure.  If the breach cannot be cured within the 90-day  period,  the
Seller will be obligated to repurchase or substitute a similar mortgage loan for
such Mortgage Loan; provided,  however, that the Seller will not be obligated to
make any such  repurchase or  substitution  (or cure such breach) if such breach
constitutes  fraud in the  origination  of the  affected  Mortgage  Loan and the
Seller did not have knowledge of such fraud.  The same procedure and limitations
that  are set  forth in the  second  preceding  paragraph  for the  transfer  of
Defective  Mortgage  Loans will apply to the transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is
required  to be  transferred  because  of such  breach  of a  representation  or
warranty in the Agreement that materially and adversely affects the interests of
the Certificateholders.

         Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."

         Pursuant  to the  Agreement,  the  Master  Servicer  will  service  and
administer the Mortgage Loans as more fully set forth above.

Amendments to Credit Line Agreements

         Subject to applicable  law, the Master Servicer may change the terms of
the Credit Line  Agreements  at any time  provided  that such changes (i) do not
adversely  affect the  interest  of the  Certificateholders  or the  Certificate
Insurer,  and (ii) are consistent with prudent business  practice.  In addition,
the Agreement permits the Master Servicer,  within certain limitations described
therein, to increase the Credit Limit of the related Mortgage Loan or reduce the
Margin for such Mortgage Loan.

Optional Transfers of Mortgage Loans to the Transferor

         Subject  to  the  conditions   specified  in  the  Agreement,   on  any
Distribution  Date the Transferor  may, but shall not be obligated to, remove on
such  Distribution  Date (the "Transfer Date") from the Trust,  certain Mortgage
Loans without notice to the  Certificateholders.  The Transferor is permitted to
designate the Mortgage Loans to be removed.  Mortgage  Loans so designated  will
only be  removed  upon  satisfaction  of  certain  conditions  specified  in the
Agreement,  including:  (i) the  Transferor  Interest as of such  Transfer  Date
(after giving effect to such removal) exceeds the Minimum  Transferor  Interest;
(ii) the  Transferor  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee a  "Mortgage  Loan
Schedule"  containing a list of all Mortgage Loans  remaining in the Trust after
such removal; (iii) the Transferor shall represent and warrant that no selection
procedures which the Transferor reasonably believes are adverse to the interests
of the Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer were used by the Transferor
in  selecting  such  Mortgage  Loans;  (iv) in  connection  with the first  such
retransfer of Mortgage  Loans,  the Rating  Agencies shall have been notified of
the proposed transfer and prior to the Transfer Date shall not have notified the
Transferor  in  writing  that  such  transfer  would  result in a  reduction  or
withdrawal of the ratings  assigned to the  Certificates  without  regard to the
Policy;  and (v) the  Transferor  shall have  delivered  to the  Trustee and the
Certificate Insurer an officer's certificate confirming the conditions set forth
in clauses (i) through (iii) above.

         As of any date of determination,  the "Minimum Transferor  Interest" is
an amount equal to the lesser of (a) _% of the Pool Balance on such date and (b)
the Transferor Interest as of the Closing Date.

Payments on Mortgage Loans; Deposits to Collection Account

         The  Trustee  shall  establish  and  maintain  on behalf of the  Master
Servicer  an  account  (the  "Collection   Account")  for  the  benefit  of  the
Certificateholders  and the  Transferor,  as their  interests  may  appear.  The
Collection  Account will be an Eligible Account (as defined herein).  Subject to
the investment provision described in the following paragraphs,  within two days
of receipt by the Master  Servicer of amounts in respect of the  Mortgage  Loans
(excluding  amounts  representing  administrative  charges,  annual fees, taxes,
assessments,  credit insurance charges,  insurance proceeds to be applied to the
restoration  or repair of a  Mortgaged  Property or similar  items),  the Master
Servicer  will  deposit  such  amounts  in the  Collection  Account.  Amounts so
deposited  may  be  invested  in  Eligible  Investments  (as  described  in  the
Agreement)  maturing no later than one  Business  Day prior to the date on which
the amount on deposit  therein is required  to be  deposited  in the  Collection
Account or on such  Distribution Date if approved by the Rating Agencies and the
Certificate  Insurer.  Not  later  than the  third  Business  Day  prior to each
Distribution Date (the  "Determination  Date"),  the Master Servicer will notify
the Trustee of the amount of such deposit to be included in funds  available for
the related Distribution Date.

         An  "Eligible  Account"  is (i) an account  that is  maintained  with a
depository institution whose debt obligations at the time of any deposit therein
have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii) one or more
accounts with a depository institution having a minimum long-term unsecured debt
rating of "____" by _______ and "____" by ___,  which accounts are fully insured
by either the Savings Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank Insurance
Fund ("BIF") of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  established by such
fund,  (iii) a  segregated  trust  account  maintained  with the  Trustee  or an
Affiliate of the Trustee in its fiduciary capacity or (iv) otherwise  acceptable
to each Rating Agency and the Certificate  Insurer as evidenced by a letter from
each Rating Agency and the Certificate Insurer to the Trustee, without reduction
or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates.

         Eligible  Investments are specified in the Agreement and are limited to
investments  which meet the criteria of the Rating Agencies from time to time as
being consistent with their then current ratings of the Certificates.

Allocations and Collections

         All  collections  on the Mortgage  Loans will generally be allocated in
accordance with the Credit Line Agreements  between amounts collected in respect
of  interest  and  amounts  collected  in  respect  of  principal.   As  to  any
Distribution Date, "Interest Collections" will be equal to the amounts collected
during the related Collection Period,  including such portion of Net Liquidation
Proceeds  allocated  to  interest  pursuant  to the  terms  of the  Credit  Line
Agreements less Servicing Fees for the related Collection Period.

         As to any Distribution Date,  "Principal  Collections" will be equal to
the sum of (i) the  amounts  collected  during the  related  Collection  Period,
including  such  portion of Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  allocated  to  principal
pursuant  to the  terms of the  Credit  Line  Agreements  and (ii) any  Transfer
Deposit Amounts.  "Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect to a Mortgage Loan are
equal  to the  Liquidation  Proceeds,  reduced  by  related  expenses,  but  not
including the portion, if any, of such amount that exceeds the Principal Balance
of the Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest  thereon to the end of the
Collection  Period during which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated  Mortgage
Loan.  "Liquidation  Proceeds" are the proceeds  (excluding any amounts drawn on
the Policy)  received in connection  with the  liquidation of any Mortgage Loan,
whether through trustee's sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise.

         With  respect  to  any  Distribution  Date,  the  portion  of  Interest
Collections allocable to the Certificates ("Investor Interest Collections") will
equal the product of (a) Interest Collections for such Distribution Date and (b)
the Investor Floating  Allocation  Percentage.  With respect to any Distribution
Date, the "Investor Floating Allocation Percentage" is the percentage equivalent
of a  fraction  determined  by  dividing  the  Invested  Amount  at the close of
business on the preceding  Distribution Date (or the Closing Date in the case of
the first Distribution Date) by the Pool Balance at the beginning of the related
Collection  Period.  The  remaining  amount  of  Interest  Collections  will  be
allocated to the Transferor Interest.

         Principal Collections will be allocated between the  Certificateholders
and the Transferor  ("Investor Principal  Collections" and "Transferor Principal
Collections", respectively) as described herein.

         The Trustee  will  deposit any amounts  drawn under the Policy into the
Collection Account.

         With  respect  to any  date,  the "Pool  Balance"  will be equal to the
aggregate of the Principal  Balances of all Mortgage  Loans as of such date. The
Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan (other than a Liquidated  Mortgage Loan) on
any day is equal to the Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance  thereof,  plus (i) any
Additional  Balances in respect of such Mortgage Loan minus (ii) all collections
credited against the Principal  Balance of such Mortgage Loan in accordance with
the related Credit Line Agreement prior to such day. The Principal  Balance of a
Liquidated  Mortgage Loan after final recovery of related  Liquidation  Proceeds
shall be zero.

Distributions on the Certificates

         Beginning  with  the  first  Distribution  Date  (which  will  occur on
__________, 199_), distributions on the Certificates will be made by the Trustee
or the Paying Agent on each Distribution Date to the persons in whose names such
Certificates  are  registered  at the close of business on the day prior to each
Distribution Date or, if the Certificates are no longer Book-Entry Certificates,
at  the  close  of  business  on  the  last  day of  the  month  preceding  such
Distribution Date (the "Record Date").  The term  "Distribution  Date" means the
fifteenth day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, then the next
succeeding  Business  Day.  Distributions  will be made by check or money  order
mailed (or upon the request of a  Certificateholder  owning  Certificates having
denominations aggregating at least $_________, by wire transfer or otherwise) to
the address of the person  entitled  thereto  (which,  in the case of Book-Entry
Certificates,  will be DTC or its  nominee)  as it  appears  on the  Certificate
Register in amounts  calculated as described herein on the  Determination  Date.
However, the final distribution in respect of the Certificates will be made only
upon  presentation  and  surrender  thereof  at the  office or the agency of the
Trustee   specified   in  the  notice  to   Certificateholders   of  such  final
distribution.  For purposes of the Agreement,  a "Business Day" is any day other
than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in New
York State are required or authorized by law to be closed.

         Application of Interest  Collections.  On each  Distribution  Date, the
Trustee or the Paying Agent will apply the Investor Interest  Collections in the
following manner and order of priority:

                           (i) as  payment  to  the  Trustee  for  its  fee  for
                  services  rendered  pursuant to the Agreement;

                           (ii) as payment for the premium for the Policy;

                           (iii) as payment for the accrued interest due and any
                  overdue accrued  interest (with interest thereon to the extent
                  permitted by law) on the Certificate  Principal Balance of the
                  Certificates;

                           (iv)  to pay  Certificateholders  the  Investor  Loss
                  Amount for such Distribution Date;

                           (v) as payment  for any  Investor  Loss  Amount for a
                  previous  Distribution Date that was not previously (a) funded
                  by  Investor  Interest   Collections,   (b)  absorbed  by  the
                  Overcollateralization Amount, (c) funded by amounts on deposit
                  in the Spread Account or (d) funded by draws on the Policy;

                           (vi) to  reimburse  prior  draws made from the Policy
                  (with interest thereon);

                           (vii) to pay principal on the Certificates  until the
                  Invested Amount exceeds the Certificate  Principal  Balance by
                  the  Required  Overcollateralization  Amount  (such  amount so
                  paid, the "Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount");

                           (viii) any other amounts  required to be deposited in
                  an account for the benefit of the Certificate  Insurer and the
                  Certificateholders or owed to the Certificate Insurer pursuant
                  to the Insurance Agreement;

                           (ix) certain  amounts that may be required to be paid
                  to the Master Servicer pursuant to the Agreement; and

                           (x) to the  Transferor  to the  extent  permitted  as
                  described herein.

         Payments  to  Certificateholders  pursuant  to  clause  (iii)  will  be
interest payments on the Certificates.  Payments to Certificateholders  pursuant
to clauses (iv),  (v) and (vii) will be principal  payments on the  Certificates
and will therefore reduce the Certificate Principal Balance,  however,  payments
pursuant to clause (vii) will not reduce the Invested  Amount.  The  Accelerated
Principal Distribution Amount is not guaranteed by the Policy.

         To the extent that Investor Interest Collections are applied to pay the
interest on the Certificates,  Investor Interest Collections may be insufficient
to cover Investor Loss Amounts. If such insufficiency results in the Certificate
Principal  Balance  exceeding  the Invested  Amount,  a draw will be made on the
Policy in accordance with the terms of the Policy.

         The  "Required  Overcollateralization  Amount"  shall be an amount  set
forth in the  Agreement.  "Liquidation  Loss  Amount"  means with respect to any
Liquidated  Mortgage Loan, the unrecovered  Principal Balance thereof during the
Collection Period in which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan,
after giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection therewith. The
"Investor Loss Amount" shall be the product of the Investor Floating  Allocation
Percentage and the Liquidation Loss Amount for such Distribution Date.

         A "Liquidated  Mortgage Loan" means, as to any  Distribution  Date, any
Mortgage Loan in respect of which the Master Servicer has  determined,  based on
the  servicing  procedures  specified  in the  Agreement,  as of the  end of the
preceding  Collection  Period that all Liquidation  Proceeds which it expects to
recover with respect to the disposition of the related  Mortgaged  Property have
been   recovered.   The   Investor   Loss  Amount  will  be   allocated  to  the
Certificateholders.

         As to any Distribution Date other than the first Distribution Date, the
"Collection  Period" is the calendar month preceding each Distribution  Date. As
to the first Distribution Date, the "Collection  Period" is the period beginning
after the Cut-off Date and ending on the last day of _______________ 199_.

         Interest  will  be  distributed  on  each   Distribution  Date  at  the
Certificate  Rate for the  related  Interest  Period  (as  defined  below).  The
"Certificate  Rate" for a Distribution Date will generally equal the sum of [(a)
LIBOR, determined as specified herein, as of the second LIBOR Business Day prior
to the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or as of two LIBOR Business Days
prior to the Closing Date, in the case of the first  Distribution Date) plus (b)
____% per annum.]  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the amount of
interest  required  to be  distributed  in  respect of the  Certificates  on any
Distribution  Date exceed a rate equal to the weighted average of the Loan Rates
(net of the Servicing  Fee Rate,  the fee payable to the Trustee and the rate at
which the premium payable to the Certificate Insurer is calculated)  weighted on
the basis of the daily balance of each Mortgage Loan during the related  billing
cycle prior to the Collection Period relating to such Distribution Date.

         Interest on the Certificates in respect of any  Distribution  Date will
accrue on the Certificate Principal Balance from the preceding Distribution Date
(or in the case of the first  Distribution  Date,  from the date of the  initial
issuance of the  Certificates  (the "Closing  Date"))  through the day preceding
such Distribution Date (each such period, an "Interest  Period") on the basis of
the actual number of days in the Interest  Period and a 360-day  year.  Interest
payments on the Certificates will be funded from Investor  Interest  Collections
and, if necessary, from draws on the Policy.

         [Calculation of the LIBOR Rate. On each Distribution  Date, LIBOR shall
be  established by the Trustee and as to any Interest  Period,  LIBOR will equal
the rate for United  States  dollar  deposits for one month which appears on the
Telerate  Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M.,  London  time,  on the second LIBOR
Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest  Period.  "Telerate  Screen
Page 3750" means the display designated as page 3750 on the Telerate Service (or
such other page as may  replace  page 3750 on that  service  for the  purpose of
displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks). If such rate does not
appear  on such  page (or  such  other  page as may  replace  that  page on that
service,  or if such  service  is no longer  offered,  such  other  service  for
displaying  LIBOR or comparable  rates as may be selected by the Depositor after
consultation  with the Trustee),  the rate will be the Reference  Bank Rate. The
"Reference  Bank  Rate"  will be  determined  on the basis of the rates at which
deposits in U.S.  Dollars are offered by the  reference  banks  (which  shall be
three  major  banks that are  engaged in  transactions  in the London  interbank
market,  selected by the Depositor  after  consultation  with the Trustee) as of
11:00 A.M., London time, on the day that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the
immediately  preceding  Distribution Date to prime banks in the London interbank
market for a period of one month in amounts approximately equal to the principal
amount of the  Certificates  then  outstanding.  The  Trustee  will  request the
principal London office of each of the reference banks to provide a quotation of
its rate. If at least two such  quotations  are  provided,  the rate will be the
arithmetic mean of the quotations. If on such date fewer than two quotations are
provided as requested,  the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted
by one or more major  banks in New York City,  selected by the  Depositor  after
consultation  with the Trustee,  as of 11:00 A.M.,  New York City time,  on such
date for loans in U.S.  Dollars  to leading  European  banks for a period of one
month in amounts approximately equal to the principal amount of the Certificates
then outstanding.  If no such quotations can be obtained, the rate will be LIBOR
for the prior  Distribution  Date. "LIBOR Business Day" means any day other than
(i) a Saturday or a Sunday or (ii) a day on which  banking  institutions  in the
State of New York or in the city of London,  England are required or  authorized
by law to be closed.]

         Transferor   Collections.   Collections  allocable  to  the  Transferor
Interest that are not distributed to  Certificateholders  will be distributed to
the  Transferor  only to the extent that such  distribution  will not reduce the
amount of the Transferor Interest as of the related  Distribution Date below the
Minimum Transferor  Interest.  Amounts not distributed to the Transferor because
of such  limitations  will be  retained  in the  Collection  Account  until  the
Transferor Interest exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest,  at which time such
excess  shall be  released  to the  Transferor.  If any such  amounts  are still
retained  in  the  Collection   Account  upon  the  commencement  of  the  Rapid
Amortization  Period, such amounts will be paid to the  Certificateholders  as a
reduction of the Certificate Principal Balance.

         Overcollateralization.  The  distribution of the aggregate  Accelerated
Principal  Distribution Amount, if any, to Certificateholders  may result in the
Invested Amount being greater than the Certificate  Principal  Balance,  thereby
creating  overcollateralization.  The Overcollateralization Amount, if any, will
be available to absorb any Investor  Loss Amount that is not covered by Investor
Interest Collections.

         Distributions of Principal Collections. For the period beginning on the
first  Distribution  Date and,  unless a Rapid  Amortization  Event  shall  have
earlier occurred,  ending on the Distribution  Date in ______________  20__ (the
"Managed Amortization  Period"),  the amount of Principal Collections payable to
Certificateholders  as of each Distribution Date during the Managed Amortization
Period will equal,  to the extent funds are  available  therefor,  the Scheduled
Principal  Collections  Distribution  Amount for such Distribution  Date. On any
Distribution  Date  during  the  Managed  Amortization  Period,  the  "Scheduled
Principal  Collections  Distribution  Amount"  shall equal the lesser of (i) the
Maximum Principal Payment (as defined herein) and (ii) the Alternative Principal
Payment (as defined herein). With respect to any Distribution Date, the "Maximum
Principal  Payment"  will equal the  product of the  Investor  Fixed  Allocation
Percentage and Principal Collections for such Distribution Date. With respect to
any  Distribution  Date,  the  "Alternative  Principal  Payment"  will equal the
greater of (x) 0___% of the Certificate  Principal Balance  immediately prior to
such Distribution Date and (y) the amount,  but not less than zero, of Principal
Collections for such Distribution Date less the aggregate of Additional Balances
created during the related Collection Period.

         Beginning  with the first  Distribution  Date  following the end of the
Managed  Amortization  Period,  the amount of Principal  Collections  payable to
Certificateholders  on each  Distribution  Date  will be  equal  to the  Maximum
Principal Payment.

         The   amount   of   Principal   Collections   to  be   distributed   to
Certificateholders  on  the  first  Distribution  Date  will  reflect  Principal
Collections and Additional  Balances during the first Collection Period which is
the period  beginning  after the Cut-off Date through the last day of __________
199_.

         Distributions  of Principal  Collections  based upon the Investor Fixed
Allocation   Percentage   may   result  in   distributions   of   principal   to
Certificateholders  in amounts that are greater  relative to the declining  Pool
Balance than would be the case if the Investor  Floating  Allocation  Percentage
were used to determine the  percentage of Principal  Collections  distributed in
respect of the  Invested  Amount.  Principal  Collections  not  allocated to the
Certificateholders  will be allocated to the Transferor Interest.  The aggregate
distributions  of  principal  to the  Certificateholders  will  not  exceed  the
Original Certificate Principal Balance.

         In addition, to the extent of funds available therefor (including funds
available under the Policy),  on the  Distribution  Date in  ____________  20__,
Certificateholders  will be  entitled  to receive as a payment of  principal  an
amount equal to the outstanding Certificate Principal Balance.

         The Paying  Agent.  The Paying  Agent shall  initially  be the Trustee,
together with any successor  thereto in such capacity (the "Paying Agent").  The
Paying  Agent  shall  have  the  revocable  power  to  withdraw  funds  from the
Collection   Account   for  the   purpose   of  making   distributions   to  the
Certificateholders.

Rapid Amortization Events

         As  described  above,  the Managed  Amortization  Period will  continue
through the Distribution Date in 20__, unless a Rapid  Amortization Event occurs
prior to such date in which case the Rapid  Amortization  Period  will  commence
prior to such date.  "Rapid  Amortization  Event" refers to any of the following
events:

                  (a) failure on the part of the Seller (i) to make a payment or
         deposit  required under the Agreement  within three Business Days after
         the date such  payment  or deposit  is  required  to be made or (ii) to
         observe or perform  in any  material  respect  any other  covenants  or
         agreements  of the Seller  set forth in the  Agreement,  which  failure
         continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice;

                  (b) any  representation  or warranty made by the Seller in the
         Agreement  proves to have been  incorrect in any material  respect when
         made and continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period
         of 60 days after written  notice and as a result of which the interests
         of  the  Certificateholders  are  materially  and  adversely  affected;
         provided,  however, that a Rapid Amortization Event shall not be deemed
         to occur if the Seller has  purchased  or made a  substitution  for the
         related  Mortgage  Loan or  Mortgage  Loans if  applicable  during such
         period  (or  within  an  additional  60 days  with the  consent  of the
         Trustee) in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;

                  (c) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency
         or receivership relating to the Transferor; or

                  (d) the Trust becomes  subject to regulation by the Securities
         and Exchange  Commission as an investment company within the meaning of
         the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         In the  case of any  event  described  in  clause  (a) or (b),  a Rapid
Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred only if, after the applicable
grace  period,  if any,  described  in  such  clauses,  either  the  Trustee  or
Certificateholders   holding  Certificates  evidencing  more  than  51%  of  the
Percentage  Interests or the Certificate Insurer (so long as there is no default
by the  Certificate  Insurer in the  performance  of its  obligations  under the
Policy),  by written notice to the Depositor and the Master Servicer (and to the
Trustee, if given by the  Certificateholders)  declare that a Rapid Amortization
Event  has  occurred  as of the date of such  notice.  In the case of any  event
described  in clause  (c) or (d), a Rapid  Amortization  Event will be deemed to
have  occurred  without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or
the Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

         In addition to the consequences of a Rapid Amortization Event discussed
above, if the Transferor  voluntarily  files a bankruptcy  petition or goes into
liquidation  or any person is appointed a receiver or bankruptcy  trustee of the
Transferor,  on the day of any such filing or appointment no further  Additional
Balances will be transferred to the Trust, the Transferor will immediately cease
to transfer  Additional  Balances to the Trust and the Transferor  will promptly
give notice to the Trustee of any such  filing or  appointment.  Within 15 days,
the  Trustee  will  publish  a  notice  of  the  liquidation  or the  filing  or
appointment  stating that the Trustee  intends to sell,  dispose of or otherwise
liquidate the Mortgage Loans in a commercially reasonable manner and to the best
of its  ability.  Unless  otherwise  instructed  within a  specified  period  by
Certificateholders representing undivided interests aggregating more than 51% of
the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Certificates,  the Trustee  will sell,
dispose  of  or  otherwise  liquidate  the  Mortgage  Loans  in  a  commercially
reasonable  manner and on commercially  reasonable  terms.  Any proceeds will be
treated as  collections  allocable  to the  Certificateholders  and the Investor
Fixed Allocation  Percentage of such remaining  proceeds and will be distributed
to  the   Certificateholders  on  the  date  such  proceeds  are  received  (the
"Dissolution  Distribution  Date"). If the portion of such proceeds allocable to
the  Certificateholders  are not sufficient to pay in full the remaining  amount
due on the Certificates, the Policy will cover such shortfall.

         Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   if  a   conservator,   receiver  or
trustee-in-bankruptcy  is appointed for the Transferor and no Rapid Amortization
Event exists other than such conservatorship,  receivership or insolvency of the
Transferor,  the  conservator,  receiver or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  may have the
power to prevent the commencement of the Rapid  Amortization  Period or the sale
of Mortgage Loans described above.

The Policy

         [On or  before  the  Closing  Date,  the  Policy  will be issued by the
Certificate  Insurer  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  the  Agreement  and  the
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement (the "Insurance  Agreement") to be dated as of
____________, 199_, among the Seller, the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the
Certificate Insurer.

         The Policy will irrevocably and  unconditionally  guarantee  payment on
each Distribution Date to the Trustee for the benefit of the  Certificateholders
the full and  complete  payment  of (i) the  Guaranteed  Principal  Distribution
Amount  (as  defined  herein)  with  respect  to  the   Certificates   for  such
Distribution  Date and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest due on the  Certificates
(together, the "Guaranteed  Distributions"),  with such Guaranteed Distributions
having been calculated in accordance with the original terms of the Certificates
or the Agreement except for amendments or modifications to which the Certificate
Insurer  has given its prior  written  consent.  The  effect of the Policy is to
guarantee  the timely  payment of interest on, and the  ultimate  payment of the
principal amount of, all of the Certificates.

         The "Guaranteed Principal  Distribution Amount" shall be the amount, if
any, by which the  Certificate  Principal  Balance  (after  giving effect to all
other  amounts  distributable  and  allocable to principal on the  Certificates)
exceeds the Invested Amount as of such Distribution Date (after giving effect to
all other amounts  distributable  and allocable to principal on the Certificates
for such Distribution Date). In addition,  the Policy will guarantee the payment
of the outstanding  Certificate  Principal  Balance on the Distribution  Date in
______________ 20__ (after giving effect to all other amounts  distributable and
allocable to principal on such Distribution Date).

         In  accordance  with the  Agreement,  the  Trustee  will be required to
establish and maintain an account (the "Spread  Account") for the benefit of the
Certificate  Insurer and the  Certificateholders.  The Trustee shall deposit the
amounts into the Spread Account as required by the Agreement.

         Payment of claims on the Policy will be made by the Certificate Insurer
following  Receipt  by the  Certificate  Insurer of the  appropriate  notice for
payment  on the later to occur of (i) 12:00  noon,  New York City  time,  on the
second Business Day following  Receipt of such notice for payment and (ii) 12:00
noon, New York City time, on the relevant Distribution Date.

         If payment of any amount guaranteed by the Certificate Insurer pursuant
to the Policy is avoided as a preference  payment under  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  receivership or similar law, the Certificate  Insurer will pay such
amount out of the funds of the Certificate  Insurer on the later of (a) the date
when due to be paid pursuant to the Order  referred to below or (b) the first to
occur of (i) the  fourth  Business  Day  following  Receipt  by the  Certificate
Insurer from the Trustee of (A) a certified  copy of the order (the  "Order") of
the court or other governmental body which exercised  jurisdiction to the effect
that the  Certificateholder  is required to return the amount of any  Guaranteed
Distributions  distributed with respect to the  Certificates  during the term of
the related Policy because such distributions were avoidable preference payments
under applicable bankruptcy law, (B) a certificate of the Certificateholder that
the Order has been entered and is not subject to any stay and (C) an  assignment
duly  executed  and  delivered  by the  Certificateholder,  in  such  form as is
reasonably   required  by  the   Certificate   Insurer   and   provided  to  the
Certificateholder  by the  Certificate  Insurer,  irrevocably  assigning  to the
Certificate Insurer all rights and claims of the  Certificateholder  relating to
or arising under the Certificates  against the debtor which made such preference
payment or otherwise with respect to such preference  payment,  or (ii) the date
of Receipt by the Certificate  Insurer from the Trustee of the items referred to
in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above if, at least four  Business Days prior to such
date of Receipt, the Certificate Insurer shall have Received written notice from
the Trustee  that such items were to be delivered on such date and such date was
specified in such  notice.  Such  payment  shall be  disbursed to the  receiver,
conservator,  debtor-in-possession  or trustee in bankruptcy  named in the Order
and  not  to  the   Trustee  or  any   Certificateholder   directly   (unless  a
Certificateholder has previously paid such amount to the receiver,  conservator,
debtor-in-possession  or trustee in bankruptcy  named in the Order in which case
such  payment  shall  be  disbursed  to the  Trustee  for  distribution  to such
Certificateholder  upon proof of such  payment  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Certificate Insurer).

         The terms  "Receipt" and "Received",  with respect to the Policy,  mean
actual delivery to the Certificate  Insurer and to its fiscal agent appointed by
the  Certificate  Insurer at its option,  if any,  prior to 12:00 noon, New York
City time,  on a Business Day;  delivery  either on a day that is not a Business
Day or after  12:00 noon,  New York City time,  shall be deemed to be Receipt on
the next succeeding  Business Day. If any notice or certificate  given under the
Policy  by the  Trustee  is not in  proper  form or is not  properly  completed,
executed  or  delivered  it shall be deemed not to have been  Received,  and the
Certificate Insurer or the fiscal agent shall promptly so advise the Trustee and
the Trustee may submit an amended notice.

         Under  the  Policy,  "Business  Day"  means  any day  other  than (i) a
Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which  banking  institutions  in The City of
New York, New York are  authorized or obligated by law or executive  order to be
closed.

         The Certificate  Insurer's  obligations  under the Policy in respect of
Guaranteed Distributions shall be discharged to the extent funds are transferred
to the Trustee as provided in the Policy, whether or not such funds are properly
applied by the Trustee.

         The  Certificate  Insurer  shall be  subrogated  to the  rights of each
Certificateholder to receive payments of principal and interest,  as applicable,
with respect to  distributions  on the Certificates to the extent of any payment
by the  Certificate  Insurer  under the  Policy.  To the extent the  Certificate
Insurer makes  Guaranteed  Distributions,  either  directly or indirectly (as by
paying through the Trustee), to the Certificateholders,  the Certificate Insurer
will be subrogated to the rights of the Certificateholders,  as applicable, with
respect to such Guaranteed  Distributions,  shall be deemed to the extent of the
payments so made to be a  registered  Certificateholder  for purposes of payment
and shall receive all future Guaranteed  Distributions until all such Guaranteed
Distributions by the Certificate  Insurer have been fully  reimbursed,  provided
that the  Certificateholders  have  received  the full amount of the  Guaranteed
Distributions.

         The terms of the Policy cannot be modified,  altered or affected by any
other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or dissolution of
the Seller. The Policy by its terms may not be cancelled or revoked.  The Policy
is governed by the laws of the State of ________.

         The Policy is not covered by the  Property/Casualty  Insurance Security
fund  specified in Article 76 of the New York  Insurance  Law. The Policy is not
covered by the Florida Insurance Guaranty  Association  created under Part II of
Chapter 631 of the Florida Insurance Code. In the event the Certificate  Insurer
were to become insolvent,  any claims arising under the Policy are excluded from
coverage by the California Insurance Guaranty Association,  established pursuant
to Article 14.2 of Chapter 1 of part 2 of Division 1 of the California Insurance
Code.

         Pursuant to the terms of the  Agreement,  unless a Certificate  Insurer
default exists, the Certificate  Insurer shall be deemed to be the Holder of the
Certificates  for certain  purposes  (other than with  respect to payment on the
Certificates), will be entitled to exercise all rights of the Certificateholders
thereunder,  without  the  consent  of  such  Holders  and  the  Holders  of the
Certificates may exercise such rights only with the prior written consent of the
Certificate  Insurer.  In addition,  the  Certificate  Insurer will have certain
additional rights as third party beneficiary to the Agreement.

         In the absence of payments  under the Policy,  Certificateholders  will
bear  directly  the  credit and other  risks  associated  with  their  undivided
interest in the Trust.]

Reports to Certificateholders

         Concurrently  with each  distribution  to the  Certificateholders,  the
Master   Servicer   will   forward   to  the   Trustee   for   mailing  to  such
Certificateholder a statement setting forth among other items:

                           (i) the Investor Floating  Allocation  Percentage for
                  the preceding  Collection Period;

                           (ii)    the    amount     being     distributed    to
                  Certificateholders;

                           (iii)  the  amount  of  interest   included  in  such
                  distribution and the related Certificate Rate;

                           (iv) the amount,  if any, of overdue accrued interest
                  included  in such  distribution  (and the  amount of  interest
                  thereon);

                           (v) the  amount,  if any,  of the  remaining  overdue
                  accrued interest after giving effect to such distribution;

                           (vi) the  amount,  if any, of  principal  included in
                  such distribution;

                           (vii) the  amount,  if any, of the  reimbursement  of
                  previous   Liquidation   Loss   Amounts   included   in   such
                  distribution;

                           (viii)  the  amount,   if  any,   of  the   aggregate
                  unreimbursed  Liquidation  Loss Amounts after giving effect to
                  such distribution;

                           (ix) the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

                           (x) the Invested Amount and the Certificate Principal
                  Balance, each after giving effect to such distribution;

                           (xi) the Pool Balance as of the end of the  preceding
                  Collection Period;

                           (xii) the number and aggregate  Principal Balances of
                  the Mortgage Loans as to which the minimum  monthly payment is
                  delinquent  for 30-59  days,  60-89  days and 90 or more days,
                  respectively,  as of  the  end  of  the  preceding  Collection
                  Period;

                           (xiii)  the book  value of any real  estate  which is
                  acquired by the Trust through  foreclosure or grant of deed in
                  lieu of foreclosure; and

                           (xiv) the amount of any draws on the Policy.

         In the case of information  furnished  pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv),
(v),  (vi),  (vii) and (viii) above,  the amounts shall be expressed as a dollar
amount per Certificate with a $1,000 denomination.

         Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year  commencing in 1998,
the Master  Servicer  will be  required  to forward to the  Trustee a  statement
containing the information set forth in clauses (iii) and (vi) above  aggregated
for such calendar year.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures on Mortgage Loans

         The  Master  Servicer  will make  reasonable  efforts  to  collect  all
payments  called  for under the  Mortgage  Loans and will,  consistent  with the
Agreement,  follow such  collection  procedures  as it follows from time to time
with respect to the home equity loans in its servicing  portfolio  comparable to
the Mortgage Loans.  Consistent  with the above,  the Master Servicer may in its
discretion  waive  any late  payment  charge or any  assumption  or other fee or
charge that may be collected in the  ordinary  course of servicing  the Mortgage
Loans.

         With respect to the  Mortgage  Loans,  the Master  Servicer may arrange
with a borrower  a schedule  for the  payment of  interest  due and unpaid for a
period,  provided  that any  such  arrangement  is  consistent  with the  Master
Servicer's  policies with respect to the home equity  mortgage  loans it owns or
services. In accordance with the terms of the Agreement, the Master Servicer may
consent under certain  circumstances to the placing of a subsequent  senior lien
in respect of a Mortgage Loan.

Hazard Insurance

         The Agreement provides that the Master Servicer maintain certain hazard
insurance on the Mortgaged  Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans. While the
terms of the related  Credit Line  Agreements  generally  require  borrowers  to
maintain  certain  hazard  insurance,  the Master  Servicer will not monitor the
maintenance of such insurance.

         The  Agreement  requires  the  Master  Servicer  to  maintain  for  any
Mortgaged  Property  relating to a Mortgage Loan acquired upon  foreclosure of a
Mortgage  Loan, or by deed in lieu of such  foreclosure,  hazard  insurance with
extended  coverage in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum insurable
value of such Mortgaged Property or (b) the outstanding balance of such Mortgage
Loan plus the  outstanding  balance on any mortgage loan senior to such Mortgage
Loan at the time of  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  plus accrued
interest  and  the  Master   Servicer's  good  faith  estimate  of  the  related
liquidation  expenses to be  incurred in  connection  therewith.  The  Agreement
provides  that the Master  Servicer may satisfy its  obligation  to cause hazard
policies to be  maintained  by  maintaining a blanket  policy  insuring  against
losses  on  such  Mortgaged  Properties.  If  such  blanket  policy  contains  a
deductible  clause,  the Master  Servicer  will be  obligated  to deposit in the
Collection Account the sums which would have been deposited therein but for such
clause.  The Master  Servicer  will  initially  satisfy  these  requirements  by
maintaining a blanket policy.  As set forth above, all amounts  collected by the
Master  Servicer (net of any  reimbursements  to the Master  Servicer) under any
hazard policy (except for amounts to be applied to the  restoration or repair of
the Mortgaged Property) will ultimately be deposited in the Collection Account.

         In general,  the  standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the  improvements on the property by
fire, lightning,  explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, and the like, strike and
civil  commotion,  subject to the conditions  and  exclusions  specified in each
policy.   Although  the  policies   relating  to  the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be
underwritten  by different  insurers and  therefore  will not contain  identical
terms and  conditions,  the basic terms  thereof are  dictated by state laws and
most of such policies  typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from
the  following:   war,  revolution,   governmental  actions,  floods  and  other
water-related  causes,  earth movement  (including  earthquakes,  landslides and
mudflows),  nuclear  reactions,  wet or dry rot,  vermin,  rodents,  insects  or
domestic animals,  theft and, in certain cases vandalism.  The foregoing list is
merely  indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be
all-inclusive or an exact description of the insurance  policies relating to the
Mortgaged Properties.

Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans

         The Master Servicer will foreclose upon or otherwise comparably convert
to ownership  Mortgaged  Properties  securing such of the Mortgage Loans as come
into default when, in accordance with applicable  servicing procedures under the
Agreement,  no  satisfactory  arrangements  can be made  for the  collection  of
delinquent  payments.  In connection with such foreclosure or other  conversion,
the  Master  Servicer  will  follow  such  practices  as it deems  necessary  or
advisable and as are in keeping with its general subordinate  mortgage servicing
activities,  provided the Master Servicer will not be required to expend its own
funds in connection with foreclosure or other conversion,  correction of default
on a related senior mortgage loan or restoration of any property unless,  in its
sole judgment,  such  foreclosure,  correction or restoration  will increase Net
Liquidation Proceeds.  The Master Servicer will be reimbursed out of Liquidation
Proceeds for advances of its own funds as  liquidation  expenses  before any Net
Liquidation Proceeds are distributed to Certificateholders or the Transferor.

Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loan

         The Master  Servicer  may, at its option,  purchase  from the Trust any
Mortgage  Loan  which is  delinquent  in  payment  by 91 days or more.  Any such
purchase  shall be at a price  equal to 100% of the  Principal  Balance  of such
Mortgage Loan plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable Loan Rate from the
date through which interest was last paid by the related  mortgagor to the first
day  of  the   month  in   which   such   amount   is  to  be   distributed   to
Certificateholders.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         With  respect  to each  Collection  Period,  the Master  Servicer  will
receive from interest  collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans a portion of
such  interest  collections  as a monthly  Servicing  Fee in the amount equal to
approximately  0.50% per annum ("Servicing Fee Rate") on the aggregate Principal
Balances of the  Mortgage  Loans as of the first day of the  related  Collection
Period (or at the Cut-off Date for the first Collection Period).  All assumption
fees, late payment charges and other fees and charges,  to the extent  collected
from borrowers,  will be retained by the Master Servicer as additional servicing
compensation.

         The Master Servicer will pay certain ongoing  expenses  associated with
the Trust and incurred by it in connection with its  responsibilities  under the
Agreement.  In addition,  the Master Servicer will be entitled to  reimbursement
for certain expenses incurred by it in connection with defaulted  Mortgage Loans
and in connection  with the restoration of Mortgaged  Properties,  such right of
reimbursement  being  prior to the rights of  Certificateholders  to receive any
related Net Liquidation Proceeds.

Evidence as to Compliance

         The Agreement  provides for delivery on or before  ___________  in each
year,  beginning in  ___________,  199_,  to the Trustee of an annual  statement
signed by an  officer  of the  Master  Servicer  to the  effect  that the Master
Servicer has fulfilled its material  obligations under the Agreement  throughout
the preceding fiscal year, except as specified in such statement.

         On or before _____________ of each year, beginning  ___________,  199_,
the Master  Servicer  will  furnish a report  prepared  by a firm of  nationally
recognized independent public accountants (who may also render other services to
the Master Servicer or the Transferor) to the Trustee,  the Certificate  Insurer
and the  Rating  Agencies  to the  effect  that such firm has  examined  certain
documents and the records  relating to servicing of the Mortgage Loans under the
Agreement  and that, on the basis of such  examination,  such firm believes that
such  servicing was conducted in  compliance  with the Agreement  except for (a)
such  exceptions  as such firm  believes  to be  immaterial  and (b) such  other
exceptions as shall be set forth in such report.

Certain Matters Regarding the Master Servicer and the Transferor

         The Agreement provides that the Master Servicer may not resign from its
obligations  and  duties  thereunder,  except  in  connection  with a  permitted
transfer  of  servicing,  unless (i) such duties and  obligations  are no longer
permissible  under  applicable  law or are in  material  conflict  by  reason of
applicable law with any other activities of a type and nature presently  carried
on by it or its  affiliate  or  (ii)  upon  the  satisfaction  of the  following
conditions:  (a) the Master  Servicer has  proposed a successor  servicer to the
Trustee in writing and such proposed successor servicer is reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee;  (b) the Rating  Agencies have confirmed to the Trustee that the
appointment of such proposed  successor servicer as the Master Servicer will not
result  in the  reduction  or  withdrawal  of the  then  current  rating  of the
Certificates;  and (c) such proposed successor servicer is reasonably acceptable
to the Certificate  Insurer. No such resignation will become effective until the
Trustee or a successor  servicer has assumed the Master  Servicer's  obligations
and duties under the Agreement.

         The Master Servicer may perform any of its duties and obligations under
the  Agreement  through  one or more  subservicers  or  delegates,  which may be
affiliates of the Master Servicer.  Notwithstanding  any such  arrangement,  the
Master  Servicer  will  remain  liable  and  obligated  to the  Trustee  and the
Certificateholders  for the Master  Servicer's  duties and obligations under the
Agreement,  without any diminution of such duties and  obligations and as if the
Master Servicer itself were performing such duties and obligations.

         The  Agreement  provides that the Master  Servicer  will  indemnify the
Trust and the Trustee from and against any loss, liability,  expense,  damage or
injury  suffered or  sustained as a result of the Master  Servicer's  actions or
omissions in connection  with the servicing and  administration  of the Mortgage
Loans which are not in accordance  with the provisions of the  Agreement.  Under
the  Agreement,  the  Transferor  will indemnify an injured party for the entire
amount of any losses,  claims, damages or liabilities arising out of or based on
the Agreement  (other than losses  resulting  from  defaults  under the Mortgage
Loans).  In the event of an Event of Servicing  Termination  (as defined  below)
resulting in the  assumption  of  servicing  obligations  by a successor  Master
Servicer,  the successor  Master  Servicer will indemnify the Transferor for any
losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities of the Transferor as described in this
paragraph arising from the successor Master Servicer's actions or omissions. The
Agreement  provides that neither the  Depositor,  the  Transferor nor the Master
Servicer nor their  directors,  officers,  employees or agents will be under any
other liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the  Certificateholders  or any other
person for any action taken or for refraining from taking any action pursuant to
the Agreement.  However,  neither the  Depositor,  the Transferor nor the Master
Servicer  will be  protected  against any  liability  which would  otherwise  be
imposed by reason of willful  misconduct,  bad faith or gross  negligence of the
Depositor,  the  Transferor  or the Master  Servicer in the  performance  of its
duties under the Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations
thereunder.  In addition,  the Agreement  provides that the Master Servicer will
not be under any  obligation to appear in,  prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not  incidental to its servicing  responsibilities  under the Agreement
and which in its opinion may expose it to any expense or  liability.  The Master
Servicer may, in its sole  discretion,  undertake any such legal action which it
may deem necessary or desirable with respect to the Agreement and the rights and
duties  of the  parties  thereto  and  the  interest  of the  Certificateholders
thereunder.

         Any  corporation  into  which  the  Master  Servicer  may be  merged or
consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any  merger,  conversion  or
consolidation  to which the Master Servicer shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to the business of the Master  Servicer shall be the successor of the
Master Servicer  hereunder,  without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto,  anything in the Agreement
to the contrary notwithstanding.

Events of Servicing Termination

         "Events of Servicing  Termination"  will consist of: (i) any failure by
the Master Servicer to deposit in the Collection Account any deposit required to
be made  under  the  Agreement,  which  failure  continues  unremedied  for five
business  days after the giving of written  notice of such failure to the Master
Servicer  by the  Trustee,  or to the  Master  Servicer  and the  Trustee by the
Certificate  Insurer or  Certificateholders  evidencing an aggregate,  undivided
interest in the Trust of at least 25% of the Certificate Principal Balance; (ii)
any failure by the Master  Servicer  duly to observe or perform in any  material
respect any other of its covenants or agreements in the Agreement which, in each
case,  materially and adversely affects the interests of the  Certificateholders
or the Certificate Insurer and continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving
of written notice of such failure to the Master  Servicer by the Trustee,  or to
the  Master   Servicer   and  the   Trustee  by  the   Certificate   Insurer  or
Certificateholders  evidencing an aggregate,  undivided interest in the Trust of
at least 25% of the Certificate  Principal  Balance;  or (iii) certain events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling  of assets and  liabilities  or
similar  proceedings  relating to the Master Servicer and certain actions by the
Master Servicer  indicating  insolvency,  reorganization or inability to pay its
obligations. Under certain other circumstances, the Certificate Insurer with the
consent of holders of Investor Certificates  evidencing an aggregate,  undivided
interest in the Trust of at least 66 2/3% of the Certificate  Principal  Balance
may deliver written notice to the Master Servicer terminating all the rights and
obligations of the Master Servicer under the Agreement.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a delay in or failure of  performance
referred to under clause (i) above for a period of ten Business Days or referred
to under  clause  (ii)  above  for a  period  of 60  Business  Days,  shall  not
constitute an Event of Servicing  Termination if such delay or failure could not
be prevented by the exercise of reasonable  diligence by the Master Servicer and
such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other  similar  occurrence.
Upon the occurrence of any such event the Master  Servicer shall not be relieved
from using its best  efforts to perform its  obligations  in a timely  manner in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Master Servicer shall provide
the Trustee,  the Depositor,  the Transferor,  the  Certificate  Insurer and the
Certificateholders prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a
description of its efforts to so perform its obligations.

Rights Upon an Event of Servicing Termination

         So long as an Event of Servicing Termination remains unremedied, either
the Trustee, or Certificateholders  evidencing an aggregate,  undivided interest
in the Trust of at least 66 2/3% of the  Certificate  Principal  Balance  or the
Certificate  Insurer,  may  terminate all of the rights and  obligations  of the
Master Servicer under the Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans,  whereupon
the Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities,  duties and liabilities of
the  Master  Servicer  under  the  Agreement  and will be  entitled  to  similar
compensation  arrangements.  In the event that the Trustee would be obligated to
succeed  the  Master  Servicer  but is  unwilling  or unable  so to act,  it may
appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a
housing and home finance  institution or other mortgage loan or home equity loan
servicer with all licenses and permits required to perform its obligations under
the Agreement and having a net worth of at least  $__________  and acceptable to
the  Certificate  Insurer to act as successor to the Master  Servicer  under the
Agreement.  Pending  such  appointment,  the Trustee will be obligated to act in
such  capacity  unless  prohibited by law.  Such  successor  will be entitled to
receive the same  compensation  that the Master  Servicer  would  otherwise have
received  (or such lesser  compensation  as the Trustee and such  successor  may
agree).  A receiver or conservator  for the Master  Servicer may be empowered to
prevent the  termination  and  replacement of the Master Servicer where the only
Event of Servicing Termination that has occurred is an Insolvency Event.

Amendment

         The Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Master  Servicer,
the Depositor and the Trustee and with the consent of the  Certificate  Insurer,
but  without  the  consent  of any of the  Certificateholders,  (i) to cure  any
ambiguity  or mistake,  (ii) to correct any  defective  provision  therein or to
supplement  any  provision  therein  which  may be  inconsistent  with any other
provision  therein,  (iii) to add to the duties of the Depositor,  the Seller or
the Master Servicer, (iv) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under the Agreement or (v) to modify,  alter, amend, add to or
rescind any of the terms or provisions contained in the Agreement; provided that
any action  pursuant to clauses  (iv) or (v) above shall not, as evidenced by an
opinion of  counsel  (which  opinion  of counsel  shall not be an expense of the
Trustee  or the Trust  Fund),  adversely  affect  in any  material  respect  the
interests  of  any  Certificateholder  or  the  Certificate  Insurer;  provided,
however,  that no such  opinion  of  counsel  shall be  required  if the  Person
requesting  the amendment  obtains a letter from each Rating Agency stating that
the  amendment  would  not  result  in  the  downgrading  or  withdrawal  of the
respective  ratings then assigned to the  Certificates;  it being understood and
agreed that any such letter in and of itself will not represent a  determination
as to the  materiality of any such amendment and will represent a  determination
only as to the credit issues affecting any such rating.

         The Agreement  may also be amended from time to time by the  Depositor,
the Master Servicer and the Trustee with the consent of the Certificate  Insurer
and with the  consent of the  Holders of a Majority in Interest of each Class of
Certificates  affected  thereby for the purpose of adding any  provisions  to or
changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of the Agreement or
of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Certificates;  provided,
however, that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or
delay the timing of,  payments  required to be  distributed  on any  Certificate
without the consent of the Holder of such Certificate,  (ii) adversely affect in
any material  respect the interests of the Holders of any Class of  Certificates
in a manner other than as  described in (i),  without the consent of the Holders
of Certificates of such Class evidencing, as to such Class, Percentage Interests
aggregating 66 2/3%, or (iii) reduce the aforesaid  percentages of  Certificates
the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment,  without the
consent of the Holders of all such Certificates then outstanding.

Termination; Retirement of the Certificates

         The Trust will terminate on the  Distribution  Date following the later
of (A) payment in full of all amounts owing to the  Certificate  Insurer and (B)
the earliest of (i) the  Distribution  Date on which the  Certificate  Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other liquidation of
the  last  Mortgage  Loan in the  Trust,  (iii)  the  optional  transfer  to the
Transferor of the  Certificates,  as described  below and (iv) the  Distribution
Date in ____________ 20__.

         The Certificates will be subject to optional transfer to the Transferor
on any Distribution  Date after the Certificate  Principal Balance is reduced to
an  amount  less  than or equal  to __% of the  Original  Certificate  Principal
Balance  and  all  amounts  due  and  owing  to  the  Certificate   Insurer  and
unreimbursed  draws on the Policy,  together with interest thereon,  as provided
under the Insurance Agreement,  have been paid. The transfer price will be equal
to the sum of the  outstanding  Certificate  Principal  Balance  and accrued and
unpaid interest  thereon at the  Certificate  Rate through the day preceding the
final  Distribution  Date. In no event,  however,  will the Trust created by the
Agreement continue for more than 21 years after the death of certain individuals
named in the  Agreement.  Written notice of termination of the Agreement will be
given to each  Certificateholder,  and the final  distribution will be made only
upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of the  Certificates  at an office or agency
appointed by the Trustee which will be specified in the notice of termination.

         In addition,  the Trust may be liquidated as a result of certain events
of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  receivership  relating to the  Transferor.  See
"--Rapid Amortization Events" herein.

The Trustee

         [ ], a  ______________________  with its principal place of business in
________, has been named Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.

         The  commercial  bank or  trust  company  serving  as  Trustee  may own
Certificates  and have normal  banking  relationships  with the  Depositor,  the
Master Servicer, the Seller and the Certificate Insurer and/or their affiliates.

         The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the  Depositor  will
be  obligated  to appoint a successor  Trustee,  as approved by the  Certificate
Insurer.  The Depositor may also remove the Trustee if the Trustee  ceases to be
eligible  to  continue as such under the  Agreement  or if the  Trustee  becomes
insolvent.  Upon becoming  aware of such  circumstances,  the Depositor  will be
obligated  to  appoint a  successor  Trustee,  as  approved  by the  Certificate
Insurer.  Any  resignation  or  removal  of the  Trustee  and  appointment  of a
successor  Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor Trustee.

         No holder of a  Certificate  will have any right under the Agreement to
institute  any  proceeding  with  respect to the  Agreement  unless  such holder
previously  has given to the  Trustee  written  notice  of  default  and  unless
Certificateholders  evidencing an aggregate,  undivided interest in the Trust of
at least 51% of the  Certificate  Principal  Balance have made written  requests
upon the  Trustee  to  institute  such  proceeding  in its own  name as  Trustee
thereunder and have offered to the Trustee reasonable  indemnity and the Trustee
for 60 days has  neglected  or refused to  institute  any such  proceeding.  The
Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of the trusts or powers
vested in it by the Agreement or to make any  investigation  of matters  arising
thereunder or to institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation  thereunder or in
relation   thereto  at  the   request,   order  or   direction  of  any  of  the
Certificateholders,  unless such  Certificateholders have offered to the Trustee
reasonable  security or indemnity  against the cost,  expenses  and  liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby.

Certain Activities

         The Trust will not: (i) borrow money; (ii) make loans;  (iii) invest in
securities for the purpose of exercising  control;  (iv) underwrite  securities;
(v) except as provided in the  Agreement,  engage in the  purchase  and sale (or
turnover) of investments; (vi) offer securities in exchange for property (except
Certificates for the Mortgage Loans); or (vii) repurchase or otherwise reacquire
its  securities.  See  "--Evidence  as  to  Compliance"  above  for  information
regarding  reports as to the compliance by the Master Servicer with the terms of
the Agreement.

                      DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         The Mortgage Loans to be transferred to the Trust by the Depositor will
be purchased by the Depositor from [IndyMac]  pursuant to the Purchase Agreement
to be entered into between the  Depositor,  as purchaser of the Mortgage  Loans,
and [IndyMac],  as Seller of the Mortgage Loans.  Under the Purchase  Agreement,
the Seller  will agree to transfer  the  Mortgage  Loans and related  Additional
Balances to the Depositor. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Mortgage Loans will be
immediately  transferred  by the Depositor to the Trust,  and the Depositor will
assign its  rights in, to and under the  Purchase  Agreement  to the Trust.  The
following summary describes certain terms of the form of the Purchase  Agreement
and is qualified by reference to the Purchase Agreement.

Transfers of Mortgage Loans

         Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Seller will transfer and assign
to the  Depositor,  all of its right,  title and interest in and to the Mortgage
Loans and all of the Additional Balances thereafter created.  The purchase price
of the Mortgage Loans is a specified percentage of the face amount thereof as of
the time of transfer and is payable by the Depositor in cash. The purchase price
of each Additional  Balance  comprising the Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan
is the amount of the related new advance.

Representations and Warranties

         The Seller will  represent  and warrant to the  Depositor  that,  among
other things,  as of the Closing Date, it is duly organized and in good standing
and that it has the authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by the
Purchase Agreement.  The Seller will also represent and warrant to the Depositor
that, among other things, immediately prior to the sale of the Mortgage Loans to
the  Depositor,  the Seller was the sole owner and holder of the Mortgage  Loans
free and clear of any and all liens and security interests. The Seller will make
similar  representations  and warranties in the Agreement.  The Seller will also
represent  and warrant to the  Depositor  that,  among other  things,  as of the
Closing Date, (a) the Purchase Agreement  constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Seller and (b) the Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid sale
to the  Depositor  of all right,  title and interest of the Seller in and to the
Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof.

Assignment to Trust

         The Seller  expressly  acknowledges  and  consents  to the  Depositor's
transfer of its rights relating to the Mortgage Loans under the Agreement to the
Trust.  The Seller  also agrees to perform its  obligations  under the  Purchase
Agreement for the benefit of the Trust.

Termination

         The Purchase  Agreement  will  terminate  upon the  termination  of the
Trust.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds to be received from the sale of the Certificates  will
be applied by the Depositor towards the purchase of the Mortgage Loans.


                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General

         The following discussion,  which summarizes certain U.S. federal income
tax aspects of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Certificates,  is
based on the  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"),  the Treasury Regulations  thereunder,  and published rulings and court
decisions in effect as of the date  hereof,  all of which are subject to change,
possibly  retroactively.  This  discussion  does not address every aspect of the
U.S.  federal  income tax laws which may be  relevant to  Certificate  Owners in
light  of  their  personal  investment  circumstances  or to  certain  types  of
Certificate  Owners subject to special  treatment under the U.S.  federal income
tax laws  (for  example,  banks  and  life  insurance  companies).  Accordingly,
investors  should  consult their tax advisors  regarding  U.S.  federal,  state,
local,  foreign  and any  other tax  consequences  to them of  investing  in the
Certificates.

Characterization of the Certificates as Indebtedness

         Based on the  application  of existing law to the facts as set forth in
the Agreement and other  relevant  documents  and assuming  compliance  with the
terms of the Agreement as in effect on the date of issuance of the Certificates,
Brown & Wood LLP,  special tax counsel to the Depositor ("Tax  Counsel"),  is of
the  opinion  that the  Certificates  will be  treated as debt  instruments  for
Federal income tax purposes as of such date.  Accordingly,  upon  issuance,  the
Certificates   will  be  treated  as  "Debt  Securities"  as  described  in  the
Prospectus. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.

         The  Transferor  and the  Certificateholders  express in the  Agreement
their intent  that,  for  applicable  tax  purposes,  the  Certificates  will be
indebtedness  secured by the Mortgage Loans.  The Transferor,  the Depositor and
the  Certificateholders,  by accepting the  Certificates,  and each  Certificate
Owner by its acquisition of a beneficial interest in a Certificate,  have agreed
to treat the  Certificates as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
However, because different criteria are used to determine the non-tax accounting
characterization  of the  transaction,  the  Transferor  intends  to treat  this
transaction as a sale of an interest in the Asset Balances of the Mortgage Loans
for financial accounting and certain regulatory purposes.

         In general,  whether for U.S. federal income tax purposes a transaction
constitutes  a sale of property or a loan,  the repayment of which is secured by
property,  is a  question  of fact,  the  resolution  of which is based upon the
economic  substance  of the  transaction  rather  than its form or the manner in
which it is labeled.  While the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the "IRS") and the
courts have set forth  several  factors to be taken into account in  determining
whether the substance of a transaction  is a sale of property or a secured loan,
the primary  factor in making this  determination  is whether the transferee has
assumed the risk of loss or other economic  burdens relating to the property and
has obtained the  benefits of  ownership  thereof.  Tax Counsel has analyzed and
relied on  several  factors  in  reaching  its  opinion  that the  weight of the
benefits and burdens of ownership of the Mortgage Loans has been retained by the
Transferor and has not been transferred to the Certificate Owners.

         In some  instances,  courts  have held that a taxpayer  is bound by the
particular  form it has chosen for a  transaction,  even if the substance of the
transaction  does not accord with its form.  Tax  Counsel  has advised  that the
rationale of those cases will not apply to this transaction, because the form of
the transaction as reflected in the operative provisions of the documents either
accords with the characterization of the Certificates as debt or otherwise makes
the rationale of those cases inapplicable to this situation.

Taxation of Interest Income of Certificate Owners

         Assuming that the  Certificate  Owners are holders of debt  obligations
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Certificates generally will be taxable
as Debt  Securities.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"  in the
Prospectus.

         While it is not anticipated that the  Certificates  will be issued at a
greater  than  de  minimis  discount,   under  Treasury  regulations  (the  "OID
Regulations") it is possible that the Certificates  could nevertheless be deemed
to have been issued with original  issue  discount  ("OID") if the interest were
not treated as  "unconditionally  payable"  under the OID  Regulations.  If such
regulations  were to apply,  all of the  taxable  income to be  recognized  with
respect to the Certificates  would be includible in income of Certificate Owners
as OID,  but  would  not be  includible  again  when the  interest  is  actually
received.  See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences--Taxation  of  Debt
Securities;   Interest  and  Acquisition  Discount"  in  the  Prospectus  for  a
discussion of the application of the OID rules if the  Certificates  are in fact
issued at a greater  than de minimis  discount  or are  treated  as having  been
issued with OID under the OID  Regulations.  For purposes of calculating OID, it
is likely that the Certificates will be treated as Pay-Through Securities.

Possible  Classification  of the  Certificates  as a Partnership  or Association
Taxable as a Corporation

         The  opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding on the courts or the IRS. It
is possible  that the IRS could  assert  that,  for  purposes  of the Code,  the
transaction  contemplated by this  Prospectus  with respect to the  Certificates
constitutes  a sale  of the  Mortgage  Loans  (or an  interest  therein)  to the
Certificate Owners and that the proper  classification of the legal relationship
between  the  Transferor  and  the  Certificate   Owners   resulting  from  this
transaction is that of a partnership, a publicly traded partnership treated as a
corporation,  or an association taxable as a corporation.  Since Tax Counsel has
advised that the  Certificates  will be treated as  indebtedness in the hands of
the Certificateholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Transferor will
not  attempt  to comply  with U.S.  federal  income tax  reporting  requirements
applicable to partnerships or corporations as such  requirements  would apply if
the Certificates were treated as indebtedness.

         If  it  were  determined  that  this  transaction   created  an  entity
classified as a corporation  (including a publicly traded partnership taxable as
a  corporation),  the Trust  would be  subject  to U.S.  federal  income  tax at
corporate  income tax rates on the income it derives  from the  Mortgage  Loans,
which would reduce the amounts  available for  distribution  to the  Certificate
Owners.  Cash distributions to the Certificate Owners generally would be treated
as dividends for tax purposes to the extent of such  corporation's  earnings and
profits.

         If the transaction  were treated as creating a partnership  between the
Certificate  Owners and the  Transferor,  the  partnership  itself  would not be
subject to U.S.  federal  income tax  (unless it were to be  characterized  as a
publicly traded  partnership  taxable as a corporation);  rather, the Transferor
and each  Certificate  Owner  would be taxed  individually  on their  respective
distributive  shares of the  partnership's  income,  gain, loss,  deductions and
credits.  The  amount  and  timing  of items of  income  and  deductions  of the
Certificate  Owner  could  differ if the  Certificates  were held to  constitute
partnership interests rather than indebtedness.

Possible Classification as a Taxable Mortgage Pool

         In relevant part,  Section 7701(i) of the Code provides that any entity
(or a portion of an entity) that is a "taxable mortgage pool" will be classified
as a taxable  corporation and will not be permitted to file a consolidated  U.S.
federal  income tax return with another  corporation.  Subject to a  grandfather
provision for existing entities, any entity (or a portion of any entity) will be
a taxable mortgage pool if (i)  substantially  all of its assets consist of debt
instruments,  more than 50% of which are real estate mortgages,  (ii) the entity
is the obligor under debt  obligations  with two or more  maturities,  and (iii)
under the terms of the entity's debt obligations (or an underlying arrangement),
payments on such debt  obligations  bear a relationship to the debt  instruments
held by the entity.

         Assuming that all of the provisions of the  Agreement,  as in effect on
the date of issuance,  are complied with, Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the
arrangement  created by the Agreement will not be a taxable  mortgage pool under
Section  7701(i) of the Code because only one class of  indebtedness  secured by
the Mortgage Loans is being issued.

         The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding on the IRS or the courts.  If
the IRS were to contend  successfully  (or future  regulations  were to provide)
that the arrangement  created by the Agreement is a taxable  mortgage pool, such
arrangement would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable
income  generated by ownership  of the Mortgage  Loans.  Such a tax might reduce
amounts available for distributions to Certificate  Owners. The amount of such a
tax would  depend upon  whether  distributions  to  Certificate  Owners would be
deductible  as  interest  expense in  computing  the  taxable  income of such an
arrangement as a taxable mortgage pool.

Foreign Investors

         In general,  subject to certain  exceptions,  interest  (including OID)
paid on a Certificate to a nonresident alien individual,  foreign corporation or
other  non-United  States  person is not  subject to U.S.  federal  income  tax,
provided  that  such  interest  is not  effectively  connected  with a trade  or
business  of the  recipient  in the  United  States  and the  Certificate  Owner
provides the required  foreign person  information  certification.  See "Certain
Federal  Income Tax  Consequences--Tax  Treatment of Foreign  Investors"  in the
Prospectus.

         If  the  interests  of  the  Certificate   Owners  were  deemed  to  be
partnership interests,  the partnership would be required, on a quarterly basis,
to pay withholding tax equal to the product,  for each foreign partner,  of such
foreign partner's  distributive  share of "effectively  connected" income of the
partnership  multiplied  by the highest rate of tax  applicable  to that foreign
partner.  In addition,  such foreign  partner would be subject to branch profits
tax. Each  non-foreign  partner would be required to certify to the  partnership
that it is not a foreign  person.  The tax withheld  from each  foreign  partner
would be credited against such foreign partner's U.S. income tax liability.

         If the Trust were taxable as a  corporation,  distributions  to foreign
persons,  to the extent  treated as  dividends,  would  generally  be subject to
withholding  at the rate of 30%,  unless such rate were reduced by an applicable
tax treaty.

Backup Withholding

         Certain  Certificate Owners may be subject to backup withholding at the
rate of 31% with respect to interest paid on the Certificates if the Certificate
Owners,  upon  issuance,  fail to supply  the  Trustee  or his  broker  with his
taxpayer  identification  number,  furnish an incorrect taxpayer  identification
number, fail to report interest,  dividends,  or other "reportable payments" (as
defined in the Code) properly, or, under certain circumstances,  fail to provide
the Trustee or his broker with a certified statement,  under penalty of perjury,
that he is not subject to backup withholding.

         The Trustee will be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each
Certificateholder  of record,  the amount of interest paid (and OID accrued,  if
any) on the Certificates  (and the amount of interest  withheld for U.S. federal
income  taxes,  if any) for each  calendar  year,  except as to  exempt  holders
(generally,  holders that are corporations,  certain tax-exempt organizations or
nonresident   aliens  who   provide   certification   as  to  their   status  as
nonresidents).  As long as the only  "Certificateholder"  of record is Cede,  as
nominee  for DTC,  Certificate  Owners  and the IRS will  receive  tax and other
information including the amount of interest paid on the Certificates owned from
Participants  and  Indirect  Participants  rather  than from the  Trustee.  (The
Trustee,  however,  will respond to requests for necessary information to enable
Participants,  Indirect Participants and certain other persons to complete their
reports.) Each non-exempt  Certificate Owner will be required to provide,  under
penalty of perjury,  a certificate  on IRS Form W-9  containing his or her name,
address,  correct Federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that he
or she is not  subject to backup  withholding.  Should a  nonexempt  Certificate
Owner fail to provide the required  certification,  the Participants or Indirect
Participants  (or the Paying  Agent) will be  required  to  withhold  31% of the
interest (and principal) otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's Federal income tax liability.


                                   STATE TAXES

         The Depositor makes no  representations  regarding the tax consequences
of purchase,  ownership or disposition of the Certificates under the tax laws of
any state.  Investors  considering  an  investment  in the  Certificates  should
consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.

         All  investors  should  consult  their own tax advisors  regarding  the
Federal,  state,  local or foreign  income  tax  consequences  of the  purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Certificates.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the
Certificates  should  consult  with its counsel  with  respect to the  potential
consequences  under the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended ("ERISA"),  and the Code, of the Plans acquisition and ownership of such
Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

         The  U.S.   Department  of  Labor  has  granted  to   _________________
("Underwriter")  Prohibited  Transaction Exemption _____ (the "Exemption") which
exempts from the application of the prohibited  transaction  rules  transactions
relating  to  (1)  the  acquisition,  sale  and  holding  by  Plans  of  certain
certificates   representing  an  undivided  interest  in  certain   asset-backed
pass-through  trusts, with respect to which Underwriter or any of its affiliates
is the  sole  underwriter  or the  manager  or  co-manager  of the  underwriting
syndicate; and (2) the servicing,  operation and management of such asset-backed
pass-through  trusts,  provided  that the general  conditions  and certain other
conditions set forth in the Exemption are satisfied. The Exemption will apply to
the acquisition,  holding and resale of the Certificates by a Plan provided that
certain conditions are met.

         For a general description of the Exemption and the conditions that must
be satisfied  for the  Exemption  to apply,  see "ERISA  Considerations"  in the
Prospectus.

         The  Underwriter   believes  that  the  Exemption  will  apply  to  the
acquisition and holding of the  Certificates by Plans and that all conditions of
the Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be met.

         Any Plan fiduciary  considering whether to purchase any Certificates on
behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel  regarding the applicability of
the fiduciary  responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and
the  Code  to  such  investment.  Among  other  things,  before  purchasing  any
Certificates,  a fiduciary  of a Plan  subject to the  fiduciary  responsibility
provisions  of ERISA or an  employee  benefit  plan  subject  to the  prohibited
transaction  provisions of the Code should make its own  determination as to the
availability  of the  exemptive  relief  provided  in the  Exemption,  and  also
consider the availability of any other prohibited transaction exemptions.


                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         Although,  as a condition to their issuance,  the Certificates  will be
rated in the highest rating category of the Rating  Agencies,  the  Certificates
will not constitute  "mortgage related securities" for purposes of the Secondary
Mortgage  Market  Enhancement  Act of  1984  ("SMMEA"),  because  not all of the
Mortgages  securing the Mortgage Loans are first  mortgages.  Accordingly,  many
institutions with legal authority to invest in comparably rated securities based
on  first  mortgage  loans  may  not be  legally  authorized  to  invest  in the
Certificates,  which  because they  evidence  interests in a pool that  includes
junior mortgage loans are not "mortgage  related  securities"  under SMMEA.  See
"Legal Investment" in the Prospectus.


                                  UNDERWRITING

         Subject  to the terms  and  conditions  set  forth in the  underwriting
agreement,  dated ___________,  199_ (the "Underwriting  Agreement"),  among the
Depositor and  [Underwriter]  (the  "Underwriter"),  the Depositor has agreed to
sell to the  Underwriter,  and the  Underwriter  has agreed to purchase from the
Depositor all the Certificates.

         In the Underwriting  Agreement,  the Underwriter has agreed, subject to
the terms and  conditions set forth  therein,  to purchase all the  Certificates
offered hereby if any of the Certificates are purchased.

         The  Depositor  has been  advised by the  Underwriter  that it proposes
initially  to offer the  Certificates  to the  public in Europe  and the  United
States at the  offering  price set forth  herein and to certain  dealers at such
price less a discount not in excess of ____% of the  Certificate  denominations.
The  Underwriter may allow and such dealers may reallow a discount not in excess
of _____% of the Certificate  denominations to certain other dealers.  After the
initial public  offering,  the public offering price,  such concessions and such
discounts may be changed.

         The Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the Depositor will indemnify
the Underwriter against certain civil liabilities,  including  liabilities under
the Act.

         [This  Prospectus  Supplement  and  the  Prospectus  are to be  used by
Countrywide  Securities  Corporation,  an  affiliate  of IndyMac  ABS,  Inc. and
IndyMac,  Inc.,  in  connection  with offers and sales  related to market making
transactions in the  Certificates in which  Countrywide  Securities  Corporation
acts as principal.  Countrywide  Securities Corporation may also act as agent in
such transactions. Sales will be made at prices related to the prevailing prices
at the time of sale.]


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters with respect to the  Certificates  will be passed
upon for the  Depositor  by Brown & Wood  LLP,  New  York,  New York and for the
Underwriter by _______________________, New York, New York.


                                     EXPERTS

         The  consolidated  balance sheets of [Insurer] and  Subsidiaries  as of
___________,  199_ and 199_ and the related  consolidated  statements of income,
changes in shareholder's  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended ___________, 199_, incorporated by reference in this Prospectus
Supplement,  have  been  incorporated  herein  in  reliance  on  the  report  of
________________________,  independent  accountants,  given on the  authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition to issuance that the  Certificates  be rated "___" by
_____ and "___" by _________.

         A  securities  rating  addresses  the  likelihood  of  the  receipt  by
Certificateholders of distributions on the Mortgage Loans. The rating takes into
consideration  the  characteristics  of the Mortgage  Loans and the  structural,
legal and tax  aspects  associated  with the  Certificates.  The  ratings on the
Certificates do not, however,  constitute statements regarding the likelihood or
frequency  of  prepayments  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  or  the  possibility  that
Certificateholders might realize a lower than anticipated yield.

         The ratings assigned to the Certificates will depend primarily upon the
creditworthiness of the Certificate  Insurer. Any reduction in a rating assigned
to the  claims-paying  ability  of the  Certificate  Insurer  below the  ratings
initially  assigned to the Certificates may result in a reduction of one or more
of the ratings assigned to the Certificates.

         A  securities  rating  is not a  recommendation  to  buy,  sell or hold
securities  and may be  subject to  revision  or  withdrawal  at any time by the
assigning  rating  organization.  Each  securities  rating  should be  evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.

         The  Depositor has not  requested a rating of the  Certificates  by any
rating  agency  other  than the  Rating  Agencies;  there  can be no  assurance,
however, as to whether any other rating agency will rate the Certificates or, if
it does,  what rating would be assigned by such other rating agency.  The rating
assigned by such other rating agency to the Certificates could be lower than the
respective ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies.


<PAGE>


                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount.................................10, 36
Additional Balances........................................................... 4
Agreement......................................................................4
Alternative Principal Payment.............................................12, 38
BIF...........................................................................34
Business Day..............................................................36, 41
Cede...........................................................................8
CEDEL..........................................................................8
Certificate Insurer...........................................................13
Certificate Owners.........................................................8, 32
Certificate Principal Balance..............................................5, 31
Certificate Rate.......................................................5, 11, 37
Certificateholder.............................................................51
Citibank...................................................................... 8
Closing Date...........................................................2, 12, 37
Code..........................................................................48
Collection Account........................................................11, 34
Collection Period.........................................................11, 37
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio.................................................. 7
Credit Limit Utilization Rate.................................................20
Credit Limit...................................................................7
Credit Line Agreements.....................................................4, 20
Cut-off Date Pool Balance......................................................4
Cut-off Date Principal Balance.................................................4
Cut-off Date................................................................1, 4
Debt Securities...............................................................49
Defective Mortgage Loans......................................................33
Deposito.......................................................................4
Determination Date........................................................14, 34
Dissolution Distribution Date.................................................39
Distribution Date......................................................1, 11, 35
Draw Period...................................................................21
DTC....................................................................8, 32, 56
Due Date.......................................................................7
Eligible Account..............................................................34
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan............................................ 33
ERISA.....................................................................16, 51
Euroclear......................................................................8
European Depositaries......................................................8, 32
Events of Servicing Termination...............................................45
Exemption.....................................................................51
Fixed Allocation Percentage...................................................11
Guaranteed Distributions..................................................13, 40
Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount..................................13, 40
Index Rate....................................................................21
Insurance Agreement.......................................................13, 40
Interest Collections.......................................................9, 35
Interest Period...........................................................12, 37
Invested Amount............................................................5, 31
Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage..........................................11
Investor Floating Allocation Percentage....................................9, 35
Investor Interest Collections..............................................9, 35
Investor Loss Amount......................................................10, 37
Investor Principal Collections............................................11, 35
IRS...........................................................................49
LIBOR Business Day............................................................37
LIBOR.........................................................................11
Liquidated Mortgage Loan......................................................37
Liquidation Loss Amount...................................................10, 36
Liquidation Proceeds..........................................................35
Loan Rate..................................................................7, 21
Managed Amortization Period...............................................12, 38
Margin........................................................................21
Master Servicer................................................................4
Maximum Principal Payment.................................................12, 38
Maximum Rate..................................................................21
Minimum Transferor Interest................................................6, 34
Money Rates....................................................................7
Mortgage Loan Schedule.................................................6, 32, 34
Mortgage Loans..............................................................1, 4
Mortgaged Properties...........................................................4
Net Liquidation Proceeds...................................................9, 35
OID Regulations...............................................................49
OID...........................................................................49
Order.........................................................................40
Original Certificate Principal Balance.....................................5, 31
Original Invested Amount...................................................5, 31
Overcollateralization Amount..................................................10
Paying Agent..................................................................38
Percentage Interest............................................................8
Plan..........................................................................16
Policy......................................................................1, 4
Pool Balance...............................................................4, 35
Pool Factor...................................................................31
Principal Balance..............................................................4
Principal Collections......................................................9, 35
Purchase Agreement.............................................................6
Rapid Amortization Event......................................................39
Rating Agency.................................................................16
Receipt.......................................................................41
Received......................................................................41
Record Date...................................................................35
Reference Bank Rate...........................................................37
Related Documents.............................................................32
Repayment Period..............................................................21
Required Overcollateralization Amount.........................................36
SAIF..........................................................................34
Scheduled Principal Collections Distribution Amount.......................12, 38
Seller.........................................................................4
Servicing Fee Rate........................................................14, 44
Servicing Fee.................................................................14
SMMEA.....................................................................16, 52
Spread Account............................................................13, 40
Tax Counsel...................................................................49
Telerate Screen Page ...................................................3750, 37
Transfer Date.................................................................34
Transfer Deficiency...........................................................32
Transfer Deposit Amount.......................................................33
Transferor Interest.....................................................1, 5, 32
Transferor Principal Collections..........................................11, 35
Transferor.....................................................................5
Trust.......................................................................1, 4
Trustee....................................................................4, 15
Underwriter...............................................................51, 52
Underwriting Agreement........................................................52
Assignment Event..............................................................32
Certificates................................................................1, 5
IndyMac........................................................................3



<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX I

          GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

         Except in certain  limited  circumstances,  the  globally  offered Home
Equity Loan Asset Backed  Certificates,  Series 199_-_ (the "Global Securities")
will be available only in book-entry  form.  Investors in the Global  Securities
may hold such Global  Securities  through any of The  Depository  Trust  Company
("DTC"),  CEDEL or Euroclear.  The Global  Securities  will be tradeable as home
market  instruments  in both the European  and U.S.  domestic  markets.  Initial
settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

         Secondary market trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through CEDEL and Euroclear  will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and in  accordance  with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

         Secondary market trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable
to U.S.  corporate  debt  obligations  and prior Home Equity  Loan Asset  Backed
Certificates issues.

         Secondary  cross-market  trading  between  CEDEL or  Euroclear  and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis  through  the  respective  Depositaries  of CEDEL and  Euroclear  (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.

         Non-U.S.  holders (as  described  below) of Global  Securities  will be
subject to U.S.  withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements
and  deliver   appropriate  U.S.  tax  documents  to  the  securities   clearing
organizations or their participants.

Initial Settlement

         All Global  Securities  will be held in  book-entry  form by DTC in the
name  of Cede & Co.  as  nominee  of DTC.  Investors'  interests  in the  Global
Securities will be represented  through financial  institutions  acting on their
behalf  as direct  and  indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a result,  CEDEL and
Euroclear  will hold  positions on behalf of their  participants  through  their
respective  Depositaries,  which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as
DTC Participants.

         Investors  electing to hold their  Global  Securities  through DTC will
follow the  settlement  practices  applicable  to prior Home  Equity  Loan Asset
Backed  Certificates  issues.  Investor  securities  custody  accounts  will  be
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement
date.

         Investors  electing to hold their Global  Securities  through  CEDEL or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

Secondary Market Trading

         Since the purchaser  determines the place of delivery,  it is important
to  establish at the time of the trade where both the  purchaser's  and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

         Trading between DTC Participants.  Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants  will be  settled  using the  procedures  applicable  to prior Home
Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates issues in same-day funds.

         Trading between CEDEL and/or Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary market
trading  between CEDEL  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

         Trading  between  DTC seller  and CEDEL or  Euroclear  purchaser.  When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to
the account of a CEDEL  Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser
will send  instructions  to CEDEL or Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant  or
Euroclear  Participant at least one business day prior to  settlement.  CEDEL or
Euroclear  will  instruct  the  respective  Depositary,  as the case may be,  to
receive the Global  Securities  against  payment.  Payment will include interest
accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment date
to and excluding the settlement  date, on the basis of the actual number of days
in  such  accrual  period  and a  year  assumed  to  consist  of 360  days.  For
transactions  settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include  interest
accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then
be made by the respective  Depositary of the DTC  Participant's  account against
delivery of the Global  Securities.  After  settlement has been  completed,  the
Global Securities will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by the
clearing  system,  in  accordance  with  its  usual  procedures,  to  the  CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account.  The securities  credit will
appear the next day (European  time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to,
and the  interest  on the Global  Securities  will accrue  from,  the value date
(which would be the  preceding  day when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If
settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),
the  CEDEL or  Euroclear  cash  debt will be  valued  instead  as of the  actual
settlement date.

         CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  will  need  to  make
available  to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day funds  settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within CEDEL or Euroclear.  Under this
approach,  they may take on  credit  exposure  to CEDEL or  Euroclear  until the
Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

         As an alternative,  if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to  them,  CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear  Participants  can  elect  not  to
preposition  funds and  allow  that  credit  line to be drawn  upon the  finance
settlement.  Under this procedure,  CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants
purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming
they cleared the  overdraft  when the Global  Securities  were credited to their
accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value
date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially  reduce or offset the amount
of such  overdraft  charges,  although  this  result  will  depend on each CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

         Since the  settlement is taking place during New York  business  hours,
DTC Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities
to the respective  European  Depositary for the benefit of CEDEL Participants or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date.  Thus, to the DTC  Participants a cross-market  transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

         Trading  between CEDEL or Euroclear  Seller and DTC  Purchaser.  Due to
time  zone  differences  in  their  favor,   CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants  may employ their  customary  procedures for  transactions in which
Global  Securities  are to be transferred  by the  respective  clearing  system,
through the respective  Depositary,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send
instructions  to CEDEL or  Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement.  In these cases CEDEL
or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver
the Global Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment.  Payment
will include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the
last coupon  payment to and  excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the
actual  number of days in such  accrual  period and a year assumed to consist of
360 days.  For  transactions  settling  on the 31st of the month,  payment  will
include  interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.
The payment will then be reflected  in the account of the CEDEL  Participant  or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be back-valued to
the value date (which would be the preceding  day, when  settlement  occurred in
New York). Should the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear  Participant have a line of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be in  debt  in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails),  receipt of
the cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

         Finally,  day traders  that use CEDEL or  Euroclear  and that  purchase
Global  Securities from DTC Participants  for delivery to CEDEL  Participants or
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the sale side unless  affirmative  action were taken. At least three  techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

         (a)  borrowing  through  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  for one day  (until  the
purchase  side of the day  trade  is  reflected  in  their  CEDEL  or  Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

         (b) borrowing the Global  Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later  than  one day  prior  to  settlement,  which  would  give  the  Global
Securities  sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear  account
in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

         (c)  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

         A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  holding  securities  through
CEDEL or  Euroclear  (or  through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside the
U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S.  withholding tax that generally applies to
payments of interest  (including  original  issue  discount) on registered  debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S.  entity  required to withhold tax complies  with  applicable  certification
requirements  and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

         Exemption for non-U.S.  Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of Global
Securities  that are non-U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete  exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).  If
the information  shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.

         Exemption for non-U.S.  Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person,  including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United  States,  can obtain an exemption  from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively  Connected  with the  Conduct of a Trade or  Business  in the United
States).

         Exemption  or reduced  rate for  non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in treaty
countries (Form 1001). Non-U.S.  Persons that are Certificate Owners residing in
a country  that has a tax treaty with the United  States can obtain an exemption
or  reduced  tax rate  (depending  on the  treaty  terms)  by  filing  Form 1001
(Ownership,  Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only
for a reduced  rate,  withholding  tax will be imposed  at that rate  unless the
filer  alternatively  files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the  Certificate
Owners or his agent.

         Exemption  for U.S.  Persons  (Form  W-9).  U.S.  Persons  can obtain a
complete  exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

         U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer,  his agent,
files by submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through whom it holds
(the clearing  agency,  in the case of persons holding  directly on the books of
the clearing  agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three  calendar
years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

         The term "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen or  resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership  organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political  subdivision  thereof or (iii) an estate or trust
the  income  of which is  includible  in gross  income  for  United  States  tax
purposes,  regardless of its source. This summary does not deal with all aspects
of U.S.  Federal income tax withholding  that may be relevant to foreign holders
of the  Global  Securities.  Investors  are  advised  to  consult  their own tax
advisors for specific tax advice  concerning  their holding and disposing of the
Global Securities.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                              <C>

=================================================================                ===================================================

No dealer,  salesman or other person has been  authorized to give
any  information or to make any  representation  not contained in
this  Prospectus  Supplement or the  Prospectus  and, if given or
made, such information or representation  must not be relied upon
as having been authorized by the Company or  [Underwriter].  This
Prospectus  Supplement  and the  Prospectus do not  constitute an
offer of any securities  other than those to which they relate or
an offer to sell,  or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy, to any
person in any  jurisdiction  where such an offer or  solicitation
would  be  unlawful.  Neither  the  delivery  of this  Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder  shall,
under  any   circumstances,   create  any  implication  that  the
information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent
to their respective dates.

                        ---------------                                                     $[-------------]
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                      (Approximate)

                                                           PAGE
                                                           ----

                     PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT                                                  Home Equity Loan
                                                                                     Asset Backed Certificates
SUMMARY ...................................................S-4                                Series 199_-_
RISK FACTORS .............................................S-17
THE CERTIFICATE INSURER...................................S-19
THE MASTER SERVICER.......................................S-20
DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS.........................S-20                               INDYMAC ABS, INC.
PRINCIPAL BALANCES........................................S-22                                   DEPOSITOR
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION(1)................................S-23
MARGIN....................................................S-26                                 [INDYMAC INC.]
CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES............................S-27                           Seller and Master Servicer
MONTHS REMAINING TO SCHEDULED MATURITY(1).................S-28
ORIGINATION YEAR..........................................S-29
DELINQUENCY STATUS........................................S-29
MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS....................S-29
POOL FACTOR AND TRADING INFORMATION.......................S-31                            -------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES...........................S-31                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.....................S-47                                 [_________, 199_]
USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................S-48                            -------------------------
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES...................S-48
STATE TAXES...............................................S-51                                   [UNDERWRITER]
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................S-51
LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS...........................S-52
UNDERWRITING..............................................S-52
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................S-52
EXPERTS...................................................S-53
RATINGS...................................................S-53
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS....................................S-54
ANNEX I...................................................S-57
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION 
PROCEDURESS ..............................................S-57 

                          PROSPECTUS                                                    

Prospectus Supplement........................................2                                
Available Information........................................2
Reports to Holders...........................................2                              
Summary of Terms.............................................3                                  
Risk Factors................................................11
Description of the Securities...............................14                               
The Trust Funds.............................................17                         
Enhancement.................................................22
Servicing of Loans..........................................24
The Agreements..............................................30                          
Certain Legal Aspects of Loans..............................38                            
The Depositor...............................................46                              
Use of Proceeds.............................................46
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.....................47
State Tax Considerations....................................64
ERISA Considerations........................................65
Legal Investment............................................67

================================================================                 ===================================================
</TABLE>

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED ________ __, 1998

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED ___________, 1998)


                                  $-----------
                                INDYMAC ABS, INC.
                                    DEPOSITOR

                                 [INDYMAC, INC.]
                               SELLER AND SERVICER

                    MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACT TRUST 199__

      MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACT PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_
PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYABLE ON THE _____ DAY OF EACH MONTH, 
BEGINNING IN ______ 199_

     The Manufactured Housing Contract Pass-Through Certificates,  Series 19__
(the  "Certificates")  will represent beneficial interests in the Manufactured
Housing  Contract  Trust Series 19__ (the  "Trust"),  the assets of which will
consist  primarily of  manufactured  housing  installment  sales contracts and
installment loan agreements (the "Contracts")  purchased by IndyMac, Inc. from
one  or  more   institutions   which  may  be   affiliates  of  the  Depositor
("[IndyMac]")  in the  ordinary  course  of its  business.  Only  the  Classes
identified in the table below (collectively,  the "Offered  Certificates") are
offered hereby.

THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND WILL NOT
REPRESENT  INTERESTS  IN OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF INDYMAC ABS,  INC.,  THE TRUSTEE,
[INDYMAC],  THE SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  THE OFFERED
CERTIFICATES  WILL NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY OR
INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY ANY OTHER PARTY.

PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD  REVIEW THE  INFORMATION  SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" ON PAGE S-15 HEREIN AND ON PAGE 15 IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                   PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY
                        REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                                CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             [Price to            Underwriting          Proceeds
                                                             Public(1)           Discounts and           to the
                                                                                  Commissions         Depositor(1)
                                                         ------------------      ---------------      --------------
   <S>                                                          <C>                  <C>                 <C>       

   Class A-  Certificates..............................                  %                    %                   %
   Class __ Certificates...............................                  %                    %                   %
   Class A-R Certificates..............................                  %                    %                   %
   Class B- Certificates...............................                  %                    %                   %
   Class __ Certificates...............................                  %                    %                   %
   Total...............................................         $_________           $_________          $_________

</TABLE>

         (1)  Before deducting expenses payable by the Depositor, estimated to 
be $_______.]

         [The Offered Certificates are offered by the Underwriter when, as and
if issued by the Depositor,  delivered to and accepted by the  Underwriter and
subject to the Underwriter's right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is
expected that delivery of the Offered  Certificates,  in book-entry form, will
be made through the  facilities  of The  Depository  Trust Company on or about
_______, 19 , against payment in immediately available funds.]

                                 [Underwriter]




     The  Contracts   will  be  sold  to  the  Depositor  by  [IndyMac,   Inc.
("IndyMac")].

         Elections  will be made to treat  certain  assets of the Trust as two
separate real estate mortgage  investment conduits (each, a "REMIC") under the
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code").   The  Regular
Certificates  will  represent  "regular  interests" in one of the REMICs.  The
Class A-R Certificates  will represent  beneficial  ownership of the "residual
interest" in each REMIC. See "Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  herein and in
the Prospectus.

         The  Class A-R  Certificates  will be  subject  to  certain  transfer
restrictions. See "Description of the Certificates -- Restrictions on Transfer
of the Class A-R Certificates" herein.

         The Underwriter  intends to make a secondary market in the Classes of
Underwritten  Certificates  being purchased by it, but has no obligation to do
so. There is currently no secondary  market for the Offered  Certificates  and
there can be no  assurance  that  such a market  will  develop  or, if it does
develop, that it will continue or that it will provide Certificateholders with
a sufficient level of liquidity of investment.

                             --------------------

         This  Prospectus  Supplement  does not contain  complete  information
about the  offering of the Offered  Certificates.  Additional  information  is
contained in the Prospectus of the Depositor  dated , 1998 (the  "Prospectus")
and  purchasers  are  urged to read both this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
Prospectus in full.  Sales of the Offered  Certificates may not be consummated
unless the  purchaser  has received both this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
Prospectus.

         UNTIL NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE OFFERED  CERTIFICATES,  WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THE PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND THE  PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN  ADDITION  TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF
DEALERS TO DELIVER THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.






                                    SUMMARY

   
         THIS  SUMMARY  IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE  TO THE
DETAILED INFORMATION  APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND IN
THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROSPECTUS.  CAPITALIZED  TERMS  USED  HEREIN  THAT ARE NOT
OTHERWISE  DEFINED SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS  ASCRIBED THERETO ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT OR IN THE PROSPECTUS.  SEE THE INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
FOR THE LOCATION HEREIN OF CERTAIN  PRINCIPAL TERMS. [TO THE EXTENT STATEMENTS
CONTAINED  HEREIN DO NOT RELATE TO  HISTORICAL  OR CURRENT  INFORMATION,  THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT MAY BE DEEMED TO CONSIST OF FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.
ANY SUCH  STATEMENTS,  WHICH MAY  INCLUDE  BUT ARE NOT  LIMITED TO  STATEMENTS
CONTAINED  IN  "RISK  FACTORS"  AND  "PREPAYMENT  AND  YIELD  CONSIDERATIONS,"
INHERENTLY  ARE  SUBJECT  TO A VARIETY OF RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES  THAT COULD
CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE PROJECTED. SUCH RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, GENERAL ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS CONDITIONS,
COMPETITION,  CHANGES IN FOREIGN  POLITICAL,  SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC  CONDITIONS,
REGULATORY INITIATIVES AND COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS,  CUSTOMER
PREFERENCES  AND  VARIOUS  OTHER  MATTERS,   MANY  OF  WHICH  ARE  BEYOND  THE
DEPOSITOR'S  CONTROL.  THE DEPOSITOR  EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMS  ANY  OBLIGATION OR
UNDERTAKING   TO  RELEASE   PUBLICLY   ANY   UPDATES  OR   REVISIONS   TO  ANY
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENT  CONTAINED  HEREIN  TO  REFLECT  ANY  CHANGE IN THE
DEPOSITOR'S  EXPECTATIONS  WITH  REGARD  THERETO  OR  ANY  CHANGE  IN  EVENTS,
CONDITIONS OR CIRCUMSTANCES ON WHICH ANY SUCH STATEMENT IS BASED.]
    

Securities Issued............        Manufactured       Housing       Contract
                                     Pass-Through Certificates, Series 19 (the
                                     "Certificates")  will be issued  pursuant
                                     to a pooling and servicing agreement,  to
                                     be   dated   as  of   ______,   19   (the
                                     "Agreement"), among IndyMac ABS, Inc., as
                                     depositor  (the  "Depositor"),  [IndyMac,
                                     Inc.]   ("[IndyMac]"),   as  seller   and
                                     servicer   (in   such   capacities,   the
                                     "Seller"     and     the      "Servicer,"
                                     respectively),  and                 ,  as  
                                     trustee (the "Trustee"). The Certificates
                                     will  be  issued  in  the  amounts  (with
                                     respect  to  each  Class,   the  "Initial
                                     Certificate  Principal Balance") and bear
                                     the  pass-through  rates (with respect to
                                     each Class, the "Pass-Through  Rate") set
                                     forth below:

              CLASS                        INITIAL CERTIFICATE    PASS-
              -----                        PRINCIPAL BALANCE      THROUGH 
                                           ------------------     RATE (1)
                                                                  ----

         Class A-  Certificates........... $                             %
         Class    Certificates...........  $                             %




         Class A-R Certificates...........  $                            %
         Class B-  Certificates...........  $                            %
         Class     Certificates...........  $                            %(1)


- --------
(1)  Computed on the basis of a [360]-day year of twelve [30]-day months.

                                    The following chart sets forth information
                                    regarding securities to be issued pursuant
                                    to the Agreement but which are not offered
                                    hereby:

          CLASS                        INITIAL CERTIFICATE    PASS-THROUGH
          -----                        PRINCIPAL BALANCE         RATE
                                       -------------------    ------------

          Class __ Certificates........$                               %
          Class __ Certificates........

- --------

Securities Offered...........        The   Class  A,   Class   B-  and   Class
                                     Certificates  are the  only  Certificates
                                     being   offered   hereby  (the   "Offered
                                     Certificates").  The Offered Certificates
                                     (other  than the Class A-R  Certificates)
                                     will  be  issued  in  book-entry  form in
                                     minimum   denominations   of  $1,000  and
                                     integral   multiples   of  $1  in  excess
                                     thereof (the "Book-Entry  Certificates").
                                     The Class A-R Certificates will be issued
                                     in  definitive  form as fully  registered
                                     physical  certificates.  The certificates
                                     representing  the Class A-R  Certificates
                                     will  be  subject  to  certain   transfer
                                     restrictions.  See  "Description  of  the
                                     Certificates--Registration of the Offered
                                     Certificates--The Class A-R Certificates"
                                     herein.  The other  Offered  Certificates
                                     initially    will   be   represented   by
                                     certificates  registered  in the  name of
                                     Cede  &  Co.,   as  the  nominee  of  The
                                     Depository Trust Company ("DTC").

                                       Except  as  stated  otherwise   herein,
                                       certificates  representing  the Offered
                                       Certificates    will   be   issued   in
                                       definitive  form only under the limited
                                       circumstances   described  herein.  All
                                       references   herein  to   "holders"  or
                                       "holders of the  Offered  Certificates"
                                       will  reflect the rights of  beneficial
                                       owners of Offered  Certificates  issued
                                       in   book-entry   form    ("Certificate
                                       Owners")   as   they   may   indirectly
                                       exercise  such rights  through DTC, and
                                       participating  members thereof,  except
                                       as  otherwise   specified  herein.  See
                                       "Risk       Factors--        Book-Entry
                                       Registration"  and  "Description of the
                                       Certificates--   Registration   of  the
                                       Offered  Certificates" herein and "Risk
                                       Factors--Book-Entry   Registration"  in
                                       the Prospectus.

                                       The Offered  Certificates will evidence
                                       undivided  interests  in  the  Contract
                                       Pool and certain other property held in
                                       trust   for   the    benefit   of   the
                                       Certificateholders  (collectively,  the
                                       "Trust Fund"). The undivided percentage
                                       interest (the "Percentage Interest") of
                                       a  Class  A or  Class  BCertificate  in
                                       distributions  on the related  Class of
                                       Certificates  will equal the percentage
                                       obtained from dividing the denomination
                                       of  such  Certificate  by  the  Initial
                                       Certificate  Principal  Balance of such
                                       Class  of  Certificates.   The  Offered
                                       Certificates    will   not    represent
                                       interests  in  or  obligations  of  the
                                       Depositor, the Trustee,  [IndyMac], the
                                       Servicer  or  any of  their  respective
                                       affiliates.    Neither    the   Offered
                                       Certificates    nor   the    underlying
                                       Contracts will be insured or guaranteed
                                       by   any    governmental    agency   or
                                       instrumentality or by any other party.

    Cut-off Date...............        ________, 19  .

    Due Period.................        With respect to each Distribution Date,
                                       the calendar month  preceding the month
                                       in which the Distribution Date occurs.

    Prepayment Period..........        With respect to each Distribution Date,
                                       the calendar month  preceding the month
                                       in which the Distribution Date occurs.

    Closing Date...............        ________, 19  .

    Interest Accrual Period....        With respect to each Distribution Date,
                                       the calendar month  preceding the month
                                       in which the Distribution  Date occurs.
                                       Interest  on the  Certificates  will be
                                       computed  on the  basis of a  [360]-day
                                       year   consisting  of  twelve  [30]-day
                                       months.

                                       Distribution Dates _____  Distributions
                                       on the Certificates will be made on the
                                       day of each month  (or,  if such day is
                                       not a Business Day, on the  immediately
                                       succeeding  Business  Day),  commencing
                                       ________,  19  (each,  a  "Distribution
                                       Date").  A  "Business  Day" will be any
                                       day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday
                                       or  (ii) a day on  which  banks  in the
                                       States  of New York or  California  are
                                       authorized   or  obligated  by  law  or
                                       executive order to be closed.

                                       Distributions   Distributions   to  the
                                       holders of  Certificates  of a Class on
                                       each  Distribution Date will be made in
                                       an  amount  equal to  their  respective
                                       Percentage  Interests multiplied by the
                                       aggregate  amount  distributed  on such
                                       Class   of    Certificates    on   such
                                       Distribution   Date.  So  long  as  the
                                       Offered  Certificates are registered in
                                       the name of Cede & Co.,  as  nominee of
                                       DTC, distributions on each Distribution
                                       Date  will be made  to the  holders  of
                                       record  of  the  related  Offered  ____
                                       Certificates          ____         (the
                                       "Certificateholders")  as of the  close
                                       of   business  on  the   Business   Day
                                       immediately preceding such Distribution
                                       Date (each,  a "Record  Date"),  except
                                       that the final  distribution in respect
                                       of the  Certificates  will only be made
                                       upon  presentation and surrender of the
                                       Certificates  at the  office  or agency
                                       appointed   by  the  Trustee  for  that
                                       purpose  in New York,  New  York.  With
                                       respect  to the Class A-R  Certificates
                                       and,  if  Definitive  Certificates  are
                                       issued,   with  respect  to  the  other
                                       Offered  Certificates,  the Record Date
                                       shall be the close of  business  on the
                                       last   Business   Day  of   the   month
                                       immediately   preceding  the  month  in
                                       which such Distribution Date occurs. As
                                       more  fully   described   herein  under
                                       "Description           of           the
                                       Certificates--Distributions--  Priority
                                       of  Distributions,"   distributions  to
                                       Certificateholders  generally  will  be
                                       applied   first  to  the   payment   of
                                       interest   and   interest   shortfalls,
                                       second to the payment of any  principal
                                       previously due but not  distributed and
                                       third, if any principal is then due, to
                                       the payment of principal of the related
                                       Class of Certificates.  With respect to
                                       each Distribution Date, interest on the
                                       Certificates  will  accrue  during  the
                                       related  Interest  Accrual Period.  The
                                       Available   Distribution   Amount  with
                                       respect to each  Distribution Date will
                                       be  calculated as ____  described  ____
                                       herein  ____  under  ____  "Description
                                       ____               of               the
                                     Certificates--Distributions--Determination
                                       of  ____  Available  ____  Distribution
                                       Amount." On each Distribution Date, the
                                       Available  Distribution  Amount will be
                                       distributed  in the  amounts and in the
                                       order  of  priority  set  forth  herein
                                       under      "Description      of     the
                                       Certificates--Distributions--Priority
                                       of Distributions."

Effect of Priority Sequence of
  Principal Distributions....          The principal  amounts described herein
                                       under      "Description      of     the
                                       Certificates--Distributions--Priority
                                       of  Distributions"  generally  will  be
                                       distributed,   to  the  extent  of  the
                                       Available   Distribution  Amount  after
                                       payment  of   interest   and   interest
                                       shortfalls on the  Certificates,  first
                                       to     the     Senior     Certificates,
                                       sequentially  beginning  with the Class
                                       A-R  Certificates and then in numerical
                                       Class order,  and then to each Class of
                                       Subordinate  Certificates  in  order of
                                       seniority.  This should,  unless offset
                                       by other cash flow  insufficiencies due
                                       to   delinquencies    and   liquidation
                                       losses, have the effect of accelerating
                                       the    amortization   of   the   Senior
                                       Certificates   sequentially   beginning
                                       with the  Class  A-R  Certificates  and
                                       then  in  numerical   Class  order  and
                                       delaying   the   amortization   of  the
                                       Subordinate Certificates,  from what it
                                       would be without  such  prioritization,
                                       thereby   increasing   the   respective
                                       interest in the Trust Fund evidenced by
                                       the      Subordinate      Certificates.
                                       Increasing the  respective  interest of
                                       one  or  more  Classes  of  Subordinate
                                       Certificates  relative  to  that of the
                                       Senior   Certificates  is  intended  to
                                       preserve,   as  provided  herein,   the
                                       availability on each  Distribution Date
                                       of the  subordination  provided  by the
                                       related Subordinate  Certificates.  The
                                       aggregate  amount of principal  paid on
                                       any  Class  of  Certificates  will  not
                                       exceed    its    Initial    Certificate
                                       Principal Balance.  See "Description of
                                       the Certificates" herein.

Prepayment Considerations
  and Risks..................          The  Contracts  may be  prepaid  at any
                                       time without penalty and,  accordingly,
                                       the rate of principal  payments thereon
                                       is  likely  to vary  from time to time.
                                       The Offered Certificates may be sold at
                                       a discount to their principal  amounts.
                                       A  slower  than   anticipated  rate  of
                                       principal  payments on the Contracts is
                                       likely  to  result  in  a  lower   than
                                       anticipated   yield   on  the   Offered
                                       Certificates if they are purchased at a
                                       discount. See "Risk Factors--Prepayment
                                       Considerations"    and    "Yield    and
                                       Prepayment  Considerations"  herein and
                                       "Yield  Considerations"  and "Yield and
                                       Prepayment   Considerations"   in   the
                                       Prospectus.

Subordination of the Subordinate
  Certificates ..............          The    rights   of   the    Subordinate
                                       Certificateholders      to      receive
                                       distributions  of amounts  collected on
                                       or in respect of the Contracts  will be
                                       subordinated  to  such  rights  of  the
                                       Senior Certificateholders to the extent
                                       described herein. Interest and interest
                                       shortfalls    on    the     Subordinate
                                       Certificates  will not be  subordinated
                                       to  principal  payments  on the  Senior
                                       Certificates.       The       foregoing
                                       subordination  is  intended  to enhance
                                       the   likelihood   of  receipt  by  the
                                       holders   of  each   Class  of   Senior
                                       Certificates       and      Subordinate
                                       Certificates,  as  applicable,  of  the
                                       full amount of their  monthly  payments
                                       of interest and the ultimate receipt by
                                       such holders of principal  equal to the
                                       related Initial  Certificate  Principal
                                       Balances.

Overcollateralization........          Excess  interest  collections  will  be
                                       applied,  to the extent  available,  to
                                       make accelerated  payments of principal
                                       to the  Certificates.  The "Accelerated
                                       Principal  Distribution Amount" for any
                                       Distribution  Date will be the positive
                                       difference,  if any, between the Target
                                       Overcollateralization  Amount  and  the
                                       Current  Overcollateralization  Amount.
                                       The  "Overcollateralization   Reduction
                                       Amount" for any Distribution  Date will
                                       be the  positive  difference,  if  any,
                                       between           the           Current
                                       Overcollateralization  Amount  and  the
                                       Target  Overcollateralization   Amount.
                                       The   "Current    Overcollateralization
                                       Amount" will mean, for any Distribution
                                       Date, the positive difference,  if any,
                                       between the Pool Balance and the sum of
                                       the Certificate  Principal  Balances of
                                       all    then-outstanding    Classes   of
                                       Certificates.        The        "Target
                                       Overcollateralization    Amount"   will
                                       mean,  (i)  for any  Distribution  Date
                                       prior to the Cross-over  Date, ____% of
                                       the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance and
                                       (ii) for any other  Distribution  Date,
                                       the lesser of (a) ____% of the  Cut-off
                                       Date Principal Balance and (b) ____% of
                                       the   then-outstanding   Pool  Balance;
                                       provided,  however, that so long as any
                                       Class of  Certificates  is outstanding,
                                       the Target Overcollateralization Amount
                                       will  not be  less  than  ____%  of the
                                       Cut-off Date Principal Balance.

Losses on Liquidated
  Contracts..................          As    described    herein,    on   each
                                       Distribution    Date   the    aggregate
                                       distribution   of   principal   to  the
                                       holders of  Certificates is intended to
                                       include the Contract  Principal Balance
                                       of  each   Contract   that   became   a
                                       Liquidated  Contract during the related
                                       Prepayment   Period.   If  the  amounts
                                       received by the Servicer in  connection
                                       with the  liquidation  of a  Liquidated
                                       Contract,  whether through  foreclosure
                                       thereon or  repossession  and resale of
                                       the   related   manufactured   home  or
                                       otherwise (including insurance proceeds
                                       collected  in   connection   with  such
                                       liquidation)  ("Liquidation Proceeds"),
                                       net of reasonable,  out-of-pocket costs
                                       and   expenses    (exclusive   of   the
                                       Servicer's  overhead costs) incurred by
                                       the   Servicer   in   connection   with
                                       liquidation    of   any   Contract   or
                                       disposition of any related REO property
                                       ("Liquidation  Expenses"),   from  such
                                       Liquidated  Contract  are less than the
                                       Contract   Principal  Balance  of  such
                                       Liquidated  Contract,  and  accrued and
                                       unpaid  interest  thereon,  then to the
                                       extent such  deficiency  is not covered
                                       by any excess  interest  collections on
                                       nondefaulted Contracts,  the deficiency
                                       may, in effect,  be absorbed first by a
                                       reduction      in      the      Current
                                       Overcollateralization  Amount,  then by
                                       the Class B-  Certificateholders,  then
                                       by the Class B- Certificateholders  and
                                       then by the Class __ Certificateholders
                                       because a portion  of future  Available
                                       Distribution  Amounts  funded by future
                                       principal  collections on or in respect
                                       of the  Contracts,  up to the aggregate
                                       amount of such deficiencies, that would
                                       otherwise  have been  distributable  to
                                       the         related         Subordinate
                                       Certificateholders  may instead be paid
                                       to the  Senior  Certificateholders.  If
                                       the protection  afforded to the holders
                                       of a Class of Subordinate  Certificates
                                       by the  subordination  of  one or  more
                                       other     Classes    of     Subordinate
                                       Certificates, is exhausted, the holders
                                       of   such    Class    of    Subordinate
                                       Certificates will incur a loss on their
                                       investment.  If the protection afforded
                                       to the  holders  of a Class  of  Senior
                                       Certificates  by the  subordination  of
                                       the    Subordinate    Certificates   is
                                       exhausted,  the  holders  of the Senior
                                       Certificates will incur a loss on their
                                       investment.   The  "Contract  Principal
                                       Balance"  of a  Contract  will  be  its
                                       [actual] principal balance, computed as
                                       described   herein   under   "[IndyMac,
                                       Inc.--Manufactured  Housing  Division--
                                       Servicing]"   on  the   basis   of  the
                                       [actuarial    method]    [or]   [simple
                                       interest  method]  [, as the  case  may
                                       be].   In   general,    a   "Liquidated
                                       Contract" will be a defaulted  Contract
                                       as  to  which  all  amounts   that  the
                                       Servicer expects to recover through the
                                       date of sale or  other  disposition  of
                                       the  Manufactured  Home  and  any  real
                                       property  securing  such  Contract have
                                       been   received.   If   the   Available
                                       Distribution     Amount     for     any
                                       Distribution  Date is not sufficient to
                                       distribute  an amount equal to the full
                                       Formula Principal  Distribution  Amount
                                       for  such   Distribution  Date  to  the
                                       Certificateholders,   in   addition  to
                                       interest   and   interest    shortfalls
                                       distributable           to          the
                                       Certificateholders,    the    aggregate
                                       Certificate  Principal  Balance will be
                                       greater than the Pool Balance.  In such
                                       event,  the  amount of such  deficiency
                                       (the "Liquidation Loss Amount") will be
                                       allocated   first  to  the   Class  B-2
                                       Certificates     (the     "Class    B-2
                                       Liquidation Loss Amount") to reduce the
                                       Class    B-2    Adjusted    Certificate
                                       Principal Balance.  After the Class B-2
                                       Adjusted Certificate  Principal Balance
                                       has been reduced to zero, no additional
                                       Liquidation   Loss   Amount   will   be
                                       allocated to the Class B-2 Certificates
                                       and  any   further   Liquidation   Loss
                                       Amounts will be allocated to reduce the
                                       Class    B-1    Adjusted    Certificate
                                       Principal   Balance   (the  "Class  B-1
                                       Liquidation  Loss  Amount").  After the
                                       Class    B-1    Adjusted    Certificate
                                       Principal  Balance has been  reduced to
                                       zero,  any  further   Liquidation  Loss
                                       Amount will be  allocated to reduce the
                                       Class  Adjusted  Certificate  Principal
                                       Balance  (the "Class  Liquidation  Loss
                                       Amount").  In the  event  the  Adjusted
                                       Certificate   Principal  Balance  of  a
                                       Class of Subordinate  Certificates were
                                       to be  reduced  by a  Liquidation  Loss
                                       Amount, interest accruing on such Class
                                       will  be  calculated  on  such  reduced
                                       Adjusted Certificate Principal Balance.
                                       On each Distribution  Date,  holders of
                                       Class B- Certificates  will be entitled
                                       to   receive    from   the    Available
                                       Distribution     Amount     for    such
                                       Distribution Date, one month's interest
                                       at the related Pass-Through Rate on the
                                       Adjusted Certificate  Principal Balance
                                       of  such  Class.   Additionally,   such
                                       holders  will be  entitled  to receive,
                                       prior to any  distribution of principal
                                       on the  related  Class of  Certificates
                                       and   each    subordinate    Class   of
                                       Certificates,  one month's  interest at
                                       the  related  Pass-Through  Rate on the
                                       Liquidation  Loss Amount for such Class
                                       as   of   the   immediately   preceding
                                       Distribution Date (each, a "Liquidation
                                       Loss Interest  Amount").  The "Adjusted
                                       Certificate  Principal  Balance" of any
                                       Class of  Subordinate  Certificates  on
                                       any  Distribution   Date  will  be  its
                                       Certificate  Principal  Balance  (after
                                       giving effect to the distributions made
                                       on    the     immediately     preceding
                                       Distribution Date) less any Liquidation
                                       Loss Amounts allocated to such Class on
                                       such preceding  Distribution  Date. See
                                       "Description           of           the
                                       Certificates--Subordination    of   the
                                       Subordinate  Certificates" "--Losses on
                                       Liquidated  Contracts"  and  "Yield and
                                       Prepayment Considerations" herein.

Servicer.....................          [IndyMac]  will act as the  Servicer of
                                       the  Contracts  and will be the  Master
                                       Servicer    for    purposes    of   the
                                       Prospectus.  See "[IndyMac,  Inc.]" and
                                       "Description           of           the
                                       Certificates--Certain   Other   Matters
                                       Regarding the Servicer" herein.

Advances.....................          For   each   Distribution   Date,   the
                                       Servicer  will  be  obligated  to  make
                                       Advances  in respect of the related Due
                                       Period  to  the  extent  of  delinquent
                                       [principal  and  interest  payments] in
                                       respect of the Contracts. [The Servicer
                                       will not make any Advances with respect
                                       to delinquent principal payments on the
                                       Contracts.]   The   Servicer   will  be
                                       required to make an Advance only to the
                                       extent that it determines  such Advance
                                       will   be   recoverable   from   future
                                       payments  and   collections  on  or  in
                                       respect  of  the   related   Contracts.
                                       Assuming  that in the  judgment  of the
                                       Servicer all delinquent payments on the
                                       Contracts were recoverable,  the amount
                                       of the Advance paid out of the funds of
                                       the Servicer  will be  calculated  such
                                       that,  if it is made,  it will permit a
                                       distribution    to   the    Class    __
                                       Certificateholders undiminished by such
                                       delinquent payments [of interest].  See
                                       "Description           of           the
                                       Certificates--Advances" herein.

Final Distribution Date......          To the extent not previously paid prior
                                       to   such   dates,    the   outstanding
                                       principal   amount  of  each  Class  of
                                       Offered Certificates will be payable on
                                       the  ________  20__  Distribution  Date
                                       (the  "Final   Scheduled   Distribution
                                       Date").     The     Final     Scheduled
                                       Distribution  Date has been  determined
                                       by adding  seven months to the month in
                                       which the maturity date of the Contract
                                       with the latest  stated  maturity as of
                                       the Cut-off  Date  occurs.  Because the
                                       rate of  distributions  in reduction of
                                       the Certificate  Principal  Balances of
                                       the Offered Certificates will depend on
                                       the   rate  of   amortization   of  the
                                       Contracts  (including  amortization due
                                       to  prepayments   and  defaults),   the
                                       actual final  distribution on any Class
                                       of  Offered  Certificates  could  occur
                                       significantly  earlier  than the  Final
                                       Scheduled  Distribution Date. See "Risk
                                       Factors--Prepayment Considerations" and
                                       "Yield and  Prepayment  Considerations"
                                       herein.

Termination..................          The  Depositor  and the  Servicer  will
                                       each have the option to  purchase  from
                                       the    Trust   all    Contracts    then
                                       outstanding  and all other  property in
                                       the Trust Fund on any Distribution Date
                                       on or after the first Distribution Date
                                       as of which  the Pool  Balance  is less
                                       than 10% of the Cut-off Date  Principal
                                       Balance.   See   "Description   of  the
                                       Certificates--Termination" herein.

                                       If  neither  the   Depositor   nor  the
                                       Servicer    exercises    its   optional
                                       termination  right within 90 days after
                                       such right can first be exercised,  the
                                       Trustee  shall  solicit  bids  for  the
                                       purchase   of   all   Contracts    then
                                       outstanding  and all other  property in
                                       the  Trust  Fund.  In  the  event  that
                                       satisfactory   bids  are   received  as
                                       described herein under  "Description of
                                       the   Certificates--Termination,"   the
                                       sale  proceeds will be  distributed  to
                                       Certificateholders.   If   satisfactory
                                       bids  are  not  received,  the  Trustee
                                       shall  decline  to sell such  Contracts
                                       and other  property  of the Trust Fund,
                                       and shall  not be under any  obligation
                                       to   solicit   any   further   bids  or
                                       otherwise negotiate any further sale of
                                       the Contracts.  See "Description of the
                                       Certificates--Termination" herein.

The Contracts................          The assets of the Trust will  primarily
                                       consist of a pool (the "Contract Pool")
                                       of [fixed  rate]  manufactured  housing
                                       installment    sales    contracts   and
                                       installment       loan       agreements
                                       (collectively, the "Contracts") secured
                                       by security  interests in  manufactured
                                       homes   (the   "Manufactured    Homes")
                                       financed   or   refinanced   with   the
                                       proceeds  of the  Contracts  and,  with
                                       respect  to  certain  of the  Contracts
                                       (the    "Land-and-Home     Contracts"),
                                       secured by liens on the underlying real
                                       property    on   which   the    related
                                       Manufactured  Homes  are  located.  The
                                       Contract Pool will consist of Contracts
                                       having an aggregate  Contract Principal
                                       Balance  as of the  Cut-off  Date  of $
                                       (the "Cut-off Date Principal Balance").
                                       The properties underlying the Contracts
                                       as of the Cut-off  Date were located in
                                       states.   [Substantially   all  of  the
                                       Contracts  bear  interest  at an annual
                                       percentage  rate (each, an "APR") which
                                       will be equal to or higher than (i) the
                                       sum  of  the   Class  A  or  Class  A-R
                                       Pass-Through  Rate, as the case may be,
                                       and  (ii)   the   rate  at  which   the
                                       Servicing Fee is  calculated.]  Monthly
                                       payments of  principal  and interest on
                                       the  Contracts  will be due on  various
                                       days (each,  a "Due  Date")  throughout
                                       each Due Period.  All of the  Contracts
                                       are [Actuarial  Contracts] [or] [Simple
                                       Interest Contracts].  As of the Cut-off
                                       Date, the APRs on the Contracts  ranged
                                       from % to % with a weighted average APR
                                       of  %.  The  Contracts  have  remaining
                                       terms  to  maturity  as of the  Cut-off
                                       Date of at least 10 months but not more
                                       than ___ months and  original  terms to
                                       maturity of at least ___ months but not
                                       more than ___ months. As of the Cut-off
                                       Date,  the  Contracts  had  a  weighted
                                       average  remaining  term to maturity of
                                       approximately    months,   a   weighted
                                       average   seasoning  of   approximately
                                       months and a weighted  average original
                                       loan-to-value  ratio  of  %.  See  "The
                                       Contract  Pool"  herein  and "Yield and
                                       Prepayment   Considerations"   in   the
                                       Prospectus.  The Agreement will require
                                       the Servicer to cause to be  maintained
                                       one or more standard  hazard  insurance
                                       policies    with    respect   to   each
                                       Manufactured   Home   (other   than   a
                                       Manufactured  Home in  repossession) in
                                       an amount and manner  described  herein
                                       under      "Description      of     the
                                       Certificates--Hazard          Insurance
                                       Policies."    Generally,    no    other
                                       insurance  policies  will  be  provided
                                       with   respect  to  any   Contract   or
                                       Manufactured Home.

Security Interests and Mortgages
  on the Manufactured Homes;
  Repurchase Obligations.....          In connection  with the transfer of the
                                       Contracts  to  the  Trustee,  [IndyMac]
                                       will assign the  security  interests in
                                       the   Manufactured   Homes  and,   with
                                       respect to Land-and-Home Contracts, the
                                       liens on the  underlying  real property
                                       on which  the  Manufactured  Homes  are
                                       located to the  Trustee.  The  Servicer
                                       will be  required to take such steps as
                                       are  necessary  to perfect and maintain
                                       perfection of the security  interest in
                                       each  Manufactured  Home in the name of
                                       [IndyMac]   as   lienholder   or  legal
                                       titleholder, but so long as [IndyMac or
                                       an affiliate  thereof] is the Servicer,
                                       the  Servicer  will not be  required to
                                       cause  notations  to  be  made  on  any
                                       document  of  title   relating  to  any
                                       Manufactured  Home  or to  execute  any
                                       instrument relating to any Manufactured
                                       Home   (other  than  a  notation  or  a
                                       transfer  instrument  necessary to show
                                       [IndyMac]  as the  lienholder  or legal
                                       titleholder).   With   respect  to  the
                                       Land-and-Home Contracts, assignments to
                                       the Trustee of the  mortgages  or deeds
                                       of  trust  securing  the  Land-and-Home
                                       Contracts  (each, a "Mortgage") will be
                                       recorded  in  the  appropriate   public
                                       office  for  real  property   records[,
                                       except in the State of  California  and
                                       in   states   where  the   Seller   has
                                       reasonably    determined    that   such
                                       recording  is not  required  to protect
                                       the  Trustee's   interest  against  the
                                       claim of any  subsequent  transferee or
                                       any  successor  to or  creditor  of the
                                       Depositor or the Seller].

                                       As  a  result  of  the  foregoing,  the
                                       security  interests in the Manufactured
                                       Homes  in  certain  states  may  not be
                                       effectively  transferred to the Trustee
                                       or  perfected.   See  "Risk   Factors--
                                       Security  Interests  and Certain  Other
                                       Aspects of the  Contracts"  herein.  To
                                       the extent  such  security  interest is
                                       perfected     and    is     effectively
                                       transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee
                                       will have a prior claim over subsequent
                                       purchasers of the  Manufactured  Homes,
                                       holders   of   subsequently   perfected
                                       security  interests  and  creditors  of
                                       either  the   Depositor  or  [IndyMac].
                                       Under   the   laws  of   most   states,
                                       Manufactured Homes constitute  personal
                                       property,  and perfection of a security
                                       interest  in  a  Manufactured  Home  is
                                       obtained, depending on applicable state
                                       law,  either  by  noting  the  security
                                       interest  on the  certificate  of title
                                       for the Manufactured  Home or by filing
                                       a financing statement under the Uniform
                                       Commercial Code. If a Manufactured Home
                                       were relocated to another state without
                                       reperfection  of the  related  security
                                       interest,  or  if  it  were  to  become
                                       attached    to   its    site    and   a
                                       determination   were   made   that  the
                                       security  interest  was subject to real
                                       estate title and recording  laws, or as
                                       a result  of fraud or  negligence,  the
                                       Trustee could lose its prior  perfected
                                       security  interest in such Manufactured
                                       Home.   See   "Risk   Factors--Security
                                       Interests  and Certain Other Aspects of
                                       the Contracts."

                                       Federal and state  consumer  protection
                                       laws impose requirements upon creditors
                                       in connection with extensions of credit
                                       and  collections on  installment  sales
                                       contracts    and    installment    loan
                                       agreements,  and  certain of these laws
                                       make an  assignee  of such a  contract,
                                       such as the Trust  Fund,  liable to the
                                       obligor  thereon for any  violation  by
                                       the lender.

Certain Federal Income Tax
  Consequences...............          An  election  will be made to treat the
                                       Contract  Pool and certain other assets
                                       of the  Trust  as a REMIC  for  federal
                                       income  tax  purposes   (the   "Pooling
                                       REMIC").  An election also will be made
                                       to treat the "regular interests" in the
                                       Pooling  REMIC and certain other assets
                                       of  the  Trust  as  another  REMIC  for
                                       federal   income  tax   purposes   (the
                                       "Issuing    REMIC").     The    Regular
                                       Certificates   will  be  designated  as
                                       "regular   interests"  in  the  Issuing
                                       REMIC and the  Class  A-R  Certificates
                                       will represent the beneficial ownership
                                       of the  "residual  interest" in each of
                                       the  Pooling   REMIC  and  the  Issuing
                                       REMIC.

                                       Because the Offered Certificates (other
                                       than the Class A-R  Certificates)  will
                                       be considered REMIC regular  interests,
                                       they will be taxable  debt  obligations
                                       under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of
                                       1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  and
                                       interest   paid  or   accrued  on  such
                                       Certificates,  including  any  original
                                       issue  discount  will be taxable to the
                                       holders   of   such   Certificates   in
                                       accordance  with the accrual  method of
                                       accounting,    regardless    of    such
                                       Certificateholders'  usual  methods  of
                                       accounting.   Each   of  the   Class  A
                                       Certificates  (other than the Class A-R
                                       Certificates),   will  be  issued  with
                                       original  issue  discount  only  if its
                                       stated  principal  amount  exceeds  its
                                       issue  price.   See  "Certain   Federal
                                       Income  Tax  Consequences"  herein  and
                                       "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"  in
                                       the Prospectus. [The Class __ and Class
                                       B-__  Certificates  will not be treated
                                       by the  Trust as  "variable  rate  debt
                                       instruments"  as  defined  in  Treasury
                                       Regulations  promulgated under the Code
                                       and,  therefore,  will  be  treated  as
                                       issued with original  issue discount as
                                       described  in "Certain  Federal  Income
                                       Tax  Consequences"  herein and "Federal
                                       Income   Tax   Consequences"   in   the
                                       Prospectus.]     For     purposes    of
                                       determining  the amount and the rate of
                                       accrual of original  issue discount and
                                       market discount,  the Depositor intends
                                       to   assume    that   there   will   be
                                       prepayments  on the Contracts at a rate
                                       equal to ___% of the Prepayment  Model.
                                       No representation is made as to whether
                                       the Contracts  will prepay at that rate
                                       or any other rate. See "Certain Federal
                                       Income  Tax  Consequences"  herein  and
                                       "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"  in
                                       the Prospectus.

                                       For federal  income tax  purposes,  the
                                       Offered  Certificates  (other  than the
                                       Class A-R Certificates)  generally will
                                       be treated as "regular  interests  in a
                                       REMIC" for  domestic  building and loan
                                       associations,  and "real estate assets"
                                       for  real  estate   investment   trusts
                                       ("REITs"),  subject to the  limitations
                                       described  in "Certain  Federal  Income
                                       Tax  Consequences"  herein and "Federal
                                       Income   Tax   Consequences"   in   the
                                       Prospectus.  Similarly, interest on the
                                       Offered Certificates will be considered
                                       "interest  on  obligations  secured  by
                                       mortgages on real  property" for REITs,
                                       subject to the limitations described in
                                       "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"  in
                                       the  Prospectus.  The  holders  of  the
                                       Class A-R  Certificates,  as holders of
                                       the  residual  interest  in the REMICs,
                                       will  be  subject  to  special  federal
                                       income tax rules that may significantly
                                       reduce  the  after-tax  yield  of  such
                                       Certificates.    Further,   significant
                                       restrictions  apply to the  transfer of
                                       the   Class   A-R   Certificates.   See
                                       "Certain     Federal     Income     Tax
                                       Consequences"   herein   and   "Federal
                                       Income   Tax   Consequences"   in   the
                                       Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations.........          A fiduciary of an employee benefit plan
                                       subject  to  the  Employee   Retirement
                                       Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                       ("ERISA"),  or Section 4975 of the Code
                                       should  carefully review with its legal
                                       advisors   whether   the   purchase  or
                                       holding of Class A  Certificates  could
                                       give rise to a  transaction  prohibited
                                       or  not  otherwise   permissible  under
                                       ERISA   or   the   Code.   See   "ERISA
                                       Considerations"   herein   and  in  the
                                       Prospectus.

                                       An employee  benefit plan or other plan
                                       subject to ERISA and/or Section 4975 of
                                       the Code, or an entity purchasing Class
                                       A-R or Class B-1 Certificates on behalf
                                       of any such  employee  benefit or other
                                       plan, will not be permitted to purchase
                                       or hold such  Certificates  unless  the
                                       opinion  of  counsel   described  under
                                       "ERISA  Considerations" is delivered to
                                       the Trustee. See "ERISA Considerations"
                                       herein and in the Prospectus.

Legal Investment
  Considerations.............          The  Offered  Certificates  will  [not]
                                       constitute       "mortgage      related
                                       securities"    under   the    Secondary
                                       Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984
                                       ("SMMEA"). No representation is made as
                                       to the appropriate  characterization of
                                       the Offered Certificates under any laws
                                       relating to investment restrictions and
                                       investors  should  consult  their legal
                                       advisors.  See  "Risk  Factors--Limited
                                       Liquidity;  Lack of SMMEA  Eligibility"
                                       and "Legal  Investment  Considerations"
                                       herein  and "Legal  Investment"  in the
                                       Prospectus.

Ratings......................          It is a  condition  to the  issuance of
                                       the  Certificates  that  they be  rated
                                       "___" by _____ and  "___" by  _________
                                       (each a "Rating  Agency").  In general,
                                       ratings  address credit risk and do not
                                       address the likelihood of  prepayments.
                                       See   "Ratings"    herein   and   "Risk
                                       Factors--Rating of the Certificates" in
                                       the Prospectus.





                                 RISK FACTORS

Prospective  investors in the Offered Certificates should consider among other
things,  the  following  risk factors in  connection  with the purchase of the
Offered Certificates.

LIMITATIONS OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

         An investment in the Offered  Certificates  may be affected by, among
other  things,  a downturn  in regional or local  economic  conditions.  These
regional or local economic conditions are often volatile and historically have
affected  the   delinquency,   loan  loss  and   repossession   experience  of
manufactured  housing contracts.  The geographic  location of the Manufactured
Homes is set forth under "The Contract Pool" herein.  Moreover,  regardless of
its location,  manufactured housing generally  depreciates in value over time.
Consequently,  the market value of the  Manufactured  Homes could be or become
lower than the Contract Principal Balance of the related  Contracts.  See "The
Contract Pool" herein and "The Trust  Fund--The  Contracts" in the Prospectus.
High  delinquencies  and  liquidation  losses on the  Contracts  will have the
effect of  reducing,  and  could  eliminate,  the  protection  against  losses
afforded by, with respect to (i) the Senior Certificates, the subordination of
the  Subordinate  Certificates  and (ii)  the  Subordinate  Certificates,  the
subordination  of  the  Class  X  Certificates.  If  any  such  protection  is
eliminated, and the amount of overcollateralization,  if any, has been reduced
to zero,  the related  Certificateholders  will bear the risk of losses on the
Contracts and must rely on the value of the Manufactured Homes for recovery of
the outstanding  principal of and unpaid interest on any defaulted  Contracts.
See  "Description  of  the   Certificates--Subordination  of  the  Subordinate
Certificates" and "--Losses on Liquidated Contracts" herein.

LIMITED HISTORICAL DELINQUENCY, LOSS AND PREPAYMENT INFORMATION

         [IndyMac began acquiring and servicing manufactured housing contracts
and  installment  loan  agreements in February 1996 and, from such date to the
present, has substantially  increased the volume of such contracts that it has
acquired  and/or  serviced.  Consequently,   IndyMac  has  limited  historical
experience with respect to the performance, including the delinquency and loss
experience  and the  rate of  prepayments  of  these  contracts.  Accordingly,
neither the delinquency  experience and loan loss and  liquidation  experience
set forth  under  "IndyMac,  Inc.--Delinquency  and Loss  Experience"  nor the
prepayment scenarios set forth under "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" may
be indicative  of the  performance  of the Contracts  included in the Contract
Pool.  Prospective  investors  should take these  factors  into  account  when
reviewing  the  information  set forth  herein  and  making  their  investment
decision.]

         [Certain statistical  information  relating to the delinquency,  loan
loss and  repossession  experience  of the portfolio of  manufactured  housing
contracts   serviced  by  [IndyMac]  is  set  forth  herein  under  "[IndyMac,
Inc.--Delinquency and Loss Experience]." Such statistical  information relates
only to  manufactured  housing  contracts  serviced  by  [IndyMac]  during the
periods indicated and is included herein only for illustrative purposes. There
is no assurance  that the Contracts will have  characteristics  similar to the
manufactured housing contracts to which such statistical  information relates.
In  addition,  the losses  experienced  upon  recovery of  principal  upon the
liquidation of manufactured  housing contracts  historically have been sharply
affected by downturns in regional or local economic conditions. These regional
or local economic conditions are often volatile, and no prediction can be made
regarding future economic loss upon liquidation. In light of the foregoing, no
assurance can be given that the losses  experienced  upon the  liquidation  of
defaulted Contracts will be similar to any statistical  information  contained
herein  regarding  [IndyMac].  See  "The  Trust  Fund--The  Contracts"  in the
Prospectus.]

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISKS

         The  prepayment  experience  on the  Contracts may affect the average
life of the Offered Certificates.  Prepayments on the Contracts (which include
both  voluntary  prepayments  and  liquidations   following  default)  may  be
influenced  by a variety of economic,  geographic,  social and other  factors,
including repossessions, aging, seasonality, market interest rates, changes in
housing  needs,  job transfers  and  unemployment.  See "Yield and  Prepayment
Considerations"  herein  and  "Yield  and  Prepayment  Considerations"  in the
Prospectus.

YIELD ON THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

         YIELD AFFECTED BY DELAY IN INTEREST  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Because interest
will not be distributed on the Offered Certificates until the 25th day (or, if
such day is not a Business Day, then on the next  succeeding  Business Day) of
the month  following  the Interest  Accrual  Period during which such interest
accrues on the Certificates, the effective yield to the holders of the Offered
Certificates  will be  lower  than  the  yield  otherwise  produced  by  their
respective Pass-Through Rates and purchase prices.

         YIELD  AFFECTED  BY RATE AND  TIMING  OF  PRINCIPAL  PAYMENTS  ON THE
CONTRACTS. The yield to maturity of, and the aggregate amount of distributions
on,  each Class of the  Offered  Certificates  will be related to the rate and
timing of principal payments on the Contracts.  The rate of principal payments
on the  Contracts  will  be  affected  by the  amortization  schedules  of the
Contracts and by the rate of principal prepayments thereon (including for this
purpose payments resulting from refinancings and liquidations of the Contracts
due to defaults  and  repurchases  of Contracts  by  [IndyMac]  under  certain
circumstances). No assurance can be given as to the rate of principal payments
or prepayments on the Contracts.

LIMITED  OBLIGATIONS-NO  RECOURSE TO SELLER,  THE  DEPOSITOR,  THE  SERVICER,  
THE TRUSTEE OR THE UNDERWRITER

         The  Offered  Certificates  will  not  represent  an  interest  in or
obligation  of the  Seller,  the  Depositor,  the  Trustee,  the  Underwriter,
[IndyMac],  the Servicer or any of their  respective  affiliates.  Neither the
Contracts  nor the Offered  Certificates  will be insured or guaranteed by any
governmental  agency  or  instrumentality,  the  Seller,  the  Depositor,  the
Trustee, the Underwriter,  [IndyMac],  the Servicer or any of their respective
affiliates  and the Offered  Certificates  will be payable  only from  amounts
payable  on or in  respect  of  the  assets  in  the  Trust  Fund.  See  "Risk
Factors--Limited  Source of Payments -- No Recourse to Sellers,  Depositor  or
Master Servicer" in the Prospectus.

         The  Depositor  will not be  obligated  in any way in  respect of the
Certificates.  The  obligations  of [IndyMac] in its capacity as Servicer with
respect  to the  Certificates  will be limited  to its  contractual  servicing
obligations.   [IndyMac]  will,  however,  make  certain  representations  and
warranties in its capacity as Seller  relating to the Contracts.  In the event
of an uncured breach of any such  representation  or warranty that  materially
and  adversely  affects  the  Certificateholders'   interest  in  a  Contract,
[IndyMac],  as Seller,  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  be  obligated to
repurchase such Contract. See "Description of the Certificates-- Conveyance of
Contracts" herein.

Limited Liquidity-Lack of SMMEA Eligibility

         The  Underwriter  intends to make a  secondary  market in the Offered
Certificates,  but will have no obligation to do so. There can be no assurance
that a secondary market for any Class of Offered Certificates will develop, or
if one does develop,  that it will continue or provide sufficient liquidity of
investment or that it will remain for the term of the related Class of Offered
Certificates.  [The Offered Certificates will not constitute "mortgage related
securities" for purposes of SMMEA.  Accordingly,  many institutions with legal
authority  to  invest  in SMMEA  securities  will not be able to invest in the
Offered   Certificates,   thereby   limiting   the  market  for  the   Offered
Certificates.  In light of the foregoing,  investors  should consult their own
counsel as to whether  they have the legal  authority  to invest in  non-SMMEA
securities  such  as  the  Offered   Certificates.]   See  "Legal   Investment
Considerations"   herein  and  "Risk   Factors--Limited   Liquidity"   in  the
Prospectus.

SECURITY INTEREST IN UNDERLYING ASSETS MAY NOT BE EFFECTIVE

         Each  Contract   will  be  secured  by  a  security   interest  in  a
Manufactured Home (and, in the case of a Land-and-Home Contract, by a Mortgage
on the underlying  real property on which the  Manufactured  Home is located).
Perfection of security  interests in  Manufactured  Homes and  enforcement  of
rights to realize upon the value of the  Manufactured  Homes as collateral for
the Contracts are subject to a number of federal and state laws, including the
Uniform  Commercial  Code (the  "UCC") as adopted  in each state and,  in most
states,  certificate  of title  statutes,  but generally not state real estate
laws. The steps  necessary to perfect the security  interest in a Manufactured
Home will vary from state to state.  Because of the expense and administrative
inconvenience  involved,  [IndyMac] will not amend any certificate of title to
change the lienholder  specified therein from [IndyMac] to the Trustee or file
any UCC-3  assignments  and will not deliver any  certificate  of title to the
Trustee or note  thereon the  Trustee's  interest,  although  UCC-1  financing
statements  will be filed to reflect the sale of the Contracts  from [IndyMac]
to the Depositor and from the  Depositor to the Trust.  Consequently,  in some
states,  in the absence of such an amendment to the certificate of title,  the
assignment to the Trustee of the security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home
may not be effective or such  security  interest may not be perfected  and, in
the absence of such notation or delivery to the Trustee, the assignment of the
security  interest  in the  Manufactured  Home  may not be  effective  against
creditors  of  [IndyMac]  or a trustee  in  bankruptcy  of  [IndyMac]  or such
affiliate.  Land-and-Home  Contracts will also be secured by a Mortgage on the
underlying real property on which a Manufactured  Home is placed.  Assignments
to the Trustee of such  Mortgages will be recorded in the  appropriate  public
office for real property  records[,  except in the State of California  and in
states where the Seller has reasonably  determined  that such recording is not
required to protect the Trustee's interest against the claim of any subsequent
transferee  or any  successor to or creditor of the  Depositor or the Seller].
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts" herein and "Risk Factors-Security
Interest in Underlying Assets May Not Be Effective" in the Prospectus.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS

         Numerous   federal  and  state   consumer   protection   laws  impose
requirements on lending under installment sales contracts and installment loan
agreements  such as the Contracts,  and the failure by the lender or seller of
goods to comply  with such  requirements  could  give rise to  liabilities  of
assignees  for  amounts  due under  such  agreements  and the right of set-off
against claims by such assignees.  These laws would apply to the Trust Fund as
assignee of the Contracts. Pursuant to the Agreement, [IndyMac] will represent
and warrant that each Contract  complies with all requirements of law and will
provide certain warranties  relating to the validity,  perfection and priority
of the security  interest in each  Manufactured  Home  securing a Contract.  A
breach of any such  representation  and warranty that materially and adversely
affects the  Certificateholders'  interest  in any  Contract  may,  subject to
certain    conditions    described   herein   under    "Description   of   the
Certificates--Conveyance  of Contracts,"  create an obligation by [IndyMac] to
repurchase  such  Contract  unless such  breach is cured  within 90 days after
notice  thereof.  If [IndyMac]  does not honor its  repurchase  obligation  in
respect of a Contract and such Contract were to become defaulted,  recovery of
amounts due on such Contract would be dependent on repossession  and resale of
the Manufactured Home securing such Contract.  Certain other factors,  such as
the bankruptcy of an obligor or the  application of equitable  principles by a
court, may limit the ability of the  Certificateholders to receive payments on
the  Contracts  or to  realize  upon the  Manufactured  Homes or may limit the
amount realized to less than the amount due. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Contracts"  herein  and  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the  Contracts"  in the
Prospectus.

BANKRUPTCY  OR INSOLVENCY  OF THE SELLER,  THE DEPOSITOR OR THE SERVICER COULD 
LEAD TO DELAY OR REDUCTION OF AMOUNTS PAYABLE TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         [IndyMac]  and the  Depositor  intend that the  transfer of Contracts
from  [IndyMac]  to the  Depositor  and from the  Depositor  to the Trust Fund
constitutes  a  sale,  rather  than  a  pledge  of  the  Contracts  to  secure
indebtedness of [IndyMac] or the Depositor,  as the case may be.  However,  if
[IndyMac]  or the  Depositor  were  to  become  a  debtor  under  the  federal
bankruptcy  code,  it is possible  that a creditor or trustee in bankruptcy of
[IndyMac]   or   the   Depositor,   or   [IndyMac]   or   the   Depositor   as
debtor-in-possession, may argue that the sale of the Contracts by [IndyMac] or
the Depositor, as the case may be, was a pledge of the Contracts rather than a
sale. This position, if presented to or accepted by a court, could result in a
delay in or reduction of  distributions to the  Certificateholders.  See "Risk
Factors-Bankruptcy  or Insolvency  of the Seller,  the Depositor or the Master
Servicer   Could  Lead  to  Delay  or   Reduction   of   Amounts   Payable  to
Certificateholders" in the Prospectus.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION MAY REDUCE LIQUIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATES

         Since  transactions  in the Book-Entry  Certificates  can be effected
only through  DTC,  participating  organizations,  indirect  participants  and
certain banks, the ability of a Certificate  Owner of Book-Entry  Certificates
to  pledge  a  Book-Entry  Certificate  to  persons  or  entities  that do not
participate  in the DTC system or  otherwise to take action in respect of such
Book-Entry  Certificate,  may be limited due to lack of a physical certificate
representing such Book-Entry Certificate.

         Certificate  Owners of Book-Entry  Certificates  may experience  some
delay in their  receipt of  distributions  of interest  and  principal  on the
Book-Entry  Certificates  since such  distributions  will be  forwarded by the
Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such  distributions  to the accounts of its
Participants,  which  will  thereafter  credit  them to the  accounts  of such
Certificate   Owners   either   directly  or   indirectly   through   indirect
participants.  See  "Description  of  the  Certificates--Registration  of  the
Offered  Certificates" herein and "Risk  Factors--Book-Entry  Registration" in
the Prospectus.

                              THE CONTRACT POOL

         All of the  Contracts  will  have been  purchased  or  originated  by
[IndyMac or an affiliate thereof] in the ordinary course of its business. Each
Contract  will  be  a  manufactured  housing  installment  sales  contract  or
installment loan agreement (collectively,  "manufactured housing contracts" or
"contracts").  A  description  of the general  practice of  [IndyMac]  and its
affiliates with respect to the origination or purchase of manufactured housing
contracts   is  set  forth   under   "[IndyMac,   Inc.--Manufactured   Housing
Division--Underwriting Practices]" herein.

         The statistical  information  presented in this Prospectus Supplement
concerning  the Contract  Pool is based on the Contract Pool as of the Cut-off
Date.  Unless otherwise  noted, all percentages  relating to the Contracts are
measured by the Contract  Principal  Balance of the related  Contracts and the
Contract Pool as of the Cut-off Date.

         Under the  Agreement,  the  Manufactured  Homes will be  required  to
comply  with the  requirements  of  certain  federal  statutes  which,  in the
aggregate,  generally require the Manufactured  Homes to have a minimum of 400
square feet of living space and a minimum width in excess of 102 inches and to
be of a kind customarily used at a fixed location.  Such statutes also require
the Manufactured Homes to be transportable in one or more sections, built on a
permanent  chassis  and  designed  to be used as  dwellings,  with or  without
permanent  foundations,   when  connected  to  the  required  utilities.   The
Manufactured Homes will also be required to include the plumbing, heating, air
conditioning and electrical systems therein.

         The Agreement will require the Servicer to maintain hazard  insurance
policies  with respect to each  Manufactured  Home (other than a  Manufactured
Home in  repossession)  in the  amounts  and  manner  set forth  herein  under
"Description of the  Certificates--Hazard  Insurance Policies." Generally,  no
other insurance will be maintained with respect to the  Manufactured  Homes or
the Contracts.

         [IndyMac]  will assign to the Trustee the Contracts and all rights to
receive  payments on the Contracts  [received after the Cut-off Date,  whether
due before, on or after the Cut-off Date] [due after the Cut-off Date, whether
received  before,  on or after the  Cut-off  Date].  See  "Description  of the
Certificates--Conveyance of Contracts" herein.

         The  Contract  Pool will  consist of  Contracts  having an  aggregate
Contract  Principal  Balance as of the Cut-off  Date of $ . Each  Contract was
originated on or after ________, 19 and on or before ________, 19 .

         Each  Contract  has a [fixed  APR] and  provides  for  level  monthly
payments (each, a "Monthly Payment") over the term of such Contract that fully
amortize the  principal  balance of the Contract.  Each Contract  provides for
allocation of payments  according to [the ["actuarial"] [or] [simple interest]
method,   [as   the   case   may   be],]   as   described   under   "[IndyMac,
Inc.--Manufactured Housing Division--Servicing]".

         For each  Land-and-Home  Contract,  [IndyMac] either (a) financed the
Manufactured  Home and the land on which it is located,  or (b)  financed  the
Manufactured  Home and either  took as  additional  security a Mortgage on the
underlying  real  property  on which the  Manufactured  Home is located or, in
certain cases,  took a Mortgage on the  underlying  real property on which the
Manufactured  Home is located in lieu of a down payment in the form of cash or
the value of a trade-in  unit.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the  Contracts"
herein and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts" in the Prospectus.

         Based on Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance,  % of the  Contracts  are
secured  by  Manufactured  Homes  which  were new and % of the  Contracts  are
secured by Manufactured Homes which were used. Based on Cut-off Date Principal
Balance, % of the Contracts are Land-and-Home Contracts.  Each Contract has an
APR of at  least % and  not  more  than %.  The  weighted  average  APR of the
Contracts as of the Cut-off Date is %. The Contracts have  remaining  terms to
maturity  as of the  Cut-off  Date of at least __ months but not more than ___
months and original  terms to maturity of at least __ months but not more than
___ months.  As of the Cut-off  Date,  the  Contracts  had a weighted  average
remaining  term to  maturity  of  approximately  months,  a  weighted  average
seasoning  of   approximately  __  months  and  a  weighted  average  original
loan-to-value ratio of %. The average  outstanding  Contract Principal Balance
as of the Cut-off Date was  approximately  $ . The  properties  underlying the
Contracts were located as of the Cut-off Date in states. Based on Cut-off Date
Principal  Balance,  % ____ and ____ % of ____ such ____  properties  ____ are
____ located ____ in , ____ and ____ , ____ respectively.  ____ No other state
represented more than [5.00%] of the Cut-off Date Principal Balance.



         Appearing  below  is  some  additional   information   regarding  the
characteristics of the Contracts.  Unless otherwise  indicated by the context,
all such  information  is as of the Cut-off Date.  Percentages  may not add to
100.00% due to rounding.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MANUFACTURED HOMES(1)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                    AGGREGATE                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                    CUT-OFF DATE                CUT-OFF DATE
GEOGRAPHIC                 NUMBER OF                 CONTRACT                  POOL BALANCE
 LOCATION                  CONTRACTS             PRINCIPAL BALANCE

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                       <C>                     <C>    

Alabama...............                                                 $                    %
Arizona...............
Arkansas..............
California............
Colorado..............
Florida...............
Georgia...............
Idaho.................
Illinois..............
Indiana...............
Iowa..................
Kansas................
Kentucky..............
Louisiana.............
Michigan..............
Minnesota.............
Mississippi...........
Missouri..............
Montana...............
Nebraska..............
Nevada................
New Mexico............
New York..............
North Carolina........
Ohio..................
Oklahoma..............
Oregon................
Pennsylvania..........
South Carolina........
South Dakota..........
Tennessee.............
Texas.................
Utah..................
Virginia..............
Washington............
West Virginia.........
Wyoming...............        ----                      ---------                     ------    
   Total..............                                  $                             100.00%
                              =====                     ===========                   =======

</TABLE>



(1)  Based on the location of the properties underlying the Contracts as of 
the Cut-off Date.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




                                             ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNTS

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        ORIGINAL CONTRACT          NUMBER OF              AGGREGATE CUT-OFF            PERCENTAGE OF
             AMOUNT                CONTRACTS                DATE CONTRACT              CUT-OFF DATE
                                                           PRINCIPAL BALANCE            POOL BALANCE

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 <S>                                    <C>                      <C>                            <C> 
     
 $ 5,000-$ 9,999 .........                                            $                            %
 $10,000-$14,999..........
 $15,000-$19,999..........
 $20,000-$24,999..........
 $25,000-$29,999..........
 $30,000-$34,999..........
 $35,000-$39,999..........
 $40,000-$44,999..........
 $45,000-$49,999..........
 $50,000-$54,999..........
 $55,000-$59,999..........
 $60,000-$64,999..........
 $65,000-$69,999..........
 $70,000-$74,999..........
 $75,000-$79,999..........
 $80,000-$84,999..........
 $85,000-$89,999..........
 $90,000-$94,999..........
 $95,000-$99,999..........
 $100,000 or more.........              -----               --------                           -----
                                        ======              $                                       
                                                            =========                          =====


</TABLE>



                          REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY

  REMAINING TERM     NUMBER OF          AGGREGATE CUT-OFF        PERCENTAGE OF
                     CONTRACTS           DATE CONTRACT           CUT-OFF DATE
                                      PRINCIPAL BALANCE          POOL BALANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Less than 121
      months
   121-180 months
   181-240 months
   241- 300 months
   301 - 360 months

                       -------              -------                   -------
     Total . . . .

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                                   APRS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     APRS                NUMBER OF           AGGREGATE           PERCENTAGE OF
                         CONTRACTS          CUT-OFF DATE          CUT-OFF DATE
                                              CONTRACT            POOL BALANCE
                                         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7.01% - 8.00%
  8.01% - 9.00%
  9.01% - 10.00%
 10.01% - 11.00%  
 11.01% - 12.00%  
 12.01% - 13.00% 
 13.01% - 14.00% 
 14.01% - 15.00%
    Total . . . .




                        ORIGINAL LOAN-TO-VALUE(1) RATIO
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   ORIGINAL            NUMBER OF           AGGREGATE           PERCENTAGE OF
 LOAN-TO-VALUE         CONTRACTS          CUT-OFF DATE          CUT-OFF DATE
    RATIO(2)                                CONTRACT            POOL BALANCE
                                        PRINCIPAL BALANCE


   60% or less  
   61%-65%  
   66%-70%  
   71%-75%  
   76%-80%  
   81%-85%
   86%-90%
   91%-95%
   96%-100%

       Total



       (1)  "Value" in the above table will be equal to the sum
    of (a)  either  (i)  the  sum of the  down  payment  (which
    includes the value of any trade-in unit),  and the original
    amount financed on the related  Contract (which may include
    sales and other taxes and  insurance  and  prepaid  finance
    charges) or (ii) the appraisal value of the home and (b) in
    the case of any Land-and-Home Contract, the appraised value
    of the land  securing  such  Contract  (as  appraised by an
    independent appraiser).

       (2) Rounded to the nearest 1%.






                                [INDYMAC, INC.]

         [IndyMac,   formerly   known   as   Independent   National   Mortgage
Corporation,  operates a nationwide  mortgage conduit business  established in
1993 to purchase  mortgage loans that do not typically qualify for sale to the
U.S. government  sponsored mortgage agencies.  IndyMac formed its Manufactured
Housing  Division  ("MHD") in  December  1995 to both  originate  directly  to
consumers  and to  purchase  manufactured  housing  retail  installment  sales
contracts and installment  loan  agreements from retailers,  brokers and other
loan originators. Loans currently originated or purchased by the MHD are fixed
or variable rate and fully amortizing loans and, in general,  provide that the
related  manufactured  home be constructed in compliance with the Manufactured
Home and  Construction  and Safety  Standards  instituted by the Department of
Housing  and  Urban  Development  ("HUD")  in June  1976.  The  MHD's  primary
competition is from local,  regional and national banks,  independent  finance
companies and captive manufactured housing finance companies.  The MHD has its
administrative   headquarters  in  San  Diego,  California  and  conducts  its
operations  through six Region Service Centers  currently  located in Atlanta,
Houston,  Indianapolis,  Raleigh, San Diego, and Vancouver,  WA, and the Third
Party Lending Department (the "TPL Department") in San Diego, California.]

         [In  addition  to its  mortgage  conduit  business  and  manufactured
housing  operations,  IndyMac  is  engaged in the  subprime  mortgage  lending
business  and  additional  lending  operations  through  its Home  Improvement
Division ("HID"),  Construction Lending Division ("CLD") and LoanWorks,  which
make home improvement and debt consolidation  loans, loans for the purchase of
lots,  home  construction  and  remodeling and real estate loans to consumers.
IndyMac's principal office is located at 155 North Lake Avenue,  Pasadena,  CA
91101, telephone (800) 669-2300.]

MANUFACTURED HOUSING DIVISION

         [The MHD finances both new and used manufactured homes and originates
retail   installment  sales  contracts  and  installment  loan  agreements  by
purchasing such contracts from retailers. In addition, the MHD purchases loans
from other  originators of manufactured  home loans and from approved  IndyMac
sellers  who deal  with  other  IndyMac  divisions.  The MHD  distributes  its
products  and  services  through  its  Region  Service  Centers  and  the  TPL
Department in San Diego.  The marketing  efforts of each Region Service Center
are implemented  through account executives located throughout the country and
offer  retailers  financing  programs  with varying  loan terms,  down payment
requirements,  interest rates and credit policies.  Retailers/loan originators
wishing to offer the MHD financing  programs to their customers must submit an
application  to  the  MHD  for  approval.  Upon  satisfactory  review  of  the
dealer's/loan   originator's   credit   worthiness,   financial  strength  and
appropriate  experience  and  qualifications,  the  dealer/loan  originator is
approved and a financing  agreement is executed.  Annual reviews are conducted
to monitor continuing qualifications as well as portfolio performance. The TPL
Department  originates  Land-and-Home  Contracts through sellers which sell to
IndyMac's mortgage conduit business and through selected brokers.]

         UNDERWRITING  PRACTICES.  [Due to the  importance  of the  roles  the
manufacturer,  the  retailer  and the  home  buyer  play  in the  satisfactory
performance of a contract,  all three are subject to  investigation  to manage
credit risk.  Manufacturers  are evaluated and approved by a centralized unit.
Such  manufacturers  must  be  approved  by HUD  and  meet  minimum  financial
requirements.  In  addition,  the MHD region sales and  management  staff make
recommendations  based  on  the  industry  experience  of the  principals  and
relevant market  experience  with the product.  Dealers are also approved by a
centralized  unit based  upon their  financial  condition,  experience  in the
industry and the credit history of the principals.  Such approval process also
involves the input of the region sales staff and  management.  The dealers are
subject to annual performance reviews.]

         [The  MHD's  underwriting  guidelines  generally  require  that  each
applicant's  credit  history,  residence  history,  employment  history,  debt
payment to income ratio and  discretionary  income be examined.  Generally,  a
borrower is  required  to be  employed  by the same  employer a minimum of two
years  or be in the  same  occupational  field  for at least  two  years.  The
borrower  is  required  to have an  established  credit  history,  and the MHD
carefully reviews any derogatory information.  In general, the debt payment to
income ratio  generally is not permitted to exceed 45%.  Discretionary  income
requirements are based on family size.  Headquarters' approval is required for
certain exceptions,  such as applicants with bankruptcies within the preceding
five years,  credit bureau  scores which are below the required  standards and
debt ratios in excess of Region Service Centers' exception guidelines.]

         SERVICING. [The MHD services all manufactured housing loans purchased
or originated by IndyMac and its affiliates.  The customer service  department
(the "Customer Service Department") and collection department (the "Collection
Department")  located in each Region  Service  Center  service  the  contracts
relating to such region.  The  Collection  Department  of each Region  Service
Center  performs  all  collection  efforts.  In the  event  of  delinquencies,
collectors  evaluate the  customer's  situation  and work with the customer to
eliminate the delinquency in a timely manner.  The Collection  Department also
monitors  accounts  which  have  filed  bankruptcy  and  manages  repossession
proceedings  and  liquidations.  All loans  purchased or originated by the TPL
Department are serviced in the Region Service Center responsible for the state
in which the manufactured home is located.]

         [If a Contract  provides for allocation of payments  according to the
"actuarial"  method,  the portion of each  Monthly  Payment  for any  Contract
allocable  to  principal  will be equal to the total  amount  thereof less the
portion  allocable to interest.  The portion of each Monthly  Payment due in a
particular  month that is allocable to interest is a precomputed  amount equal
to one  month's  interest  on the  principal  balance of the  Contract,  which
principal  balance is determined by reducing the initial  principal balance by
the  principal  portion of all Monthly  Payments that were due in prior months
(whether or not such Monthly  Payments were timely made) and all prior partial
principal  prepayments.  Thus, each payment  allocated to a scheduled  monthly
payment  of a  Contract  will be  applied  to  interest  and to  principal  in
accordance with such  precomputed  allocation  whether such Monthly Payment is
received in advance of or  subsequent  to the related Due Dates.  All payments
received on the Contracts  (other than payments  allocated to items other than
principal and interest or payments sufficient to pay the outstanding principal
balance of and all accrued  and unpaid  interest  on such  Contracts)  will be
applied when received to current and any previously unpaid Monthly Payments in
the order of the Due Dates of such payments.]

         [If a Contract  provides for allocation of payments  according to the
simple interest method,  each Monthly Payment for any Contract will be applied
first to interest accrued through the date  immediately  preceding the date of
payment  and then to unpaid  principal.  Accordingly,  if an  obligor  pays an
installment  before its Due Date,  the  portion of the  payment  allocable  to
interest  for the related Due Period will be less than if the payment had been
made on the Due Date,  the  portion  of the  payment  applied  to  reduce  the
principal balance will be correspondingly  greater,  and the principal balance
will be amortized more rapidly than scheduled.  Conversely, if an obligor pays
an  installment  after its Due Date,  the portion of the payment  allocable to
interest  for the payment  period will be greater than if the payment had been
made on the Due Date,  the  portion  of the  payment  applied  to  reduce  the
principal balance will be correspondingly less, and the principal balance will
be amortized more slowly than scheduled, in which case a larger portion of the
principal balance may be due on the final scheduled payment date.]

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE

         [The following table sets forth  information  concerning  delinquency
experience for the periods indicated for the portfolio of manufactured housing
contracts serviced by the Region Service Centers.]

         [The following  table sets forth the  delinquency  experience for the
periods  indicated  of the  portfolio  of  conventional  manufactured  housing
contracts   originated   or  purchased   and  serviced  by  [IndyMac  and  its
affiliates],   including   contracts   previously   sold  in  connection  with
securitizations.  [All of the Contracts in the Trust Fund will be conventional
contracts, meaning that they are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental
agency.]




                           DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)

                                                    AT ________________,

                                ----------------------------------------------
                                         19-              19-            19-

Total Number of Serviced Assets

  IndyMac Originated................

  Acquired Portfolios...............

Number of Delinquent Assets(2) 
  IndyMac Originated:

        30-59 days past due.........
        60-89 days past due.........
        90 days or more past due....

  Total Number of Assets Delinquent.

  Acquired Portfolios:

        30-59 days past due.........
        60-89 days past due.........
        90 days or more past due....

  Total Number of Assets Delinquent......

Total Delinquencies as a Percentage of Serviced

  Assets (3)

  IndyMac Originated.....................    %                %           %

  Acquired Portfolios....................



- ------------
(1)  Excludes assets already in repossession.

(2)  The period of  delinquency  is based on the number of days  payments  are
     contractually past due (assuming 30-day months).  Consequently, a payment
     due on the first day of a month is not 30 days delinquent until the first
     day of the following month.

(3)  By number of assets.

         [The following table sets forth information  concerning  repossession
and  loss   experience  for  the  periods   indicated  for  the  portfolio  of
manufactured  housing contracts  originated or purchased by the Region Service
Centers.]







                                LOSS EXPERIENCE
                           AT OR FOR THE FISCAL YEAR
                              ENDED _____________

                    ------------------------------------------------------
                       19                        19                  19
                       ---                       ----                --
                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Total Number of Serviced
  Assets (1)...............

Average Number of Serviced
  Assets During Period.....

Number of Serviced Assets
  Repossessed..............

Serviced Assets Repossessed
  as a Percentage of Total
  Serviced Assets (2)......

Serviced Assets Repossessed
  as a Percentage of Average 
  Number of Serviced 
  Assets...................

Average Outstanding Principal
  Balance of Assets(3)
  [IndyMac] Originated......
  Acquired Portfolios.......

Net Losses from Asset
  Liquidations (4):
  Total Dollars (3)
    [IndyMac] Originated.....
    Acquired Portfolios......

  As a Percentage of Average
    Outstanding Principal
    Balance of Assets (3)(5)
    [IndyMac] Originated......
    Acquired Portfolios.......


- ------------
(1)  As of period end.

(2)  Total number of serviced assets  repossessed during the applicable period
     expressed as a percentage  of the total number of assets  serviced at the
     end of the applicable period.

(3) Includes assets originated by MHD and serviced by MHD.

(4)  Net losses  represent all losses incurred on portfolios  serviced by MHD.
     The calculation of the net losses includes accrued interest plus expenses
     of repossession and liquidation.

(5)  Total net losses  incurred  on assets  liquidated  during the  applicable
     period expressed as a percentage of the outstanding  principal balance of
     all assets at the end of the applicable period.






         The data  presented  in the  foregoing  tables  are for  illustrative
purposes  only and there is no assurance  that the  delinquency,  loan loss or
repossession  experience  of the  Contracts  will be similar to that set forth
above.  [IndyMac  and  its  affiliates  only  recently  began  purchasing  and
originating  manufactured  housing installment sales contracts and installment
loans.  Consequently,  such  contracts and loans have not yet exhibited a loss
and  delinquency   experience  that  is   representative  of  the  losses  and
delinquencies  that may be  experienced  over a longer  period  of  time.]  In
addition,   the  delinquency,   loan  loss  and  repossession   experience  of
manufactured  housing  contracts  historically  has been sharply affected by a
downturn in regional or local  economic  conditions.  These  regional or local
economic  conditions  are  often  volatile,  and no  predictions  can be  made
regarding  future economic  conditions in any particular area. These downturns
have tended to increase  the severity of loss on  repossession  because of the
increased  supply of used  manufactured  homes,  which in turn may  affect the
supply in other regions.

                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

         The following information supplements, and to the extent inconsistent
therewith   supersedes,   the  information  in  the  Prospectus  under  "Yield
Considerations" and "Yield and Prepayment Considerations."

         The  Contracts  may be  prepaid in full or in part at any time by the
related  borrowers (each, an "Obligor")  without payment of any prepayment fee
or penalty  (although  there is  generally  no refund of any  prepaid  finance
charges).  The prepayment  experience of the Contracts (including  prepayments
due to  liquidations  of  defaulted  Contracts)  will  affect  the life of the
Certificates. It is anticipated that a substantial number of Contracts will be
prepaid in full prior to maturity.  A variety of factors,  including homeowner
mobility,  general and regional  economic  conditions and prevailing  interest
rates may  influence  prepayments.  In addition,  repurchases  of Contracts on
account of certain  breaches of  representations  and  warranties as described
herein under "Description of the  Certificates--Conveyance  of Contracts" will
have the effect of prepayment of such  Contracts and therefore will affect the
lives of the  Certificates.  Most of the  Contracts  contain  provisions  that
prohibit the Obligor from  selling the related  Manufactured  Home without the
prior  consent of the holder of the  related  Contract.  Such  provisions  are
similar to  "due-on-sale"  clauses and may not be  enforceable in some states.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts--Land-and-Home  Contracts" herein
and  "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the  Contracts--Due-on-Sale  Clauses"  in the
Prospectus.  [IndyMac]'s  policy is to permit most sales of Manufactured Homes
where the proposed  buyer meets its then current  underwriting  standards  and
enters into an  assumption  agreement.  See "--  Weighted  Average Life of the
Offered Certificates" herein and "Yield and Prepayment  Considerations" in the
Prospectus.

         The  allocation  of  distributions  to  the   Certificateholders   in
accordance  with the  Agreement  will  have the  effect  of  accelerating  the
amortization of each Class of Offered  Certificates in the sequence  indicated
herein  under  "Description  of the  Certificates--Distributions--Priority  of
Distributions" from the amortization that would be applicable if distributions
in respect of the  Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount were made pro rata
according to the Class A- , Class , Class A-R, Class B- and Class  Certificate
Principal   Balances.   As  described   herein  under   "Description   of  the
Certificates--Subordination  of the  Subordinate  Certificates"  to the extent
that,  on any  Distribution  Date,  the Available  Distribution  Amount is not
sufficient to permit a full distribution of the Formula Principal Distribution
Amount or the portion  thereof due on such  Distribution  Date to any Class of
Offered  Certificates  entitled  to such  distribution,  the effect will be to
delay the amortization of such Class of Offered  Certificates.  If a purchaser
of a Class of Offered Certificates purchases them at a discount and calculates
its  anticipated  yield to  maturity  based on an  assumed  rate of payment of
principal on such Offered  Certificates  that is faster than the rate actually
realized,  such  purchaser's  actual yield to maturity  will be lower than the
yield so calculated by such purchaser.

         The rate of  distributions  of principal of the Offered  Certificates
and the yield to maturity of the  Offered  Certificates  also will be directly
related to the rate of  payment  of  principal  (including  delinquencies  and
prepayments)  of the  Contracts.  The rate of principal  distributions  on the
Offered  Certificates  and the yield to maturity  of the Offered  Certificates
will be affected by the rate of delinquencies on the Contracts and the rate of
Obligor defaults resulting in losses on Liquidated Contracts,  by the severity
of those losses and by the timing of those  losses.  If a purchaser of Offered
Certificates  calculates  its  anticipated  yield based on an assumed  rate of
default and an assumed  amount of losses that are lower than the default  rate
and amount of losses  actually  incurred  and such  amount of losses  actually
incurred is not entirely  covered by interest  collected  on the  Contracts in
excess of the amount necessary to distribute  interest on the Certificates and
exceeds the Current  Overcollateralization Amount, if any, its actual yield to
maturity  will be lower  than  that so  calculated.  The  timing  of losses on
Liquidated  Contracts will also affect an investor's actual yield to maturity,
even if the rate of defaults  and  severity of losses are  consistent  with an
investor's  expectations.  There  can be no  assurance  that the  delinquency,
repossession   or  loss   experience   set  forth  herein  under   "[IndyMac],
Inc.--Delinquency  and Loss Experience" will be  representative of the results
that  may be  experienced  with  respect  to the  Contracts.  There  can be no
assurance as to the delinquency,  repossession or loss experience with respect
to the Contracts.

         On any Distribution  Date on or after the Distribution  Date, if any,
on which the aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance of the Certificates is
greater than the Pool  Balance,  if the Available  Distribution  Amount is not
sufficient to permit a full distribution of the Formula Principal Distribution
Amount to the Certificateholders,  the Certificateholders  (beginning with the
most junior Class of Certificates with a Certificate  Principal Balance (i.e.,
the Class B- Certificates) until its Certificate Principal Balance or Adjusted
Certificate  Principal Balance, as applicable,  has been reduced to zero, then
to the second most  junior  Class  (i.e.,  the Class B-  Certificates)  and so
forth) will absorb (i) all losses on each Liquidated Contract in the amount by
which its  Liquidation  Proceeds (net of  Liquidation  Expenses and applicable
Advances) are less than its Contract Principal Balance plus accrued and unpaid
interest  thereon at a percentage equal to the sum of (a) the weighted average
Pass-Through  Rate and (b) the percentage rate used to calculate the Servicing
Fee and (ii) other  shortfalls in the Available  Distribution  Amount and will
incur   a   loss   on   their    investments.    See   "Description   of   the
Certificates--Distributions,"     "--Subordination    of    the    Subordinate
Certificates" and "--Losses on Liquidated Contracts" herein.

         Each of the  Depositor  and the  Servicer  will  have the  option  to
repurchase the Contracts and other  property in the Trust on any  Distribution
Date on or after the first  Distribution  Date as of which the Pool Balance is
less than 10% of the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance.  See "Description of the
Certificates--Termination"  herein. The exercise of such option or the sale of
the Contracts  and such other  property of the Trust Fund by the Trustee under
the    circumstances    described    herein   under    "Description   of   the
Certificates--Termination"  will effect early  retirement  of all  outstanding
Offered Certificates.

         Although the APRs on the  Contracts  vary,  prepayments  on Contracts
generally will not affect the Pass-Through Rate on the Class [A] Certificates,
because the related Pass-Through Rates are [fixed]. The Class [ ] Pass-Through
Rates on any Distribution  Date will be %, per annum (computed on the basis of
a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months), unless the Contracts prepay in such a
manner that the applicable  Weighted Average Net Contract Rate is less than %,
in which case the Class [ ] Pass-Through Rate will equal such Weighted Average
Net Contract Rate.

         While  partial  prepayments  of the  principal on the  Contracts  are
applied on the related Due Dates, Obligors are not required to pay interest on
the Contracts after the date of a full  prepayment of principal.  As a result,
full  prepayments  of  Contracts  in advance of the  related  Due Dates in any
Prepayment  Period  will reduce the amount of  interest  received  during such
Prepayment Period to less than one month's interest. If a sufficient number of
Contracts  are  prepaid  in full in a  Prepayment  Period in  advance of their
respective Due Dates,  interest  received during that Prepayment Period may be
less than the interest  payable on the Class A and Class B Certificates on the
related Distribution Date. See "Description of the  Certificates--Compensating
Interest."  Although  no  assurance  can be  given in this  matter,  it is not
expected that the net shortfall of interest received because of prepayments in
full in any  Prepayment  Period  will  be  great  enough,  in the  absence  of
delinquencies  and Liquidation  Losses,  to reduce the Available  Distribution
Amount  for the  related  Distribution  Date  below the  amount  that would be
required to be distributed to Class A and Class B  Certificateholders  on such
Distribution Date.

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

         The following information is given solely to illustrate the effect of
prepayments  of the  Contracts  on the  weighted  average  life of the Offered
Certificates  under the  stated  assumptions  and is not a  prediction  of the
prepayment rate that might actually be experienced by the Contracts.

         Weighted  average life refers to the average  amount of time from the
date of issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of such security
will be repaid to the  investor.  The  weighted  average  life of the  Offered
Certificates  will be affected by the rate at which principal on the Contracts
is paid.  Principal  payments  on  Contracts  may be in the form of  scheduled
amortization or prepayments (for this purpose, the term "prepayment"  includes
repayments  and  liquidations   due  to  default  or  other   dispositions  of
Contracts).  Prepayments on contracts may be measured by a prepayment standard
or model.  The  model  used in this  Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Prepayment
Model") is based on an assumed rate of  prepayment  each month of the Contract
Principal  Balance of a pool of new Contracts.  100% of the  Prepayment  Model
assumes  prepayment rates of ___% per annum of the Contract  Principal Balance
of such  Contracts  in the  first  month of the life of the  Contracts  and an
additional  ___% per annum in each  month  thereafter  until  the __th  month.
Beginning  in the __th month and in each month  thereafter  during the life of
the Contracts, 100% of the Prepayment Model assumes a constant prepayment rate
of ____% per annum.

         As used in the following tables, "0% of the Prepayment Model" assumes
no  prepayments on the  Contracts,  "75% of the Prepayment  Model" assumes the
Contracts  will prepay at rates equal to 75% of the  Prepayment  Model assumed
prepayment  rates,  "100% of the Prepayment  Model" assumes the Contracts will
prepay  at rates  equal to 100% of the  Prepayment  Model  assumed  prepayment
rates,  "160% of the  Prepayment  Model"  assumes the Contracts will prepay at
rates equal to 160% of the Prepayment Model assumed prepayment rates, "200% of
the Prepayment Model" assumes the Contracts will prepay at rates equal to 200%
of the Prepayment  Model assumed  prepayment rates and "300% of the Prepayment
Model"  assumes  the  Contracts  will  prepay  at  rates  equal to 300% of the
Prepayment Model assumed prepayment rates.

         There is no assurance,  however,  that  prepayments  of the Contracts
will conform to any level of the Prepayment  Model, and no  representation  is
made that the Contracts will prepay at the prepayment rates shown or any other
prepayment  rate.  The rate of  principal  payments  on pools of  manufactured
housing contracts is influenced by a variety of economic,  geographic,  social
and other factors, including the level of interest rates and the rate at which
manufactured  homeowners  sell  their  manufactured  homes or default on their
contracts.   Other  factors  affecting   prepayment  of  manufactured  housing
contracts   include  changes  in  obligors'   housing  needs,  job  transfers,
unemployment  and obligors' net equity in the related  manufactured  homes. In
the case of  mortgage  loans  secured by  site-built  homes,  in  general,  if
prevailing  interest rates fall significantly below the interest rates on such
mortgage  loans,  the  mortgage  loans  are  likely  to be  subject  to higher
prepayment  rates than if  prevailing  interest  rates  remain at or above the
rates borne by such mortgage loans.  Conversely,  if prevailing interest rates
rise above the interest rates on such mortgage  loans,  the rate of prepayment
would be expected to decrease.  In the case of manufactured housing contracts,
however,  because the outstanding [actual] principal balances are, in general,
much smaller than mortgage  loan  balances and the original  terms to maturity
are  generally  shorter,  the reduction or increase in the size of the monthly
payments on contracts of the same maturity and principal  balance arising from
a change in the interest rate thereon is generally much smaller. Consequently,
changes in prevailing  interest  rates may not have a similar  effect,  or may
have a similar  effect,  but to a smaller degree,  on the prepayment  rates on
manufactured housing contracts.

MODELING ASSUMPTIONS AND MHP TABLES

         The prepayment  tables set forth below (the "MHP Tables") assume that
Monthly  Payments  on the  Contracts  are  received  by the  Servicer on their
respective  Due  Dates  and  that  on each  Distribution  Date  the  Available
Distribution  Amount will be sufficient to distribute  interest on the Offered
Certificates  and an amount equal to the full Formula  Principal  Distribution
Amount to the  Certificateholders and to pay the Servicing Fee to the Servicer
and the Trustee Fee to the Trustee  (together with the  assumptions  set forth
below, the "Modeling Assumptions").

         The  percentages and weighted  average lives in the following  tables
were determined assuming that (i) scheduled interest and principal payments on
the Contracts are received in a timely manner and  prepayments are made at the
indicated  percentages of the Prepayment Model; (ii) neither the Depositor nor
the Servicer exercises its right of optional  termination and the Trustee does
not receive satisfactory bids for the sale of the Contracts and other property
in the Trust Fund, in each case as described herein under  "Description of the
Certificates--Termination";  (iii) the Contracts will, as of the Cut-off Date,
be grouped into five pools  having the  additional  characteristics  set forth
below under "Assumed Contract  Characteristics";  (iv) the Initial Certificate
Principal  Balance and the Pass-Through  Rate of each Class of Certificates is
as set  forth  under  "Summary--Securities  Issued"  herein;  (v) no  interest
shortfalls  will arise in connection with prepayment in full of the Contracts;
(vi) there will be no losses on the Contract  Pool;  (vii) the  Servicing  Fee
will be paid to the  Servicer;  and (viii) the Trustee Fee will be paid to the
Trustee.  No  representation  is  made  that  the  Contracts  will  experience
delinquencies  or losses at the respective rates assumed above or at any other
rates.





                       ASSUMED CONTRACT CHARACTERISTICS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             REMAINING
                                                                CUT-OF DATE                   TERM TO   
                                                            CONTRACT PRINCIPAL                MATURITY           SEASONING
POOL                                                              BALANCE         APR         (MONTHS)           (MONTHS)   
- ----                                                              -----------     ----      ----------           ---------

<S>                                                         <C>                    <C>         <C>               <C>
1       .................................................   $

2       .................................................

3       .................................................

4       .................................................

5       .................................................     ----------             --        --                  --

          Total............................................   $                      %                             
                                                               ==========            ==        ==                  ==

</TABLE>


         Since  the  tables  that  follow  were  prepared  on the basis of the
assumptions in the preceding table (the "Assumed  Contract  Characteristics"),
there  will  be  discrepancies  between  the  characteristics  of  the  actual
Contracts and the  characteristics  of the Contracts  assumed in preparing the
following tables. Any such discrepancy may have an effect upon the percentages
of the Initial Class A and Initial  Class B-  Certificate  Principal  Balances
outstanding  and  weighted   average  lives  of  the  Class  A  and  Class  B-
Certificates set forth in the tables. In addition,  since the actual Contracts
and the Trust Fund will have  characteristics  which differ from those assumed
in  preparing  the tables set forth below,  distributions  of principal on the
Certificates may be made earlier or later than as indicated in the tables.

         It is not  likely  that the  Contracts  will  prepay at any  constant
percentage  of the  Prepayment  Model to maturity or that all  Contracts  will
prepay at the same rate. In addition,  the remaining  terms to maturity of the
Contracts (which include recently  originated  Contracts) could produce slower
distributions  of  principal  than as  indicated  in the tables at the various
percentages of the  Prepayment  Model  specified even if the weighted  average
remaining  term to  maturity  of the  Contracts  is the  same as the  weighted
average remaining term to maturity of the Assumed Contract Characteristics.

         Investors  are urged to make their  investment  decisions  on a basis
that includes their  determination as to anticipated  prepayment rates under a
variety of the assumptions discussed herein.

         Based on the foregoing assumptions, the following tables indicate the
resulting weighted average lives of the Offered Certificates and set forth the
percentage  of the  Initial  Class A,  Initial  Class  and  Initial  Class B-1
Certificate  Principal  Balances that would be  outstanding  after each of the
dates shown at the  indicated  percentages  of the  Prepayment  Model.  In the
following  tables,  the weighted  average life of a Class of  Certificates  is
determined by (i) multiplying the amount of each principal distribution by the
number of years from the Closing Date to the related  Distribution  Date, (ii)
summing  the  results and (iii)  dividing  the sum by the Initial  Certificate
Principal Balance of such Class of Certificates.





       PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



DISTRIBUTION DATE                  CLASS A- CERTIFICATES AT THE FOLLOWING                CLASS A- CERTIFICATES AT THE FOLLOWING
- -----------------                                                                                                              
                                             PERCENTAGES OF MHP                                     PERCENTAGE OF MHP
                                ----- ------- ------- ------ -------- -------        ------- ------- ------- -------- ------ -----

                                 0%    100%    150%   180%    200%     300%            0%     100%    150%    180%     200%   300%
                                 --    ----    ----   ----    ----     ----            --     ----    ----    ----     ----   ----
<S>                              <C>   <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>             <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>    <C> 
Initial Percentage.........

July 1999..................

July 2000..................

July 2001..................

July 2002..................

July 2003..................

July 2004..................

July 2005..................

July 2006..................

July 2007..................

July 2008..................

July 2009..................

July 2010..................

July 2011..................

July 2012..................

July 2013..................

July 2014..................

July 2015..................

July 2016..................

July 2017..................

July 2018..................

July 2019..................

July 2020..................

July 2021..................

July 2022..................

July 2023..................

July 2024..................

July 2025..................

July 2026..................

July 2027..................

July 2028..................

Weighted Average Life 
  (years)..................


</TABLE>




<TABLE>

       PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING


<CAPTION>


DISTRIBUTION DATE                 CLASS A-R CERTIFICATES AT THE FOLLOWING                CLASS B- CERTIFICATES AT THE FOLLOWING
- -----------------                                                                                                              
                                             PERCENTAGES OF MHP                                     PERCENTAGE OF MHP
                                ----- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------        ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ---

                                 0%    100%    150%    180%    200%    300%            0%     100%    150%    180%     200%   300%
                                 --    ----    ----    ----    ----    ----            --     ----    ----    ----     ----   ---
<S>                              <C>   <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>    <C> 
Initial Percentage.........

July 1999..................

July 2000..................

July 2001..................

July 2002..................

July 2003..................

July 2004..................

July 2005..................

July 2006..................

July 2007..................

July 2008..................

July 2009..................

July 2010..................

July 2011..................

July 2012..................

July 2013..................

July 2014..................

July 2015..................

July 2016..................

July 2017..................

July 2018..................

July 2019..................

July 2020..................

July 2021..................

July 2022..................

July 2023..................

July 2024..................

July 2025..................

July 2026..................

July 2027..................

July 2028..................

Weighted Average Life 
  (years)..................

</TABLE>






       PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING

DISTRIBUTION DATE                     CLASS B- CERTIFICATES AT THE FOLLOWING

                                                PERCENTAGES OF MHP

                            ------- -------- -------- -------- ------- --------

                                0%     100%     150%     180%     200%    300%
                                --     ----     ----     ----     ----    ----

Initial Percentage.........

July 1999..................

July 2000..................

July 2001..................

July 2002..................

July 2003..................

July 2004..................

July 2005..................

July 2006..................

July 2007..................

July 2008..................

July 2009..................

July 2010..................

July 2011..................

July 2012..................

July 2013..................

July 2014..................

July 2015..................

July 2016..................

July 2017..................

July 2018..................

July 2019..................

July 2020..................

July 2021..................

July 2022..................

July 2023..................

July 2024..................

July 2025..................

July 2026..................

July 2027..................

July 2028..................

Weighted Average Life 
 (years)...................





                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

         The  Certificates  will be  issued  pursuant  to the  Agreement.  The
following  description  supplements and, to the extent inconsistent  therewith
supersedes,  the  description  of the  Agreement  and the  Certificates  under
"Description of the  Certificates" in the Prospectus and must be read together
therewith. The following summaries describe certain terms of the Agreement, do
not purport to be complete  and will be subject to, and will be  qualified  in
their  entirety  by  reference  to,  the  provisions  of the  Agreement.  When
particular  provisions  or terms used in the  Agreement  are  referred to, the
actual  provisions  (including  definitions  of  terms)  are  incorporated  by
reference.

GENERAL

         The Offered Certificates (other than the Class A-R Certificates) will
be issued in fully  registered form only, in minimum  denominations  of $1,000
and integral  multiples of $1 in excess  thereof.  The Class A-R  Certificates
will be issued in definitive form as fully registered  physical  certificates.
Definitive  Certificates,  if issued, will be transferable and exchangeable at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.  No service charge will be made for
any registration of exchange or transfer,  but the Trustee may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge.

         The Trust Fund will  include,  among other  things,  (i) the Contract
Pool,  including all rights to receive  payments on the Contracts  [[received]
[due] after the Cut-off Date whether [due] [received]  before, on or after the
Cut-off  Date],  (ii) security  interests in the related  Manufactured  Homes,
(iii)  the  amounts  held from time to time in an  account  (the  "Certificate
Account")  maintained  by the  Trustee  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  (iv) any
property  which  initially  secured a Contract  and which is  acquired  in the
process  of  realizing  thereon,  including,  in the  case of a  Land-and-Home
Contract,  the  underlying  real  property on which the  Manufactured  Home is
located,  (v) the proceeds of all insurance policies described herein and (vi)
all proceeds of the  foregoing.  The  Depositor  will cause the  Contracts and
other assets of the Trust Fund to be assigned to the Trustee or a  co-trustee.
The Servicer will service the Contracts pursuant to the Agreement.

         Distributions of principal and interest on the  Certificates  will be
made on each  Distribution Date to the persons in whose names the Certificates
are  registered as of the close of business on the related  Record Date.  With
respect to each  Distribution  Date,  the  Offered  Certificates  will  accrue
interest  during  the  related   Interest   Accrual   Period.   If  Definitive
Certificates  are issued,  distributions  will be made by check  mailed to the
address of the  person  entitled  thereto  as it  appears  on the  Certificate
Register,   except  that  a  holder  of  Offered  Certificates  with  original
denominations  aggregating  at least $5 million  may  request  payment by wire
transfer of funds pursuant to written instructions delivered to the Trustee at
least five Business Days prior to the Record Date. The final  distribution  in
retirement  of the  Certificates  will  be made  only  upon  presentation  and
surrender of the Certificates at the office or agency of the Trustee specified
in the final distribution notice to Certificateholders.

         To  the  extent  not  previously  paid  prior  to  such  dates,   the
Certificate  Principal  Balance of each Class of Offered  Certificates will be
payable on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS

         On the Closing Date,  the  Depositor  will assign to the Trustee or a
co-trustee,  without  recourse,  among  other  things,  all  right,  title and
interest of the  Depositor  conveyed to it by  [IndyMac]  in, to and under the
Contracts,  including  all  principal  and interest  [[received]  [due] on the
Contracts after the Cut-off Date whether [due] [received]  before, on or after
the Cut-off Date], and all rights under the standard hazard insurance policies
on the related  Manufactured  Homes.  The Depositor will represent and warrant
only that it had, subject to certain  assumptions,  good title to, and was the
sole  owner of each  Contract  and any  related  Mortgage  free of any  liens,
charges or encumbrances created by the Depositor.

         With respect to each Contract,  [IndyMac] will deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee or a custodian  of the  Trustee,  as specified in the
Agreement,  (i) the  original  copy of the  Contract;  (ii) in the case of any
Contract not originated by [IndyMac or an affiliate  thereof],  the assignment
of the Contract from the  originator to [IndyMac or such  affiliate] and (iii)
any extension,  modification or waiver agreement(s) relating to such Contract.
In addition, with respect to each Land-and-Home  Contract,  [IndyMac] will (in
addition to the delivery of documents  specified  in the  preceding  sentence)
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or a custodian of the Trustee,
as specified in the  Agreement,  [(i) the related  Mortgage  with  evidence of
recording  thereon,] (ii) an assignment of the Mortgage in recordable  form to
the Trustee (which may be a blanket  assignment if permitted in the applicable
jurisdiction)  and (iii) if applicable,  the power of attorney  granted to the
Trustee.  The  assignments  to the  Trustee  of  Mortgages  for  Land-and-Home
Contracts will be recorded in the appropriate  public office for real property
records[, except in the State of California and in states where the Seller has
reasonably  determined  that such  recording  is not  required  to protect the
Trustee's  interest  against  the claim of any  subsequent  transferee  or any
successor  to or creditor  of the  Depositor  or the  Seller].  All  Contracts
originated or otherwise owned by an affiliate of [IndyMac,  Inc.] have been or
will be assigned to [IndyMac,  Inc.] in the ordinary  course of business,  and
such  assignment  shall be  delivered  to the  Trustee or a  custodian  of the
Trustee on or prior to the Closing Date. All other documents  relating to such
Contract,  including the [related  mortgage and]  original  title  document or
application  for  title  for  the  related   Manufactured   Home,  the  credit
application,  credit reports and verifications,  appraisals, tax and insurance
records and payment records, will be maintained by the Servicer.

         [IndyMac] will make certain representations and warranties in respect
of each Contract as of the Closing Date or other specified date, including the
following:  (a) as of the Cut-off Date, no Contract was more than 29 days past
due; (b) each Contract and any related Mortgage is a legal,  valid and binding
obligation  of the Obligor and is  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms
(except as may be limited by laws affecting  creditors' rights generally or by
general  equitable  principles);  (c)  each  Contract  is  covered  by  hazard
insurance described below under "Hazard Insurance Policies"; (d) each Contract
complies with all  requirements of law; (e) each Contract  creates a valid and
enforceable  first  priority  security  interest in favor of  [IndyMac] in the
Manufactured   Home  covered  thereby  and  such  security  interest  and,  if
applicable,  the related  Mortgage  has been  assigned  (by way of  individual
assignment)  by  [IndyMac] to the Trustee;  and (f)  immediately  prior to the
transfer thereof to the Depositor,  [IndyMac] had good and marketable title to
each  Contract,  free and  clear of any  encumbrance,  equity,  loan,  pledge,
charge, claim or security interest,  and was the sole owner and had full right
to transfer  such  Contract  and any related  Mortgage  to the  Depositor,  no
Contract  or any  related  Mortgage  has been  sold,  assigned  or  pledged by
[IndyMac] to any person other than the  Depositor and prior to the transfer of
the Contracts by [IndyMac] to the Depositor,  [IndyMac] was the sole owner and
had the full right to transfer the Contract to the Depositor.  Pursuant to the
Agreement,  [IndyMac] will be obligated to repurchase, for the purchase price,
or  substitute  any  Contract  on the  first  Business  Day  after  the  first
Determination  Date which is more than 90 days after [IndyMac]  becomes aware,
or after  [IndyMac]'s  receipt  of  written  notice  from the  Trustee  or the
Servicer,  of a breach of any  representation  or warranty of  [IndyMac]  with
respect  to  a  Contract   that   materially   and   adversely   affects   the
Certificateholders'  interest  in such  Contract  if such  breach has not been
cured.  The  "purchase  price" for any Contract  will be the unpaid  principal
balance of such Contract plus accrued  interest  thereon at the applicable APR
from  the  date  through  which  interest  was last  paid or  advanced  to the
scheduled  payment date for such  Contract in month in which such amount is to
be  distributed.  This  repurchase  obligation will constitute the sole remedy
available  to the  Depositor,  the  Trustee and the  Certificateholders  for a
breach of a representation or warranty under the Agreement with respect to the
Contracts.

         Pursuant  to  the   Agreement,   [IndyMac]  will  also  make  certain
representations and warranties with respect to the Contracts in the aggregate,
including that the aggregate Contract Principal Balance as of the Cut-off Date
equals the Cut-off Date Principal Balance and no adverse selection  procedures
were employed in selecting the Contracts.

PAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS;  COLLECTION ACCOUNT;  CERTIFICATE ACCOUNT

         The Servicer will establish and maintain the Collection Account,  and
the  Trustee  will  establish  and  maintain  the  Certificate   Account.  The
Collection Account and the Certificate  Account will each be maintained (i) at
a depository  institution organized under the laws of the United States or any
State,  the deposits of which are insured to the full extent  permitted by law
by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (a) the long-term deposit rating
or unsecured  long-term debt of which has been assigned one of the two highest
ratings by each Rating Agency or (b) maintained with a depository  institution
the short-term  unsecured  debt  obligations of which are rated in the highest
short-term  rating  category by the Rating  Agencies  or (c) whose  commercial
paper has a rating of P-1 by Moody's  and, if rated by Fitch,  F-1 by Fitch or
(ii)  in  the  corporate  trust  department  of the  Trustee  or  (iii)  at an
institution  otherwise  acceptable  to each Rating  Agency (such  account,  an
"Eligible  Account").  Funds in the  Collection  Account  and the  Certificate
Account  will be  invested  in  Eligible  Investments  that will  mature or be
subject to redemption  not later than the Business Day  immediately  preceding
the  Distribution  Date next following the date of such  investment.  Eligible
Investments will include, among other things, obligations of the United States
or of any  agency  thereof  backed by the full  faith and credit of the United
States,  federal funds,  certificates  of deposit,  time deposits and bankers'
acceptances sold by eligible  financial  institutions,  commercial paper rated
P-1 by  Moody's  and,  if rated by Fitch,  F-1 by Fitch and other  obligations
acceptable to each Rating Agency.

         All  payments in respect of principal  and interest on the  Contracts
received by the Servicer (net of any servicing  compensation and certain other
amounts  reimbursable to the Servicer  pursuant to the  Agreement),  including
principal prepayments and Liquidation Proceeds (net of Liquidation  Expenses),
will be  deposited  into  the  Collection  Account  no later  than the  second
Business Day following  [IndyMac]'s receipt thereof.  Amounts received as late
payment fees, extension fees, assumption fees or similar fees will be retained
by  the  Servicer  as  additional  servicing  compensation.  See  "--Servicing
Compensation"   herein  and   "Description   of  the   Certificates--Servicing
Compensation  and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.  In addition,  on or
prior to the Deposit Date (as defined  below) the following  amounts will also
be deposited  into the  Collection  Account:  (i) the  purchase  price paid by
[IndyMac] for Contracts  repurchased as a result of breach of a representation
or warranty  under the  Agreement,  as described  herein under  "Conveyance of
Contracts,"  (ii) all  Advances,  if any, and (iii)  amounts  collected  under
hazard insurance  policies,  except to the extent that they are applied to the
restoration of the related Manufactured Home or paid to the related Obligor in
accordance with the normal servicing procedures of the Servicer.  From time to
time,  as will be provided in the  Agreement,  the Servicer will also withdraw
funds from the Collection  Account to make payments payable to it as permitted
by the  Agreement  and  described  in the  definition  of the term  "Available
Distribution Amount."

         On the Business Day  immediately  preceding  each  Distribution  Date
(each, a "Deposit Date"), the Servicer will withdraw funds from the Collection
Account (but only to the extent of the related Available  Distribution Amount)
and deposit such funds in the Certificate  Account. On each Distribution Date,
the  Trustee or its  paying  agent will  withdraw  funds from the  Certificate
Account (but only to the extent of the related Available  Distribution Amount)
to  make   payments  to   Certificateholders   as   described   herein   under
"--Distributions--Priority of Distributions."

DISTRIBUTIONS

         GENERAL.  Distributions  will be made  on each  Distribution  Date to
holders  of  record  on the  preceding  Record  Date,  except  that the  final
distribution  in  respect  of  the   Certificates   will  only  be  made  upon
presentation  and  surrender  of the  Certificates  at the  office  or  agency
appointed  by the  Trustee  for  that  purpose.  Distributions  on a Class  of
Certificates  will be  allocated  among  the  Certificates  of such  Class  in
proportion  to their  respective  Percentage  Interests.  In no event will the
aggregate  distributions  of  principal  to a holder of  Offered  Certificates
exceed the  Initial  Certificate  Principal  Balance of the  related  Class of
Certificates.

         Each  distribution  with  respect to an Offered  Certificate  held in
book-entry  form will be paid to DTC,  which  will  credit  the amount of such
distribution to the accounts of its Participants in accordance with its normal
procedures.   Each   Participant  will  be  responsible  for  disbursing  such
distribution to the Certificate Owners that it represents and to each indirect
participating   brokerage  firm  (each,   a  "brokerage   firm"  or  "indirect
participating  firm") for which it acts as agent.  Each brokerage firm will be
responsible for disbursing funds to the Certificate Owners that it represents.
All such credits and disbursements  with respect to Offered  Certificates held
in book-entry form will be made by DTC and the Participants in accordance with
DTC's rules. See "--Registration of the Offered Certificates" herein.

         AVAILABLE  DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT. On the second Business Day preceding
each  Distribution  Date (each,  a  "Determination  Date"),  the Servicer will
determine the Available  Distribution  Amount and amounts to be distributed on
the  Certificates  on such  Distribution  Date.  The  "Available  Distribution
Amount" with respect to any  Distribution  Date will be an amount equal to (i)
the sum of (a) Monthly  Payments of principal and interest  [due] on Contracts
during the related  Due Period,  to the extent  such  payments  [of  interest]
[principal]  [were made by the related  Obligor] [or advanced by the Servicer]
and (b) unscheduled payments received with respect to the Contracts during the
related  Prepayment  Period,  including  principal  prepayments,   Liquidation
Proceeds (net of Liquidation  Expenses) and net insurance proceeds,  less (ii)
the sum of (a) the Trustee  Fee,  (b) the  Servicing  Fee and other  servicing
compensation,  (c)  payments  on  Contracts  that  have  been  repurchased  by
[IndyMac]  as a result of a breach of a  representation  or  warranty  and any
other payments not required to be deposited in the  Certificate  Account,  (d)
reimbursements to the Servicer for Liquidation Expenses incurred in respect of
Manufactured Homes, (e) reimbursements to the Servicer for Advances in respect
of  delinquent  Contracts as to which the related late Monthly  Payments  have
been made,  Nonrecoverable  Advances  and  Advances  in respect of  Liquidated
Contracts,  in each case to the extent as will be permitted in the  Agreement,
and (f) certain expenses reimbursable to the Depositor as will be permitted in
the Agreement.

         INTEREST. On each Distribution Date, holders of each Class of Class A
Certificates  will be  entitled  to  receive,  to the extent of the  Available
Distribution  Amount,  (i)  interest  accrued on such Class during the related
Interest  Accrual Period at the related  Pass-Through  Rate on the Certificate
Principal  Balance of such Class  immediately  prior to that Distribution Date
(the "Interest  Distribution  Amount" for such Class and  Distribution  Date),
plus (ii) any amounts distributable under clause (i) above or this clause (ii)
on  such  Class  on  the  previous   Distribution   Date  but  not  previously
distributed, plus, to the extent legally permissible,  interest accrued on any
such  amount  during  the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period  at the  related
Pass-Through Rate (the "Carryover Interest Distribution Amount" for such Class
and Distribution  Date). On each Distribution Date, holders of the Subordinate
Certificates  will be  entitled  to  receive,  to the extent of the  Available
Distribution  Amount and on a  subordinated  basis as  described  below  under
"--Priority of  Distributions",  (i) interest accrued on such Class during the
related  Interest  Accrual  Period  at the  related  Pass-Through  Rate on the
Adjusted Certificate Principal Balance of such Class immediately prior to that
Distribution  Date (the  "Interest  Distribution  Amount"  for such  Class and
Distribution Date), plus (ii) any amounts distributable under clause (i) above
or this clause (ii) on such Class on the  previous  Distribution  Date but not
previously  distributed,  plus, to the extent  legally  permissible,  interest
accrued on any such amount during the related  Interest  Accrual Period at the
related  Pass-Through Rate (the "Carryover Interest  Distribution  Amount" for
such Class and Distribution Date).

         The  "Interest  Accrual  Period"  shall  mean,  with  respect to each
Distribution  Date,  the  calendar  month  preceding  the  month in which  the
Distribution Date occurs. Interest on the Certificates will be computed on the
basis of a [360]-day year consisting of twelve [30]-day months.

         For any Distribution  Date, the Pass-Through Rates for the Classes of
Class A Certificates will be as set forth on the cover page hereof.

         In  addition,  on  each  Distribution  Date,  to  the  extent  of the
Available  Distribution  Amount and on a subordinated basis as described below
under   "--Priority  of   Distributions"   the  holders  of  the   Subordinate
Certificates  will be  entitled  to receive (i)  interest  accrued  during the
related  Interest  Accrual  Period  at the  related  Pass-Through  Rate on any
related  Liquidation Loss Amount (the  "Liquidation  Loss Interest Amount" for
such Class and Distribution  Date), plus (ii) any amounts  distributable under
clause  (i)  above  or  this  clause  (ii)  on  such  Class  on  the  previous
Distribution Date but not previously distributed,  plus, to the extent legally
permissible,  interest  accrued on any such amount during the related Interest
Accrual Period at the related  Pass-Through Rate (the "Unpaid Liquidation Loss
Interest Shortfall" for such Class and Distribution Date).

         PRINCIPAL.  The  "Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount"  for  any
Distribution  Date  will  equal (a) the sum of:  (i) the sum of the  principal
components  of all Monthly  Payments  [scheduled to be] during the related Due
Period  on  the  Contracts  that  were  outstanding  during  such  Due  Period
[(regardless  of whether such Monthly  Payments  were received by the Servicer
from the related  Obligors)],  not  including  any Monthly  Payments  [due] on
Liquidated Contracts or repurchased Contracts;  (ii) the sum of the amounts of
all Principal Prepayments received by the Servicer on the Contracts during the
related  Prepayment  Period;  (iii) with respect to any Contract that became a
Liquidated  Contract  during  the  related  Prepayment  Period,  the  Contract
Principal  Balance  thereof  on the date of  liquidation  thereof  (determined
without  giving  effect to such  liquidation);  and (iv) with  respect  to any
Contract  that was  purchased  or  repurchased  by  [IndyMac]  pursuant to the
Agreement during the related Prepayment Period, the Contract Principal Balance
thereof on the date of  purchase or  repurchase  thereof  (determined  without
giving   effect   to   such   purchase   or   repurchase);    less   (b)   the
Overcollateralization  Reduction Amount,  if any, for such Distribution  Date.
The "Unpaid  Certificate  Principal  Shortfall" for any Distribution Date will
be, with respect to each Class of Certificates, an amount equal to all Formula
Principal  Distribution  Amounts  distributable  on  such  Class  on  previous
Distribution  Dates  that  have  not yet  been  distributed  on such  Class of
Certificates.

         The  "Class  A  Formula  Principal   Distribution   Amount"  for  any
Distribution  Date will equal (i) prior to the  Cross-over  Date,  the Formula
Principal  Distribution  Amount, (ii) on any Distribution Date as to which the
Principal  Distribution Tests are not met, the Formula Principal  Distribution
Amount, or (iii) on any other Distribution Date, the Class A Percentage of the
Formula   Principal   Distribution   Amount.   The  "Class  Formula  Principal
Distribution  Amount" for any Distribution  Date will equal (i) as long as the
Class A Certificate  Principal  Balance has not been reduced to zero and prior
to the Cross-over Date,  zero, (ii) on any  Distribution  Date as to which the
Principal Distribution Tests are not met and the Class A Certificate Principal
Balance has not been reduced to zero, zero, (iii) on any Distribution  Date as
to  which  the  Principal  Distribution  Tests  are not  met  and the  Class A
Certificate  Principal Balance has been reduced to zero, the Formula Principal
Distribution  Amount,  or (iv)  on any  other  Distribution  Date,  the  Class
Percentage  of the  Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount.  The  "Class B-1
Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount" for any Distribution Date will equal
(i) as long  as the  Class  A  Certificate  Principal  Balance  and the  Class
Certificate  Principal  Balance have not been reduced to zero and prior to the
Cross-over Date, zero, (ii) on any Distribution Date as to which the Principal
Distribution  Tests are not met and the Class A Certificate  Principal Balance
and the Class  Certificate  Principal  Balance  have not been reduced to zero,
zero,  (iii) on any Distribution  Date as to which the Principal  Distribution
Tests are not met and the Class A Certificate  Principal Balance and the Class
Certificate  Principal  Balance  each have been  reduced to zero,  the Formula
Principal  Distribution  Amount, or (iv) on any other  Distribution  Date, the
Class B-1 Percentage of the Formula Principal  Distribution Amount. The "Class
B-2 Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount" for any  Distribution  Date will
equal  (i) as long as the Class A  Certificate  Principal  Balance,  the Class
Certificate  Principal Balance and the Class B-1 Certificate Principal Balance
have not been reduced to zero and prior to the Cross-over  Date, zero, (ii) on
any Distribution Date as to which the Principal Distribution Tests are not met
and the Class A Certificate Principal Balance, the Class Certificate Principal
Balance and the Class B-1 Certificate  Principal Balance have not been reduced
to zero,  zero,  (iii) on any  Distribution  Date as to  which  the  Principal
Distribution Tests are not met and the Class A Certificate  Principal Balance,
the  Class  Certificate  Principal  Balance  and  the  Class  B-1  Certificate
Principal  Balance  each have been  reduced  to zero,  the  Formula  Principal
Distribution  Amount,  or (iv) on any other  Distribution  Date, the Class B-2
Percentage of the Formula Principal  Distribution Amount. For any Distribution
Date,  if the  "Class A Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount",  the "Class
Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount",  the "Class B-1  Formula  Principal
Distribution Amount" or the "Class B-2 Formula Principal  Distribution Amount"
exceeds the Certificate Principal Balance with respect to the related Class of
Certificates,  less the Unpaid Certificate Principal Shortfall with respect to
such Class and Distribution  Date, then such amounts shall be allocated to the
Formula   Principal   Distribution   Amount  of  the  next  junior   Class  of
Certificates.  If  the  Class  A  Certificate  Principal  Balance,  the  Class
Certificate  Principal Balance and the Class B-1 Certificate Principal Balance
have not been reduced to zero on or before a Distribution  Date,  then amounts
then allocable as the Class B-2 Formula Principal Distribution Amount shall be
allocated first to the Class B-1 Formula Principal  Distribution  Amount, next
to the Class Formula Principal Distribution Amount, and finally to the Class A
Formula Principal  Distribution  Amount, to the extent that allocation of such
amounts to the Class B-2 Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount would reduce
the Class B-2 Certificate Principal Balance below the Class B-2 Floor Amount.

         The "Class A Percentage"  for a  Distribution  Date will generally be
the  percentage  derived  from the  fraction  (which shall not be greater than
one),  the  numerator of which is the Class A  Certificate  Principal  Balance
immediately  prior to such  Distribution  Date and the denominator of which is
the sum of the Class A  Certificate  Principal  Balance,  the  Class  Adjusted
Certificate  Principal Balance and the Class B Adjusted Certificate  Principal
Balance,  each  immediately  prior  to  such  Distribution  Date.  The  "Class
Percentage" for a Distribution  Date will generally be the percentage  derived
from the  fraction  (which shall not be greater  than one),  the  numerator of
which is the Class Adjusted Certificate Principal Balance immediately prior to
such  Distribution Date and the denominator of which is the sum of the Class A
Certificate  Principal  Balance,  the  Class  Adjusted  Certificate  Principal
Balance  and  the  Class  B  Adjusted  Certificate   Principal  Balance,  each
immediately  prior to such  Distribution  Date. The "Class B-1 Percentage" and
the  "Class  B-2  Percentage"  for  a  Distribution  Date  will  generally  be
calculated in the same manner as the Class Percentage,  appropriately modified
to relate to the Class B-1 or Class B-2 Certificates, as the case may be.

         PRIORITY OF  DISTRIBUTIONS  On each  Distribution  Date the Available
Distribution  Amount will be distributed  in the following  amounts and in the
following order of priority:

         a. concurrently, to each Class of Class A Certificates (a) first, the
related  Interest  Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution  Date, with the
Available  Distribution  Amount  being  allocated  among such Classes pro rata
based on their respective  Interest  Distribution  Amounts and (b) second, the
related Carryover Interest  Distribution Amount, if any, for such Distribution
Date,  in each case with the  Available  Distribution  Amount being  allocated
among the Classes of Class A Certificates  pro rata based on their  respective
Carryover Interest Distribution Amounts;

         b. to the Class B-  Certificates,  (a) first,  the  related  Interest
Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution  Date and (b) second,  the related
Carryover Interest Distribution Amount, if any, for such Distribution Date; 

         c. concurrently,  to each Class of Class A Certificates,  the related
Unpaid Certificate Principal Shortfall for the Class A Certificates, if ______
any, for such Distribution Date,  allocated among the Class A Certificates pro
rata based on their respective Certificate Principal Balances; 

         d. to the  Class  A  Certificates,  the  Class  A  Formula  Principal
Distribution  Amount  allocated in the  following  manner and in the following
order of priority;  provided,  however, that on any Distribution Date on which
the Pool Balance is less than or equal to the aggregate  Certificate Principal
Balance of the Class A  Certificates  immediately  prior to such  Distribution
Date,  the Class A Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount will be  allocated
among  the  Class  A  Certificates   pro  rata  based  upon  their  respective
Certificate  Principal  Balances:

              (a) to the Class  A-R  Certificates  until the Class A-R  
Certificate Principal Balance has been reduced to zero;

              (b)  to the  Class A-  Certificates  until  the  Class A-  
Certificate Principal  Balance  has been  reduced  to  zero;  and 

              (c) to the  Class  _____ Certificates  until the Class  _____  
Certificate  Principal  Balance has been reduced  to zero.

         e. to the Class B- Certificates,  (a) first, any related  Liquidation
Loss Interest Amount for such Distribution  Date, and (b) second,  any related
Unpaid Liquidation Loss Interest Shortfall for such Distribution Date;

         f.  to  the  Class  B-  Certificates,   the  related  Unpaid
Certificate  Principal  Shortfall for the Class B-  Certificates,  if any, for
such  Distribution  Date;

          g. to the Class B-  Certificates,  the Class Formula
Principal  ______  Distribution   Amount,  in  reduction  of  the  Certificate
Principal Balance of such Class,  until it is reduced to zero;

         h.  to  the  Class  _____   Certificates,   (a)  first,  any  related
Liquidation Loss Interest Amount for such  Distribution  Date, and (b) second,
any related Unpaid  Liquidation Loss Interest  Shortfall for such Distribution
Date; 

         i. to the Class _____  Certificates,  the related Unpaid  Certificate
Principal  Shortfall  for the  Class  _____  Certificates,  if any,  for  such
Distribution Date;

         j. to the Class _____ Certificates, the Class _____ Formula Principal
______ Distribution Amount, in reduction of the Certificate  Principal Balance
of such Class, until it is reduced to zero;

         k. to the Servicer,  an additional servicing fee equal to one-twelfth
of the product of _____ % and the Pool Balance at the beginning of the related
Due Period; and 

         l. any remainder to the Class A-R Certificates.

         The  "Cross-over  Date"  will  be the  later  to  occur  of  (i)  the
Distribution  Date occurring in _________,  20 or (ii) the first  Distribution
Date on which the  percentage  equivalent  of a fraction  (which  shall not be
greater than one) the numerator of which is the aggregate Adjusted Certificate
Balance of the Subordinate Certificates plus the Current Overcollateralization
Amount for such  Distribution  Date and the  denominator  of which is the Pool
Balance on such Distribution Date, equals or exceeds ____ times the percentage
equivalent  of a fraction  (which shall not be greater than one) the numerator
of  which  is the  aggregate  Initial  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the
Subordinate  Certificates  and the  denominator  of which is the Cut-off  Date
Principal Balance.

         The  "Principal  Distribution  Tests"  will  be met in  respect  of a
Distribution Date if the following  conditions are satisfied:  (i) the Average
Sixty-Day  Delinquency  Ratio  (as  defined  in  the  Agreement)  as  of  such
Distribution  Date  does  not  exceed  ____%;  (ii)  the  Average   Thirty-Day
Delinquency  Ratio (as defined in the Agreement) as of such  Distribution Date
does not exceed ____%; (iii) the Cumulative Realized Losses (as defined in the
Agreement)  as of such  Distribution  Date do not  exceed a certain  specified
percentage of the original  Pool Balance,  depending on the year in which such
Distribution Date occurs; and (iv) the Current Realized Loss Ratio (as defined
in the  Agreement) as of such  Distribution  Date does not exceed  ____%.  The
Average  Sixty-Day  Delinquency Ratio and the Average  Thirty-Day  Delinquency
Ratio will, in general, be the ratios of the average of the Contract Principal
Balances delinquent 60 days or more and 30 days or more, respectively, for the
preceding  three calendar months to the average Pool Balance for such periods.
Cumulative  Realized Losses will, in general, be the aggregate Realized Losses
incurred  in respect of  Liquidated  Contracts  since the  Cut-off  Date.  The
Current  Realized Loss Ratio will,  in general,  be the ratio of the aggregate
Realized Losses incurred on Liquidated  Contracts for the periods specified in
the Agreement to an average Pool Balance specified in the Agreement.

         The "Pool Balance" for any Distribution Date will be equal to (i) the
Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance,  less  (ii) the  aggregate  of the  Formula
Principal    Distribution   Amounts   (without   subtracting   therefrom   any
Overcollateralization  Reduction  Amount) for such  Distribution  Date and all
prior Distribution Dates. The "Certificate Principal Balance" of each Class of
Certificates will be its Initial Certificate  Principal Balance reduced by all
distributions in respect of principal on such Class.

REALIZED LOSSES ON LIQUIDATED CONTRACTS

         The Formula Principal  Distribution  Amount for any Distribution Date
is intended to include the Contract  Principal  Balance of each  Contract that
became a Liquidated  Contract during the related Prepayment Period. A Realized
Loss will be incurred on a Liquidated Contract in the amount, if any, by which
the Liquidation Proceeds,  net of Liquidation  Expenses,  from such Liquidated
Contract  are less than the  Contract  Principal  Balance  of such  Liquidated
Contract,  plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus amounts reimbursable
to the Servicer for previously  unreimbursed  Advances. To the extent that the
amount of the  Realized  Loss is not  covered  by  interest  collected  on the
nondefaulted  Contracts  in  excess of  certain  interest  payments  due to be
distributed on the Class A, Class and Class B Certificates  and any portion of
such interest required to be paid to the Trustee and Servicer as compensation,
the amount of such Realized Loss may be allocated first, to reduce the Current
Overcollateralization  Amount, and then to the Subordinate  Certificates.  See
"--Allocation of Liquidation Loss Amounts".

ALLOCATION OF LIQUIDATION LOSS AMOUNTS

         The "Liquidation  Loss Amount" for any Distribution  Date will be the
amount,  if any, by which the aggregate  Certificate  Principal Balance of all
Certificates (after giving effect to the distributions made on the immediately
preceding  Distribution  Date)  exceeds the Pool Balance for such  immediately
preceding  Distribution  Date. The  Liquidation  Loss Amount will be allocated
among the Classes of Subordinate  Certificates  in order of reverse  numerical
designation.

SUBORDINATION OF THE SUBORDINATE CERTIFICATES

         Credit support for the Class A  Certificates  will be provided by the
subordination of the Subordinate  Certificates,  effected by the allocation of
Liquidation   Loss  Amounts  as  described  herein  and  by  the  preferential
application of the Available  Distribution  Amount to the Class A Certificates
relative to the Subordinate  Certificates to the extent described herein.  The
primary credit support for the Class Certificates will be the subordination of
the Class B,  effected  by the  allocation  of  Liquidation  Loss  Amounts  as
described  herein  and  by  the  preferential   allocation  of  the  Available
Distribution  Amount  to  the  Class  Certificates  relative  to the  Class  B
Certificates to the extent  described  herein.  The primary credit support for
the Class B- Certificates will be the subordination of the Class B- , effected
by the allocation of Liquidation  Loss Amounts as described  herein and by the
preferential  allocation of the Available  Distribution Amount to the Class B-
Certificates  relative  to the Class B- to the extent  described  herein.  See
"--Distributions--Priority of Distributions" above.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION

         Excess interest collections will be applied, to the extent available,
to  make  accelerated   payments  of  principal  to  the   Certificates.   The
"Accelerated  Principal Distribution Amount" for any Distribution Date will be
the  positive  difference,  if any,  between the Target  Overcollateralization
Amount    and    the     Current     Overcollateralization     Amount.     The
"Overcollateralization Reduction Amount" for any Distribution Date will be the
positive difference, if any, between the Current  Overcollateralization Amount
and    the    Target     Overcollateralization     Amount.     The    "Current
Overcollateralization  Amount"  will  mean,  for any  Distribution  Date,  the
positive  difference,  if any,  between  the Pool  Balance  and the sum of the
Certificate   Principal   Balances   of  all   then-outstanding   Classes   of
Certificates.  The "Target Overcollateralization Amount" will mean (i) for any
Distribution  Date prior to the  Cross-over  Date,  ____% of the Cut-off  Date
Principal Balance and (ii) for any other  Distribution Date, the lesser of (a)
____%  of  the  Cut-off   Date   Principal   Balance  and  (b)  ____%  of  the
then-outstanding Pool Balance; provided, however, that so long as any Class of
Certificates is outstanding the Target  Overcollateralization  Amount will not
be less than ____% of the Cut-off Date Principal Balance.

ADVANCES

         On each  Deposit  Date,  the  Servicer  will be  required  to make an
advance to the Trust in respect of the related  Due Period and each  Contract,
the amount, if any, of the related [Monthly  Payment]  [allocable to interest]
that was not timely made (each,  an "Advance"),  except that the Servicer will
not be required to make any Advance  that the  Servicer  believes is not or if
made would not be,  ultimately  recoverable  from future  payments made on the
related  Contracts,  Liquidation  Proceeds  or  otherwise  (a  "Nonrecoverable
Advance"). [The Servicer will not make any Advances with respect to delinquent
principal  payments on the Contracts.] On each Distribution Date, the Servicer
will be entitled to reimbursement from collections of late Monthly Payments in
respect of any  Advances  made and not  previously  reimbursed.  An Advance in
respect  of any Due  Period  will not  exceed  the  amount of  [principal  and
interest]  that would have been paid on or in respect of the Contracts  during
the related Due Period  assuming that [all Monthly  Payments] were received by
the Servicer on the related Due Dates.

         Advances  are  intended  to  maintain  a  regular  flow of  scheduled
payments  [of  interest]  to  Certificateholders  rather than to  guarantee or
insure against losses.  The Servicer will reimburse itself for Advances out of
collections of late Monthly Payments. In addition, upon the determination that
a  Nonrecoverable  Advance  has been made in respect  of a Contract  or upon a
Contract  becoming a Liquidated  Contract,  the Servicer will reimburse itself
out of funds in the  Collection  Account  for the  Advances  on such  Contract
(exclusive of any Advances that were recovered out of Liquidation Proceeds for
the related Contract).

COMPENSATING INTEREST

         When an Obligor prepays a Contract  between Due Dates, the Obligor is
required to pay interest on the amount  prepaid only to the date of prepayment
and not  thereafter.  Pursuant to the  Agreement,  so long as [IndyMac] is the
Servicer,  the  Servicing  Fee for any month will be reduced by an amount with
respect   to  each   prepaid   Contract   sufficient   to  pass   through   to
Certificateholders the full amount of interest to which they would be entitled
in  respect  of  such   Contract  on  the  related   Distribution   Date  (the
"Compensating Interest"). If shortfalls in interest as a result of prepayments
in any  Prepayment  Period exceed in the aggregate the amount of the Servicing
Fee for such  Distribution  Date,  the  amount  of  interest  available  to be
distributed to Certificateholders will be reduced by the amount of such excess
and [IndyMac] will have no obligation to reimburse such shortfall.

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         The   Trustee   will   include   with  each   distribution   to  each
Certificateholder  a statement  as of the related  Distribution  Date  setting
forth, among other things:

                         (i) the aggregate amount distributed on each Class of
Certificates,  separately  identifying the portion  thereof which  constitutes
principal and interest;

                         (ii)  the  Interest  Distribution  Amount,  Carryover
Interest  Distribution  Amount,  Liquidation  Loss Interest  Amount and Unpaid
Liquidation Loss Interest  Shortfall in respect of each Class of Certificates;

                         (iii) the Formula Principal  Distribution  Amount and
Unpaid   Certificate   Principal   Shortfall  in  respect  of  each  Class  of
Certificates;

                         (iv) the Accelerated  Principal  Distribution Amount,
Overcollateralization  Reduction Amount, Target  Overcollateralization  Amount
and  Current  Overcollateralization  Amount;

                         (v) the Class A- , Class ____ , Class  A-R,  Class B-
and Class _____  Certificate  Principal  Balances,  after giving effect to the
distributions of principal made on such  Distribution  Date;

                         (vi) the Adjusted  Certificate  Principal  Balance of
the  Class  B- and  Class  _____  Certificates,  after  giving  effect  to the
distributions  of principal and allocation of Liquidation Loss Amounts made on
such Distribution  Date;

                         (vii) the number of and aggregate  Contract Principal
Balances of Contracts  with  payments  delinquent 31 to 59, 60 to 89 and 90 or
more days, respectively; 

                         (viii) the number of and aggregate Contract Principal
Balances of Contracts  relating to  Manufactured  Homes that were  repossessed
since  the  immediately  preceding  Distribution  Date;

                         (ix)  [the   aggregate   Realized   Losses   and  the
Cumulative  Realized Losses for such Distribution Date]; and 

                         (x) the amount of fees payable out of the Trust Fund.

         In addition, within a reasonable period of time after the end of each
calendar year, the Trustee will furnish a report to each  Certificateholder of
record at any time during such calendar  year as to, among other  things,  the
aggregate of interest and principal  reported  pursuant to clause (i) for such
calendar year.

TERMINATION

         The Agreement will provide that on any Distribution  Date on or after
the first  Distribution  Date as of which the Pool Balance is less than 10% of
the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance,  the Depositor and the Servicer will each
have the option to repurchase all outstanding Contracts and all other property
of the  Trust  Fund at a price  equal  to the  sum of (a)  100% of the  unpaid
principal balance as of the final Distribution Date, and (b) the lesser of (i)
the fair market value of any REO Property (as  determined  by the Depositor or
the  Servicer,  as the case may be) and (ii) the unpaid  principal  balance of
each  Contract  related to any REO Property,  plus,  in each case,  any unpaid
interest on the Certificates due on prior  Distribution  Dates,  together with
interest  thereon,  to  the  extent  legally   permissible,   at  the  related
Pass-Through Rate on the unpaid principal  balance  (including any Contract as
to which  the  related  Manufactured  Home has  been  repossessed  and not yet
disposed of).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing option will not be
exercisable  unless there will be  distributed  to the  Certificateholders  an
amount equal to 100% of the Certificate  Principal Balance of each Certificate
plus one  month's  interest  thereon at the  related  Pass-Through  Rate,  any
previously  undistributed  shortfalls  in interest due thereon,  together with
interest  thereon,  to  the  extent  legally   permissible,   at  the  related
Pass-Through  Rate,  and any unpaid  Liquidation  Loss Interest  Amounts.  The
Servicer  shall have the prior  right to exercise  the option to purchase  the
Contracts as described  above if both the Depositor and the Servicer desire to
exercise such option.

         If neither the  Depositor  nor the  Servicer  exercises  its optional
termination right within 90 days after it first becomes eligible to do so, the
Trustee will solicit bids for the purchase of all Contracts and other property
in the Trust Fund. A bid will be considered  satisfactory and the Trustee will
sell such  Contracts and other  property only if the net proceeds to the Trust
from such sale would at least equal the Termination Price. If the net proceeds
from such sale would not at least  equal the  Termination  Price,  the Trustee
will decline to sell the  Contracts  and other  property of the Trust and will
not be under any obligation to solicit any further bids or otherwise negotiate
any further sale of the Contracts and other property of the Trust.

         The  "Termination  Price"  will equal the sum of (1) any  Liquidation
Expenses  incurred by the Servicer in respect of any Contract that has not yet
been  liquidated,  (2) all amounts  required to be  reimbursed  or paid to the
Servicer in respect of previously unreimbursed Advances and (3) the greater of
(a) the sum of (i) the aggregate Contract Principal Balance,  plus accrued and
unpaid interest  thereon at the related APRs through the end of the Due Period
immediately  preceding the Due Period in which the  terminating  purchase will
occur, plus (ii) the lesser of (A) the aggregate Contract Principal Balance of
each Contract that had been secured by any  Manufactured  Home acquired by the
Servicer in a repossession or foreclosure (each, an "REO Property")  remaining
in the Trust, plus accrued interest thereon at the related APR through the end
of  the  Due  Period  immediately  preceding  the  Due  Period  in  which  the
terminating  purchase will occur,  and (B) the current  appraised value of any
such REO Property  (net of  Liquidation  Expenses to be incurred in connection
with  the  disposition  of  such  property  estimated  in  good  faith  by the
Servicer), such appraisal to be conducted by an appraiser mutually agreed upon
by the Servicer and the Trustee,  plus all  previously  unreimbursed  Advances
made in respect of such REO Property,  and (b) the aggregate fair market value
of the Trust Fund (as  determined  by the Servicer as will be described in the
Agreement) plus all previously unreimbursed Advances. The fair market value of
the assets of the Trust as determined  for purposes of a terminating  purchase
will be  deemed to  include  accrued  interest  at the  applicable  APR on the
Contract  Principal Balance (including any Contract that had been secured by a
REO Property, which REO Property has not yet been disposed of by the Servicer)
through  the end of the Due  Period  immediately  preceding  the Due Period in
which the  terminating  purchase will occur.  The basis for any such valuation
shall be furnished by the Servicer to the Certificateholders upon request.

         On the date of any termination of the Trust,  the  Termination  Price
will  be  distributed  (i)  first  to the  Servicer  to  reimburse  it for all
previously  unreimbursed  Liquidation Expenses and Advances and (ii) second to
the  Certificateholders  in accordance  with the  distribution  priorities set
forth  herein under  "--Distributions--Priority  of  Distributions."  Upon the
termination  of the Trust and payment of all  amounts due on the  Certificates
and all  administrative  expenses  associated  with the Trust,  any  remaining
assets of the Trust will be sold and the proceeds  distributed  to the holders
of the Class A-R Certificates in accordance with the Agreement.

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

         The  Agreement  will  terminate  upon the last action  required to be
taken by the Trustee on the final  Distribution Date following the earliest to
occur of (i) the purchase by the  Depositor  or the Servicer of all  Contracts
and  all  other  property  in  the  Trust  Fund  as  described   herein  under
"--Termination,"  (ii) the sale of the  Contracts  and other  property  in the
Trust Fund by the Trustee as described herein under  "--Termination"  or (iii)
the final payment or other  liquidation (or any Advance with respect  thereto)
of the last  Contract  remaining in the Trust Fund or the  disposition  of all
property acquired upon repossession of any Manufactured Home.

         Upon  presentation  and  surrender of the Offered  Certificates,  the
Trustee will cause to be  distributed,  to the extent of funds  available,  to
Certificateholders  on the  final  Distribution  Date in  proportion  to their
respective Percentage Interests an amount equal to the respective  Certificate
Principal  Balances  of the  Offered  Certificates,  together  with any unpaid
interest  on  such  Offered  Certificates  due on  prior  Distribution  Dates,
together with interest  thereon,  to the extent  legally  permissible,  at the
related  Pass-Through Rate, and any Liquidation Loss Interest Amounts for such
Class and one month's  interest at the  applicable  Pass-Through  Rate on such
unpaid  Certificate  Principal  Balances;  provided  that such  funds  will be
distributed  in the  applicable  order  of  priority  specified  herein  under
"--Distributions--Priority  of  Distributions." If the Agreement is then being
terminated,  any amount which  remains on deposit in the  Certificate  Account
(other than amounts retained to meet claims) after distribution to the holders
of the Certificates will be distributed to the Class A-R Certificateholders in
accordance with the Agreement.

SERVICING COMPENSATION

         For its servicing of the Contracts, on each Distribution Date (i) the
Servicer  will be  entitled  to  receive  a  monthly  servicing  fee  equal to
one-twelfth  of the product of 1.00% and the Pool  Balance as of the first day
of the related Due Period (the  "Servicing  Fee"),  whether or not the related
payments  on the  Contracts  are  received  and (ii) as  additional  servicing
compensation,  the Servicer will receive  amounts  pursuant to clause  (xviii)
under   "Description   of   the    Certificates--Distributions--Priority    of
Distributions." See "--Payments on Contracts;  Collection Account; Certificate
Account" herein.

         The Servicer will also be entitled to retain, as compensation for the
additional  services  provided  in  connection  with  the  performance  of its
servicing obligations under the Agreement,  any fees for late payments made by
Obligors,  extension  fees paid by Obligors  for the  extension  of  scheduled
payments  and  assumption  and  similar  fees  for  permitted  assumptions  of
Contracts by purchasers of the related  Manufactured  Homes. The Servicer also
will be entitled to retain as  additional  servicing  compensation  amounts in
respect of interest on principal  prepayments  in full of a Contract  received
after  the   Contract's   Due  Date  during  any   Prepayment   Period,   but,
correspondingly,  its  Servicing  Fee will be reduced by amounts in respect of
interest on principal prepayments in full of a Contract received in advance of
the Contract's Due Date during such Prepayment Period.

COMPENSATION OF THE TRUSTEE

         For its  services,  on each  Distribution  Date the  Trustee  will be
entitled to receive a monthly  trustee fee as described in the Agreement  (the
"Trustee Fee").

CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

         Any person with which the Servicer is merged or consolidated,  or any
corporation  resulting from any merger,  conversion or  consolidation to which
the  Servicer  is a party,  or any person  succeeding  to the  business of the
Servicer,  will be the successor to the Servicer under the Agreement,  so long
as such  successor has a net worth of at least $10 million and has serviced at
least $100 million of manufactured housing contracts for at least one year.

HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

         The Servicer will be obligated to cause to be maintained  one or more
hazard insurance  policies with respect to each  Manufactured Home (other than
any  Manufactured  Home in  repossession)  in an amount at least  equal to the
lesser of its maximum  insurable  value or the  principal  amount due from the
Obligor under the related Contract.  Such hazard insurance policies will, at a
minimum,  provide fire and extended coverage on terms and conditions customary
in manufactured  housing hazard insurance policies,  with customary deductible
amounts.

         All amounts collected by the Servicer under a hazard insurance policy
will  be  applied  either  to  the   restoration  or  repair  of  the  related
Manufactured  Home or against the  principal  balance of the related  Contract
upon  repossession of such  Manufactured  Home, after reimbursing the Servicer
for amounts  previously  advanced by it for such  purposes.  The  Servicer may
satisfy its obligation to maintain hazard insurance  policies by maintaining a
blanket policy insuring against hazard losses on all the  Manufactured  Homes.
Such  blanket  policy  may  contain a  deductible  clause,  in which  case the
Servicer  will be required to make payments to the Trust Fund in the amount of
any  deductible  amounts in connection  with  insurance  claims on repossessed
Manufactured  Homes.  See "Description of the  Certificates--  Standard Hazard
Insurance" and "The Agreements--Hazard Insurance" in the Prospectus.

         If the  Servicer  repossesses  a  Manufactured  Home on behalf of the
Trustee,  the Servicer will be required to either maintain a hazard  insurance
policy with respect to such  Manufactured  Home meeting the  requirements  set
forth above, or to indemnify the Trust against any damage to such Manufactured
Home prior to resale or other disposition.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

         The Servicer  will be required to deliver to the Trustee on or before
March 31 of each year,  beginning  March 31, ____,  an  officer's  certificate
executed  by an  officer  of the  Servicer  stating  that (i) a review  of the
activities  of the Servicer  during the  preceding  calendar  year (or shorter
period in the case of the first such officer's certificate) and of performance
under the Agreement has been made under the  supervision of such officer,  and
(ii) to the best of such officer's  knowledge,  the Servicer has fulfilled all
its obligations under the Agreement throughout such year (or shorter period in
the case of the first  such  officer's  certificate),  or, if there has been a
default  in the  fulfillment  of any such  obligation,  specifying  each  such
default  known  to such  officer  and the  nature  and  status  thereof.  Such
officer's  certificate  will  be  accompanied  by a  statement  of a  firm  of
independent  public  accountants  to  the  effect  that,  on the  basis  of an
examination  of certain  documents  and records  relating to  servicing of the
Contracts under the Agreement, conducted in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards or such other audit or review program used by the Servicer,
the Servicer's  servicing has been conducted in compliance with the provisions
of the Agreement (or such agreements),  except for (i) such exceptions as such
firm  believes to be immaterial  and (ii) such other  exceptions as may be set
forth in such statement.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         "Events  of  Default"  under the  Agreement  will  consist of (i) any
failure by the  Servicer to make any  deposit or payment  required of it under
the Agreement  which  continues  unremedied  for five days after the giving of
written  notice of such  failure;  (ii) any  failure by the  Servicer  duly to
observe or perform  in any  material  respect  any of its other  covenants  or
agreements  in  the  Agreement  that  materially  affects  the  rights  of the
Certificateholders  which continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving of
written  notice  of such  failure  or  breach;  and  (iii)  certain  events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of assets and  liabilities or
other similar  proceedings  regarding  the Servicer.  "Notice" as used in this
paragraph will mean notice to the Servicer by the Trustee or the Depositor, or
to the Servicer,  the Trustee and the Depositor by the Holders of Certificates
evidencing,  in the  aggregate,  interests  ("Fractional  Interests") at least
equal to 25% of the  principal  balance  of all  Certificates.  The  foregoing
description  of  Events  of  Default  replaces  the  description   under  "The
Agreements--Events   of  Default;   Rights  Upon  Event  of  Default"  in  the
Prospectus.

RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

         So long as an Event of Default remains  unremedied,  the Trustee may,
and  at the  written  direction  of the  Holders  of  Certificates  evidencing
Fractional Interests aggregating not less than 66 2/3% shall, terminate all of
the rights and  obligations  of the Servicer under the Agreement and in and to
the related Contracts,  whereupon (i) (subject to applicable law regarding the
Trustee's  ability to make Advances) the Trustee or (ii) a successor  Servicer
appointed  by the Trustee  with a net worth of at least $10  million  that has
serviced at least $100 million of manufactured  housing contracts for at least
one year will succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and liabilities of
the Servicer under the Agreement and will be entitled to similar  compensation
arrangements.  If, however,  a bankruptcy trustee or similar official has been
appointed  for  the  Servicer,  and  no  Event  of  Default  other  than  such
appointment  has  occurred,  such  trustee or  official  may have the power to
prevent the Trustee or such  Certificateholders  from  effecting a transfer of
servicing.  If the  Trustee  is  obligated  to  succeed  the  Servicer  but is
unwilling  or  unable  so to act,  it may  appoint,  or  petition  a court  of
competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of,  a  successor  Servicer  as
described above.  Pending such  appointment,  the Trustee will be obligated to
act in such capacity.  The Trustee and such successor  Servicer may agree upon
the servicing compensation to be paid, which in no event may be greater than a
monthly amount specified in the Agreement.

AMENDMENT

         The Agreement may be amended by the  Depositor,  the Servicer and the
Trustee  without  the  consent of any the  Certificateholders  (i) to cure any
mistake or ambiguity,  (ii) to correct any defective  provision  therein or to
supplement  any  provision  therein  that may be  inconsistent  with any other
provision therein, (iii) to add to the duties of the Depositor,  the Seller or
the  Servicer,  (iv) to add any other  provisions  with  respect to matters or
questions arising thereunder or (v) to modify alter,  amend, add to or rescind
any of the provisions contained in the Agreement;  provided,  however, that in
the case of clause (iv) or (v),  any such action will not, as  evidenced by an
opinion of counsel  (which  opinion of counsel  shall not be an expense of the
Trustee or the Trust  Fund),  adversely  affect in any  material  respect  the
interests of any  Certificateholder;  provided further that no such opinion of
counsel shall be required if the Person  requesting  the  amendment  obtains a
letter from each Rating Agency stating that the amendment  would not result in
the  downgrading or withdrawal of the respective  ratings then assigned to the
Certificates;  it being  understood  and agreed that any such letter in and of
itself will not represent a  determination  as to the  materiality of any such
amendment  and will  represent a  determination  only as to the credit  issues
affecting  any  such  rating.  The  Agreement  may  also  be  amended,  by the
Depositor,  the Servicer and the Trustee with the consent of more than 50% (by
Certificate  Principal  Balance) of the Holders of  Certificates of each Class
affected  thereby for the purpose of adding any  provisions  to or changing in
any  manner  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of the  Agreement  or of
modifying  in any  manner  the  rights  of the  Certificateholders;  provided,
however,  that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of,
or delay the timing of, any  distributions  on any  Certificate,  without  the
consent  of the  Holder  of such  Certificate,  (ii)  adversely  affect in any
material  respect the interests of the Holders of any Class of Certificates in
a manner other than as described in (i), without the consent of the Holders of
Certificates of such Class evidencing,  as to such Class, at least 66 2/3% (by
Certificate  Principal  Balance) of the  Certificates  of such Class, or (iii)
reduce the  aforesaid  percentages  of  Certificates  the Holders of which are
required to consent to any such amendment,  without the consent of the Holders
of all such Certificates then outstanding.

         The Trustee,  the Depositor and the Servicer also may at any time and
from  time  to  time  amend  the   Agreement   without   the  consent  of  the
Certificateholders  to modify,  eliminate or add to any of its  provisions  to
such extent as shall be necessary or helpful to (i) maintain the qualification
of either REMIC as a REMIC under the Code,  (ii) avoid or minimize the risk of
the imposition of any tax on either REMIC pursuant to the Code that would be a
claim at any time prior to the final  redemption of the  Certificates or (iii)
comply with any other requirements of the Code,  provided that the Trustee has
                                                 --------
been provided an opinion of counsel,  which opinion shall be an expense of the
party  requesting  such opinion but in any case shall not be an expense of the
Trustee or the Trust  Fund,  to the effect that such  action is  necessary  or
helpful to, as  applicable,  (i) maintain  such  qualification,  (ii) avoid or
minimize  the risk of the  imposition  of such a tax or (iii)  comply with any
such requirements of the Code.

VOTING

         The Agreement  will provide  that,  solely for the purposes of giving
any consent,  notice, waiver, request or demand pursuant to the Agreement, any
Certificate  registered  in the name of the  Depositor,  the  Servicer  or any
affiliate of the Servicer and any Certificate in respect of which the Servicer
or any affiliate  thereof is the  Certificate  Owner shall be deemed not to be
outstanding  and the  Percentage  Interest and Fractional  Interest  evidenced
thereby shall not be taken into account in  determining  whether the requisite
amount of  Percentage  Interests or Fractional  Interests  necessary to effect
such consent, notice, waiver, request or demand has been obtained,  unless, in
the case of (i) the Class A Certificates, all Class A Certificates are held by
such persons, (ii) the Class Certificates,  all Class A Certificates and Class
Certificates  are held by such persons or (iii) the Class B Certificates,  all
Certificates  are held by such persons,  or, in each case, the Certificates of
the related Class or Classes have been fully paid.

THE TRUSTEE

         ____________________,  a banking corporation organized under the laws
of _____________________, will be the Trustee. Its "Corporate Trust Office" is
located at ___________________________________,  telephone (___) ___-____. The
Depositor,  [IndyMac] and their respective affiliates may engage in commercial
transactions with the Trustee from time to time.

         The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will
be  obligated to appoint a successor  Trustee.  The  Depositor  may remove the
Trustee if the  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible  to continue as such under the
Agreement or if the Trustee  becomes  insolvent.  In such  circumstances,  the
Depositor will also be obligated to appoint a successor Trustee.  In addition,
the  Holders  of Class A  Certificates  or,  after the  Certificate  Principal
Balance  of each  Class of Class A  Certificates  has  been  reduced  to zero,
Holders of Class and Class B Certificates  evidencing  Fractional Interests of
more than 50% of the Class A or the  Class  and Class B  Certificates,  as the
case may be,  may  remove  the  Trustee  at any time and  appoint a  successor
Trustee.  Any  resignation  or removal of the  Trustee  and  appointment  of a
successor   Trustee  will  not  become   effective  until  acceptance  of  the
appointment by the successor Trustee.

REGISTRATION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

         THE CLASS A- , CLASS , CLASS B- AND CLASS  CERTIFICATES.  The Offered
Certificates  other  than  the  Class  A-R  Certificates  will  be  book-entry
Certificates  (the "Book-Entry  Certificates").  Certificate  Owners will hold
their  Offered  Certificates  through  DTC if they  are  participants  of such
systems,  or indirectly through  organizations  which are participants in such
systems.   The  Book-Entry   Certificates  will  be  issued  as  one  or  more
certificates  with  aggregate   principal  balances  equal  to  the  aggregate
principal balance of the Offered Certificates and will initially be registered
in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC.  Investors may hold  beneficial
interests in the Book-Entry  Certificates in minimum  denominations of $1,000.
Except as described below, no person  acquiring a Book-Entry  Certificate will
be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing such Certificate (a
"Definitive  Certificate").  Unless  and  until  Definitive  Certificates  are
issued,  it is anticipated  that the only  "Certificateholder"  of the Offered
Certificates  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate  Owners will
not be  Certificateholders  as  that  term  will  be  used  in the  Agreement.
Certificate  Owners will be permitted to exercise their rights only indirectly
through DTC and its participating members (the "DTC Participants").

         A Certificate  Owner's ownership of a Book-Entry  Certificate will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage  firm,  bank,  thrift  institution or
other financial intermediary (each, a "Financial Intermediary") that maintains
the  beneficial  owner's  account for such  purpose.  In turn,  the  Financial
Intermediary's  ownership of such Book-Entry  Certificate  will be recorded on
the  records  of DTC (or of a  participating  firm  that acts as agent for the
Financial Intermediary, whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records
of  DTC,  if  the  Certificate  Owner's  Financial  Intermediary  is not a DTC
Participant).

         Certificate Owners will receive all distributions of principal of and
interest on the  Offered  Certificates  from the  Trustee  through DTC and DTC
Participants. While the Offered Certificates are outstanding (except under the
circumstances  described below),  under the rules,  regulations and procedures
creating  and  affecting  DTC and its  operations  (the "DTC  Rules"),  DTC is
required to make book-entry  transfers among DTC  Participants on whose behalf
it acts with  respect to the Offered  Certificates  and is required to receive
and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of, and  interest on, the Offered
Certificates. DTC Participants and indirect participants with whom Certificate
Owners have accounts with respect to Offered  Certificates  will  similarly be
required  to  make   book-entry   transfers  and  receive  and  transmit  such
distributions on behalf of their respective  Certificate Owners.  Accordingly,
although Certificate Owners will not possess  certificates  representing their
respective  interests  in the Offered  Certificates,  the DTC Rules  provide a
mechanism by which Certificate  Owners will receive  distributions and will be
able to transfer their interests.

         Certificateholders  will  not  receive  or  be  entitled  to  receive
certificates   representing   their   respective   interests  in  the  Offered
Certificates,  except under the limited circumstances  described below. Unless
and until Definitive  Certificates are issued,  Certificateholders who are not
DTC Participants may transfer  ownership of Offered  Certificates only through
DTC   Participants   and  indirect   participants  by  instructing   such  DTC
Participants and indirect  participants to transfer Offered  Certificates,  by
book-entry  transfer,  through DTC for the account of the  purchasers  of such
Offered  Certificates,  which account is maintained with their  respective DTC
Participants.  Under  the  DTC  Rules  and in  accordance  with  DTC's  normal
procedures,  transfers of ownership of Offered  Certificates  will be executed
through  DTC and the  accounts  of the  respective  DTC  Participants  will be
debited  and  credited.   Similarly,   the  DTC   Participants   and  indirect
participants will make debits or credits, as the case may be, on their records
on behalf of selling and purchasing Certificateholders.

         Transfers  between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC
Rules.

         DTC,  which is a New  York-chartered  limited  purpose trust company,
performs  services  for  its   participants,   some  of  which  (and/or  their
representatives)  own DTC. In accordance  with its normal  procedures,  DTC is
expected  to  record  the  positions  held  by  each  DTC  Participant  in the
Book-Entry Certificates,  whether held for its own account or as a nominee for
another person. In general,  beneficial  ownership of Book-Entry  Certificates
will be subject to the DTC Rules as in effect from time to time.

         Distributions  on  Book-Entry  Certificates  will  be  made  on  each
Distribution Date by the Trustee to DTC. DTC will be responsible for crediting
the amount of such payments to the accounts of the applicable DTC Participants
in  accordance  with DTC's normal  procedures.  Each DTC  Participant  will be
responsible  for  disbursing  such  payments to the  beneficial  owners of the
Book-Entry  Certificates that it represents and to each Financial Intermediary
for  which  it  acts  as  agent.  Each  such  Financial  Intermediary  will be
responsible  for disbursing  funds to the beneficial  owners of the Book-Entry
Certificates that it represents.

         Under  a  book-entry  format,  beneficial  owners  of the  Book-Entry
Certificates  may  experience  some delay in their receipt of payments,  since
such payments  will be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede & Co.  Because DTC can
only act on behalf of  Financial  Intermediaries,  the ability of a beneficial
owner to pledge  Book-Entry  Certificates  to persons or entities  that do not
participate  in the DTC system,  or otherwise  take actions in respect of such
Book-Entry  Certificates,   may  be  limited  due  to  the  lack  of  physical
certificates for such Book-Entry  Certificates.  In addition,  issuance of the
Book-Entry  Certificates  in  book-entry  form may reduce the liquidity of the
Offered Certificates in the secondary market since certain potential investors
may be unwilling to purchase Offered Certificates for which they cannot obtain
physical certificates. See "Risk Factors--Limited Liquidity" herein.

         Monthly  and annual  reports on the Trust will be  provided to Cede &
Co., as nominee of DTC, and may be made available by Cede & Co. to Certificate
Owners upon request, in accordance with the rules,  regulations and procedures
creating and affecting the Depository,  and to the Financial Intermediaries to
whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry  Certificates of such Certificate Owners are
credited.

         DTC has  advised  the  Trustee  that,  unless  and  until  Definitive
Certificates are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the
holders  of the  Book-Entry  Certificates  under  the  Agreement  only  at the
direction of one or more  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose DTC accounts the
Book-Entry  Certificates  are  credited,  to the extent that such  actions are
taken on  behalf of  Financial  Intermediaries  whose  holdings  include  such
Book-Entry Certificates. DTC may take actions, at the direction of the related
Participants,  with respect to some Offered  Certificates  which conflict with
actions taken with respect to other Offered Certificates.

         Definitive  Certificates  will be issued to beneficial  owners of the
Book-Entry  Certificates,  or their nominees,  rather than to DTC, only if (a)
DTC or the  Depositor  advises  the  Trustee in writing  that DTC is no longer
willing,  qualified or able to  discharge  properly  its  responsibilities  as
nominee and  depository  with respect to the Book-Entry  Certificates  and the
Depositor  or the Trustee is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (b) the
Depositor,  at its sole  option,  with the consent of the  Trustee,  elects to
terminate the book-entry  system through DTC or (c) after the occurrence of an
Event of Default,  Certificate Owners having Fractional Interests  aggregating
not less than 51% of the  Book-Entry  Certificates  advise the Trustee and DTC
through the Financial  Intermediaries and the DTC Participants in writing that
the continuation of a book-entry  system through DTC (or a successor  thereto)
is no longer in the best interests of Certificate Owners.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee will be required to notify all  Certificate
Owners of the  occurrence  of such event and the  availability  through DTC of
Definitive  Certificates.  Upon surrender by DTC of the global  certificate or
certificates  representing  the Book-Entry  Certificates  and instructions for
re-registration,   the  Trustee  will  issue  Definitive   Certificates,   and
thereafter  the  Trustee  will  recognize  the  holders  of  such   Definitive
Certificates as Certificateholders under the Agreement.

         Although  DTC has  agreed  to the  foregoing  procedures  in order to
facilitate  transfers of Offered  Certificates  among  participants of DTC, it
will be under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such  procedures
and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

         Neither the  Depositor,  the  Servicer  nor the Trustee will have any
responsibility  for any aspect of the records  relating to or payments made on
account of beneficial ownership interests of the Book-Entry  Certificates held
by  Cede & Co.,  as  nominee  for  DTC,  or for  maintaining,  supervising  or
reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

         THE CLASS A-R CERTIFICATES. The Class A-R Certificates will be issued
in definitive form as one fully registered physical  certificate  representing
the  entire  Class  A-R  Certificate   Principal  Balance.   The  certificates
representing  the Class A-R  Certificates  will be subject to certain transfer
restrictions.  See "ERISA  Considerations--The  Class A-R Certificates" herein
and "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                                USE OF PROCEEDS

         Substantially all of the net proceeds to be received by the Depositor
from  the  sale of the  Offered  Certificates  will be  used to  purchase  the
Contracts from [IndyMac],  to pay the costs, if any, of carrying the Contracts
until sale of the Offered  Certificates  and to pay other  expenses  connected
with pooling the Contracts,  issuing the  Certificates and selling the Offered
Certificates.

                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

         An election will be made to treat the Contract Pool and certain other
assets of the Trust as a REMIC for federal  income tax purposes  (the "Pooling
REMIC"). An election also will be made to treat the "regular interests" in the
Pooling  REMIC and  certain  other  assets of the Trust as  another  REMIC for
federal income tax purposes (the "Issuing  REMIC").  The Regular  Certificates
will be designated  as "regular  interests" in the Issuing REMIC and the Class
A-R  Certificates  will  represent the  beneficial  ownership of the "residual
interest" in each of the Pooling REMIC and the Issuing REMIC. In order for the
REMIC standards to be met,  substantially  all of the assets of the Trust must
consist of qualified mortgages or permitted investments. Section 860G(a)(3) of
the Code contains the definition of "qualified  mortgages" for REMIC purposes.
The  regulations  promulgated by the Internal  Revenue  Service under Sections
860A through 860G of the Code provide that obligations secured by interests in
manufactured  housing that qualify as "single  family  residences"  within the
meaning of Section 25(e)(10) of the Code may be treated as qualified mortgages
of the REMIC.  Under Section  25(e)(10),  the term "single  family  residence"
includes  any  manufactured  home which has a minimum  of 400  square  feet of
living  space and a minimum  width in excess of 102  inches  and which is of a
kind  customarily  used in a fixed  location.  Accordingly,  assuming a timely
election to be treated as a REMIC is made and further  assuming the compliance
by the Trust Fund with all the terms of the  Agreement,  Brown & Wood LLP will
be of the  opinion  that (i) the  Pooling  REMIC and the  Issuing  REMIC  will
qualify  as a REMIC  within the  meaning of the Code,  (ii) the Class A (other
than  the  Class  A-R  Certificates),  Class  and  Class B  Certificates  will
constitute  "regular  interests"  in the Issuing REMIC and (iii) the Class A-R
Certificates will constitute the sole class of "residual interests" in each of
the Pooling REMIC and the Issuing REMIC.

         Because   the  Offered   Certificates   (other  than  the  Class  A-R
Certificates) will be considered REMIC regular interests, they will be taxable
debt  obligations  under the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code"),  and interest  paid or accrued on such  Certificates,  including  any
original issue discount will be taxable to the holders of such Certificates in
accordance  with  the  accrual  method  of  accounting,   regardless  of  such
Certificateholders'  usual  methods  of  accounting.   Each  of  the  Class  A
Certificates  bears  interest  at a [fixed  rate] and,  therefore,  each Class
(other than the Class A-R  Certificates)  will be issued with  original  issue
discount only if its stated  principal  amount exceeds its issue price by more
than a statutorily  defined de minimis amount.  The Class B- Certificates will
not be treated by the Trust as "variable rate debt  instruments" as defined in
Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  under  the Code  and,  therefore,  will be
treated as issued with original issue discount as described in "Federal Income
Tax  Consequences"  in the Prospectus.  For purposes of determining the amount
and the rate of accrual of original  issue discount and market  discount,  the
Depositor intends to assume that there will be prepayments on the Contracts at
a rate equal to ___% of the Prepayment  Model. No representation is made as to
whether the Contracts will prepay at that rate or any other rate. See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences"  herein and "Federal Income Tax Consequences"
in the Prospectus.

                         The  Offered  Certificates  will  be  treated  as (i)
assets described in Section  7701(a)(19)(C)  of the Code and (ii) "real estate
assets"  within the meaning of Section  856(c)(5) of the Code, in each case to
the extent described in the Prospectus.  Interest on the Offered  Certificates
will be treated as  interest  on  obligations  secured  by  mortgages  on real
property  within the meaning of Section  856(c)(3)(B)  of the Code to the same
extent that the Offered  Certificates  are treated as real estate assets.  See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.

ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

         The Offered  Certificates (other than the Class A-R Certificates) may
be issued with original issue  discount for federal  income tax purposes.  For
purposes of  determining  the amount and the rate of accrual of original issue
discount and market discount,  the Depositor intends to assume that there will
be  prepayments  on the  Contracts  at a rate equal to ___% of the  Prepayment
Model.  No  representation  is made as to whether the Contracts will prepay at
that rate or any other rate. See "Yield and Prepayment  Considerations" herein
and "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.

EFFECT OF LOSSES AND DELINQUENCIES

         As described  herein under  "Description  of the  Certificates,"  the
Class B Certificates will be subordinated to the Senior  Certificates.  In the
event  there are  losses  or  delinquencies  on the  Contracts,  amounts  that
otherwise  would be distributed on the Class B-1  Certificates  may instead be
distributed on the Senior Certificates.  Holders of the Class B-1 Certificates
nevertheless  will be required to report  interest  with respect to such Class
B-1  Certificates  under an accrual method without giving effect to delays and
reductions in  distributions on such  Certificates  attributable to losses and
delinquencies  on the Contracts in the Contract Pool,  except to the extent it
can be established, for tax purposes, that such amounts are uncollectible.  As
a  result,  the  amount  of  income  reported  by  holders  of the  Class  B-1
Certificates  in any  period  could  significantly  exceed  the amount of cash
distributed  to  such  holders  in that  period.  The  holders  of  Class  B-1
Certificates will eventually be allowed a loss (or will be allowed to report a
lesser  amount  of  income)  to  the  extent  that  the  aggregate  amount  of
distributions  on such  Certificates  is  reduced  as a result of  losses  and
delinquencies on the Contracts in the Contract Pool.  However,  the timing and
character of such losses or reductions in income are uncertain, and holders of
the Class B-1 Certificates are urged to consult their own tax advisors on this
point.

CLASS A-R CERTIFICATES

         In addition to the stated Initial Certificate  Principal Balance, the
Class A-R  Certificates  will be  entitled  to  receive  the  proceeds  of the
remaining  assets of the Trust, if any, after the  distribution of all amounts
due to all other Classes of  Certificates.  It is not  anticipated  that there
will be any material assets remaining in such circumstances.

         The holders of the Class A-R  Certificates  must  include the taxable
income of each  REMIC in their  federal  taxable  income.  The  resulting  tax
liability of the holders may exceed cash  distributions to such holders during
certain  periods.  All or a portion  of the  taxable  income  from a Class A-R
Certificate  recognized  by a holder  may be  treated  as  "excess  inclusion"
income, which with limited exceptions, is subject to U.S. federal income tax.

         The Small  Business Job  Protection  Act of 1996 has  eliminated  the
special rule permitting  Section 593 institutions  ("thrift  institutions") to
use net operating losses and other allowable deductions to offset their excess
inclusion  income  from REMIC  residual  certificates  that have  "significant
value"  within the  meaning of the REMIC  Regulations,  effective  for taxable
years  beginning  after  December  31,  1995,  except with respect to residual
certificates continuously held by a thrift institution since November 1, 1995.

         In addition,  the Small  Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides
three rules for determining the effect on excess inclusions on the alternative
minimum  taxable  income of a  residual  holder.  First,  alternative  minimum
taxable  income for such residual  holder is determined  without regard to the
special  rule that  taxable  income  cannot be less  than  excess  inclusions.
Second, a residual holder's  alternative minimum taxable income for a tax year
cannot be less than the excess  inclusions for the year.  Third, the amount of
any  alternative  minimum tax net operating loss  deductions  must be computed
without  regard to any excess  inclusions.  These rules are  effective for tax
years  beginning  after December 31, 1986,  unless a residual holder elects to
have such rules apply only to tax years beginning after August 20, 1996.

         Furthermore,  the Small  Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part
of the repeal of the bad debt reserve method for thrift institutions, repealed
the  application of Code Section  593(d) to any taxable year  beginning  after
December 31, 1995.

         Also, purchasers of a Class A-R Certificate should consider carefully
the tax consequences of an investment in Class A-R  Certificates  discussed in
the Prospectus and should consult their own tax advisors with respect to those
consequences.  See "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences--Taxation  of Holders of
Residual Interest Certificates" in the Prospectus.  Specifically,  prospective
holders of Class A-R Certificates  should consult their tax advisors regarding
whether,  at the time of acquisition,  a Class A-R Certificate will be treated
as a  "noneconomic"  residual  interest,  a  "non-significant  value" residual
interest and a "tax avoidance potential" residual interest.

         For further information regarding the federal income tax consequences
of  investing   in  the  Offered   Certificates,   see  "Federal   Income  Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus.

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         ERISA imposes certain restrictions on employee benefit plans that are
subject to ERISA ("Plans") and on persons who are fiduciaries  with respect to
such Plans. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

CLASS A CERTIFICATES (OTHER THAN THE CLASS A-R CERTIFICATES)

         As  discussed in the  Prospectus  under  "ERISA  Considerations"  and
subject to the  limitations  discussed  thereunder,  it is  expected  that the
[Underwriter's]  PTE (as such term is defined in the Prospectus) will apply to
the acquisition  and holding by Plans of Class A Certificates  (other than the
Class A-R Certificates) sold by the Underwriter and that all conditions of the
Underwriter's  PTE other than those within the control of the  investors  have
been met. In  addition,  as of the date  hereof,  no Obligor  with  respect to
Contracts included in the Trust Fund constitutes more than five percent of the
aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets of the Trust Fund.

         Employee benefit plans that are  governmental  plans and church plans
(in each case as defined in Section  3(33) of ERISA) are not  subject to ERISA
requirements. Accordingly, assets of such plans may be invested in the Class A
Certificates without regard to the ERISA restrictions described above, subject
to applicable provisions of other federal and state laws.

         Any Plan  fiduciary who proposes to cause a Plan to purchase  Class A
Certificates should consult with its own counsel with respect to the potential
consequences under ERISA and the Code, of the Plan's acquisition and ownership
of Class A  Certificates.  Assets of a Plan or individual  retirement  account
should not be invested in the Class A Certificates unless it is clear that the
assets of the Trust  Fund will not be plan  assets or unless it is clear  that
the Underwriter's  PTE or a prohibited  transaction class exemption will apply
and exempt all potential prohibited  transactions.  See "ERISA Considerations"
in the Prospectus.

CLASS A-R CERTIFICATES

         Because the  characteristics  of the Class A-R  Certificates  may not
meet the requirements of Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption [83-1] (Class
Exemption for Certain Transactions Involving Mortgage Pool Investment Trusts),
the  Underwriter's PTE or any other issued exemption under ERISA, the purchase
and  holding  of  the  Class  A-R  Certificates  by a  Plan  or by  individual
retirement  accounts  or other plans  subject to Section  4975 of the Code may
result in prohibited  transactions  or the imposition of excise taxes or civil
penalties.  Consequently,  transfers of the Class A-R Certificates will not be
registered by the Trustee unless the Trustee  receives:  (i) a  representation
from  the  transferee  of such  Certificate,  acceptable  to and in  form  and
substance  satisfactory to the Trustee, the Depositor and the Servicer, to the
effect that such transferee is not an employee benefit plan subject to Section
406 of ERISA or a plan or arrangement subject to Section 4975 of the Code, nor
a person acting on behalf of any such plan or arrangement nor using the assets
of any such plan or arrangement to effect such transfer; (ii) if the purchaser
is an insurance company,  a representation  that the purchaser is an insurance
company  which is  purchasing  such  Certificates  with funds  contained in an
"insurance  company general  account" (as such term is defined in Section V(e)
of Prohibited  Transactions Class Exemption 95-60 ("PTCE 95-60")) and that the
purchase and holding of such  Certificates  are covered  under PTCE 95-60;  or
(iii) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, the Depositor and the
Servicer  that the  purchase  or holding of such  Certificate  by a Plan,  any
person acting on behalf of a Plan or using such Plan's assets, will not result
in the assets of the Trust Fund being  deemed to be "plan  assets" and subject
to the prohibited transaction  requirements of ERISA and the Code and will not
subject the  Trustee,  the  Depositor  or the  Servicer to any  obligation  in
addition  to  those  undertaken  in the  Agreement.  Such  representation,  as
described  above,  shall be deemed to have  been  made to the  Trustee  by the
transferee's  acceptance  of a Class A-R  Certificate.  In the event  that the
representation  is  violated,  or any  attempt to transfer to a Plan or person
acting on behalf of a Plan or using such Plan's  assets is  attempted  without
such opinion of counsel,  such attempted transfer or acquisition shall be void
and of no effect.

CLASS B-1 CERTIFICATES

         As discussed in the Prospectus, because subordinate certificates such
as the Class B-1  Certificates  are  subordinated to the Class A Certificates,
the Underwriter's  PTE will not apply to the Class B-1 Certificates.  As such,
no transfer of a Class B-1 Certificate  will be permitted to be made to a Plan
unless such Plan, at its expense, delivers to the Trustee and the Depositor an
opinion of counsel to the effect  that the  purchase or holding of a Class B-1
Certificate by such Plan will not result in the assets of the Trust Fund being
deemed  to  be  "plan  assets"  and  subject  to  the  prohibited  transaction
provisions  of ERISA  and the Code and will not  subject  the  Depositor,  the
Trustee or the Servicer to any  obligation in addition to those  undertaken in
the Agreement. Unless such opinion is delivered, each person acquiring a Class
B-1 Certificate will be deemed to represent to the Trustee,  the Depositor and
the  Servicer  that such person is not a Plan subject to ERISA or Section 4975
of the Code.  Purchasers  who are  insurance  companies  purchasing  Class B-1
Certificates  with  funds  from  their  "general  accounts"  will be deemed to
represent with respect to their  acquisition of a beneficial  interest in such
Certificates that such purchase is covered under Section III of the Prohibited
Transaction  Class  Exemption  _____.  See  "ERISA   Considerations"   in  the
Prospectus.

                        LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The Offered  Certificates  will [not]  constitute  "mortgage  related
securities"  under  SMMEA.  The  appropriate  characterization  of the Offered
Certificates under various legal investment restrictions, and thus the ability
of  investors   subject  to  these   restrictions   to  purchase  the  Offered
Certificates,  may be subject to significant interpretive  uncertainties.  All
investors whose investment  authority is subject to legal restrictions  should
consult their own legal advisors to determine whether, and to what extent, the
Offered Certificates will constitute legal investments for them.

         The   Depositor   makes   no   representation   as  to   the   proper
characterization of the Offered Certificates for legal investment or financial
institution  regulatory purposes, or as to the ability of particular investors
to  purchase   Offered   Certificates   under   applicable   legal  investment
restrictions.  The uncertainties  described above (and any unfavorable  future
determinations concerning legal investment or financial institution regulatory
characteristics  of  the  Offered   Certificates)  may  adversely  affect  the
liquidity  of  the  Offered  Certificates.   See  "Legal  Investment"  in  the
Prospectus.

                                 UNDERWRITING

         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  contained  in an
Underwriting Agreement dated _________, 19 (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the
Underwriter  has agreed to  purchase  from the  Depositor  all of the  Offered
Certificates.  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriter  are  subject  to  certain  conditions   precedent  and  that  the
Underwriter will be obligated to purchase all the Offered Certificates, if any
are purchased.

         The Depositor has been advised by the Underwriter that it proposes to
offer the Offered  Certificates to the public initially at the public offering
prices  set  forth on the  cover  page of this  Prospectus  Supplement  and to
certain dealers at such price less a concession,  based on Initial Certificate
Principal Balances, not in excess of % of the Class A- Certificates,  % of the
Class  Certificates,  % of the  Class  A-R  Certificates,  % of the  Class  B-
Certificates  and % of the Class  Certificates.  The Underwriter may allow and
such  dealers  may  reallow a  concession  not in excess of,  based on Initial
Certificate Principal Balances, % of the Class A- Certificates, % of the Class
Certificates,  % of the Class A-R Certificates, % of the Class B- Certificates
and % of the Class  Certificates  to certain other dealers.  After the initial
public  offering of each Class of Offered  Certificates,  the public  offering
price and such concessions for such Class may be changed.

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Depositor will indemnify
the  Underwriter  against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under
applicable  securities  laws, or contribute to payments the Underwriter may be
required to make in respect thereof.

         Until the distribution of the Certificates is completed, rules of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  may limit the ability of the  Underwriter
and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Certificates. As
an exemption to these rules, the Underwriter is permitted to engage in certain
transactions  that  stabilize  the price of each Class of  Certificates.  Such
transactions  may  consist of bids or  purchases  for the  purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the Certificates.

         Neither the Seller nor the Underwriter  makes any  representation  or
prediction   as  to  the  direction  or  magnitude  of  any  effect  that  the
transactions  described above may have on the prices of the  Certificates.  In
addition, neither the Seller nor the Underwriter makes any representation that
the Underwriter  will engage in such  transactions or that such  transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

         The validity of the  Certificates,  including  certain federal income
tax consequences  with respect thereto,  will be passed upon for the Depositor
Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.  __________,  ________,  __________ will
pass upon certain legal matters on behalf of the Underwriter.

                                    RATINGS

         It is a condition to issuance that the Certificates be rated "___" by
_____ and "___" by _________.

         A  securities  rating  addresses  the  likelihood  of the  receipt by
Certificateholders  of  distributions  on the Mortgage Loans. The rating takes
into  consideration  the   characteristics  of  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  the
structural,  legal  and tax  aspects  associated  with the  Certificates.  The
ratings on the Certificates do not, however,  constitute  statements regarding
the  likelihood  or frequency  of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage  Loans or the
possibility  that  Certificateholders  might realize a lower than  anticipated
yield.

         The ratings assigned to the  Certificates  will depend primarily upon
the  creditworthiness  of the Certificate  Insurer.  Any reduction in a rating
assigned to the  claims-paying  ability of the  Certificate  Insurer below the
ratings  initially  assigned to the  Certificates may result in a reduction of
one or more of the ratings assigned to the Certificates.

         A  securities  rating is not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or hold
securities  and may be subject to  revision or  withdrawal  at any time by the
assigning  rating  organization.  Each  securities  rating should be evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.

         The Depositor has not requested a rating of the  Certificates  by any
rating  agency  other than the  Rating  Agencies;  there can be no  assurance,
however,  as to whether any other rating agency will rate the Certificates or,
if it does,  what rating  would be assigned by such other rating  agency.  The
rating assigned by such other rating agency to the Certificates could be lower
than the respective ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies.







                           INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

         Set  forth  below  is a  list  of  certain  of the  more  significant
capitalized  terms used in this  Prospectus  Supplement and the pages on which
the definitions of such terms may be found.


TERM                                                         PAGE          
- ----                                                        ------

Adjusted Certificate Principal Balance.........................S-6
Advance.......................................................S-38
Agreement......................................................S-1
APR............................................................S-7
Available Distribution Amount.................................S-33
Book-Entry Certificates.......................................S-44
Business Day...................................................S-2
Carryover Interest Distribution Amount........................S-34
Certificate Account...........................................S-31
Certificate Owners.............................................S-2
Certificate Principal Balance.................................S-37
Certificateholders.............................................S-3
Certificates...................................................S-1
Class A Formula Principal Distribution Amount.................S-35
Class A Percentage............................................S-35
Class B-1 Formula Principal Distribution Amount...............S-35
Class B-1 Liquidation Loss Amount..............................S-5
Class B-1 Percentage..........................................S-36
Class B-2 Formula Principal Distribution Amount...............S-35
Class B-2 Liquidation Loss Amount..............................S-5
Class B-2 Percentage..........................................S-36
CLD...........................................................S-19
Code................................................S-1, S-9, S-47
Compensating Interest.........................................S-39
Contract Pool..................................................S-7
Contract Principal Balance.....................................S-5
Contracts.................................................S-1, S-7
Corporate Trust Office........................................S-44
Cross-over Date...............................................S-37
Current Overcollateralization Amount.....................S-4, S-38
Cut-off Date...................................................S-2
Deposit Date..................................................S-33
Determination Date............................................S-33
DTC............................................................S-2
Due Date.......................................................S-7
Eligible Account..............................................S-33
ERISA..........................................................S-9
Events of Default.............................................S-42
Final Scheduled Distribution Date..............................S-6
Formula Principal Distribution Amount.........................S-34
Fractional Interests..........................................S-42
HID...........................................................S-19
HUD...........................................................S-19
IndyMac........................................................S-1
Initial Certificate Principal Balance..........................S-1
Interest Accrual Period.......................................S-34
Interest Distribution Amount..................................S-34
Issuing REMIC............................................S-9, S-46
Land-and-Home Contracts........................................S-7
Liquidation Expenses...........................................S-5
Liquidation Loss Amount..................................S-5, S-38
Liquidation Loss Interest Amount.........................S-6, S-34
Liquidation Proceeds...........................................S-5
Manufactured Homes.............................................S-7
Manufactured housing contracts................................S-14
MHD...........................................................S-19
Monthly Payment...............................................S-14
Mortgage.......................................................S-8
Nonrecoverable Advance........................................S-38
Obligor.......................................................S-23
Offered Certificates...........................................S-1
Overcollateralization Reduction Amount....................S-4,S-38
Pass-Through Rate..............................................S-1
Percentage Interest............................................S-2
Pooling REMIC............................................S-9, S-46
Prepayment Model..............................................S-25
Principal Distribution Tests..................................S-37
Record Date....................................................S-3
REMIC..........................................................S-1
REO Property..................................................S-40
Seller.........................................................S-1
Servicing Fee.................................................S-41
SMMEA.........................................................S-10
Target Overcollateralization Amount......................S-4, S-38
Termination Price.............................................S-40
TPL Department................................................S-19
Trust..........................................................S-1
Trust Fund.....................................................S-2
Trustee........................................................S-1
Trustee Fee...................................................S-41
UCC...........................................................S-12
Underwriting Agreement........................................S-50
Unpaid Certificate Principal Shortfall........................S-35
Unpaid Liquidation Loss Interest Shortfall....................S-34
Value.........................................................S-18





<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------          -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                               IndyMac ABS.......Inc.

         NO DEALER  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON HAS
BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE                                Depositor
ANY  REPRESENTATION  NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  OR THE  PROSPECTUS  AND IF  GIVEN OR MADE
SUCH  INFORMATION  OR  REPRESENTATION   MUST  NOT  BE
RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN   AUTHORIZED   BY  THE
DEPOSITOR  OR  ANY   UNDERWRITER.   THIS   PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND THE  PROSPECTUS DO NOT  CONSTITUTE AN                               $___________
OFFER  TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY
ANY  OF  THE   SECURITIES   OFFERED   HEREBY  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO                   Manufactured Housing Contract Pass-
MAKE SUCH  OFFER IN SUCH  JURISDICTION.  NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY  OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT  OR  THE
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL                                Through Certificates 199___
UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES.  CREATE   ANY   IMPLICATION
THAT THE  INFORMATION  HEREIN  IS  CORRECT  AS OF ANY
TIME  SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE DEPOSITOR  SINCE
SUCH DATE.

             ---------------------------

                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                 PAGE                              [IndyMac.Inc.]

                PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

SUMMARY  4                                                                      Seller and Servicer
RISK FACTORS................................15
THE CONTRACT POOL...........................18
[INDYMAC, INC.].............................23
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS.........27
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL
         BALANCE OUTSTANDING................32
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL
         BALANCE OUTSTANDING................33
PERCENT OF THE INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL
         BALANCE OUTSTANDING................34
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES.............35
USE OF PROCEEDS.............................51                                   PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.....51
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS........................53
LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS.............54
[UNDERWRITING...............................55
[PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.......................55
LEGAL MATTERS...............................55
RATINGS  56
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS....................57

                     PROSPECTUS

Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K   3
Available Information...........................   3
Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference   4
Reports to Certificateholders...................   4
Summary of Terms................................   3
Risk Factors....................................  15
The Trust Fund..................................  22
Use of Proceeds.................................  26
The Depositor...................................  26
The Manufactured Housing Program................  27
Description of the Certificates.................  30
Credit Enhancement..............................  44
Yield and Prepayment Considerations.............  49
The Agreements..................................  52
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts..........  67
Federal Income Tax Consequences.................  86
State Tax Considerations........................ 107
ERISA Considerations............................ 107
Legal Investment................................ 112
Method of Distribution.......................... 113
Legal Matters................................... 114
Financial Information........................... 114
Rating.......................................... 114
Index of Defined Terms.......................... 116

     UNTIL   _________________   ____  ALL   _______
DEALERS   EFFECTING   TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE  OFFERED
CERTIFICATES  WHETHER OR NOT  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND  PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
THE  OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND ____  PROSPECTUS  ____ WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS   AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

- ------------------------------------------------------                              ---------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                  PROSPECTUS

                               INDYMAC ABS, INC.

                                   DEPOSITOR

                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES

                             (ISSUABLE IN SERIES)

        --------------------------------------------------------------

          THIS PROSPECTUS RELATES TO THE ISSUANCE OF ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
(THE  "CERTIFICATES"),  WHICH  MAY BE  SOLD  FROM  TIME TO TIME IN ONE OR MORE
SERIES (EACH, A "SERIES") BY INDYMAC ABS, INC. (THE "DEPOSITOR") OR BY A TRUST
FUND (AS DEFINED BELOW) ON TERMS  DETERMINED AT THE TIME OF SALE AND DESCRIBED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.  THE CERTIFICATES OF
A SERIES WILL CONSIST OF CERTIFICATES WHICH EVIDENCE BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF A
TRUST ESTABLISHED BY THE DEPOSITOR (EACH, A "TRUST FUND"). AS SPECIFIED IN THE
RELATED  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  THE TRUST FUND FOR A SERIES OF  CERTIFICATES
WILL  INCLUDE  CERTAIN  ASSETS (THE "TRUST FUND  ASSETS")  WHICH WILL  CONSIST
PRIMARILY OF MANUFACTURED  HOUSING  INSTALLMENT SALES CONTRACTS OR INSTALLMENT
LOAN AGREEMENTS (THE  "CONTRACTS").  THE TRUST FUND ASSETS WILL BE ACQUIRED BY
THE DEPOSITOR,  EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY,  FROM ONE OR MORE  INSTITUTIONS
(EACH, A "SELLER"),  WHICH MAY BE AFFILIATES OF THE DEPOSITOR, AND CONVEYED BY
THE  DEPOSITOR  TO THE  RELATED  TRUST  FUND.  A TRUST  FUND ALSO MAY  INCLUDE
INSURANCE  POLICIES,   SURETY  BONDS,  CASH  ACCOUNTS,   REINVESTMENT  INCOME,
GUARANTIES  OR  LETTERS  OF  CREDIT TO THE  EXTENT  DESCRIBED  IN THE  RELATED
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.  SEE  "INDEX  OF  DEFINED  TERMS"  ON  PAGE 95 OF THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR THE LOCATION OF THE DEFINITIONS OF CERTAIN CAPITALIZED TERMS.

          EACH SERIES OF  CERTIFICATES  WILL BE ISSUED IN ONE OR MORE CLASSES.
EACH CLASS OF CERTIFICATES OF A SERIES WILL EVIDENCE BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF A
SPECIFIED  PERCENTAGE (WHICH MAY BE 0%) OR PORTION OF FUTURE INTEREST PAYMENTS
AND A SPECIFIED  PERCENTAGE  (WHICH MAY BE 0%) OR PORTION OF FUTURE  PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS  ON THE  RELATED  TRUST FUND  ASSETS.  A SERIES OF  CERTIFICATES  MAY
INCLUDE ONE OR MORE CLASSES THAT ARE SENIOR IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO ONE OR MORE
OTHER  CLASSES  OF  CERTIFICATES  OF  SUCH  SERIES.  ONE OR  MORE  CLASSES  OF
CERTIFICATES  OF  A  SERIES  MAY  BE  ENTITLED  TO  RECEIVE  DISTRIBUTIONS  OF
PRINCIPAL,  INTEREST  OR ANY  COMBINATION  THEREOF  PRIOR TO ONE OR MORE OTHER
CLASSES OF  CERTIFICATES  OF SUCH SERIES OR AFTER THE  OCCURRENCE OF SPECIFIED
EVENTS, IN EACH CASE AS SPECIFIED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

                                                (cover continued on next page)

        --------------------------------------------------------------
      FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN
    THE CERTIFICATES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 15.

        --------------------------------------------------------------

          THE  CERTIFICATES  OF  A  GIVEN  SERIES  WILL  REPRESENT  BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN THE RELATED TRUST FUND ONLY AND WILL NOT  REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN
OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE  DEPOSITOR,  THE  MASTER  SERVICER,  ANY SELLER OR ANY
AFFILIATES  THEREOF,  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.  THE  CERTIFICATES  AND  THE  CONTRACTS  WILL  NOT BE  INSURED  OR
GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY OR  INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY THE DEPOSITOR
OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY,  EXCEPT IN EACH CASE TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN
THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.  THE DEPOSITOR IS NOT A GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY
OR  INSTRUMENTALITY  NOR IS IT  AFFILIATED  WITH ANY  GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY  OR
INSTRUMENTALITY.

        --------------------------------------------------------------

 THESE CERTIFICATES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
             PROSPECTUS OR THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

        --------------------------------------------------------------

          Prior  to   issuance   there  will  have  been  no  market  for  the
Certificates  of any Series  and there can be no  assurance  that a  secondary
market for any Certificates will develop, or if it does develop,  that it will
continue or provide Certificateholders with a sufficient level of liquidity of
investment.   This  Prospectus  may  not  be  used  to  consummate   sales  of
Certificates  of any Series  unless  accompanied  by a Prospectus  Supplement.
Offers of the Certificates may be made through one or more different  methods,
including  offerings  through  underwriters,  as more  fully  described  under
"Method of Distribution" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

____________ ____, 1998

<PAGE>

(continued from cover page)

          Distributions to Certificateholders will be made monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually  or at such other  intervals  and on the dates  specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions on the Certificates of a Series
will be made from the related  Trust Fund Assets or proceeds  thereof  pledged
for  the  benefit  of the  Certificateholders  as  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

          The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe any insurance or
guarantee  provided  with  respect  to  the  related  Series  of  Certificates
including,  without  limitation,  any  insurance or guarantee  provided by the
Department of Housing and Urban  Development,  the United States Department of
Veterans' Affairs or any private insurer or guarantor. The only obligations of
the  Depositor  with  respect  to a Series of  Certificates  will be to obtain
certain  representations  and warranties from each Seller and to assign to the
Trustee for the related Series of  Certificates  the  Depositor's  rights with
respect to such representations and warranties.  The principal  obligations of
the Master Servicer named in the related Prospectus Supplement with respect to
the  related  Series  of  Certificates  will  be  limited  to its  contractual
servicing  obligations,  including  any  obligation  it may  have  to  advance
delinquent  interest  and/or  principal  payments  on the  related  Trust Fund
Assets.

          The yield on each class of Certificates of a Series will be affected
by,  among  other  things,  the  rate  of  payments  of  principal  (including
prepayments)  on the  related  Trust Fund  Assets and the timing of receipt of
such  payments  as  described  under  "Risk  Factors --  Prepayment  and Yield
Considerations"  and "Yield and Prepayment  Considerations"  herein and in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.   A  Trust  Fund  may  be  subject  to  early
termination  under  the  circumstances  described  under  "The  Agreements  --
Termination";  Optional  Termination  herein  and  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

          If  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more
elections may be made to treat a Trust Fund or specified portions thereof as a
"real estate mortgage  investment  conduit"  ("REMIC") or as a financial asset
securitization investment trust ("FASIT") for federal income tax purposes. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences".

<PAGE>

          UNTIL 90 DAYS  AFTER  THE DATE OF EACH  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES  COVERED BY SUCH PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT,  WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF, MAY BE
REQUIRED TO DELIVER SUCH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN
ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  AND PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  WHEN  ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT  TO THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K

          The Prospectus  Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K relating to
the  Certificates  of each Series to be offered  hereunder  will,  among other
things, set forth with respect to such Certificates,  as appropriate:  (i) the
aggregate principal amount, interest rate and authorized denominations of each
class of such Series of Certificates; (ii) information as to the assets of the
Trust Fund,  including the general  characteristics  of the related Trust Fund
Assets included  therein and, if applicable,  the insurance  policies,  surety
bonds,  guaranties,  letters  of credit  or other  instruments  or  agreements
included  in the Trust  Fund or  otherwise,  and the  amount and source of any
reserve account or other cash account; (iii) the circumstances,  if any, under
which the Trust Fund may be subject to early termination; (iv) the method used
to calculate the amount of principal to be distributed or paid with respect to
each class of  Certificates;  (v) the order of application of distributions or
payments to each of the classes within such Series,  whether  sequential,  pro
rata, or otherwise;  (vi) the Distribution  Dates with respect to such Series;
(vii)  additional  information  with respect to the method of  distribution of
such  Certificates;  (viii)  whether one or more REMIC  elections will be made
with  respect to the Trust Fund and,  if so, the  designation  of the  regular
interests and the residual  interests;  (ix) whether a FASIT  election will be
made with respect to the Trust Fund, and if so, the designation of the regular
interests and the ownership  interest;  (x) the aggregate original  percentage
ownership  interest  in the  Trust  Fund  to be  evidenced  by each  class  of
Certificates;  (xi)  information as to the nature and extent of  subordination
with  respect to any class of  Certificates  that is  subordinate  in right of
payment to any other class; and (xii) information as to the Seller, the Master
Servicer and the Trustee.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

          The Depositor has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") a Registration  Statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, with respect to the Certificates.  This Prospectus,  which forms a
part of the Registration Statement,  and the Prospectus Supplement relating to
each Series of Certificates  contain descriptions of the material terms of the
documents  referred  to herein  and  therein,  but do not  contain  all of the
information set forth in the Registration  Statement pursuant to the Rules and
Regulations of the Commission.  For further information,  reference is made to
such  Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  thereto.  Such  Registration
Statement and exhibits can be inspected and copied at prescribed  rates at the
public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the  Commission  at  its  Public
Reference Section, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at its
Regional Offices located as follows: Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison
Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661; and Northeast Regional Office,
Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. The Commission
also maintains a Web site at  http://www.sec.gov  from which such Registration
Statement and exhibits may be obtained.

          No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation   other  than  those  contained  in  this  Prospectus  and  any
Prospectus  Supplement  with  respect  hereto  and,  if given  or  made,  such
information or  representations  must not be relied upon.  This Prospectus and
any  Prospectus  Supplement  with respect hereto do not constitute an offer to
sell or a  solicitation  of an  offer  to buy any  securities  other  than the
Certificates  offered hereby and thereby nor an offer of the  Certificates  to
any person in any state or other  jurisdiction  in which  such offer  would be
unlawful.  The  delivery  of this  Prospectus  at any time does not imply that
information herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

          All documents  subsequently  filed by or on behalf of the Trust Fund
referred to in the  accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement  with the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  after the date of this  Prospectus
and prior to the  termination  of any offering of the  Certificates  issued by
such  Trust  Fund  shall be deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference  in this
Prospectus and to be a part of this  Prospectus from the date of the filing of
such documents.  Any statement contained in a document  incorporated or deemed
to be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  shall be deemed to be  modified or
superseded for all purposes of this  Prospectus to the extent that a statement
contained  herein (or in the  accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement)  or in any
other   subsequently  filed  document  which  also  is  or  is  deemed  to  be
incorporated  by  reference  modifies or  replaces  such  statement.  Any such
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.  Neither the Depositor
nor the Master  Servicer  for any Series  intends to file with the  Commission
periodic  reports with respect to the related Trust Fund following  completion
of the reporting  period  required by Rule 15d-1 or  Regulation  15D under the
Exchange Act, and accordingly such periodic reports will not be filed for such
Trust Fund  subsequent  to the first  fiscal year of such Trust Fund unless at
the  beginning  of  any  subsequent   fiscal  year  of  such  Trust  Fund  the
Certificates  of any Class issued by such Trust Fund are held of record by 300
or more persons.

          The Trustee or such other entity specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement  on behalf of any Trust Fund will  provide  without  charge to each
person to whom this Prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of
such person, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to above that have
been or may be  incorporated  by reference in this  Prospectus  (not including
exhibits to the  information  that is  incorporated  by reference  unless such
exhibits are specifically  incorporated by reference into the information that
this  Prospectus  incorporates).  Such  requests  should  be  directed  to the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or the address of such other entity,  in
each case as specified in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement.  Included in
the accompanying Prospectus Supplement is the name, address, telephone number,
and, if  available,  facsimile  number of the office or contact  person at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or such other entity.

                         REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

          Periodic and annual reports  concerning the related Trust Fund for a
Series of Certificates will be forwarded to Certificateholders.  However, such
reports  will neither be examined  nor  reported on by an  independent  public
accountant.   See   "Description   of   the   Certificates   --   Reports   to
Certificateholders".

<PAGE>

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

          This  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  with  respect  to the Series of  Certificates  offered
thereby and to the related  Agreement  (as such term is defined  below)  which
will be  prepared  in  connection  with each  Series of  Certificates.  Unless
otherwise specified, capitalized terms used and not defined in this Summary of
Terms have the meanings  given to them in this  Prospectus  and in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  See  "Index  of  Defined  Terms"  on  page 95 of this
Prospectus for the location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.

Title of Certificates...........   Asset     Backed      Certificates     (the
                                   "Certificates"),   which  are  issuable  in
                                   Series.

Depositor.......................   IndyMac ABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Trustee.........................   The  trustee(s)  (the  "Trustee")  for each
                                   Series of Certificates will be specified in
                                   the related Prospectus Supplement. See "The
                                   Agreements" herein for a description of the
                                   Trustee's rights and obligations.

Master Servicer.................   The  entity  or  entities  named as  Master
                                   Servicer  (the  "Master  Servicer")  in the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement, which may be
                                   an  affiliate  of the  Depositor.  See "The
                                   Agreements--  Certain Matters Regarding the
                                   Master Servicer and the Depositor".

Trust Fund Assets...............   Assets  of the  Trust  Fund for a Series of
                                   Certificates  will include  certain  assets
                                   (the  "Trust  Fund   Assets")   which  will
                                   consist   primarily   of   the   Contracts,
                                   together  with  payments  in respect of the
                                   Contracts,  as  specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement.   At  the  time  of
                                   issuance of the Certificates of the Series,
                                   the  Depositor  will  cause  the  Contracts
                                   constituting  the related  Trust Fund to be
                                   assigned to the Trustee,  without recourse.
                                   The  Contracts  will be collected in a pool
                                   (each, a "Pool") as of the first day of the
                                   month of the issuance of the related Series
                                   of   Certificates   or  such   other   date
                                   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement (the "Cut-off Date"). Trust Fund
                                   Assets also may include insurance policies,
                                   surety bonds,  cash accounts,  reinvestment
                                   income,  guaranties or letters of credit to
                                   the  extent   described   in  the   related
                                   Prospectus    Supplement.    See    "Credit
                                   Enhancement".  In addition,  if the related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement  so  provides,   the
                                   related  Trust Fund Assets will include the
                                   funds  on   deposit   in  an   account   (a
                                   "Pre-Funding  Account")  which will be used
                                   to purchase additional Contracts during the
                                   period   specified   in   such   Prospectus
                                   Supplement.     See    "The    Agreements--
                                   Pre-Funding Account".

Contracts.......................   The Contracts will consist of  manufactured
                                   housing   installment  sale  contracts  and
                                   installment  loan  agreements  secured by a
                                   security   interest   in  a  new  or   used
                                   manufactured  home (each,  a  "Manufactured
                                   Home"),   and,  to  the  extent,   if  any,
                                   indicated   in   the   related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  by a mortgage or deed of trust
                                   on   the   real   estate   on   which   the
                                   manufactured home is located. The Contracts
                                   may be conventional  Contracts or contracts
                                   insured    by    the    Federal     Housing
                                   Administration    ("FHA")   or    partially
                                   guaranteed  by the Veterans  Administration
                                   ("VA").   See   "--Credit   Support--   FHA
                                   Insurance".  The Manufactured  Homes may be
                                   located  in any of the fifty  states or any
                                   territory  or   possession  of  the  United
                                   States.  Each  Contract  may provide for an
                                   annual percentage rate thereon (a "Contract
                                   Rate")  that is fixed over its term or that
                                   adjusts  as   described   in  the   related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement.   The   manner  of
                                   determining  scheduled  payments due on the
                                   Contract  will be  described in the related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement.  Each  Contract may
                                   provide for scheduled payments to maturity,
                                   payments  that  adjust from time to time to
                                   accommodate changes in the Contract Rate or
                                   to  reflect  the   occurrence   of  certain
                                   events,   and  may  provide  for   negative
                                   amortization  or accelerated  amortization,
                                   in each case as  described  in the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement.  Each  Contract may
                                   provide for payments of principal, interest
                                   or both,  on due dates that occur  monthly,
                                   quarterly,  semiannually  or at such  other
                                   interval  as is  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus    Supplement.    The    related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  the
                                   minimum  principal balance of the Contracts
                                   at  origination  and the  maximum  original
                                   term  to  maturity  of the  Contracts.  All
                                   Contracts  will have been  purchased by the
                                   Depositor,  either  directly  or through an
                                   affiliate, from one or more Sellers.

Description
 of the Certificates............   Each    Certificate    will   represent   a
                                   beneficial  ownership  interest  in,  or be
                                   secured  by the  assets  of,  a Trust  Fund
                                   created  by the  Depositor  pursuant  to an
                                   Agreement  among the Depositor,  the Master
                                   Servicer  and the  Trustee  for the related
                                   Series.  The Certificates of any Series may
                                   be  issued  in  one  or  more   classes  as
                                   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement.  A Series of  Certificates  may
                                   include  one  or  more  classes  of  senior
                                   Certificates  (collectively,   the  "Senior
                                   Certificates")  and one or more  classes of
                                   subordinate Certificates (collectively, the
                                   "Subordinated Securities").  Certain Series
                                   or classes of  Certificates  may be covered
                                   by  insurance  policies  or other  forms of
                                   credit   enhancement,   in  each   case  as
                                   described under "Credit Enhancement" herein
                                   and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                   One or more classes of Certificates of each
                                   Series  (i)  may  be  entitled  to  receive
                                   distributions  allocable only to principal,
                                   only  to  interest  or to  any  combination
                                   thereof;  (ii) may be  entitled  to receive
                                   distributions   only  of   prepayments   of
                                   principal   throughout  the  lives  of  the
                                   Certificates or during  specified  periods;
                                   (iii) may be  subordinated  in the right to
                                   receive distributions of scheduled payments
                                   of  principal,  prepayments  of  principal,
                                   interest or any combination  thereof to one
                                   or more other  classes of  Certificates  of
                                   such  Series  throughout  the  lives of the
                                   Certificates or during  specified  periods;
                                   (iv)  may  be  entitled  to  receive   such
                                   distributions  only after the occurrence of
                                   events specified in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement;  (v) may be entitled to receive
                                   distributions in accordance with a schedule
                                   or formula  or on the basis of  collections
                                   from  designated  portions  of the  related
                                   Trust Fund Assets;  (vi) as to Certificates
                                   entitled  to  distributions   allocable  to
                                   interest,   may  be   entitled  to  receive
                                   interest  at a fixed rate or a rate that is
                                   subject  to change  from time to time;  and
                                   (vii)  as  to   Certificates   entitled  to
                                   distributions allocable to interest, may be
                                   entitled  to  distributions   allocable  to
                                   interest  only  after  the   occurrence  of
                                   events specified in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement  and may accrue  interest  until
                                   such   events   occur,   in  each  case  as
                                   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement.  The timing and amounts of such
                                   distributions  may vary  among  classes  or
                                   over  time,  as  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus Supplement.

Distributions
on the Certificates.............   Distributions on the Certificates  entitled
                                   thereto  will be made  monthly,  quarterly,
                                   semi-annually  or at such  other  intervals
                                   and on the dates  specified  in the related
                                   Prospectus      Supplement     (each,     a
                                   "Distribution  Date")  out of the  payments
                                   received  in  respect  of the assets of the
                                   related Trust Fund or Funds or other assets
                                   pledged for the benefit of the Certificates
                                   as  described  under  "Credit  Enhancement"
                                   herein  to  the  extent  specified  in  the
                                   related Prospectus  Supplement.  The amount
                                   allocable  to  payments  of  principal  and
                                   interest on any  Distribution  Date will be
                                   determined  as  specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement.   The   Prospectus
                                   Supplement  for a  Series  of  Certificates
                                   will  describe  the method  for  allocating
                                   distributions    among    Certificates   of
                                   different classes as well as the method for
                                   allocating distributions among Certificates
                                   for any particular class.

                                   Unless  otherwise  specified in the related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement,    the   aggregate
                                   original    principal    balance   of   the
                                   Certificates  will not exceed the aggregate
                                   distributions  allocable to principal  that
                                   such   Certificates  will  be  entitled  to
                                   receive.   If   specified  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,   the  Certificates
                                   will have an aggregate  original  principal
                                   balance  equal  to  the  aggregate   unpaid
                                   principal  balance of the Trust Fund Assets
                                   as of the  related  Cut-off  Date  and will
                                   bear  interest in the  aggregate  at a rate
                                   equal  to  the  Contract  Rate  net  of the
                                   aggregate  servicing  fees  and  any  other
                                   amounts specified in the related Prospectus
                                   Supplement  or at such other  interest rate
                                   as  may be  specified  in  such  Prospectus
                                   Supplement.  If  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement,    the   aggregate
                                   original    principal    balance   of   the
                                   Certificates  and  interest  rates  on  the
                                   classes of Certificates  will be determined
                                   based on the cash  flow on the  Trust  Fund
                                   Assets.

                                   The rate at which  interest  will be passed
                                   through or paid to holders of each class of
                                   Certificates  entitled  thereto  may  be  a
                                   fixed  rate or a rate  that is  subject  to
                                   change  from time to time from the time and
                                   for the periods, in each case, as specified
                                   in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Any
                                   such   rate   may   be   calculated   on  a
                                   loan-by-loan,  weighted average or notional
                                   amount  in each  case as  described  in the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement.

Credit Enhancement..............   The   assets   in  a  Trust   Fund  or  the
                                   Certificates  of one or more classes in the
                                   related  Series may have the benefit of one
                                   or more  types  of  credit  enhancement  as
                                   described   in   the   related   Prospectus
                                   Supplement.  The protection  against losses
                                   afforded by any such credit  support may be
                                   limited.  The  type,   characteristics  and
                                   amount  of  credit   enhancement   will  be
                                   determined based on the  characteristics of
                                   the  Contracts  comprising  the Trust  Fund
                                   Assets  and  other   factors  and  will  be
                                   established on the basis of requirements of
                                   each Rating Agency rating the  Certificates
                                   of such Series. See "Credit Enhancement".

A.  Subordination...............   A Series of Certificates may consist of one
                                   or more classes of Senior  Certificates and
                                   one  or  more   classes   of   Subordinated
                                   Certificates.  The rights of the holders of
                                   the  Subordinated  Certificates of a Series
                                   to receive  distributions  with  respect to
                                   the assets in the  related  Trust Fund will
                                   be  subordinated  to  such  rights  of  the
                                   holders of the Senior  Certificates  of the
                                   same Series to the extent  described in the
                                   related   Prospectus    Supplement.    This
                                   subordination  is  intended  to enhance the
                                   likelihood of regular receipt by holders of
                                   Senior  Certificates  of the full amount of
                                   monthly  payments of principal and interest
                                   due them.  The  protection  afforded to the
                                   holders of Senior  Certificates of a Series
                                   by means of the subordination  feature will
                                   be  accomplished  by (i)  the  preferential
                                   right of such holders to receive,  prior to
                                   any  distribution  being made in respect of
                                   the related Subordinated Certificates,  the
                                   amounts of interest  and/or  principal  due
                                   them on each  Distribution  Date out of the
                                   funds  available for  distribution  on such
                                   date in the related Collection Account and,
                                   to the  extent  described  in  the  related
                                   Prospectus Supplement, by the right of such
                                   holders to receive future  distributions on
                                   the assets in the  related  Trust Fund that
                                   would  otherwise  have been  payable to the
                                   holders of Subordinated Certificates;  (ii)
                                   reducing   the   ownership   interest   (if
                                   applicable)  of  the  related  Subordinated
                                   Certificates;  or  (iii) a  combination  of
                                   clauses (i) and (ii) above. If so specified
                                   in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
                                   subordination  may apply  only in the event
                                   of certain  types of losses not  covered by
                                   other  forms  of  credit  support,  such as
                                   hazard   losses  not  covered  by  standard
                                   hazard insurance  policies or losses due to
                                   the  bankruptcy  or fraud of the  borrower.
                                   The related Prospectus  Supplement will set
                                   forth information  concerning,  among other
                                   things,  the amount of  subordination  of a
                                   class   or    classes    of    Subordinated
                                   Certificates in a Series, the circumstances
                                   in  which   such   subordination   will  be
                                   applicable,  and the  manner,  if  any,  in
                                   which  the  amount  of  subordination  will
                                   decrease over time.

B.  Reserve Account.............   One or more reserve  accounts or other cash
                                   accounts (each, a "Reserve Account") may be
                                   established  and maintained for each Series
                                   of  Certificates.  The  related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement will specify whether or not such
                                   Reserve  Accounts  will be  included in the
                                   corpus  of the Trust  Fund for such  Series
                                   and will also specify the manner of funding
                                   such Reserve  Accounts  and the  conditions
                                   under which the amounts in any such Reserve
                                   Accounts will be used to make distributions
                                   to holders of  Certificates of a particular
                                   class  or   released   from  such   Reserve
                                   Accounts.

C.  Letter of Credit............   If so specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement,  credit support may be provided
                                   by one or more letters of credit.  A letter
                                   of credit may  provide  limited  protection
                                   against certain losses in addition to or in
                                   lieu  of  other  credit  support,  such  as
                                   losses  resulting from delinquent  payments
                                   on the Contracts in the related Trust Fund,
                                   losses  from risks not  covered by standard
                                   hazard  insurance  policies,  losses due to
                                   bankruptcy of a borrower and application of
                                   certain  provisions of the Bankruptcy Code,
                                   and  losses  due  to  denial  of  insurance
                                   coverage due to misrepresentations  made in
                                   connection  with the origination or sale of
                                   a  Contract.  The  issuer of the  letter of
                                   credit (the "L/C  Bank") will be  obligated
                                   to  honor  demands  with  respect  to  such
                                   letter  of  credit,  to the  extent  of the
                                   amount available thereunder, and to provide
                                   funds under the  circumstances  and subject
                                   to such  conditions as are specified in the
                                   related    Prospectus    Supplement.    The
                                   liability  of the L/C Bank under its letter
                                   of credit  will be reduced by the amount of
                                   unreimbursed payments thereunder.

                                   The maximum  liability  of a L/C Bank under
                                   its  letter  of  credit  will be an  amount
                                   equal  to a  percentage  specified  in  the
                                   related   Prospectus   Supplement   of  the
                                   initial  aggregate   outstanding  principal
                                   balance  of the  Contracts  in the  related
                                   Trust  Fund  or  one  or  more  classes  of
                                   Certificates  of the  related  Series  (the
                                   "L/C   Percentage").   The  maximum  amount
                                   available  at any  time to be paid  under a
                                   letter of credit will be  determined in the
                                   manner specified therein and in the related
                                   Prospectus Supplement.

D.  Insurance Policies; Surety
    Bonds and Guarantees........   If so specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement, credit support for a Series may
                                   be provided by an insurance policy and/or a
                                   surety bond issued by one or more insurance
                                   companies  or  sureties.  Such  certificate
                                   guarantee  insurance  or  surety  bond will
                                   guarantee timely  distributions of interest
                                   and/or full  distributions  of principal on
                                   the  basis  of  a  schedule  of   principal
                                   distributions set forth in or determined in
                                   the  manner   specified   in  the   related
                                   Prospectus Supplement.  If specified in the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement,  one or more
                                   bankruptcy bonds,  special hazard insurance
                                   policies,  other  insurance or  third-party
                                   guarantees may be used to provide  coverage
                                   for the risks of default or types of losses
                                   set forth in such Prospectus Supplement.

E.  Over-Collateralization......   If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement
                                   for a Series of Certificates,  a portion of
                                   the interest  payment on each  Contract may
                                   be applied as an additional distribution in
                                   respect   of   principal   to  reduce   the
                                   principal  balance  of a  certain  class or
                                   classes   of   Certificates    and,   thus,
                                   accelerate the rate of payment of principal
                                   on such class or classes of Certificates.

F.  Contract Pool Insurance
    Policy......................   A pool insurance  policy or policies may be
                                   obtained  and   maintained   for  Contracts
                                   relating  to any  Series  of  Certificates,
                                   which  shall be limited in scope,  covering
                                   defaults  on the  related  Contracts  in an
                                   initial   amount   equal  to  a   specified
                                   percentage  of  the   aggregate   principal
                                   balance of all  Contracts  included  in the
                                   Pool as of the related Cut-off Date.

G.  FHA Insurance...............   If   specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement,   all  or  a  portion   of  the
                                   Contracts  in a Pool may be (i)  insured by
                                   the  Federal  Housing  Administration  (the
                                   "FHA") and/or (ii) partially  guaranteed by
                                   the  Department  of Veterans'  Affairs (the
                                   "VA").  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
                                   Contracts--    FHA    Insurance    and   VA
                                   Guaranties".

H.  Cross-Collateralization.....   If  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement, separate classes of a Series of
                                   Certificates  may evidence  the  beneficial
                                   ownership  of, or be secured  by,  separate
                                   groups of assets  included in a Trust Fund.
                                   In  such  case,   credit   support  may  be
                                   provided  by  a  cross-   collateralization
                                   feature which  requires that  distributions
                                   be  made  with   respect  to   Certificates
                                   evidencing a beneficial  ownership interest
                                   in, or secured by, one or more asset groups
                                   prior  to   distributions  to  Subordinated
                                   Certificates    evidencing   a   beneficial
                                   ownership interest in, or secured by, other
                                   asset  groups  within the same Trust  Fund.
                                   See          "Credit          Enhancement--
                                   Cross-Collateralization".

                                   If  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement, the coverage provided by one or
                                   more of the  forms  of  credit  enhancement
                                   described  in  this  Prospectus  may  apply
                                   concurrently  to two or more separate Trust
                                   Funds.    If   applicable,    the   related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement  will  identify  the
                                   Trust    Funds   to   which   such   credit
                                   enhancement   relates  and  the  manner  of
                                   determining the amount of coverage provided
                                   to  such  Trust  Funds  thereby  and of the
                                   application   of  such   coverage   to  the
                                   identified   Trust   Funds.   See   "Credit
                                   Enhancement -- Cross-Collateralization".

Advances........................   The Master  Servicer  and,  if  applicable,
                                   each servicing  institution that services a
                                   Contract  in a Pool on behalf of the Master
                                   Servicer  (each, a  "Sub-Servicer")  may be
                                   obligated  to  advance  amounts  (each,  an
                                   "Advance")   corresponding   to  delinquent
                                   interest and/or principal  payments on such
                                   Contract  until the date,  as  specified in
                                   the    related    Prospectus    Supplement,
                                   following  the  date on which  the  related
                                   Manufactured    Home    is    sold    after
                                   repossession   (and,   in   the   case   of
                                   Land-and-Home Contracts,  after the related
                                   underlying   real   property   is  sold  in
                                   foreclosure)  or the  related  Contract  is
                                   otherwise  liquidated.  Any  obligation  to
                                   make Advances may be subject to limitations
                                   as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement.  If so specified in the related
                                   Prospectus  Supplement,   Advances  may  be
                                   drawn  from a cash  account  available  for
                                   such   purpose   as   described   in   such
                                   Prospectus  Supplement.  Advances  will  be
                                   reimbursable to the extent  described under
                                   "Description    of    the    Certificates--
                                   Advances"   herein   and  in  the   related
                                   Prospectus Supplement.

                                   In  the  event  the  Master   Servicer   or
                                   Sub-Servicer   fails  to  make  a  required
                                   Advance,  the Trustee may be  obligated  to
                                   advance such amounts otherwise  required to
                                   be  advanced  by  the  Master  Servicer  or
                                   Sub-Servicer.   See   "Description  of  the
                                   Certificates -- Advances".

Optional Termination............   The Master  Servicer or the party specified
                                   in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
                                   including   the  holder  of  the   residual
                                   interest  in a REMIC  or the  holder  of an
                                   ownership interest in a FASIT, may have the
                                   option  to  effect  early  retirement  of a
                                   Series of Certificates through the purchase
                                   of  the  Trust  Fund  Assets.   The  Master
                                   Servicer  will  deposit the proceeds of any
                                   such purchase in the Collection Account for
                                   each  Trust  Fund as  described  under "The
                                   Agreements   --  Payments   on   Contracts;
                                   Deposit to  Collection  Account".  Any such
                                   purchase of Trust Fund Assets and  property
                                   acquired  in respect  of Trust Fund  Assets
                                   evidenced by a Series of Certificates  will
                                   be  made  at  the   option  of  the  Master
                                   Servicer,   such   other   person   or,  if
                                   applicable,   such   holder  of  the  REMIC
                                   residual   interest   or  FASIT   ownership
                                   interest,  at  a  price  specified  in  the
                                   related Prospectus Supplement. The exercise
                                   of such right will effect early  retirement
                                   of the Certificates of that Series, but the
                                   right of the  Master  Servicer,  such other
                                   person or, if  applicable,  such  holder of
                                   the  REMIC   residual   interest  or  FASIT
                                   ownership   interest   to  so  purchase  is
                                   subject  to the  principal  balance  of the
                                   related  Trust Fund Assets  being less than
                                   the  percentage  specified  in the  related
                                   Prospectus   Supplement  of  the  aggregate
                                   principal  balance of the Trust Fund Assets
                                   as of the Cut-off Date for the Series.  The
                                   foregoing is subject to the provision  that
                                   if a REMIC election is made with respect to
                                   a Trust Fund, any  repurchase  will be made
                                   only  in   connection   with  a  "qualified
                                   liquidation"   of  the  REMIC   within  the
                                   meaning of Section  860F(g)(4) of the Code,
                                   and  if  a  FASIT  election  is  made  with
                                   respect  to a Trust  Fund,  any  repurchase
                                   will be made only if such repurchase  would
                                   not be a prohibited  transaction within the
                                   meaning of section 860L(e)(2) of the Code.

Legal Investment................   The  Prospectus  Supplement for each series
                                   of Certificates will specify which, if any,
                                   of  the  classes  of  Certificates  offered
                                   thereby   constitute    "mortgage   related
                                   securities"  for purposes of the  Secondary
                                   Mortgage  Market  Enhancement  Act of  1984
                                   ("SMMEA").  Classes  of  Certificates  that
                                   qualify as  "mortgage  related  securities"
                                   will be legal investments for certain types
                                   of  institutional  investors  to the extent
                                   provided in SMMEA, subject, in any case, to
                                   any  other  regulations  which  may  govern
                                   investments    by    such     institutional
                                   investors.  Institutions  whose  investment
                                   activities are subject to review by federal
                                   or state  authorities  should  consult with
                                   their counsel or the applicable authorities
                                   to  determine  whether an  investment  in a
                                   particular  class of Certificates  (whether
                                   or not such class  constitutes  a "mortgage
                                   related security") complies with applicable
                                   guidelines,     policy     statements    or
                                   restrictions. See "Legal Investment".

Federal Income Tax
 Consequences...................   The  federal  income  tax  consequences  to
                                   Certificateholders  will vary  depending on
                                   whether one or more  elections  are made to
                                   treat the Trust Fund or specified  portions
                                   thereof as either a REMIC or a FASIT  under
                                   the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
                                   of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code").  The
                                   Prospectus  Supplement  for each  Series of
                                   Certificates  will specify  whether such an
                                   election will be made.

                                   If a REMIC  election or a FASIT election is
                                   made,  Certificates   representing  regular
                                   interests   in  a  REMIC  or   FASIT   will
                                   generally   be  treated  as   evidences  of
                                   indebtedness   for  federal  tax  purposes.
                                   Stated  interest on such regular  interests
                                   will be  taxable  as  ordinary  income  and
                                   taken into account using the accrual method
                                   of  accounting,  regardless of the holder's
                                   normal  accounting  method.  If  neither  a
                                   REMIC  election  nor a  FASIT  election  is
                                   made,  interest  (other than original issue
                                   discount  ("OID")) on Certificates that are
                                   characterized  as indebtedness  for federal
                                   income tax purposes  will be  includible in
                                   income by  holders  thereof  in  accordance
                                   with their usual method of accounting.

                                   Certain  classes  of  Certificates  may  be
                                   issued  with OID. A holder  should be aware
                                   that the Code and the Treasury  regulations
                                   promulgated  thereunder  do not  adequately
                                   address    certain   issues   relevant   to
                                   prepayable   securities,    such   as   the
                                   Certificates.

                                   Holders  that  will be  required  to report
                                   income   with   respect   to  the   related
                                   Certificates  under the  accrual  method of
                                   accounting will do so without giving effect
                                   to delays and  reductions in  distributions
                                   attributable to a default or delinquency on
                                   the  Contracts,   except  possibly  to  the
                                   extent that it can be established that such
                                   amounts are uncollectible. As a result, the
                                   amount of income  (including  OID) reported
                                   by a holder of a Certificate  in any period
                                   could  significantly  exceed  the amount of
                                   cash  distributed  to such  holder  in that
                                   period.

                                   In the  opinion  of Brown & Wood LLP,  if a
                                   REMIC  election  is made with  respect to a
                                   Series    of    Certificates,    then   the
                                   arrangement by which such  Certificates are
                                   issued  will be  treated as a REMIC as long
                                   as all of the  provisions  of the  relevant
                                   Agreement are complied  with.  Certificates
                                   will be designated  as "regular  interests"
                                   or "residual interests" in a REMIC. A REMIC
                                   generally    will   not   be   subject   to
                                   entity-level   tax.  Rather,   the  taxable
                                   income or net loss of a REMIC will be taken
                                   into  account by the  holders  of  residual
                                   interests.  Such  holders will report their
                                   proportionate  share of the taxable  income
                                   of the REMIC  whether  or not they  receive
                                   cash    distributions    from   the   REMIC
                                   attributable to such income. The portion of
                                   the  REMIC  taxable  income  consisting  of
                                   "excess  inclusions"  generally  may not be
                                   offset by otherwise allowable deductions or
                                   losses  of the  holder,  including  the net
                                   operating deductions.

                                   In the  opinion  of Brown & Wood LLP,  if a
                                   FASIT  election  is made with  respect to a
                                   Series of Securities,  then the arrangement
                                   by which such Securities are issued will be
                                   treated  as a  FASIT  as long as all of the
                                   provisions  of the relevant  Agreement  are
                                   complied   with.    Securities    will   be
                                   designated  as regular  interests or as the
                                   ownership  interest.  The  FASIT  generally
                                   will not be subject to an entity-level tax.
                                   Rather,  the taxable  income or net loss of
                                   the FASIT will be taken into account by the
                                   holder of the ownership interest whether or
                                   not the holder receives cash  distributions
                                   from the FASIT attributable to such income.
                                   The ownership  interest  generally  must be
                                   held  at  all   times  by  a   domestic   C
                                   corporation  (an  "Eligible  Corporation").
                                   Furthermore,   certain  regular   interests
                                   referred  to as  High-Yield  interests  are
                                   only  suitable   investments  for  Eligible
                                   Corporations.  Income  derived from holding
                                   ownership interests and income derived from
                                   holding High-Yield  interests generally may
                                   not  be  offset  by   otherwise   allowable
                                   deductions,  including net  operating  loss
                                   deductions.

                                   In the  opinion  of Brown & Wood LLP,  if a
                                   REMIC or a FASIT  election is not made with
                                   respect to a Series of  Certificates,  then
                                   the arrangement by which such  Certificates
                                   are issued  either will be  classified as a
                                   grantor  trust  under  Subpart E, Part I of
                                   Subchapter   J  of   the   Code   or  as  a
                                   partnership.  The Trust  Fund will not be a
                                   publicly  traded  partnership  taxable as a
                                   corporation   as   long   as   all  of  the
                                   provisions  of the relevant  Agreement  are
                                   complied   with.   The   holders   of   the
                                   Certificates issued by such Trust Fund will
                                   agree to treat the  Certificates  as equity
                                   interests in a partnership  or in a grantor
                                   trust.

                                   Generally,  gain or loss will be recognized
                                   on a sale  of  Certificates  in the  amount
                                   equal to the difference  between the amount
                                   realized  and the seller's tax basis in the
                                   Certificates sold.

                                   The    material    federal    income    tax
                                   consequences for investors  associated with
                                   the purchase,  ownership and disposition of
                                   the Certificates are set forth herein under
                                   "Federal Income -- Tax  Consequences".  The
                                   material  federal  income tax  consequences
                                   for investors associated with the purchase,
                                   ownership and  disposition of  Certificates
                                   of any particular  Series will be set forth
                                   under  the  heading   "Federal  Income  Tax
                                   Consequences"  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement.   See   "Federal   Income   Tax
                                   Consequences".

ERISA Considerations............   A fiduciary of any employee benefit plan or
                                   other   retirement   plan  or   arrangement
                                   subject to the Employee  Retirement  Income
                                   Certificate   Act  of  1974,   as   amended
                                   ("ERISA"),  or the  Code  should  carefully
                                   review with its legal advisors  whether the
                                   purchase or holding of  Certificates  could
                                   give rise to a  transaction  prohibited  or
                                   not  otherwise  permissible  under ERISA or
                                   the  Code.   See  "ERISA   Considerations".
                                   Certain classes of Certificates  may not be
                                   transferred  unless  the  Trustee  and  the
                                   Depositor  are  furnished  with a letter of
                                   representation  or an opinion of counsel to
                                   the  effect  that  such  transfer  will not
                                   result  in a  violation  of the  prohibited
                                   transaction  provisions  of  ERISA  and the
                                   Code and will not subject the Trustee,  the
                                   Depositor   or  the  Master   Servicer   to
                                   additional obligations. See "Description of
                                   the    Certificates-General"   and   "ERISA
                                   Considerations".

Risk Factors....................   For   a   discussion   of   certain   risks
                                   associated   with  an   investment  in  the
                                   Certificates, see "Risk Factors" on page 14
                                   herein  and   in  the   related  Prospectus
                                   Supplement

<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

          Investors  should consider the following  factors in connection with
the purchase of the Certificates.

LIMITED LIQUIDITY

          No market for the Certificates of any Series will exist prior to the
issuance  thereof,  and no assurance can be given that a secondary market will
develop or, if it does develop, that it will provide  Certificateholders  with
liquidity of investment or will continue for the life of the  Certificates  of
such Series.

LIMITED SOURCE OF PAYMENTS -- NO RECOURSE TO SELLERS, DEPOSITOR OR MASTER
SERVICER

          The  Depositor  does not  have,  nor is it  expected  to  have,  any
significant  assets.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, the Certificates of a Series will be payable solely from the Trust
Fund for such  Certificates  and will not have any claim  against or  security
interest in the Trust Fund for any other Series.  There will be no recourse to
the Depositor or any other person for any failure to receive  distributions on
the Certificates.  Further,  at the times set forth in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  certain  Trust Fund Assets  and/or any balance  remaining  in the
Collection   Account   immediately  after  making  all  payments  due  on  the
Certificates  of such  Series,  after  making  adequate  provision  for future
payments  on  certain  classes  of  Certificates  and after  making  any other
payments  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  may be promptly
released  or  remitted  to the  Depositor,  the  Master  Servicer,  any credit
enhancement  provider or any other person entitled  thereto and will no longer
be available for making payments to Certificateholders.  Consequently, holders
of  Certificates of each Series must rely solely upon payments with respect to
the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets  constituting  the Trust Fund for a
Series of  Certificates,  including,  if  applicable,  any  amounts  available
pursuant  to any  credit  enhancement  for such  Series,  for the  payment  of
principal of and interest on the Certificates of such Series.

          The Certificates  will not represent an interest in or obligation of
the  Depositor,  the Master  Servicer,  any Seller or any of their  respective
affiliates. The only obligations, if any, of the Depositor with respect to the
Trust Fund  Assets or the  Certificates  of any  Series  will be  pursuant  to
certain  representations  and warranties.  The Depositor does not have, and is
not expected in the future to have, any significant  assets with which to meet
any obligation to repurchase  Contracts with respect to which there has been a
breach of any  representation  or  warranty  which  materially  and  adversely
affects the Certificateholders'  interest in such Contracts.  If, for example,
the  Depositor  were  required to  repurchase a Contract,  its only sources of
funds to make  such  repurchase  would  be from  funds  obtained  (i) from the
enforcement of a corresponding  obligation, if any, on the part of the related
Seller or originator  of such  Contract or (ii) to the extent  provided in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from a Reserve  Account  or  similar  credit
enhancement established to provide funds for such repurchases.

          The only obligations of any Seller with respect to Trust Fund Assets
or the Certificates of any Series will be pursuant to certain  representations
and warranties and certain  document  delivery  requirements.  A Seller may be
required to repurchase  or  substitute  for any Contract with respect to which
such representations and warranties or certain document delivery  requirements
are  breached  (and in the  case of any such  breach  of  representations  and
warranties,    such   breach    materially    and   adversely    affects   the
Certificateholders'  interest  in  such  Contract).  There  is  no  assurance,
however,  that such  Seller  will have the  financial  ability to effect  such
repurchase or substitution.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT -- LIMITATIONS

          Although  credit  enhancement  is  intended  to  reduce  the risk of
delinquent  payments  or losses to holders  of  Certificates  entitled  to the
benefit thereof, the amount of such credit enhancement will be limited, as set
forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and may be subject to periodic
reduction in accordance with a schedule or formula or otherwise  decline,  and
could be depleted under certain  circumstances prior to the payment in full of
the related Series of Certificates,  and as a result Certificateholders of the
related Series may suffer losses.  Moreover,  such credit  enhancement may not
cover all potential  losses or risks. For example,  credit  enhancement may or
may not cover fraud or negligence by a loan  originator or other  parties.  In
addition,  the Trustee will  generally  be  permitted to reduce,  terminate or
substitute  all or a  portion  of the  credit  enhancement  for any  Series of
Certificates,  provided  the  applicable  Rating  Agency  indicates  that  the
then-current  rating of the  Certificates of such Series will not be adversely
affected. See "Credit Enhancement".

PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

          The timing of  principal  payments of the  Certificates  of a Series
will be affected  by a number of factors,  including  the  following:  (i) the
extent of prepayments  (including for this purpose prepayments  resulting from
refinancing  or  liquidations  of the Contracts  due to defaults,  casualties,
condemnations  and  repurchases by the Depositor or a Seller) of the Contracts
comprising the Trust Fund, which prepayments may be influenced by a variety of
factors  including  general  economic  conditions,  prevailing  interest  rate
levels, the availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility, (ii)
the  manner of  allocating  principal  and/or  payments  among the  classes of
Certificates  of a Series as specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
(iii) the  exercise  by the party  entitled  thereto of any right of  optional
termination  and (iv) the rate and  timing  of  payment  defaults  and  losses
incurred with respect to the Trust Fund Assets. The repurchase of Contracts by
the Depositor or a Seller may result from repurchases of Trust Fund Assets due
to material breaches of the Depositor's or such Seller's  representations  and
warranties,  as applicable.  The yields to maturity and weighted average lives
of the  Certificates  will be  affected  primarily  by the rate and  timing of
prepayment of the Contracts comprising the Trust Fund Assets. In addition, the
yields to maturity  and weighted  average  lives of the  Certificates  will be
affected by the distribution of amounts  remaining in any Pre-Funding  Account
following  the end of the  related  Funding  Period.  Any  reinvestment  risks
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Contracts held by
a Trust Fund will be borne  entirely by the holders of one or more  classes of
the related Series of Certificates.  See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations"
and "The Agreements -- Pre-Funding Account".

          Interest  payable on the  Certificates of a Series on a Distribution
Date will  include all  interest  accrued  during the period  specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In the event interest  accrues over a period
ending two or more days prior to a Distribution  Date, the effective  yield to
Certificateholders  will be reduced  from the yield that  would  otherwise  be
obtainable if interest payable on the Certificates  were to accrue through the
day immediately  preceding each Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at
par) to  Certificateholders  will be less than the indicated  coupon rate. See
"Description  of  the   Certificates  --   Distributions  on  Certificates  --
Distributions of Interest".

DEPRECIATION IN VALUE OF MANUFACTURED HOMES

          An  investment  in  Certificates  may be  affected  by,  among other
things,  a  downturn  in  national,  regional  or local  economic  conditions.
Regional and local economic  conditions are often volatile and,  historically,
regional  and  local  economic  conditions,   as  well  as  national  economic
conditions,  have  affected  the  delinquency,   loan  loss  and  repossession
experience  of  manufactured   housing   installment  sales  contracts  and/or
installment loan contracts  (hereinafter  generally referred to as "contracts"
or "manufactured  housing contracts").  Moreover,  regardless of its location,
manufactured housing generally depreciates in value. Thus,  Certificateholders
should expect that, as a general matter,  the market value of any Manufactured
Home will be lower  than the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  related
Contract.  Sufficiently  high  delinquencies  and  liquidation  losses  on the
Contracts  in a  Contract  Pool will have the  effect of  reducing,  and could
eliminate,  the  protection  against loss  afforded by any credit  enhancement
supporting  any  class of the  related  Certificates.  If such  protection  is
eliminated  with  respect  to a class of  Certificates,  the  holders  of such
Certificates will bear all risk of loss on the related Contracts and will have
to rely on the value of the related  Manufactured  Homes (and,  in the case of
Land-and-Home  Contracts, the related underlying real properties) for recovery
of the outstanding principal of and unpaid interest on any defaulted Contracts
in the related Contract Pool.

SECURITY INTEREST IN UNDERLYING ASSETS MAY NOT BE EFFECTIVE

          The  Seller  in  respect  of a  Contract  will  represent  that such
Contract is secured by a security interest in a Manufactured Home.  Perfection
of security  interests in the Manufactured  Homes and enforcement of rights to
realize  upon  the  value of the  Manufactured  Homes  as  collateral  for the
Contracts  are subject to a number of Federal and state  laws,  including  the
Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in each state and each state's  certificate
of title statutes.  The steps necessary to perfect the security  interest in a
Manufactured  Home will vary from state to state.  Because of the  expense and
administrative  inconvenience involved, the Master Servicer will not amend any
certificates  of title to change the  lienholder  specified  therein  from the
Seller to the Trustee and will not  deliver  any  certificate  of title to the
Trustee or note thereon the Trustee's interest.  Consequently, in some states,
in the  absence of such an  amendment,  the  assignment  to the Trustee of the
security  interest  in the  Manufactured  Home  may not be  effective  or such
security interest may not be perfected and, in the absence of such notation or
delivery  to the  Trustee,  the  assignment  of the  security  interest in the
Manufactured  Home may not be effective  against  creditors of the Seller or a
trustee in bankruptcy of the Seller.  In the case of Land-and-Home  Contracts,
the   Prospectus   Supplement  for  the  related  Series  will  state  whether
assignments  to the Trustee of the  mortgage  or deed of trust  related to the
underlying  real property  securing such Contracts  will be recorded.  In some
states in the absence of such  recordation  the  assignment  to the Trustee of
such  mortgage  or deed of trust may not be  effective,  and in the absence of
such recordation may not be effective  against creditors of or purchasers from
the Seller or a trustee in bankruptcy of the Seller.

EFFECT OF VIOLATING CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

          Delays Due to Liquidation. Even assuming that the Manufactured Homes
provide  adequate  security  for the  Contracts,  substantial  delays could be
encountered  in connection  with the  liquidation  of defaulted  Contracts and
corresponding delays in the receipt of related proceeds by  Certificateholders
could occur. An action to repossess a Manufactured Home securing a Contract is
regulated by state statutes and rules and is subject to many of the delays and
expenses  of other  lawsuits  if defenses  or  counterclaims  are  interposed,
sometimes requiring several years to complete.  In the event of a default by a
borrower,  these  restrictions,  among other things, may impede the ability of
the Master  Servicer to repossess or sell the  Manufactured  Home or to obtain
liquidation  proceeds  sufficient  to repay  all  amounts  due on the  related
Contract.  In addition,  the Master  Servicer  will be entitled to deduct from
related liquidation proceeds all expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to
recover  amounts due on  defaulted  Contracts  and not yet  repaid,  including
payments to senior  lienholders,  legal fees and costs of legal action,  taxes
and maintenance and preservation expenses.

          Consumer  Protection Laws.  Applicable state laws generally regulate
interest rates and other charges,  require  certain  disclosures,  and require
licensing of certain  originators  and servicers of  Contracts,  including the
Truth in Lending  Act,  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  the Fair Credit
Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Equal Credit  Opportunity Act,
the Fair Debt Collection  Practices Act and the Uniform  Consumer Credit Code.
In addition, most states have other laws, public policy and general principles
of equity  relating to the protection of consumers,  unfair and deceptive acts
and practices which may apply to the origination,  servicing and collection of
the  Contracts.  Depending on the  provisions  of the  applicable  law and the
specific facts and circumstances involved,  violations of these laws, policies
and principles may limit the ability of the Master  Servicer to collect all or
part of the  principal  of or  interest  on the  Contracts,  may  entitle  the
borrower  to a refund of  amounts  previously  paid and,  in  addition,  could
subject the Master Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions. Losses on
such  Contracts  that are not  otherwise  covered  by the  credit  enhancement
described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement will be borne by the holders
of one or more classes of  Certificates  of the related  Series.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

          Holder in Due Course Rules. The so--called "Holder--in--Due--Course"
rule of the Federal Trade  Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the
transferor of a consumer  credit  contract  which is the seller of goods which
gave rise to the  transaction  (and certain  related lenders and assignees) to
transfer such contract free of notice of claims by the debtor thereunder.  The
effect of this rule is to subject the assignee of such a Contract (such as the
Trust Fund) to all claims and  defenses  which the obligor  under the Contract
could assert against the seller of the Manufactured Home. Liability under this
rule is limited to amounts paid under the Contract; however, the obligor under
the Contract also may be able to assert the rule to set off remaining  amounts
due as a  defense  against a claim  brought  by the Trust  Fund  against  such
obligor. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

RATING OF THE CERTIFICATES -- LIMITATIONS

          It will be a condition  to the  issuance of a class of  Certificates
offered hereby that they be rated in one of the four highest rating categories
by the Rating Agency identified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Any such
rating would be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the value of the
related  Trust Fund  Assets and any credit  enhancement  with  respect to such
class  and will  represent  such  Rating  Agency's  assessment  solely  of the
likelihood that holders of such class of Certificates will receive payments to
which such  Certificateholders are entitled under the related Agreement.  Such
rating will not  constitute  an assessment of the  likelihood  that  principal
prepayments  on the related  Contracts  will be made,  the degree to which the
rate of such prepayments might differ from that originally  anticipated or the
likelihood of early optional  termination of the Series of Certificates.  Such
rating  shall  not be  deemed  a  recommendation  to  purchase,  hold  or sell
Certificates,  inasmuch as it does not address market price or suitability for
a  particular  investor.  Such rating will not  address the  possibility  that
prepayment at higher or lower rates than  anticipated by an investor may cause
such investor to experience a lower than anticipated yield or that an investor
purchasing a  Certificate  at a  significant  premium might fail to recoup its
initial investment under certain prepayment  scenarios.  In addition,  if such
rating  relates to a Series with a Pre-Funding  Account,  such rating will not
address the ability of the related Trust Fund to acquire Subsequent Contracts,
any potential  prepayment of the Certificates  resulting from  distribution to
Certificateholders  of amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding  Account following
the  end  of  the   Funding   Period,   or  the   effect   on  the   yield  to
Certificateholders resulting therefrom.

          There is also no  assurance  that any such  rating  will  remain  in
effect for any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn
entirely by the Rating  Agency in the future if in its judgment  circumstances
in the future so warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any
erosion in the  adequacy  of the value of the Trust Fund  Assets or any credit
enhancement with respect to a Series of  Certificates,  such rating might also
be lowered or withdrawn because of, among other reasons,  an adverse change in
the financial or other condition of a credit enhancement  provider or a change
in the rating of such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.

          The  amount,  type  and  nature  of  credit  enhancement,   if  any,
established with respect to a class of Certificates  will be determined on the
basis of criteria  established  by each Rating Agency  rating  classes of such
Series.  Such criteria are sometimes  based upon an actuarial  analysis of the
behavior of similar loans in a larger group.  Such analysis is often the basis
upon which each  Rating  Agency  determines  the amount of credit  enhancement
required with respect to each such class.  There can be no assurance  that the
historical data supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect
future experience nor any assurance that the data derived from a large pool of
similar  loans  accurately  predicts  the  delinquency,  repossession  or loss
experience of any particular pool of Contracts. No assurance can be given that
the values of any  Manufactured  Homes have  remained  or will remain at their
levels on the respective dates of origination of the related Contracts.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION MAY REDUCE LIQUIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATES

          If issued in  book-entry  form,  such  registration  may  reduce the
liquidity of the Certificates in the secondary  trading market since investors
may be  unwilling  to  purchase  Certificates  for which  they  cannot  obtain
physical  certificates.  Since transactions in book-entry  Certificates can be
effected  only through the  Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC"),  participating
organizations,  Financial  Intermediaries  and certain banks, the ability of a
Certificateholder  to pledge a book-entry  Certificate  to persons or entities
that do not  participate  in the DTC system  may be  limited  due to lack of a
physical certificate representing such Certificates.  Certificates Owners will
not be  recognized as  Certificateholders  as such term is used in the related
Agreement,  and Certificate Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of
Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.

          In addition,  Certificateholders  may experience some delay in their
receipt of distributions of interest and principal on book-entry  Certificates
since distributions are required to be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC
will  then be  required  to  credit  such  distributions  to the  accounts  of
Depository  participants  which  thereafter will be required to credit them to
the  accounts of  Certificateholders  either  directly or  indirectly  through
Financial  Intermediaries.  See "Description of the Certificates -- Book-Entry
Registration of Certificates".

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS

          Pre-Funded  Amounts Not Used to Cover Losses.  If so provided in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,   on  the  closing  date  specified  in  such
Prospectus  Supplement (the "Closing Date") the Depositor will deposit cash in
an amount (the "Pre-Funded  Amount")  specified in such Prospectus  Supplement
into an account (the "Pre-Funding  Account"). In no event shall the Pre-Funded
Amount  exceed  50%  of  the  initial   aggregate   principal  amount  of  the
Certificates  of the related  Series.  The  Pre-Funded  Amount will be used to
purchase  Contracts  ("Subsequent  Contracts")  in a period  from the  related
Closing  Date to a date not more than one year after such  Closing  Date (such
period, the "Funding Period") from the Depositor (which, in turn, will acquire
such Subsequent  Contracts from the Seller or Sellers specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement).  The Pre-Funding  Account will be maintained with the
Trustee for the related Series of Certificates  and is designed solely to hold
funds to be applied by such  Trustee  during the Funding  Period to pay to the
Depositor the purchase  price for Subsequent  Contracts.  Monies on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account will not be available to cover losses on or in respect
of the related Contracts.

          Unused  Pre-Funded  Amounts  At the End of  Funding  Period  Will be
Distributed as Principal Prepayment to Certificateholders.  To the extent that
the  entire  Pre-Funded  Amount  has  not  been  applied  to the  purchase  of
Subsequent  Contracts by the end of the related  Funding  Period,  any amounts
remaining in the  Pre-Funding  Account will be  distributed as a prepayment of
principal to Certificateholders on the Distribution Date immediately following
the end of the Funding  Period,  in the amounts and pursuant to the priorities
set  forth  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Any  reinvestment  risk
resulting from such prepayment will be borne entirely by the holders of one or
more classes of the related Series of Certificates.

BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY OF THE SELLER,  THE DEPOSITOR OR THE MASTER  SERVICER
COULD LEAD TO DELAY OR REDUCTION OF AMOUNTS PAYABLE TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

          The  Seller  and  the  Depositor  will  treat  the  transfer  of the
Contracts by the Seller to the  Depositor as a sale for  accounting  purposes.
The Depositor and the Trust Fund will treat the transfer of Contracts from the
Depositor to the Trust Fund as a sale for  accounting  purposes.  As a sale of
the Contracts by the Seller to the Depositor,  the Contracts would not be part
of the Seller's  bankruptcy  estate and would not be available to the Seller's
creditors.  However,  in the  event of the  insolvency  of the  Seller,  it is
possible that the  bankruptcy  trustee or a creditor of the Seller may attempt
to  recharacterize  the sale of the  Contracts  as a borrowing  by the Seller,
secured by a pledge of the Contracts. Similarly, as a sale of the Contracts by
the  Depositor  to the  Trust  Fund,  the  Contracts  would not be part of the
Depositor's  bankruptcy  estate and would not be available to the  Depositor's
creditors.  However,  in the event of the insolvency of the  Depositor,  it is
possible  that the  bankruptcy  trustee or a  creditor  of the  Depositor  may
attempt to  recharacterize  the sale of the  Contracts  as a borrowing  by the
Depositor,  secured  by a  pledge  of the  Contracts.  In  either  case,  this
position,  if argued  before or  accepted  by a court,  could  prevent  timely
payments  of amounts  due on the  Certificates  and result in a  reduction  of
payments due on the Certificates.

          In the event of a bankruptcy or  insolvency of the Master  Servicer,
the  bankruptcy  trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee
or the  Certificateholders  from appointing a successor Master  Servicer.  The
time period,  if any, during which cash collections may be commingled with the
Master  Servicer's own funds prior to each Distribution Date will be specified
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In the event of the insolvency of the
Master  Servicer and if such cash  collections  are commingled with the Master
Servicer's  own funds for at least ten days,  the Trust  Fund will  likely not
have a perfected interest in such collections since such collections would not
have  been  deposited  in a  segregated  account  within  ten days  after  the
collection thereof,  and the inclusion thereof in the bankruptcy estate of the
Master Servicer may result in delays in payment and failure to pay amounts due
on the Certificates of the related Series.

          In addition,  federal and state statutory provisions,  including the
federal  bankruptcy  laws and state  laws  affording  relief to  debtors,  may
interfere  with or affect the  ability  of the  secured  manufactured  housing
lender to realize upon its security.  For example, in a proceeding under Title
11 of the  United  States  Code  Section  101 et seq.  and the  rules  related
thereto,  as amended (the  "Bankruptcy  Code"),  a lender may not  repossess a
manufactured  home (or foreclose on the underlying real property)  without the
permission of the bankruptcy  court. The  rehabilitation  plan proposed by the
debtor may provide,  if the  manufactured  home is not the debtor's  principal
residence and the court determines that the value of the manufactured  home is
less than the principal balance of the related  manufactured housing loan, for
the  reduction of the secured  indebtedness  to the value of the  manufactured
home as of the  date of the  commencement  of the  bankruptcy,  rendering  the
lender a general  unsecured  creditor for the difference,  and also may reduce
the monthly payments due under such manufactured housing loan, change the rate
of interest and alter the manufactured  housing loan repayment  schedule.  The
effect of any such proceedings  under the Bankruptcy  Code,  including but not
limited to any automatic stay, could result in delays in receiving payments on
the Contracts  underlying a Series of Certificates and possible  reductions in
the aggregate amount of such payments.

VALUE OF TRUST FUND ASSETS COULD BE INSUFFICIENT TO PAY PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
ON THE CERTIFICATES

          There is no assurance that the market value of the Trust Fund Assets
or any other  assets  relating  to a Series of  Certificates  described  under
"Credit  Enhancement"  herein will at any time be equal to or greater than the
principal  amount of the  Certificates of such Series then  outstanding,  plus
accrued  interest  thereon.  Moreover,  upon an event  of  default  under  the
Agreement  for a Series of  Certificates  and a sale of the related Trust Fund
Assets  or  upon  a sale  of the  assets  of a  Trust  Fund  for a  Series  of
Certificates,  the Trustee, the Master Servicer,  the credit enhancer, if any,
and any other service provider specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement
generally  will be entitled  to receive  the  proceeds of any such sale to the
extent  of unpaid  fees and  other  amounts  owing to such  persons  under the
related Agreement prior to distributions to Certificateholders.  Upon any such
sale, the proceeds thereof may be insufficient to pay in full the principal of
and interest on the Certificates of such Series.

DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS

          If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a Trust Fund may
enter into privately  negotiated,  over-the-counter  hedging transactions with
various  counterparties,  including  interest  rate swaps,  caps,  collars and
floors (collectively,  "Derivative  Transactions") to effectively fix the rate
of interest  that such Trust Fund pays on one or more  borrowings or series of
borrowings. See "Description of the Certificates Derivative Transactions".

          Credit  Risks.  It is  expected  that if a Trust  Fund  enters  into
Derivative  Transactions it will do so with banks,  financial institutions and
recognized  dealers in  Derivative  Transactions.  Entering into a Derivatives
Transaction  directly with a counterparty  subjects a Trust Fund to the credit
risk that the  counterparty  may default on an  obligation to such Trust Fund.
Such a risk contrasts with transactions done through exchange markets, wherein
credit risk is reduced through the collection of variation  margin and through
the  interposition  of  a  clearing  organization  as  the  guarantor  of  all
transactions.  Clearing organizations  transform the credit risk of individual
counterparties  into the  more  remote  risk of the  failure  of the  clearing
organization.   Additionally,  the  financial  integrity  of  over-the-counter
Derivative  Transactions  is  generally  unsupported  by other  regulatory  or
self-regulatory protections such as margin requirements, capital requirements,
or financial compliance programs.  Therefore,  there are much greater risks of
defaults  with respect to  over-the-counter  privately  negotiated  Derivative
Transactions than with respect to exchange-traded  transactions. If there is a
default by the other party to such a transaction,  the related Trust Fund will
have to rely on its contractual  remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency  or  similar  laws)  pursuant  to  the  agreements  related  to the
Derivative Transactions.

          Legal Enforceability  Risks.  Privately negotiated  over-the-counter
Derivative  Transactions  subject  a Trust  Fund to the  risks of (a) a single
counterparty's legal incapacity to enter into or perform its obligations under
a given Derivative Transaction or class of Derivative Transactions,  rendering
such  Derivative  Transactions  unenforceable,  (b) a court or regulatory body
declaring  that  classes of  Derivative  Transactions  are  unlawful or not in
compliance with  applicable  laws or  regulations,  rendering them invalid and
unenforceable,  or (c) legislation  which may be proposed or enacted which may
affect the legal,  regulatory or tax status of Derivative  Transactions to the
detriment of the related Trust Fund's interests.

          Basis Risks.  Successful use of Derivative Transactions depends upon
the ability to predict  movements of the overall  securities  or interest rate
markets.  There might be an  imperfect  correlation,  or even no  correlation,
between price movements of a Derivative Transaction and price movements of the
investments  or  instruments  being  hedged.  If  a  Trust  Fund  enters  into
Derivative  Transactions at the wrong time or market  conditions are predicted
incorrectly,  the Derivative  Transaction may result in a substantial  loss to
such Trust Fund and hence the related Securityholders.

<PAGE>

                                THE TRUST FUND

GENERAL

          The  Certificates  of each Series will  represent  interests  in the
assets of the related Trust Fund.  The Trust Fund for each Series will be held
by the Trustee for the benefit of the related  Certificateholders.  Each Trust
Fund will consist of certain assets (the "Trust Fund Assets")  consisting of a
pool (each,  a "Pool")  comprised  of  Contracts  as  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, together with payments in respect of such Contracts, as
specified in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.*  The  Pool will be created
on the  first day of the  month  of  the  issuance of  the  related  Series of
Certificates or such other date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
(the "Cut-off Date").  The  Certificates  will be entitled to payment from the
assets of the  related  Trust Fund or Funds or other  assets  pledged  for the
benefit of the  Certificateholders,  as  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement  and will not be  entitled  to payments in respect of the assets of
any other trust fund established by the Depositor.

          The Trust Fund  Assets will be  acquired  by the  Depositor,  either
directly  or through  affiliates,  from  originators  or sellers  which may be
affiliates of the Depositor (the "Sellers"),  and conveyed without recourse by
the Depositor to the related Trust Fund.  Contracts  acquired by the Depositor
will  have  been  originated  in  accordance  with the  underwriting  criteria
specified  below  under "The  Manufactured  Housing  Program  --  Underwriting
Standards" or as otherwise described in the related Prospectus Supplement. See
"The Manufactured Housing Program -- Underwriting Standards".

          The Depositor will cause the Trust Fund Assets to be assigned to the
Trustee  named in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  for the benefit of the
holders of the  Certificates of the related Series.  The Master Servicer named
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  service  the Trust Fund  Assets,
either  directly or through other  servicing  institutions  ("Sub-Servicers"),
pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement (each, an "Agreement") among the
Depositor,  the Master  Servicer and the  Trustee,  and will receive a fee for
such services.  See "The  Manufactured  Housing Program" and "The Agreements".
With  respect  to  Contracts   serviced  by  the  Master  Servicer  through  a
Sub-Servicer,  the  Master  Servicer  will  remain  liable  for its  servicing
obligations  under the related  Agreement as if the Master Servicer alone were
servicing such Contracts.

          With  respect to each Trust Fund,  prior to the initial  offering of
the  related  Series of  Certificates,  the Trust  Fund will have no assets or
liabilities.  No Trust Fund is expected to engage in any activities other than
acquiring,  managing  and holding of the  related  Trust Fund Assets and other
assets contemplated herein specified and in the related Prospectus  Supplement
and the  proceeds  thereof,  issuing  Certificates  and  making  payments  and
distributions  thereon  and  certain  related  activities.  No  Trust  Fund is
expected  to have any source of capital  other than its assets and any related
credit enhancement.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
only  obligations  of the Depositor  with respect to a Series of  Certificates
will be to obtain certain representations and warranties from the Sellers and,
to the extent such  representations and warranties are not made by the Sellers
directly  to the  Trustee,  to  assign  to the  Trustee  for  such  Series  of
Certificates the Depositor's rights with respect to such  representations  and
warranties.  See "The Agreements -- Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets".  The
obligations of the Master  Servicer with respect to the Contracts will consist
principally  of  its  contractual  servicing  obligations  under  the  related
Agreement  (including  its  obligation  to  enforce  the  obligations  of  the
Sub-Servicers  or Sellers,  or both, as more fully described herein under "The
Manufactured  Housing Program -- Representations by Sellers;  Repurchases" and
"The Agreements --  Sub-Servicing By Sellers" and " -- Assignment of the Trust
Fund Assets") and its obligation, if any, to make certain cash advances in the
event of  delinquencies in payments in respect of interest and/or principal on
or with  respect  to the  Contracts  in the  amounts  described  herein  under
"Description of the  Certificates -- Advances".  The obligations of the Master
Servicer  to make  advances  may be  subject  to  limitations,  to the  extent
provided herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

- --------
o  Whenever  the terms "Pool" and "Certificates" are  used in this Prospectus,
such terms will be deemed to apply, unless the context indicates otherwise, to
one specific Pool and the Securities of one Series  including the Certificates
representing  certain  undivided  interests in a single Trust Fund  consisting
primarily of the  Contracts in such Pool.  Similarly,  the term  "pass-through
rate" will refer to the  pass-through  rate borne by the  Certificates and the
term "Trust Fund" will refer to one specific Trust Fund.

   
          The following is a brief  description  of the assets  expected to be
included in the Trust Funds. If specific information respecting the Trust Fund
Assets is not known at the time the related Series of  Certificates  initially
is offered,  more general  information of the nature  described  below will be
provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  and specific information will
be set  forth in a report  on Form 8-K to be  filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within  fifteen days after the initial  issuance of such
Certificates (the "Detailed  Description").  A maximum of 5% of the Trust Fund
Assets as they will be constituted  at the time that the  applicable  Detailed
Description is filed will deviate in any material  respect from the Trust Fund
Asset  pool  characteristics  (other  than the  aggregate  number or amount of
Loans) described in the related Prospectus Supplement. A copy of the Agreement
with respect to each Series of  Certificates  will be attached to the Form 8-K
and will be available  for  inspection  at the  Corporate  Trust Office of the
Trustee  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  A schedule of the
Contracts relating to such Series will be attached to the Agreement  delivered
to the Trustee upon delivery of the Certificates.
    

THE CONTRACTS

          The Contracts will consist of manufactured  housing installment sale
contracts and installment loan agreements  secured by a security interest in a
new or used  manufactured  home (each,  a  "Manufactured  Home"),  and, to the
extent, if any, indicated in the related Prospectus Supplement,  by a mortgage
or deed of trust on the real estate on which the manufactured home is located.
The  Contracts  may be  conventional  Contracts  or  contracts  insured by the
Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") or partially guaranteed by the Veterans
Administration   ("VA").  All  Contracts  will  have  been  purchased  by  the
Depositor, either directly or through an affiliate, from one or more Sellers.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
related  Seller will represent the  Manufactured  Homes securing the Contracts
consist of  manufactured  homes  within the meaning of 42 United  States Code,
Section  5402(6),  which  defines  a  "manufactured  home"  as  "a  structure,
transportable  in one or more sections,  which in the traveling mode, is eight
body feet or more in width or forty  body  feet or more in  length,  or,  when
erected on site,  is three  hundred  twenty or more square feet,  and which is
built on a permanent chassis designed to be used as a dwelling with or without
a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities,  and includes
the plumbing,  heating,  air-conditioning,  and electrical  systems  contained
therein; except that such term shall include any structure which meets all the
requirements of this paragraph  except the size  requirements and with respect
to which the manufacturer  voluntarily  files a certification  required by the
Secretary [of Housing and Urban  Development]  and complies with the standards
established under this chapter".

          The payment  terms of the  Contracts  to be included in a Trust Fund
will be described in the related Prospectus  Supplement and may include any of
the following features (or combination thereof),  all as described below or in
the related Prospectus Supplement:

               (a) Interest may be payable at a fixed rate, a rate  adjustable
          from time to time in relation to an index  (which will be  specified
          in the related  Prospectus  Supplement),  a rate that is fixed for a
          period of time or under certain  circumstances and is followed by an
          adjustable  rate, a rate that otherwise  varies from time to time, a
          rate  that is  "stepped-up"  or a rate that is  convertible  from an
          adjustable  rate to a fixed rate.  Changes to an adjustable rate may
          be subject to periodic limitations,  maximum rates, minimum rates or
          a combination of such limitations.  Accrued interest may be deferred
          and added to the  principal of a Contract for such periods and under
          such  circumstances  as may be specified  in the related  Prospectus
          Supplement.  Contracts  may provide for the payment of interest at a
          rate  lower than the  Contract  Rate for a period of time or for the
          life  of the  Contract,  and the  amount  of any  difference  may be
          contributed  from funds  supplied by the seller of the  Manufactured
          Home or another source.

               (b)  Principal  may be payable on a level debt service basis to
          fully  amortize the Contract over its term, may be calculated on the
          basis of an  assumed  amortization  schedule  that is  significantly
          longer than the  original  term to  maturity or on an interest  rate
          that is  different  from the  Contract  Rate or may not be amortized
          during all or a portion of the  original  term.  Payment of all or a
          substantial  portion  of  the  principal  may  be  due  on  maturity
          ("balloon  payment").  Principal may include  interest that has been
          deferred and added to the principal balance of the Contract.

               (c) Monthly payments of principal and interest may be fixed for
          the life of the Contract,  may increase  over a specified  period of
          time or may change  from  period to period.  Contracts  may  include
          limits on periodic  increases  or decreases in the amount of monthly
          payments  and may  include  maximum  or  minimum  amounts of monthly
          payments.  A Contract may provide for scheduled payments to maturity
          or payments that adjust from time to time to accommodate  changes in
          the Contract Rate or to reflect the  occurrence of certain events or
          that adjust on the basis of other methodologies, and may provide for
          negative amortization or accelerated  amortization,  in each case as
          described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

               (d)  Prepayments  of  principal  may be subject to a prepayment
          fee,  which may be fixed for the life of the Contract or may decline
          over time, and may be prohibited for the life of the Contract or for
          certain periods  ("lockout  periods").  Certain Contracts may permit
          prepayments  after  expiration of the applicable  lockout period and
          may require the payment of a prepayment  fee in connection  with any
          such subsequent  prepayment.  Other Contracts may permit prepayments
          without  payment  of a  fee  unless  the  prepayment  occurs  during
          specified  time  periods.  The  Contracts  may include "due on sale"
          clauses  which  permit  the  lender to demand  payment of the entire
          Contract in  connection  with the sale or certain  transfers  of the
          related  Manufactured  Home  (and,  in the  case of a  Land-and-Home
          Contract, the related underlying real property). Other Contracts may
          be assumable  by persons  meeting the then  applicable  underwriting
          standards of the related Seller.

          A Trust Fund may contain  certain  Land-and-Home  Contracts that are
"staged-funding"  Contracts,  under which the related  Seller  makes  multiple
disbursements  to  enable  the  obligor  to  finance  both the  purchase  of a
Manufactured Home and the acquisition or improvement of the related underlying
real property. For example, such Seller might make disbursements to enable the
obligor to purchase the underlying real property, then to make improvements on
the  underlying  real property (such as a driveway,  well and septic  system),
then to purchase  and deliver the  Manufactured  Home,  and then to make final
site  improvements.  Prior to the final  disbursement,  the obligor  pays only
interest  on  the   disbursed   amount  of  the  loan;   following  the  final
disbursement, the obligor begins making fully amortizing payments of principal
and interest.  Such Seller will represent and warrant in the related Agreement
that all  staged-funding  Land-and-Home  Contracts included in a Contract Pool
will have been fully disbursed  within 90 days after the related Closing Date,
and such Seller will be obligated to repurchase at the related  Purchase Price
on the next Distribution Date any staged-funding  Land-and-Home  Contract that
has not been fully disbursed by such date.

          Additional  Information.  Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will contain
information,  as of the date of such  Prospectus  Supplement and to the extent
then  specifically  known to the  Depositor,  with  respect  to the  Contracts
contained  in the  related  Pool,  including  (i)  the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  balance  and  the  average  outstanding  principal  balance  of the
Contracts  as of the  applicable  Cut-off  Date,  (ii) the  largest  principal
balance and the smallest  principal  balance of any of the Contracts as of the
applicable Cut-off Date, (iii) whether the Manufactured Homes were new or used
at the time of origination of the related Contracts,  (iv) the state or states
in which the  Manufactured  Homes are  located at  origination  of the related
Contracts, (v) information with respect to the prepayment provisions,  if any,
of the  Contracts,  (vi) the original and  remaining  terms to maturity of the
Contracts, (vii) the earliest origination date and latest maturity date of any
of the Contracts,  (viii) the  Loan-to-Value  Ratios,  as  applicable,  of the
Contracts, (ix) the Contract Rates or annual percentage rates ("APR") or range
of Contract Rates or APR's borne by the Contracts, (x) the maximum and minimum
per annum Contract  Rates and (xi) with respect to Contracts  with  adjustable
Contract Rates "ARM  Contracts"),  the index,  the frequency of the adjustment
dates, and the maximum Contract Rate or monthly payment  variation at the time
of any  adjustment  thereof and over the life of the ARM  Contract,  (xii) the
method of allocation of payments on the Contracts  (i.e.,  the simple interest
method, the actuarial method or such other method specified in such Prospectus
Supplement) and (xiii) other information regarding the payment characteristics
of the  Contracts.  If specific  information  respecting  the Contracts is not
known to the  Depositor  at the time the related  Certificates  are  initially
offered,  more  general  information  of the  nature  described  above will be
provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  and specific information will
be set forth in the Detailed Description.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
"Loan-to-Value  Ratio"  of a  Contract  at any  given  time  is the  fraction,
expressed as a percentage,  the  numerator of which is the original  principal
balance of the related  Contract and the  denominator of which is the Value in
respect of the Contract.  Unless otherwise  provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement,   the  "Value"  in  respect  of  any  Contract  is  calculated  by
determining  the sum of (a)  either  (i) the sum of the  down  payment  (which
includes the value of any trade-in unit),  and the original amount financed on
the related  Contract  (which may include  sales and other taxes and insurance
and prepaid  finance  charges) or (ii) the appraisal value of the home and (b)
in the case of any  Land-and-Home  Contract,  the appraised  value of the land
securing such Contract (as appraised by an independent appraiser).

SUBSTITUTION OF TRUST FUND ASSETS

          Substitution  of Trust Fund Assets will be permitted in the event of
certain  breaches  of  representations  and  warranties  with  respect  to any
original Trust Fund Asset or in the event certain  documentation  with respect
to any Trust Fund Asset is  determined  by the Trustee to be  incomplete.  See
"The Manufactured Housing Program -- Representations by Sellers; Repurchases".
The period during which such substitution will be permitted  generally will be
indicated in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

          The net  proceeds to be received  from the sale of the  Certificates
will be applied by the  Depositor to the purchase of Trust Fund Assets or will
be used by the Depositor for general corporate purposes. The Depositor expects
to sell Certificates in Series from time to time, but the timing and amount of
offerings of  Certificates  will depend on a number of factors,  including the
volume of Trust Fund Assets  acquired by the  Depositor,  prevailing  interest
rates, availability of funds and general market conditions.

                                 THE DEPOSITOR

          IndyMac ABS, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Depositor"),  was
incorporated  in April 1998 for the limited  purpose of acquiring,  owning and
transferring  mortgage  and  mortgage  related  assets and  selling  interests
therein or bonds secured  thereby.  The Depositor is a limited purpose finance
subsidiary of IndyMac,  Inc., a Delaware corporation.  The Depositor maintains
its principal office at 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101. Its
telephone number is (800) 669-2300.

          Neither the Depositor  nor any of the  Depositor's  affiliates  will
insure or guarantee distributions on the Certificates of any Series.

                       THE MANUFACTURED HOUSING PROGRAM

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

          The  Contracts  will have been  purchased by the  Depositor,  either
directly or through  affiliates,  from one or more Sellers as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The Contracts so acquired by the Depositor will
have been  originated in  accordance  with the  underwriting  criteria for the
applicable   Seller  or  Sellers  as  described  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.

QUALIFICATIONS OF SELLERS

          Each Seller will be required  to be an  institution  experienced  in
originating and servicing manufactured housing contracts of the type contained
in the  related  Pool  in  accordance  with  accepted  practices  and  prudent
guidelines, and must maintain satisfactory facilities to originate and service
those  loans.  Other  qualifications  of each Seller will be  described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

REPRESENTATIONS BY SELLERS; REPURCHASES

          Each Seller will have made representations and warranties in respect
of the  Contracts  sold by such Seller and  evidenced by all, or a part,  of a
Series of Certificates. Such representations and warranties may include, among
other  things:  (i) that the Seller had good title to each such  Contract  and
such Contract was subject to no offsets, defenses,  counterclaims or rights of
rescission except to the extent that any buydown agreement may forgive certain
indebtedness of a borrower;  (ii) that each Contract  constituted a valid lien
on, or a perfected  security  interest with respect to, the Manufactured  Home
(and,  in the  case  of  each  Land-and-Home  Contract,  the  underlying  real
property)  (subject only to permissible  liens disclosed,  if applicable,  and
certain other exceptions  described in the Agreement);  (iii) that no required
payment on a Contract was delinquent more than the number of days specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement;  (iv) that each  Contract  is covered by
hazard insurance;  and (v) that each Contract was made in compliance with, and
is  enforceable  under,  all  applicable  local,  state and  federal  laws and
regulations in all material respects.

          If  so  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the
representations  and  warranties  of a Seller in respect of a Contract will be
made not as of the  Cut-off  Date but as of the date on which such Seller sold
the  Contract  to  the  Depositor  or  one  of  its  affiliates.   Under  such
circumstances,  a substantial period of time may have elapsed between the sale
date and the date of initial issuance of the Series of Certificates evidencing
an interest in such Contract.  Since the  representations  and warranties of a
Seller do not address  events that may occur  following the sale of a Contract
by such Seller,  its repurchase  obligation  described below will not arise if
the relevant event that would  otherwise have given rise to such an obligation
with respect to a Contract  occurs after the date of sale of such  Contract by
such Seller to the Depositor or its  affiliates.  However,  the Depositor will
not include any Contract in the Trust Fund for any Series of  Certificates  if
anything has come to the Depositor's  attention that would cause it to believe
that the  representations  and warranties of a Seller will not be accurate and
complete in all material  respects in respect of such  Contract as of the date
of initial  issuance  of the  related  Series of  Certificates.  If the Master
Servicer is also a Seller of Contracts with respect to a particular  Series of
Certificates,  such representations will be in addition to the representations
and  warranties  made by the  Master  Servicer  in its  capacity  as a  Master
Servicer.

          The Master  Servicer or the Trustee,  if the Master  Servicer is the
Seller,  will  promptly  notify  the  relevant  Seller  of any  breach  of any
representation  or  warranty  made  by  it  in  respect  of a  Contract  which
materially  and  adversely  affects the  Certificateholders'  interest in such
Contract.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if
such Seller  cannot cure any such breach on or prior to the business day after
the first  Determination  Date which is more than 90 days after such  Seller's
receipt of notice from the Master Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be,
then such Seller will be obligated either (i) to repurchase such Contract from
the Trust Fund at a price (the  "Purchase  Price") equal to 100% of the unpaid
principal  balance  thereof  as of the  date of the  repurchase  plus  accrued
interest  thereon to the scheduled  monthly  payment date for such Contract in
the month  following  the month of  repurchase  at the Contract Rate (less any
Advances or amount payable as related servicing compensation if such Seller is
the Master  Servicer) or (ii) substitute for such Contract a replacement  loan
that satisfies the criteria specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If
a REMIC election is to be made with respect to a Trust Fund,  unless otherwise
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Master  Servicer or a
holder of the related residual certificate  generally will be obligated to pay
any  prohibited  transaction  tax which may arise in connection  with any such
repurchase or  substitution  and the Trustee must have received a satisfactory
opinion of counsel that such  repurchase  or  substitution  will not cause the
Trust Fund to lose its status as a REMIC or  otherwise  subject the Trust Fund
to a  prohibited  transaction  tax.  The Master  Servicer  may be  entitled to
reimbursement  for any such payment from the assets of the related  Trust Fund
or from any holder of the related  residual  certificate.  See "Description of
the  Certificates  --  General".  Except in those  cases in which  the  Master
Servicer  is the  Seller,  the  Master  Servicer  will be  required  under the
relevant  Agreement to enforce this  obligation for the benefit of the Trustee
and the holders of the  Certificates,  following the practices it would employ
in its good faith business  judgment were it the owner of such Contract.  This
repurchase  or  substitution   obligation  will  constitute  the  sole  remedy
available  to  holders  of  Certificates  or  the  Trustee  for  a  breach  of
representation by a Seller.

          Neither the  Depositor  nor the Master  Servicer  (unless the Master
Servicer is a Seller) will be  obligated to purchase or  substitute a Contract
if a Seller defaults on its obligation to do so, and no assurance can be given
that  Sellers  will  carry out their  respective  repurchase  or  substitution
obligations with respect to Contracts.

<PAGE>

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

          Each  Series of  Certificates  will be issued  pursuant  to separate
pooling and servicing  agreements (each, an "Agreement")  among the Depositor,
the Master Servicer and the Trustee.  A form of Agreement has been filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
Each  Agreement,  dated as of the  related  Cut-off  Date,  will be among  the
Depositor,  the Master Servicer and the Trustee for the benefit of the holders
of the Certificates of such Series. The provisions of each Agreement will vary
depending upon the nature of the Certificates to be issued  thereunder and the
nature of the related  Trust  Fund.  The  following  are  descriptions  of the
material  provisions which may appear in each Agreement.  The descriptions are
subject to, and are  qualified in their  entirety by reference  to, all of the
provisions of the Agreement for each Series of Certificates and the applicable
Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Depositor  will provide a copy of the  Agreement
(without  exhibits) relating to any Series without charge upon written request
of a holder of record of a  Certificate  of such Series  addressed  to IndyMac
ABS,  Inc.,  155 North Lake Avenue,  Pasadena,  California  91101,  Attention:
Secondary Marketing, telephone (800) 669-2300.

GENERAL

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Certificates  of each Series will be issued in book-entry or fully  registered
form,  in the  authorized  denominations  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  will evidence  specified  beneficial  ownership  interests in the
assets of the related Trust Fund created  pursuant to each  Agreement and will
not be entitled  to  payments  in respect of the assets  included in any other
Trust Fund  established by the Depositor.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Certificates will not represent obligations
of the Depositor or any affiliate of the  Depositor.  Certain of the Contracts
may  be  guaranteed  or  insured  as  set  forth  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Each Trust Fund will  consist  of, to the extent  provided in the
related Agreement, (i) the Trust Fund Assets, as from time to time are subject
to the related  Agreement  (exclusive of any amounts  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  ("Retained  Interest")),  including  all  payments  of
interest  and  principal  received  with  respect to the  Contracts  after the
Cut-off Date (to the extent not applied in computing the principal  balance of
such Contracts as of the Cut-off Date (the "Cut-off Date Principal Balance"));
(ii) such  assets as from time to time are  required  to be  deposited  in the
related  Collection  Account,  as  described  below under "The  Agreements  --
Payments on Contracts;  Deposits to Collection Account";  (iii) property which
secured a Contract  and which is acquired on behalf of the  Certificateholders
by repossession (in the case of a Manufactured Home) or foreclosure or deed in
lieu of  foreclosure  (in the case of  underlying  real  property  securing  a
Land-and-Home  Contract)  and (iv) any  insurance  policies  or other forms of
credit  enhancement   required  to  be  maintained  pursuant  to  the  related
Agreement. If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a Trust Fund
may also include one or more of the following: reinvestment income on payments
received on the Trust Fund Assets, a Reserve Account, a pool insurance policy,
a special hazard  insurance  policy, a bankruptcy bond, one or more letters of
credit, a surety bond, guaranties or similar instruments.

          Each Series of  Certificates  will be issued in one or more classes.
Each class of Certificates of a Series will evidence beneficial ownership of a
specified  percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a specified  percentage  (which may be 0%) or portion of future  principal
payments  on the  related  Trust Fund  Assets.  A Series of  Certificates  may
include one or more classes that are senior in right to payment to one or more
other classes of  Certificates  of such Series.  Certain  Series or classes of
Certificates may be covered by insurance policies, surety bonds or other forms
of credit  enhancement,  in each case as described under "Credit  Enhancement"
herein  and in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  One or more  classes  of
Certificates  of  a  Series  may  be  entitled  to  receive  distributions  of
principal,  interest or any combination thereof.  Distributions on one or more
classes  of a Series of  Certificates  may be made  prior to one or more other
classes,  after the  occurrence  of specified  events,  in  accordance  with a
schedule or formula or on the basis of collections from designated portions of
the  related  Trust Fund  Assets,  in each case as  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  The timing and amounts of such distributions may vary
among classes or over time as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

          Distributions  of principal and interest (or, where  applicable,  of
principal only or interest only) on the related  Certificates  will be made by
the Trustee on each Distribution Date (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually
or at such other  intervals  and on the dates as are  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement)  in  proportion  to the  percentages  specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions will be made to the persons in
whose names the  Certificates  are  registered at the close of business on the
dates specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement (each, a "Record Date").
Distributions  will be made in the manner specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement  to the persons  entitled  thereto at the address  appearing in the
register maintained for holders of Certificates (the "Certificate  Register");
provided,   however,   that  the  final  distribution  in  retirement  of  the
Certificates  will  be  made  only  upon  presentation  and  surrender  of the
Certificates at the office or agency of the Trustee or other person  specified
in the notice to Certificateholders of such final distribution.

          The Certificates will be freely transferable and exchangeable at the
Corporate  Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in the related  Prospectus
Supplement. No service charge will be made for any registration of exchange or
transfer of Certificates of any Series, but the Trustee may require payment of
a sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.

          Under  current law,  the purchase and holding of certain  classes of
Certificates by or on behalf of any employee  benefit plan or other retirement
arrangement  (including  individual  retirement accounts and annuities,  Keogh
plans  and  collective  investment  funds in which  such  plans,  accounts  or
arrangements  are  invested)  subject to  provisions  of ERISA or the Code may
result in prohibited  transactions,  within the meaning of ERISA and the Code,
or  may  subject  the  Trustee,  the  Master  Servicer  or  the  Depositor  to
obligations  or  liabilities  in addition to those  undertaken  in the related
Agreement.  See "ERISA  Considerations".  Under  current  law, the transfer of
Certificates of such a class will not be registered  unless the transferee (i)
represents  that it is not, and is not purchasing on behalf of, any such plan,
account or arrangement or (ii) provides an opinion of counsel  satisfactory to
the Trustee and the  Depositor  that the  purchase of  Certificates  of such a
class by or on behalf of such plan,  account  or  arrangement  is  permissible
under applicable law and will not subject the Trustee,  the Master Servicer or
the Depositor to any  obligation or liability in addition to those  undertaken
in the Agreements.

          As to each  Series,  an  election  may be made to treat the  related
Trust Fund or designated portions thereof either as a REMIC or as a FASIT. The
related  Prospectus  Supplement will specify whether a REMIC or FASIT election
is to be made.  Alternatively,  the  Agreement for a Series may provide that a
REMIC or FASIT  election may be made at the discretion of the Depositor or the
Master Servicer and may only be made if certain  conditions are satisfied.  As
to any such Series,  the terms and  provisions  applicable  to the making of a
REMIC election will be set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If a
REMIC  election is made with  respect to a Series,  one of the classes will be
designated as evidencing the sole class of "residual interests" in the related
REMIC,  as defined in the Code.  All other classes of  Certificates  in such a
Series will constitute "regular interests" in the related REMIC, as defined in
the Code.  If a FASIT  election is made with  respect to a Series,  one of the
classes will be designated as the ownership interest,  as defined in the Code.
All other  classes of  Securities  in such a Series will  constitute  "regular
interests"  in the related  FASIT,  as defined in the Code.  As to each Series
with respect to which a REMIC election is to be made, the Master Servicer or a
holder of the related  residual  certificate  in the case of a REMIC,  and the
holder  of the  related  ownership  interest  in the case of a FASIT,  will be
obligated to take all actions required in order to comply with applicable laws
and regulations and will be obligated to pay any prohibited transaction taxes.
The Master  Servicer,  unless  otherwise  provided in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  will be entitled to  reimbursement  for any such payment from the
assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  or  from  any  holder  of the  related  residual
certificate  in the  case  of a  REMIC,  or from  the  holder  of the  related
ownership interest in the case of a FASIT.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON CERTIFICATES

          General.  In  general,  the  method  of  determining  the  amount of
distributions on a particular  Series of Certificates  will depend on the type
of credit  support,  if any,  that is used with  respect to such  Series.  See
"Credit Enhancement". Set forth below are descriptions of various methods that
may be used to determine the amount of  distributions on the Certificates of a
particular Series.  The Prospectus  Supplement for each Series of Certificates
will describe the method to be used in determining the amount of distributions
on the Certificates of such Series.

          Distributions   allocable   to   principal   and   interest  on  the
Certificates  will be made by the  Trustee  out of, and only to the extent of,
funds in the related Collection Account,  including any funds transferred from
any  Reserve  Account  (a  "Reserve  Account").  As  between  Certificates  of
different  classes  and  as  between   distributions  of  principal  (and,  if
applicable,  between distributions of Principal Prepayments, as defined below,
and scheduled  payments of principal) and interest,  distributions made on any
Distribution  Date will be  applied as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  will also  describe  the  method for
allocating distributions among Certificates of a particular class.

          Available  Funds.  All  distributions  on the  Certificates  of each
Series  on each  Distribution  Date  will be made  from  the  Available  Funds
described  below,  in  accordance  with the  terms  described  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement and specified in the Agreement.  "Available  Funds" for
each  Distribution  Date will  generally  equal the  amount on  deposit in the
related  Collection Account on such Distribution Date (net of related fees and
expenses  payable by the related  Trust  Fund)  other than  amounts to be held
therein for distribution on future Distribution Dates.

          Distributions  of Interest.  Interest  will accrue on the  aggregate
principal  balance  of the  Certificates  (or,  in the  case  of  Certificates
entitled only to distributions  allocable to interest,  the aggregate notional
amount)  of each  class of  Certificates  (the  "Class  Certificate  Balance")
entitled to interest from the date, at the pass-through rate or interest rate,
as applicable  (which in either case may be a fixed rate or rate adjustable as
specified in such  Prospectus  Supplement),  and for the periods  specified in
such  Prospectus  Supplement.  To the  extent  funds are  available  therefor,
interest   accrued  during  each  such  specified  period  on  each  class  of
Certificates  entitled to interest  (other than a class of  Certificates  that
provides for interest that accrues, but is not currently payable,  referred to
hereafter as "Accrual Certificates") will be distributable on the Distribution
Dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement until the aggregate Class
Certificate  Balance of the Certificates of such class has been distributed in
full or, in the case of Certificates entitled only to distributions  allocable
to interest,  until the  aggregate  notional  amount of such  Certificates  is
reduced to zero or for the period of time designated in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  The original Class  Certificate  Balance of each Certificate will
equal  the  aggregate  distributions  allocable  to  principal  to which  such
Certificate  is  entitled.   Distributions   allocable  to  interest  on  each
Certificate that is not entitled to distributions  allocable to principal will
be calculated based on the notional amount of such  Certificate.  The notional
amount of a  Certificate  will not evidence an interest in or  entitlement  to
distributions  allocable to principal but will be used solely for  convenience
in expressing the calculation of interest and for certain other purposes.

          Interest  payable on the  Certificates of a Series on a Distribution
Date will  include all  interest  accrued  during the period  specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In the event interest  accrues over a period
ending two or more days prior to a Distribution  Date, the effective  yield to
Certificateholders  will be reduced  from the yield that  would  otherwise  be
obtainable if interest  payable on the Certificate  were to accrue through the
day immediately  preceding such Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at
par) to Certificateholders will be less than the indicated coupon rate.

          With respect to any class of Accrual  Certificates,  if specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any interest that has accrued but is not
paid  on a given  Distribution  Date  will be  added  to the  aggregate  Class
Certificate  Balance of such class of Certificates on that Distribution  Date.
Distributions of interest on any class of Accrual  Certificates  will commence
only  after  the  occurrence  of  the  events  specified  in  such  Prospectus
Supplement. Prior to such time, the beneficial ownership interest in the Trust
Fund or the  principal  balance,  as  applicable,  of such  class  of  Accrued
Certificates,  as reflected in the aggregate Class Certificate Balance of such
class of Accrual Certificates,  will increase on each Distribution Date by the
amount of interest that accrued on such class of Accrual  Certificates  during
the  preceding  interest  accrual  period  but  that  was not  required  to be
distributed to such class on such Distribution Date. Any such class of Accrual
Certificates   will  thereafter  accrue  interest  on  its  outstanding  Class
Certificate Balance as so adjusted.

          Distributions of Principal.  The related Prospectus  Supplement will
specify the method by which the amount of principal to be  distributed  on the
Certificates  on each  Distribution  Date will be calculated and the manner in
which such amount will be allocated among the classes of Certificates entitled
to distributions of principal.  The aggregate Class Certificate Balance of any
class of Certificates entitled to distributions of principal generally will be
the aggregate original Class Certificate Balance of such class of Certificates
specified in such Prospectus Supplement, reduced by all distributions reported
to the holders of such  Certificates as allocable to principal and, (i) in the
case of Accrual  Certificates,  increased by all interest accrued but not then
distributable on such Accrual  Certificates and (ii) in the case of adjustable
rate  Certificates,  subject  to  the  effect  of  negative  amortization,  if
applicable.

          If so  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more
classes of Certificates will be entitled to receive all or a  disproportionate
percentage of the payments of principal  which are received from  borrowers in
advance  of their  scheduled  due dates  and are not  accompanied  by  amounts
representing   scheduled  interest  due  after  the  month  of  such  payments
("Principal  Prepayments")  in the percentages and under the  circumstances or
for the periods specified in such Prospectus  Supplement.  Any such allocation
of Principal  Prepayments to such class or classes of  Certificates  will have
the  effect  of  accelerating  the  amortization  of such  Certificates  while
increasing   the  interests   evidenced  by  one  or  more  other  classes  of
Certificates in the Trust Fund.  Increasing the interests of the other classes
of  Certificates  relative  to that of certain  Certificates  is  intended  to
preserve  the  availability  of  the  subordination  provided  by  such  other
Certificates.  See "Credit Enhancement -- Subordination".

          Unscheduled  Distributions.  If specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Certificates  will be subject  to  receipt of  distributions
before the next scheduled Distribution Date under the circumstances and in the
manner described below and in such Prospectus Supplement.  If applicable,  the
Trustee will be required to make such unscheduled distributions on the day and
in the  amount  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  if, due to
substantial  payments of principal  (including  Principal  Prepayments) on the
Trust Fund  Assets,  the Trustee or the Master  Servicer  determines  that the
funds  available or anticipated  to be available  from the Collection  Account
and, if applicable,  any Reserve Account, may be insufficient to make required
distributions on the Certificates on such Distribution  Date. Unless otherwise
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  amount  of any  such
unscheduled  distribution  that is allocable to principal  will not exceed the
amount that would  otherwise have been required to be distributed as principal
on the Certificates on the next Distribution Date. Unless otherwise  specified
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  unscheduled  distributions  will
include interest at the applicable pass-through rate (if any) or interest rate
(if any) on the amount of the unscheduled  distribution allocable to principal
for the period and to the date specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

ADVANCES

          To the extent  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Master  Servicer  will be required  to advance on or before each  Distribution
Date (from its own funds, funds advanced by Sub-Servicers or funds held in the
Collection Account for future  distributions to the holders of Certificates of
the related Series),  an amount equal to the aggregate of payments of interest
and/or  principal that were delinquent on the related  Determination  Date (as
such term is defined in the related Prospectus  Supplement) and were otherwise
not  advanced  by  any   Sub-Servicer,   subject  to  the  Master   Servicer's
determination  that such advances may be  recoverable  out of late payments by
borrowers, Liquidation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or otherwise.

          In making Advances,  the Master Servicer will endeavor to maintain a
regular flow of scheduled interest and/or principal payments to holders of the
Certificates,  rather than to guarantee or insure against losses.  If Advances
are made by the Master  Servicer from cash being held for future  distribution
to  Certificateholders,  the Master  Servicer  will  replace  such funds on or
before any future Distribution Date to the extent that funds in the applicable
Collection  Account  on such  Distribution  Date would be less than the amount
required to be available for distributions to Certificateholders on such date.
Any Master Servicer funds advanced will be reimbursable to the Master Servicer
out of  recoveries  on the  specific  Contracts  with  respect  to which  such
Advances  were made (e.g.,  late payments  made by the related  borrower,  any
related Insurance Proceeds,  Liquidation  Proceeds or proceeds of any Contract
purchased by the Depositor, a Sub-Servicer or a Seller pursuant to the related
Agreement).   Advances  by  the  Master   Servicer  (and  any  advances  by  a
Sub-Servicer)   also  will  be   reimbursable   to  the  Master  Servicer  (or
Sub-Servicer)   from  cash  otherwise   distributable  to   Certificateholders
(including the holders of Senior  Certificates)  to the extent that the Master
Servicer  determines that any such Advances previously made are not ultimately
recoverable  as  described  above.  To the  extent  provided  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Master  Servicer  also will be  obligated to make
Advances,  to the extent  recoverable out of Insurance  Proceeds,  Liquidation
Proceeds or otherwise,  in respect of certain taxes and insurance premiums not
paid by borrowers on a timely basis. Funds so advanced are reimbursable to the
Master  Servicer  to the  extent  permitted  by  the  related  Agreement.  The
obligations of the Master Servicer to make advances may be supported by a cash
advance reserve fund, a surety bond or other arrangement of the type described
herein under  "Credit  Enhancement,"  in each case as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  in
the event the  Master  Servicer  or a  Sub-Servicer  fails to make a  required
Advance, the Trustee will be obligated to make such Advance in its capacity as
successor servicer.  If the Trustee makes such an Advance, it will be entitled
to be reimbursed  for such Advance to the same extent and degree as the Master
Servicer or a  Sub-Servicer  is entitled to be reimbursed  for  Advances.  See
"Description of the Certificates -- Distributions on Certificates".

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

          Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
prior to or concurrently  with each  distribution  on a Distribution  Date the
Master  Servicer  or the Trustee  will  furnish to each  Certificateholder  of
record  of the  related  Series  a  statement  setting  forth,  to the  extent
applicable to such Series of Certificates, among other things:

               (i)  the amount of such  distribution  allocable to  principal,
                    separately  identifying the aggregate  amount of Principal
                    Prepayments, and if so specified in the related Prospectus
                    Supplement,  any applicable  prepayment penalties included
                    therein;
               (ii) the amount of such  distribution  allocable  to  interest;
               (iii) the amount of any Advance;
               (iv) the  aggregate  amount  (a)  otherwise  allocable  to  the
                    Subordinated  Certificateholders on such Distribution Date
                    and (b) withdrawn from the Reserve  Account,  if any, that
                    is  included  in the  amounts  distributed  to the  Senior
                    Certificateholders;
               (v)  the  outstanding  principal  balance or notional amount of
                    each class of the related  Series after  giving  effect to
                    the distribution of principal on such Distribution Date;
               (vi) the percentage of Principal  Prepayments on the Contracts,
                    if any,  which each such class will be entitled to receive
                    on the following Distribution Date;
               (vii) the related amount of the servicing compensation retained
                    or  withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account by the Master
                    Servicer;
               (viii) the number and aggregate principal balances of Contracts
                    (A) delinquent  (exclusive of Contracts in repossession or
                    liquidation)  (1) 31 to 59 days, (2) 60 to 89 days and (3)
                    90 or more days and (B) in repossession or liquidation, as
                    of the close of business  on the last day of the  calendar
                    month preceding such Distribution Date;
               (ix) the number and aggregate  principal  balances of Contracts
                    relating to Manufactured Homes that were repossessed since
                    the immediately preceding Distribution Date;
               (x)  the pass-through rate or interest rate, as applicable,  if
                    adjusted from the date of the last statement,  of any such
                    class  expected to be applicable to the next  distribution
                    to such class;
               (xi) if applicable, the amount remaining in any Reserve Account
                    at the close of business on the Distribution Date;
               (xii) the pass-through rate or interest rate, as applicable, as
                    of the day prior to the immediately preceding Distribution
                    Date; and
               (xiii) any  amounts  remaining  under  letters of credit,  pool
                    policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

          Where  applicable,  any amount set forth above may be expressed as a
dollar  amount  per  single  Certificate  of the  relevant  class  having  the
Percentage Interest specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The report
to Certificateholders for any Series of Certificates may include additional or
other information of a similar nature to that specified above.

          In  addition,  within a  reasonable  period of time after the end of
each  calendar  year,  the Master  Servicer or the  Trustee  will mail to each
Certificateholder of record at any time during such calendar year a report (a)
as to the  aggregate  of amounts  reported  pursuant to (i) and (ii) above for
such  calendar  year or, in the event such person was a  Certificateholder  of
record during a portion of such calendar year,  for the applicable  portion of
such year and (b) such other customary  information as may be deemed necessary
or desirable for Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns.

CATEGORIES OF CLASSES OF CERTIFICATES

          The  Certificates  of any  Series  may be  comprised  of one or more
classes.  Such  classes,  in  general,  fall into  different  categories.  The
following chart  identifies and generally  defines certain of the more typical
categories.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for a  series  of  Certificates  may
identify the classes which  comprise such Series by reference to the following
categories.

CATEGORIES OF CLASSES                            DEFINITION

                                PRINCIPAL TYPES

Accretion Directed.................   A class that receives principal payments
                                      from   the   accreted    interest   from
                                      specified   Accrual   Certificates.   An
                                      Accretion   Directed   class   also  may
                                      receive    principal    payments    from
                                      principal paid on the  underlying  Trust
                                      Fund Assets for the related Series.

Component Certificates.............   A class consisting of "Components".  The
                                      Components   of  a  class  of  Component
                                      Certificates    may    have    different
                                      principal    and/or   interest   payment
                                      characteristics  but together constitute
                                      a  single  class.  Each  Component  of a
                                      class of Component  Certificates  may be
                                      identified  as falling  into one or more
                                      of  the   categories   in  this   chart.

Notional Amount Certificates.......   A class having no principal  balance and
                                      bearing interest on the related notional
                                      amount.  The notional amount is used for
                                      purposes   of   the   determination   of
                                      interest distributions.

Planned Principal Class (also
sometimes referred to as "PACs")...   A class  that  is  designed  to  receive
                                      principal payments using a predetermined
                                      principal  balance  schedule  derived by
                                      assuming two constant  prepayment  rates
                                      for the  underlying  Trust Fund  Assets.
                                      These two rates  are the  endpoints  for
                                      the "structuring  range" for the Planned
                                      Principal Class.  The Planned  Principal
                                      Classes  in any  Series of  Certificates
                                      may   be   subdivided   into   different
                                      categories   (e.g.,    Primary   Planned
                                      Principal  Classes,   Secondary  Planned
                                      Principal  Classes and so forth)  having
                                      different  effective  structuring ranges
                                      and    different    principal    payment
                                      priorities.  The  structuring  range for
                                      the Secondary  Planned Principal Classes
                                      of a  Series  of  Certificates  will  be
                                      narrower   than  that  for  the  Primary
                                      Planned  Principal Class of such Series.

Scheduled Principal Class..........   A class  that  is  designed  to  receive
                                      principal payments using a predetermined
                                      principal  balance  schedule  but is not
                                      designated as a Planned  Principal Class
                                      or  Targeted  Principal  Class.  In many
                                      cases,   the   schedule  is  derived  by
                                      assuming two constant  prepayment  rates
                                      for the  underlying  Trust Fund  Assets.
                                      These two rates  are the  endpoints  for
                                      the   "structuring    range"   for   the
                                      Scheduled  Principal  Class.

Sequential Pay.....................   Classes that receive principal  payments
                                      in a  prescribed  sequence,  that do not
                                      have  predetermined   principal  balance
                                      schedules    and    that    under    all
                                      circumstances    receive   payments   of
                                      principal  continuously  from the  first
                                      Distribution  Date on which they receive
                                      principal  until  they  are  retired.  A
                                      single  class  that  receives  principal
                                      payments   before  or  after  all  other
                                      classes   in   the   same    Series   of
                                      Certificates  may  be  identified  as  a
                                      Sequential           Pay          class.

Strip..............................   A  class   that   receives   a  constant
                                      proportion, or "strip," of the principal
                                      payments  on the  underlying  Trust Fund
                                      Assets.

Support Class (also sometimes
referred to as "companion classes")   A class that receives principal payments
                                      on  any   Distribution   Date   only  if
                                      scheduled  payments  have  been  made on
                                      specified  Planned  Principal   Classes,
                                      Targeted    Principal   Classes   and/or
                                      Scheduled Principal Classes.

Targeted Principal Class (also
sometimes referred to as "TACs")...   A class  that  is  designed  to  receive
                                      principal payments using a predetermined
                                      principal  balance  schedule  derived by
                                      assuming  a single  constant  prepayment
                                      rate  for  the  underlying   Trust  Fund
                                      Assets.

                                INTEREST TYPES

Fixed Rate.........................   A class  with an  interest  rate that is
                                      fixed throughout the life of the class.

Floating Rate......................   A  class  with  an  interest  rate  that
                                      resets   periodically   based   upon   a
                                      designated   index   and   that   varies
                                      directly with changes in such index.

Inverse Floating Rate..............   A  class  with  an  interest  rate  that
                                      resets   periodically   based   upon   a
                                      designated   index   and   that   varies
                                      inversely with changes in such index.

Variable Rate......................   A  class  with  an  interest  rate  that
                                      resets periodically and is calculated by
                                      reference   to  the  rate  or  rates  of
                                      interest  applicable to specified assets
                                      or instruments (e.g., the Contract Rates
                                      borne by the underlying Contracts).

Interest Only......................   A class that receives some or all of the
                                      interest payments made on the underlying
                                      Trust  Fund  Assets  and  little  or  no
                                      principal.  Interest  Only  classes have
                                      either a nominal  principal balance or a
                                      notional  amount.  A  nominal  principal
                                      balance represents actual principal that
                                      will  be  paid  on  the  class.   It  is
                                      referred  to  as  nominal  since  it  is
                                      extremely   small   compared   to  other
                                      classes. A notional amount is the amount
                                      used as a  reference  to  calculate  the
                                      amount of  interest  due on an  Interest
                                      Only class that is not  entitled  to any
                                      distributions in respect of principal.

Principal Only.....................   A class that does not bear  interest and
                                      is    entitled    to    receive     only
                                      distributions in respect of principal.

Partial Accrual....................   A class  that  accretes a portion of the
                                      amount  of  accrued  interest   thereon,
                                      which   amount  will  be  added  to  the
                                      principal  balance of such class on each
                                      applicable  Distribution  Date, with the
                                      remainder of such accrued interest to be
                                      distributed  currently  as  interest  on
                                      such class.  Such accretion may continue
                                      until a specified  event has occurred or
                                      until  such  Partial  Accrual  class  is
                                      retired.

Accrual............................   A class  that  accretes  the  amount  of
                                      accrued interest otherwise distributable
                                      on  such  class,  which  amount  will be
                                      added  as  principal  to  the  principal
                                      balance of such class on each applicable
                                      Distribution  Date.  Such  accretion may
                                      continue until some specified  event has
                                      occurred or until such Accrual  class is
                                      retired.

INDICES APPLICABLE TO FLOATING RATE AND INVERSE FLOATING RATE CLASSES

LIBOR

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  on
the  LIBOR  Determination  Date  (as  such  term  is  defined  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement) for each class of Certificates of a Series as to which
the  applicable   interest  rate  is  determined  by  reference  to  an  index
denominated  as LIBOR,  the Person  designated in the related  Agreement  (the
"Calculation  Agent") will determine  LIBOR in accordance  with one of the two
methods  described  below  (which  method  will be  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement):

<PAGE>

          LIBO Method

          If using this method to calculate LIBOR, the Calculation  Agent will
determine LIBOR by reference to the quotations set forth on the Reuters Screen
LIBO Page (as defined in the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. Code
of Standard  Wording,  Assumptions  and Provisions  for Swaps,  1986 Edition),
offered by the  principal  London office of each of the  designated  reference
banks meeting the criteria set forth below (the "Reference  Banks") for making
one-month  United  States  dollar  deposits  in  leading  banks in the  London
Interbank market,  as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR  Determination
Date.  In lieu of relying on the  quotations  for those  Reference  Banks that
appear at such time on the Reuters  Screen LIBO Page,  the  Calculation  Agent
will request each of the Reference Banks to provide such offered quotations at
such time.

          Under this method LIBOR will be established by the Calculation Agent
on each LIBOR Determination Date as follows:

               (a) If on any LIBOR  Determination  Date two or more  Reference
          Banks provide such offered  quotations,  LIBOR for the next Interest
          Accrual  Period  shall  be  the  arithmetic  mean  of  such  offered
          quotations  (rounded  upwards  if  necessary  to the  nearest  whole
          multiple of 1/32%).

               (b) If on any LIBOR  Determination Date only one or none of the
          Reference Banks provides such offered quotations, LIBOR for the next
          Interest  Accrual  Period (as such term is  defined  in the  related
          Prospectus Supplement) shall be whichever is the higher of (i) LIBOR
          as determined on the previous LIBOR  Determination  Date or (ii) the
          Reserve Interest Rate. The "Reserve Interest Rate" shall be the rate
          per annum which the  Calculation  Agent  determines to be either (i)
          the  arithmetic  mean  (rounded  upwards if necessary to the nearest
          whole  multiple  of 1/32%) of the  one-month  United  States  dollar
          lending rates that New York City banks  selected by the  Calculation
          Agent are quoting,  on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date, to the
          principal  London offices of at least two of the Reference  Banks to
          which such quotations are, in the opinion of the Calculation  Agent,
          being so made or (ii) in the event  that the  Calculation  Agent can
          determine  no such  arithmetic  mean,  the lowest  one-month  United
          States dollar lending rate which New York City banks selected by the
          Calculation  Agent are quoting on such LIBOR  Determination  Date to
          leading European banks.

               (c) If on any LIBOR Determination Date for a class specified in
          the related Prospectus Supplement, the Calculation Agent is required
          but is unable to determine  the Reserve  Interest Rate in the manner
          provided in paragraph (b) above, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual
          Period  shall  be  LIBOR  as  determined  on  the  preceding   LIBOR
          Determination Date, or, in the case of the first LIBOR Determination
          Date,  LIBOR shall be deemed to be the per annum rate  specified  as
          such in the related Prospectus Supplement.

          Each  Reference  Bank  (i)  shall  be  a  leading  bank  engaged  in
transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international  Eurocurrency market;
(ii) shall not control,  be controlled by, or be under common control with the
Calculation  Agent;  and (iii) shall have an established  place of business in
London.  If any such  Reference  Bank should be  unwilling or unable to act as
such or if  appointment  of any such  Reference  Bank is  terminated,  another
leading bank meeting the criteria specified above will be appointed.

         BBA Method

          If using this method of determining  LIBOR,  the  Calculation  Agent
will determine LIBOR on the basis of the British Bankers'  Association  "BBA")
"Interest  Settlement Rate" for one-month deposits in United States dollars as
found  on  Telerate  page  3750 as of 11:00  a.m.  London  time on each  LIBOR
Determination  Date.  Interest  Settlement  Rates currently are based on rates
quoted by eight BBA designated  banks as being, in the view of such banks, the
offered  rate at which  deposits are being quoted to prime banks in the London
interbank market. Such Interest Settlement Rates are calculated by eliminating
the two highest rates and the two lowest rates,  averaging the four  remaining
rates,  carrying the result  (expressed  as a  percentage)  out to six decimal
places, and rounding to five decimal places.

          If on any LIBOR  Determination Date, the Calculation Agent is unable
to calculate  LIBOR in  accordance  with the method  forth in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  LIBOR for the next  Interest  Accrual  period  shall be
calculated in  accordance  with the LIBOR method  described  above under "LIBO
Method".

          The establishment of LIBOR on each LIBOR  Determination  Date by the
Calculation  Agent  and  its  calculation  of the  rate  of  interest  for the
applicable  classes  for the related  Interest  Accrual  Period  shall (in the
absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

COFI

          The Eleventh  District  Cost of Funds Index is designed to represent
the  monthly  weighted  average  cost of funds  for  savings  institutions  in
Arizona,  California and Nevada that are member  institutions  of the Eleventh
Federal  Home Loan Bank  District  (the  "Eleventh  District").  The  Eleventh
District  Cost of Funds Index for a  particular  month  reflects  the interest
costs paid on all types of funds held by Eleventh District member institutions
and is  calculated  by dividing  the cost of funds by the average of the total
amount of those  funds  outstanding  at the end of that month and of the prior
month and annualizing and adjusting the result to reflect the actual number of
days in the particular  month.  If necessary,  before these  calculations  are
made, the component  figures are adjusted by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco  ("FHLBSF")  to  neutralize  the  effect  of  events  such as member
institutions  leaving the Eleventh District or acquiring  institutions outside
the Eleventh  District.  The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index is weighted
to reflect  the  relative  amount of each type of funds held at the end of the
relevant  month.  The major  components of funds of Eleventh  District  member
institutions  are:  (i) savings  deposits,  (ii) time  deposits,  (iii) FHLBSF
advances, (iv) repurchase agreements and (v) all other borrowings. Because the
component  funds  represent a variety of  maturities  whose costs may react in
different  ways to changing  conditions,  the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds
Index does not necessarily reflect current market rates.

          A number of factors affect the performance of the Eleventh  District
Cost of Funds  Index,  which may cause it to move in a manner  different  from
indices tied to specific  interest rates, such as United States Treasury bills
or LIBOR.  Because the  liabilities  upon which the Eleventh  District Cost of
Funds  Index is based  were  issued at  various  times  under  various  market
conditions and with various  maturities,  the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds
Index may not necessarily  reflect the prevailing market interest rates on new
liabilities of similar  maturities.  Moreover,  as stated above,  the Eleventh
District  Cost of Funds  Index is designed to  represent  the average  cost of
funds for Eleventh  District  savings  institutions for the month prior to the
month in which it its due to be published. Additionally, the Eleventh District
Cost of Funds Index may not  necessarily  move in the same direction as market
interest  rates at all times,  since as longer  term  deposits  or  borrowings
mature and are renewed at  prevailing  market  interest  rates,  the  Eleventh
District  Cost of Funds Index is influenced  by the  differential  between the
prior  and the new  rates  on  those  deposits  or  borrowings.  In  addition,
movements of the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds Index,  as compared to other
indices tied to specific interest rates, may be affected by changes instituted
by the FHLBSF in the method used to calculate  the Eleventh  District  Cost of
Funds Index.

          The FHLBSF  publishes  the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds Index in
its monthly Information  Bulletin.  Any individual may request regular receipt
by mail of Information  Bulletins by writing the Federal Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco,  P.O. Box 7948, 600 California  Street,  San Francisco,  California
94120, or by calling (415) 616-1000. The Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index
may also be obtained by calling the FHLBSF at (415) 616-2600.

          The FHLBSF has stated in its Information  Bulletin that the Eleventh
District  Cost of Funds  Index for a month "will be  announced  on or near the
last working day" of the  following  month and also has stated that it "cannot
guarantee  the  announcement"  of such index on an exact date. So long as such
index  for a month is  announced  on or before  the  tenth  day of the  second
following  month, the interest rate for each class of Certificates of a Series
as to which the  applicable  interest  rate is  determined  by reference to an
index  denominated  as COFI  (each,  a class of "COFI  Certificates")  for the
Interest  Accrual  Period  commencing in such second  following  month will be
based on the Eleventh  District  Cost of Funds Index for the second  preceding
month.  If  publication  is delayed  beyond such tenth day, such interest rate
will be based on the  Eleventh  District  Cost of Funds  Index  for the  third
preceding month.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if
on the tenth day of the month in which any Interest  Accrual Period  commences
for a class of COFI Certificates the most recently published Eleventh District
Cost of Funds Index relates to a month prior to the third preceding month, the
index  for such  current  Interest  Accrual  Period  and for  each  succeeding
Interest Accrual Period will, except as described in the next to last sentence
of this paragraph, be based on the National Monthly Median Cost of Funds Ratio
to SAIF-Insured Institutions (the "National Cost of Funds Index") published by
the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") for the third preceding month (or
the fourth  preceding  month if the National Cost of Funds Index for the third
preceding  month  has not been  published  on such  tenth  day of an  Interest
Accrual  Period).  Information  on the  National  Cost of Funds  Index  may be
obtained by writing the OTS at 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20552 or
calling (202)  906-6677,  and the current  National Cost of Funds Index may be
obtained by calling (202)  906-6988.  If on any such tenth day of the month in
which  an  Interest  Accrual  Period  commences  the most  recently  published
National Cost of Funds Index relates to a month prior to the fourth  preceding
month,  the  applicable  index  for  such  Interest  Accrual  Period  and each
succeeding  Interest  Accrual Period will be based on LIBOR,  as determined by
the Calculation Agent in accordance with the Agreement relating to such Series
of  Certificates.  A change of index from the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds
Index to an alternative index will result in a change in the index level, and,
particularly if LIBOR is the alternative index, could increase its volatility.

          The   establishment  of  COFI  by  the  Calculation  Agent  and  its
calculation  of the  rates of  interest  for the  applicable  classes  for the
related  Interest  Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest  error) be
final and binding.

Treasury Index

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  on
the Treasury Index  Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus  Supplement) for each class of Certificates of a Series as to which
the  applicable   interest  rate  is  determined  by  reference  to  an  index
denominated  as a Treasury  Index,  the  Calculation  Agent will ascertain the
Treasury Index for Treasury securities of the maturity and for the period (or,
if applicable,  date) specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Treasury Index
for any period means the average of the yield for each business day during the
period  specified  therein  (and for any date means the yield for such  date),
expressed  as a per annum  percentage  rate,  on (i) U.S  Treasury  securities
adjusted to the "constant  maturity" (as further described below) specified in
such Prospectus  Supplement or (ii) if no "constant maturity" is so specified,
U.S. Treasury  securities  trading on the secondary market having the maturity
specified  in such  Prospectus  Supplement,  in each case as  published by the
Federal Reserve Board in its Statistical  Release No.  H.15(519).  Statistical
Release No.  H.15(519)  is published on Monday or Tuesday of each week and may
be obtained by writing or calling the Publications  Department at the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 21st and C Streets,  Washington, D.C.
20551  (202)  452-3244.   If  the  Calculation  Agent  has  not  yet  received
Statistical  Release  No.  H.15(519)  for  such  week,  then it will  use such
Statistical Release from the immediately preceding week.

          Yields  on U.S.  Treasury  securities  at  "constant  maturity"  are
derived from the U.S.  Treasury's daily yield curve. This curve, which relates
the  yield on a  security  to its time to  maturity,  is based on the  closing
market  bid   yields  on   actively   traded   Treasury   securities   in  the
over-the-counter market. These market yields are calculated from composites of
quotations reported by five leading U.S. Government  securities dealers to the
Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York.  This method  provides a yield for a given
maturity even if no security with that exact maturity is  outstanding.  In the
event that the Treasury Index is no longer  published,  a new index based upon
comparable  data and  methodology  will be designated  in accordance  with the
Agreement  relating to the particular Series of Certificates.  The Calculation
Agent's  determination of the Treasury Index, and its calculation of the rates
of interest for the applicable classes for the related Interest Accrual Period
shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

Prime Rate

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  on
the Prime Rate  Determination  Date (as such term is  defined  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement) for each class of Certificates of a Series as to which
the  applicable   interest  rate  is  determined  by  reference  to  an  index
denominated as the Prime Rate, the Calculation  Agent will ascertain the Prime
Rate for the related  Interest Accrual Period.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Prime Rate for an  Interest  Accrual
Period will be the "Prime Rate" as published in the "Money  Rates"  section of
The Wall Street Journal (or if not so published, the "Prime Rate" as published
in a newspaper of general circulation selected by the Calculation Agent in its
sole discretion) on the related Prime Rate Determination Date. If a prime rate
range is given, then the average of such range will be used. In the event that
the Prime Rate is no longer published,  a new index based upon comparable data
and methodology  will be designated in accordance with the Agreement  relating
to  the  particular   Series  of   Certificates.   The   Calculation   Agent's
determination  of the Prime Rate and its  calculation of the rates of interest
for the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period  shall (in the absence of manifest
error) be final and binding.

DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS

          If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a Trust Fund may
enter into privately  negotiated,  over-the-counter  hedging transactions with
various counterparties, including interest rate based swaps, caps, collars and
floors (collectively,  "Derivative  Transactions") to effectively fix the rate
of interest  that such Trust Fund pays on one or more  borrowings or series of
borrowings.  Trust Funds will use these Derivative  Transactions as hedges and
not as speculative  investments.  Derivative Transactions involve an agreement
between two  parties to exchange  payments  that are based,  respectively,  on
variable and fixed rates of interest and that are calculated on the basis of a
specified  amount of principal for a specified  period of time.  Cap and floor
transactions involve an agreement between two parties in which the first party
agrees to make payments to the counterparty  when a designated market interest
rate  goes  above  (in the case of a cap) or below  (in the case of a floor) a
designated  level on  predetermined  dates or during a specified  time period.
Collar  transactions  involve an  agreement  between  two parties in which the
first  party makes  payments  to the  counterparty  when a  designated  market
interest rate goes above a designated level on predetermined dates or during a
specified time period,  and the counterparty makes payments to the first party
when a  designated  market  interest  rate goes  below a  designated  level on
predetermined dates or during a specified time period.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF CERTIFICATES

          As described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if not issued in
fully  registered  form,  each class of  Certificates  will be  registered  as
book-entry  certificates  (the "Book-Entry  Certificates").  Persons acquiring
beneficial ownership interests in the Certificates  "Certificate Owners") will
hold their  Certificates  through the Depository  Trust Company ("DTC") in the
United States,  or CEDEL or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are  participants of
such systems,  or indirectly through  organizations  which are participants in
such  systems.  The  Book-Entry  Certificates  will be  issued  in one or more
certificates  which equal the aggregate  principal balance of the Certificates
and will  initially  be  registered  in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of
DTC.  CEDEL and  Euroclear  will  hold  omnibus  positions  on behalf of their
participants through customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's
names on the books of their  respective  depositaries  which in turn will hold
such positions in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names on
the books of DTC.  Citibank,  N.A.,  will act as depositary  for CEDEL and The
Chase Manhattan Bank will act as depositary for Euroclear (in such capacities,
individually   the  "Relevant   Depositary"  and  collectively  the  "European
Depositaries").  Except as described  below, no person  acquiring a Book-Entry
Certificate  (each,  a  "beneficial  owner")  will be  entitled  to  receive a
physical   certificate    representing   such   Certificate   (a   "Definitive
Certificate").  Unless and until  Definitive  Certificates  are issued,  it is
anticipated that the only "Securityholders" of the Certificates will be Cede &
Co.,  as nominee of DTC.  Certificate  Owners are only  permitted  to exercise
their rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

          The beneficial owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Certificate will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage  firm,  bank,  thrift  institution or
other financial intermediary (each, a "Financial Intermediary") that maintains
the  beneficial  owner's  account for such  purpose.  In turn,  the  Financial
Intermediary's  ownership of such Book-Entry  Certificate  will be recorded on
the  records  of DTC (or of a  participating  firm  that acts as agent for the
Financial Intermediary, whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records
of  DTC,  if  the  beneficial  owner's  Financial  Intermediary  is  not a DTC
participant, and on the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).

          Certificate  Owners will receive all  distributions of principal of,
and  interest  on,  the  Certificates  from the  Trustee  through  DTC and DTC
participants.  While  the  Certificates  are  outstanding  (except  under  the
circumstances  described below),  under the rules,  regulations and procedures
creating and affecting DTC and its operations  (the "Rules"),  DTC is required
to make book-entry  transfers among  Participants on whose behalf it acts with
respect  to  the   Certificates  and  is  required  to  receive  and  transmit
distributions of principal of, and interest on, the Certificates. Participants
and indirect  participants  with whom  Certificate  Owners have  accounts with
respect to Certificates  are similarly  required to make book-entry  transfers
and receive and  transmit  such  distributions  on behalf of their  respective
Certificate Owners. Accordingly,  although Certificate Owners will not possess
certificates,  the Rules provide a mechanism by which Certificate  Owners will
receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

          Certificate  Owners  will not  receive  or be  entitled  to  receive
certificates  representing  their  respective  interests in the  Certificates,
except  under the  limited  circumstances  described  below.  Unless and until
Definitive   Certificates   are  issued,   Certificate   Owners  who  are  not
Participants may transfer ownership of Certificates only through  Participants
and  indirect  participants  by  instructing  such  Participants  and indirect
participants to transfer Certificates, by book-entry transfer, through DTC for
the  account  of  the  purchasers  of  such  Certificates,  which  account  is
maintained  with  their  respective  Participants.  Under  the  Rules  and  in
accordance   with  DTC's   normal   procedures,   transfers  of  ownership  of
Certificates  will be executed  through DTC and the accounts of the respective
Participants at DTC will be debited and credited.  Similarly, the Participants
and indirect  participants will make debits or credits, as the case may be, on
their records on behalf of the selling and purchasing Certificate Owners.

          Because of time zone differences,  credits of securities received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a  transaction  with a  Participant  will be
made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business
day following the DTC settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in
such  securities  settled  during  such  processing  will be  reported  to the
relevant  Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on such business day. Cash received
in CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL
Participant (as defined  herein) or Euroclear  Participant (as defined herein)
to a DTC  Participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement  date
but will be available in the relevant  CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as
of the business day following settlement in DTC.

          Transfers  between  Participants  will occur in accordance  with DTC
rules.  Transfers between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will
occur in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

          Cross-market   transfers   between  persons   holding   directly  or
indirectly  through DTC, on the one hand,  and directly or indirectly  through
CEDEL Participants or Euroclear  Participants,  on the other, will be effected
in DTC in  accordance  with  DTC  rules on  behalf  of the  relevant  European
international  clearing  system  by the  Relevant  Depositary;  however,  such
cross-market  transactions  will  require  delivery  of  instructions  to  the
relevant  European  international  clearing system by the counterparty in such
system in accordance  with its rules and procedures and within its established
deadlines (European time). The relevant European international clearing system
will,  if  the  transaction   meets  its  settlement   requirements,   deliver
instructions  to the  Relevant  Depositary  to take  action  to  effect  final
settlement  on its behalf by  delivering  or receiving  securities in DTC, and
making or receiving  payment in accordance with normal procedures for same day
funds  settlement   applicable  to  DTC.  CEDEL   Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants   may  not  deliver   instructions   directly  to  the   European
Depositaries.

          CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ("CEDEL
Participants")  and  facilitates  the clearance  and  settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic  book-entry changes
in accounts of CEDEL  Participants,  thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of  certificates.  Transactions  may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides to its CEDEL
Participants,  among other things,  services for safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and settlement of  internationally  traded securities and securities
lending and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets in several
countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL participants are recognized  financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and certain other
organizations.  Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial   relationship  with  a  CEDEL   Participant,   either  directly  or
indirectly.

          Euroclear   was  created  in  1968  to  hold   securities   for  its
participants  ("Euroclear  Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous  electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby  eliminating the need for physical movement
of certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities
and cash.  Transactions  may be  settled  in any of 32  currencies,  including
United States dollars.  Euroclear  includes various other services,  including
securities  lending and borrowing  and  interfaces  with  domestic  markets in
several  countries  generally  similar to the  arrangements  for  cross-market
transfers  with DTC  described  above.  Euroclear is operated by the Brussels,
Belgium  office of Morgan  Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan" and in
such  capacity,  the  "Euroclear  Operator"),  under  contract with  Euroclear
Clearance  Systems  S.C.,  a Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the  "Belgian
Cooperative").  All  operations  are  conducted by Morgan,  and all  Euroclear
securities  clearance  accounts and Euroclear  cash accounts are accounts with
the Euroclear Operator,  not the Belgian Cooperative.  The Belgian Cooperative
establishes  policy  for  Euroclear  on  behalf  of  Euroclear   Participants.
Euroclear  Participants  include banks (including  central banks),  securities
brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries.  Indirect
access to  Euroclear is also  available  to other firms that clear  through or
maintain  a  custodial  relationship  with  a  Euroclear  Participant,  either
directly or indirectly.

          Morgan is the Belgian branch of a New York banking corporation which
is a member bank of the Federal Reserve  System.  As such, it is regulated and
examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System and the New
York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.

          Certificates  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts with Morgan are
governed  by the Terms  and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related  Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable  Belgian
law  (collectively,  the "Terms  and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions
govern  transfers of  securities  and cash within  Euroclear,  withdrawals  of
securities and cash from  Euroclear,  and receipts of payments with respect to
securities  in Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible
basis without  attribution  of specific  certificates  to specific  securities
clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions
only on behalf of Euroclear Participants, and has no record of or relationship
with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

          Under a  book-entry  format,  beneficial  owners  of the  Book-Entry
Certificates  may  experience  some delay in their receipt of payments,  since
such  payments  will be  forwarded by the Trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of
DTC.  Distributions  with  respect  to  Certificates  held  through  CEDEL  or
Euroclear  will be credited  to the cash  accounts  of CEDEL  Participants  or
Euroclear  Participants  in accordance  with the relevant  system's  rules and
procedures,   to  the  extent  received  by  the  Relevant  Depositary.   Such
distributions  will be subject to tax  reporting in  accordance  with relevant
United States tax laws and  regulations.  See "Federal Income Tax Consequences
- -Tax Treatment of Foreign  Investors" and " -- Tax  Consequences to Holders of
the Certificates -- Backup  Withholding"  herein.  Because DTC can only act on
behalf of  Financial  Intermediaries,  the  ability of a  beneficial  owner to
pledge Book-Entry  Certificates to persons or entities that do not participate
in  the  Depository  system  may  be  limited  due to  the  lack  of  physical
certificates for such Book-Entry  Certificates.  In addition,  issuance of the
Book-Entry  Certificates  in book-entry  form may reduce the liquidity of such
Certificates in the secondary market since certain potential  investors may be
unwilling  to  purchase  Certificates  for which they cannot  obtain  physical
certificates.

          Monthly  and annual  reports on the Trust will be provided to Cede &
Co., as nominee of DTC, and may be made  available by Cede & Co. to beneficial
owners upon request, in accordance with the rules,  regulations and procedures
creating and affecting the Depository,  and to the Financial Intermediaries to
whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry  Certificates of such beneficial  owners are
credited.

          DTC has  advised  the  Trustee  that,  unless  and until  Definitive
Certificates are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the
holders of the Book-Entry  Certificates under the applicable Agreement only at
the direction of one or more  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose DTC accounts
the Book-Entry  Certificates are credited, to the extent that such actions are
taken on  behalf of  Financial  Intermediaries  whose  holdings  include  such
Book-Entry Certificates.  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be,
will take any other action permitted to be taken by a Certificateholder  under
the Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear  Participant only
in  accordance  with its  relevant  rules and  procedures  and  subject to the
ability  of the  Relevant  Depositary  to effect  such  actions  on its behalf
through  DTC.  DTC  may  take  actions,   at  the  direction  of  the  related
Participants,  with respect to some  Certificates  which conflict with actions
taken with respect to other Certificates.

          Upon  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  events   described  in  the
immediately  preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee will be required to notify all
beneficial owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability through
DTC  of  Definitive  Certificates.   Upon  surrender  by  DTC  of  the  global
certificate  or  certificates  representing  the Book-Entry  Certificates  and
instructions   for   re-registration,   the  Trustee  will  issue   Definitive
Certificates,  and  thereafter  the Trustee will recognize the holders of such
Definitive Certificates as Certificateholders under the applicable Agreement.

          Although  DTC,  CEDEL and  Euroclear  have  agreed to the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants
of DTC,  CEDEL and  Euroclear,  they are under no  obligation  to  perform  or
continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at
any time.

          None of the Master Servicer,  the Depositor or the Trustee will have
any  responsibility for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made
on account of beneficial  ownership  interests of the Book-Entry  Certificates
held by Cede & Co.,  as nominee of DTC,  or for  maintaining,  supervising  or
reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

<PAGE>

                              CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

GENERAL

          Credit  enhancement  may be  provided  with  respect  to one or more
classes of a Series of  Certificates or with respect to the related Trust Fund
Assets.  Credit enhancement may be in the form of a limited financial guaranty
policy  issued by an entity named in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
subordination of one or more classes of the  Certificates of such Series,  the
establishment  of  one  or  more  Reserve  Accounts,   the  use  of  a  cross-
collateralization  feature, use of a pool insurance policy, FHA Insurance,  VA
Guarantee,  bankruptcy  bond,  special hazard insurance  policy,  surety bond,
letter of credit,  guaranteed investment contract,  overcollateralization,  or
another method of credit enhancement  contemplated herein and described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  or any combination of the foregoing.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  credit enhancement
will not provide  protection  against all risks of loss and will not guarantee
repayment of the entire  principal  balance of the  Certificates  and interest
thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by credit enhancement
or which are not covered by the credit  enhancement,  Certificateholders  will
bear their allocable share of any deficiencies.

SUBORDINATION

          If so specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  protection
afforded  to holders of one or more  classes  of  Certificates  of a Series by
means of the  subordination  feature may be accomplished  by the  preferential
right of holders of one or more other  classes  of such  Series  (the  "Senior
Certificates") to distributions in respect of scheduled  principal,  Principal
Prepayments,  interest or any  combination  thereof that otherwise  would have
been payable to holders of Subordinated  Certificates  under the circumstances
and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Protection
may also be afforded to the holders of Senior Certificates of a Series by: (i)
reducing the ownership  interest (if  applicable) of the related  Subordinated
Certificates;  (ii) a combination of the  immediately  preceding  sentence and
clause (i) above;  or (iii) as otherwise  described in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  If so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  delays in
receipt  of  scheduled  payments  on the  Contracts  and  losses on  defaulted
Contracts  may  be  borne  first  by  the  various   classes  of  Subordinated
Certificates and thereafter by the various classes of Senior Certificates,  in
each case under the circumstances and subject to the limitations  specified in
such  Prospectus  Supplement.   The  aggregate  distributions  in  respect  of
delinquent  payments on the Contracts over the lives of the Certificates or at
any time, the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted Contracts which must be
borne by the  Subordinated  Certificates  by virtue of  subordination  and the
amount  of the  distributions  otherwise  distributable  to  the  Subordinated
Certificateholders that will be distributable to Senior  Certificateholders on
any  Distribution  Date may be limited as specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  If aggregate  distributions in respect of delinquent  payments on
the Contracts or aggregate  losses in respect of such Contracts were to exceed
an amount specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  holders of Senior
Certificates would experience losses on the Certificates.

          In addition to or in lieu of the  foregoing,  if so specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  all or any portion of distributions  otherwise
payable to holders of Subordinated  Certificates on any Distribution  Date may
instead be deposited into one or more Reserve  Accounts  established  with the
Trustee or distributed to holders of Senior Certificates. Such deposits may be
made on each Distribution  Date, for specified periods or until the balance in
the Reserve  Account has reached a specified  amount and,  following  payments
from the  Reserve  Account  to holders of Senior  Certificates  or  otherwise,
thereafter  to the extent  necessary  to restore  the  balance in the  Reserve
Account  to  required  levels,  in  each  case  as  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Amounts  on  deposit in the  Reserve  Account  may be
released to the holders of certain  classes of  Certificates  at the times and
under the circumstances specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

          If specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  various classes
of  Senior  Certificates  and  Subordinated  Certificates  may  themselves  be
subordinate in their right to receive certain  distributions  to other classes
of   Senior   and   Subordinated   Certificates,   respectively,   through   a
cross-collateralization mechanism or otherwise.

          As between classes of Senior  Certificates and as between classes of
Subordinated  Certificates,  distributions may be allocated among such classes
(i) in the  order  of  their  scheduled  final  distribution  dates,  (ii)  in
accordance with a schedule or formula,  (iii) in relation to the occurrence of
events or (iv) otherwise,  in each case as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  As between  classes of  Subordinated  Certificates,  payments  to
holders  of Senior  Certificates  on account  of  delinquencies  or losses and
payments to any Reserve  Account will be allocated as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

LETTER OF CREDIT

          The  letter  of  credit,  if  any,  with  respect  to  a  Series  of
Certificates will be issued by the bank or financial  institution specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the "L/C  Bank").  Under the  letter of
credit,  the L/C Bank will be obligated  to honor  drawings  thereunder  in an
aggregate fixed dollar amount, net of unreimbursed payments thereunder,  equal
to the  percentage  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  of the
aggregate principal balance of the Contracts as of the related Cut-off Date or
of one or more classes of Certificates (the "L/C Percentage"). If so specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, the letter of credit may permit drawings
in the event of losses  not  covered by  insurance  policies  or other  credit
support,  such as losses  arising  from damage not covered by standard  hazard
insurance policies, losses resulting from the bankruptcy of a borrower and the
application of certain  provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, or losses resulting
from denial of insurance coverage due to misrepresentations in connection with
the origination of a Contract. The amount available under the letter of credit
will,  in all cases,  be reduced  to the extent of the  unreimbursed  payments
thereunder.  The  obligations  of the L/C Bank  under the letter of credit for
each Series of  Certificates  will expire at the earlier of the date specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement or the termination of the Trust Fund. See
"The Agreements -- Termination: Optional Termination". A copy of the letter of
credit for a Series,  if any, will be filed with the  Commission as an exhibit
to a Current  Report on Form 8-K to be filed within 15 days of issuance of the
Certificates of the related Series.

INSURANCE POLICIES, SURETY BONDS AND GUARANTIES

          If  so  provided  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  for a  Series  of
Certificates,  deficiencies in amounts  otherwise payable on such Certificates
or certain classes thereof will be covered by insurance policies and/or surety
bonds  provided  by  one  or  more  insurance  companies  or  sureties.   Such
instruments may cover,  with respect to one or more classes of Certificates of
the related series, timely distributions of interest and/or full distributions
of principal on the basis of a schedule of principal  distributions  set forth
in or determined in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
In addition, if specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Trust Fund
may also include bankruptcy bonds,  special hazard insurance  policies,  other
insurance or guaranties for the purpose of (i) maintaining  timely payments or
providing additional  protection against losses on the assets included in such
Trust  Fund,  (ii) paying  administrative  expenses  or (iii)  establishing  a
minimum  reinvestment  rate on the payments  made in respect of such assets or
principal  payment  rate  on  such  assets.   Such  arrangements  may  include
agreements  under which  Certificateholders  are  entitled to receive  amounts
deposited in various  accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms specified in
such Prospectus Supplement. A copy of any such instrument for a series will be
filed with the  Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be
filed with the Commission  within 15 days of issuance of the  Certificates  of
the related series.

OVER-COLLATERALIZATION

          If  so  provided  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  for a  Series  of
Certificates,  a portion  of the  interest  payment  on each  Contract  may be
applied as an  additional  distribution  in respect of principal to reduce the
principal  balance of a certain class or classes of  Certificates  and,  thus,
accelerate  the rate of  payment  of  principal  on such  class or  classes of
Certificates.

RESERVE ACCOUNTS

          If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  credit support
with respect to a Series of Certificates will be provided by the establishment
and maintenance with the Trustee for such Series of Certificates, in trust, of
one  or  more  Reserve  Accounts  for  such  Series.  The  related  Prospectus
Supplement  will  specify  whether or not any such  Reserve  Accounts  will be
included in the Trust Fund for such Series.

          The  Reserve  Account for a Series will be funded (i) by the deposit
therein of cash,  United States Treasury  securities,  instruments  evidencing
ownership of principal or interest payments thereon, letters of credit, demand
notes,  certificates  of deposit  or a  combination  thereof in the  aggregate
amount  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  (ii) by the deposit
therein  from time to time of certain  amounts,  as  specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement to which the  Subordinate  Certificateholders,  if any,
would  otherwise be entitled or (iii) in such other manner as may be specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

          Any  amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account and the  proceeds of
any other instrument upon maturity will be held in cash or will be invested in
"Permitted  Investments"  which, in general,  will include  obligations of the
United States and certain agencies thereof,  certificates of deposit,  certain
commercial  paper,  time  deposits  and bankers  acceptances  sold by eligible
commercial banks and certain repurchase agreements of United States government
securities with eligible  commercial banks. If a letter of credit is deposited
with the Trustee, such letter of credit will be irrevocable.  Unless otherwise
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any  instrument  deposited
therein will name the  Trustee,  in its capacity as trustee for the holders of
the Certificates, as beneficiary and will be issued by an entity acceptable to
each  Rating  Agency  that  rates  the  Certificates  of the  related  Series.
Additional  information  with  respect to such  instruments  deposited  in the
Reserve Accounts will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

          Any amounts so deposited  and payments on  instruments  so deposited
will be available for withdrawal from the Reserve Account for  distribution to
the holders of  Certificates  of the related  Series for the purposes,  in the
manner and at the times specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

          If specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a separate pool
insurance policy ("Pool  Insurance  Policy") will be obtained for the Pool and
issued  by  the  insurer  (the  "Pool   Insurer")  named  in  such  Prospectus
Supplement.  Each Pool  Insurance  Policy  will,  subject  to the  limitations
described therein,  cover loss by reason of default in payment on Contracts in
the Pool in an  amount  equal to a  percentage  specified  in such  Prospectus
Supplement  of the  aggregate  principal  balance of such  Contracts as of the
Cut-off Date. As more fully  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
the Master  Servicer  will present  claims  thereunder  to the Pool Insurer on
behalf of itself,  the  Trustee  and the  holders of the  Certificates  of the
related Series. The Pool Insurance Policies, however, are not blanket policies
against loss, since claims  thereunder may only be made respecting  particular
defaulted Contracts and only upon satisfaction of certain conditions precedent
as described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
original  amount of coverage under each Pool Insurance  Policy will be reduced
over the life of the related  Certificates  by the aggregate  dollar amount of
claims paid less the aggregate of the net amounts realized by the Pool Insurer
upon  disposition of all repossessed or foreclosed  properties.  The amount of
claims paid will include certain  expenses  incurred by the Master Servicer as
well as accrued interest on delinquent Contracts to the date of payment of the
claim,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
Accordingly,  if  aggregate  net claims paid under any Pool  Insurance  Policy
reach the original  policy limit,  coverage under that Pool  Insurance  Policy
will be  exhausted  and  any  further  losses  will be  borne  by the  related
Certificateholders.  A copy of the Pool Insurance Policy for a Series, if any,
will be filed  within 15 days of issuance of the  Certificates  of such Series
with the Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K.

CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION

          If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the beneficial
ownership  of  separate  groups  of  assets  included  in a Trust  Fund may be
evidenced by separate classes of the related Series of  Certificates.  In such
case,  credit  support may be provided  by a  cross-collateralization  feature
which  requires  that  distributions  be made  with  respect  to  Certificates
evidencing  a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in, or secured by, one or more
asset groups within the same Trust Fund prior to distributions to Subordinated
Certificates evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in, or secured by, one
or more other asset groups within such Trust Fund. Cross-collateralization may
be provided by (i) the allocation of certain  excess amounts  generated by one
or more asset groups to one or more other asset  groups  within the same Trust
Fund or (ii) the allocation of losses with respect to one or more asset groups
to one or more other  asset  groups  within the same Trust  Fund.  Such excess
amounts  will be applied  and/or such losses will be allocated to the class or
classes of Subordinated  Certificates  of the related Series then  outstanding
having the lowest rating  assigned by any Rating Agency or the lowest  payment
priority,  in each case to the  extent  and in the  manner  more  specifically
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The Prospectus Supplement for
a Series which  includes a  cross-collateralization  feature will describe the
manner and conditions for applying such cross-collateralization feature.

          If  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the coverage
provided by one or more of the forms of credit  enhancement  described in this
Prospectus  may apply  concurrently  to two or more separate  Trust Funds.  If
applicable, the related Prospectus Supplement will identify the Trust Funds to
which such credit enhancement relates and the manner of determining the amount
of coverage  provided to such Trust Funds  thereby and of the  application  of
such coverage to the identified Trust Funds.

                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

          The  yields  to  maturity   and  weighted   average   lives  of  the
Certificates will be affected  primarily by the amount and timing of principal
payments  received on or in respect of the Trust Fund  Assets  included in the
related Trust Fund. The original terms to maturity of the Contracts in a given
Pool will vary depending  upon the type of Contracts  included  therein.  Each
Prospectus  Supplement will contain  information  with respect to the type and
maturities  of the  Contracts  in the related  Pool.  The  related  Prospectus
Supplement  will specify the  circumstances,  if any,  under which the related
Contracts will be subject to prepayment  penalties.  The prepayment experience
on the  Contracts  in a Pool will  affect  the  weighted  average  life of the
related Series of Certificates.

          The rate of  prepayment on the  Contracts  cannot be predicted.  The
prepayment  experience  of the  related  Trust Fund may be  affected by a wide
variety of factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing interest
rate levels, the availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility.
In general,  if prevailing rates fall  significantly  below the Contract Rates
borne by the Contracts, such Contracts are more likely to be subject to higher
prepayment  rates than if  prevailing  interest  rates remain at or above such
Contract  Rates.  Conversely,  if prevailing  interest rates rise  appreciably
above the  Contract  Rates borne by the  Contracts,  such  Contracts  are more
likely to experience a lower  prepayment rate than if prevailing  rates remain
at or below such Contract Rates. However,  there can be no assurance that such
will be the case.

          Because of the depreciating  nature of manufactured  housing,  which
limits the possibilities for refinancing,  and because the terms and principal
amounts of manufactured  housing  contracts are generally  shorter and smaller
than the terms and principal  amounts of mortgage  loans secured by site-built
homes, changes in interest rates have a correspondingly  smaller effect on the
amount of the monthly payments on manufactured  housing  contracts than on the
amount of the monthly payments on mortgage loans secured by site-built  homes.
Consequently,  changes in interest rates may play a smaller role in prepayment
behavior of  manufactured  housing  contracts  than they do in the  prepayment
behavior of loans secured by mortgages on site-built homes. Conversely,  local
economic  conditions and certain of the other factors mentioned above may play
a larger role in the prepayment  behavior of  manufactured  housing  contracts
than they do in the  prepayment  behavior  of loans  secured by  mortgages  on
site-built homes.

          In  addition,  the  enforcement  of a  "due-on-sale"  provision  (as
described  below)  will have the same  effect as a  prepayment  of the related
Contract. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts -- Due-on-Sale Clauses".
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, substantially
all Contracts  will contain  due-on-sale  provisions  permitting the lender to
accelerate  the  maturity  of the loan upon sale or certain  transfers  by the
borrower of the related Manufactured Home (and, in the case of a Land-and-Home
Contract, the related underlying real property).  Contracts insured by the FHA
or partially  guaranteed by the VA are  assumable  with the consent of the FHA
and the VA, respectively.  Thus, the rate of prepayments on such Contracts may
be lower  than that of  conventional  Contracts  bearing  comparable  interest
rates.  The  Master  Servicer   generally  will  enforce  any  due-on-sale  or
due-on-encumbrance clause, to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or
further encumbrance or the proposed conveyance or proposed further encumbrance
of the Manufactured  Home (and, in the case of a Land-and-Home  Contract,  the
underlying real property) and reasonably believes that it is entitled to do so
under  applicable law;  provided,  however,  that the Master Servicer will not
take any  enforcement  action  that  would  impair or  threaten  to impair any
recovery under any related insurance policy.

          When a full  prepayment  is  made on a  Contract,  the  borrower  is
charged  interest on the principal  amount of the Contract so prepaid only for
the  number  of days  in the  month  actually  elapsed  up to the  date of the
prepayment,  rather than for a full month.  The effect of  prepayments in full
will be to  reduce  the  amount  of  interest  passed  through  or paid in the
following month to holders of Certificates  because  interest on the principal
amount of any Contract so prepaid  will  generally be paid only to the date of
prepayment.  Partial  prepayments  in a  given  month  may be  applied  to the
outstanding principal balances of the Contracts so prepaid on the first day of
the month of  receipt or the month  following  receipt.  In the  latter  case,
partial  prepayments  will not reduce the amount of interest passed through or
paid in such month.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  neither full nor partial  prepayments  will be passed  through or
paid until the month following receipt.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  no
scheduled payment on a Contract will be considered  delinquent once 90% of the
amount thereof is received. Late payments or payments of less than 100% of any
scheduled  payment on a simple interest  Contract will result in such Contract
amortizing more slowly than originally scheduled and could extend the maturity
date of any such Contract beyond its original scheduled maturity date.

          Applicable  state laws generally  regulate  interest rates and other
charges,  require  certain  disclosures,  and  require  licensing  of  certain
originators  and  servicers of Contracts.  In addition,  most have other laws,
public policy and general  principles of equity  relating to the protection of
consumers,  unfair and  deceptive  acts and  practices  which may apply to the
origination,  servicing  and  collection  of the  Contracts.  Depending on the
provisions  of the  applicable  law and the specific  facts and  circumstances
involved,  violations  of these laws,  policies and  principles  may limit the
ability of the Master  Servicer to collect all or part of the  principal of or
interest on the  Contracts,  may  entitle the  borrower to a refund of amounts
previously paid and, in addition, could subject the Master Servicer to damages
and administrative sanctions.

          If the rate at  which  interest  is  passed  through  or paid to the
holders of  Certificates  of a Series is calculated on a  Contract-by-Contract
basis,  disproportionate  principal prepayments among Contracts with different
Contract Rates will affect the yield on such Certificates.  In most cases, the
effective yield to  Certificateholders  will be lower than the yield otherwise
produced by the  applicable  pass-through  rate or interest  rate and purchase
price,  because while interest will accrue on each Contract from the first day
of  the  month  (unless   otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement),  the  distribution of such interest will not be made earlier than
the month following the month of accrual.

          The yield to an investor who purchases Certificates in the secondary
market at a price other than par will vary from the  anticipated  yield if the
rate of  prepayment  on the  Contracts  is  actually  different  than the rate
anticipated by such investor at the time such Certificates were purchased.

          Under certain circumstances, the Master Servicer, the holders of the
residual  interests  in a  REMIC  or  any  person  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  may have the option to purchase  the assets of a Trust
Fund  thereby   effecting   earlier   retirement  of  the  related  Series  of
Certificates. See "The Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination".

          The  relative   contribution  of  the  various   factors   affecting
prepayment  may vary from time to time.  There can be no  assurance  as to the
rate of payment of  principal of the Trust Fund Assets at any time or over the
lives of the Certificates.

          The Prospectus  Supplement relating to a Series of Certificates will
discuss  in greater  detail  the  effect of the rate and  timing of  principal
payments  (including  prepayments),  delinquencies  and  losses on the  yield,
weighted average lives and maturities of such Certificates.

<PAGE>

                                THE AGREEMENTS

          Set forth below is a description of the material  provisions of each
Agreement  which  are  not  described   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.   The
description  is subject to, and qualified by reference  to, the  provisions of
each Agreement.  Where  particular  provisions or terms used in the Agreements
are referred to, such provisions or terms are as specified in the Agreements.

ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRUST FUND ASSETS

          At the time of issuance of any series of Certificates, the Depositor
will assign (or cause to be assigned) to the Trustee,  without  recourse,  the
Contracts  comprising the related Trust Fund,  together with all principal and
interest  received (if the  Contracts are assigned  based on actual  principal
balances) or scheduled to be received (if the Contracts are assigned  based on
scheduled  principal  balances)  by or on behalf of the  Depositor  on or with
respect to such  Contracts  after the Cut-off  Date,  other than any  Retained
Interest  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The Trustee will,
concurrently with such assignment,  deliver such Certificates to the Depositor
in exchange for the Contracts.  Each Contract will be identified in a schedule
appearing as an exhibit to the related  Agreement.  Such schedule will include
detailed information in respect of each Contract included in the related Trust
Fund, including the Contract number, the outstanding  principal amount and the
Contract Rate.

          The  Prospectus  Supplement  for any Series  will state  whether the
Trustee,  the Master Servicer (which may also be the Seller), as agent for the
Trustee, or a custodian specified in such Prospectus  Supplement will maintain
custody of the  original  Contract,  any  assignment  of such  Contract to the
Seller  and any  extensions,  supplements,  waivers or  modifications  to such
Contract (the "Contract Documents").

          In order to give  notice of the  right,  title and  interest  of the
Trustee in the Contracts,  the Depositor will cause UCC-1 financing statements
to be executed by the Seller identifying the Depositor as secured party and by
the Depositor  identifying the Trustee as the secured party and, in each case,
identifying  the Contracts as collateral.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  the Contracts will not be stamped or otherwise
marked to reflect their  assignment from the Company to the Trust.  Therefore,
if, through negligence,  fraud or otherwise,  a subsequent purchaser were able
to  take  physical   possession  of  the  Contracts  without  notice  of  such
assignment, the interest of the Trustee in the Contracts could be defeated.

          With respect to each Land-and-Home  Contract, the related Prospectus
Supplement will state whether the Trustee, the Master Servicer (which may also
be the  Seller),  as agent for the Trustee,  or a custodian  specified in such
Prospectus  Supplement  will maintain  custody of the original  Contract,  the
related  mortgage or deed of trust and the assignment of such mortgage or deed
of trust in recordable form (such mortgage or deed of trust together with such
assignment,  the "Mortgage Documents"),  and any assignments of or extensions,
supplements,  waivers or modification to such Contract. The related Prospectus
Supplement will also state whether  assignments to the Trustee of the mortgage
or deed of  trust  related  to the  underlying  real  property  securing  such
Contracts will be recorded.  In some states in the absence of such recordation
the  assignment  to the  Trustee of such  mortgage or deed of trust may not be
effective, and in the absence of such recordation may not be effective against
creditors of or  purchasers  from the Seller or a trustee in bankruptcy of the
Seller.

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if
the  Trustee or  custodian  specified  in the such  Prospectus  Supplement  is
delivered the Contract Documents and/or the Mortgage Documents, the Trustee or
custodian,  as the case may be, will  review the  Contract  Documents  and the
Mortgage  Documents  (if any) that have been  delivered  to it within the time
period specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement after receipt thereof.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  if any such
document is found to be missing or  defective  in any  material  respect,  the
Trustee or such custodian  will notify the Master  Servicer and the Depositor,
and the Master Servicer will notify the related Seller.  If such Seller cannot
cure the  omission or defect  within the time period  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  after  receipt of such  notice,  such  Seller  will be
obligated to either (i) purchase the related  Contract  from the Trust Fund at
the related  Purchase Price or (ii) if so specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  remove such  Contract  from the Trust Fund and  substitute in its
place one or more other  Contracts that meets certain  requirements  set forth
therein. There can be no assurance that a Seller will fulfill this purchase or
substitution  obligation.  Although  the Master  Servicer  may be obligated to
enforce such obligation to the extent described above under "The  Manufactured
Housing  Program  --  Representations  by  Sellers;  Repurchases,"  the Master
Servicer  will not be obligated  to purchase or replace  such  Contract if the
Seller defaults on its obligation.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  this  obligation  to  cure,  purchase  or  substitute
constitutes the sole remedy available to the Certificateholders or the Trustee
for  omission of, or a material  defect in, a Contract  Document or a Mortgage
Document  (if any).  The  Trustee  will be  authorized  to appoint a custodian
pursuant  to  a  custodial   agreement  to  maintain  possession  of  and,  if
applicable, to review the Contract Documents and/or the Mortgage Documents (if
any) as agent of the Trustee.

          The Master Servicer will make certain representations and warranties
regarding  its  authority  to enter  into,  and its  ability  to  perform  its
obligations  under, the Agreement.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  a breach of such representations and warranties by the
Master  Servicer does not give rise to an obligation by the Master Servicer to
repurchase any affected Mortgage Loans.

          Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions,  with respect to a Trust
Fund for which a REMIC election is to be made, no purchase or  substitution of
a Contract  will be made if such  purchase or  substitution  would result in a
prohibited  transaction  tax under the Code  (unless the Master  Servicer or a
holder of the related  residual  certificate  otherwise  pays such  prohibited
transaction  from its own funds as described  herein).  See "The  Manufactured
Housing Program -- Representations by Sellers; Repurchases".

NO RECOURSE TO SELLERS, DEPOSITOR OR MASTER SERVICER

          As described  above under " --  Assignment  of the  Contracts,"  the
Depositor  will cause the  Contracts  comprising  the related Trust Fund to be
assigned  to the  Trustee,  without  recourse.  However,  each  Seller will be
obligated to  repurchase  or  substitute  for any Contract as to which certain
representations  and warranties are breached where such breach  materially and
adversely affects the  Certificateholders'  interest in such Contract,  or for
failure to deliver  certain  documents  relating to the Contracts as described
herein under  "Assignment  of the  Contracts"  and "The  Manufactured  Housing
Program --  Representations  by Sellers;  Repurchases".  These  obligations to
purchase  or  substitute   constitute   the  sole  remedy   available  to  the
Certificateholders  or the Trustee for a breach of any such  representation or
failure to deliver a constituent document.

PAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS; DEPOSITS TO COLLECTION ACCOUNT

          The Master  Servicer  will  establish  and  maintain  or cause to be
established  and maintained  with respect to the related Trust Fund a separate
account or accounts for the  collection  of payments on the related Trust Fund
Assets in the Trust Fund (the "Certificate  Account") which,  unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  must be either (i) maintained
with a depository institution the debt obligations of which (or in the case of
a  depository  institution  that  is the  principal  subsidiary  of a  holding
company,  the obligations of which) are rated in one of the two highest rating
categories  by the  Rating  Agency or Rating  Agencies  that rated one or more
classes of the related Series of Certificates, (ii) an account or accounts the
deposits  in which are fully  insured by either the Bank  Insurance  Fund (the
"BIF") of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  "FDIC")  or the
Savings  Association  Insurance Fund (as successor to the Federal  Savings and
Loan  Insurance  Corporation  ("SAIF")),  (iii) an  account  or  accounts  the
deposits in which are insured by the BIF or SAIF (to the limits established by
the FDIC),  and the  uninsured  deposits in which are  otherwise  secured such
that,  as evidenced by an opinion of counsel,  the  Certificateholders  have a
claim with respect to the funds in the Collection Account or a perfected first
priority security interest against any collateral  securing such funds that is
superior to the claims of any other  depositors  or general  creditors  of the
depository institution with which the Collection Account is maintained or (iv)
an account  or  accounts  otherwise  acceptable  to each  Rating  Agency.  The
collateral  eligible to secure amounts in the Collection Account is limited to
Permitted  Investments.  A Collection Account may be maintained as an interest
bearing  account  or the funds  held  therein  may be  invested  pending  each
succeeding  Distribution  Date  in  Permitted  Investments.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Master  Servicer or its
designee  will be entitled to receive any such interest or other income earned
on funds in the  Collection  Account as  additional  compensation  and will be
obligated  to  deposit  in the  Collection  Account  the  amount  of any  loss
immediately  as realized.  The Collection  Account may be maintained  with the
Master Servicer or with a depository  institution  that is an affiliate of the
Master Servicer, provided it meets the standards set forth above.

          The Master  Servicer  will  deposit or cause to be  deposited in the
Collection  Account for each Trust Fund, to the extent  applicable  and unless
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and provided in the
Agreement, the following payments and collections received or advances made by
or on behalf of it  subsequent to the Cut-off Date (other than payments due on
or before the Cut-off Date and exclusive of any amounts representing  Retained
Interest):

               (i) all payments on account of principal,  including  Principal
          Prepayments and, if specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
          any applicable prepayment penalties, on the Contracts;

               (ii) all payments on account of interest on the Contracts,  net
          of applicable servicing compensation;

               (iii) all proceeds  (net of  unreimbursed  payments of property
          taxes,  insurance  premiums and similar items  ("Insured  Expenses")
          incurred, and unreimbursed Advances made, by the Master Servicer, if
          any) of the hazard insurance  policies,  to the extent such proceeds
          are not applied to the  restoration  of the  property or released to
          the  obligor  in  accordance  with  the  Master   Servicer's  normal
          servicing procedures  (collectively,  "Insurance  Proceeds") and all
          other  cash  amounts  (net  of  unreimbursed  expenses  incurred  in
          connection   with    liquidation,    repossession   or   foreclosure
          ("Liquidation  Expenses")  and  unreimbursed  Advances  made, by the
          Master  Servicer,  if any) received and retained in connection  with
          the liquidation of defaulted Contracts, by repossession, foreclosure
          or  otherwise  ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),   together  with  any  net
          proceeds  received on a monthly basis with respect to any properties
          acquired on behalf of the Certificateholders by repossession (in the
          case  of  Manufactured  Homes)  or  foreclosure  or  deed in lieu of
          foreclosure  (in  the  case of  underlying  real  property  securing
          Land-and-Home Contracts);

               (iv) all  proceeds  of any  Contract  or  property  in  respect
          thereof  purchased  by the Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor  or any
          Seller as  described  under  "The  Manufactured  Housing  Program --
          Representations by Sellers; Repurchases" or " -- Assignment of Trust
          Fund Assets" above and all proceeds of any Contract  repurchased  as
          described under " -- Termination; Optional Termination" below;

               (v) all payments  required to be  deposited  in the  Collection
          Account  with  respect  to any  deductible  clause  in  any  blanket
          insurance policy described under " -- Hazard Insurance" below;

               (vi) any amount required to be deposited by the Master Servicer
          in connection with losses realized on investments for the benefit of
          the Master Servicer of funds held in the Collection  Account and, to
          the extent  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any
          payments  required to be made by the Master  Servicer in  connection
          with prepayment interest shortfalls; and

               (vii)  all  other  amounts  required  to be  deposited  in  the
          Collection Account pursuant to the Agreement.

          The Master Servicer (or the Depositor,  as applicable) may from time
to time  direct the  institution  that  maintains  the  Collection  Account to
withdraw funds from the Collection Account for the following purposes:

               (i) to pay to the Master  Servicer the servicing fees described
          in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the master  servicing  fees
          (subject to reduction)  and, as additional  servicing  compensation,
          earnings  on or  investment  income  with  respect  to  funds in the
          amounts in the Collection Account credited thereto;

               (ii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for Advances,  such right
          of  reimbursement  with  respect to any  Contract  being  limited to
          amounts  received  that  represent  late  recoveries  of payments of
          principal and/or interest on such Contract (or Insurance Proceeds or
          Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect  thereto)  with respect to which
          such Advance was made;

               (iii)  to  reimburse  the  Master  Servicer  for  any  Advances
          previously  made  which the Master  Servicer  has  determined  to be
          nonrecoverable;

               (iv) to reimburse the Master  Servicer from Insurance  Proceeds
          for  expenses  incurred  by the Master  Servicer  and covered by the
          related insurance policies;

               (v)  to  reimburse  the  Master   Servicer  for  unpaid  master
          servicing  fees and  unreimbursed  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses
          incurred by the Master  Servicer in the performance of its servicing
          obligations,  such right of  reimbursement  being limited to amounts
          received representing late recoveries of the payments for which such
          advances were made;

               (vi) to  reimburse  the Master  Servicer or the  Depositor  for
          expenses incurred and reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement;

               (vii)  to  withdraw  any  amount  deposited  in the  Collection
          Account and not required to be deposited therein; and

               (viii) to clear  and  terminate  the  Collection  Account  upon
          termination of the Agreement.

          In addition,  unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  on or  prior  to the  business  day  immediately  preceding  each
Distribution  Date,  the Master  Servicer  shall  withdraw from the Collection
Account the amount of Available  Funds, to the extent on deposit,  for deposit
in  an  account   maintained  by  the  Trustee  for  the  related   Series  of
Certificates.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

          If so  provided  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Master
Servicer will establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the
related  Trustee on behalf of the related  Certificateholders,  into which the
Depositor will deposit cash in an amount equal to the Pre-Funded Amount on the
related  Closing Date.  The  Pre-Funding  Account will be maintained  with the
Trustee for the related Series of Certificates  and is designed solely to hold
funds to be applied by such  Trustee  during the Funding  Period to pay to the
Depositor the purchase  price for Subsequent  Contracts.  Monies on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account will not be available to cover losses on or in respect
of the related  Contracts.  The  Pre-Funded  Amount will not exceed 50% of the
initial aggregate  principal amount of the Certificates of the related Series.
The  Pre-Funded  Amount  will be  used  by the  related  Trustee  to  purchase
Subsequent  Contracts  from the Depositor from time to time during the Funding
Period. The Funding Period, if any, for a Trust Fund will begin on the related
Closing  Date and will end on the date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  which in no event  will be later  than the date  that is one year
after the related Closing Date.  Monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account
may be invested in Permitted  Investments  under the  circumstances and in the
manner described in the related Agreement.  Earnings on investment of funds in
the Pre-Funding  Account will be deposited into the related Collection Account
or  such  other  trust  account  as is  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  and  losses  will be charged  against  the funds on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account.  Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the
end  of   the   Funding   Period   will   be   distributed   to  the   related
Certificateholders  in the  manner  and  priority  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus   Supplement,   as  a  prepayment   of  principal  of  the  related
Certificates.

          In addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on
the  related  Closing  Date the  Depositor  will  deposit in an  account  (the
"Capitalized  Interest  Account") cash in such amount as is necessary to cover
shortfalls in interest on the related Series of Certificates that may arise as
a result of utilization of the  Pre-Funding  Account as described  above.  The
Capitalized  Interest  Account  shall be  maintained  with the Trustee for the
related  Series  of   Certificates   and  is  designed  solely  to  cover  the
above-mentioned  interest  shortfalls.  Monies on deposit  in the  Capitalized
Interest Account will not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the
related  Contracts.  To the extent  that the  entire  amount on deposit in the
Capitalized  Interest  Account  has not been  applied to cover  shortfalls  in
interest  on the  related  Series of  Certificates  by the end of the  Funding
Period, any amounts remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account will be paid
to the Depositor.

SUB-SERVICING BY SELLERS

          Each Seller of a Contract or any other  servicing  entity may act as
the  Sub-Servicer  for  such  Contract  pursuant  to  an  agreement  (each,  a
"Sub-Servicing Agreement"), which will not contain any terms inconsistent with
the related Agreement.  While each Sub-Servicing  Agreement will be a contract
solely  between  the  Master  Servicer  and the  Sub-Servicer,  the  Agreement
pursuant to which a Series of Certificates is issued will provide that, if for
any reason the Master  Servicer for such Series of  Certificates  is no longer
the Master  Servicer of the related  Contracts,  the Trustee or any  successor
Master Servicer must recognize the Sub-Servicer's rights and obligations under
such Sub-Servicing Agreement.

          All references in this  Prospectus and in the Prospectus  Supplement
for any Series to  actions,  rights or duties of the Master  Servicer  will be
deemed  to  include  any  one or  more  Sub-Servicers  acting  on  the  Master
Servicer's behalf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Master Servicer will remain liable for
its  servicing  duties and  obligations  under the  Agreement as if the Master
Servicer alone were servicing the Contracts.

COLLECTION PROCEDURES

          The Master  Servicer  will make  reasonable  efforts to collect  all
payments  called  for  under the  Contracts  and  will,  consistent  with each
Agreement  and  any  Pool  Insurance  Policy,  FHA  Insurance,   VA  Guaranty,
bankruptcy bond or alternative arrangements, follow such collection procedures
as are customary  with respect to loans that are  comparable to the Contracts.
Consistent with the above,  the Master  Servicer may, in its  discretion,  (i)
waive any  assumption  fee, late payment or other charge in connection  with a
Contract  and (ii) to the extent not  inconsistent  with the  coverage of such
Contract by a Pool Insurance Policy,  FHA Insurance,  VA Guaranty,  bankruptcy
bond or alternative  arrangements,  if  applicable,  arrange with a borrower a
schedule for the  liquidation  of  delinquencies  running for no more than 125
days after the applicable due date for each payment.  To the extent the Master
Servicer is obligated to make or cause to be made  Advances,  such  obligation
will remain during any period of such an arrangement.

          In any case in which  property  securing a Contract has been,  or is
about to be, conveyed by the obligor,  the Master Servicer will, to the extent
it has knowledge of such conveyance or proposed conveyance,  exercise or cause
to be exercised its rights to accelerate  the maturity of such Contract  under
any due-on-sale clause applicable  thereto. If these conditions are not met or
if the Master Servicer  reasonably  believes it is unable under applicable law
to enforce such  due-on-sale  clause or if such Contract is insured by the FHA
or  partially  guaranteed  by the VA, the Master  Servicer  will enter into or
cause to be entered into an assumption  and  modification  agreement  with the
person to whom such property has been or is about to be conveyed,  pursuant to
which such person  becomes  liable for  repayment of the Contract  and, to the
extent  permitted by applicable law, the obligor  remains liable thereon.  Any
fee  collected by or on behalf of the Master  Servicer  for  entering  into an
assumption  agreement will be retained by or on behalf of the Master  Servicer
as  additional  servicing  compensation.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
Contracts -- Due-on-Sale Clauses". In connection with any such assumption, the
terms of the related Contract may not be changed.

HAZARD INSURANCE

          Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
the Master  Servicer  will require the obligor on each  Contract to maintain a
hazard  insurance  policy  providing  for no less  than  the  coverage  of the
standard form of fire insurance  policy with extended  coverage  customary for
the type of Manufactured  Home in the state in which such Manufactured Home is
located. Such coverage will generally be in an amount that equal to the lesser
of (i) the maximum  insurable value of the Manufactured Home (and, in the case
of a  Land-and-Home  Contract,  the underlying  real  property)  securing such
Contract and (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Contract; provided,
however,  that the amount of such  coverage  will be  sufficient  to avoid the
application of any  co-insurance  clause in the policy.  Each hazard insurance
policy caused to be maintained by the Master  Servicer will contain a standard
loss  payee  clause in favor of the Master  Servicer  and its  successors  and
assigns. If any obligor is in default in the payment of premiums on its hazard
insurance  policy or policies,  the Master Servicer will pay such premiums out
of its own  funds,  and may  add  separately  such  premium  to the  obligor's
obligations  as provided by the Contract,  but may not add such premium to the
remaining principal balance of the Contract.

          In general,  the standard form of fire and extended  coverage policy
covers  physical  damage to or  destruction  of the  improvements  securing  a
manufactured housing contract by fire, lightning,  explosion, smoke, windstorm
and hail,  riot,  strike and civil  commotion,  subject to the  conditions and
exclusions  particularized  in each policy.  Although the policies relating to
the Contracts may have been underwritten by different insurers under different
state laws in accordance with different applicable forms and therefore may not
contain  identical terms and conditions,  the basic terms thereof are dictated
by respective  state laws,  and most such policies  typically do not cover any
physical damage resulting from the following:  war,  revolution,  governmental
actions,  floods and other  water-related  causes,  earth movement  (including
earthquakes,  landslides and mud flows),  nuclear  reactions,  wet or dry rot,
vermin,  rodents,  insects or domestic  animals,  theft and, in certain cases,
vandalism and hurricanes.  The foregoing list is merely  indicative of certain
kinds of  uninsured  risks and is not  intended  to be all  inclusive.  If the
Manufactured  Home  securing a Contract is located in a  federally  designated
special  flood  area at the time of  origination,  the  Master  Servicer  will
require the obligor to obtain and maintain flood insurance.

          The Master  Servicer  may  maintain,  in lieu of causing  individual
hazard  insurance  policies to be maintained  with respect to each  individual
Contract,  and will maintain, to the extent that the related Contract does not
require the obligor to maintain a hazard  insurance policy with respect to the
related Manufactured Home (and, in the case of a Land-and-Home  Contract,  the
underlying real property),  one or more blanket  insurance  policies  covering
losses on the obligor's  interest on the Contracts  resulting from the absence
or inefficiency of individual hazard insurance  policies.  The Master Servicer
will pay the premium for such blanket  policy on the basis  described  therein
and will pay any  deductible  amount with  respect to claims under such policy
relating to the Contracts.

SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

          The  principal  servicing  compensation  to be  paid  to the  Master
Servicer  in respect of its master  servicing  activities  for each  Series of
Certificates  will be equal  to the  percentage  per  annum  described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement (which may vary under certain  circumstances) of
the outstanding principal balance of each Contract, and such compensation will
be retained by it from collections of interest on such Contract in the related
Trust Fund (the "Master  Servicing  Fee"). As  compensation  for its servicing
duties, a Sub-Servicer  or, if there is no  Sub-Servicer,  the Master Servicer
will be  entitled  to a monthly  servicing  fee as  described  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition, the Master Servicer or Sub-Servicer will
retain all prepayment  charges,  assumption fees and late payment charges,  to
the extent  collected  from  borrowers,  and any benefit  that may accrue as a
result of the investment of funds in the applicable Collection Account (unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement).

          The Master  Servicer  will,  to the extent  provided  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  pay or  cause  to be paid  certain  ongoing  expenses
associated  with each Trust Fund and  incurred  by it in  connection  with its
responsibilities under the related Agreement,  including,  without limitation,
payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee,  any custodian appointed
by the Trustee, the certificate registrar and any paying agent, and payment of
expenses  incurred in enforcing the obligations of Sub-Servicers  and Sellers.
The Master Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement of expenses  incurred in
enforcing the obligations of  Sub-Servicers  and Sellers under certain limited
circumstances.  Certain other  expenses may be borne by the related Trust Fund
as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

          Each  Agreement  will provide that on or before a specified  date in
each year, a firm of independent  public  accountants will furnish a statement
to the Trustee to the effect  that,  on the basis of the  examination  by such
firm  of  certain   documents  and  records   relating  to  the  servicing  of
manufactured housing contracts serviced by or on behalf of the Master Servicer
under  pooling  and  servicing  agreements  similar  to such  Agreement,  such
servicing has been conducted in compliance with such Agreement, except for any
exceptions set forth in such statement.

          Each Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Trustee,  on or
before a  specified  date in each year,  of an annual  statement  signed by an
officer of the Master  Servicer  to the effect  that the Master  Servicer  has
fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding year.

          Copies of the annual accountants'  statement and the statement of an
officer of the Master  Servicer may be obtained by  Certificateholders  of the
related Series without charge upon written  request to the Master  Servicer at
the address set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE DEPOSITOR

          The  Master  Servicer  under  each  Agreement  will be  named in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The entity serving as Master Servicer may be an
affiliate  of  the   Depositor  and  may   otherwise   have  normal   business
relationships with the Depositor or the Depositor's affiliates.

          Each Agreement will provide that the Master  Servicer may not resign
from  its   obligations   and  duties  under  the  Agreement   except  upon  a
determination  that its  duties  thereunder  are no longer  permissible  under
applicable  law.  The  Master  Servicer  may,  however,  be  removed  from its
obligations and duties as set forth in the Agreement. No such resignation will
become  effective  until the Trustee or a successor  servicer  has assumed the
Master Servicer's obligations and duties under the Agreement.

          Each  Agreement  will  further   provide  that  neither  the  Master
Servicer, the Depositor nor any director,  officer,  employee, or agent of the
Master  Servicer or the  Depositor  will be under any liability to the related
Trust Fund or  Certificateholders  for any action taken or for refraining from
the taking of any  action in good  faith  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  or for
errors in judgment;  provided,  however, that neither the Master Servicer, the
Depositor nor any such person will be protected  against any  liability  which
would  otherwise  be imposed by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
gross  negligence  in the  performance  of duties  thereunder  or by reason of
reckless disregard of obligations and duties  thereunder.  Each Agreement will
further  provide that the Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor  and any director,
officer,  employee or agent of the Master  Servicer or the  Depositor  will be
entitled  to  indemnification  by the  related  Trust  Fund  and  will be held
harmless  against any loss,  liability or expense  incurred in connection with
any legal action relating to the Agreement or the Certificates, other than any
loss,  liability  or expense  related to any  specific  Contract or  Contracts
(except any such loss, liability or expense otherwise reimbursable pursuant to
the  Agreement)  and any loss,  liability  or  expense  incurred  by reason of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence  in the  performance  of
duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties
thereunder.  In addition,  each Agreement will provide that neither the Master
Servicer  nor the  Depositor  will be  under  any  obligation  to  appear  in,
prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its respective
responsibilities  under the  Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it
in any  expense  or  liability.  The Master  Servicer  or the  Depositor  may,
however,  in its  discretion  undertake  any  such  action  which  it may deem
necessary or desirable with respect to the Agreement and the rights and duties
of the parties thereto and the interests of the Certificateholders thereunder.
In such event,  the legal  expenses and costs of such action and any liability
resulting therefrom will be expenses,  costs and liabilities of the Trust Fund
and the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be, will be entitled
to  be  reimbursed   therefor  out  of  funds   otherwise   distributable   to
Certificateholders.

          Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
any person into which the Master  Servicer may be merged or  consolidated,  or
any  person  resulting  from any merger or  consolidation  to which the Master
Servicer is a party,  or any person  succeeding  to the business of the Master
Servicer,  will be the successor of the Master  Servicer under each Agreement,
provided that such person is qualified to sell mortgage  loans to, and service
mortgage  loans on  behalf  of,  the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association
("FNMA") or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC") and further
provided  that such merger,  consolidation  or  succession  does not adversely
affect  the  then  current  rating  or  ratings  of the  class or  classes  of
Certificates of such Series that have been rated.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

          Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
Events of Default under each  Agreement will consist of (i) any failure by the
Master Servicer to distribute or cause to be distributed to Certificateholders
of any class any required  payment which  continues  unremedied  for five days
after the giving of written  notice of such failure to the Master  Servicer by
the Trustee or the Depositor, or to the Master Servicer, the Depositor and the
Trustee by the holders of Certificates of such class  evidencing not less than
25%  of  the  total   distributions   allocated  to  such  class  ("Percentage
Interests");  (ii) any  failure  by the  Master  Servicer  duly to  observe or
perform in any material  respect any of its other  covenants or  agreements in
the   Agreement,    which   failure   materially   affects   the   rights   of
Certificateholders  and continues  unremedied for thirty days after the giving
of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer by the Trustee or the
Depositor,  or to the Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor and the Trustee by the
holders  of  Certificates  of any  class  evidencing  not less than 25% of the
aggregate  Percentage  Interests  constituting  such class;  and (iii) certain
events  of  insolvency,  readjustment  of  debt,  marshalling  of  assets  and
liabilities or similar  proceeding and certain  actions by or on behalf of the
Master Servicer indicating its insolvency,  reorganization or inability to pay
its obligations.

          If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Agreement
will permit the Trustee to sell the Trust Fund Assets and the other  assets of
the Trust Fund described under "Credit  Enhancement"  herein in the event that
payments in respect thereto are insufficient to make payments  required in the
Agreement.  The  assets  of the  Trust  Fund  will  be  sold  only  under  the
circumstances   and  in  the  manner  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.

          Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  so
long as an Event  of  Default  under  an  Agreement  remains  unremedied,  the
Depositor or the Trustee may, and at the direction of holders of  Certificates
of any  class  evidencing  not less than 66 2/3% of the  aggregate  Percentage
Interests constituting such class and under such other circumstances as may be
specified in such Agreement, the Trustee shall terminate all of the rights and
obligations of the Master Servicer under the Agreement  relating to such Trust
Fund and in and to the related  Trust Fund Assets,  whereupon the Trustee will
succeed to all of the  responsibilities,  duties and liabilities of the Master
Servicer  under  the  Agreement,   including,  if  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the obligation to make Advances, and will be entitled
to  similar  compensation  arrangements.  In the  event  that the  Trustee  is
unwilling  or  unable  so to act,  it may  appoint,  or  petition  a court  of
competent  jurisdiction  for the appointment  of, a manufactured  housing loan
servicing  institution  with a net  worth  of a  least  $10,000,000  to act as
successor  to  the  Master   Servicer  under  the   Agreement.   Pending  such
appointment, the Trustee is obligated to act in such capacity. The Trustee and
any such successor may agree upon the servicing compensation to be paid, which
in no  event  may be  greater  than the  compensation  payable  to the  Master
Servicer under the Agreement.

          Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  no
Certificateholder,   solely   by  virtue   of  such   holder's   status  as  a
Certificateholder,  will have any right under any  Agreement to institute  any
proceeding with respect to such Agreement,  unless such holder  previously has
given to the  Trustee  written  notice of default  and  unless the  holders of
Certificates  of any class of such Series  evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of
the aggregate Percentage  Interests  constituting such class have made written
request  upon the  Trustee to  institute  such  proceeding  in its own name as
Trustee thereunder and have offered to the Trustee reasonable  indemnity,  and
the  Trustee  for 60 days has  neglected  or  refused  to  institute  any such
proceeding.

AMENDMENT

          Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
each  Agreement may be amended by the Depositor,  the Master  Servicer and the
Trustee, without the consent of any of the Certificateholders, (i) to cure any
ambiguity or mistake;  (ii) to correct any defective  provision  therein or to
supplement  any  provision  therein which may be  inconsistent  with any other
provision therein; (iii) to add to the duties of the Depositor,  the Seller or
the Master Servicer,  (iv) to add any other provisions with respect to matters
or questions  arising  thereunder or (v) to modify,  alter,  amend,  add to or
rescind any of the terms or provisions contained in such Agreement;  provided,
however,  that any such action pursuant to clauses (iv) or (v) above will not,
as  evidenced  by an  opinion of  counsel,  adversely  affect in any  material
respect the interests of any  Certificateholder;  provided,  however,  that no
opinion of counsel will be required if the person  requesting  such  amendment
obtains  a letter  from  each  Rating  Agency  requested  to rate the class or
classes of  Certificates  of such Series  stating that such amendment will not
result  in the  downgrading  or  withdrawal  of the  respective  ratings  then
assigned to such  Certificates.  In addition,  if a REMIC or FASIT election is
made with  respect to a Trust Fund,  the related  Agreement  may be amended to
modify,  eliminate  or add to any of its  provisions  to such extent as may be
necessary to maintain the  qualification  of the related Trust Fund as a REMIC
or FASIT, avoid or minimize the risk of the imposition of any tax on the REMIC
or FASIT or to comply with any other provision of the Code,  provided that the
Trustee  has  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such action is
necessary  or helpful to maintain  such  qualification,  avoid or minimize the
risk of  imposition of such a tax or comply with any such  requirement  of the
Code,  as the  case may be.  Except  as  otherwise  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  each  Agreement may also be amended by the Depositor,
the  Master   Servicer  and  the  Trustee  with  the  consent  of  holders  of
Certificates of such Series  evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the aggregate
Percentage  Interests of each class affected thereby for the purpose of adding
any  provisions  to or  changing  in an  manner  or  eliminating  any  of  the
provisions  of the  Agreement  or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
holders of the related Certificates; provided, however, that no such amendment
may (i) reduce in any  manner  the amount of or delay the timing of,  payments
received on Contracts  which are required to be distributed on any Certificate
without the consent of the holder of such  Certificate,  (ii) adversely affect
in any  material  respect  the  interests  of the  holders  of  any  class  of
Certificates in a manner other than as described in the immediately  preceding
clause (i),  without the consent of the holders of such class  evidencing  not
less than 66 2/3% of the  Percentage  Interests  of such class or (iii) reduce
the aforesaid percentage of Certificates of any class the holders of which are
required to consent to any such  amendment  without the consent of the holders
of all Certificates of such class covered by such Agreement then  outstanding.
If a REMIC or FASIT election is made with respect to a Trust Fund, the Trustee
will not be  entitled  to consent to an  amendment  to the  related  Agreement
without  having  first  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such
amendment will not cause such Trust Fund to fail to qualify as a REMIC or as a
FASIT, as the case may be.

TERMINATION; OPTIONAL TERMINATION

          Unless otherwise specified in the related Agreement, the obligations
created by each Agreement for each Series of Certificates  will terminate upon
the  payment to the  related  Certificateholders  of all  amounts  held in the
Collection  Account or by the Master  Servicer and required to be paid to them
pursuant to such Agreement  following the later of (i) the final payment of or
other  liquidation of the last of the Trust Fund Assets subject thereto or the
disposition of all property  acquired upon  repossession or foreclosure of any
such Trust Fund Assets  remaining  in the Trust Fund and (ii) the  purchase by
the Master Servicer or, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  by
the  holder of a call right with  respect to the Trust Fund  Assets  after the
passage of a specified  period of time or after the  principal  balance of the
Trust Fund Assets or the Securities has been reduced to a specified level.

          Unless otherwise specified by the related Prospectus Supplement, any
such  purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property  acquired in respect of Trust
Fund  Assets  will be made at the option of the Master  Servicer or such other
person at a price specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The exercise
of such right will effect early retirement of the Certificates of that Series,
but the right of the Master  Servicer or such other person or, if  applicable,
such holder of the REMIC residual  interest,  to so purchase is subject to the
principal  balance  of the  related  Trust  Fund  Assets  being  less than the
percentage  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  of the aggregate
principal  balance of the Trust  Fund  Assets as of the  Cut-off  Date for the
Series.  The foregoing is subject to the provision that if a REMIC election is
made with  respect to a Trust  Fund,  any  repurchase  pursuant to clause (ii)
above will be made only in connection  with a "qualified  liquidation"  of the
REMIC within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.

THE TRUSTEE

          The Trustee  under each  Agreement  will be named in the  applicable
Prospectus Supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee
may have normal banking relationships with the Depositor,  the Master Servicer
and any of their respective affiliates.

                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

          The following  discussion contains  summaries,  which are general in
nature, of certain legal matters relating to the Contracts. Because such legal
aspects are governed  primarily by applicable state law (which laws may differ
substantially),  the descriptions do not, except as expressly  provided below,
reflect the laws of any particular state, nor encompass the laws of all states
in which the security for the  Contracts is  situated.  The  descriptions  are
qualified by reference to the applicable federal laws and the appropriate laws
of the states in which Contracts may be originated.

GENERAL

          As a result of the  assignment of the Contracts to the Trustee,  the
Trustee  will  succeed  to all of the rights  (including  the right to receive
payment on the  Contracts) of the obligee under the  Contracts.  Each Contract
evidences  both (a) the  obligation of the obligor to repay the loan evidenced
thereby and (b) the grant of a security  interest in the Manufactured  Home to
secure  repayment  of such  loan.  Certain  aspects  of both  features  of the
Contracts are described more fully below.

          The  Contracts  generally  are  "chattel  paper" as  defined  in the
Uniform  Commercial  Code (the  "UCC")  in  effect in the  states in which the
Manufactured Homes initially were registered. Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of
chattel  paper is treated  in a manner  similar  to  perfection  of a security
interest in chattel  paper.  Under the  Agreement,  the Master  Servicer  will
transfer physical  possession of the Contracts to the Trustee or its custodian
or may retain  physical  possession  of the  Contracts  as  custodian  for the
Trustee. In addition, the Master Servicer will make an appropriate filing of a
UCC-1  financing  statement  in the  appropriate  states to give notice of the
Trustee's  ownership  of the  Contracts.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Contracts  will not be stamped or marked
otherwise  to  reflect  their  assignment  from the  Company  to the  Trustee.
Therefore, if, through negligence,  fraud or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser
were able to take physical  possession of any Contract  without notice of such
assignment, the Trustee's interest in such Contract could be defeated.

MANUFACTURED HOMES

          Security Interests in the Manufactured Homes

          The Manufactured  Homes securing the Contracts may be located in all
50 states and the District of  Columbia.  Security  interests in  manufactured
homes may be perfected  either by notation of the secured  party's lien on the
certificate of title or by delivery of the required documents and payment of a
fee to the state  motor  vehicle  authority,  depending  on state law. In some
nontitle states, perfection pursuant to the provisions of the UCC is required.
The Seller may effect such notation or delivery of the required  documents and
fees, and obtain  possession of the certificate of title, as appropriate under
the laws of the state in which any  manufactured  home securing a manufactured
housing contract is registered. In the event the Seller fails, due to clerical
error,  to effect such  notation or delivery,  or files the security  interest
under the wrong law (for example,  under a motor vehicle title statute  rather
than under the UCC, in a few states), the Seller may not have a first priority
security   interest  in  the  Manufactured   Home  securing  a  Contract.   As
manufactured  homes have become  larger and often have been  attached to their
sites without any apparent  intention to move them, courts in many states have
held that manufactured homes, under certain circumstances,  may become subject
to real estate title and recording laws. As a result, a security interest in a
manufactured  home could be rendered  subordinate  to the  interests  of other
parties  claiming an interest in the home under  applicable  state real estate
law. In order to perfect a security interest in a manufactured home under real
estate laws,  the holder of the security  interest must file either a "fixture
filing" under the  provisions of the UCC or a real estate  mortgage  under the
real estate laws of the state where the home is located. These filings must be
made in the  real  estate  records  office  of the  county  where  the home is
located.  See "-- Land-and-Home  Contracts".  So long as the borrower does not
permanently  attach its Manufactured  Home to its site, a security interest in
the Manufactured Home will be governed by the certificate of title laws or the
UCC, and the notation of the security  interest on the certificate of title or
the filing of a UCC  financing  statement  will be  effective  to maintain the
priority of the security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home. If, however,  a
Manufactured  Home is  permanently  attached to its site,  other parties could
obtain an interest  in the  Manufactured  Home which is prior to the  security
interest  originally  retained by the Seller and transferred to the Depositor.
With  respect to a Series of  Certificates  and if so described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master  Servicer  may be  required  to perfect a
security  interest in the Manufactured Home under applicable real estate laws.
The Seller will  represent that as of the date of the sale to the Depositor it
has obtained a perfected first priority  security  interest by proper notation
or delivery of the required  documents and fees with respect to  substantially
all of the Manufactured Homes securing the Contracts.

          The Depositor will cause the security  interests in the Manufactured
Homes to be  assigned  to the  Trustee  on behalf  of the  Certificateholders.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  neither the
Depositor nor the Trustee will amend the  certificates of title (or file UCC-3
statements) to identify the Trustee as the new secured party,  and neither the
Depositor nor the Master  Servicer will deliver the  certificates  of title to
the Trustee or note  thereon the  interest of the  Trustee.  Accordingly,  the
Seller (or other originator of the Contracts) will continue to be named as the
secured party on the certificates of title relating to the Manufactured Homes.
In some states,  such  assignment is an effective  conveyance of such security
interest  without  amendment of any lien noted on the related  certificate  of
title and the new secured party  succeeds to Master  Servicer's  rights as the
secured party.  However, in some states, in the absence of an amendment to the
certificate of title (or the filing of a UCC-3 statement),  such assignment of
the security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home may not be held effective or
such  security  interests  may not be  perfected  and in the  absence  of such
notation or delivery to the Trustee,  the assignment of the security  interest
in the Manufactured  Home may not be effective against creditors of the Seller
(or such other  originator of the Contracts) or a trustee in bankruptcy of the
Seller (or such other originator).

          In the  absence of fraud,  forgery or  permanent  affixation  of the
Manufactured   Home  to  its  site  by  the   Manufactured   Home  owner,   or
administrative error by state recording officials, the notation of the lien of
the Seller (or other  originator of the Contracts) on the certificate of title
or delivery of the required  documents  and fees will be sufficient to protect
the  Certificateholders  against  the  rights of  subsequent  purchasers  of a
Manufactured  Home or subsequent  lenders who take a security  interest in the
Manufactured  Home.  If there  are any  Manufactured  Homes  as to  which  the
security  interest  assigned to the Trustee is not  perfected,  such  security
interest  would be  subordinate  to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers for
value of Manufactured Homes and holders of perfected security interests. There
also exists a risk in not  identifying the Trustee as the new secured party on
the  certificate  of title that,  through  fraud or  negligence,  the security
interest of the Trustee could be released.

          In the event  that the owner of a  Manufactured  Home  moves it to a
state  other  than the state in which  such  Manufactured  Home  initially  is
registered,  under the laws of most states the perfected  security interest in
the Manufactured Home would continue for four months after such relocation and
thereafter only if and after the owner  re-registers the Manufactured  Home in
such state. If the owner were to relocate a Manufactured Home to another state
and not re-register the Manufactured  Home in such state, and if steps are not
taken to  re-perfect  the  Trustee's  security  interest  in such  state,  the
security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home would cease to be  perfected.  A
majority of states  generally  require  surrender of a certificate of title to
re-register  a  Manufactured  Home;  accordingly,  the  Master  Servicer  must
surrender possession if it holds the certificate of title to such Manufactured
Home or, in the case of Manufactured  Homes registered in states which provide
for notation of lien, the Seller (or other originator) would receive notice of
surrender if the security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home is noted on the
certificate of title.  Accordingly,  the Trustee would have the opportunity to
re-perfect  its  security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home in the state of
relocation.  In  states  which do not  require  a  certificate  of  title  for
registration of a manufactured home,  re-registration could defeat perfection.
In the ordinary course of servicing the manufactured  housing  contracts,  the
Master  Servicer  takes steps to effect  such  re-perfection  upon  receipt of
notice of  re-registration  or information  from the obligor as to relocation.
Similarly,  when an obligor  under a  manufactured  housing  contract  sells a
manufactured  home,  the Master  Servicer  must  surrender  possession  of the
certificate  of title or, if it is noted as lienholder on the  certificate  of
title,  will  receive  notice  as a  result  of its  lien  noted  thereon  and
accordingly  will have an opportunity to require  satisfaction  of the related
manufactured housing contract before release of the lien.

          Under the laws of most  states,  liens for  repairs  performed  on a
Manufactured  Home and liens for personal  property  taxes take  priority even
over a perfected security interest.  The related Seller will represent that it
has no  knowledge  of any such liens with  respect  to any  Manufactured  Home
securing payment on any Contract.  However, such liens could arise at any time
during  the term of a  Contract.  No notice  will be given to the  Trustee  or
Certificateholders in the event such a lien arises.

          Enforcement of Security Interests in Manufactured Homes

          The Master Servicer on behalf of the Trustee, to the extent required
by the related  Agreement,  may take action to enforce the Trustee's  security
interest  with respect to Contracts in default by  repossession  and resale of
the  Manufactured  Homes  securing such  defaulted  Contracts.  So long as the
Manufactured  Home has not become  subject to the real  estate law, a creditor
can repossess a Manufactured Home securing a Contract by voluntary  surrender,
by "self-help"  repossession that is "peaceful"  (i.e.,  without breach of the
peace) or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the ability to repossess
without  breach of the peace,  by judicial  process.  The holder of a Contract
must give the debtor a number of days' notice, which varies from 10 to 30 days
depending on the state, prior to commencement of any repossession. The UCC and
consumer  protection  laws in most states place  restrictions  on repossession
sales,   including  requiring  prior  notice  to  the  debtor  and  commercial
reasonableness  in effecting such a sale. The law in most states also requires
that the  debtor be given  notice  of any sale  prior to resale of the unit so
that the  debtor  may redeem at or before  such  resale.  In the event of such
repossession and resale of a Manufactured  Home, the Trustee would be entitled
to be paid out of the sale proceeds  before such proceeds  could be applied to
the  payment  of  the  claims  of  unsecured   creditors  or  the  holders  of
subsequently perfected security interests or, thereafter, to the debtor.

          Under the laws applicable in most states,  a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency  judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession
and resale of the manufactured home securing such debtor's loan. However, some
states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments, and in many
cases  the  defaulting  borrower  would  have no  assets  with  which to pay a
judgment.

          Certain  other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal and state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general equitable principles,  may limit or
delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell  collateral or enforce a
deficiency judgment.

LAND-AND-HOME CONTRACTS

          If so  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  certain
Contracts  ("Land-and-Home  Contracts")  may  be  secured  by a  lien  on  the
underlying real property on which the related Manufactured Home is located (in
addition to a lien on the Manufactured Home).

          General

          The  Land-and-Home  Contracts  will be  secured  by deeds of  trust,
mortgages,  security  deeds  or  deeds  to  secure  debt,  depending  upon the
prevailing  practice in the state in which the property subject to the loan is
located.  Deeds of trust are used almost  exclusively in California instead of
mortgages.  A mortgage creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the
mortgage,  which lien is generally not prior to the lien for real estate taxes
and  assessments.  Priority  between  mortgages  depends  on their  terms  and
generally on the order of recording with a state or county  office.  There are
two parties to a mortgage, the mortgagor, who is the borrower and owner of the
mortgaged property,  and the mortgagee,  who is the lender. Under the mortgage
instrument,  the  mortgagor  delivers to the  mortgagee a note or bond and the
mortgage.  Although a deed of trust is similar to a mortgage,  a deed of trust
formally has three  parties,  the  borrower-property  owner called the trustor
(similar  to a  mortgagor),  a lender  (similar  to a  mortgagee)  called  the
beneficiary,  and a third-party  grantee  called the trustee.  Under a deed of
trust, the borrower grants the property,  irrevocably  until the debt is paid,
in trust,  generally with a power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of
the obligation. A security deed and a deed to secure debt are special types of
deeds  which  indicate  on their  face  that  they are  granted  to  secure an
underlying  debt.  By executing a security  deed or deed to secure  debt,  the
grantor  conveys  title to, as  opposed to merely  creating  a lien upon,  the
subject  property to the  grantee  until such time as the  underlying  debt is
repaid.  The  trustee's  authority  under a deed  of  trust,  the  mortgagee's
authority  under a mortgage and the grantee's  authority under a security deed
or deed to secure debt are governed by law and,  with respect to some deeds of
trust, the directions of the beneficiary.

          Foreclosure

          Deed  of  Trust.  Foreclosure  of  a  deed  of  trust  is  generally
accomplished by a non-judicial sale under a specific  provision in the deed of
trust which authorizes the trustee to sell the property at public auction upon
any default by the borrower  under the terms of the note or deed of trust.  In
certain states,  such  foreclosure also may be accomplished by judicial action
in the manner provided for foreclosure of mortgages. In addition to any notice
requirements   contained  in  a  deed  of  trust,  in  some  states  (such  as
California),  the  trustee  must record a notice of default and send a copy to
the  borrower-trustor,  to any person who has recorded a request for a copy of
any notice of default and notice of sale,  to any successor in interest to the
borrower-trustor,  to the  beneficiary  of any  junior  deed of  trust  and to
certain  other   persons.   In  some  states   (including   California),   the
borrower-trustor  has the right to  reinstate  the loan at any time  following
default until shortly before the trustee's sale. In general, the borrower,  or
any other person having a junior encumbrance on the real estate, may, during a
statutorily prescribed reinstatement period, cure a monetary default by paying
the entire amount in arrears plus other designated costs and expenses incurred
in  enforcing  the  obligation.  Generally,  state law  controls the amount of
foreclosure  expenses  and  costs,  including  attorney's  fees,  which may be
recovered by a lender.  After the reinstatement period has expired without the
default having been cured, the borrower or junior lienholder no longer has the
right to  reinstate  the loan  and  must pay the loan in full to  prevent  the
scheduled  foreclosure sale. If the deed of trust is not reinstated within any
applicable cure period, a notice of sale must be posted in a public place and,
in most states (including California), published for a specific period of time
in one or more newspapers. In addition, some state laws require that a copy of
the notice of sale be posted on the property and sent to all parties having an
interest of record in the real property.

          Mortgages.  Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally  accomplished  by
judicial  action.  The action is initiated  by the service of legal  pleadings
upon all parties having an interest in the real property. Delays in completion
of the  foreclosure  may  occasionally  result from  difficulties  in locating
necessary parties. Judicial foreclosure proceedings are often not contested by
any of the parties.  When the  mortgagee's  right to foreclosure is contested,
the legal  proceedings  necessary to resolve the issue can be time  consuming.
After the completion of a judicial foreclosure proceeding, the court generally
issues a judgment of foreclosure and appoints a referee or other court officer
to conduct the sale of the  property.  In some states,  mortgages  may also be
foreclosed  by  advertisement,  pursuant  to a power of sale  provided  in the
mortgage.

          Although foreclosure sales are typically public sales, frequently no
third  party  purchaser  bids in excess of the  lender's  lien  because of the
difficulty  of  determining  the exact  status of title to the  property,  the
possible deterioration of the property during the foreclosure  proceedings and
a requirement  that the purchaser pay for the property in cash or by cashier's
check.  Thus the  foreclosing  lender often  purchases  the property  from the
trustee or referee for an amount  equal to the  principal  amount  outstanding
under the loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure in
which  event the  mortgagor's  debt will be  extinguished  or the  lender  may
purchase for a lesser amount in order to preserve its right against a borrower
to seek a  deficiency  judgment in states  where such  judgment is  available.
Thereafter,  subject to the right of the  borrower in some states to remain in
possession during the redemption  period, the lender will assume the burden of
ownership, including obtaining hazard insurance and making such repairs at its
own expense as are  necessary  to render the property  suitable for sale.  The
lender will  commonly  obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the
broker's  commission  in connection  with the sale of the property.  Depending
upon market conditions,  the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may
not equal the lender's investment in the property.  Any loss may be reduced by
the receipt of any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.

          Courts have imposed general  equitable  principles upon foreclosure,
which  are  generally  designed  to  mitigate  the legal  consequences  to the
borrower of the borrower's defaults under the loan documents. Some courts have
been  faced  with  the  issue  of  whether  federal  or  state  constitutional
provisions  reflecting  due  process  concerns  for fair notice  require  that
borrowers  under deeds of trust receive notice longer than that  prescribed by
statute.  For the most part, these cases have upheld the notice  provisions as
being  reasonable  or have  found  that the sale by a trustee  under a deed of
trust  does not  involve  sufficient  state  action to  afford  constitutional
protection to the borrower.

          Rights of Redemption

          In  some  states,  after  sale  pursuant  to  a  deed  of  trust  or
foreclosure  of a mortgage,  the borrower and  foreclosed  junior  lienors are
given a statutory  period in which to redeem the property from the foreclosure
sale. In certain other states (including California), this right of redemption
applies  only to  sales  following  judicial  foreclosure,  and  not to  sales
pursuant to a  non-judicial  power of sale.  In most states where the right of
redemption is available,  statutory  redemption  may occur upon payment of the
foreclosure  purchase  price,  accrued  interest and taxes.  In other  states,
redemption may be authorized if the former borrower pays only a portion of the
sums due.  The effect of a statutory  right of  redemption  is to diminish the
ability of the lender to sell the foreclosed property. The exercise of a right
of  redemption  would  defeat  the  title of any  purchaser  from  the  lender
subsequent to  foreclosure  or sale under a deed of trust.  Consequently,  the
practical  effect of the redemption right is to force the lender to retain the
property  and pay the expenses of ownership  until the  redemption  period has
run. In some states,  there is no right to redeem  property  after a trustee's
sale under a deed of trust.

          Anti-Deficiency Legislation; Bankruptcy Laws; Tax Liens

          Certain states have imposed statutory and judicial restrictions that
limit the remedies of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under
a mortgage. In some states, including California,  statutes and case law limit
the right of the  beneficiary  or mortgagee  to obtain a  deficiency  judgment
against borrowers  financing the purchase of their residence or following sale
under a deed of trust or certain other foreclosure  proceedings.  A deficiency
judgment is a personal  judgment  against the borrower  equal in most cases to
the difference  between the amount due to the lender and the fair market value
of the real property at the time of the  foreclosure  sale. In certain states,
including California,  if a lender simultaneously originates a loan secured by
a senior lien on a particular  property and a loan secured by a junior lien on
the same  property,  such a lender  as the  holder of the  junior  lien may be
precluded from  obtaining a deficiency  judgment with respect to the excess of
the aggregate  amount owed under both such loans over the proceeds of any sale
under a deed of trust or other foreclosure  proceedings.  As a result of these
prohibitions,  it is anticipated  that in most  instances the Master  Servicer
will utilize the non-judicial  foreclosure remedy and will not seek deficiency
judgments against defaulting borrowers.

          Some state statutes  require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust
the security  afforded  under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an
attempt to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the
borrower.  In certain  other  states,  the lender has the option of bringing a
personal action against the borrower on the debt without first exhausting such
security;  however, in some of these states, the lender, following judgment on
such  personal  action,  may be  deemed to have  elected  a remedy  and may be
precluded from exercising remedies with respect to the security. Consequently,
the practical effect of the election  requirement,  when  applicable,  is that
lenders will usually proceed first against the security rather than bringing a
personal  action  against the  borrower.  In some  states,  exceptions  to the
anti-deficiency statutes are provided for in certain instances where the value
of the  lender's  security  has  been  impaired  by acts or  omissions  of the
borrower,  for example, in the event of waste of the property.  Finally, other
statutory provisions limit any deficiency judgment against the former borrower
following a foreclosure  sale to the excess of the  outstanding  debt over the
fair market value of the property at the time of the public sale.  The purpose
of these  statutes is generally to prevent a beneficiary  or a mortgagee  from
obtaining a large deficiency  judgment against the former borrower as a result
of low or no bids at the foreclosure sale.

          In addition to  anti-deficiency  and related  legislation,  numerous
other federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy
laws, and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect
the ability of the secured  mortgage lender to realize upon its security.  For
example, in a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, a lender may not foreclose
on a mortgaged  property  without the permission of the bankruptcy  court. The
rehabilitation  plan  proposed  by the debtor may  provide,  if the  mortgaged
property is not the debtor's principal residence and the court determines that
the value of the mortgaged  property is less than the principal balance of the
mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured  indebtedness  to the value of
the mortgaged  property as of the date of the  commencement of the bankruptcy,
rendering the lender a general unsecured creditor for the difference, and also
may reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage loan,  change the rate
of interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule.  The effect of any
such proceedings  under the Bankruptcy Code,  including but not limited to any
automatic  stay,  could  result  in  delays  in  receiving   payments  on  the
Land-and-Home  Contracts  underlying  a Series of  Certificates  and  possible
reductions in the aggregate amount of such payments.

          The federal tax laws provide  priority to certain tax liens over the
lien of a mortgage or secured party.

          Environmental Risks

          Real  property  pledged  as  security  to a lender may be subject to
unforeseen   environmental   risks.   Under  the  laws  of   certain   states,
contamination  of a property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure
the  payment  of the costs of  clean-up.  In  several  states  such a lien has
priority  over the lien of an existing  mortgage  against  such  property.  In
addition, under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and  Liability  Act  of  1980  ("CERCLA"),  the  United  States  Environmental
Protection Agency ("EPA") may impose a lien on property where EPA has incurred
clean-up  costs.  However,  a  CERCLA  lien is  subordinate  to  pre-existing,
perfected security interests.

          Under the laws of some states,  and under CERCLA,  it is conceivable
that a secured  lender may be held liable as an "owner" or "operator"  for the
costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances at
an underlying real property,  even though the  environmental  damage or threat
was caused by a prior or current owner or operator.  CERCLA imposes  liability
for such  costs on any and all  "responsible  parties,"  including  owners  or
operators. However, CERCLA excludes from the definition of "owner or operator"
a secured  creditor who holds  indicia of  ownership  primarily to protect its
security   interest   (the   "secured   creditor   exclusion")   but   without
"participating in the management" of the underlying real property.  Thus, if a
lender's   activities  begin  to  encroach  on  the  actual  management  of  a
contaminated facility or property, the lender may incur liability as an "owner
or operator" under CERCLA.  Similarly,  if a lender forecloses and takes title
to a contaminated facility or property,  the lender may incur CERCLA liability
in various  circumstances,  including,  but not  limited to, when it holds the
facility or  property  as an  investment  (including  leasing the  facility or
property to third party), or fails to market the property in a timely fashion.

          Whether actions taken by a lender would constitute  participation in
the management of a mortgaged property,  or the business of a borrower,  so as
to render the secured  creditor  exemption  unavailable to a lender has been a
matter  of  judicial  interpretation  of the  statutory  language,  and  court
decisions  have  been  inconsistent.  In 1990,  the Court of  Appeals  for the
Eleventh Circuit suggested that the mere capacity of the lender to influence a
borrower's decisions regarding disposal of hazardous substances was sufficient
participation  in the  management  of the  borrower's  business  to  deny  the
protection of the secured creditor exemption to the lender.

          This ambiguity appears to have been resolved by the enactment of the
Asset Conservation,  Lender Liability and Deposit Insurance  Protection Act of
1996,  which was signed into law by President  Clinton on September  30, 1996.
This legislation  provides that in order to be deemed to have  participated in
the management of a mortgaged property,  a lender must actually participate in
the operational affairs of the property or the borrower.  The legislation also
provides that participation in the management of the property does not include
"merely  having the capacity to influence,  or  unexercised  right to control"
operations.  Rather, a lender will lose the protection of the secured creditor
exemption  only if it exercises  decision-making  control over the  borrower's
environmental   compliance  and  hazardous  substance  handling  and  disposal
practices,  or assumes day-to-day  management of all operational  functions of
the mortgaged property.

          If a  lender  is or  becomes  liable,  it can  bring an  action  for
contribution  against any other  "responsible  parties,"  including a previous
owner or operator,  who created the environmental hazard, but those persons or
entities may be bankrupt or otherwise  judgment  proof.  The costs  associated
with  environmental  cleanup may be substantial.  It is conceivable  that such
costs arising from the circumstances set forth above would result in a loss to
Certificateholders.

          CERCLA  does  not  apply  to  petroleum  products,  and the  secured
creditor  exclusion does not govern  liability for cleanup costs under federal
laws other than  CERCLA,  in  particular  Subtitle I of the  federal  Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"),  which regulates underground petroleum
storage  tanks  (except  heating  oil  tanks).  The EPA has  adopted  a lender
liability rule for underground  storage tanks under Subtitle I of RCRA.  Under
such rule, a holder of a security  interest in an underground  storage tank or
real property  containing  an  underground  storage tank is not  considered an
operator of the underground storage tank as long as petroleum is not added to,
stored  in  or  dispensed  from  the  tank.  In  addition,   under  the  Asset
Conservation,  Lender Liability and Deposit Insurance  Protection Act of 1996,
the  protections  accorded to lenders  under  CERCLA are also  accorded to the
holders of security  interests  in  underground  storage  tanks.  It should be
noted, however,  that liability for cleanup of petroleum  contamination may be
governed by state law,  which may not provide for any specific  protection for
secured  creditors,  or  alternatively,  may not impose  liability  on secured
creditors at all.

          Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
at the time the  Land-and-Home  Contracts were  originated,  no  environmental
assessment  or  a  very  limited  environmental   assessment  of  the  related
underlying real properties was conducted.

DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

          Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
each  conventional  Contract  will  contain a  due-on-sale  clause  which will
generally  provide  that  if the  obligor  sells,  transfers  or  conveys  the
Manufactured Home (and, in the case of Land-and-Home Contracts, the underlying
real  property),  the loan or contract may be accelerated by the secured party
or  the  mortgagee.  Court  decisions  and  legislative  actions  have  placed
substantial  restriction  on the right of lenders to enforce  such  clauses in
many states.  For instance,  the California  Supreme Court in August 1978 held
that due-on-sale clauses were generally  unenforceable.  However,  the Garn-St
Germain  Depository  Institutions  Act of 1982 (the  "Garn-St  Germain  Act"),
subject to certain exceptions,  preempts state  constitutional,  statutory and
case law  prohibiting  the  enforcement of due-on-sale  clauses.  As a result,
due-on-sale  clauses have become generally  enforceable except in those states
whose legislatures exercised their authority to regulate the enforceability of
such  clauses  with  respect  to  manufactured  housing  loans  that  were (i)
originated or assumed during the "window period" under the Garn-St Germain Act
which ended in all cases not later than  October 15, 1982 and (ii)  originated
by lenders other than national banks, federal savings institutions and federal
credit  unions.  FHLMC  has  taken  the  position  in its  published  mortgage
servicing  standards  that, out of a total of eleven  "window period  states,"
five states (Arizona,  Michigan,  Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah) have enacted
statutes extending,  on various terms and for varying periods, the prohibition
on enforcement of  due-on-sale  clauses with respect to certain  categories of
window period loans. Also, the Garn-St Germain Act does "encourage" lenders to
permit  assumption  of loans at the original rate of interest or at some other
rate less than the average of the original rate and the market rate.

          As to loans  secured by an  owner-occupied  residence,  the  Garn-St
Germain Act sets forth nine  specific  instances  in which a secured  party or
mortgagee  covered by the Act may not exercise its rights under a  due-on-sale
clause,  notwithstanding  the fact that a transfer  of the  property  may have
occurred. The inability to enforce a due-on-sale clause may result in transfer
of the related Manufactured Home (and, in the case of Land-and-Home Contracts,
the related underlying real property) to an uncreditworthy person, which could
increase the likelihood of default or may result in a loan bearing an interest
rate below the current  market rate being  assumed by a new home buyer,  which
may affect the average life of the Contracts and the number of Contracts which
may extend to maturity.

          In addition,  under federal bankruptcy law,  due-on-sale clauses may
not  be  enforceable  in  bankruptcy   proceedings   and  may,  under  certain
circumstances, be eliminated by modified terms of the loan resulting from such
bankruptcy proceeding.

ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES

          Forms of notes,  contracts,  mortgages  and  deeds of trust  used by
lenders may contain provisions obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if
payments  are not timely  made,  and in some  circumstances  may  provide  for
prepayment  fees or penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity.  In
certain states, there are or may be specific limitations upon the late charges
which a lender may collect from a borrower for  delinquent  payments.  Certain
states also limit the amounts  that a lender may collect from a borrower as an
additional charge if the loan is prepaid. Under certain state laws, prepayment
charges  may not be  imposed  after a  certain  period of time  following  the
origination of manufactured housing loans with respect to prepayments on loans
secured  by  liens  encumbering  owner-occupied  residential  properties.  The
absence of such a restraint on prepayment,  particularly with respect to fixed
rate Contracts  having higher Contract  Rates,  may increase the likelihood of
refinancing or other early retirement of such loans or contracts. Late charges
and  prepayment  fees  are  typically  retained  by  servicers  as  additional
servicing compensation.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

          Title V of the  Depository  Institutions  Deregulation  and Monetary
Control Act of 1980,  enacted in March 1980 ("Title V") provides that (subject
to certain  conditions  governing,  among other  things,  (x) the terms of any
prepayments,  (y) late  charges and deferral  fees and (z)  requiring a 30-day
notice period prior to instituting  any action leading to  repossession of the
related  unit) state  usury  limitations  shall not apply to any  manufactured
housing loan that is secured by a first lien on certain kinds of  manufactured
housing.  The Office of Thrift  Supervision,  as successor to the Federal Home
Loan Bank Board,  is authorized to issue rules and  regulations and to publish
interpretations  governing  implementation of Title V. The statute  authorized
the states to reimpose interest rate limits by adopting, before April 1, 1983,
a law or  constitutional  provision which expressly  rejects an application of
the federal law.  Fifteen states adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983
deadline.  In addition,  even where Title V is not so  rejected,  any state is
authorized by the law to adopt a provision  limiting  discount points or other
charges on manufactured  housing loans covered by Title V. Certain states have
taken action to reimpose  interest rate limits and/or to limit discount points
or other charges.

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT

          Generally,  under  the terms of the  Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Civil
Relief Act of 1940,  as amended  (the  "Relief  Act"),  a borrower  who enters
military service after the origination of such borrower's  Contract (including
a borrower  who is a member of the National  Guard or is in reserve  status at
the time of the  origination  of the  Contract  and is later  called to active
duty) may not be charged interest above an annual rate of 6% during the period
of such borrower's  active duty status,  unless a court orders  otherwise upon
application of the lender.  It is possible that such interest rate  limitation
could have an effect,  for an indeterminate  period of time, on the ability of
the Master  Servicer  to collect  full  amounts of  interest on certain of the
Contracts. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
shortfall in interest collections resulting from the application of the Relief
Act could result in losses to Certificateholders.  The Relief Act also imposes
limitations which would impair the ability of the Master Servicer to repossess
or  foreclose  on the  collateral  securing  an affected  Contract  during the
borrower's period of active duty status.  Moreover, the Relief Act permits the
extension  of a  Contract's  maturity  and the  re-adjustment  of its  payment
schedule  beyond the completion of military  service.  Thus, in the event that
such a Contract goes into default,  there may be delays and losses  occasioned
by the  inability to realize upon the  Manufactured  Home (and, in the case of
Land-and-Home Contracts, the underlying real property) in a timely fashion.

FHA INSURANCE AND VA GUARANTIES

          Certain of the  Contracts may be FHA insured or VA  guaranteed,  the
payments upon which, subject to the following  discussion,  are insured by the
FHA under  Title I of the  National  Housing  Act, as  amended,  or  partially
guaranteed  by the VA. Any FHA  insurance  or VA  guarantees  relating  to the
Contracts will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

          The FHA is responsible for  administering  various federal programs,
including  manufactured home insurance,  authorized under the National Housing
Act,  as  amended.  The  insurance  premiums  for FHA  insured  contracts  are
collected  by HUD  approved  lenders or by the  servicers  of such FHA insured
contracts and are paid to the FHA. The regulations  governing FHA manufactured
home  insurance   provide  that  insurance   benefits  are  payable  upon  the
repossession  and resale of the  collateral  and assignment of the contract to
HUD.  With respect to a defaulted  FHA insured  contract,  the  servicer  must
follow applicable regulations before initiating repossession procedures.  Once
it is  determined,  either by the servicer or HUD,  that default was caused by
circumstances  beyond the lenders control,  these regulations  require,  among
other  things,  that  the  lender  arrange  a  face-to-face  meeting  with the
borrower, initiate a modification or repayment plan, if feasible, and give the
borrower 30 days' notice of default prior to any repossession.  Such plans may
involve the  reduction  or  suspension  of scheduled  contract  payments for a
specified  period,  with such  payments to be made upon or before the maturity
date of the  contract,  or the recasting of payments due under the FHA insured
contract up to and beyond the scheduled  maturity  date.  In addition,  when a
default is  accompanied by certain other  criteria,  HUD may provide relief by
making  payments  to  the  servicer  of  such  contract  in  partial  or  full
satisfaction of amounts due thereunder (which payments are to be repaid by the
borrower to HUD) or by  accepting  assignment  of the  contract.  With certain
exceptions,  at least three full monthly  installments  must be due and unpaid
under the FHA insured  contract,  and HUD must have  rejected  any request for
relief  from  the  lender   before  the  servicer  may  initiate   foreclosure
proceedings.  If these regulations are satisfied,  the insurance claim is paid
in cash by HUD.

          For manufactured housing contracts, the amount of insurance benefits
generally  paid by FHA is equal to 90% of the sum of (i) the unpaid  principal
amount of the contract at the date of default and uncollected  interest earned
to the date of default computed at the contract rate, after deducting the best
price  obtainable  for  the  collateral  (based  in  part  on  a  HUD-approved
appraisal)  and all  amounts  retained or  collected  by the lender from other
sources with respect to the contract,  (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on the
unpaid  amount  of the  contract  from  the  date of  default  to the  date of
submission  of the claim plus 15 calendar days (but in no event more than nine
months)  computed  at a rate of 7% per annum,  (iii) costs paid to a dealer or
other third party to repossess and preserve the  property,  (iv) the amount of
any sales  commission  paid to a dealer or other third party for the resale of
the property,  (v) any property taxes,  special  assessments and other similar
charges and hazard insurance premiums,  prorated to the date of disposition of
the property,  (vi) uncollected  court costs,  (vii) legal fees, not to exceed
$500,  and (viii)  expenses for  recording  the  assignment of the lien on the
collateral  to the United  States.  When  entitlement  to  insurance  benefits
results from  assignment  of the FHA insured  contract to HUD,  the  insurance
payment  includes  full  compensation  for interest  accrued and unpaid to the
assignment date.

          The  insurance  available to a lender under FHA Title I insurance is
subject to the limit of a reserve  amount equal to ten percent of the original
principal  balance  of all Title I insured  loans  held by the  lender,  which
amount is reduced by all claims paid to the lender and which is  increased  by
an amount  equal to ten percent of the original  principal  balance of insured
loans originated or acquired by the lender.

          The  maximum  guarantee  that  may  be  issued  by  the  VA for a VA
guaranteed  contract is the lesser of (a) the lesser of $20,000 and 40% of the
principal  amount of the  contract  and (b) the  maximum  amount  of  guaranty
entitlement  available to the obligor veteran (which may range from $20,000 to
zero). The amount payable under the guarantee will be the percentage of the VA
contract originally  guaranteed applied to indebtedness  outstanding as of the
applicable  date of  computation  specified  in the VA  regulations,  interest
accrued  on  the  unpaid  balance  of the  loan  to the  appropriate  date  of
computation and limited expenses of the contract holder, but in each case only
to the extent that such amounts have not been recovered  through resale of the
manufactured  home.  The amount  payable  under the  guarantee may in no event
exceed the amount of the original guarantee.

          The VA may, at its option and without regard to the guarantee,  make
full  payment to a lender of the  unsatisfied  amount on a  contract  upon its
assignment to the VA. With respect to a defaulted VA guaranteed Contract,  the
servicer is,  absent  exceptional  circumstances,  authorized  to announce its
intention to repossess  only when the default has  continued for three months.
Generally,  a claim for the guarantee is submitted  after  liquidation  of the
related collateral.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

          The  so-called  "Holder-in-Due  Course"  rule of the  Federal  Trade
Commission  is intended to defeat the ability of the  transferor of a consumer
credit  contract  which  is  the  seller  of  goods  which  gave  rise  to the
transaction  (and certain  related  lenders and  assignees)  to transfer  such
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor thereunder. The effect of this
rule is to subject the  assignee of such a contract to all claims and defenses
which the debtor could  assert  against the seller of goods.  Liability  under
this rule is limited to amounts  paid under a Contract;  however,  the obligor
also may be able to  assert  the rule to set off  remaining  amounts  due as a
defense against a claim brought by the Trustee against such obligor.  Numerous
other  federal  and  state  consumer   protection  laws  impose   requirements
applicable to the  origination,  servicing and  enforcement  of the Contracts,
including the Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair
Credit  Billing  Act,  the  Fair  Credit   Reporting  Act,  the  Equal  Credit
Opportunity  Act,  the Fair  Debt  Collection  Practices  Act and the  Uniform
Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws, the failure to comply
with their provisions may affect the enforceability of the related contract.

                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

          The  following  is a summary  of the  anticipated  material  federal
income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership,  and disposition of the
Certificates  and is based on advice of Brown & Wood LLP,  special  counsel to
the  Depositor.  The  summary is based upon the  provisions  of the Code,  the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  including,  where applicable,  proposed
regulations,  and the judicial and administrative rulings and decisions now in
effect,   all  of  which  are   subject  to  change  or   possible   differing
interpretations. The statutory provisions, regulations, and interpretations on
which this  summary is based are  subject to change,  and such a change  could
apply retroactively.

          The  summary  does not  purport to deal with all  aspects of federal
income  taxation  that  may  affect  particular  investors  in  light of their
individual  circumstances,  nor with  certain  types of  investors  subject to
special  treatment  under the federal  income tax laws.  This summary  focuses
primarily  upon  investors  who will hold  Certificates  as  "capital  assets"
(generally,  property held for investment)  within the meaning of Section 1221
of the Code,  but much of the  discussion is applicable to other  investors as
well.  Prospective  Investors  are advised to consult  their own tax  advisers
concerning the federal, state, local and any other tax consequences to them of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Certificates.

          The federal income tax  consequences  to Holders will vary depending
on whether (i) the  Certificates  of a Series are classified as  indebtedness;
(ii) an  election  is made to treat the Trust Fund  relating  to a  particular
Series  of  Certificates  as a REMIC or as a  FASIT;  (iii)  the  Certificates
represent  interests in a grantor trust;  or (iv) the Trust Fund relating to a
particular  Series  of  Certificates  is  classified  as  a  partnership.  The
Prospectus  Supplement  for each Series of  Certificates  will specify how the
Certificates  will be treated for federal income tax purposes and will discuss
whether a REMIC or a FASIT election, if any, will be made with respect to such
Series. Prior to issuance of each Series of Certificates,  the Depositor shall
file  with the  Commission  a Form 8-K on  behalf of the  related  Trust  Fund
containing  an opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to the validity of the
information  set forth under "Federal Income Tax  Consequences"  herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

TAXATION OF DEBT CERTIFICATES

          Interest and Acquisition Discount. Certificates representing regular
interests in a REMIC are generally treated as evidences of indebtedness issued
by the  REMIC.  Certificates  representing  regular  interests  in a FASIT are
treated as debt  instruments.  Stated interest on regular  interests in REMICs
and regular  interests in FASITs will be taxable as ordinary  income and taken
into  account  using the  accrual  method  of  accounting,  regardless  of the
Holder's normal accounting method.  Thus, a taxpayer may be required to report
income  in  respect  of a FASIT  or REMIC  regular  interest  before  actually
receiving a  corresponding  cash  distribution.  Interest (other than original
issue  discount) on  Certificates  (other than regular  interests in REMICs or
FASITs) that are characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes
will be includible in income by holders thereof in accordance with their usual
methods of accounting.  Certificates  characterized as debt for federal income
tax  purposes,  including  regular  interests  in  REMICs or  FASITs,  will be
referred to hereinafter collectively as "Debt Certificates".

          Debt  Certificates that are Compound  Interest  Certificates  (i.e.,
debt  securities  that  accrete  the amount of accrued  interest  and add that
amount to the principal balance of the securities until maturity or until some
specified event has occurred) will, and certain of the other Debt Certificates
may,  be  issued  with  "original  issue  discount"  ("OID").   The  following
discussion is based in part on the rules  governing OID which are set forth in
Sections 1271-1275 of the Code and the Treasury  regulations issued thereunder
on February 2, 1994, as amended on June 11, 1996, (the "OID  Regulations").  A
Holder should be aware,  however,  that the OID  Regulations do not adequately
address  certain issues  relevant to prepayable  securities,  such as the Debt
Certificates.

          In  general,  OID,  if any,  will equal the  difference  between the
stated redemption price at maturity of a Debt Certificate and its issue price.
A holder  of a Debt  Certificate  must  include  such OID in gross  income  as
ordinary  interest  income as it accrues under a method taking into account an
economic accrual of the discount.  In general,  OID must be included in income
in advance of the receipt of the cash representing that income.  The amount of
OID on a Debt  Certificate  will be considered to be zero if it is less than a
de minimis amount determined under the Code.

          The issue price of a Debt  Certificate is the first price at which a
substantial  amount of Debt  Certificates  of that  class are sold  (excluding
sales to bond houses,  brokers,  underwriters or wholesalers).  If less than a
substantial amount of a particular class of Debt Certificates is sold for cash
on or prior to the related  Closing Date,  the issue price for such class will
be treated as the fair market  value of such class on such Closing  Date.  The
issue price of a Debt  Certificate  generally  includes  the amount paid by an
initial Debt Certificate  holder for accrued interest that relates to a period
prior  to the  issue  date  of the  Debt  Certificate  ("pre-issuance  accrued
interest").  The issue  price of a Debt  Security  may,  however,  be computed
without  regard to such  pre-issuance  accrued  interest if such  pre-issuance
accrued  interest will be paid on the first payment date following the date of
issuance.  This alternative is available only if the first payment date occurs
within one year of the date of issuance.  Under this alternative,  the payment
of pre-issuance  accrued  interest will be treated as a non-taxable  return of
capital  and not as a payment  of  interest.  The stated  redemption  price at
maturity of a Debt Certificate  includes the original  principal amount of the
Debt  Certificate,  but generally  will not include  stated  interest if it is
"qualified stated interest".

          Under the OID Regulations, qualified stated interest generally means
interest  payable  at a  single  fixed  rate or  qualified  variable  rate (as
described  below)  provided  that such interest  payments are  unconditionally
payable at  intervals  of one year or less  during the entire term of the Debt
Certificate.   The  OID   Regulations   state  that   interest   payments  are
unconditionally payable only if a late payment or nonpayment is expected to be
penalized or reasonable  remedies exist to compel payment or the Debt Security
otherwise  provides  terms and  conditions  that make the  likelihood  of late
payment or  nonpayment a remote  contingency.  Certain Debt  Certificates  may
provide for default  remedies in the event of late  payment or  nonpayment  of
interest.  The  interest  on such Debt  Certificates  will be  unconditionally
payable and constitute  qualified stated interest,  not OID.  However,  absent
clarification of the OID Regulations,  where Debt  Certificates do not provide
for  default  remedies,  the  interest  payments  will be included in the Debt
Certificate's  stated  redemption price at maturity and taxed as OID. Interest
is payable at a single  fixed rate only if the rate  appropriately  takes into
account the length of the interval between payments. Distributions of interest
on Debt Certificates with respect to which deferred interest will accrue, will
not constitute  qualified stated interest  payments,  in which case the stated
redemption  price  at  maturity  of  such  Debt   Certificates   includes  all
distributions  of interest as well as  principal  thereon.  Where the interval
between the issue date and the first  Distribution  Date on a Debt Certificate
is either longer or shorter than the interval between subsequent  Distribution
Dates,  all or part  of the  interest  foregone,  in the  case  of the  longer
interval,  and all of the  additional  interest,  in the  case of the  shorter
interval,  will be included  in the stated  redemption  price at maturity  and
tested  under  the de  minimis  rule  described  below.  In the case of a Debt
Certificate  with a long first period which has non-de minimis OID, all stated
interest in excess of interest payable at the effective  interest rate for the
long first period will be included in the stated  redemption price at maturity
and the Debt Certificate will generally have OID. Holders of Debt Certificates
should  consult their own tax advisors to determine the issue price and stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Certificate.

          Under  the  de  minimis  rule,  OID on a Debt  Certificate  will  be
considered to be zero if such OID is less than 0.25% of the stated  redemption
price at maturity of the Debt  Certificate  multiplied by the weighted average
maturity of the Debt  Certificate.  For this  purpose,  the  weighted  average
maturity  of the  Debt  Certificate  is  computed  as the  sum of the  amounts
determined  by  multiplying  the number of full  years  (i.e.,  rounding  down
partial  years) from the issue date until each  distribution  in  reduction of
stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to be made by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the amount of each  distribution  included in the stated
redemption  price at maturity of the Debt  Certificate  and the denominator of
which is the stated  redemption  price at  maturity  of the Debt  Certificate.
Holders  generally  must report de minimis OID pro rata as principal  payments
are received,  and such income will be capital gain if the Debt Certificate is
held as a capital asset.  However,  accrual method holders may elect to accrue
all de  minimis  OID as well as  market  discount  under a  constant  interest
method.

          Debt  Certificates  may  provide for  interest  based on a qualified
variable rate. Under the OID Regulations,  interest is treated as payable at a
qualified variable rate and not as contingent interest if, generally, (i) such
interest is unconditionally payable at least annually, (ii) the issue price of
the debt instrument does not exceed the total noncontingent principal payments
and (iii)  interest is based on a  "qualified  floating  rate," an  "objective
rate," or a combination of "qualified floating rates" that do not operate in a
manner that significantly accelerates or defers interest payments on such Debt
Certificate.  In the case of Compound Interest Certificates,  certain Interest
Weighted  Certificates  (as  defined  herein),  and  certain of the other Debt
Certificates,  none of the payments  under the  instrument  will be considered
qualified stated interest,  and thus the aggregate amount of all payments will
be included in the stated redemption price.

          The  OID   Regulations  do  not  contain   provisions   specifically
interpreting  Code Section  1272(a)(6).  Until the Treasury issues guidance to
the  contrary,  the Trustee  intends to base its  computation  on Code Section
1272(a)(6) and the OID Regulations as described in this  Prospectus.  However,
because no regulatory guidance currently exists under Code Section 1272(a)(6),
there can be no assurance that such methodology  represents the correct manner
of calculating OID.

          The holder of a Debt  Certificate  issued  with OID must  include in
gross income, for all days during its taxable year on which it holds such Debt
Certificate,  the sum of the "daily portions" of such original issue discount.
The  amount  of OID  includible  in  income by a holder  will be  computed  by
allocating  to each  day  during a  taxable  year a pro  rata  portion  of the
original issue discount that accrued during the relevant  accrual  period.  In
the case of a Debt  Certificate that is not a regular interest in a REMIC or a
FASIT and the  principal  payments  on which are not  subject to  acceleration
resulting from  prepayments on the Contracts,  the amount of OID includible in
income of a Holder  for an accrual  period  (generally  the period  over which
interest  accrues on the debt  instrument) will equal the product of the yield
to maturity of the Debt  Certificate  and the adjusted issue price of the Debt
Certificate,  reduced  by any  payments  of  qualified  stated  interest.  The
adjusted issue price is the sum of its issue price plus prior accruals or OID,
reduced by the total  payments made with respect to such Debt  Certificate  in
all prior periods, other than qualified stated interest payments.

          The  amount  of OID to be  included  in income by a holder of a debt
instrument, such as certain classes of the Debt Certificates,  that is subject
to  acceleration  due to prepayments on other debt  obligations  securing such
instruments (a "Pay-Through Security"), is computed by taking into account the
anticipated  rate of prepayments  assumed in pricing the debt  instrument (the
"Prepayment Assumption"). The amount of OID that will accrue during an accrual
period on a Pay-Through  Certificate  is the excess (if any) of the sum of (a)
the present  value of all  payments  remaining  to be made on the  Pay-Through
Certificate as of the close of the accrual period and (b) the payments  during
the accrual period of amounts  included in the stated  redemption price of the
Pay-Through  Certificate,  over the  adjusted  issue price of the  Pay-Through
Certificate at the beginning of the accrual  period.  The present value of the
remaining payments is to be determined on the basis of three factors:  (i) the
original yield to maturity of the Pay-Through  Certificate  (determined on the
basis of compounding  at the end of each accrual period and properly  adjusted
for the length of the accrual period),  (ii) events which have occurred before
the end of the  accrual  period and (iii) the  assumption  that the  remaining
payments will be made in accordance with the original  Prepayment  Assumption.
The effect of this method is to increase  the  portions of OID  required to be
included in income by a Holder to take into account  prepayments  with respect
to the  Contracts at a rate that  exceeds the  Prepayment  Assumption,  and to
decrease  (but not below zero for any period) the  portions of original  issue
discount  required  to be  included  in income  by a Holder  of a  Pay-Through
Certificate to take into account  prepayments with respect to the Contracts at
a rate that is slower than the Prepayment Assumption.  Although original issue
discount will be reported to Holders of Pay-Through  Certificates based on the
Prepayment  Assumption,  no  representation  is made to Holders that Contracts
will be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.

          The  Depositor  may  adjust  the  accrual  of OID on a class of Debt
Certificates in a manner that it believes to be  appropriate,  to take account
of realized  losses on the  Contracts,  although  the OID  Regulations  do not
provide for such  adjustments.  If the IRS were to require that OID be accrued
without  such  adjustments,  the  rate of  accrual  of OID for a class of Debt
Certificates could increase.

          Certain  classes of Debt  Certificates  may represent  more than one
class of REMIC or FASIT regular  interests.  Unless otherwise  provided in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,   the  Trustee  intends,  based  on  the  OID
Regulations,  to  calculate  OID on such  Certificates  as if,  solely for the
purposes of computing OID, the separate  regular  interests were a single debt
instrument.

          A subsequent  holder of a Debt  Certificate will also be required to
include  OID in gross  income,  but  such a holder  who  purchases  such  Debt
Certificate  for an amount  that  exceeds  its  adjusted  issue  price will be
entitled  (as will an initial  holder who pays more than a Debt  Certificate's
issue price) to offset such OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of
such excess.

          Effects of Defaults and  Delinquencies.  Holders will be required to
report  income  with  respect  to REMIC or FASIT  regular  interests  under an
accrual method without giving effect to delays and reductions in distributions
attributable to a default or delinquency on the Contracts,  except possibly to
the extent that it can be established that such amounts are uncollectible.  As
a result,  the amount of income (including OID) reported by a holder of such a
Certificate  in any  period  could  significantly  exceed  the  amount of cash
distributed  to such  holder in that  period.  The holder will  eventually  be
allowed a loss (or will be allowed to report a lesser amount of income) to the
extent that the  aggregate  amount of  distributions  on the  Certificates  is
deducted as a result of a Contract default.  However, the timing and character
of such losses or reductions in income are uncertain and, accordingly, holders
of Certificates should consult their own tax advisors on this point.

          Interest Weighted Certificates. It is not clear how income should be
accrued  with  respect  to  REMIC  or  FASIT  regular  interests  or  Stripped
Certificates  (as defined under " -- Tax Status as a Grantor  Trust;  General"
herein)  the  payments on which  consist  solely or  primarily  of a specified
portion of the interest payments on qualified  mortgages held by the REMIC, on
debt  instruments held by the FASIT, or on Contracts  underlying  Pass-Through
Certificates ("Interest Weighted Securities").  The Issuer intends to take the
position that all of the income derived from an Interest Weighted  Certificate
should be  treated  as OID and that the amount and rate of accrual of such OID
should be  calculated  by treating  the  Interest  Weighted  Certificate  as a
Compound  Interest  Certificate.  However,  in the case of  Interest  Weighted
Certificates  that are  entitled to some  payments of  principal  and that are
REMIC or FASIT  regular  interests the Internal  Revenue  Service could assert
that income derived from an Interest Weighted Certificate should be calculated
as if the  Certificate  were a security  purchased  at a premium  equal to the
excess of the price paid by such holder for such  Certificate  over its stated
principal amount,  if any. Under this approach,  a holder would be entitled to
amortize  such premium only if it has in effect an election  under Section 171
of the Code with respect to all taxable debt  instruments held by such holder,
as described below.  Alternatively,  the Internal Revenue Service could assert
that an  Interest  Weighted  Certificate  should  be  taxable  under the rules
governing  bonds issued with contingent  payments.  Such treatment may be more
likely  in the  case of  Interest  Weighted  Certificates  that  are  Stripped
Certificates  as described  below.  See " -- Tax Status as a Grantor  Trust --
Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Certificates".

          Variable Rate Debt  Certificates.  In the case of Debt  Certificates
bearing interest at a rate that varies directly, according to a fixed formula,
with an  objective  index,  it appears  that (i) the yield to maturity of such
Debt  Certificates  and  (ii) in the  case of  Pay-Through  Certificates,  the
present value of all payments  remaining to be made on such Debt Certificates,
should be calculated as if the interest  index remained at its value as of the
issue  date of such  Certificates.  Because  the  proper  method of  adjusting
accruals of OID on a variable rate Debt  Certificate is uncertain,  holders of
variable  rate  Debt  Certificates  should  consult  their  own  tax  advisers
regarding the appropriate  treatment of such  Certificates  for federal income
tax purposes.

          Market Discount.  A purchaser of a Certificate may be subject to the
market  discount  rules of  Sections  1276-1278  of the  Code.  A Holder  that
acquires a Debt  Certificate  with more than a prescribed de minimis amount of
"market discount"  (generally,  the excess of the principal amount of the Debt
Certificate  over the purchaser's  purchase price) will be required to include
accrued  market  discount  in income as  ordinary  income in each  month,  but
limited  to an  amount  not  exceeding  the  principal  payments  on the  Debt
Certificate received in that month and, if the Certificates are sold, the gain
realized.  Such  market  discount  would  accrue in a manner to be provided in
Treasury  regulations  but,  until such  regulations  are issued,  such market
discount  would in general  accrue either (i) on the basis of a constant yield
(in the case of a  Pay-Through  Certificate,  taking into account a prepayment
assumption) or (ii) in the ratio of (a) in the case of Certificates (or in the
case of a Pass-Through  Certificate (as defined  herein),  as set forth below,
the Contracts underlying such Certificate) not originally issued with original
issue discount, stated interest payable in the relevant period to total stated
interest  remaining  to be paid at the  beginning  of the period or (b) in the
case of  Certificates  (or,  in the  case of a  Pass-Through  Certificate,  as
described below, the Contracts underlying such Certificate)  originally issued
at a discount, OID in the relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.

          Section  1277  of  the  Code  provides   that,   regardless  of  the
origination  date of the Debt  Certificate  (or, in the case of a Pass-Through
Certificate,  the  Contracts),  the  excess of  interest  paid or  accrued  to
purchase  or  carry  a  Certificate   (or,  in  the  case  of  a  Pass-Through
Certificate,  as  described  below,  the  underlying  Contracts)  with  market
discount over interest  received on such  Certificate  is allowed as a current
deduction  only to the extent such excess is greater than the market  discount
that  accrued  during the  taxable  year in which such  interest  expense  was
incurred.  In general,  the deferred  portion of any interest  expense will be
deductible when such market discount is included in income, including upon the
sale,  disposition,  or  repayment  of the  Certificate  (or in the  case of a
Pass-Through  Certificate,  an  underlying  Contract).  A holder  may elect to
include  market  discount in income  currently  as it  accrues,  on all market
discount  obligations  acquired  by such holder  during the taxable  year such
election is made and thereafter, in which case the interest deferral rule will
not apply.

          Premium.  A holder who purchases a Debt  Certificate  (other than an
Interest Weighted Certificate to the extent described above) at a cost greater
than its stated redemption price at maturity,  generally will be considered to
have purchased the Certificate at a premium, which it may elect to amortize as
an  offset  to  interest  income on such  Certificate  (and not as a  separate
deduction item) on a constant yield method. Although no regulations addressing
the computation of premium accrual on securities  similar to the  Certificates
have been  issued,  the  legislative  history of the 1986 Act  indicates  that
premium is to be accrued in the same manner as market  discount.  Accordingly,
it appears that the accrual of premium on a class of Pay-Through  Certificates
will be calculated using the prepayment assumption used in pricing such class.
If a holder makes an election to amortize premium on a Debt Certificate,  such
election will apply to all taxable debt  instruments  (including all REMIC and
FASIT  regular  interests  and  all  pass-through   certificates  representing
ownership interests in a trust holding debt obligations) held by the holder at
the  beginning of the taxable  year in which the election is made,  and to all
taxable debt  instruments  acquired  thereafter  by such  holder,  and will be
irrevocable  without the consent of the IRS.  Purchasers who pay a premium for
the Certificates  should consult their tax advisers  regarding the election to
amortize premium and the method to be employed.

          Regulations  dealing with amortizable  bond premium  specifically do
not apply to prepayable debt instruments  described in Code Section 1272(a)(6)
such as the  Certificates.  Absent further  guidance from the IRS, the Trustee
intends to account for amortizable bond premium in the manner described above.
Prospective  purchasers of the Certificates  should consult their tax advisors
regarding  the  possible   application   of  the   Amortizable   Bond  Premium
Regulations.

          Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue  Discount.  The OID
Regulations  permit a holder  of a Debt  Certificate  to elect to  accrue  all
interest,  discount  (including de minimis market or original issue  discount)
and premium in income as interest,  based on a constant  yield method for Debt
Certificates  acquired on or after April 4, 1994.  If such an election were to
be made with respect to a Debt Certificate with market discount, the holder of
the Debt  Certificate  would be deemed to have made an  election to include in
income  currently  market discount with respect to all other debt  instruments
having  market  discount  that such  holder of the Debt  Certificate  acquires
during the year of the election or thereafter.  Similarly,  a holder of a Debt
Certificate  that makes this election for a Debt  Certificate that is acquired
at a premium will be deemed to have made an election to amortize  bond premium
with respect to all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium that such
holder owns or acquires. The election to accrue interest, discount and premium
on a constant yield method with respect to a Debt Certificate is irrevocable.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS

          General.  In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, special counsel to the
Depositor,  if  a  REMIC  election  is  made  with  respect  to  a  Series  of
Certificates,  then the  arrangement by which the  Certificates of that Series
are issued will be treated as a REMIC as long as all of the  provisions of the
relevant  Agreement  are complied  with.  Certificates  will be  designated as
"Regular  Interests" or "Residual  Interests" in a REMIC,  as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

          Except to the extent specified otherwise in a Prospectus Supplement,
if a REMIC  election  is made with  respect to a Series of  Certificates,  (i)
Certificates  held by a domestic building and loan association will constitute
"a regular  or a  residual  interest  in a REMIC"  within the  meaning of Code
Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(xi)  (assuming that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets
consist of cash, government securities,  "loans secured by an interest in real
property,"   and   other   types  of   assets   described   in  Code   Section
7701(a)(19)(C));  and (ii) Certificates held by a real estate investment trust
will  constitute  "real  estate  assets"  within the  meaning of Code  Section
856(c)(5)(B),  and income with respect to the Certificates  will be considered
"interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests
in real property" within the meaning of Code Section  856(c)(3)(B)  (assuming,
for both  purposes,  that at least 95% of the  REMIC's  assets are  qualifying
assets). If less than 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of assets described in
(i) or (ii) above,  then a  Certificate  will  qualify  for the tax  treatment
described in (i), (ii) or (iii) in the  proportion  that such REMIC assets are
qualifying assets.

          The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal
of  the  bad  debt  reserve  method  for  thrift  institutions,  repealed  the
application  of Code  Section  593(d)  to any  taxable  year  beginning  after
December 31, 1995.

REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS

          As a general rule, all of the expenses of a REMIC will be taken into
account by holders of the  Residual  Interest  Certificates.  In the case of a
"single class REMIC," however, the expenses will be allocated,  under Treasury
regulations,  among the holders of the Regular  Interest  Certificates and the
holders of the Residual  Interest  Certificates (as defined herein) on a daily
basis in proportion to the relative  amounts of income accruing to each Holder
on that day. In the case of a holder of a Regular Interest  Certificate who is
an  individual  or  a  "pass-through   interest  holder"   (including  certain
pass-through  entities but not including real estate investment trusts),  such
expenses will be deductible only to the extent that such expenses,  plus other
"miscellaneous  itemized deductions" of the Holder, exceed 2% of such Holder's
adjusted gross income. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December
31,  1990,  the amount of  itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for the
taxable  year for an  individual  whose  adjusted  gross  income  exceeds  the
applicable  amount  (which  amount will be adjusted for  inflation for taxable
years  beginning  after  1990)  will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the
excess of adjusted gross income over the applicable  amount or (ii) 80% of the
amount of itemized  deductions  otherwise allowable for such taxable year. The
reduction or disallowance  of this deduction may have a significant  impact on
the yield of the Regular  Interest  Certificate  to such a Holder.  In general
terms,  a single  class  REMIC is one that  either  (i) would  qualify,  under
existing  Treasury  regulations,  as a  grantor  trust  if it were not a REMIC
(treating  all  interests  as  ownership  interests,  even  if they  would  be
classified as debt for federal income tax purposes) or (ii) is similar to such
a trust and which is  structured  with the  principal  purpose of avoiding the
single class REMIC rules. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the  expenses  of the REMIC will be  allocated  to holders of the
related residual interest securities.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC

          General.  Although a REMIC is a separate  entity for federal  income
tax purposes,  a REMIC is not generally  subject to entity-level  tax. Rather,
the taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is taken into account by the holders
of residual interests. As described above, the regular interests are generally
taxable as debt of the REMIC.

          Calculation  of REMIC  Income.  The taxable  income or net loss of a
REMIC is  determined  under an accrual  method of  accounting  and in the same
manner as in the case of an individual,  with certain adjustments. In general,
the taxable  income or net loss will be the  difference  between (i) the gross
income  produced by the REMIC's  assets,  including  stated  interest  and any
original issue discount or market  discount on loans and other assets and (ii)
deductions,  including  stated interest and original issue discount accrued on
Regular  Interest  Certificates,  amortization  of any premium with respect to
Contracts,  and servicing  fees and other expenses of the REMIC. A holder of a
Residual  Interest  Certificate  that  is  an  individual  or a  "pass-through
interest holder" (including certain pass-through  entities,  but not including
real estate investment trusts) will be unable to deduct servicing fees payable
on the loans or other administrative expenses of the REMIC for a given taxable
year, to the extent that such  expenses,  when  aggregated  with such holder's
other  miscellaneous  itemized  deductions  for that  year,  do not exceed two
percent of such holder's adjusted gross income.

          For purposes of computing its taxable  income or net loss, the REMIC
should  have an  initial  aggregate  tax  basis  in its  assets  equal  to the
aggregate  fair  market  value  of the  regular  interests  and  the  residual
interests  on the  Startup  Day  (generally,  the day that the  interests  are
issued).  That aggregate basis will be allocated among the assets of the REMIC
in proportion to their respective fair market values.

          The OID  provisions  of the  Code  apply  to  loans  of  individuals
originated on or after March 2, 1984, and the market discount provisions apply
to loans  originated after July 18, 1984.  Subject to possible  application of
the de minimis rules, the method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on such
loans will be  equivalent  to the method  under which  holders of  Pay-Through
Certificates  accrue original issue discount  (i.e.,  under the constant yield
method taking into account the Prepayment  Assumption).  The REMIC will deduct
OID on the Regular  Interest  Certificates in the same manner that the holders
of the Regular  Interest  Certificates  include such  discount in income,  but
without  regard to the de minimis rules.  See "Taxation of Debt  Certificates"
above.  However, a REMIC that acquires loans at a market discount must include
such  market  discount  in income  currently,  as it  accrues,  on a  constant
interest basis.

          To the extent  that the  REMIC's  basis  allocable  to loans that it
holds exceeds their principal amounts,  the resulting premium, if attributable
to mortgages  originated  after September 27, 1985, will be amortized over the
life of the  loans  (taking  into  account  the  Prepayment  Assumption)  on a
constant yield method. Although the law is somewhat unclear regarding recovery
of premium  attributable  to loans  originated  on or before such date,  it is
possible  that such premium may be recovered in proportion to payments of loan
principal.

          Prohibited  Transactions  and  Contributions  Tax. The REMIC will be
subject  to  a  100%  tax  on  any  net  income  derived  from  a  "prohibited
transaction".  For this purpose,  net income will be calculated without taking
into  account  any  losses  from  prohibited  transactions  or any  deductions
attributable  to any  prohibited  transaction  that  resulted  in a  loss.  In
general,  prohibited  transactions include: (i) subject to limited exceptions,
the sale or other  disposition  of any qualified  mortgage  transferred to the
REMIC; (ii) subject to a limited exception, the sale or other disposition of a
cash  flow  investment;  (iii) the  receipt  of any  income  from  assets  not
permitted to be held by the REMIC pursuant to the Code; or (iv) the receipt of
any fees or other  compensation  for  services  rendered  by the REMIC.  It is
anticipated  that a REMIC will not engage in any  prohibited  transactions  in
which it would recognize a material amount of net income. In addition, subject
to a number of  exceptions,  a tax is  imposed  at the rate of 100% on amounts
contributed to a REMIC after the close of the three-month  period beginning on
the Startup Day. The holders of Residual Interest  Certificates will generally
be responsible  for the payment of any such taxes imposed on the REMIC. To the
extent not paid by such holders or otherwise, however, such taxes will be paid
out of the  Trust  Fund and  will be  allocated  pro  rata to all  outstanding
classes of Certificates of such REMIC.

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST CERTIFICATES

          The holder of a  Certificate  representing  a residual  interest  (a
"Residual Interest Certificate") will take into account the "daily portion" of
the  taxable  income or net loss of the REMIC for each day during the  taxable
year on which such holder held the Residual  Interest  Certificate.  The daily
portion is determined  by  allocating to each day in any calendar  quarter its
ratable  portion  of the  taxable  income  or net loss of the  REMIC  for such
quarter,  and by allocating that amount among the holders (on such day) of the
Residual Interest  Certificates in proportion to their respective  holdings on
such day.

          The  holder of a  Residual  Interest  Certificate  must  report  its
proportionate  share of the  taxable  income  of the REMIC  whether  or not it
receives  cash  distributions  from the REMIC  attributable  to such income or
loss.  The reporting of taxable  income  without  corresponding  distributions
could occur,  for example,  in certain REMIC issues in which the loans held by
the REMIC were issued or acquired at a discount,  since  mortgage  prepayments
cause recognition of discount income,  while the corresponding  portion of the
prepayment  could be used in whole or in part to make  principal  payments  on
REMIC Regular  Interests  issued  without any discount or at an  insubstantial
discount (if this  occurs,  it is likely that cash  distributions  will exceed
taxable income in later years).  Taxable income may also be greater in earlier
years of certain  REMIC issues as a result of the fact that  interest  expense
deductions, as a percentage of outstanding principal on REMIC Regular Interest
Certificates, will typically increase over time as lower yielding Certificates
are paid,  whereas interest income with respect to loans will generally remain
constant over time as a percentage of loan principal.

          In any event,  because the holder of a residual interest is taxed on
the net  income of the  REMIC,  the  taxable  income  derived  from a Residual
Interest  Certificate in a given taxable year will not be equal to the taxable
income  associated with investment in a corporate bond or stripped  instrument
having  similar cash flow  characteristics  and pretax yield.  Therefore,  the
after-tax yield on the Residual Interest  Certificate may be less than that of
such a bond or instrument.

          Limitation  on  Losses.  The amount of the  REMIC's  net loss that a
holder may take into account  currently  is limited to the  holder's  adjusted
basis at the end of the calendar quarter in which such loss arises. A holder's
basis in a Residual  Interest  Certificate  will initially equal such holder's
purchase  price,  and will  subsequently  be  increased  by the  amount of the
REMIC's taxable income  allocated to the holder,  and decreased (but not below
zero) by the amount of  distributions  made and the amount of the  REMIC's net
loss  allocated  to the holder.  Any  disallowed  loss may be carried  forward
indefinitely,  but may be used only to offset income of the REMIC generated by
the same REMIC.  The ability of holders of Residual  Interest  Certificates to
deduct net losses may be subject to additional  limitations under the Code, as
to which such holders should consult their tax advisers.

          Distributions.  Distributions  on a  Residual  Interest  Certificate
(whether  at  their  scheduled  times  or as a  result  of  prepayments)  will
generally not result in any additional taxable income or loss to a holder of a
Residual  Interest  Certificate.  If the  amount  of such  payment  exceeds  a
holder's adjusted basis in the Residual  Interest  Certificate,  however,  the
holder will  recognize  gain  (treated  as gain from the sale of the  Residual
Interest Certificate) to the extent of such excess.

          Sale or Exchange.  A holder of a Residual Interest  Certificate will
recognize  gain  or  loss  on the  sale or  exchange  of a  Residual  Interest
Certificate  equal to the difference,  if any, between the amount realized and
such holder's adjusted basis in the Residual Interest  Certificate at the time
of such sale or exchange. Except to the extent provided in regulations,  which
have not yet been issued,  any loss upon  disposition  of a Residual  Interest
Certificate  will be  disallowed if the selling  holder  acquires any residual
interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage pool within six months before or after
such disposition.

          Excess  Inclusions.  The  portion of the REMIC  taxable  income of a
holder of a Residual  Interest  Certificate  consisting of "excess  inclusion"
income  may not be  offset  by  other  deductions  or  losses,  including  net
operating losses, on such holder's federal income tax return.  Further, if the
holder of a Residual  Interest  Certificate is an organization  subject to the
tax on unrelated  business  income  imposed by Code Section 511, such holder's
excess inclusion  income will be treated as unrelated  business taxable income
of such holder. In addition, under Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if a
real estate investment trust, a regulated  investment  company, a common trust
fund, or certain cooperatives were to own a Residual Interest  Certificate,  a
portion  of  dividends  (or  other  distributions)  paid  by the  real  estate
investment  trust (or  other  entity)  would be  treated  as excess  inclusion
income.  If a  Residual  Certificate  is  owned  by a  foreign  person  excess
inclusion  income is  subject to tax at a rate of 30% which may not be reduced
by treaty,  is not  eligible  for  treatment as  "portfolio  interest"  and is
subject to  certain  additional  limitations.  See "Tax  Treatment  of Foreign
Investors".  The Small  Business Job Protection Act of 1996 has eliminated the
special rule permitting  Section 593 institutions  ("thrift  institutions") to
use net operating losses and other allowable deductions to offset their excess
inclusion  income  from REMIC  residual  certificates  that have  "significant
value"  within the  meaning of the REMIC  Regulations,  effective  for taxable
years  beginning  after  December  31,  1995,  except with respect to residual
certificates continuously held by a thrift institution since November 1, 1995.

          In addition,  the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides
three rules for determining the effect on excess inclusions on the alternative
minimum  taxable  income of a  residual  holder.  First,  alternative  minimum
taxable  income for such residual  holder is determined  without regard to the
special  rule that  taxable  income  cannot be less  than  excess  inclusions.
Second, a residual holder's  alternative minimum taxable income for a tax year
cannot be less than excess  inclusions for the year.  Third, the amount of any
alternative minimum tax net operating loss deductions must be computed without
regard to any  excess  inclusions.  These  rules are  effective  for tax years
beginning  after  December 31, 1986,  unless a residual  holder elects to have
such rules apply only to tax years beginning after August 20, 1996.

          The excess inclusion  portion of a REMIC's income is generally equal
to the  excess,  if any,  of REMIC  taxable  income for the  quarterly  period
allocable to a Residual Interest Certificate, over the daily accruals for such
quarterly  period of (i) 120% of the long term applicable  federal rate on the
Startup Day  multiplied  by (ii) the  adjusted  issue  price of such  Residual
Interest  Certificate at the beginning of such quarterly period.  The adjusted
issue price of a Residual  Interest at the beginning of each calendar  quarter
will  equal  its  issue  price  (calculated  in  a  manner  analogous  to  the
determination  of the issue  price of a Regular  Interest),  increased  by the
aggregate of the daily  accruals for prior  calendar  quarters,  and decreased
(but not below  zero) by the  amount  of loss  allocated  to a holder  and the
amount of distributions  made on the Residual Interest  Certificate before the
beginning of the  quarter.  The  long-term  federal  rate,  which is announced
monthly by the Treasury  Department,  is an interest rate that is based on the
average  market  yield of  outstanding  marketable  obligations  of the United
States government having remaining maturities in excess of nine years.

          Under the REMIC Regulations, in certain circumstances,  transfers of
Residual  Certificates may be disregarded.  See " -- Restrictions on Ownership
and  Transfer of Residual  Interest  Certificates"  and " -- Tax  Treatment of
Foreign Investors" below.

          Restrictions   on  Ownership  and  Transfer  of  Residual   Interest
Certificates.   As  a  condition  to  qualification  as  a  REMIC,  reasonable
arrangements  must  be made  to  prevent  the  ownership  of a REMIC  residual
interest  by  any  "Disqualified  Organization".   Disqualified  Organizations
include the United States,  any State or political  subdivision  thereof,  any
foreign  government,  any  international   organization,   or  any  agency  or
instrumentality  of  any of the  foregoing,  a  rural  electric  or  telephone
cooperative  described  in Section  1381(a)(2)(C)  of the Code,  or any entity
exempt from the tax imposed by Sections  1-1399 of the Code, if such entity is
not  subject  to  tax on  its  unrelated  business  income.  Accordingly,  the
applicable  Agreement will prohibit  Disqualified  Organizations from owning a
Residual Interest Certificate. In addition, no transfer of a Residual Interest
Certificate  will be  permitted  unless  the  proposed  transferee  shall have
furnished to the Trustee an affidavit  representing  and warranting that it is
neither a Disqualified  Organization  nor an agent or nominee acting on behalf
of a Disqualified Organization.

          If a Residual Interest  Certificate is transferred to a Disqualified
Organization  after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the restrictions set forth
above),  a substantial  tax can be imposed on the  transferor of such Residual
Interest  Certificate  at  the  time  of  the  transfer.  In  addition,  if  a
Disqualified  Organization  holds an interest in a  pass-through  entity after
March 31, 1988  (including,  among others, a partnership,  trust,  real estate
investment  trust,  regulated  investment  company,  or any person  holding as
nominee),  that owns a Residual Interest Certificate,  the pass-through entity
will be  required  to pay an annual tax on its  allocable  share of the excess
inclusion income of the REMIC.

          Under the REMIC Regulations, if a Residual Interest Certificate is a
"noneconomic  residual interest," as described below, a transfer of a Residual
Interest  Certificate  to a United States person will be  disregarded  for all
Federal tax  purposes  unless no  significant  purpose of the  transfer was to
impede the assessment or collection of tax. A Residual Interest Certificate is
a "noneconomic  residual interest" unless, at the time of the transfer (i) the
present value of the expected future  distributions  on the Residual  Interest
Certificate  at  least  equals  the  product  of  the  present  value  of  the
anticipated  excess  inclusions  and the  highest  rate of tax for the year in
which the transfer occurs and (ii) the transferor  reasonably expects that the
transferee will receive  distributions  from the REMIC at or after the time at
which  the taxes  accrue on the  anticipated  excess  inclusions  in an amount
sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes. If a transfer of a Residual  Interest
is  disregarded,  the  transferor  would be liable for any Federal  income tax
imposed upon taxable  income  derived by the  transferee  from the REMIC.  The
REMIC Regulations  provide no guidance as to how to determine if a significant
purpose of a transfer  is to impede the  assessment  or  collection  of tax. A
similar  type of  limitation  exists  with  respect  to certain  transfers  of
residual  interests by foreign persons to United States persons.  See " -- Tax
Treatment of Foreign Investors".

          Mark to Market Rules.  Prospective  purchasers  of a REMIC  Residual
Interest   Certificate   should  be  aware  that  a  REMIC  Residual  Interest
Certificate acquired after January 3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market.

ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

          The REMIC's  books must be  maintained  on a calendar year basis and
the REMIC must file an annual federal  income tax return.  The REMIC will also
be subject to the procedural and  administrative  rules of the Code applicable
to  partnerships,  including the  determination  of any  adjustments to, among
other things, items of REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction,  or credit, by the
IRS in a unified administrative proceeding.

TAXATION OF THE FASIT AND ITS HOLDERS

          In  the  opinion  of  Brown  &  Wood  LLP,  special  counsel  to the
Depositor, if a FASIT election is made with respect to a Series of Securities,
then the arrangement by which the Securities of that Series are issued will be
treated as a FASIT so long as all of the provisions of the relevant  Agreement
are complied with.

          The Small  Business and Job  Protection  Act of 1996 added  Sections
860H through 860L to the Code (the "FASIT  Provisions"),  which  provide for a
new type of entity for federal income tax purposes known as a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" (a "FASIT"). Although the FASIT provisions of
the Code became  effective on September 1, 1997,  no Treasury  regulations  or
other  administrative   guidance  have  been  issued  with  respect  to  those
provisions.  Accordingly,  definitive guidance cannot be provided with respect
to many  aspects  of the tax  treatment  of FASIT  regular  interest  holders.
Investors  should  also  note  that  the  FASIT  discussion  contained  herein
constitutes  only a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the
holders  of FASIT  interests.  With  respect to each  Series of FASIT  regular
interests,   the  related  Prospectus   Supplement  will  provide  a  detailed
discussion  regarding the federal income tax consequences  associated with the
particular transaction.

          FASIT   interests   will  be  classified  as  either  FASIT  regular
interests,  which  generally  will be treated as debt for  federal  income tax
purposes,  or FASIT  ownership  interests,  which generally are not treated as
debt for such purposes, but rather as representing rights and responsibilities
with  respect  to the  taxable  income  or  loss  of the  related  FASIT.  The
Prospectus  Supplement  for each  Series of  Securities  will  indicate  which
Securities of such Series will be designated as regular interests,  and which,
if any, will be designated as ownership interests.

          Qualification  as a FASIT.  A Trust Fund will  qualify as a FASIT if
(i) a FASIT  election is in effect,  (ii)  certain  tests  concerning  (A) the
composition  of the  FASIT's  assets  and (B)  the  nature  of the  investors'
interests in the FASIT are met on a continuing basis, and (iii) the Trust Fund
is not a  regulated  investment  company as  defined in section  851(a) of the
Code.

          Asset Composition. For a Trust Fund to be eligible for FASIT status,
substantially all of the Trust Fund Assets must consist of "permitted  assets"
as of the close of the third month beginning after the closing date and at all
times thereafter (the "FASIT  Qualification  Test").  Permitted assets include
(i) cash or cash  equivalents,  (ii) debt  instruments  with fixed  terms that
would  qualify  as  regular   interests  if  issued  by  a  REMIC  (generally,
instruments  that provide for interest at a fixed rate, a qualifying  variable
rate,  or a  qualifying  interest-only  ("IO") type rate),  (iii)  foreclosure
property, (iv) certain hedging instruments  (generally,  interest and currency
rate swaps and credit enhancement  contracts) that are reasonably  required to
guarantee or hedge against the FASIT's risks associated with being the obligor
on FASIT interests, (v) contract rights to acquire qualifying debt instruments
or qualifying  hedging  instruments,  (vi) FASIT regular  interest,  and (vii)
REMIC regular interests.  Permitted assets do not include any debt instruments
issued by the  holder  of the  FASIT's  ownership  interest  or by any  person
related to such holder.

          Interests  in  a  FASIT.   In  addition  to  the   foregoing   asset
qualification  requirements,  the  interests in a FASIT also must meet certain
requirements.  All of the  interests  in a FASIT must  belong to either of the
following: (i) one or more classes of regular interests or (ii) a single class
of ownership interest that is held by a fully taxable domestic C Corporation.

          A FASIT interest generally qualifies as a regular interest if (i) it
is designated as a regular interest,  (ii) it has a stated maturity no greater
than  thirty  years,  (iii) it entitles  its holder to a  specified  principal
amount,  (iv) the issue  price of the  interest  does not  exceed  125% of its
stated  principal  amount,  (v) the yield to maturity of the  interest is less
than the applicable Treasury rate published by the IRS plus 5%, and (vi) if it
pays  interest,  such  interest  is  payable  at either  (a) a fixed rate with
respect to the principal  amount of the regular  interest or (b) a permissible
variable  rate with respect to such  principal  amount.  Permissible  variable
rates  for FASIT  regular  interests  are the same as those for REMIC  regular
interests (i.e., certain qualified floating rates and weighted average rates).
Interest  will be  considered  to be based on a  permissible  variable rate if
generally,  (i) such interest is  unconditionally  payable at least  annually,
(ii) the  issue  price of the  debt  instrument  does  not  exceed  the  total
noncontingent  principal  payments and (iii) interest is based on a "qualified
floating rate," an "objective  rate," a combination of a single fixed rate and
one or more "qualified  floating rate," one "qualified inverse floating rate,"
or a combination of "qualified floating rates" that do not operate in a manner
that  significantly  accelerates  or defers  interest  payments  on such FASIT
regular interest.

          If an  interest  in a  FASIT  fails  to  meet  one  or  more  of the
requirements  set  out in  clauses  (iii),  (iv),  or  (v) in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  but otherwise meets all requirements to be treated as a
FASIT,  it may  still  qualify  as a  type  of  regular  interest  known  as a
"High-Yield  Interest".  In addition,  if an interest in a FASIT fails to meet
the  requirement  of clause  (vi),  but the  interest  payable on the interest
consists of a specified  portion of the interest  payments on permitted assets
and that  portion  does not vary over the life of the  security,  the interest
will also qualify as a High-Yield  Interest. A High-Yield Interest may be held
only by domestic C corporations that are fully subject to corporate income tax
("Eligible Corporations"), other FASITs, and dealers in securities who acquire
such interests as inventory,  rather than for investment. In addition, holders
of High-Yield Interests are subject to limitations on offset of income derived
from such interest. See "Certain Federal Income Tax  Consequences-Taxation  of
Trust as a FASIT-Treatment of High-Yield Interests".

          Consequences  of  Disqualification.  If a Trust Fund fails to comply
with one or more of ongoing  requirements  for FASIT status during any taxable
year,  the Code  provides  that its FASIT status may be lost for that year and
thereafter.  If FASIT  status is lost,  the  treatment of the former FASIT and
interests  therein for federal income tax purposes is uncertain.  Although the
Code  authorizes  the Treasury to issue  regulations  that address  situations
where a failure to meet the requirements for FASIT status occurs inadvertently
and in good faith,  such regulations have not yet been issued.  It is possible
that  disqualification  relief might be accompanied by sanctions,  such as the
imposition  of a corporate  tax on all or a portion of the FASIT's  income for
the  period  of time in  which  the  requirements  for  FASIT  status  are not
satisfied.

TREATMENT OF FASIT REGULAR SECURITIES

          Payments  received by holders of FASIT regular  interests  generally
will be accorded the same tax treatment under the Code as payments received on
other taxable debt instruments. Holders of FASIT regular interests must report
income from such  Securities  under an accrual method of  accounting,  even if
they otherwise would have used the cash receipts and disbursements  method. If
the FASIT regular  interests is sold, the Holder generally will recognize gain
or loss upon the sale. See "Taxation of Debt Securities" above.

TREATMENT OF HIGH-YIELD INTEREST

          High-Yield  Interests  are subject to special  rules  regarding  the
eligibility  of holders of such  interest,  and the ability of such holders to
offset income derived from those interests with losses.  High-Yield  Interests
only may be held by  Eligible  Corporations,  other  FASITs,  and  dealers  in
securities  who acquire such  interests as inventory.  If a securities  dealer
(other than an Eligible Corporation)  initially acquires a High-Yield Interest
as inventory,  but later begins to hold it for investment,  the dealer will be
subject  to an excise  tax equal to the income  from the  High-Yield  Interest
multiplied by the highest corporate income tax rate. In addition, transfers of
High-Yield  Interests to disqualified  holders will be disregarded for federal
income tax  purposes,  and the  transferor  will continue to be treated as the
holder of the High-Yield Interest.

          The Holder of a High-Yield  Interest may not use  non-FASIT  current
losses or net operating loss  carryforwards or carrybacks to offset any income
derived from the High-Yield  Interest,  for either regular  federal income tax
purposes or for  alternative  minimum tax  purposes.  In  addition,  the FASIT
provisions  contain an anti-abuse  rule that imposes  corporate  income tax on
income  derived from a FASIT regular  interest that is held by a  pass-through
entity (other than another FASIT) that issues debt or equity securities backed
by the FASIT  regular  interest and that have the same  features as High-Yield
Interests.

TAX TREATMENT OF FASIT OWNERSHIP SECURITIES

          A FASIT ownership  interest  represents the residual equity interest
in a FASIT. As such, the holder of a FASIT ownership  interest  determines its
taxable  income by taking into account all assets,  liabilities,  and items of
income,  gain,  deduction,  loss,  and  credit  of a FASIT.  In  general,  the
character of the income to the holder of a FASIT  ownership  interest  will be
the  same as the  character  of such  income  to the  FASIT,  except  that any
tax-exempt  interest  income  taken  into  account  by the  holder  of a FASIT
ownership  interest is treated as ordinary income. In determining that taxable
income,  the holder of a FASIT ownership interest must determine the amount of
interest,  original issue discount,  market discount,  and premium  recognized
with respect to the FASIT's assets and the FASIT regular  interests  issued by
the FASIT  according  to a  constant  yield  methodology  and under an accrual
method of accounting.  In addition,  holders of FASIT Ownership Securities are
subject  to the same  limitations  on their  ability  to use  losses to offset
income  from their  FASIT  regular  interests  as are  holders  of  High-Yield
Interest.

          Rules similar to the wash sale rules  applicable  to REMIC  residual
interests also will apply to FASIT ownership interests. Accordingly, losses on
dispositions of a FASIT ownership  interest generally will be disallowed where
within six months before or after the disposition, the seller of such interest
acquires any other FASIT ownership interest that is economically comparable to
a FASIT  ownership  interest.  In addition,  if any  security  that is sold or
contributed to a FASIT by the holders of the related FASIT ownership  interest
was  required  to be  marked-to-market  under  section 475 of the Code by such
holder,  then  section  475 of  the  Code  will  continue  to  apply  to  such
securities,  except that the amount realized under the mark-to-market rules or
the securities'  value after applying special valuation rules contained in the
FASIT  provisions.  Those special  valuation rules generally  require that the
value of debt  instruments  that are not traded on an  established  securities
market be  determined  by  calculating  the  present  value of the  reasonably
expected  payments under the  instrument  using a discount rate of 120% of the
applicable Federal rate, compounded semi-annually.

          The holder of a FASIT  ownership  interest  will be subject to a tax
equal to 100% of the net  income  derived  by the FASIT  from any  "prohibited
transactions".  Prohibited  transactions  include  (i) the  receipt  of income
derived from assets that are not permitted assets,  (ii) certain  dispositions
of  permitted  assets,  (iii) the receipt of any income  derived from any loan
originated  by a FASIT,  and (iv) in  certain  cases,  the  receipt  of income
representing a servicing fee or other  compensation.  Any Series of Securities
for which a FASIT  election is made  generally  will be structured in order to
avoid application of the prohibited transaction tax.

TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST

          In the absence of a REMIC or FASIT election,  a Trust Fund generally
will be classified as a grantor trust if (i) there is either only one class of
Certificates that evidences the entire undivided  beneficial  ownership of the
Trust Fund Assets,  or, if there is more than one class of Certificates,  each
class  represents a direct  investment  in the Trust Fund Assets,  and (ii) no
power   exists   under  the   Agreement   to  vary  the   investment   of  the
Certificateholders.  If these conditions are satisfied, the related Prospectus
Supplement  will  recite  that,  in the  opinion of Brown & Wood LLP,  special
counsel to the Depositor,  the Trust Fund relating to a Series of Certificates
will be  classified  for federal  income tax purposes as a grantor trust under
Subpart  E,  Part I of  Subchapter  J of the  Code  and not as an  association
taxable as a  corporation  (the  Certificates  of such  Series,  "Pass-Through
Securities").  In some Series there will be no separation of the principal and
interest payments on the Contracts.  In such  circumstances,  a Holder will be
considered  to have  purchased  a pro rata  undivided  interest in each of the
Contracts. In other cases ("Stripped Certificates"),  sale of the Certificates
will  produce  a  separation  in the  ownership  of all  or a  portion  of the
principal  payments  from all or a portion  of the  interest  payments  on the
Contracts.

          Each Holder  must report on its federal  income tax return its share
of the gross  income  derived  from the  Contracts  (not reduced by the amount
payable  as fees to the  Trustee  and the Master  Servicer  and  similar  fees
(collectively,  the "Servicing Fee")), at the same time and in the same manner
as such items  would have been  reported  under the  Holder's  tax  accounting
method had it held its interest in the Contracts  directly,  received directly
its share of the amounts  received  with  respect to the  Contracts,  and paid
directly  its  share  of the  Servicing  Fees.  In the  case  of  Pass-Through
Certificates other than Stripped  Certificates,  such income will consist of a
pro rata share of all of the income  derived from all of the Contracts and, in
the case of Stripped  Certificates,  such  income  will  consist of a pro rata
share of the income  derived  from each  stripped  bond or stripped  coupon in
which the Holder owns an interest.  The holder of a Certificate will generally
be entitled to deduct such  Servicing Fees under Section 162 or Section 212 of
the  Code to the  extent  that  such  Servicing  Fees  represent  "reasonable"
compensation for the services  rendered by the Trustee and the Master Servicer
(or third parties that are compensated  for the  performance of services).  In
the case of a noncorporate holder, however,  Servicing Fees (to the extent not
otherwise disallowed,  e.g., because they exceed reasonable compensation) will
be deductible in computing  such  holder's  regular tax liability  only to the
extent that such fees, when added to other miscellaneous  itemized deductions,
exceed 2% of adjusted  gross income and may not be deductible to any extent in
computing such holder's  alternative minimum tax liability.  In addition,  for
taxable  years  beginning  after  December  31,  1990,  the amount of itemized
deductions  otherwise  allowable for the taxable year for an individual  whose
adjusted  gross income  exceeds the  applicable  amount  (which amount will be
adjusted for inflation in taxable years  beginning after 1990) will be reduced
by the  lesser  of (i) 3% of the  excess of  adjusted  gross  income  over the
applicable amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized  deductions  otherwise
allowable for such taxable year.

          Discount  or  Premium on  Pass-Through  Certificates.  The  holder's
purchase  price of a  Pass-Through  Certificate  is to be allocated  among the
Contracts in proportion to their fair market values, determined as of the time
of purchase of the  Certificates.  In the  typical  case,  the Trustee (to the
extent  necessary  to  fulfill  its  reporting  obligations)  will  treat each
Contract  as  having a fair  market  value  proportional  to the  share of the
aggregate principal balances of all of the Contracts that it represents, since
the  Certificates,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  will have a  relatively  uniform  interest  rate and other common
characteristics.  To the extent  that the portion of the  purchase  price of a
Pass-Through  Certificate  allocated  to a Contract  (other than to a right to
receive any accrued interest thereon and any undistributed principal payments)
is less than or  greater  than the  portion  of the  principal  balance of the
Contract allocable to the Certificate,  the interest in the Contract allocable
to the  Pass-Through  Certificate  will be deemed to have been  acquired  at a
discount or premium, respectively.

          The  treatment of any  discount  will depend on whether the discount
represents  OID or  market  discount.  In the case of a  Contract  with OID in
excess of a prescribed de minimis amount or a Stripped  Certificate,  a holder
of a Certificate will be required to report as interest income in each taxable
year its  share of the  amount  of OID that  accrues  during  that year in the
manner  described  above.  OID with  respect to a Contract  could  arise,  for
example,  by  virtue of the  financing  of  points  by the  originator  of the
Contract,  or by virtue of the  charging  of points by the  originator  of the
Contract  in an amount  greater  than a  statutory  de minimis  exception,  in
circumstances under which the points are not currently  deductible pursuant to
applicable Code provisions.  Any market discount or premium on a Contract will
be includible in income,  generally in the manner described above, except that
in the case of Pass-Through  Certificates,  market discount is calculated with
respect to the Contracts underlying the Certificate,  rather than with respect
to  the  Certificate.  A  Holder  that  acquires  an  interest  in a  Contract
originated  after July 18,  1984 with more than a de minimis  amount of market
discount  (generally,  the excess of the principal amount of the Contract over
the purchaser's  allocable purchase price) will be required to include accrued
market discount in income in the manner set forth above.  See " -- Taxation of
Debt Certificates; Market Discount" and " -- Premium" above.

          In  the  case  of  market  discount  on a  Pass-Through  Certificate
attributable  to Contracts  originated on or before July 18, 1984,  the holder
generally  will be required to allocate the portion of such  discount  that is
allocable  to a loan  among the  principal  payments  on the  Contract  and to
include the discount allocable to each principal payment in ordinary income at
the time such principal payment is made. Such treatment would generally result
in discount  being  included in income at a slower rate than discount would be
required to be included in income using the method  described in the preceding
paragraph.

          Stripped Certificates.  A Stripped Certificate may represent a right
to receive only a portion of the interest  payments on the Contracts,  a right
to receive only  principal  payments on the  Contracts,  or a right to receive
certain payments of both interest and principal. Certain Stripped Certificates
("Ratio  Strip  Certificates")  may  represent  a right to  receive  differing
percentages of both the interest and principal on each  Contract.  Pursuant to
Section 1286 of the Code,  the separation of ownership of the right to receive
some or all of the interest  payments on an obligation  from  ownership of the
right to receive some or all of the principal payments results in the creation
of "stripped bonds" with respect to principal  payments and "stripped coupons"
with  respect to interest  payments.  Section 1286 of the Code applies the OID
rules to stripped  bonds and  stripped  coupons.  For  purposes  of  computing
original issue discount,  a stripped bond or a stripped coupon is treated as a
debt  instrument  issued on the date that such stripped  interest is purchased
with an issue price equal to its purchase  price or, if more than one stripped
interest is purchased,  the ratable share of the purchase  price  allocable to
such stripped interest.

          Servicing  fees in  excess of  reasonable  servicing  fees  ("excess
servicing")  will be treated  under the  stripped  bond  rules.  If the excess
servicing fee is less than 100 basis points (i.e., 1% interest on the Contract
principal  balance) or the  Certificates  are initially sold with a de minimis
discount (assuming no prepayment  assumption is required),  any non-de minimis
discount  arising from a  subsequent  transfer of the  Certificates  should be
treated  as market  discount.  The IRS  appears  to  require  that  reasonable
servicing  fees be  calculated  on a Contract by Contract  basis,  which could
result in some Contracts being treated as having more than 100 basis points of
interest stripped off.

          OID Regulations and judicial decisions provide no direct guidance as
to how the interest and original issue discount rules are to apply to Stripped
Certificates and other Pass-Through  Certificates.  Under the method described
above for Pay-Through Certificates (the "Cash Flow Bond Method"), a prepayment
assumption  is used and  periodic  recalculations  are made  which  take  into
account with respect to each accrual period the effect of  prepayments  during
such period.  However,  the 1986 Act does not,  absent  Treasury  regulations,
appear  specifically to cover  instruments  such as the Stripped  Certificates
which technically  represent ownership interests in the underlying  Contracts,
rather than being debt  instruments  "secured by" those  loans.  For tax years
beginning  after August 5, 1997 the Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 may allow use
of the Cash Flow Bond Method with respect to Stripped  Certificates  and other
Pass-Through  Certificates because it provides that such method applies to any
pool of debt  instruments  the yield on which may be affected by  prepayments.
Nevertheless,  it is believed  that the Cash Flow Bond Method is a  reasonable
method of reporting income for such Certificates,  and it is expected that OID
will be  reported  on that basis  unless  otherwise  specified  in the related
Prospectus   Supplement.   In  applying  the   calculation   to   Pass-Through
Certificates,  the Trustee  will treat all payments to be received by a holder
with respect to the underlying  Contracts as payments on a single  installment
obligation.  The IRS could, however,  assert that original issue discount must
be calculated separately for each Contract underlying a Certificate.

          Under  certain  circumstances,  if the  Contracts  prepay  at a rate
faster than the  Prepayment  Assumption,  the use of the Cash Flow Bond Method
may accelerate a Holder's  recognition of income.  If, however,  the Contracts
prepay at a rate slower than the Prepayment Assumption,  in some circumstances
the use of this method may decelerate a Holder's recognition of income.

          In the case of a Stripped  Certificate that is an Interest  Weighted
Certificate,  the Trustee intends, absent contrary authority, to report income
to  Certificate  holders as OID, in the manner  described  above for  Interest
Weighted Certificates.

          Possible Alternative Characterizations. The characterizations of the
Stripped   Certificates   described   above   are   not  the   only   possible
interpretations of the applicable Code provisions.  Among other possibilities,
the IRS could contend that (i) in certain Series,  each non-Interest  Weighted
Certificate  is  composed of an  unstripped  undivided  ownership  interest in
Contracts  and an  installment  obligation  consisting  of stripped  principal
payments;  (ii) the  non-Interest  Weighted  Certificates  are  subject to the
contingent  payment  provisions of the Contingent  Regulations;  or (iii) each
Interest Weighted Stripped  Certificate is composed of an unstripped undivided
ownership  interest in Contracts and an installment  obligation  consisting of
stripped interest payments.

          Given the variety of  alternatives  for  treatment  of the  Stripped
Certificates  and the different  federal income tax  consequences  that result
from each alternative, potential purchasers are urged to consult their own tax
advisers regarding the proper treatment of the Certificates for federal income
tax purposes.

          Character  as  Qualifying   Contracts.   In  the  case  of  Stripped
Certificates,  there is no specific legal authority existing regarding whether
the character of the  Certificates,  for federal income tax purposes,  will be
the same as the Contracts. The IRS could take the position that the Contracts'
character  is not  carried  over to the  Certificates  in such  circumstances.
Pass-Through  Certificates  will be, and, although the matter is not free from
doubt,  Stripped  Certificates  should be considered to represent "real estate
assets"  within the  meaning of  Section  856(c)(5)(B)  of the Code and "loans
secured  by an  interest  in real  property"  within  the  meaning  of Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(v)  of  the  Code;  and  interest  income  attributable  to the
Certificates  should be  considered  to  represent  "interest  on  obligations
secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property" within
the meaning of Section  856(c)(3)(B) of the Code. Reserves or funds underlying
the  Certificates may cause a proportionate  reduction in the  above-described
qualifying status categories of Certificates.

SALE OR EXCHANGE

          Subject  to  the  discussion  below  with  respect  to  Trust  Funds
classified as  partnerships,  a Holder's tax basis in its  Certificate  is the
price such holder pays for a  Certificate,  plus amounts of original  issue or
market discount included in income and reduced by any payments received (other
than qualified stated interest  payments) and any amortized  premium.  Gain or
loss recognized on a sale, exchange, or redemption of a Certificate,  measured
by the difference  between the amount realized and the Certificate's  basis as
so  adjusted,  will  generally  be  capital  gain or loss,  assuming  that the
Certificate is held as a capital asset. In the case of a Certificate held by a
bank,  thrift,  or similar  institution  described in Section 582 of the Code,
however,  gain or loss  realized  on the sale or  exchange of a REMIC or FASIT
regular interest will be taxable as ordinary income or loss. In addition, gain
from the disposition of a REMIC or FASIT regular interest that might otherwise
be  capital  gain will be  treated  as  ordinary  income to the  extent of the
excess,  if any,  of (i) the amount  that would  have been  includible  in the
holder's  income if the yield on such REMIC regular  interest had equaled 110%
of the  applicable  federal rate as of the beginning of such holder's  holding
period,  over the amount of ordinary income actually  recognized by the holder
with respect to such REMIC regular interest.  In general, the maximum tax rate
on ordinary income for individual  taxpayers is 39.6% and the maximum tax rate
on long-term  capital gains for such taxpayers is 28%. The maximum tax rate on
both  ordinary  income and long-term  capital gains of corporate  taxpayers is
35%.

          The  Taxpayer  Relief  Act of 1997  reduces  the  maximum  rates  on
long-term  capital  gains  recognized  on capital  assets  held by  individual
taxpayers for more than  eighteen  months as of the date of  disposition  (and
would  further  reduce  the  maximum  rates on such gains in the year 2001 and
thereafter for certain  individual  taxpayers who meet specified  conditions).
Prospective  investors should consult their own tax advisors  concerning these
tax law changes.

MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS

          Backup Withholding.  Subject to the discussion below with respect to
Trust Funds  classified as  partnerships,  a Holder,  other than a holder of a
REMIC Residual Certificate,  may, under certain  circumstances,  be subject to
"backup  withholding"  at a rate of 31% with respect to  distributions  or the
proceeds  of a sale of  certificates  to or  through  brokers  that  represent
interest or original  issue  discount on the  Certificates.  This  withholding
generally  applies if the  holder of a  Certificate  (i) fails to furnish  the
Trustee with its taxpayer  identification  number ("TIN");  (ii) furnishes the
Trustee an incorrect TIN; (iii) fails to report properly  interest,  dividends
or other  "reportable  payments" as defined in the Code; or (iv) under certain
circumstances, fails to provide the Trustee or such holder's securities broker
with a certified  statement,  signed  under  penalty of perjury,  that the TIN
provided  is its  correct  number and that the holder is not subject to backup
withholding.  Backup  withholding  will not apply,  however,  with  respect to
certain  payments  made to  Holders,  including  payments  to  certain  exempt
recipients  (such as exempt  organizations)  and to certain  Nonresidents  (as
defined  below).  Holders  should  consult  their  tax  advisers  as to  their
qualification  for  exemption  from backup  withholding  and the procedure for
obtaining the exemption.

          The Trustee  will  report to the Holders and to the Master  Servicer
for each calendar  year the amount of any  "reportable  payments"  during such
year and the amount of tax  withheld,  if any, with respect to payments on the
Certificates.

TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS

          Subject  to  the  discussion  below  with  respect  to  Trust  Funds
classified as partnerships is made, under the Code, unless interest (including
OID) paid on a Certificate  (other than a Residual  Interest  Certificate)  is
considered to be "effectively connected" with a trade or business conducted in
the United States by a nonresident  alien individual,  foreign  partnership or
foreign corporation  ("Nonresidents"),  such interest will normally qualify as
portfolio interest (except where (i) the recipient is a holder, directly or by
attribution,  of 10% or more of the capital or profits  interest in the issuer
or (ii) the recipient is a controlled foreign  corporation to which the issuer
is a related  person) and will be exempt from federal income tax. Upon receipt
of appropriate ownership  statements,  the issuer normally will be relieved of
obligations  to withhold tax from such  interest  payments.  These  provisions
supersede the generally applicable  provisions of United States law that would
otherwise  require the issuer to withhold at a 30% rate (unless such rate were
reduced or  eliminated  by an  applicable  tax treaty) on, among other things,
interest and other fixed or  determinable,  annual or periodic  income paid to
Nonresidents.  Holders of Pass-Through Certificates and Stripped Certificates,
including Ratio Strip Certificates,  however, may be subject to withholding to
the extent that the Contracts were originated on or before July 18, 1984.

          Interest and OID of Holders who are Non-residents are not subject to
withholding if they are  effectively  connected with a United States  business
conducted  by the  Holder.  They will,  however,  generally  be subject to the
regular United States income tax.

          Payments  to  holders  of  Residual  Interest  Certificates  who are
Non-residents  will  generally  be treated as interest for purposes of the 30%
(or lower treaty rate) United States  withholding  tax.  Holders should assume
that such income does not qualify for exemption from United States withholding
tax as  "portfolio  interest".  It is clear that, to the extent that a payment
represents a portion of REMIC taxable income that constitutes excess inclusion
income, a holder of a Residual Interest Certificate will not be entitled to an
exemption from or reduction of the 30% (or lower treaty rate)  withholding tax
rule.  If the  payments are subject to United  States  withholding  tax,  they
generally  will be taken into account for  withholding  tax purposes only when
paid or  distributed  (or when the Residual  Interest  Certificate is disposed
of). The Treasury has statutory authority,  however, to promulgate regulations
which would  require  such amounts to be taken into account at an earlier time
in order to prevent the avoidance of tax. Such regulations could, for example,
require  withholding prior to the distribution of cash in the case of Residual
Interest  Certificates  that do not have  significant  value.  Under the REMIC
Regulations, if a Residual Interest Certificate has tax avoidance potential, a
transfer  of  a  Residual  Interest  Certificate  to  a  Nonresident  will  be
disregarded for all federal tax purposes.  A Residual Interest Certificate has
tax avoidance  potential  unless,  at the time of the transfer the  transferor
reasonably  expects that the REMIC will distribute to the transferee  residual
interest holder amounts that will equal at least 30% of each excess inclusion,
and that such  amounts will be  distributed  at or after the time at which the
excess  inclusions  accrue and not later than the calendar year  following the
calendar  year of accrual.  If a  Nonresident  transfers  a Residual  Interest
Certificate to a United States  person,  and if the transfer has the effect of
allowing the  transferor to avoid tax on accrued excess  inclusions,  then the
transfer is  disregarded  and the  transferor  continues  to be treated as the
owner of the Residual Interest Certificate for purposes of the withholding tax
provisions of the Code. See " -- Excess Inclusions".

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST FUND AS A PARTNERSHIP

          In the  absence of a REMIC or FASIT  election,  a Trust Fund that is
not  classified as a grantor  trust will be  classified  as a partnership  for
federal tax purposes. Brown & Wood LLP, special counsel to the Depositor, will
deliver its opinion that a Trust Fund classified as a partnership  will not be
a publicly traded partnership  taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes.  This opinion will be based on the assumption  that the terms of the
related  Agreement  and  related  documents  will  be  complied  with,  and on
counsel's  conclusions  that the  nature of the  income of the Trust Fund will
exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded  partnerships are taxable
as corporations or the issuance of the  Certificates  has been structured as a
private placement under an IRS safe harbor, so that the Trust Fund will not be
characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

          If the Trust Fund were taxable as a corporation  for federal  income
tax purposes,  the Trust Fund would be subject to corporate  income tax on its
taxable income.  Any such corporate  income tax could  materially  reduce cash
available to make  distributions on the Certificates,  and  Certificateholders
could be liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust Fund.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

          Treatment of the Trust Fund as a Partnership. The Trust Fund and the
Master  Servicer will agree,  and the  Certificateholders  will agree by their
purchase  of  Certificates,  to treat  the  Trust  Fund as a  partnership  for
purposes of federal  and state  income  tax,  franchise  tax and any other tax
measured  in whole or in part by income,  with the  assets of the  partnership
being the assets held by the Trust Fund,  and the partners of the  partnership
being the  Certificateholders.  However,  the proper  characterization  of the
arrangement involving the Trust Fund, the Certificates and the Master Servicer
is not clear because there is no authority on transactions  closely comparable
to that contemplated herein.

          A  variety  of  alternative   characterizations  are  possible.  For
example,  because the  Certificates  have certain features  characteristic  of
debt, the  Certificates  might be considered  debt of the Trust Fund. Any such
characterization  would not result in materially  adverse tax  consequences to
Certificateholders  as  compared to the  consequences  from  treatment  of the
Certificates  as equity  in a  partnership,  described  below.  The  following
discussion  assumes  that the  Certificates  represent  equity  interests in a
partnership.

          Indexed Certificates, etc. The following discussion assumes that all
payments on the  Certificates  are  denominated in U.S.  dollars,  none of the
Certificates are Indexed Certificates or Strip Certificates, and that a Series
of Certificates  includes a single class of Certificates.  If these conditions
are not satisfied with respect to any given Series of Certificates, additional
tax considerations  with respect to such Certificates will be disclosed in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.

          Partnership Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust Fund will not be
subject to federal income tax. Rather, each Certificateholder will be required
to  separately  take into account  such  holder's  allocated  share of income,
gains,  losses,  deductions  and credits of the Trust Fund.  The Trust  Fund's
income will consist  primarily of interest and finance  charges  earned on the
Contracts (including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond
premium) and any gain upon  collection or disposition of Contracts.  The Trust
Fund's  deductions  will consist  primarily of servicing  and other fees,  and
losses or deductions upon collection or disposition of Contracts.

          The tax items of a  partnership  are  allocable  to the  partners in
accordance with the Code, Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement
(here,  the related  Agreement and related  documents).  The  Agreements  will
provide,  in general,  that the  Certificateholders  will be allocated taxable
income of the Trust Fund for each month  equal to the sum of (i) the  interest
that  accrues on the  Certificates  in  accordance  with their  terms for such
month, including interest accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for such month and
interest  on  amounts   previously  due  on  the   Certificates  but  not  yet
distributed;  (ii) any Trust  Fund  income  attributable  to  discount  on the
Contracts  that  corresponds  to any  excess  of the  principal  amount of the
Certificates  over their initial issue price (iii) prepayment  premium payable
to the Certificateholders for such month; and (iv) any other amounts of income
payable to the  Certificateholders  for such month.  Such  allocation  will be
reduced by any  amortization  by the Trust Fund of premium on  Contracts  that
corresponds  to any  excess  of the issue  price of  Certificates  over  their
principal  amount.  All  remaining  taxable  income of the Trust  Fund will be
allocated to the Company.  Based on the economic  arrangement  of the parties,
this approach for  allocating  Trust Fund income should be  permissible  under
applicable Treasury  regulations,  although no assurance can be given that the
IRS  would  not  require  a  greater  amount  of  income  to be  allocated  to
Certificateholders.  Moreover,  even under the foregoing method of allocation,
Certificateholders  may be allocated  income equal to the entire  Pass-Through
Rate plus the other items described above even though the Trust Fund might not
have sufficient cash to make current cash distributions of such amount.  Thus,
cash  basis  holders  will in effect be  required  to report  income  from the
Certificates on the accrual basis and Certificateholders may become liable for
taxes on Trust Fund income even if they have not received  cash from the Trust
Fund to pay such taxes. In addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting
will  be  done   on  a   uniform   basis   for  all   Certificateholders   but
Certificateholders  may be purchasing  Certificates  at different times and at
different  prices,  Certificateholders  may be required to report on their tax
returns  taxable  income  that is greater or less than the amount  reported to
them by the Trust Fund.

          All of the taxable income allocated to a Certificateholder that is a
pension,  profit sharing or employee benefit plan or other  tax-exempt  entity
(including  an  individual  retirement  account)  will  constitute  "unrelated
business taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.

          An  individual  taxpayer's  share  of  expenses  of the  Trust  Fund
(including  fees to the Master  Servicer  but not interest  expense)  would be
miscellaneous itemized deductions.  Such deductions might be disallowed to the
individual  in whole or in part and might result in such holder being taxed on
an amount of income that exceeds the amount of cash  actually  distributed  to
such holder over the life of the Trust Fund.

          The Trust Fund  intends  to make all tax  calculations  relating  to
income and allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS
were to require that such  calculations  be made separately for each Contract,
the  Trust  Fund  might be  required  to incur  additional  expense  but it is
believed   that   there   would   not  be  a   material   adverse   effect  on
Certificateholders.

          Discount and Premium.  It is believed  that the  Contracts  were not
issued with OID,  and,  therefore,  the Trust Fund should not have OID income.
However,  the purchase  price paid by the Trust Fund for the  Contracts may be
greater or less than the remaining  principal  balance of the Contracts at the
time of purchase.  If so, the Contract will have been acquired at a premium or
discount,  as the case may be. (As indicated  above,  the Trust Fund will make
this  calculation on an aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it
on a Contract by Contract basis.)

          If the Trust Fund  acquires the  Contracts  at a market  discount or
premium,  the Trust  Fund will elect to include  any such  discount  in income
currently as it accrues  over the life of the  Contracts or to offset any such
premium  against  interest  income on the  Contracts.  As indicated  above,  a
portion of such market discount  income or premium  deduction may be allocated
to Certificateholders.

          Section 708 Termination. Pursuant to final regulations issued on May
9, 1997  under Code  Section  708,  a sale or  exchange  of 50% or more of the
capital and profits in a  partnership  would  cause a deemed  contribution  of
assets of the partnership  (the "old  partnership")  to a new partnership (the
"new  partnership")  in exchange for  interests in the new  partnership.  Such
interests  would be deemed  distributed to the partners of the old partnership
in  liquidation  thereof,  which  would  not  constitute  a sale or  exchange.
Accordingly under these new regulations,  if the Trust Fund were characterized
as a partnership and a sale of Certificates  terminated the partnership  under
Code Section 708, the  purchaser's  basis in its ownership  interest would not
change.

          Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized  on a sale of  Certificates  in an amount  equal to the  difference
between the amount  realized and the  seller's  tax basis in the  Certificates
sold. A  Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate  will generally equal
the  holder's  cost  increased  by the  holder's  share of Trust  Fund  income
(includible  in income)  and  decreased  by any  distributions  received  with
respect  to  such  Certificate.  In  addition,  both  the  tax  basis  in  the
Certificates and the amount realized on a sale of a Certificate  would include
the  holder's  share of  liabilities  of the Trust  Fund.  A holder  acquiring
Certificates  at  different  prices  may be  required  to  maintain  a  single
aggregate  adjusted tax basis in such  Certificates,  and,  upon sale or other
disposition of some of the Certificates,  allocate a portion of such aggregate
tax basis to the  Certificates  sold (rather than  maintaining  a separate tax
basis in each  Certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of
that Certificate).

          Any gain on the sale of a Certificate  attributable  to the holder's
share of unrecognized accrued market discount on the Contracts would generally
be treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax
reporting  requirements.  The  Trust  Fund  does not  expect to have any other
assets that would give rise to such special reporting  requirements.  Thus, to
avoid  those  special  reporting  requirements,  the Trust  Fund will elect to
include market discount in income as it accrues.

          If a Certificateholder  is required to recognize an aggregate amount
of income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates  that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto,  such excess will generally give rise
to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

          Allocations  Between  Transferors and Transferees.  In general,  the
Trust Fund's taxable income and losses will be determined  monthly and the tax
items  for  a  particular   calendar  month  will  be  apportioned  among  the
Certificateholders in proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned
by them as of the close of the last day of such month.  As a result,  a holder
purchasing  Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax
liability  and  tax  basis)   attributable   to  periods   before  the  actual
transaction.

          The  use of  such a  monthly  convention  may  not be  permitted  by
existing regulations.  If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies
to transfers of less than all of the partner's  interest),  taxable  income or
losses of the Trust Fund might be  reallocated  among the  Certificateholders.
The Trust Fund's method of allocation between  transferors and transferees may
be revised to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

          Section 754 Election.  In the event that a  Certificateholder  sells
its  Certificates at a profit (loss),  the purchasing  Certificateholder  will
have  a  higher   (lower)   basis  in  the   Certificates   than  the  selling
Certificateholder  had. The tax basis of the Trust  Fund's  assets will not be
adjusted to reflect that higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust Fund were to
file an  election  under  Section  754 of the  Code.  In order  to  avoid  the
administrative  complexities  that  would  be  involved  in  keeping  accurate
accounting  records,  as well as  potentially  onerous  information  reporting
requirements,  the  Trust  Fund  will not make  such  election.  As a  result,
Certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser amount of Trust Fund
income  than  would be  appropriate  based on their  own  purchase  price  for
Certificates.

          Administrative  Matters.  The Owner  Trustee is  required to keep or
have kept  complete and accurate  books of the Trust Fund.  Such books will be
maintained  for  financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and
the fiscal year of the Trust Fund will be the calendar  year. The Trustee will
file a  partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each
taxable  year of the  Trust  Fund and  will  report  each  Certificateholder's
allocable  share of items of Trust Fund  income and expense to holders and the
IRS on Schedule K-1. The Trust Fund will provide the Schedule K-l  information
to nominees that fail to provide the Trust Fund with the information statement
described below and such nominees will be required to forward such information
to the beneficial owners of the Certificates. Generally, holders must file tax
returns that are  consistent  with the  information  return filed by the Trust
Fund or be subject to penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such
inconsistencies.

          Under Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates
as a nominee at any time  during a calendar  year is  required  to furnish the
Trust Fund with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the
beneficial owners and the Certificates so held. Such information  includes (i)
the name, address and taxpayer  identification  number of the nominee and (ii)
as to each beneficial owner (x) the name, address and identification number of
such person,  (y) whether such person is a United States person,  a tax-exempt
entity or a foreign government, an international  organization,  or any wholly
owned agency or  instrumentality  of either of the  foregoing  and (z) certain
information on Certificates  that were held,  bought or sold on behalf of such
person  throughout the year. In addition,  brokers and financial  institutions
that hold  Certificates  through a nominee are required to furnish directly to
the  Trust  Fund   information  as  to  themselves  and  their   ownership  of
Certificates.  A clearing agency  registered under Section 17A of the Exchange
Act is not  required to furnish any such  information  statement  to the Trust
Fund.  The  information  referred  to  above  for any  calendar  year  must be
furnished to the Trust Fund on or before the following  January 31.  Nominees,
brokers and  financial  institutions  that fail to provide the Trust Fund with
the information described above may be subject to penalties.

          The Depositor  will be designated as the tax matters  partner in the
related  Agreement and, as such,  will be  responsible  for  representing  the
Certificateholders  in any  dispute  with  the  IRS.  The  Code  provides  for
administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if the  partnership  were a
separate and distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for
partnership  items does not expire  before three years after the date on which
the  partnership  information  return  is  filed.  Any  adverse  determination
following an audit of the return of the Trust Fund by the  appropriate  taxing
authorities   could   result  in  an   adjustment   of  the   returns  of  the
Certificateholders,  and, under certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may
be precluded from separately  litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of
the  Trust  Fund.  An   adjustment   could  also  result  in  an  audit  of  a
Certificateholder's returns and adjustments of items not related to the income
and losses of the Trust Fund.

          Tax  Consequences  to  Foreign  Certificateholders.  It is not clear
whether  the  Trust  Fund  would be  considered  to be  engaged  in a trade or
business in the United States for purposes of federal  withholding  taxes with
respect to non-U.S.  Persons because there is no clear authority  dealing with
that  issue  under  facts  substantially  similar to those  described  herein.
Although it is not expected that the Trust Fund would be engaged in a trade or
business in the United States for such purposes,  the Trust Fund will withhold
as if it were so  engaged in order to  protect  the Trust  Fund from  possible
adverse  consequences  of a failure to  withhold.  The Trust  Fund  expects to
withhold on the portion of its taxable income,  as calculated for this purpose
which may exceed the distributions to Certificateholders, that is allocable to
foreign  Certificateholders  pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code,  as if such
income were  effectively  connected to a U.S. trade or business,  at a rate of
35% for foreign  holders  that are taxable as  corporations  and 39.6% for all
other foreign  holders.  Subsequent  adoption of Treasury  regulations  or the
issuance of other administrative  pronouncements may require the Trust Fund to
change its  withholding  procedures.  In  determining  a holder's  withholding
status,  the Trust Fund may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the holder's
certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

          The term "U.S.  Person"  means a citizen or  resident  of the United
States,  a corporation,  partnership (or other entity treated as a corporation
or partnership) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States
or any  state  thereof  including  the  District  of  Columbia  (other  than a
partnership that is not treated as a United States person under any applicable
Treasury  regulations),  or an estate whose income is subject to U.S.  federal
income tax  regardless  of its source of income,  or a trust if a court within
the  United   States  is  able  to  exercise   primary   supervision   of  the
administration  of the trust and one or more United  States  persons  have the
authority to control all substantial  decisions of the trust.  Notwithstanding
the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in regulations,  certain trusts
in existence on August 20, 1996 and treated as United States  persons prior to
such date that elect to  continue  to be so treated  also shall be  considered
U.S. Persons.

          Each foreign  holder might be required to file a U.S.  individual or
corporate  income tax return  (including,  in the case of a  corporation,  the
branch  profits  tax) on its share of the Trust  Fund's  income.  Each foreign
holder  must obtain a taxpayer  identification  number from the IRS and submit
that  number  to the  Trust  Fund on Form W-8 in order to  assure  appropriate
crediting of the taxes withheld.  A foreign holder generally would be entitled
to file with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes  withheld by the
Trust Fund taking the  position  that no taxes were due because the Trust Fund
was not engaged in a U.S. trade or business.  However,  interest payments made
(or accrued) to a Certificateholder  who is a foreign person generally will be
considered  guaranteed  payments to the extent such  payments  are  determined
without regard to the income of the Trust Fund. If these interest payments are
properly  characterized as guaranteed payments,  then the interest will not be
considered  "portfolio  interest".  As a  result,  Certificateholders  will be
subject to United States federal income tax and  withholding  tax at a rate of
30 percent,  unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In
such case, a foreign  holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that
portion  of the  taxes in excess of the taxes  that  should be  withheld  with
respect to the guaranteed payments.

          Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made  on the  Certificates  and
proceeds  from the sale of the  Certificates  will be  subject  to a  "backup"
withholding tax of 31% if, in general, the  Certificateholder  fails to comply
with  certain  identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an  exempt
recipient under applicable provisions of the Code.

                           STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

          In addition  to the federal  income tax  consequences  described  in
"Federal Income Tax  Consequences,"  potential  investors  should consider the
state and local income tax  consequences of the  acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition  of the  Certificates.  State and local  income tax law may differ
substantially from the corresponding federal law, and this discussion does not
purport  to  describe  any  aspect  of the  income  tax  laws of any  state or
locality. Therefore, potential investors should consult their own tax advisors
with respect to the various state and local tax  consequences of an investment
in the Certificates.

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

          The following describes certain  considerations  under ERISA and the
Code,  which apply only to  Certificates of a Series that are not divided into
subclasses. If Certificates are divided into subclasses the related Prospectus
Supplement  will contain  information  concerning  considerations  relating to
ERISA and the Code that are applicable to such Certificates.

          ERISA imposes requirements on employee benefit plans (and on certain
other  retirement  plans and  arrangements,  including  individual  retirement
accounts  and  annuities,  Keogh  plans and  collective  investment  funds and
separate accounts in which such plans,  accounts or arrangements are invested)
(collectively  "Plans")  subject to ERISA and on persons  who are  fiduciaries
with respect to such Plans.  Generally,  ERISA applies to investments  made by
Plans. Among other things,  ERISA requires that the assets of Plans be held in
trust and that the trustee, or other duly authorized fiduciary, have exclusive
authority and discretion to manage and control the assets of such Plans. ERISA
also imposes  certain duties on persons who are  fiduciaries  of Plans.  Under
ERISA,  any person who  exercises  any  authority  or control  respecting  the
management  or  disposition  of the  assets  of a Plan is  considered  to be a
fiduciary  of such Plan  (subject to certain  exceptions  not here  relevant).
Certain  employee  benefit plans,  such as  governmental  plans (as defined in
ERISA Section 3(32)) and, if no election has been made under Section 410(d) of
the Code, church plans (as defined in ERISA Section 3(33)), are not subject to
ERISA  requirements.  Accordingly,  assets of such  plans may be  invested  in
Certificates  without regard to the ERISA  considerations  described above and
below,  subject to the provisions of applicable state law. Any such plan which
is qualified and exempt from taxation  under Code Sections  401(a) and 501(a),
however,  is subject  to the  prohibited  transaction  rules set forth in Code
Section 503.

          On November 13, 1986,  the United  States  Department  of Labor (the
"DOL") issued final regulations  concerning the definition of what constitutes
the assets of a Plan.  (Labor Reg. Section  2510.3-101) Under this regulation,
the underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships and certain
other  entities in which a Plan makes an "equity"  investment  could be deemed
for  purposes  of  ERISA  to be  assets  of  the  investing  Plan  in  certain
circumstances. However, the regulation provides that, generally, the assets of
a corporation  or  partnership  in which a Plan invests will not be deemed for
purposes of ERISA to be assets of such Plan if the equity interest acquired by
the  investing  Plan  is  a  publicly-offered   security.  A  publicly-offered
security, as defined in the Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101,  is a security that
is widely  held,  freely  transferable  and  registered  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          In addition to the  imposition  of general  fiduciary  standards  of
investment  prudence  and  diversification,  ERISA  prohibits a broad range of
transactions  involving Plan assets and persons ("Parties in Interest") having
certain specified  relationships to a Plan and imposes additional prohibitions
where Parties in Interest are fiduciaries  with respect to such Plan.  Because
the  Contracts  may  be  deemed  Plan  assets  of  each  Plan  that  purchases
Certificates,  an  investment  in  the  Certificates  by  a  Plan  might  be a
prohibited  transaction  under  ERISA  Sections  406 and 407 and subject to an
excise  tax under Code  Section  4975  unless a  statutory  or  administrative
exemption applies.

          In Prohibited Transaction Exemption 83-1 ("PTE 83-1"), which amended
Prohibited   Transaction   Exemption  81-7,  the  DOL  exempted  from  ERISA's
prohibited transaction rules certain transactions relating to the operation of
residential mortgage pool investment trusts and the purchase, sale and holding
of "mortgage pool  pass-through  certificates" in the initial issuance of such
certificates.  PTE 83-1 permits,  subject to certain conditions,  transactions
which might otherwise be prohibited between Plans and Parties in Interest with
respect to those Plans related to the origination, maintenance and termination
of mortgage  pools  consisting  of mortgage  loans  secured by first or second
mortgages or deeds of trust on  single-family  residential  property,  and the
acquisition  and holding of certain  mortgage pool  pass-through  certificates
representing  an  interest  in such  mortgage  pools by Plans.  If the general
conditions (discussed below) of PTE 83-1 are satisfied,  investments by a Plan
in  Certificates  that represent  interests in a Pool  consisting of Contracts
("Single  Family  Securities")  will be exempt from the  prohibitions of ERISA
Sections 406(a) and 407 (relating  generally to  transactions  with Parties in
Interest who are not  fiduciaries)  if the Plan  purchases  the Single  Family
Certificates  at no more than fair  market  value and will be exempt  from the
prohibitions  of ERISA  Sections  406(b)(1)  and (2)  (relating  generally  to
transactions with fiduciaries) if, in addition, the purchase is approved by an
independent  fiduciary,  no sales commission is paid to the pool sponsor,  the
Plan does not purchase more than 25% of all Single Family Certificates, and at
least  50%  of  all  Single  Family  Certificates  are  purchased  by  persons
independent of the pool sponsor or pool trustee.  PTE 83-1 does not provide an
exemption for transactions  involving Subordinate  Certificates.  Accordingly,
unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, no transfer of
a  Subordinate  Certificate  or a  Certificate  which is not a  Single  Family
Certificate may be made to a Plan.

          The  discussion in this and the next  succeeding  paragraph  applies
only to Single Family Certificates.  The Depositor believes that, for purposes
of PTE 83-1, the term "mortgage  pass-through  certificate" would include: (i)
Certificates  issued  in a  Series  consisting  of  only  a  single  class  of
Certificates;  and (ii) Certificates issued in a Series in which there is only
one class of those particular Certificates;  provided that the Certificates in
the case of  clause  (i),  or the  Certificates  in the case of  clause  (ii),
evidence the  beneficial  ownership of both a specified  percentage  of future
interest payments (greater than 0%) and a specified  percentage  (greater than
0%) of future principal  payments on the Contracts.  It is not clear whether a
class of Certificates that evidences the beneficial  ownership in a Trust Fund
divided into Contract groups,  beneficial  ownership of a specified percentage
of interest payments only or principal  payments only, or a notional amount of
either principal or interest payments,  or a class of Certificates entitled to
receive  payments  of  interest  and  principal  on the  Contracts  only after
payments to other classes or after the occurrence of certain  specified events
would be a "mortgage pass-through certificate" for purposes of PTE 83-1.

          PTE 83-1 sets forth three general conditions which must be satisfied
for any  transaction  to be eligible for exemption:  (i) the  maintenance of a
system of  insurance or other  protection  for the pooled  mortgage  loans and
property securing such loans, and for indemnifying  Certificateholders against
reductions in pass-through payments due to property damage or defaults in loan
payments  in an  amount  not  less  than the  greater  of one  percent  of the
aggregate  principal  balance  of all  covered  pooled  mortgage  loans or the
principal  balance of the  largest  covered  pooled  mortgage  loan;  (ii) the
existence of a pool trustee who is not an affiliate of the pool  sponsor;  and
(iii) a limitation on the amount of the payment  retained by the pool sponsor,
together  with other funds  inuring to its benefit,  to not more than adequate
consideration for selling the mortgage loans plus reasonable  compensation for
services provided by the pool sponsor to the Pool. The Depositor believes that
the first general  condition  referred to above will be satisfied with respect
to the Certificates in a Series issued without a subordination feature, or the
Certificates  only in a Series issued with a subordination  feature,  provided
that the  subordination  and  Reserve  Account,  subordination  by shifting of
interests,  the pool insurance or other form of credit  enhancement  described
under "Credit Enhancement" herein (such subordination, pool insurance or other
form of credit  enhancement  being the system of insurance or other protection
referred to above) with respect to a Series of  Certificates  is maintained in
an amount not less than the greater of one percent of the aggregate  principal
balance of the Contracts or the principal balance of the largest Contract. See
"Description of the Certificates"  herein. In the absence of a ruling that the
system  of  insurance  or  other  protection  with  respect  to  a  Series  of
Certificates  satisfies the first general condition  referred to above,  there
can be no  assurance  that these  features  will be so viewed by the DOL.  The
Trustee will not be affiliated with the Depositor.

          Each Plan  fiduciary who is  responsible  for making the  investment
decisions  whether to purchase or commit to purchase and to hold Single Family
Certificates must make its own determination as to whether the first and third
general  conditions,  and the  specific  conditions  described  briefly in the
preceding  paragraph,   of  PTE  83-1  have  been  satisfied,  or  as  to  the
availability  of  any  other  prohibited  transaction  exemptions.  Each  Plan
fiduciary should also determine whether, under the general fiduciary standards
of investment prudence and diversification,  an investment in the Certificates
is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy
of the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.

          The   DOL   has   granted   to   certain   underwriters   individual
administrative  exemptions (the "Underwriter  Exemptions") from certain of the
prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of
Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and
the subsequent  resale by Plans of certificates  in  pass-through  trusts that
consist  of certain  receivables,  loans and other  obligations  that meet the
conditions and requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions.

          While  each  Underwriter   Exemption  is  an  individual   exemption
separately granted to a specific  underwriter,  the terms and conditions which
generally apply to the Underwriter Exemptions are substantially identical, and
include the following:

               (1) the  acquisition of the  certificates by a Plan is on terms
          (including  the  price  for the  certificates)  that are at least as
          favorable  to  the  Plan  as  they  would  be  in  an   arm's-length
          transaction with an unrelated party;

               (2) the  rights  and  interest  evidenced  by the  certificates
          acquired  by  the  Plan  are  not  subordinated  to the  rights  and
          interests evidenced by other certificates of the trust fund;

               (3) the  certificates  acquired  by the Plan  have  received  a
          rating  at the  time of such  acquisition  that is one of the  three
          highest  generic  rating  categories  from Standard & Poor's Ratings
          Group,  a Division of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies  ("S&P"),  Moody's
          Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
          ("DCR") or Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch");

               (4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of
          the Restricted Group as defined below;

               (5)  the  sum of all  payments  made  to  and  retained  by the
          underwriters in connection with the distribution of the certificates
          represents not more than reasonable  compensation  for  underwriting
          the  certificates;  the sum of all payments  made to and retained by
          the seller pursuant to the assignment of the loans to the trust fund
          represents  not more than the fair market  value of such loans;  the
          sum of all  payments  made to and  retained by the  servicer and any
          other servicer represents not more than reasonable  compensation for
          such person's  services  under the  agreement  pursuant to which the
          loans are  pooled and  reimbursements  of such  person's  reasonable
          expenses in connection therewith; and

               (6) the Plan  investing in the  certificates  is an "accredited
          investor"  as  defined  in Rule  501(a)(1)  of  Regulation  D of the
          Securities and Exchange  Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
          as amended.

          The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:

               (i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist  solely of assets
          of the type that have been included in other investment pools;

               (ii) certificates in such other investment pools must have been
          rated in one of the three highest rating categories of S&P, Moody's,
          Fitch or DCR for at least one year prior to the  Plan's  acquisition
          of certificates; and

               (iii)   certificates   evidencing   interests   in  such  other
          investment  pools must have been  purchased by investors  other than
          Plans  for at least  one year  prior to any  Plan's  acquisition  of
          certificates.

          Moreover,  the Underwriter  Exemptions generally provide relief from
certain  self-dealing/conflict  of interest  prohibited  transactions that may
occur when the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust
as to which the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the  receivables
held in the trust provided that, among other requirements:  (i) in the case of
an acquisition in connection  with the initial  issuance of  certificates,  at
least fifty  percent (50%) of each class of  certificates  in which Plans have
invested is acquired by persons independent of the Restricted Group, (ii) such
fiduciary  (or its  affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five percent (5%)
or less of the fair market  value of the  obligations  contained in the trust;
(iii) the  Plan's  investment  in  certificates  of any class  does not exceed
twenty-five percent (25%) of all of the certificates of that class outstanding
at the time of the acquisition; and (iv) immediately after the acquisition, no
more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the assets of the Plan with respect to
which such person is a fiduciary is invested in  certificates  representing an
interest in one or more trusts  containing assets sold or serviced by the same
entity.  The  Underwriter  Exemptions  do not apply to Plans  sponsored by the
Seller, the related Underwriter, the Trustee, the Master Servicer, any insurer
with respect to the Contracts,  any obligor with respect to Contracts included
in the Trust Fund  constituting  more than five percent (5%) of the  aggregate
unamortized  principal  balance  of the  assets  in  the  Trust  Fund,  or any
affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").

          The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each  Series of  Certificates  will
indicate the classes of  Certificates,  if any, offered thereby as to which it
is expected that an Underwriter Exemption will apply.

          The Underwriter  Exemption  contains several  requirements,  some of
which differ from those in PTE 83-l.  The  Underwriter  Exemption  contains an
expanded definition of "certificate" which includes an interest which entitles
the holder to  pass-through  payments  of  principal,  interest  and/or  other
payments. The Underwriter Exemption contains an expanded definition of "trust"
which permits the trust corpus to consist of secured consumer receivables. The
definition of "trust,"  however,  does not include any investment pool unless,
inter alia, (i) the investment  pool consists only of assets of the type which
have been included in other investment  pools,  (ii)  certificates  evidencing
interests  in such other  investment  pools have been  purchased  by investors
other  than Plans for at least one year  prior to the  Plan's  acquisition  of
certificates  pursuant to the Underwriter  Exemption and (iii) certificates in
such  other  investment  pools  have been  rated in one of the  three  highest
generic  rating  categories  of the four credit rating  agencies  noted below.
Generally,  the  Underwriter  Exemption  holds  that  the  acquisition  of the
certificates  by a  Plan  must  be on  terms  (including  the  price  for  the
certificates)  that are at least as  favorable to the Plan as they would be in
an arm's length transaction with an unrelated party. The Underwriter Exemption
requires that the rights and interests  evidenced by the  certificates  not be
"subordinated" to the rights and interests  evidenced by other certificates of
the same trust. The Underwriter  Exemption requires that certificates acquired
by a Plan have received a rating at the time of their  acquisition  that is in
one of the three highest generic rating categories of S&P,  Moody's,  Fitch or
DCR. The Underwriter  Exemption specifies that the pool trustee must not be an
affiliate of the pool sponsor,  nor an affiliate of the Underwriter,  the pool
servicer,  any obligor  with respect to mortgage  loans  included in the trust
constituting  more than five percent of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal
balance  of the  assets  in the  trust,  or any  affiliate  of such  entities.
Finally,  the Underwriter  Exemption stipulates that any Plan investing in the
certificates must be an "accredited  investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of
Regulation D of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities
Act of 1933.

          On July 21,  1997,  the DOL  published  in the  Federal  Register an
amendment to the  Underwriter  Exemption  which  extends  exemptive  relief to
certain   mortgage-backed  and  asset-backed   securities  transactions  using
pre-funding  accounts  for  trusts  issuing  pass-through  certificates.   The
amendment  generally  allows mortgage loans or other secured  receivables (the
"obligations") supporting payments to certificate-holders,  and having a value
equal to no more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the total principal amount
of the certificates being offered by the trust, to be transferred to the trust
within  a 90-day  or  three-month  period  following  the  closing  date  (the
"pre-funding period") instead of requiring that all such obligations be either
identified  or  transferred  on or before  the  closing  date.  The  relief is
available when the following conditions are met:

               (1)  The  ratio  of the  amount  allocated  to the  pre-funding
          account  to the total  principal  amount of the  certificates  being
          offered  (the  "pre-funding  limit")  must  not  exceed  twenty-five
          percent (25%).

               (2) All  obligations  transferred  after the closing  date (the
          "additional  obligations")  must meet the same terms and  conditions
          for  eligibility  as the  original  obligations  used to create  the
          trust,  which terms and  conditions  have been  approved by a rating
          agency.

               (3) The transfer of such  additional  obligations  to the trust
          during the pre-funding period must not result in the certificates to
          be covered by the  Underwriter  Exemption  receiving a lower  credit
          rating from a rating  agency  upon  termination  of the  pre-funding
          period than the rating that was  obtained at the time of the initial
          issuance of the certificates by the trust.

               (4) Solely as a result of the use of pre-funding,  the weighted
          average  annual  percentage  interest  rate (the  "average  interest
          rate")  for all of the  obligations  in the  trust at the end of the
          pre-funding period must not be more than 1.0% lower than the average
          interest  rate for the  obligations  which were  transferred  to the
          trust on the closing date.

               (5)  In  order  to  ensure  that  the  characteristics  of  the
          additional  obligations  are  substantially  similar to the original
          obligations which were transferred to the trust,

               (i)  the characteristics of the additional  obligations must be
                    monitored by an insurer or other credit  support  provider
                    which is independent of the depositor; or

               (ii) an independent  accountant  retained by the depositor must
                    provide the depositor with a letter (with copies  provided
                    to each rating agency rating the certificates, the related
                    underwriter  and the related  trustee)  stating whether or
                    not  the  characteristics  of the  additional  obligations
                    conform to the  characteristics  described  in the related
                    prospectus or  prospectus  supplement  and/or  pooling and
                    servicing   agreement.   In  preparing  such  letter,  the
                    independent   accountant   must  use  the  same   type  of
                    procedures  as were  applicable to the  obligations  which
                    were transferred to the trust as of the closing date.

               (6) The pre-funding  period must end no later than three months
          or  90  days   after  the   closing   date  or  earlier  in  certain
          circumstances  if the  pre-funding  account  falls below the minimum
          level  specified in the pooling and servicing  agreement or an event
          of default occurs.

               (7)  Amounts  transferred  to any  pre-funding  account  and/or
          capitalized interest account used in connection with the pre-funding
          may be invested only in certain permitted investments.

               (8) The related prospectus supplement must describe:

               (i)  any  pre-funding   account  and/or  capitalized   interest
                    account used in connection with a pre-funding account;

               (ii) the duration of the pre-funding period;

               (iii)the  percentage  and/or dollar  amount of the  pre-funding
                    Limit for the trust; and

               (iv) that the amount  remaining in the  pre-funding  account at
                    the end of the  pre-funding  period  will be  remitted  to
                    certificate holders as repayments of principal.

               (9) The related  pooling and servicing  agreement must describe
          the  permitted   investments  for  the  pre-funding  account  and/or
          capitalized  interest  account and, if not  disclosed in the related
          prospectus or prospectus  supplement,  the terms and  conditions for
          eligibility of additional obligations.

          Any  Plan  fiduciary  which  proposes  to  cause a Plan to  purchase
Certificates  should  consult with its counsel  concerning the impact of ERISA
and the Code, the applicability of PTE 83-1 and the Underwriter Exemption, and
the potential  consequences in their specific  circumstances,  prior to making
such investment.  Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under
the general fiduciary  standards of investment prudence and diversification an
investment  in the  Certificates  is  appropriate  for the Plan,  taking  into
account the overall  investment  policy of the Plan and the composition of the
Plan's investment portfolio.

                               LEGAL INVESTMENT

          The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each  series of  Certificates  will
specify  which,  if  any,  of the  classes  of  Certificates  offered  thereby
constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for  purposes  of  the  Secondary
Mortgage Market  Enhancement  Act of 1984  ("SMMEA").  Classes of Certificates
that qualify as "mortgage  related  securities" will be legal  investments for
persons, trusts, corporations,  partnerships,  associations,  business trusts,
and business  entities  (including  depository  institutions,  life  insurance
companies and pension funds) created pursuant to or existing under the laws of
the United  States or of any state  (including  the  District of Columbia  and
Puerto Rico) whose authorized  investments are subject to state regulations to
the same extent as, under applicable law,  obligations issued by or guaranteed
as to principal and interest by the United States or any such entities.  Under
SMMEA,  if a state enacts  legislation  prior to October 4, 1991  specifically
limiting the legal  investment  authority of any such entities with respect to
"mortgage  related  securities,"  securities will constitute legal investments
for entities subject to such legislation only to the extent provided  therein.
Approximately  twenty-one states adopted such legislation prior to the October
4, 1991 deadline. SMMEA provides, however, that in no event will the enactment
of any such legislation  affect the validity of any contractual  commitment to
purchase,  hold or  invest  in  securities,  or  require  the  sale  or  other
disposition of securities,  so long as such contractual commitment was made or
such securities were acquired prior to the enactment of such legislation.

          SMMEA   also   amended   the   legal    investment    authority   of
federally-chartered  depository  institutions as follows:  federal savings and
loan  associations  and federal savings banks may invest in, sell or otherwise
deal in Certificates  without limitations as to the percentage of their assets
represented  thereby,  federal  credit  unions may invest in mortgage  related
securities,  and national banks may purchase  securities for their own account
without  regard  to  the  limitations   generally   applicable  to  investment
securities set forth in 12 U.S.C.  24 (Seventh),  subject in each case to such
regulations  as the  applicable  federal  authority  may  prescribe.  In  this
connection,  federal  credit unions  should  review the National  Credit Union
Administration  ("NCUA") Letter to Credit Unions No. 96, as modified by Letter
to Credit Unions No. 108, which  includes  guidelines to assist federal credit
unions in making investment  decisions for mortgage related securities and the
NCUA's  regulation  "Investment and Deposit  Activities" (12 C.F.R. Part 703),
which sets forth certain  restrictions  on investment by federal credit unions
in  mortgage  related  securities  (in each case  whether  or not the class of
Certificates under consideration for purchase  constituted a "mortgage related
security").  The NCUA issued final regulations effective December 2, 1991 that
restrict and in some  instances  prohibit  the  investment  by Federal  Credit
Unions in certain types of mortgage related securities.

          All  depository  institutions   considering  an  investment  in  the
Certificates (whether or not the class of Certificates under consideration for
purchase  constitutes a "mortgage related security") should review the Federal
Financial  Institutions  Examination Council's Supervisory Policy Statement on
the  Certificates  Activities  (to the  extent  adopted  by  their  respective
regulators) (the "Policy  Statement") setting forth, in relevant part, certain
securities  trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for an institution's
investment  portfolio,  and guidelines for (and  restrictions on) investing in
mortgage derivative  products,  including "mortgage related securities," which
are  "high-risk  mortgage  securities"  as defined  in the  Policy  Statement.
According  to the  Policy  Statement,  such  "high-risk  mortgage  securities"
include   securities  such  as  Certificates  not  entitled  to  distributions
allocated to principal or interest,  or Subordinated  Certificates.  Under the
Policy Statement,  it is the responsibility of each depository  institution to
determine,  prior to purchase (and at stated intervals thereafter),  whether a
particular mortgage derivative product is a "high-risk mortgage security," and
whether the purchase (or retention) of such a product would be consistent with
the Policy Statement.

          The foregoing does not take into  consideration the applicability of
statutes,  rules,  regulations,  orders  guidelines  or  agreements  generally
governing  investments  made  by a  particular  investor,  including,  but not
limited to  "prudent  investor"  provisions,  percentage-of-assets  limits and
provisions  which may restrict or prohibit  investment in securities which are
not "interest  bearing" or "income  paying," or in securities which are issued
in book-entry form.

          There may be other restrictions on the ability of certain investors,
including  depository  institutions,  either to  purchase  Certificates  or to
purchase  Certificates  representing  more than a specified  percentage of the
investor's  assets.  Investors  should  consult  their own legal  advisors  in
determining  whether  and to what  extent the  Certificates  constitute  legal
investments for such investors.

                            METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

          Certificates  are being  offered  hereby in Series from time to time
(each Series  evidencing or relating to a separate  Trust Fund) through any of
the following methods:

               1.  By  negotiated  firm  commitment  underwriting  and  public
          reoffering by underwriters;

               2. By agency  placements  through one or more placement  agents
          primarily with institutional investors and dealers; and

               3. By placement  directly by the Depositor  with  institutional
          investors.

          A Prospectus  Supplement will be prepared for each Series which will
describe the method of offering  being used for that Series and will set forth
the  identity of any  underwriters  thereof and either the price at which such
Series is being offered,  the nature and amount of any underwriting  discounts
or  additional  compensation  to such  underwriters  and the  proceeds  of the
offering  to the  Depositor,  or the  method  by which  the price at which the
underwriters  will sell the Certificates  will be determined.  Each Prospectus
Supplement  for  an  underwritten   offering  will  also  contain  information
regarding  the  nature  of  the   underwriters'   obligations,   any  material
relationship between the Depositor and any underwriter and, where appropriate,
information  regarding any discounts or concessions to be allowed or reallowed
to dealers  or others and any  arrangements  to  stabilize  the market for the
Certificates  so  offered.  In firm  commitment  underwritten  offerings,  the
underwriters  will be obligated to purchase  all of the  Certificates  of such
Series if any such Certificates are purchased. Certificates may be acquired by
the underwriters for their own accounts and may be resold from time to time in
one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public
offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale.

          Underwriters  and agents may be entitled  under  agreements  entered
into with the Depositor to  indemnification  by the Depositor  against certain
civil liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  or to contribution  with respect to payments which such underwriters
or agents may be required to make in respect thereof.

          If  a  Series  is  offered  other  than  through  underwriters,  the
Prospectus  Supplement relating thereto will contain information regarding the
nature of such  offering  and any  agreements  to be entered  into between the
Depositor and purchasers of Certificates of such Series.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the Certificates of each Series,  including  certain
federal income tax consequences with respect thereto,  will be passed upon for
the Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP, One World Trade Center,  New York, New York
10048.

                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          A new Trust  Fund  will be formed  with  respect  to each  Series of
Certificates and no Trust Fund will engage in any business  activities or have
any assets or  obligations  prior to the  issuance  of the  related  Series of
Certificates.  Accordingly,  no financial statements with respect to any Trust
Fund  will  be  included  in  this  Prospectus  or in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

                                    RATING

          It is a condition to the issuance of the Certificates of each Series
offered  hereby  and by the  Prospectus  Supplement  that they shall have been
rated  in  one  of the  four  highest  rating  categories  by  the  nationally
recognized  statistical  rating agency or agencies  (each, a "Rating  Agency")
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

          Any such rating would be based on, among other things,  the adequacy
of the value of the Trust Fund Assets and any credit  enhancement with respect
to such class and will reflect such Rating Agency's  assessment  solely of the
likelihood  that holders of a class of Certificates of such class will receive
payments  to which such  Certificateholders  are  entitled  under the  related
Agreement.  Such rating will not  constitute an  assessment of the  likelihood
that principal  prepayments on the related  Contracts will be made, the degree
to which  the rate of such  prepayments  might  differ  from  that  originally
anticipated or the  likelihood of early optional  termination of the Series of
Certificates.  Such rating should not be deemed a recommendation  to purchase,
hold or sell  Certificates,  inasmuch as it does not address  market  price or
suitability  for  a  particular  investor.  Each  security  rating  should  be
evaluated  independently  of any other security  rating.  Such rating will not
address  the  possibility  that  prepayment  at  higher  or lower  rates  than
anticipated  by an investor may cause such investor to experience a lower than
anticipated  yield  or  that  an  investor   purchasing  a  Certificate  at  a
significant  premium might fail to recoup its initial investment under certain
prepayment scenarios.

          There is also no  assurance  that any such  rating  will  remain  in
effect for any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn
entirely by the Rating  Agency in the future if in its judgment  circumstances
in the future so warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any
erosion in the  adequacy  of the value of the Trust Fund  Assets or any credit
enhancement  with  respect to a Series,  such rating  might also be lowered or
withdrawn  among other reasons,  because of an adverse change in the financial
or other condition of a credit enhancement  provider or a change in the rating
of such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.

          The  amount,  type  and  nature  of  credit  enhancement,   if  any,
established with respect to a Series of Certificates will be determined on the
basis of criteria  established  by each Rating Agency  rating  classes of such
Series.  Such criteria are sometimes  based upon an actuarial  analysis of the
behavior of mortgage loans in a larger group. Such analysis is often the basis
upon which each  Rating  Agency  determines  the amount of credit  enhancement
required with respect to each such class.  There can be no assurance  that the
historical data supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect
future experience nor any assurance that the data derived from a large pool of
manufactured housing loans accurately predicts the delinquency,  repossession,
foreclosure  or  loss  experience  of any  particular  pool of  Contracts.  No
assurance can be given that values of any Manufactured Homes (and, in the case
of Land-and-Home  Contracts,  any underlying real properties) have remained or
will remain at their  levels on the  respective  dates of  origination  of the
related  Contracts.  If the  manufactured  housing or residential  real estate
markets should  experience an overall decline in property values such that the
outstanding principal balances of the Contracts in a particular Trust Fund and
any secondary financing on the related Manufactured Homes (and, in the case of
Land-and Home Contracts,  the related underlying real properties) become equal
to or greater than the value of the  Manufactured  Homes (and,  in the case of
Land-and-Home  Contracts,  the  underlying  real  properties),  the  rates  of
delinquencies,  repossessions,  foreclosures  and losses  could be higher than
those  now  generally   experienced  in  the  mortgage  lending  industry.  In
additional,   adverse  economic  conditions  (which  may  or  may  not  affect
manufactured  housing  property  values)  may  affect  the  timely  payment by
obligors of scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Contracts and,
accordingly,  the  rates of  delinquencies,  repossessions,  foreclosures  and
losses with respect to any Trust Fund.  To the extent that such losses are not
covered by credit enhancement, such losses will be borne, at least in part, by
the holders of one or more classes of the Certificates of the related Series.

<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

TERM                                                                      PAGE
Accretion Directed.........................................................33
Accrual....................................................................35
Accrual Certificates.......................................................30
Advance....................................................................11
Agreement..................................................................22
APR........................................................................24
ARM Contracts..............................................................24
Available Funds............................................................30
balloon payment............................................................24
BBA........................................................................36
Belgian Cooperative........................................................41
BIF........................................................................49
Book-Entry Certificates....................................................39
Calculation Agent..........................................................35
Capitalized Interest Account...............................................51
Cash Flow Bond Method......................................................79
CEDEL Participants.........................................................40
CERCLA.....................................................................62
Certificate Account........................................................49
Certificate Owners.........................................................39
Certificate Register.......................................................29
CERTIFICATES................................................................1
Class Security Balance.....................................................30
Closing Date...............................................................19
Code.......................................................................12
COFI Securities............................................................37
Collateral Value...........................................................25
Commission..................................................................3
Component Certificates.....................................................33
Contract Documents.........................................................48
Contract Rate...............................................................6
contracts..................................................................16
CONTRACTS...................................................................1
Contract-to-Value Ratio....................................................25
Cut-off Date............................................................5, 22
Cut-off Date Principal Balance.............................................28
DCR........................................................................88
Debt Securities............................................................67
Definitive Security........................................................39
DEPOSITOR...................................................................1
Derivative Transactions................................................21, 39
Detailed Description.......................................................23
Distribution Date...........................................................7
DOL........................................................................86
DTC........................................................................18
Eleventh District..........................................................37
EPA........................................................................62
ERISA......................................................................14
Euroclear Operator.........................................................41
Euroclear Participants.....................................................41
European Depositaries......................................................39
Exchange Act................................................................3
FDIC.......................................................................49
FHA........................................................................10
FHLBSF.....................................................................37
FHLMC......................................................................55
Financial Intermediary.....................................................39
Fitch......................................................................88
Fixed Rate.................................................................34
Floating Rate..............................................................34
FNMA.......................................................................55
Funding Period.............................................................19
Garn-St Germain Act........................................................63
Holder in Due Course Rules.................................................17
Insurance Proceeds.........................................................50
Insured Expenses...........................................................50
Interest Only..............................................................34
Interest Settlement Rate...................................................36
Interest Weighted Certificates.............................................69
Inverse Floating Rate......................................................34
L/C Bank....................................................................9
L/C Percentage..............................................................9
Land-and-Home Contracts....................................................59
Liquidation Expenses.......................................................50
Liquidation Proceeds.......................................................50
Loan-to-Value Ratio........................................................25
lockout periods............................................................24
Manufactured Home.......................................................6, 23
manufactured housing contracts.............................................16
Master Servicer.............................................................5
Master Servicing Fee.......................................................53
Moody's....................................................................88
Morgan.....................................................................41
Mortgage Documents.........................................................48
National Cost of Funds Index...............................................38
NCUA.......................................................................91
Nonresidents...............................................................81
Notional Amount Certificates...............................................33
OID........................................................................12
OID Regulations............................................................67
OTS........................................................................38
PACs.......................................................................33
Partial Accrual............................................................35
Parties in Interest........................................................87
Pass-Through Securities....................................................78
Pay-Through Security.......................................................68
Percentage Interests.......................................................55
Permitted Investments......................................................45
Planned Principal Class....................................................33
Plans......................................................................86
Policy Statement...........................................................91
Pool Insurance Policy......................................................45
Pool Insurer...............................................................45
Pool:.......................................................................5
Pre-Funded Amount..........................................................19
Pre-Funding Account.........................................................5
Prepayment Assumption......................................................68
Prime Rate.................................................................39
Principal Only.............................................................34
Principal Prepayments......................................................31
PTE 83-1...................................................................87
Purchase Price.............................................................26
Rating Agency..............................................................93
Ratio Strip Securities.....................................................79
RCRA.......................................................................63
Record Date................................................................29
Reference Banks............................................................36
Relevant Depositary........................................................39
Relief Act.................................................................64
REMIC.......................................................................2
Reserve Account.............................................................9
Reserve Interest Rate......................................................36
Residual Interest Security.................................................73
Restricted Group...........................................................89
Retained Interest..........................................................28
Rules......................................................................40
S&P........................................................................88
SAIF.......................................................................49
Scheduled Principal Class..................................................33
Securityholders............................................................39
SELLER......................................................................1
Sellers....................................................................22
Senior Certificates........................................................43
Senior Securities...........................................................6
Sequential Pay.............................................................34
SERIES......................................................................1
Servicing Fee..............................................................78
Single Family Securities...................................................87
SMMEA......................................................................12
Strip......................................................................34
Stripped Securities........................................................78
Subordinated Securities.....................................................6
Subsequent Contracts.......................................................19
Sub-Servicer...............................................................11
Sub-Servicing Agreement....................................................52
Support Class..............................................................34
TACs.......................................................................34
Targeted Principal Class...................................................34
Terms and Conditions.......................................................41
TIN........................................................................81
Title V....................................................................64
TRUST FUND..................................................................1
TRUST FUND ASSETS...........................................................1
Trustee.....................................................................5
U.S. Person................................................................85
UCC........................................................................57
Underwriter Exemptions.....................................................88
VA.........................................................................10
Value......................................................................25
Variable Rate..............................................................34

               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED _________ _____, 1998

PROSPECTUS

                                INDYMAC ABS, INC.

                                    DEPOSITOR

                            ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
                               ASSET BACKED NOTES

                              (ISSUABLE IN SERIES)

                      -------------------------------------
      This Prospectus relates to the issuance of Asset Backed Certificates
(the  "Certificates") and Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes" and, together with the
Certificates,  the "Securities"),  which may be sold from time to time in one or
more series (each,  a "Series") by IndyMac ABS, Inc. (the  "Depositor")  or by a
Trust  Fund  (as  defined  below)  on terms  determined  at the time of sale and
described  in  this  Prospectus  and  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The
Securities of a Series will consist of  Certificates  which evidence  beneficial
ownership of a trust established by the Depositor (each, a "Trust Fund"), and/or
Notes  secured  by the  assets of a Trust  Fund.  As  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust Fund for a Series of Securities  will include
certain  assets (the "Trust Fund  Assets")  which will consist of the  following
types of mortgage  loans (the  "Loans"):  (i)  mortgage  loans  secured by first
and/or  subordinate  liens  on  one-  to  four-family   residential  properties,
including  manufactured  housing that is permanently affixed and treated as real
property under local law, or security  interests in shares issued by cooperative
housing corporations (the "Single Family Loans"), (ii) mortgage loans secured by
first and/or subordinate liens on small multifamily residential properties, such
as rental apartment  buildings or projects  containing five to fifty residential
units (the "Multifamily  Loans"),  (iii) closed-end and/or revolving home equity
loans (the "Home  Equity  Loans"),  secured in whole or in part by first  and/or
subordinate  liens on one- to four-family  residential  properties and (iv) home
improvement  installment  sale contracts and  installment  loan  agreements (the
"Home  Improvement  Contracts") that are either unsecured or secured by first or
subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties,  or by purchase
money security  interests in the home  improvements  financed thereby (the "Home
Improvements").  The Trust Fund Assets will be acquired by the Depositor, either
directly or indirectly,  from one or more institutions (each, a "Seller"), which
may be affiliates of the Depositor, and conveyed by the Depositor to the related
Trust Fund. A Trust Fund also may include insurance policies, surety bonds, cash
accounts,  reinvestment  income,  guaranties  or letters of credit to the extent
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.  See "Index of Defined Terms" on
Page 110 of this  Prospectus  for the  location  of the  definitions  of certain
capitalized terms.

         Each Series of Securities  will be issued in one or more classes.  Each
class of  Certificates  of a Series  will  evidence  beneficial  ownership  of a
specified  percentage  (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest  payments
and a  specified  percentage  (which may be 0%) or  portion of future  principal
payments on the related Trust Fund Assets.  Each class of Notes of a Series will
be secured by the related  Trust Fund Assets or, if so  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a portion thereof. A Series of Securities may include one
or more classes that are senior in right of payment to one or more other classes
of Securities of such Series.  One or more classes of Securities of a Series may
be entitled to receive  distributions of principal,  interest or any combination
thereof prior to one or more other classes of Securities of such Series or after
the  occurrence  of specified  events,  in each case as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

                                                  (cover continued on next page)

                      -------------------------------------
     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
        SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 16.
                      -------------------------------------

                  THE  CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT  BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN, AND THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, THE
RELATED TRUST FUND ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF
THE DEPOSITOR, THE MASTER SERVICER, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT
TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. THE SECURITIES AND
THE LOANS  WILL NOT BE  INSURED  OR  GUARANTEED  BY ANY  GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY OR
INSTRUMENTALITY  OR BY THE  DEPOSITOR OR ANY OTHER  PERSON OR ENTITY,  EXCEPT IN
EACH CASE TO THE EXTENT  DESCRIBED  IN THE RELATED  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.  THE
DEPOSITOR IS NOT A GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY  NOR IS IT AFFILIATED
WITH ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.
                      -------------------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
      SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
         COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF THIS
            PROSPECTUS  OR THE RELATED  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.  ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THECONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                      -------------------------------------

         Prior to issuance  there will have been no market for the Securities of
any  Series  and there  can be no  assurance  that a  secondary  market  for any
Securities will develop, or if it does develop, that it will continue or provide
Securityholders  with a  sufficient  level  of  liquidity  of  investment.  This
Prospectus  may not be used to  consummate  sales of  Securities  of any  Series
unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement. Offers of the

         Securities may be made through one or more different methods, including
offerings  through  underwriters,  as more  fully  described  under  "Method  of
Distribution" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

___________ ____, 1998


<PAGE>


(continued from cover page)

         Distributions  to  Securityholders  will  be made  monthly,  quarterly,
semi-annually  or at such  other  intervals  and on the dates  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  Distributions on the Securities of a Series will
be made from the related Trust Fund Assets or proceeds  thereof  pledged for the
benefit  of  the   Securityholders   as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

         The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  any  insurance  or
guarantee  provided with respect to the related Series of Securities  including,
without  limitation,  any insurance or guarantee  provided by the  Department of
Housing and Urban Development, the United States Department of Veterans' Affairs
or any private insurer or guarantor.  The only obligations of the Depositor with
respect to a Series of Securities will be to obtain certain  representations and
warranties  from each Seller and to assign to the Trustee for the related Series
of Securities the Depositor's  rights with respect to such  representations  and
warranties.  The  principal  obligations  of the  Master  Servicer  named in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement with respect to the related Series of Securities
will  be  limited  to  its  contractual  servicing  obligations,  including  any
obligation it may have to advance delinquent  interest and/or principal payments
on the related Trust Fund Assets.

         The yield on each class of  Securities of a Series will be affected by,
among other things, the rate of payments of principal (including prepayments) on
the  related  Trust Fund  Assets and the timing of receipt of such  payments  as
described under "Risk Factors -- Prepayment and Yield Considerations" and "Yield
and Prepayment  Considerations" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
A Trust  Fund  may be  subject  to early  termination  under  the  circumstances
described under "The Agreements -- Termination"; Optional Termination herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         If  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one  or  more
elections may be made to treat a Trust Fund or specified  portions  thereof as a
"real estate mortgage  investment  conduit"  ("REMIC") or as a "financial  asset
securitization  investment trust" ("FASIT") for federal income tax purposes. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences".


<PAGE>


         UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF EACH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES COVERED BY SUCH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT,
WHETHER OR NOT  PARTICIPATING  IN THE DISTRIBUTION  THEREOF,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER SUCH PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THIS PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD   ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.

               PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K

         The Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the
Securities of each Series to be offered hereunder will, among other things,  set
forth  with  respect  to such  Securities,  as  appropriate:  (i) the  aggregate
principal  amount,  interest rate and authorized  denominations of each class of
such Series of Securities;  (ii) information as to the assets of the Trust Fund,
including the general  characteristics of the related Trust Fund Assets included
therein and, if applicable,  the insurance policies,  surety bonds,  guaranties,
letters of credit or other instruments or agreements  included in the Trust Fund
or  otherwise,  and the amount and source of any  reserve  account or other cash
account;  (iii) the  circumstances,  if any,  under  which the Trust Fund may be
subject to early termination;  (iv) the  circumstances,  if any, under which the
Notes of such Series are subject to redemption; (v) the method used to calculate
the amount of principal to be  distributed or paid with respect to each class of
Securities;  (vi) the order of application of  distributions or payments to each
of the classes within such Series,  whether sequential,  pro rata, or otherwise;
(vii) the  Distribution  Dates with  respect to such Series;  (viii)  additional
information with respect to the method of distribution of such Securities;  (ix)
whether one or more REMIC  elections will be made with respect to the Trust Fund
and, if so, the designation of the regular interests and the residual interests;
(x) whether a FASIT election will be made with respect to the Trust Fund and, if
so, the designation of the regular  interests and the ownership  interest;  (xi)
the aggregate  original  percentage  ownership  interest in the Trust Fund to be
evidenced by each class of Certificates; (xii) the stated maturity of each class
of Notes of such  Series;  (xiii)  information  as to the  nature  and extent of
subordination  with respect to any class of Securities  that is  subordinate  in
right of payment to any other class; and (xiv) information as to the Seller, the
Master Servicer and the Trustee.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Depositor  has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, with respect to the Securities. This Prospectus,  which forms a part of
the  Registration  Statement,  and the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating to each
Series of Securities contain descriptions of the material terms of the documents
referred to herein and therein,  but do not contain all of the  information  set
forth in the Registration Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the
Commission.  For further  information,  reference  is made to such  Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. Such Registration Statement and exhibits can
be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public  reference  facilities
maintained by the Commission at its Public Reference Section,  450 Fifth Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and at its Regional Offices located as follows:
Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois
60661; and Northeast Regional Office,  Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York,   New  York  10048.   The   Commission   also  maintains  a  Web  site  at
http://www.sec.gov  from which such  Registration  Statement and exhibits may be
obtained.

         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representation  other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto and,  if given or made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon.  This  Prospectus  and any  Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto  do not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Securities offered
hereby and thereby nor an offer of the  Securities to any person in any state or
other  jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful.  The delivery of this
Prospectus at any time does not imply that  information  herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to its date.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         All  documents  subsequently  filed by or on behalf  of the Trust  Fund
referred  to in the  accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement  with  the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  after the date of this  Prospectus and
prior to the termination of any offering of the Securities  issued by such Trust
Fund shall be deemed to be  incorporated  by reference in this Prospectus and to
be a part of this Prospectus from the date of the filing of such documents.  Any
statement  contained in a document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded  for all purposes
of this  Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained  herein (or in the
accompanying  Prospectus Supplement) or in any other subsequently filed document
which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference  modifies or replaces
such  statement.  Any such  statement  so  modified or  superseded  shall not be
deemed,  except as so  modified  or  superseded,  to  constitute  a part of this
Prospectus. Neither the Depositor nor the Master Servicer for any Series intends
to file with the Commission  periodic  reports with respect to the related Trust
Fund  following  completion  of the reporting  period  required by Rule 15d-1 or
Regulation  15D under the Exchange Act, and  accordingly  such periodic  reports
will not be filed for each Trust Fund  subsequent  to the first  fiscal  year of
such Trust Fund unless at the  beginning of any  subsequent  fiscal year of such
Trust  Fund the  Securities  of any Class  issued by such Trust Fund are held of
record by 300 or more persons.

         The Trustee or such other entity  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement  on behalf of any Trust  Fund  will  provide  without  charge to each
person to whom this  Prospectus is delivered,  on the written or oral request of
such person,  a copy of any or all of the documents  referred to above that have
been or may be  incorporated  by reference  in this  Prospectus  (not  including
exhibits  to the  information  that is  incorporated  by  reference  unless such
exhibits are  specifically  incorporated by reference into the information  that
this Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee or the address of such other entity, in each case as
specified  in  the   accompanying   Prospectus   Supplement.   Included  in  the
accompanying Prospectus Supplement is the name, address,  telephone number, and,
if available,  facsimile number of the office or contact person at the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee or such other entity.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

         Periodic and annual  reports  concerning  the related  Trust Fund for a
Series of Securities will be forwarded to Securityholders. However, such reports
will neither be examined nor reported on by an  independent  public  accountant.
See "Description of the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders".


<PAGE>



                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

         This  summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus
Supplement  with respect to the Series of Securities  offered thereby and to the
related  Agreement  (as such term is defined  below)  which will be  prepared in
connection  with  each  Series  of  Securities.   Unless  otherwise   specified,
capitalized  terms  used and not  defined  in this  Summary  of  Terms  have the
meanings  given  to  them  in  this  Prospectus  and in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  See "Index of Defined Terms" on page 110 of this Prospectus for the
location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.

Title of Securities................     Asset    Backed     Certificates    (the
                                        "Certificates")  and Asset  Backed Notes
                                        (the  "Notes"  and,  together  with  the
                                        Certificates,  the "Securities"),  which
                                        are issuable in Series.

Depositor..........................     IndyMac    ABS,    Inc.,    a   Delaware
                                        corporation.

Trustee............................     The trustee(s)  (the "Trustee") for each
                                        Series of  Securities  will be specified
                                        in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
                                        See  "The   Agreements"   herein  for  a
                                        description of the Trustee's  rights and
                                        obligations.

Master Servicer....................     The entity or  entities  named as Master
                                        Servicer (the "Master  Servicer") in the
                                        related Prospectus Supplement, which may
                                        be an  affiliate of the  Depositor.  See
                                        "The   Agreements--    Certain   Matters
                                        Regarding  the Master  Servicer  and the
                                        Depositor".

Trust Fund Assets..................     Assets of the Trust Fund for a Series of
                                        Securities  will include  certain assets
                                        (the  "Trust  Fund  Assets")  which will
                                        consist  of  the  Loans,  together  with
                                        payments  in  respect of such Trust Fund
                                        Assets,  as  specified  in  the  related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement.  At the  time of
                                        issuance  of  the   Securities   of  the
                                        Series,  the  Depositor  will  cause the
                                        Loans  constituting  the  related  Trust
                                        Fund  to be  assigned  to  the  Trustee,
                                        without  recourse.  The  Loans  will  be
                                        collected in a pool (each,  a "Pool") as
                                        of the  first  day of the  month  of the
                                        issuance  of  the   related   Series  of
                                        Securities or such other date  specified
                                        in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                                        (the "Cut-off Date").  Trust Fund Assets
                                        also  may  include  insurance  policies,
                                        surety     bonds,     cash     accounts,
                                        reinvestment   income,   guaranties   or
                                        letters   of   credit   to  the   extent
                                        described  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement. See "Credit Enhancement". In
                                        addition,   if  the  related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement  so  provides,   the  related
                                        Trust Fund Assets will include the funds
                                        on deposit in an account (a "Pre-Funding
                                        Account") which will be used to purchase
                                        additional   Loans   during  the  period
                                        specified in such Prospectus Supplement.
                                        See   "The   Agreements--    Pre-Funding
                                        Account".

Loans..............................     The Loans will  consist of (i)  mortgage
                                        loans    secured    by   first    and/or
                                        subordinate liens on one- to four-family
                                        residential    properties,     including
                                        manufactured housing that is permanently
                                        affixed  and  treated  as real  property
                                        under local law,  or security  interests
                                        in shares issued by cooperative  housing
                                        corporations    (the   "Single    Family
                                        Loans"),  (ii) mortgage loans secured by
                                        first and/or  subordinate liens on small
                                        multifamily residential properties, such
                                        as   rental   apartment   buildings   or
                                        projects   containing   five  to   fifty
                                        residential   units  (the   "Multifamily
                                        Loans"),  (iii)  closed-end  loans  (the
                                        "Closed-End   Loans")  and/or  revolving
                                        home  equity  loans or certain  balances
                                        thereof  (the  "Revolving   Credit  Line
                                        Loans,"  together  with  the  Closed-End
                                        Loans, the "Home Equity Loans") and (iv)
                                        home   improvement    installment   sale
                                        contracts    and    installment     loan
                                        agreements   (the   "Home    Improvement
                                        Contracts").  All  Loans  will have been
                                        purchased  by  the   Depositor,   either
                                        directly or through an  affiliate,  from
                                        one or more Sellers.

                                        As specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement,  the Home Equity Loans will,
                                        and the Home Improvement  Contracts may,
                                        be  secured  by  mortgages  or  deeds of
                                        trust   or   other   similar    security
                                        instruments   creating   a  lien   on  a
                                        Mortgaged  Property (as defined  below),
                                        which may be subordinated to one or more
                                        senior liens on the Mortgaged  Property,
                                        as described  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.  As specified in the related
                                        Prospectus Supplement,  Home Improvement
                                        Contracts may be unsecured or secured by
                                        purchase money security interests in the
                                        Home Improvements  financed thereby.  If
                                        so specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement,  the Home  Equity  Loans and
                                        the  Home   Improvement   Contracts  may
                                        include   Loans   (primarily   for  home
                                        improvement   or   debt    consolidation
                                        purposes)  that are in amounts in excess
                                        of the  value of the  related  Mortgaged
                                        Properties  at the time of  origination.
                                        The  Mortgaged  Properties  and the Home
                                        Improvements are  collectively  referred
                                        to  herein  as  the  "Properties".   All
                                        Properties will be located in the United
                                        States, its territories or possessions.

Description of the Securities......     Each   Security    will    represent   a
                                        beneficial  ownership interest in, or be
                                        secured  by the  assets of, a Trust Fund
                                        created by the Depositor  pursuant to an
                                        Agreement   among  the  Depositor,   the
                                        Master  Servicer and the Trustee for the
                                        related  Series.  The  Securities of any
                                        Series  may be  issued  in  one or  more
                                        classes  as  specified  in  the  related
                                        Prospectus   Supplement.   A  Series  of
                                        Securities   may  include  one  or  more
                                        classes     of     senior     Securities
                                        (collectively,  the "Senior Securities")
                                        and one or more  classes of  subordinate
                                        Securities      (collectively,       the
                                        "Subordinated   Securities").    Certain
                                        Series or classes of  Securities  may be
                                        covered by  insurance  policies or other
                                        forms  of  credit  enhancement,  in each
                                        case   as   described    under   "Credit
                                        Enhancement"  herein and in the  related
                                        Prospectus Supplement.

                                        One or more  classes  of  Securities  of
                                        each  Series  (i)  may  be  entitled  to
                                        receive distributions  allocable only to
                                        principal,  only to  interest  or to any
                                        combination   thereof;   (ii)   may   be
                                        entitled to receive  distributions  only
                                        of prepayments  of principal  throughout
                                        the  lives of the  Securities  or during
                                        specified   periods;    (iii)   may   be
                                        subordinated  in the  right  to  receive
                                        distributions  of scheduled  payments of
                                        principal,   prepayments  of  principal,
                                        interest or any  combination  thereof to
                                        one or more other  classes of Securities
                                        of such Series  throughout  the lives of
                                        the   Securities  or  during   specified
                                        periods; (iv) may be entitled to receive
                                        such   distributions   only   after  the
                                        occurrence  of events  specified  in the
                                        related Prospectus  Supplement;  (v) may
                                        be entitled to receive  distributions in
                                        accordance with a schedule or formula or
                                        on  the   basis  of   collections   from
                                        designated portions of the related Trust
                                        Fund  Assets;   (vi)  as  to  Securities
                                        entitled to  distributions  allocable to
                                        interest,  may be  entitled  to  receive
                                        interest  at a fixed rate or a rate that
                                        is subject to change  from time to time;
                                        and (vii) as to  Securities  entitled to
                                        distributions allocable to interest, may
                                        be entitled to  distributions  allocable
                                        to interest only after the occurrence of
                                        events    specified   in   the   related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement  and  may  accrue
                                        interest  until such  events  occur,  in
                                        each case as  specified  in the  related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement.  The  timing and
                                        amounts of such  distributions  may vary
                                        among classes or over time, as specified
                                        in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Distributions on the Securities....     Distributions on the Securities entitled
                                        thereto will be made monthly, quarterly,
                                        semi-annually or at such other intervals
                                        and  on  the  dates   specified  in  the
                                        related  Prospectus  Supplement (each, a
                                        "Distribution Date") out of the payments
                                        received in respect of the assets of the
                                        related  Trust  Fund or  Funds  or other
                                        assets  pledged  for the  benefit of the
                                        Securities  as described  under  "Credit
                                        Enhancement"   herein   to  the   extent
                                        specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement.   The  amount  allocable  to
                                        payments of  principal  and  interest on
                                        any Distribution Date will be determined
                                        as specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.  The  Prospectus  Supplement
                                        for a Series of Securities will describe
                                        the method for allocating  distributions
                                        among Securities of different classes as
                                        well  as  the  method   for   allocating
                                        distributions  among  Securities for any
                                        particular class.

                                        Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the
                                        related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the
                                        aggregate  original principal balance of
                                        the  Securities   will  not  exceed  the
                                        aggregate   distributions  allocable  to
                                        principal that such  Securities  will be
                                        entitled to receive. If specified in the
                                        related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the
                                        Securities   will   have  an   aggregate
                                        original  principal balance equal to the
                                        aggregate  unpaid  principal  balance of
                                        the Trust Fund  Assets as of the related
                                        Cut-off  Date and will bear  interest in
                                        the  aggregate  at a rate  equal  to the
                                        interest  rate  borne by the  underlying
                                        Loans  (the  "Loan  Rate")  net  of  the
                                        aggregate  servicing  fees and any other
                                        amounts   specified   in   the   related
                                        Prospectus Supplement,  or at such other
                                        interest  rate  as may be  specified  in
                                        such Prospectus Supplement. If specified
                                        in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
                                        the aggregate original principal balance
                                        of the  Securities and interest rates on
                                        the  classes  of   Securities   will  be
                                        determined based on the cash flow on the
                                        Trust Fund Assets.

                                        The  rate  at  which  interest  will  be
                                        passed  through  or paid to  holders  of
                                        each   class  of   Securities   entitled
                                        thereto  may be a  fixed  rate or a rate
                                        that is subject  to change  from time to
                                        time from the time and for the  periods,
                                        in  each  case,   as  specified  in  the
                                        related Prospectus Supplement.  Any such
                                        rate    may   be    calculated    on   a
                                        loan-by-loan,    weighted   average   or
                                        notional   amount   in   each   case  as
                                        described  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement.

Credit Enhancement.................     The  assets  in  a  Trust  Fund  or  the
                                        Securities of one or more classes in the
                                        related  Series may have the  benefit of
                                        one or more types of credit  enhancement
                                        as described  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.   The   protection   against
                                        losses   afforded  by  any  such  credit
                                        support  may  be   limited.   The  type,
                                        characteristics  and  amount  of  credit
                                        enhancement  will be determined based on
                                        the   characteristics   of   the   Loans
                                        comprising  the Trust  Fund  Assets  and
                                        other factors and will be established on
                                        the basis of requirements of each Rating
                                        Agency  rating  the  Securities  of such
                                        Series. See "Credit Enhancement".

A. Subordination ..................     A Series of  Securities  may  consist of
                                        one or more classes of Senior Securities
                                        and one or more classes of  Subordinated
                                        Securities. The rights of the holders of
                                        the Subordinated  Securities of a Series
                                        to receive distributions with respect to
                                        the  assets in the  related  Trust  Fund
                                        will be  subordinated  to such rights of
                                        the holders of the Senior  Securities of
                                        the same Series to the extent  described
                                        in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
                                        This   subordination   is   intended  to
                                        enhance   the   likelihood   of  regular
                                        receipt by holders of Senior  Securities
                                        of the full  amount of monthly  payments
                                        of principal and interest due them.  The
                                        protection  afforded  to the  holders of
                                        Senior  Securities  of a Series by means
                                        of the  subordination  feature  will  be
                                        accomplished  by  (i)  the  preferential
                                        right of such holders to receive,  prior
                                        to  any   distribution   being  made  in
                                        respect  of  the  related   Subordinated
                                        Securities,   the  amounts  of  interest
                                        and/or   principal   due  them  on  each
                                        Distribution   Date  out  of  the  funds
                                        available for  distribution on such date
                                        in the related  Security Account and, to
                                        the  extent  described  in  the  related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement,  by the right of
                                        such    holders   to   receive    future
                                        distributions   on  the  assets  in  the
                                        related Trust Fund that would  otherwise
                                        have  been  payable  to the  holders  of
                                        Subordinated  Securities;  (ii) reducing
                                        the ownership  interest (if  applicable)
                                        of the related Subordinated  Securities;
                                        or (iii) a  combination  of clauses  (i)
                                        and (ii) above.  If so  specified in the
                                        related      Prospectus      Supplement,
                                        subordination  may  apply  only  in  the
                                        event of  certain  types of  losses  not
                                        covered   by  other   forms  of   credit
                                        support,   such  as  hazard  losses  not
                                        covered  by  standard  hazard  insurance
                                        policies or losses due to the bankruptcy
                                        or fraud of the  borrower.  The  related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement  will  set  forth
                                        information   concerning,   among  other
                                        things, the amount of subordination of a
                                        class   or   classes   of   Subordinated
                                        Securities    in    a    Series,     the
                                        circumstances      in     which     such
                                        subordination  will be  applicable,  and
                                        the manner,  if any, in which the amount
                                        of  subordination   will  decrease  over
                                        time.

B. Reserve Account ................     One or more  reserve  accounts  or other
                                        cash   accounts    (each,   a   "Reserve
                                        Account")   may   be   established   and
                                        maintained    for   each    Series    of
                                        Securities.   The   related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement  will specify  whether or not
                                        such Reserve  Accounts  will be included
                                        in the corpus of the Trust Fund for such
                                        Series and will also  specify the manner
                                        of funding such Reserve Accounts and the
                                        conditions  under  which the  amounts in
                                        any such Reserve  Accounts  will be used
                                        to  make  distributions  to  holders  of
                                        Securities  of  a  particular  class  or
                                        released from such Reserve Accounts.

C. Letter of Credit ...............     If   so   specified   in   the   related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement,  credit  support
                                        may be provided  by one or more  letters
                                        of  credit.   A  letter  of  credit  may
                                        provide   limited   protection   against
                                        certain losses in addition to or in lieu
                                        of other credit support,  such as losses
                                        resulting  from  delinquent  payments on
                                        the  Loans in the  related  Trust  Fund,
                                        losses   from   risks  not   covered  by
                                        standard  hazard   insurance   policies,
                                        losses due to  bankruptcy  of a borrower
                                        and application of certain provisions of
                                        the  Bankruptcy  Code, and losses due to
                                        denial  of  insurance  coverage  due  to
                                        misrepresentations  made  in  connection
                                        with the  origination or sale of a Loan.
                                        The issuer of the letter of credit  (the
                                        "L/C Bank") will be  obligated  to honor
                                        demands  with  respect to such letter of
                                        credit,  to the  extent  of  the  amount
                                        available  thereunder,  and  to  provide
                                        funds   under  the   circumstances   and
                                        subject  to  such   conditions   as  are
                                        specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement.  The  liability  of the  L/C
                                        Bank under its letter of credit  will be
                                        reduced  by the  amount of  unreimbursed
                                        payments thereunder.

                                        The  maximum  liability  of a  L/C  Bank
                                        under its  letter  of credit  will be an
                                        amount equal to a  percentage  specified
                                        in the related Prospectus  Supplement of
                                        the   initial   aggregate    outstanding
                                        principal  balance  of the  Loans in the
                                        related   Trust  Fund  or  one  or  more
                                        classes  of  Securities  of the  related
                                        Series  (the  "L/C   Percentage").   The
                                        maximum amount  available at any time to
                                        be paid under a letter of credit will be
                                        determined   in  the  manner   specified
                                        therein  and in the  related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.

D. Insurance Policies; Surety 
   Bonds and Guarantees ...........     If   so   specified   in   the   related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement,  credit  support
                                        for  a  Series  may  be  provided  by an
                                        insurance  policy  and/or a surety  bond
                                        issued   by   one  or   more   insurance
                                        companies or sureties.  Such certificate
                                        guarantee  insurance or surety bond will
                                        guarantee   timely    distributions   of
                                        interest  and/or full  distributions  of
                                        principal  on the basis of a schedule of
                                        principal  distributions set forth in or
                                        determined  in the manner  specified  in
                                        the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If
                                        specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement,   one  or  more   bankruptcy
                                        bonds,    special    hazard    insurance
                                        policies, other insurance or third-party
                                        guarantees   may  be  used  to   provide
                                        coverage  for the  risks of  default  or
                                        types  of  losses   set  forth  in  such
                                        Prospectus Supplement.

E. Over-Collateralization .........     If  so   provided   in  the   Prospectus
                                        Supplement for a Series of Securities, a
                                        portion of the interest  payment on each
                                        Loan  may be  applied  as an  additional
                                        distribution  in respect of principal to
                                        reduce  the   principal   balance  of  a
                                        certain  class or classes of  Securities
                                        and,   thus,   accelerate  the  rate  of
                                        payment  of  principal  on such class or
                                        classes of Securities.

F. Loan Pool Insurance Policy .....     A  mortgage  pool  insurance  policy  or
                                        policies may be obtained and  maintained
                                        for  Loans  relating  to any  Series  of
                                        Securities,  which  shall be  limited in
                                        scope,  covering defaults on the related
                                        Loans in an  initial  amount  equal to a
                                        specified  percentage  of the  aggregate
                                        principal  balance of all Loans included
                                        in the  Pool as of the  related  Cut-off
                                        Date.

G. FHA Insurance ..................     If specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement,  all  or a  portion  of  the
                                        Loans  in a Pool may be (i)  insured  by
                                        the Federal Housing  Administration (the
                                        "FHA") and/or (ii) partially  guaranteed
                                        by the  Department of Veterans'  Affairs
                                        (the "VA").  See "Certain  Legal Aspects
                                        of the Loans -- The Title I Program".

H. Cross-Collateralization.........     If specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement, separate classes of a Series
                                        of    Securities    may   evidence   the
                                        beneficial  ownership  of, or be secured
                                        by,  separate  groups of assets included
                                        in a Trust  Fund.  In such case,  credit
                                        support  may  be  provided  by a  cross-
                                        collateralization feature which requires
                                        that  distributions be made with respect
                                        to  Securities  evidencing  a beneficial
                                        ownership  interest  in, or secured  by,
                                        one  or  more  asset   groups  prior  to
                                        distributions to Subordinated Securities
                                        evidencing   a   beneficial    ownership
                                        interest  in, or secured by, other asset
                                        groups  within the same Trust Fund.  See
                                        "Credit                    Enhancement--
                                        Cross-Collateralization".

                                        If specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement, the coverage provided by one
                                        or  more   of  the   forms   of   credit
                                        enhancement described in this Prospectus
                                        may  apply  concurrently  to two or more
                                        separate Trust Funds. If applicable, the
                                        related   Prospectus   Supplement   will
                                        identify  the Trust  Funds to which such
                                        credit   enhancement   relates  and  the
                                        manner  of  determining  the  amount  of
                                        coverage  provided  to such Trust  Funds
                                        thereby and of the  application  of such
                                        coverage to the identified  Trust Funds.
                                        See     "Credit      Enhancement      --
                                        Cross-Collateralization".

Advances...........................     The Master  Servicer and, if applicable,
                                        each mortgage servicing institution that
                                        services  a Loan in a Pool on  behalf of
                                        the    Master    Servicer    (each,    a
                                        "Sub-Servicer")   may  be  obligated  to
                                        advance  amounts  (each,  an  "Advance")
                                        corresponding  to  delinquent   interest
                                        and/or  principal  payments on such Loan
                                        (including,  in the case of  Cooperative
                                        Loans,  unpaid maintenance fees or other
                                        charges  under the  related  proprietary
                                        lease)  until the date,  as specified in
                                        the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,
                                        following  the date on which the related
                                        Property is sold at a  foreclosure  sale
                                        or  the   related   Loan  is   otherwise
                                        liquidated.   Any   obligation  to  make
                                        Advances  may be subject to  limitations
                                        as specified  in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.   If  so  specified  in  the
                                        related Prospectus Supplement,  Advances
                                        may  be  drawn   from  a  cash   account
                                        available  for such purpose as described
                                        in such Prospectus Supplement.  Advances
                                        will  be   reimbursable  to  the  extent
                                        described  under   "Description  of  the
                                        Securities-- Advances" herein and in the
                                        related Prospectus Supplement.

                                        In the  event  the  Master  Servicer  or
                                        Sub-Servicer  fails  to make a  required
                                        Advance, the Trustee may be obligated to
                                        advance such amounts otherwise  required
                                        to be advanced by the Master Servicer or
                                        Sub-Servicer.  See  "Description  of the
                                        Securities -- Advances".

Optional Termination...............     The   Master   Servicer   or  the  party
                                        specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement,  including the holder of the
                                        residual  interest  in a  REMIC  or  the
                                        holder of the  ownership  interest  in a
                                        FASIT,  may have the  option  to  effect
                                        early   retirement   of  a   Series   of
                                        Securities  through the  purchase of the
                                        Trust Fund Assets.  The Master  Servicer
                                        will  deposit  the  proceeds of any such
                                        purchase  in the  Security  Account  for
                                        each Trust Fund as described  under "The
                                        Agreements -- Payments on Loans; Deposit
                                        to Security Account".  Any such purchase
                                        of  Trust  Fund   Assets  and   property
                                        acquired in respect of Trust Fund Assets
                                        evidenced by a Series of Securities will
                                        be  made  at the  option  of the  Master
                                        Servicer,   such  other  person  or,  if
                                        applicable,  such  holder  of the  REMIC
                                        residual  interest  or  FASIT  ownership
                                        interest,  at a price  specified  in the
                                        related   Prospectus   Supplement.   The
                                        exercise of such right will effect early
                                        retirement  of the  Securities  of  that
                                        Series,  but  the  right  of the  Master
                                        Servicer,   such  other  person  or,  if
                                        applicable,  such  holder  of the  REMIC
                                        residual  interest  or  FASIT  ownership
                                        interest,  to so  purchase is subject to
                                        the  principal  balance  of the  related
                                        Trust  Fund  Assets  being less than the
                                        percentage   specified  in  the  related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement  of the aggregate
                                        principal  balance  of  the  Trust  Fund
                                        Assets  at  the  Cut-off  Date  for  the
                                        Series.  The foregoing is subject to the
                                        provision  that if a REMIC  election  is
                                        made with  respect to a Trust Fund,  any
                                        repurchase   will   be   made   only  in
                                        connection     with     a     "qualified
                                        liquidation"  of the  REMIC  within  the
                                        meaning  of  Section  860F(g)(4)  of the
                                        Code,  and if a FASIT  election  is made
                                        with  respect  to  a  Trust  Fund,   any
                                        repurchase  will  be  made  only if such
                                        repurchase  would  not  be a  prohibited
                                        transaction   within   the   meaning  of
                                        section 860L(e)(2) of the Code.

Legal Investment...................     The   Prospectus   Supplement  for  each
                                        series of Securities will specify which,
                                        if any,  of the  classes  of  Securities
                                        offered  thereby  constitute   "mortgage
                                        related  securities" for purposes of the
                                        Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement
                                        Act  of  1984   ("SMMEA").   Classes  of
                                        Securities  that  qualify  as  "mortgage
                                        related   securities"   will  be   legal
                                        investments   for   certain   types   of
                                        institutional  investors  to the  extent
                                        provided in SMMEA, subject, in any case,
                                        to  any  other   regulations  which  may
                                        govern investments by such institutional
                                        investors. Institutions whose investment
                                        activities  are  subject  to  review  by
                                        federal  or  state  authorities   should
                                        consult   with  their   counsel  or  the
                                        applicable   authorities   to  determine
                                        whether an  investment  in a  particular
                                        class of Securities (whether or not such
                                        class  constitutes  a "mortgage  related
                                        security")   complies  with   applicable
                                        guidelines,    policy    statements   or
                                        restrictions. See "Legal Investment".

Federal Income Tax Consequences....     The federal income tax  consequences  to
                                        Securityholders  will vary  depending on
                                        whether one or more  elections  are made
                                        to treat  the  Trust  Fund or  specified
                                        portions  thereof as either a REMIC or a
                                        FASIT  under  the   provisions   of  the
                                        Internal   Revenue  Code  of  1986,   as
                                        amended  (the  "Code").  The  Prospectus
                                        Supplement for each Series of Securities
                                        will  specify  whether  such an election
                                        will be made.

                                        If a REMIC  election or a FASIT election
                                        is made, Securities representing regular
                                        interests  in  a  REMIC  or  FASIT  will
                                        generally  be  treated as  evidences  of
                                        indebtedness   for  federal  income  tax
                                        purposes.   Stated   interest   on  such
                                        regular  interests  will be  taxable  as
                                        ordinary  income and taken into  account
                                        using the accrual  method of accounting,
                                        regardless   of  the   holder's   normal
                                        accounting  method.  If  neither a REMIC
                                        election  nor a FASIT is made,  interest
                                        (other  than  original   issue  discount
                                        ("OID")   on    Securities    that   are
                                        characterized    as   indebtedness   for
                                        federal  income  tax  purposes  will  be
                                        includible in income by holders  thereof
                                        in accordance with their usual method of
                                        accounting.

                                        Certain  classes  of  Securities  may be
                                        issued  with  OID.  A holder  should  be
                                        aware  that the  Code  and the  Treasury
                                        regulations  promulgated  thereunder  do
                                        not  adequately  address  certain issues
                                        relevant to prepayable securities,  such
                                        as the Securities.

                                        Securityholders that will be required to
                                        report   income  with   respect  to  the
                                        related  Securities  under  the  accrual
                                        method of accounting  will do so without
                                        giving  effect to delays and  reductions
                                        in   distributions   attributable  to  a
                                        default  or  delinquency  on the  Loans,
                                        except  possibly  to the extent  that it
                                        can be established that such amounts are
                                        uncollectible.  As a result,  the amount
                                        of income  (including OID) reported by a
                                        holder of a Security in any period could
                                        significantly  exceed the amount of cash
                                        distributed   to  such  holder  in  that
                                        period.

                                        In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, if a
                                        REMIC election is made with respect to a
                                        Series   of    Securities,    then   the
                                        arrangement by which such Securities are
                                        issued  will be  treated  as a REMIC  as
                                        long  as all of  the  provisions  of the
                                        applicable  Agreement are complied with.
                                        Securities   will   be   designated   as
                                        "regular    interests"    or   "residual
                                        interests" in a REMIC. A REMIC generally
                                        will not be subject to entity-level tax.
                                        Rather,  the taxable  income or net loss
                                        of a REMIC will be taken into account by
                                        the holders of residual interests.  Such
                                        holders will report their  proportionate
                                        share of the taxable income of the REMIC
                                        whether   or  not  they   receive   cash
                                        distributions     from     the     REMIC
                                        attributable to such income. The portion
                                        of the REMIC taxable  income  consisting
                                        of "excess inclusions" generally may not
                                        be   offset   by   otherwise   allowable
                                        deductions of the holder,  including net
                                        operating loss deductions.

                                        In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, if a
                                        FASIT election is made with respect to a
                                        Series   of    Securities,    then   the
                                        arrangement by which such Securities are
                                        issued  will be  treated  as a FASIT  as
                                        long  as all of  the  provisions  of the
                                        applicable  Agreement are complied with.
                                        Securities will be designated as regular
                                        interests or as the ownership  interest.
                                        The FASIT  generally will not be subject
                                        to  an  entity-level  tax.  Rather,  the
                                        taxable  income or net loss of the FASIT
                                        will be taken into account by the holder
                                        of the ownership interest whether or not
                                        the holder  receives cash  distributions
                                        from  the  FASIT  attributable  to  such
                                        income. The ownership interest generally
                                        must be held at all times by a  domestic
                                        C     corporation      (an     "Eligible
                                        Corporation").    Furthermore,   certain
                                        regular   interests   referred   to   as
                                        High-Yield  interests  are only suitable
                                        investments  for Eligible  Corporations.
                                        Income  derived from  holding  ownership
                                        interests   and  income   derived   from
                                        holding High-Yield  interests  generally
                                        may not be offset by otherwise allowable
                                        deductions, including net operating loss
                                        deductions.

                                        In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, if a
                                        REMIC  or a FASIT  election  is not made
                                        with respect to a Series of  Securities,
                                        then  the   arrangement  by  which  such
                                        Securities  are  issued  either  will be
                                        classified  as  a  grantor  trust  under
                                        Subpart E, Part I of Subchapter J of the
                                        Code or as a partnership. The Trust Fund
                                        will   not   be   a   publicly    traded
                                        partnership  taxable as a corporation as
                                        long  as all of  the  provisions  of the
                                        related  Agreement are complied with. If
                                        Notes  are  issued by such  Trust  Fund,
                                        such    Notes   will   be   treated   as
                                        indebtedness   for  federal  income  tax
                                        purposes.    The    holders    of    the
                                        Certificates  issued by such  Trust Fund
                                        will  agree  to treat  the  Certificates
                                        either   as   equity   interests   in  a
                                        partnership or in a grantor trust.

                                        Generally,   gain   or   loss   will  be
                                        recognized  on a sale of  Securities  in
                                        the  amount  equal  to  the   difference
                                        between  the  amount  realized  and  the
                                        seller's  tax  basis  in the  Securities
                                        sold.

                                        The   material    federal   income   tax
                                        consequences  for  investors  associated
                                        with   the   purchase,   ownership   and
                                        disposition  of the  Securities  are set
                                        forth  herein under  "Federal  Income --
                                        Tax Consequences".  The material federal
                                        income tax  consequences  for  investors
                                        associated with the purchase,  ownership
                                        and  disposition  of  Securities  of any
                                        particular  Series  will  be  set  forth
                                        under the  heading  "Federal  Income Tax
                                        Consequences" in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.   See  "Federal  Income  Tax
                                        Consequences".

ERISA Considerations...............     A fiduciary of any employee benefit plan
                                        or other  retirement plan or arrangement
                                        subject  to  the   Employee   Retirement
                                        Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                        ("ERISA"),  or the Code should carefully
                                        review with its legal  advisors  whether
                                        the  purchase  or holding of  Securities
                                        could   give   rise  to  a   transaction
                                        prohibited or not otherwise  permissible
                                        under  ERISA  or the  Code.  See  "ERISA
                                        Considerations".   Certain   classes  of
                                        Securities may not be transferred unless
                                        the  Trustee  and  the   Depositor   are
                                        furnished     with    a    letter     of
                                        representation  or an opinion of counsel
                                        to the effect  that such  transfer  will
                                        not  result  in  a   violation   of  the
                                        prohibited   transaction  provisions  of
                                        ERISA and the Code and will not  subject
                                        the Trustee, the Depositor or the Master
                                        Servicer to additional obligations.  See
                                        "Description of the  Securities-General"
                                        and "ERISA Considerations".

Risk Factors.......................     For  a  discussion   of  certain   risks
                                        associated  with  an  investment  in the
                                        Securities,  see "Risk  Factors" on page
                                        16 herein and in the related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.


<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

         Investors should consider the following  factors in connection with the
purchase of the Securities.

LIMITED LIQUIDITY

         No market  for the  Securities  of any Series  will exist  prior to the
issuance  thereof,  and no assurance  can be given that a secondary  market will
develop  or,  if it does  develop,  that it will  provide  Securityholders  with
liquidity of investment or will continue for the life of the  Securities of such
Series.

LIMITED  SOURCE OF  PAYMENTS -- NO  RECOURSE  TO  SELLERS,  DEPOSITOR  OR MASTER
SERVICER

         The  Depositor  does  not  have,  nor  is  it  expected  to  have,  any
significant  assets.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Securities  of a Series will be payable  solely from the Trust
Fund for such  Securities  and will not  have  any  claim  against  or  security
interest  in the Trust Fund for any other  Series.  There will be no recourse to
the  Depositor or any other person for any failure to receive  distributions  on
the  Securities.  Further,  at the  times set  forth in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  certain  Trust Fund  Assets  and/or any  balance  remaining  in the
Security Account  immediately after making all payments due on the Securities of
such Series,  after making  adequate  provision  for future  payments on certain
classes of  Securities  and after  making any other  payments  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  may be  promptly  released  or remitted to the
Depositor,  the Master Servicer,  any credit  enhancement  provider or any other
person  entitled  thereto and will no longer be available for making payments to
Securityholders.  Consequently,  holders of  Securities of each Series must rely
solely upon  payments with respect to the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets
constituting  the  Trust  Fund  for  a  Series  of  Securities,   including,  if
applicable,  any amounts available  pursuant to any credit  enhancement for such
Series,  for the payment of principal of and interest on the  Securities of such
Series.

         The  Securities  will not represent an interest in or obligation of the
Depositor,   the  Master  Servicer,  any  Seller  or  any  of  their  respective
affiliates.  The only obligations,  if any, of the Depositor with respect to the
Trust Fund  Assets or the  Securities  of any Series will be pursuant to certain
representations and warranties. The Depositor does not have, and is not expected
in the future to have, any significant  assets with which to meet any obligation
to  repurchase  Loans  with  respect  to which  there  has been a breach  of any
representation  or warranty which materially and adversely affects the interests
of the  Securityholders  in such Loans.  If, for  example,  the  Depositor  were
required to repurchase a Loan, its only sources of funds to make such repurchase
would  be from  funds  obtained  (i)  from the  enforcement  of a  corresponding
obligation, if any, on the part of the related Seller or originator of such Loan
or (ii) to the extent  provided in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  from a
Reserve Account or similar credit  enhancement  established to provide funds for
such repurchases.

         The only obligations of any Seller with respect to Trust Fund Assets or
the  Securities  of any Series will be pursuant to certain  representations  and
warranties and certain document delivery requirements.  A Seller may be required
to  repurchase   or  substitute   for  any  Loan  with  respect  to  which  such
representations  and warranties or certain  document  delivery  requirements are
breached (and in the case of any such breach of representations  and warranties,
such breach materially and adversely affects the interest of the Securityholders
in such Loan).  There is no assurance,  however,  that such Seller will have the
financial ability to effect such repurchase or substitution. Although the Master
Servicer may be obligated to enforce  such  obligation  to the extent  described
under "Loan  Program --  Representations  by Sellers;  Repurchases,"  the Master
Servicer  will not be  obligated  to purchase or replace such Loan if the Seller
defaults on its obligation (nor will the Master Servicer  otherwise be obligated
to purchase or replace any such Loan for any other reason).

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT -- LIMITATIONS

         Although  credit   enhancement  is  intended  to  reduce  the  risk  of
delinquent  payments or losses to holders of Securities  entitled to the benefit
thereof,  the amount of such credit enhancement will be limited, as set forth in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  and may be subject to periodic reduction in
accordance  with a  schedule  or  formula  or  otherwise  decline,  and could be
depleted under certain circumstances prior to the payment in full of the related
Series of Securities,  and as a result Securityholders of the related Series may
suffer losses.  Moreover,  such credit  enhancement  may not cover all potential
losses or risks. For example,  credit  enhancement may or may not cover fraud or
negligence by a loan originator or other parties. In addition,  the Trustee will
generally be permitted to reduce,  terminate or  substitute  all or a portion of
the credit  enhancement  for any Series of  Securities,  provided the applicable
Rating Agency indicates that the  then-current  rating of the Securities of such
Series will not be adversely affected. See "Credit Enhancement".

PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

         The timing of principal  payments of the Securities of a Series will be
affected  by a number of factors,  including  the  following:  (i) the extent of
prepayments  (including for this purpose prepayments  resulting from refinancing
or  liquidations  of the Loans due to defaults,  casualties,  condemnations  and
repurchases  by the  Depositor  or a Seller) of the Loans  comprising  the Trust
Fund,  which  prepayments  may be influenced  by a variety of factors  including
general economic  conditions,  prevailing interest rate levels, the availability
of alternative  financing and homeowner mobility,  (ii) the manner of allocating
principal  and/or  payments  among  the  classes  of  Securities  of a Series as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  (iii) the exercise by the party
entitled  thereto  of any right of  optional  termination  and (iv) the rate and
timing of payment  defaults and losses  incurred  with respect to the Trust Fund
Assets.  The  repurchase  of Loans by the  Depositor or a Seller may result from
repurchases of Trust Fund Assets due to material  breaches of the Depositor's or
such Seller's  representations  and  warranties,  as  applicable.  The yields to
maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities will be affected primarily
by the rate and  timing of  prepayment  of the Loans  comprising  the Trust Fund
Assets.  In addition,  the yields to maturity and weighted  average lives of the
Securities  will be affected by the  distribution  of amounts  remaining  in any
Pre-Funding  Account  following  the  end of the  related  Funding  Period.  Any
reinvestment  risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of
Loans held by a Trust Fund will be borne  entirely by the holders of one or more
classes  of  the  related  Series  of  Securities.  See  "Yield  and  Prepayment
Considerations" and "The Agreements -- Pre-Funding Account".

         Interest  payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution  Date
will include all  interest  accrued  during the period  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution  Date, the effective yield to  Securityholders
will be reduced from the yield that would  otherwise be  obtainable  if interest
payable on the Securities were to accrue through the day  immediately  preceding
each Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be less than the indicated  coupon rate. See  "Description  of the Securities --
Distributions on Securities -- Distributions of Interest".

LOANS WITH BALLOON PAYMENTS HAVE GREATER RISK OF BORROWER DEFAULT

         Certain of the Loans as of the  related  Cut-off  Date may not be fully
amortizing  over their terms to maturity  and,  thus,  will require  substantial
principal payments (i.e., balloon payments) at their stated maturity. Loans with
balloon  payments  involve a greater  degree of risk  because  the  ability of a
borrower to make a balloon payment typically will depend upon its ability either
to timely refinance the loan or to timely sell the related Property. The ability
of a borrower to  accomplish  either of these goals will be affected by a number
of factors,  including the level of available mortgage rates at the time of sale
or refinancing,  the borrower's  equity in the related  Property,  the financial
condition  of the  borrower  and tax  laws.  Losses on such  Loans  that are not
otherwise  covered  by  the  credit  enhancement  described  in  the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement  will be borne by the  holders of one or more  classes of
Securities of the related Series.

NATURE OF MORTGAGES

         Property Values May Decline. The value of the Properties underlying the
Loans may decline over time.  Among the factors that could adversely  affect the
value of the Properties are an overall  decline in the  residential  real estate
market in the areas in which the  Properties  are  located  or a decline  in the
general  condition  of the  Properties  as a result of failure of  borrowers  to
maintain  adequately  the  Properties  or of  natural  disasters  that  are  not
necessarily  covered by insurance,  such as earthquakes and floods. Such decline
could extinguish the value of the interest of a junior mortgagee in the Property
before  having any effect on the interest of the related  senior  mortgagee.  If
such a decline  occurs,  the actual  rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and
losses on all Loans  could be higher  than those  currently  experienced  in the
mortgage  lending  industry  in  general.  Losses  on such  Loans  that  are not
otherwise  covered  by  the  credit  enhancement  described  in  the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement  will be borne by the  holder of one or more  classes  of
Securities of the related Series.

         Delays  Due to  Liquidation  of  Properties.  Even  assuming  that  the
Properties provide adequate security for the Loans,  substantial delays could be
encountered  in  connection   with  the   liquidation  of  defaulted  Loans  and
corresponding delays in the receipt of related proceeds by Securityholders could
occur.  An action to  foreclose  on a Property  securing a Loan is  regulated by
state  statutes  and rules and is subject to many of the delays and  expenses of
other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are interposed,  sometimes requiring
several  years to  complete.  Furthermore,  in some states an action to obtain a
deficiency judgment is not permitted following a nonjudicial sale of a Property.
In the event of a default by a borrower, these restrictions, among other things,
may  impede  the  ability of the Master  Servicer  to  foreclose  on or sell the
Property or to obtain liquidation  proceeds  sufficient to repay all amounts due
on the related Loan. In addition, the Master Servicer will be entitled to deduct
from related liquidation proceeds all expenses reasonably incurred in attempting
to recover amounts due on defaulted Loans and not yet repaid, including payments
to senior  lienholders,  legal fees and costs of legal action, real estate taxes
and maintenance and preservation expenses.

         Disproportionate  Effect of Liquidation Expenses.  Liquidation expenses
with  respect  to  defaulted  loans  generally  do not  vary  directly  with the
outstanding  principal  balance of the loan at the time of  default.  Therefore,
assuming that a servicer took the same steps in realizing  upon a defaulted loan
having  a  small  remaining  principal  balance  as it  would  in the  case of a
defaulted loan having a large remaining  principal balance,  the amount realized
after  expenses  of  liquidation  would  be  smaller  as  a  percentage  of  the
outstanding  principal balance of the small loan than would be the case with the
defaulted loan having a large remaining principal balance.

         Home Equity  Loans;  Junior Liens May Be More  Difficult to  Foreclose.
Since the  mortgages  and deeds of trust  securing the Home Equity Loans and the
Home  Improvement  Contracts will be primarily  junior liens  subordinate to the
rights of the  mortgagee  under the  related  senior  mortgage(s)  or deed(s) of
trust,  the proceeds from any  liquidation,  insurance or condemnation  proceeds
will be available to satisfy the outstanding balance of such junior lien only to
the extent  that the claims of such senior  mortgagees  have been  satisfied  in
full,  including  any  related  foreclosure  costs.  In  addition,  if a  junior
mortgagee  forecloses on the property securing a junior mortgage,  it forecloses
subject to any senior  mortgage and must either pay the entire amount due on any
senior  mortgage to the related senior  mortgagee at or prior to the foreclosure
sale or undertake the obligation to make payments on any such senior mortgage in
the event the mortgagor is in default  thereunder in order to protect the junior
mortgagee's interest in the property. The Trust Fund will not have any source of
funds to  satisfy  any  senior  mortgages  or make  payments  due to any  senior
mortgagees and may therefore  effectively  be prevented from  foreclosing on the
related property.

         Certain states have imposed  statutory and judicial  restrictions  that
limit the  remedies  of a secured  lender in the event that the  proceeds of any
sale under a deed of trust or other foreclosure  proceedings are insufficient to
pay  amounts  owed  to  such  secured  lender.  In  certain  states,   including
California,  if a lender  simultaneously  originates  a loan secured by a senior
lien on a  particular  property  and a loan secured by a junior lien on the same
property,  such a lender as the holder of the junior lien may be precluded  from
obtaining a  deficiency  judgment  with  respect to the excess of the  aggregate
amount owed under both such loans over the  proceeds of any sale under a deed of
trust or other foreclosure proceedings.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans
- -- Anti-Deficiency Legislation; Bankruptcy Laws; Tax Liens".

         Consumer  Protection  Laws.  Applicable  state laws generally  regulate
interest  rates and other  charges,  require  certain  disclosures,  and require
licensing  of certain  originators  and  servicers of Loans.  In addition,  most
states have other laws, public policy and general  principles of equity relating
to the protection of consumers,  unfair and deceptive  acts and practices  which
may apply to the origination,  servicing and collection of the Loans.  Depending
on the provisions of the applicable law and the specific facts and circumstances
involved,  violations  of these  laws,  policies  and  principles  may limit the
ability of the Master  Servicer  to collect all or part of the  principal  of or
interest  on the  Loans,  may  entitle  the  borrower  to a  refund  of  amounts
previously  paid and, in addition,  could subject the Master Servicer to damages
and administrative sanctions. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans".

MULTIFAMILY LOANS SUBJECT TO MORE RISKS THAN SINGLE FAMILY LOANS

         Multifamily  lending may be viewed as exposing  the lender to a greater
risk of loss than  single  family  residential  lending.  Owners of  multifamily
residential  properties  rely on monthly lease  payments from tenants to pay for
maintenance and other  operating  expenses of such  properties,  to fund capital
improvements  and to service  any  mortgage  loan and any other debt that may be
secured  by such  properties.  Various  factors,  many of which are  beyond  the
control of the owner or  operator of such a  property,  may affect the  economic
viability of that property.

         Changes in payment  patterns  by tenants  may result  from a variety of
social,  legal and economic  factors.  Economic  factors  including  the rate of
inflation,  unemployment  levels and relative rates offered for various types of
housing may be  reflected  in changes in payment  patterns  including  increased
risks of  defaults  by  tenants  and  higher  vacancy  rates.  Adverse  economic
conditions,  either local or national,  may limit the amount of rent that can be
charged and may result in a reduction in timely lease payments or a reduction in
occupancy levels. Occupancy and rent levels may also be affected by construction
of additional  housing units,  competition  and local  politics,  including rent
stabilization  or rent control  laws and  policies.  In  addition,  the level of
mortgage interest rates may encourage tenants to purchase single family housing.
The Depositor is unable to determine and has no basis to predict whether,  or to
what extent,  economic,  legal or social  factors will affect  future  rental or
payment patterns.

         The location  and  construction  quality of a  particular  building may
affect  the  occupancy  level  as well as the  rents  that  may be  charged  for
individual units. The  characteristics of a neighborhood may change over time or
in relation to newer developments. The effects of poor construction quality will
increase   over  time  in  the  form  of  increased   maintenance   and  capital
improvements.  Even good  construction  will  deteriorate  over time if adequate
maintenance is not performed in a timely fashion.

HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS AND HOME EQUITY LOANS MAY BE UNDERCOLLATERALIZED  AND
SUBJECT TO GREATER RISK OF COLLECTION

         If specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust Fund for
any Series may include Home Equity  Loans and Home  Improvement  Contracts  that
were originated with Loan-to-Value  Ratios or Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios in
excess  of the value of the  related  Mortgaged  Property  pledged  as  security
therefor. Under such circumstances,  the Trust Fund for the related Series could
be treated as a general unsecured creditor as to any undercollateralized portion
of  any  such  Loan.   In  the  event  of  a  default   under  a  Loan  that  is
undercollateralized,  the related Trust Fund will have recourse only against the
borrower's  assets  generally for the  undercollateralized  portion of the Loan,
along  with  all  other  general  unsecured  creditors  of  the  borrower.  In a
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding relating to a borrower on any such Loan, the
undercollateralized  obligations  of the borrower with respect to such Loan will
be treated as an unsecured  loan and may be discharged by the  bankruptcy  court
even  though  such  obligations  are not  fully  satisfied.  Losses  on any such
undercollateralized   Loans  that  are  not  otherwise  covered  by  the  credit
enhancement  described in the applicable  Prospectus Supplement will be borne by
the holder of one or more classes of Securities of the related Series.

HOME  IMPROVEMENT  CONTRACTS  MAY BE  UNSECURED  AND SUBJECT TO GREATER  RISK OF
COLLECTION

         If so specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust Fund
for any Series may include Home Improvement Contracts that are not secured by an
interest in real  estate or  otherwise.  In the event of a default  under a Loan
that is unsecured,  the related  Trust Fund will only have recourse  against the
borrower's assets generally along with all other general unsecured  creditors of
the borrower. In a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding relating to a borrower on
any such Loan,  the  obligations  of the borrower in respect to such Loan may be
discharged by the bankruptcy  court even though such  obligations  are not fully
satisfied.  Losses on any such unsecured Loans that are not otherwise covered by
the credit enhancement described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement will be
borne by the holder of one or more classes of Securities of the related Series.

CERTAIN   ENVIRONMENTAL    LIABILITIES   MAY   REDUCE   AMOUNTS   AVAILABLE   TO
SECURITYHOLDERS

         Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to certain
environmental  risks.  Under  the laws of  certain  states,  contamination  of a
property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the costs of cleanup.
In  several  states,  such a lien has  priority  over  the  lien of an  existing
mortgage  against such  property.  In addition under the laws of some states and
under  the  federal  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,   Compensation  and
Liability  Act of 1980  ("CERCLA"),  a lender  may be  liable,  as an "owner" or
"operator," for costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous
substances  that  require  remedy at a property,  if agents or  employees of the
lender have become  sufficiently  involved in the  operations  of the  borrower,
regardless of whether the  environmental  damage or threat was caused by a prior
owner.  Such costs could  result in a loss to the holders of one or more classes
of  Securities  of the related  Series.  A lender also risks such  liability  on
foreclosure of the related property.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans --
Environmental Risks".

CERTAIN  OTHER  LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF THE LOANS  THAT MAY  DELAY OR REDUCE  AMOUNTS
AVAILABLE TO SECURITYHOLDERS

         Consumer  Protection  Laws.  The Loans may also be  subject  to federal
laws, including:

                  (i)      the  Federal  Truth in Lending Act and  Regulation  Z
                           promulgated   thereunder,   which   require   certain
                           disclosures  to the borrowers  regarding the terms of
                           the Loans;

                  (ii)     the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act and  Regulation B
                           promulgated thereunder, which prohibit discrimination
                           on the  basis of age,  race,  color,  sex,  religion,
                           marital status,  national  origin,  receipt of public
                           assistance  or the  exercise  of any right  under the
                           Consumer  Credit  Protection Act, in the extension of
                           credit;

                  (iii)    the Fair Credit  Reporting Act,  which  regulates the
                           use  and  reporting  of  information  related  to the
                           borrower's credit experience; and

                  (iv)     for  Loans  that  were  originated  or  closed  after
                           November  7,  1989,  the Home  Equity  Loan  Consumer
                           Protection  Act of 1988,  which  requires  additional
                           application  disclosures,  limits changes that may be
                           made to the loan  documents  without  the  borrower's
                           consent and restricts a lender's ability to declare a
                           default or to suspend or reduce a  borrower's  credit
                           limit to certain enumerated events.

         The Riegle  Act.  Certain  mortgage  loans may be subject to the Riegle
Community Development and Regulatory  Improvement Act of 1994 (the "Riegle Act")
which  incorporates the Home Ownership and Equity  Protection Act of 1994. These
provisions impose additional disclosure and other requirements on creditors with
respect to  non-purchase  money  mortgage loans with high interest rates or high
up-front fees and charges. The provisions of the Riegle Act apply on a mandatory
basis to all  mortgage  loans  originated  on or after  October 1,  1995.  These
provisions can impose specific statutory  liabilities upon creditors who fail to
comply with their  provisions and may affect the  enforceability  of the related
loans.  In addition,  any assignee of the creditor would generally be subject to
all claims and defenses  that the consumer  could assert  against the  creditor,
including, without limitation, the right to rescind the mortgage loan.

         Holder in Due Course  Rules.  The Home  Improvement  Contracts are also
subject to the Preservation of Consumers' Claims and Defenses regulations of the
Federal  Trade  Commission  and other  similar  federal and state  statutes  and
regulations (collectively, the "Holder in Due Course Rules"), which are intended
to defeat the ability of the transferor of a consumer  credit  contract which is
the seller of goods  which gave rise to the  transaction  (and  certain  related
lenders and assignees) to transfer such contract free of notice of claims by the
debtor  thereunder.  The effect of the Holder in Due Course  Rules is to subject
the assignee of such a Home Improvement Contract (such as the Trust Fund) to all
claims and defenses which the obligor under the Home Improvement  Contract could
assert  against the seller of the related  goods.  Liability  under this rule is
limited  to amounts  paid  under the Home  Improvement  Contract;  however,  the
obligor under the Home Improvement  Contract also may be able to assert the rule
to set off  remaining  amounts due as a defense  against a claim  brought by the
Trust Fund against such obligor. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans".

         Violations  of certain  provisions  of these federal laws may limit the
ability of the Master  Servicer  to collect all or part of the  principal  of or
interest  on the Loans and in addition  could  subject the Trust Fund to damages
and  administrative  enforcement.  Losses on such Loans  that are not  otherwise
covered  by  the  credit  enhancement  described  in the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement  will be borne by the holders of one or more classes of Securities of
the related Series. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans".

RATING OF THE SECURITIES -- LIMITATIONS

         It will be a condition to the issuance of a class of Securities offered
hereby that they be rated in one of the four highest  rating  categories  by the
Rating Agency identified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Any such rating
would be based on, among other things,  the adequacy of the value of the related
Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to such class and will
represent such Rating Agency's  assessment solely of the likelihood that holders
of such class of Securities will receive payments to which such  Securityholders
are entitled  under the related  Agreement.  Such rating will not  constitute an
assessment of the  likelihood  that  principal  prepayments on the related Loans
will be made, the degree to which the rate of such prepayments might differ from
that originally  anticipated or the likelihood of early optional  termination of
the Series of Securities.  Such rating shall not be deemed a  recommendation  to
purchase, hold or sell Securities,  inasmuch as it does not address market price
or  suitability  for a  particular  investor.  Such  rating will not address the
possibility  that  prepayment  at higher or lower rates than  anticipated  by an
investor may cause such investor to experience a lower than anticipated yield or
that an investor  purchasing a Security at a  significant  premium might fail to
recoup its initial investment under certain prepayment  scenarios.  In addition,
if such rating relates to a Series with a Pre-Funding Account,  such rating will
not address the ability of the related Trust Fund to acquire  Subsequent  Loans,
any potential  prepayment  of the  Securities  resulting  from  distribution  to
Securityholders  of amounts  remaining in the Pre-Funding  Account following the
end of the  Funding  Period,  or the  effect  on the  yield  to  Securityholders
resulting therefrom.

         There is also no  assurance  that any such rating will remain in effect
for any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely
by the  Rating  Agency in the  future if in its  judgment  circumstances  in the
future so warrant.  In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion
in the adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets or any credit  enhancement
with  respect to a Series of  Securities,  such rating  might also be lowered or
withdrawn because of, among other reasons, an adverse change in the financial or
other  condition of a credit  enhancement  provider or a change in the rating of
such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.

         The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement,  if any, established
with  respect  to a class  of  Securities  will be  determined  on the  basis of
criteria  established by each Rating Agency rating classes of such Series.  Such
criteria  are  sometimes  based upon an  actuarial  analysis of the  behavior of
similar  loans in a larger  group.  Such  analysis is often the basis upon which
each Rating Agency  determines  the amount of credit  enhancement  required with
respect to each such class.  There can be no assurance that the historical  data
supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future experience
nor any  assurance  that the data  derived  from a large pool of  similar  loans
accurately  predicts the  delinquency,  foreclosure  or loss  experience  of any
particular  pool of Loans.  No  assurance  can be given  that the  values of any
Properties have remained or will remain at their levels on the respective  dates
of  origination  of the related Loans.  If the  residential  real estate markets
should   experience  an  overall  decline  in  property  values  such  that  the
outstanding  principal  balances of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and any
secondary  financing on the related  Properties  become equal to or greater than
the value of the Properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses
could be higher than those now  generally  experienced  in the mortgage  lending
industry. In addition,  adverse economic conditions (which may or may not affect
real property  values) may affect the timely  payment by mortgagors of scheduled
payments of principal and interest on the Loans and,  accordingly,  the rates of
delinquencies,  foreclosures  and losses with respect to any Trust Fund.  To the
extent that such losses are not covered by credit enhancement,  such losses will
be borne,  at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of Securities
of the related Series. See "Rating".

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION MAY REDUCE LIQUIDITY OF THE SECURITIES

         If  issued  in  book-entry  form,  such  registration  may  reduce  the
liquidity of the Securities in the secondary  trading market since investors may
be  unwilling  to  purchase  Securities  for which they cannot  obtain  physical
certificates.  Since transactions in book-entry  Securities can be effected only
through the  Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC"),  participating  organizations,
Financial  Intermediaries  and certain banks, the ability of a Securityholder to
pledge a book-entry  Security to persons or entities that do not  participate in
the DTC system may be limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing
such Securities.  Securities Owners will not be recognized as Securityholders as
such  term  is  used in the  related  Agreement,  and  Security  Owners  will be
permitted to exercise the rights of Securityholders  only indirectly through DTC
and its Participants.

         In addition, Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt
of  distributions  of interest and  principal  on  book-entry  Securities  since
distributions  are  required to be  forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will
then be required  to credit such  distributions  to the  accounts of  Depository
participants which thereafter will be required to credit them to the accounts of
Securityholders either directly or indirectly through Financial  Intermediaries.
See "Description of the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration of Securities".

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS

         Pre-Funded  Amounts  Not Used to Cover  Losses.  If so  provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  on the closing date specified in such Prospectus
Supplement  (the "Closing  Date") the  Depositor  will deposit cash in an amount
(the  "Pre-Funded  Amount")  specified  in such  Prospectus  Supplement  into an
account (the  "Pre-Funding  Account").  In no event shall the Pre-Funded  Amount
exceed 50% of the initial aggregate  principal amount of the Certificates and/or
Notes of the related Series of Securities. The Pre-Funded Amount will be used to
purchase Loans ("Subsequent Loans") in a period from the related Closing Date to
a date not more than one year after such Closing Date (such period, the "Funding
Period") from the Depositor  (which, in turn, will acquire such Subsequent Loans
from the Seller or Sellers specified in the related Prospectus Supplement).  The
Pre-Funding  Account will be maintained  with the Trustee for the related Series
of Securities and is designed solely to hold funds to be applied by such Trustee
during  the  Funding  Period  to pay to the  Depositor  the  purchase  price for
Subsequent  Loans.  Monies on deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  will not be
available to cover losses on or in respect of the related Loans.

         Unused  Pre-Funded  Amounts  at  the  end of  Funding  Period  Will  Be
Distributed As Principal  Prepayment to Securityholders.  To the extent that the
entire  Pre-Funded  Amount has not been  applied to the  purchase of  Subsequent
Loans by the end of the related  Funding  Period,  any amounts  remaining in the
Pre-Funding  Account  will  be  distributed  as a  prepayment  of  principal  to
Securityholders  on the Distribution  Date immediately  following the end of the
Funding  Period,  in the amounts and pursuant to the priorities set forth in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Any  reinvestment  risk  resulting  from  such
prepayment  will be borne  entirely by the holders of one or more classes of the
related Series of Securities.

BANKRUPTCY  OR INSOLVENCY  OF THE SELLER,  THE DEPOSITOR OR THE MASTER  SERVICER
COULD LEAD TO DELAY OR REDUCTION OF AMOUNTS PAYABLE TO SECURITYHOLDERS

         The Seller and the  Depositor  will treat the  transfer of the Loans by
the Seller to the Depositor as a sale for accounting purposes. The Depositor and
the Trust Fund will treat the transfer of Loans from the  Depositor to the Trust
Fund as a sale for accounting purposes.  As a sale of the Loans by the Seller to
the Depositor, the Loans would not be part of the Seller's bankruptcy estate and
would not be available to the Seller's  creditors.  However, in the event of the
insolvency  of the  Seller,  it is  possible  that the  bankruptcy  trustee or a
creditor of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize  the sale of the Loans as a
borrowing by the Seller, secured by a pledge of the Loans.  Similarly, as a sale
of the Loans by the Depositor to the Trust Fund,  the Loans would not be part of
the Depositor's  bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the Depositor's
creditors.  However,  in the event of the  insolvency  of the  Depositor,  it is
possible that the bankruptcy  trustee or a creditor of the Depositor may attempt
to recharacterize the sale of the Loans as a borrowing by the Depositor, secured
by a pledge of the Loans.  In either case,  this  position,  if argued before or
accepted  by a court,  could  prevent  timely  payments  of  amounts  due on the
Securities and result in a reduction of payments due on the Securities.

         In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer,  the
bankruptcy  trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Securityholders  from appointing a successor Servicer.  The time period, if any,
during which cash  collections may be commingled with the Master  Servicer's own
funds  prior  to  each  Distribution  Date  will  be  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event of the insolvency of the Master Servicer and
if such cash collections are commingled with the Master Servicer's own funds for
at least ten days,  the Trust Fund will likely not have a perfected  interest in
such  collections  since such  collections  would not have been  deposited  in a
segregated  account  within  ten days  after  the  collection  thereof,  and the
inclusion  thereof in the bankruptcy estate of the Master Servicer may result in
delays in  payment  and  failure to pay  amounts  due on the  Securities  of the
related Series.

         In addition,  federal and state  statutory  provisions,  including  the
federal  bankruptcy  laws and  state  laws  affording  relief  to  debtors,  may
interfere with or affect the ability of the secured  mortgage  lender to realize
upon its  security.  For example,  in a proceeding  under Title 11 of the United
States  Code  Section  101 et seq.  and the  rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  as amended (the "Bankruptcy Code"), a lender may not foreclose on a
mortgaged   property  without  the  permission  of  the  bankruptcy  court.  The
rehabilitation  plan  proposed  by the  debtor  may  provide,  if the  mortgaged
property is not the debtor's  principal  residence and the court determines that
the value of the mortgaged  property is less than the  principal  balance of the
mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured indebtedness to the value of the
mortgaged  property  as of the  date  of  the  commencement  of the  bankruptcy,
rendering the lender a general unsecured  creditor for the difference,  and also
may reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage loan, change the rate of
interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule.  The effect of any such
proceedings  under  the  Bankruptcy  Code,  including  but  not  limited  to any
automatic  stay,  could  result  in delays in  receiving  payments  on the Loans
underlying a Series of  Securities  and  possible  reductions  in the  aggregate
amount of such payments.

HOLDERS OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT SECURITIES REQUIRED TO INCLUDE ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT IN ORDINARY GROSS INCOME FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES AS IT ACCRUES

         Debt  Securities  that are Compound  Interest  Securities  will be, and
certain of the other Debt  Securities may be, issued with original  discount for
federal income tax purposes.  A holder of Debt  Securities  issued with original
issue  discount will be required to include  original issue discount in ordinary
gross  income for  federal  income tax  purposes  as it  accrues,  in advance of
receipt of the cash attributable to such income.  Accrued but unpaid interest on
the Debt  Securities  that are Compound  Interest  Securities  generally will be
treated as original  issue  discount for this purpose.  See "Federal  Income Tax
Consequences -- Taxation of Debt Securities --Interest and Acquisition Discount"
and " -- Market Discount" herein.

VALUE OF TRUST FUND ASSETS COULD BE  INSUFFICIENT  TO PAY PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
ON THE SECURITIES

         There is no assurance that the market value of the Trust Fund Assets or
any other assets  relating to a Series of  Securities  described  under  "Credit
Enhancement"  herein will at any time be equal to or greater than the  principal
amount of the Securities of such Series then outstanding,  plus accrued interest
thereon.  Moreover, upon an event of default under the Agreement for a Series of
Securities  and a sale of the  related  Trust Fund  Assets or upon a sale of the
assets of a Trust  Fund for a Series of  Securities,  the  Trustee,  the  Master
Servicer,  the credit enhancer, if any, and any other service provider specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement  generally will be entitled to receive the
proceeds of any such sale to the extent of unpaid fees and other  amounts  owing
to  such  persons  under  the  related   Agreement  prior  to  distributions  to
Securityholders. Upon any such sale, the proceeds thereof may be insufficient to
pay in full the principal of and interest on the Securities of such Series.

DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS

         The Trust may enter into privately negotiated, over-the-counter hedging
transactions   with  various   counterparties,   including   interest  rate  and
securities-based  swaps,  caps,  collars and floors  (collectively,  "Derivative
Transactions") to effectively fix the rate of interest that a Trust Fund pays on
one or  more  borrowings  or  series  of  borrowings.  See  "Description  of the
Securities -- Derivative Transactions".

         Credit  Risks.  It  is  expected  that  if a  Trust  Fund  enters  into
Derivative  Transactions it will do so with banks,  financial  institutions  and
recognized  dealers in  Derivative  Transactions.  Entering  into a  Derivatives
Transaction  directly  with a  counterparty  subjects a Trust Fund to the credit
risk that the counterparty may default on an obligation to such Trust Fund. Such
a risk contrasts with transactions done through exchange markets, wherein credit
risk is reduced  through  the  collection  of  variation  margin and through the
interposition of a clearing  organization as the guarantor of all  transactions.
Clearing  organizations  transform the credit risk of individual  counterparties
into  the  more  remote  risk  of  the  failure  of the  clearing  organization.
Additionally,   the   financial   integrity   of   over-the-counter   Derivative
Transactions  is generally  unsupported by other  regulatory or  self-regulatory
protections  such as margin  requirements,  capital  requirements,  or financial
compliance  programs.  Therefore,  there are much greater risks of defaults with
respect to over-the-counter  privately negotiated  Derivative  Transactions than
with respect to exchange-traded transactions. If there is a default by the other
party to such a  transaction,  the  related  Trust Fund will have to rely on its
contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar
laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the Derivative Transactions.

         Legal  Enforceability  Risks.  Privately  negotiated   over-the-counter
Derivative  Transactions  subject  a Trust  Fund to the  risks  of (a) a  single
counterparty's legal incapacity to enter into or perform its obligations under a
given Derivative Transaction or class of Derivative Transactions, rendering such
Derivative Transactions unenforceable,  (b) a court or regulatory body declaring
that classes of Derivative  Transactions  are unlawful or not in compliance with
applicable laws or regulations, rendering them invalid and unenforceable, or (c)
legislation  which may be  proposed  or  enacted  which may  affect  the  legal,
regulatory  or tax status of  Derivative  Transactions  to the  detriment of the
related Trust Fund's interests.

         Basis Risks. Successful use of Derivative Transactions depends upon the
ability to predict movements of the overall securities or interest rate markets.
There might be an imperfect correlation,  or even no correlation,  between price
movements of a Derivative  Transaction and price movements of the investments or
instruments being hedged. If a Trust Fund enters into Derivative Transactions at
the wrong time or market  conditions are predicted  incorrectly,  the Derivative
Transaction  may result in a  substantial  loss to such Trust Fund and hence the
related Securityholders.

                                 THE TRUST FUND

GENERAL

         The Securities of each Series will represent interests in the assets of
the  related  Trust  Fund,  and the Notes of each  Series will be secured by the
pledge of the assets of the related  Trust Fund.  The Trust Fund for each Series
will be held by the Trustee for the benefit of the related Securityholders. Each
Trust Fund will consist of certain  assets (the "Trust Fund Assets")  consisting
of a pool  (each,  a "Pool")  comprised  of Loans as  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  together  with  payments in respect of such  Loans,  as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.*<F1> The Pool will be created on
the first day of the month of the issuance of the related  Series of  Securities
or such other date specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement (the "Cut-off
Date").  The  Securities  will be  entitled  to  payment  from the assets of the
related  Trust  Fund or Funds or other  assets  pledged  for the  benefit of the
Securityholders,  as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and will not
be  entitled  to  payments  in  respect  of the  assets of any other  trust fund
established by the Depositor.

- ----------

               *  Whenever  the  terms  "Pool",   "Certificates",   "Notes"  and
"Securities"  are used in this  Prospectus,  such terms will be deemed to apply,
unless the context indicates otherwise,  to one specific Pool and the Securities
of  one  Series  including  the  Certificates   representing  certain  undivided
interests  in,  and/or  Notes  secured  by the  assets  of, a single  Trust Fund
consisting   primarily  of  the  Loans  in  such  Pool.   Similarly,   the  term
"Pass-Through   Rate"  will  refer  to  the  pass-through   rate  borne  by  the
Certificates  and the term "interest rate" will refer to the interest rate borne
by the Notes of one specific  Series,  as applicable,  and the term "Trust Fund"
will refer to one specific Trust Fund.


         The  Trust  Fund  Assets  will be  acquired  by the  Depositor,  either
directly  or  through  affiliates,  from  originators  or  sellers  which may be
affiliates of the Depositor (the  "Sellers"),  and conveyed  without recourse by
the Depositor to the related Trust Fund.  Loans  acquired by the Depositor  will
have been  originated in accordance  with the  underwriting  criteria  specified
below under "Loan Program -- Underwriting  Standards" or as otherwise  described
in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  See  "Loan  Program  --  Underwriting
Standards".

         The  Depositor  will cause the Trust Fund  Assets to be assigned to the
Trustee  named in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  for the  benefit  of the
holders of the Securities of the related  Series.  The Master  Servicer named in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement  will service the Trust Fund Assets,  either
directly or through other servicing institutions ("Sub-Servicers"),  pursuant to
a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement among the Depositor,  the Master Servicer and
the Trustee with respect to a Series  consisting  of  Certificates,  or a master
servicing  agreement (each, a "Master Servicing  Agreement") between the Trustee
and the Master Servicer with respect to a Series  consisting of Certificates and
Notes,  and will receive a fee for such  services.  See "Loan  Program" and "The
Agreements".  With respect to Loans  serviced by the Master  Servicer  through a
Sub-Servicer,   the  Master  Servicer  will  remain  liable  for  its  servicing
obligations  under the related  Agreement as if the Master  Servicer  alone were
servicing such Loans.

         As used herein,  "Agreement" means, with respect to a Series consisting
of  Certificates,  the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  and with respect to a
Series consisting of Certificates and Notes, the Trust Agreement,  the Indenture
and the Master Servicing Agreement, as the context requires.

         If so  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Trust Fund
relating to a Series of  Securities  may be a trust formed under the laws of the
state  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  pursuant  to a  trust
agreement (each, a "Trust  Agreement")  between the Depositor and the trustee of
such Trust Fund.

         With respect to each Trust Fund,  prior to the initial  offering of the
related Series of Securities, the Trust Fund will have no assets or liabilities.
No Trust Fund is  expected  to engage in any  activities  other than  acquiring,
managing  and  holding  of the  related  Trust  Fund  Assets  and  other  assets
contemplated  herein specified and in the related Prospectus  Supplement and the
proceeds  thereof,  issuing  Securities  and making  payments and  distributions
thereon and certain  related  activities.  No Trust Fund is expected to have any
source of capital other than its assets and any related credit enhancement.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
only obligations of the Depositor with respect to a Series of Securities will be
to obtain certain  representations  and warranties  from the Sellers and, to the
extent such  representations and warranties are not made by the Sellers directly
to the  Trustee,  to assign to the  Trustee for such  Series of  Securities  the
Depositor's rights with respect to such representations and warranties. See "The
Agreements  --  Assignment of the Trust Fund  Assets".  The  obligations  of the
Master  Servicer  with  respect to the Loans  will  consist  principally  of its
contractual  servicing  obligations under the related  Agreement  (including its
obligation to enforce the obligations of the Sub-Servicers or Sellers,  or both,
as more  fully  described  herein  under  "Loan  Program --  Representations  by
Sellers;  Repurchases" and "The Agreements -- Sub-Servicing By Sellers" and " --
Assignment  of the Trust  Fund  Assets")  and its  obligation,  if any,  to make
certain  cash  advances  in the event of  delinquencies  in payments of interest
and/or principal on or with respect to the Loans in the amounts described herein
under "Description of the Securities -- Advances". The obligations of the Master
Servicer to make advances may be subject to limitations,  to the extent provided
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         The  following  is a brief  description  of the assets  expected  to be
included in the Trust Funds. If specific  information  respecting the Trust Fund
Assets is not known at the time the related  Series of  Securities  initially is
offered, more general information of the nature described below will be provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth
in a report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
within fifteen days after the initial issuance of such Securities (the "Detailed
Description").  A  maximum  of 5% of the  Trust  Fund  Assets  as  they  will be
constituted at the time that the applicable  Detailed  Description is filed will
deviate in any material  respect from the Trust Fund Asset pool  characteristics
(other than the  aggregate  number or amount of Loans)  described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  A copy of the Agreement  with respect to each Series of
Securities will be attached to the Form 8-K and will be available for inspection
at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  A schedule of the Loans relating to such Series will be attached to
the Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.

THE LOANS

         General. Loans will consist of Single Family Loans,  Multifamily Loans,
Home Equity Loans or Home  Improvement  Contracts.  For purposes  hereof,  "Home
Equity Loans" includes  "Closed-End Loans" and "Revolving Credit Line Loans". If
so specified,  the Loans may include  cooperative  apartment loans ("Cooperative
Loans") secured by security  interests in shares issued by private,  non-profit,
cooperative housing corporations ("Cooperatives") and in the related proprietary
leases or occupancy  agreements  granting  exclusive  rights to occupy  specific
dwelling units in such Cooperatives'  buildings.  As more fully described in the
related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Loans may be "conventional"  loans or loans
that are insured or guaranteed by a governmental agency such as the FHA or VA.

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all of
the  Loans  in a Pool  will  have  monthly  payments  due on the  first,  tenth,
fifteenth, twentieth or twenty-fifth day of each month. The payment terms of the
Loans to be included in a Trust Fund will be described in the related Prospectus
Supplement  and  may  include  any of the  following  features  (or  combination
thereof), all as described below or in the related Prospectus Supplement:

                  (a) Interest may be payable at a fixed rate, a rate adjustable
         from time to time in relation to an index  (which will be  specified in
         the related Prospectus  Supplement),  a rate that is fixed for a period
         of time or under certain circumstances and is followed by an adjustable
         rate,  a rate that  otherwise  varies from time to time, a rate that is
         "stepped-up" or a rate that is convertible from an adjustable rate to a
         fixed rate.  Changes to an  adjustable  rate may be subject to periodic
         limitations,  maximum  rates,  minimum rates or a  combination  of such
         limitations.  Accrued  interest  may  be  deferred  and  added  to  the
         principal  of a Loan for such periods and under such  circumstances  as
         may be  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Loans  may
         provide for the payment of interest at a rate lower than the  specified
         interest rate borne by such Loan (the "Loan Rate") for a period of time
         or for the life of the Loan,  and the amount of any  difference  may be
         contributed  from  funds  supplied  by the  seller of the  Property  or
         another source.

                  (b)  Principal may be payable on a level debt service basis to
         fully  amortize the Loan over its term,  may be calculated on the basis
         of an assumed  amortization  schedule that is significantly longer than
         the original  term to maturity or on an interest rate that is different
         from the Loan Rate or may not be  amortized  during all or a portion of
         the  original  term.  Payment  of all or a  substantial  portion of the
         principal  may be due on maturity  ("balloon  payment").  Principal may
         include  interest  that has been  deferred  and added to the  principal
         balance of the Loan.

                  (c) Monthly  payments of  principal  and interest may be fixed
         for the life of the Loan, may increase over a specified  period of time
         or may  change  from  period to  period.  Loans may  include  limits on
         periodic  increases or decreases in the amount of monthly  payments and
         may include maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.

                  (d)  Prepayments  of principal  may be subject to a prepayment
         fee,  which may be fixed for the life of the Loan or may  decline  over
         time,  and may be  prohibited  for the life of the Loan or for  certain
         periods ("lockout periods"). Certain Loans may permit prepayments after
         expiration of the applicable lockout period and may require the payment
         of a prepayment fee in connection with any such subsequent  prepayment.
         Other Loans may permit prepayments  without payment of a fee unless the
         prepayment occurs during specified time periods.  The Loans may include
         "due on sale" clauses  which permit the mortgagee to demand  payment of
         the entire Loan in connection with the sale or certain transfers of the
         related  Property.  Other Loans may be assumable by persons meeting the
         then applicable underwriting standards of the related Seller.

         A Trust Fund may contain certain Loans  ("Buydown  Loans") that include
provisions  whereby a third party partially  subsidizes the monthly  payments of
the borrowers on such Loans during the early years of such Loans, the difference
to be made up from a fund (a "Buydown Fund")  contributed by such third party at
the time of  origination  of the Loan. A Buydown Fund will be in an amount equal
either to the  discounted  value or full  aggregate  amount  of  future  payment
subsidies.  The underlying assumption of buydown plans is that the income of the
borrower will increase during the buydown period as a result of normal increases
in  compensation  and  inflation,  so that the borrower will be able to meet the
full loan  payments  at the end of the buydown  period.  To the extent that this
assumption as to increased income is not fulfilled,  the possibility of defaults
on Buydown Loans is increased.  The related  Prospectus  Supplement will contain
information  with  respect to any Buydown  Loan  concerning  limitations  on the
interest  rate  paid by the  borrower  initially,  on  annual  increases  in the
interest rate and on the length of the buydown period.

         The real property  which secures  repayment of the Loans is referred to
as the "Mortgaged  Properties".  Home  Improvement  Contracts may, and the other
Loans will, be secured by mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar  security
instruments creating a lien on a Mortgaged Property.  In the case of Home Equity
Loans and the Home Improvement Contracts liens generally will be subordinated to
one or more senior liens on the related Mortgaged Properties as described in the
related   Prospectus   Supplement.   As  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  Home Improvement  Contracts may be unsecured or secured by purchase
money  security  interests  in the Home  Improvements  financed  thereby.  If so
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Home Equity Loans and the
Home Improvement  Contracts may include Loans (primarily for home improvement or
debt  consolidation  purposes) that are in amounts in excess of the value of the
related  Mortgaged  Properties  at  the  time  of  origination.   The  Mortgaged
Properties and the Home Improvements are collectively  referred to herein as the
"Properties".  The Properties may be located in any one of the fifty states, the
District of  Columbia,  Guam,  Puerto Rico or any other  territory of the United
States.

         Loans  with  certain  Loan-to-Value  Ratios  and/or  certain  principal
balances  may be  covered  wholly or  partially  by  primary  mortgage  guaranty
insurance policies (each, a "Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy"). The existence,
extent and duration of any such  coverage  will be  described in the  applicable
Prospectus Supplement.

         The aggregate principal balance of Loans secured by Properties that are
owner-occupied  will be disclosed in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the sole basis for a
representation  that a given percentage of the Loans is secured by Single Family
Properties  that  are  owner-occupied  will  be  either  (i)  the  making  of  a
representation  by the  borrower  at  origination  of the Loan  either  that the
underlying  Property  will be used by the  borrower for a period of at least six
months every year or that the borrower  intends to use the Property as a primary
residence or (ii) a finding that the address of the  underlying  Property is the
borrower's mailing address.

         Single Family Loans. The Mortgaged Properties relating to Single Family
Loans will consist of detached or  semi-detached  one- to  four-family  dwelling
units, townhouses,  rowhouses, individual condominium units, individual units in
planned unit developments,  manufactured housing that is permanently affixed and
treated as real property under local law, security interests in shares issued by
cooperative  housing  corporations,  and certain other  dwelling  units ("Single
Family  Properties").  Single Family  Properties may include vacation and second
homes,  investment properties and leasehold interests.  In the case of leasehold
interests,  the remaining  term of the leasehold and any sublease is at least as
long as the  remaining  term on the  Loan,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

         Multifamily Loans.  Mortgaged Properties which secure Multifamily Loans
may include small  multifamily  residential  properties such as rental apartment
buildings or projects  containing  five to fifty  residential  units,  including
mid-rise and garden apartments.  Certain of the Multifamily Loans may be secured
by apartment  buildings owned by  Cooperatives.  In such cases,  the Cooperative
owns  all the  apartment  units  in the  building  and  all  common  areas.  The
Cooperative is owned by  tenant-stockholders  who,  through  ownership of stock,
shares or membership certificates in the corporation, receive proprietary leases
or  occupancy  agreements  which  confer  exclusive  rights to  occupy  specific
apartments or units.  Generally, a tenant-stockholder of a Cooperative must make
a monthly payment to the Cooperative representing such  tenant-stockholder's pro
rata share of the  Cooperative's  payments for its mortgage loan,  real property
taxes,  maintenance  expenses  and other  capital or  ordinary  expenses.  Those
payments  are  in  addition  to any  payments  of  principal  and  interest  the
tenant-stockholder  must make on any loans to the tenant-stockholder  secured by
its shares in the Cooperative.  The Cooperative will be directly responsible for
building management and, in most cases,  payment of real estate taxes and hazard
and  liability  insurance.   A  Cooperative's   ability  to  meet  debt  service
obligations on a Multifamily Loan, as well as all other operating expenses, will
be  dependent  in large part on the  receipt of  maintenance  payments  from the
tenant-stockholders,  as well as any rental  income  from units the  Cooperative
might control.  Unanticipated  expenditures may in some cases have to be paid by
special assessments on the tenant-stockholders.

         Home Equity  Loans.  The Mortgaged  Properties  relating to Home Equity
Loans will consist of Single Family  Properties.  As more fully described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  interest on each  Revolving  Credit Line Loan,
excluding  introductory  rates  offered  from  time to time  during  promotional
periods,  is computed  and  payable  monthly on the  average  daily  outstanding
principal  balance of such Loan.  Principal  amounts on a Revolving  Credit Line
Loan may be drawn  down (up to a  maximum  amount  as set  forth in the  related
Prospectus Supplement) or repaid under each Revolving Credit Line Loan from time
to time, but may be subject to a minimum periodic payment.  Except to the extent
provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust Fund will not include
any amounts  borrowed under a Revolving Credit Line Loan after the Cut-off Date.
The full amount of a  Closed-End  Loan is advanced at the  inception of the Loan
and generally is repayable in equal (or substantially  equal) installments of an
amount to fully amortize such Loan at its stated maturity.  Except to the extent
provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  original  terms to stated
maturity  of  Closed-End  Loans  will  not  exceed  360  months.  Under  certain
circumstances, under either a Revolving Credit Line Loan or a Closed-End Loan, a
borrower may choose an interest only payment option and is obligated to pay only
the amount of interest  which accrues on the Loan during the billing  cycle.  An
interest only payment option may be available for a specified  period before the
borrower must begin paying at least the minimum  monthly  payment of a specified
percentage of the average outstanding balance of the Loan.

         Home  Improvement  Contracts.  The Trust  Fund  Assets  for a Series of
Securities  may  consist,  in whole or in part,  of Home  Improvement  Contracts
originated by a home improvement  contractor,  a thrift or a commercial mortgage
banker in the ordinary course of business.  The Home  Improvements  securing the
Home  Improvement  Contracts  may include,  but are not limited to,  replacement
windows,  house siding,  new roofs,  swimming pools,  spas, kitchen and bathroom
remodeling  goods,   solar  heating  panels  and  other  exterior  and  interior
renovations  and  general  remodeling  projects.  As  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Home Improvement Contracts will either be unsecured
or  secured  by  mortgages  on Single  Family  Properties  which  are  generally
subordinate  to other  mortgages  on the same  Property,  or secured by purchase
money security  interests in the Home Improvements  financed thereby.  Except as
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Home Improvement
Contracts  will be  fully  amortizing  and may  have  fixed  interest  rates  or
adjustable  interest rates and may provide for other payment  characteristics as
described  below  and  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement.   The  initial
Loan-to-Value  Ratio of a Home  Improvement  Contract  is computed in the manner
described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  See  "Risk  Factors  - Home
Improvement  Contracts  and Home  Equity  Loans may be  Undercollateralized  and
Subject to Greater Risk of Collection " and "-Home Improvement  Contracts May be
Unsecured and Subject to Greater Risk of Collection ".

         Additional   Information.   Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will  contain
information, as of the date of such Prospectus Supplement and to the extent then
specifically known to the Depositor,  with respect to the Loans contained in the
related Pool, including (i) the aggregate  outstanding principal balance and the
average outstanding  principal balance of the Loans as of the applicable Cut-off
Date,  (ii)  the  type of  property  securing  the  Loan  (e.g.,  single  family
residences,   individual  units  in  condominium   apartment  buildings,   small
multi-family  properties,  other real property or Home Improvements),  (iii) the
original terms to maturity of the Loans,  (iv) the largest principal balance and
the smallest principal balance of any of the Loans, (v) the earliest origination
date and latest maturity date of any of the Loans, (vi) the Loan-to-Value Ratios
or Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratios, as applicable,  of the Loans, (vii) the Loan
Rates or annual  percentage  rates ("APR") or range of Loan Rates or APR's borne
by the Loans,  (viii) the  maximum and minimum per annum Loan Rates and (ix) the
geographical location of the Loans. If specific information respecting the Loans
is not known to the Depositor at the time the related  Securities  are initially
offered, more general information of the nature described above will be provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth
in the Detailed Description.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"Loan-to-Value Ratio" of a Loan at any given time is the fraction,  expressed as
a percentage,  the numerator of which is the original  principal  balance of the
related Loan and the denominator of which is the Collateral Value of the related
Property.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
"Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio"  of a Loan  at any  given  time  is the  ratio,
expressed as a percentage,  of (i) the sum of (a) the original principal balance
of the Loan (or, in the case of a Revolving Credit Line Loan, the maximum amount
thereof  available at origination) and (b) the outstanding  principal balance at
the date of  origination of the Loan of any senior  mortgage  loan(s) or, in the
case of any  open-ended  senior  mortgage  loan,  the maximum  available line of
credit with respect to such  mortgage  loan at  origination,  regardless  of any
lesser amount  actually  outstanding  at the date of origination of the Loan, to
(ii) the Collateral Value of the related Property. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Collateral Value" of the Property, other
than with respect to certain  Loans the proceeds of which were used to refinance
an existing  mortgage loan (each, a "Refinance  Loan"), is the lesser of (a) the
appraised  value  determined  in an  appraisal  obtained  by the  originator  at
origination of such Loan and (b) the sales price for such Property.  In the case
of Refinance Loans, the "Collateral  Value" of the related Property is generally
the appraised value thereof  determined in an appraisal  obtained at the time of
refinancing.

         No assurance can be given that values of the  Properties  have remained
or will remain at their levels on the dates of origination of the related Loans.
If the  residential  real estate market should  experience an overall decline in
property values such that the sum of the outstanding  principal  balances of the
Loans and any primary or secondary  financing on the Properties,  as applicable,
in a  particular  Pool  become  equal  to or  greater  than  the  value  of  the
Properties, the actual rates of delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses could be
higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
addition,  adverse  economic  conditions and other factors (which may or may not
affect real  property  values)  may affect the timely  payment by  borrowers  of
scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly,  the
actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any Pool.
To the extent that such losses are not covered by  subordination  provisions  or
alternative  arrangements,  such losses will be borne,  at least in part, by the
holders of the Securities of the related Series.

SUBSTITUTION OF TRUST FUND ASSETS

         Substitution  of Trust Fund  Assets will be  permitted  in the event of
breaches of  representations  and warranties  with respect to any original Trust
Fund Asset or in the event certain  documentation with respect to any Trust Fund
Asset is  determined  by the  Trustee  to be  incomplete.  See "Loan  Program --
Representations  by  Sellers;   Repurchases".   The  period  during  which  such
substitution  will be  permitted  generally  will be  indicated  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds to be received from the sale of the Securities will be
applied by the Depositor to the purchase of Trust Fund Assets or will be used by
the  Depositor for general  corporate  purposes.  The Depositor  expects to sell
Securities  in Series from time to time,  but the timing and amount of offerings
of Securities will depend on a number of factors,  including the volume of Trust
Fund Assets acquired by the Depositor,  prevailing interest rates,  availability
of funds and general market conditions.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         IndyMac  ABS,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Depositor"),  was
incorporated  in April 1998 for the  limited  purpose of  acquiring,  owning and
transferring  mortgage and mortgage related assets and selling interests therein
or bonds secured thereby.  The Depositor is a limited purpose finance subsidiary
of IndyMac, Inc., a Delaware corporation.  The Depositor maintains its principal
office at 155 North Lake  Avenue,  Pasadena,  California  91101.  Its  telephone
number is (800) 669-2300.

         Neither the Depositor nor any of the Depositor's affiliates will insure
or guarantee distributions on the Securities of any Series.

                                  LOAN PROGRAM

         The Loans will have been purchased by the Depositor, either directly or
through  affiliates,  from Sellers.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Loans so acquired by the  Depositor  will have been
originated in accordance with the  underwriting  criteria  specified below under
"Underwriting Standards".

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

         Underwriting  standards  are  applied  by or on  behalf  of a lender to
evaluate the borrower's credit standing and repayment ability, and the value and
adequacy  of the related  Property as  collateral.  In  general,  a  prospective
borrower  applying  for a Loan is  required  to fill out a detailed  application
designed to provide to the underwriting  officer  pertinent credit  information,
including the principal  balance and payment  history with respect to any senior
mortgage,  if any, which,  unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  will be verified by the related Seller.  As part of the description
of the borrower's  financial  condition,  the borrower  generally is required to
provide a current list of assets and  liabilities  and a statement of income and
expenses,  as well as an  authorization  to  apply  for a  credit  report  which
summarizes  the borrower's  credit history with local  merchants and lenders and
any record of bankruptcy.  In most cases, an employment verification is obtained
from  an  independent   source   (typically  the  borrower's   employer)   which
verification  reports,  among other things,  the length of employment  with that
organization  and the borrower's  current salary.  If a prospective  borrower is
self-employed,  the  borrower  may be  required  to submit  copies of signed tax
returns. The borrower may also be required to authorize verification of deposits
at financial institutions where the borrower has demand or savings accounts.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  in
determining the adequacy of the property to be used as collateral,  an appraisal
will generally be made of each property considered for financing.  The appraiser
is generally  required to inspect the property,  issue a report on its condition
and,  if  applicable,  verify  construction,  if new,  has been  completed.  The
appraisal  is  generally  based on the market  value of  comparable  homes,  the
estimated rental income (if considered applicable by the appraiser) and the cost
of replacing the home. The value of the property being financed, as indicated by
the appraisal,  must be such that it currently  supports,  and is anticipated to
support in the future, the outstanding loan balance.

         The maximum loan amount will vary  depending  upon a borrower's  credit
grade and loan program but will not generally exceed  $1,000,000.  Variations in
maximum loan amount  limits will be  permitted  based on  compensating  factors.
Compensating  factors may  generally  include,  to the extent  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  low  loan-to-value  ratio, low  debt-to-income
ratio,  stable  employment,  favorable  credit  history  and the  nature  of the
underlying first mortgage loan, if applicable.

         Each Seller's  underwriting  standards will generally permit loans with
loan-to-value ratios at origination of up to 100% depending on the loan program,
type  and  use  of  the   property,   creditworthiness   of  the   borrower  and
debt-to-income  ratio. If so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a
Seller's  underwriting  criteria may permit loans with  loan-to-value  ratios at
origination  in  excess  of  100%,  such  as  for  debt  consolidation  or  home
improvement  purposes.  In addition,  if so specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, a Seller's underwriting criteria may permit unsecured loans for home
improvement  purposes.  Loan-to-value ratios may not be evaluated in the case of
Title I Loans.

         After  obtaining  all  applicable   employment,   credit  and  property
information,  the  related  Seller may use a  debt-to-income  ratio to assist in
determining  whether the  prospective  borrower has  sufficient  monthly  income
available to support the payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loan
in addition to other monthly credit obligations.  The "debt-to-income  ratio" is
the ratio of the  borrower's  total  monthly  payments to the  borrower's  gross
monthly  income.  The maximum monthly  debt-to-income  ratio will vary depending
upon a  borrower's  credit  grade and loan  program.  Variations  in the monthly
debt-to-income  ratio limit will be permitted based on  compensating  factors to
the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         In the case of a Loan secured by a leasehold interest in real property,
the title to which is held by a third party  lessor,  the related  Seller  will,
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  represent and
warrant,  among  other  things,  that the  remaining  term of the  lease and any
sublease is at least as long as the remaining term on the Loan.

         Certain of the types of Loans that may be  included in a Trust Fund are
recently  developed  and may  involve  additional  uncertainties  not present in
traditional  types of loans. For example,  certain of such Loans may provide for
escalating  or  variable  payments  by the  borrower.  These  types of Loans are
underwritten  on the basis of a judgment that the borrowers  have the ability to
make the monthly payments required  initially.  In some instances,  a borrower's
income may not be sufficient to permit  continued loan payments as such payments
increase. These types of Loans may also be underwritten primarily upon the basis
of Loan-to-Value Ratios or other favorable credit factors.

QUALIFICATIONS OF SELLERS

         Each Seller will be required to satisfy the  following  qualifications.
Each Seller must be an  institution  experienced  in  originating  and servicing
loans of the type  contained in the related  Pool in  accordance  with  accepted
practices and prudent guidelines,  and must maintain satisfactory  facilities to
originate and service  those loans.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  each Seller must be (i) a  seller/servicer  approved by
either the Federal National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA") or the Federal Home
Loan Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC") and (ii) a mortgagee approved by HUD or an
institution  the deposit  accounts  of which are insured by the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC").

REPRESENTATIONS BY SELLERS; REPURCHASES

         Each Seller will have made representations and warranties in respect of
the Loans sold by such Seller and  evidenced  by all, or a part,  of a Series of
Securities. Such representations and warranties may include, among other things:
(i) that title  insurance (or in the case of  Properties  located in areas where
such policies are generally not available,  an attorney's  certificate of title)
and any required hazard  insurance  policy were effective at origination of each
Loan, other than Cooperative  Loans and certain Home Equity Loans, and that each
policy (or certificate of title as applicable) remained in effect on the date of
purchase of the Loan from the Seller by or on behalf of the Depositor; (ii) that
the  Seller  had good  title to each such Loan and such Loan was  subject  to no
offsets,  defenses,  counterclaims or rights of rescission  except to the extent
that any buydown agreement may forgive certain indebtedness of a borrower; (iii)
that each Loan, other than Cooperative Loans,  constituted a valid lien on, or a
perfected  security  interest  with  respect to, the Property  (subject  only to
permissible  liens  disclosed,  if applicable,  title insurance  exceptions,  if
applicable,   the  liens  of  nondelinquent  current  real  property  taxes  and
assessments,  if applicable,  liens arising under  federal,  state or local laws
relating to hazardous wastes or hazardous substances,  if applicable,  any liens
for common charges, if applicable, and certain other exceptions described in the
Agreement);  (iv) that there were no delinquent tax or assessment  liens against
the Property;  (v) that no required  payment on a Loan was delinquent  more than
the number of days specified in the related Prospectus Supplement; and (vi) that
each Loan was made in compliance with, and is enforceable  under, all applicable
local, state and federal laws and regulations in all material respects.

         If  so   specified   in  the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the
representations and warranties of a Seller in respect of a Loan will be made not
as of the Cut-off  Date but as of the date on which such Seller sold the Loan to
the Depositor or one of its affiliates. Under such circumstances,  a substantial
period of time may have  elapsed  between  the sale date and the date of initial
issuance of the Series of Securities  evidencing an interest in such Loan. Since
the  representations  and  warranties of a Seller do not address events that may
occur  following the sale of a Loan by such Seller,  its  repurchase  obligation
described  below will not arise if the relevant event that would  otherwise have
given rise to such an obligation with respect to a Loan occurs after the date of
sale of such Loan by such Seller to the  Depositor or its  affiliates.  However,
the  Depositor  will not  include  any Loan in the Trust  Fund for any Series of
Securities if anything has come to the Depositor's attention that would cause it
to believe  that the  representations  and  warranties  of a Seller  will not be
accurate and complete in all material respects in respect of such Loan as of the
date of initial  issuance of the  related  Series of  Securities.  If the Master
Servicer  is also a Seller  of Loans  with  respect  to a  particular  Series of
Securities,  such representations will be in addition to the representations and
warranties made by the Master Servicer in its capacity as a Master Servicer.

         The Master  Servicer  or the  Trustee,  if the Master  Servicer  is the
Seller,  will  promptly  notify  the  relevant  Seller  of  any  breach  of  any
representation  or warranty made by it in respect of a Loan which materially and
adversely  affects the  interests of the  Securityholders  in such Loan.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if such Seller cannot
cure  any  such  breach  on or  prior  to  the  business  day  after  the  first
Determination  Date which is more than 90 days after  such  Seller's  receipt of
notice from the Master  Servicer or the  Trustee,  as the case may be, then such
Seller will be obligated  either (i) to repurchase such Loan from the Trust Fund
at a price (the "Purchase  Price") equal to 100% of the unpaid principal balance
thereof as of the date of the repurchase  plus accrued  interest  thereon to the
scheduled monthly payment date for such Loan in the month following the month of
repurchase  at the Loan Rate  (less any  Advances  or amount  payable as related
servicing  compensation if the Seller is the Master Servicer) or (ii) substitute
for such Loan a replacement  loan that  satisfies the criteria  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement;  provided,  however, that such Seller will not be
obligated to make any such repurchase or  substitution  (or cure such breach) if
such breach  constitutes  fraud in the origination of the affected Loan and such
Seller did not have  knowledge of such fraud.  If a REMIC election is to be made
with  respect  to a  Trust  Fund,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Master Servicer or a holder of the related residual
certificate  generally will be obligated to pay any prohibited  transaction  tax
which may arise in connection with any such  repurchase or substitution  and the
Trustee  must  have  received  a  satisfactory  opinion  of  counsel  that  such
repurchase or substitution will not cause the Trust Fund to lose its status as a
REMIC or otherwise  subject the Trust Fund to a prohibited  transaction tax. The
Master Servicer may be entitled to  reimbursement  for any such payment from the
assets of the  related  Trust  Fund or from any holder of the  related  residual
certificate.  See  "Description  of the Securities -- General".  Except in those
cases in which the Master  Servicer is the Seller,  the Master  Servicer will be
required under the relevant Agreement to enforce this obligation for the benefit
of the Trustee and the holders of the  Securities,  following  the  practices it
would employ in its good faith business judgment were it the owner of such Loan.
This  repurchase or  substitution  obligation  will  constitute  the sole remedy
available to holders of Securities or the Trustee for a breach of representation
by a Seller.

         Neither  the  Depositor  nor the  Master  Servicer  (unless  the Master
Servicer is a Seller) will be  obligated  to purchase or  substitute a Loan if a
Seller  defaults on its  obligation to do so, and no assurance can be given that
Sellers will carry out their respective  repurchase or substitution  obligations
with respect to Loans.


<PAGE>


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

         Each  Series  of  Certificates  will be  issued  pursuant  to  separate
agreements  (each, a "Pooling and Servicing  Agreement" or a "Trust  Agreement")
among the Depositor,  the Master Servicer and the Trustee. A form of Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  and Trust  Agreement  has been  filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  Each Series of
Notes will be issued  pursuant to an  indenture  (the  "Indenture")  between the
related Trust Fund and the entity named in the related Prospectus  Supplement as
trustee (the "Trustee") with respect to such Series,  and the related Loans will
be serviced by the Master Servicer pursuant to a Master Servicing  Agreement.  A
form of Indenture and Master Servicing Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to
the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus  forms a part. A Series of
Securities may consist of both Notes and Certificates.  Each Agreement, dated as
of the related  Cut-off Date,  will be among the Depositor,  the Master Servicer
and the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of such Series.
The  provisions of each  Agreement  will vary  depending  upon the nature of the
Securities to be issued thereunder and the nature of the related Trust Fund. The
following are  descriptions of the material  provisions which may appear in each
Agreement.  The descriptions are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety
by  reference  to, all of the  provisions  of the  Agreement  for each Series of
Securities and the applicable Prospectus Supplement.  The Depositor will provide
a copy of the Agreement (without exhibits) relating to any Series without charge
upon  written  request  of a holder  of  record  of a  Security  of such  Series
addressed to IndyMac ABS,  Inc.,  155 North Lake  Avenue,  Pasadena,  California
91101, Attention: Secondary Marketing.

GENERAL

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Securities of each Series will be issued in book-entry or fully registered form,
in the authorized  denominations specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
will,  in the case of  Certificates,  evidence  specified  beneficial  ownership
interests in, and in the case of Notes, be secured by, the assets of the related
Trust Fund  created  pursuant  to each  Agreement  and will not be  entitled  to
payments in respect of the assets  included in any other Trust Fund  established
by  the  Depositor.   Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Securities  will not represent  obligations of the Depositor or
any  affiliate  of the  Depositor.  Certain  of the Loans may be  guaranteed  or
insured as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Each Trust Fund will
consist of, to the extent provided in the related Agreement,  (i) the Trust Fund
Assets, as from time to time are subject to the related Agreement  (exclusive of
any  amounts  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement   ("Retained
Interest")),  including  all payments of interest and  principal  received  with
respect  to the Loans  after the  Cut-off  Date (to the  extent  not  applied in
computing  the  principal  balance  of such  Loans as of the  Cut-off  Date (the
"Cut-off Date  Principal  Balance"));  (ii) such assets as from time to time are
required to be deposited in the related  Security  Account,  as described  below
under "The Agreements -- Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account"; (iii)
property  which  secured  a  Loan  and  which  is  acquired  on  behalf  of  the
Securityholders  by  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure  and  (iv) any
insurance  policies  or  other  forms  of  credit  enhancement  required  to  be
maintained  pursuant to the related  Agreement.  If so  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  a  Trust  Fund  may  also  include  one or  more of the
following:  reinvestment income on payments received on the Trust Fund Assets, a
Reserve  Account,  a mortgage pool insurance  policy, a special hazard insurance
policy,  a  bankruptcy  bond,  one or more  letters  of credit,  a surety  bond,
guaranties or similar instruments.

         Each Series of Securities  will be issued in one or more classes.  Each
class of  Certificates  of a Series  will  evidence  beneficial  ownership  of a
specified  percentage  (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest  payments
and a  specified  percentage  (which may be 0%) or  portion of future  principal
payments on, and each class of Notes of a Series will be secured by, the related
Trust Fund Assets.  A Series of Securities  may include one or more classes that
are senior in right to payment to one or more  other  classes of  Securities  of
such Series. Certain Series or classes of Securities may be covered by insurance
policies,  surety  bonds or other forms of credit  enhancement,  in each case as
described  under  "Credit  Enhancement"  herein  and in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  One or more  classes of  Securities  of a Series may be entitled to
receive  distributions  of  principal,  interest  or  any  combination  thereof.
Distributions on one or more classes of a Series of Securities may be made prior
to one or more other  classes,  after the  occurrence  of specified  events,  in
accordance  with a  schedule  or  formula  or on the basis of  collections  from
designated  portions of the related Trust Fund Assets, in each case as specified
in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement.   The  timing  and  amounts  of  such
distributions  may vary among  classes or over time as  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

         Distributions  of principal  and interest  (or,  where  applicable,  of
principal only or interest only) on the related  Securities  will be made by the
Trustee on each Distribution Date (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at
such other intervals and on the dates as are specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement) in proportion to the percentages specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  Distributions  will be made  to the  persons  in  whose  names  the
Securities are registered at the close of business on the dates specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement (each, a "Record Date").  Distributions  will be
made in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement to the persons
entitled thereto at the address appearing in the register maintained for holders
of Securities  (the  "Security  Register");  provided,  however,  that the final
distribution in retirement of the Securities will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of the  Securities at the office or agency of the Trustee or other
person specified in the notice to Securityholders of such final distribution.

         The Securities  will be freely  transferable  and  exchangeable  at the
Corporate  Trust  Office of the Trustee as set forth in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  No service charge will be made for any  registration of exchange or
transfer of Securities of any Series,  but the Trustee may require  payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.

         Under  current  law,  the  purchase  and holding of certain  classes of
Securities  by or on behalf of any  employee  benefit  plan or other  retirement
arrangement (including individual retirement accounts and annuities, Keogh plans
and collective  investment  funds in which such plans,  accounts or arrangements
are  invested)  subject  to  provisions  of  ERISA or the  Code  may  result  in
prohibited  transactions,  within  the  meaning  of ERISA and the  Code,  or may
subject the Trustee,  the Master  Servicer or the  Depositor to  obligations  or
liabilities in addition to those undertaken in the related Agreement. See "ERISA
Considerations".  Under  current law, the transfer of Securities of such a class
will not be registered  unless the transferee (i) represents that it is not, and
is not  purchasing on behalf of, any such plan,  account or  arrangement or (ii)
provides an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Trustee and the  Depositor
that the  purchase of  Securities  of such a class by or on behalf of such plan,
account or arrangement is permissible  under applicable law and will not subject
the Trustee, the Master Servicer or the Depositor to any obligation or liability
in addition to those undertaken in the Agreements.

         As to each Series,  an election may be made to treat the related  Trust
Fund or designated portions thereof either as a REMIC or as a FASIT. The related
Prospectus  Supplement  will specify  whether a REMIC or FASIT election is to be
made.  Alternatively,  the  Agreement  for a Series may provide  that a REMIC or
FASIT  election  may be made at the  discretion  of the  Depositor or the Master
Servicer and may only be made if certain  conditions  are  satisfied.  As to any
such Series,  the terms and  provisions  applicable  to the making of a REMIC or
FASIT  election  will be set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If a
REMIC  election is made with  respect to a Series,  one of the  classes  will be
designated as evidencing  the sole class of "residual  interests" in the related
REMIC,  as defined in the Code. All other classes of Securities in such a Series
will  constitute  "regular  interests" in the related  REMIC,  as defined in the
Code. If a FASIT  election is made with respect to a Series,  one of the classes
will be designated as the ownership interest,  as defined in the Code. All other
classes of Securities in such a Series will  constitute  "regular  interests" in
the related  FASIT,  as defined in the Code.  As to each Series with  respect to
which a REMIC or FASIT election is to be made,  the Master  Servicer or a holder
of the related  residual  in the case of a REMIC,  and the holder of the related
ownership interest in the case of a FASIT, certificate will be obligated to take
all actions required in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations and
will be obligated to pay any prohibited  transaction taxes. The Master Servicer,
unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, will be entitled
to reimbursement  for any such payment from the assets of the Trust Fund or from
any holder of the related residual  certificate in the case of a REMIC, or, from
the holder of the related ownership interest in the case of a FASIT.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON SECURITIES

         General.   In  general,   the  method  of  determining  the  amount  of
distributions  on a particular  Series of Securities  will depend on the type of
credit  support,  if any, that is used with respect to such Series.  See "Credit
Enhancement".  Set forth below are  descriptions  of various methods that may be
used to determine the amount of  distributions on the Securities of a particular
Series.  The Prospectus  Supplement for each Series of Securities  will describe
the  method  to be  used in  determining  the  amount  of  distributions  on the
Securities of such Series.

         Distributions  allocable  to principal  and interest on the  Securities
will be made by the  Trustee  out of, and only to the  extent  of,  funds in the
related  Security  Account,  including  any funds  transferred  from any Reserve
Account (a "Reserve Account"). As between Securities of different classes and as
between distributions of principal (and, if applicable, between distributions of
Principal  Prepayments,  as defined below, and scheduled  payments of principal)
and interest,  distributions  made on any  Distribution  Date will be applied as
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Prospectus Supplement will
also  describe the method for  allocating  distributions  among  Securities of a
particular class.

         Available Funds. All  distributions on the Securities of each Series on
each Distribution Date will be made from the Available Funds described below, in
accordance  with the terms  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement and
specified in the Agreement.  "Available  Funds" for each  Distribution Date will
generally  equal the amount on deposit in the related  Security  Account on such
Distribution Date (net of related fees and expenses payable by the related Trust
Fund)  other  than  amounts  to be  held  therein  for  distribution  on  future
Distribution Dates.

         Distributions  of  Interest.  Interest  will  accrue  on the  aggregate
principal balance of the Securities (or, in the case of Securities entitled only
to distributions  allocable to interest,  the aggregate notional amount) of each
class of Securities (the "Class Security Balance") entitled to interest from the
date, at the pass-through  rate or interest rate, as applicable (which in either
case may be a fixed rate or rate  adjustable  as  specified  in such  Prospectus
Supplement), and for the periods specified in such Prospectus Supplement. To the
extent funds are available therefor, interest accrued during each such specified
period on each class of Securities  entitled to interest  (other than a class of
Securities  that  provides  for  interest  that  accrues,  but is not  currently
payable, referred to hereafter as "Accrual Securities") will be distributable on
the Distribution Dates specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement until the
aggregate  Class  Security  Balance  of the  Securities  of such  class has been
distributed in full or, in the case of Securities entitled only to distributions
allocable to interest, until the aggregate notional amount of such Securities is
reduced to zero or for the period of time  designated in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The original Class Security Balance of each Security will equal the
aggregate  distributions  allocable  to  principal  to which  such  Security  is
entitled.  Distributions  allocable  to  interest on each  Security  that is not
entitled to distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the
notional  amount of such  Security.  The notional  amount of a Security will not
evidence an interest in or entitlement to  distributions  allocable to principal
but will be used  solely  for  convenience  in  expressing  the  calculation  of
interest and for certain other purposes.

         Interest  payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution  Date
will include all  interest  accrued  during the period  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution  Date, the effective yield to  Securityholders
will be reduced from the yield that would  otherwise be  obtainable  if interest
payable on the Security  were to accrue  through the day  immediately  preceding
such Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be less than the indicated coupon rate.

         With  respect to any class of Accrual  Securities,  if specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  any interest that has accrued but is not paid on
a given  Distribution Date will be added to the aggregate Class Security Balance
of such class of Securities on that Distribution Date. Distributions of interest
on any class of Accrual  Securities  will commence only after the  occurrence of
the events  specified in such  Prospectus  Supplement.  Prior to such time,  the
beneficial  ownership  interest in the Trust Fund or the principal  balance,  as
applicable,  of such class of Accrued Securities,  as reflected in the aggregate
Class  Security  Balance of such class of Accrual  Securities,  will increase on
each  Distribution  Date by the amount of interest that accrued on such class of
Accrual Securities during the preceding interest accrual period but that was not
required to be  distributed  to such class on such  Distribution  Date. Any such
class of Accrual  Securities will thereafter  accrue interest on its outstanding
Class Security Balance as so adjusted.

         Distributions  of Principal.  The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will
specify the method by which the amount of  principal  to be  distributed  on the
Securities on each  Distribution Date will be calculated and the manner in which
such  amount  will be  allocated  among the  classes of  Securities  entitled to
distributions of principal. The aggregate Class Security Balance of any class of
Securities  entitled  to  distributions  of  principal  generally  will  be  the
aggregate original Class Security Balance of such class of Securities  specified
in such  Prospectus  Supplement,  reduced by all  distributions  reported to the
holders of such  Securities  as allocable  to principal  and, (i) in the case of
Accrual Securities, increased by all interest accrued but not then distributable
on such Accrual  Securities and (ii) in the case of adjustable rate  Securities,
subject to the effect of negative amortization, if applicable.

         If so  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or  more
classes of  Securities  will be entitled  to receive  all or a  disproportionate
percentage  of the payments of principal  which are received  from  borrowers in
advance  of  their  scheduled  due  dates  and are not  accompanied  by  amounts
representing scheduled interest due after the month of such payments ("Principal
Prepayments") in the percentages and under the  circumstances or for the periods
specified  in such  Prospectus  Supplement.  Any such  allocation  of  Principal
Prepayments  to such  class or  classes  of  Securities  will have the effect of
accelerating  the amortization of such Securities while increasing the interests
evidenced  by one or  more  other  classes  of  Securities  in the  Trust  Fund.
Increasing the interests of the other classes of Securities  relative to that of
certain Securities is intended to preserve the availability of the subordination
provided by such other Securities. See "Credit Enhancement -- Subordination".

         Unscheduled  Distributions.  If  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Securities will be subject to receipt of  distributions  before
the next scheduled  Distribution  Date under the circumstances and in the manner
described below and in such Prospectus  Supplement.  If applicable,  the Trustee
will be required to make such  unscheduled  distributions  on the day and in the
amount  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  if, due to substantial
payments  of  principal  (including  Principal  Prepayments)  on the Trust  Fund
Assets,  the Trustee or the Master Servicer  determines that the funds available
or anticipated to be available from the Security Account and, if applicable, any
Reserve  Account,  may be  insufficient  to make required  distributions  on the
Securities on such Distribution Date. Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  the amount of any such unscheduled  distribution that is
allocable to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been
required  to  be  distributed  as  principal  on  the  Securities  on  the  next
Distribution  Date.  Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,   the  unscheduled   distributions  will  include  interest  at  the
applicable pass-through rate (if any) or interest rate (if any) on the amount of
the  unscheduled  distribution  allocable to principal for the period and to the
date specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

ADVANCES

         To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master
Servicer will be required to advance on or before each  Distribution  Date (from
its own funds,  funds  advanced by  Sub-Servicers  or funds held in the Security
Account for future  distributions  to the holders of  Securities  of the related
Series),  an amount  equal to the  aggregate  of  payments  of  interest  and/or
principal that were delinquent on the related  Determination  Date (as such term
is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement) and were otherwise not advanced
by any Sub-Servicer,  subject to the Master Servicer's  determination  that such
advances  may be  recoverable  out of late  payments by  borrowers,  Liquidation
Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or otherwise. In the case of Cooperative Loans, the
Master Servicer also may be required to advance any unpaid  maintenance fees and
other charges under the related  proprietary  leases as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

         In making  Advances,  the Master  Servicer  will endeavor to maintain a
regular flow of  scheduled  interest  and  principal  payments to holders of the
Securities,  rather than to guarantee or insure against losses.  If Advances are
made by the Master  Servicer  from cash being  held for future  distribution  to
Securityholders,  the Master  Servicer  will replace such funds on or before any
future  Distribution  Date to the extent that funds in the  applicable  Security
Account on such  Distribution  Date would be less than the amount required to be
available for distributions to Securityholders on such date. Any Master Servicer
funds advanced will be  reimbursable to the Master Servicer out of recoveries on
the specific  Loans with respect to which such  Advances  were made (e.g.,  late
payments  made  by  the  related  borrower,   any  related  Insurance  Proceeds,
Liquidation  Proceeds or  proceeds of any Loan  purchased  by the  Depositor,  a
Sub-Servicer  or a Seller  pursuant to the related  Agreement).  Advances by the
Master Servicer (and any advances by a  Sub-Servicer)  also will be reimbursable
to the Master Servicer (or  Sub-Servicer)  from cash otherwise  distributable to
Securityholders  (including the holders of Senior Securities) to the extent that
the Master Servicer  determines  that any such Advances  previously made are not
ultimately recoverable as described above. To the extent provided in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master  Servicer  also will be  obligated  to make
Advances,  to the extent  recoverable  out of  Insurance  Proceeds,  Liquidation
Proceeds or otherwise,  in respect of certain  taxes and insurance  premiums not
paid by borrowers on a timely basis.  Funds so advanced are  reimbursable to the
Master  Servicer  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the  related  Agreement.   The
obligations  of the Master  Servicer to make advances may be supported by a cash
advance  reserve fund, a surety bond or other  arrangement of the type described
herein  under  "Credit  Enhancement,"  in each case as  described in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the
event the Master  Servicer or a Sub-Servicer  fails to make a required  Advance,
the Trustee  will be obligated to make such Advance in its capacity as successor
servicer.  If the  Trustee  makes such an  Advance,  it will be  entitled  to be
reimbursed for such Advance to the same extent and degree as the Master Servicer
or a Sub-Servicer is entitled to be reimbursed for Advances. See "Description of
the Securities -- Distributions on Securities".

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  prior
to or  concurrently  with each  distribution  on a Distribution  Date the Master
Servicer or the Trustee  will  furnish to each  Securityholder  of record of the
related  Series a statement  setting  forth,  to the extent  applicable  to such
Series of Securities, among other things:

                  (i)      the  amount  of  such   distribution   allocable   to
                           principal,   separately   identifying  the  aggregate
                           amount  of  any  Principal   Prepayments  and  if  so
                           specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  any
                           applicable prepayment penalties included therein;

                  (ii) the amount of such  distribution  allocable  to interest;

                  (iii) the amount of any Advance;

                  (iv)     the aggregate  amount (a) otherwise  allocable to the
                           Subordinated  Securityholders  on  such  Distribution
                           Date and (b) withdrawn from the Reserve  Account,  if
                           any, that is included in the amounts  distributed  to
                           the Senior Securityholders;

                  (v)      the outstanding  principal balance or notional amount
                           of each  class of the  related  Series  after  giving
                           effect  to the  distribution  of  principal  on  such
                           Distribution Date;

                  (vi)     the  percentage  of  principal  payments on the Loans
                           (excluding  prepayments),  if any,  which  each  such
                           class will be  entitled  to receive on the  following
                           Distribution Date;

                  (vii)    the percentage of Principal Prepayments on the Loans,
                           if any,  which each such class  will be  entitled  to
                           receive on the following Distribution Date;

                  (viii)   the  related  amount  of the  servicing  compensation
                           retained or withdrawn  from the  Security  Account by
                           the Master  Servicer,  and the  amount of  additional
                           servicing   compensation   received   by  the  Master
                           Servicer  attributable  to  penalties,  fees,  excess
                           Liquidation  Proceeds and other  similar  charges and
                           items;

                  (ix)     the number and aggregate  principal balances of Loans
                           (A)  delinquent  (exclusive of Loans in  foreclosure)
                           (1) 1 to 30  days,  (2) 31 to 60  days,  (3) 61 to 90
                           days and (4) 91 or more  days and (B) in  foreclosure
                           and  delinquent  (1) 1 to 30 days, (2) 31 to 60 days,
                           (3) 61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or more days,  as of the
                           close of  business  on the  last day of the  calendar
                           month preceding such Distribution Date;

                  (x)      the book value of any real  estate  acquired  through
                           foreclosure   or   grant   of  a  deed   in  lieu  of
                           foreclosure;

                  (xi)     the   pass-through   rate  or   interest   rate,   as
                           applicable,  if  adjusted  from  the date of the last
                           statement,   of  any  such  class   expected   to  be
                           applicable to the next distribution to such class;

                  (xii)    if  applicable,  the amount  remaining in any Reserve
                           Account at the close of business on the  Distribution
                           Date;

                  (xiii)   the   pass-through   rate  or   interest   rate,   as
                           applicable,  as of the day  prior to the  immediately
                           preceding Distribution Date; and

                  (xiv)    any amounts  remaining under letters of credit,  pool
                           policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

         Where  applicable,  any amount set forth  above may be  expressed  as a
dollar amount per single  Security of the relevant  class having the  Percentage
Interest  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.   The  report  to
Securityholders  for any Series of  Securities  may include  additional or other
information of a similar nature to that specified above.

         In addition,  within a reasonable  period of time after the end of each
calendar  year,   the  Master   Servicer  or  the  Trustee  will  mail  to  each
Securityholder  of record at any time during such  calendar year a report (a) as
to the  aggregate  of amounts  reported  pursuant to (i) and (ii) above for such
calendar year or, in the event such person was a Securityholder of record during
a portion of such calendar year, for the applicable portion of such year and (b)
such other  customary  information  as may be deemed  necessary or desirable for
Securityholders to prepare their tax returns.

CATEGORIES OF CLASSES OF SECURITIES

         The  Securities  of any Series may be comprised of one or more classes.
Such classes, in general,  fall into different  categories.  The following chart
identifies and generally  defines  certain of the more typical  categories.  The
Prospectus  Supplement for a series of Securities may identify the classes which
comprise such Series by reference to the following categories.

         CATEGORIES OF CLASSES                           DEFINITION
                                                     PRINCIPAL TYPES

Accretion Directed..................    A class that receives principal payments
                                        from   the   accreted    interest   from
                                        specified   Accrual    Securities.    An
                                        Accretion   Directed   class   also  may
                                        receive    principal    payments    from
                                        principal paid on the  underlying  Trust
                                        Fund Assets for the related Series.

Component Securities................    A class consisting of "Components".  The
                                        Components   of  a  class  of  Component
                                        Securities may have different  principal
                                        and/or interest payment  characteristics
                                        but together  constitute a single class.
                                        Each  Component  of a class of Component
                                        Securities  may be identified as falling
                                        into  one or more of the  categories  in
                                        this chart.

Notional Amount Securities..........    A class having no principal  balance and
                                        bearing interest on the related notional
                                        amount.  The notional amount is used for
                                        purposes   of   the   determination   of
                                        interest     distributions.      

Planned Principal Class (also sometimes
referred to as "PACs")..............    A class  that  is  designed  to  receive
                                        principal payments using a predetermined
                                        principal  balance  schedule  derived by
                                        assuming two constant  prepayment  rates
                                        for the  underlying  Trust Fund  Assets.
                                        These two rates  are the  endpoints  for
                                        the "structuring  range" for the Planned
                                        Principal Class.  The Planned  Principal
                                        Classes in any Series of Securities  may
                                        be subdivided into different  categories
                                        (e.g.,    Primary   Planned    Principal
                                        Classes,   Secondary  Planned  Principal
                                        Classes and so forth)  having  different
                                        effective    structuring    ranges   and
                                        different  principal payment priorities.
                                        The structuring  range for the Secondary
                                        Planned Principal  Categories of Classes
                                        of  a  Series  of  Securities   will  be
                                        narrower   than  that  for  the  Primary
                                        Planned  Principal Class of such Series.

Scheduled Principal Class...........    A class  that  is  designed  to  receive
                                        principal payments using a predetermined
                                        principal  balance  schedule  but is not
                                        designated as a Planned  Principal Class
                                        or  Targeted  Principal  Class.  In many
                                        cases,   the   schedule  is  derived  by
                                        assuming two constant  prepayment  rates
                                        for the  underlying  Trust Fund  Assets.
                                        These two rates  are the  endpoints  for
                                        the   "structuring    range"   for   the
                                        Scheduled Principal Class.

Sequential Pay......................    Classes that receive principal  payments
                                        in a  prescribed  sequence,  that do not
                                        have  predetermined   principal  balance
                                        schedules    and    that    under    all
                                        circumstances    receive   payments   of
                                        principal  continuously  from the  first
                                        Distribution  Date on which they receive
                                        principal  until  they  are  retired.  A
                                        single  class  that  receives  principal
                                        payments   before  or  after  all  other
                                        classes in the same Series of Securities
                                        may be  identified  as a Sequential  Pay
                                        class.

Strip...............................    A  class   that   receives   a  constant
                                        proportion, or "strip," of the principal
                                        payments  on the  underlying  Trust Fund
                                        Assets.

Support Class (also sometimes referred
to as "companion classes")..........    A class that receives principal payments
                                        on  any   Distribution   Date   only  if
                                        scheduled  payments  have  been  made on
                                        specified  Planned  Principal   Classes,
                                        Targeted    Principal   Classes   and/or
                                        Scheduled Principal Classes.

Targeted Principal Class (also
sometimes referred to as "TACs")....    A class  that  is  designed  to  receive
                                        principal payments using a predetermined
                                        principal  balance  schedule  derived by
                                        assuming  a single  constant  prepayment
                                        rate  for  the  underlying   Trust  Fund
                                        Assets.

                                 INTEREST TYPES

Fixed Rate..........................    A class  with an  interest  rate that is
                                        fixed throughout the life of the class.

Floating Rate.......................    A  class  with  an  interest  rate  that
                                        resets   periodically   based   upon   a
                                        designated   index   and   that   varies
                                        directly with changes in such index.

Inverse Floating Rate...............    A  class  with  an  interest  rate  that
                                        resets   periodically   based   upon   a
                                        designated   index   and   that   varies
                                        inversely with changes in such index.

Variable Rate.......................    A  class  with  an  interest  rate  that
                                        resets periodically and is calculated by
                                        reference   to  the  rate  or  rates  of
                                        interest  applicable to specified assets
                                        or  instruments  (e.g.,  the Loan  Rates
                                        borne by the underlying Loans).

Interest Only.......................    A class that receives some or all of the
                                        interest payments made on the underlying
                                        Trust  Fund  Assets  and  little  or  no
                                        principal.  Interest  Only  classes have
                                        either a nominal  principal balance or a
                                        notional  amount.  A  nominal  principal
                                        balance represents actual principal that
                                        will  be  paid  on  the  class.   It  is
                                        referred  to  as  nominal  since  it  is
                                        extremely   small   compared   to  other
                                        classes. A notional amount is the amount
                                        used as a  reference  to  calculate  the
                                        amount of  interest  due on an  Interest
                                        Only class that is not  entitled  to any
                                        distributions in respect of principal.

Principal Only......................    A class that does not bear  interest and
                                        is    entitled    to    receive     only
                                        distributions in respect of principal.

Partial Accrual.....................    A class  that  accretes a portion of the
                                        amount  of  accrued  interest   thereon,
                                        which   amount  will  be  added  to  the
                                        principal  balance of such class on each
                                        applicable  Distribution  Date, with the
                                        remainder of such accrued interest to be
                                        distributed  currently  as  interest  on
                                        such class.  Such accretion may continue
                                        until a specified  event has occurred or
                                        until  such  Partial  Accrual  class  is
                                        retired.

Accrual.............................    A class  that  accretes  the  amount  of
                                        accrued interest otherwise distributable
                                        on  such  class,  which  amount  will be
                                        added  as  principal  to  the  principal
                                        balance of such class on each applicable
                                        Distribution  Date.  Such  accretion may
                                        continue until some specified  event has
                                        occurred or until such Accrual  class is
                                        retired.

INDICES APPLICABLE TO FLOATING RATE AND INVERSE FLOATING RATE CLASSES

LIBOR

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
LIBOR  Determination  Date (as such term is  defined in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement)  for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the applicable
interest rate is determined by reference to an index  denominated as LIBOR,  the
Person  designated  in the related  Agreement  (the  "Calculation  Agent")  will
determine LIBOR in accordance with one of the two methods described below (which
method will be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement):

LIBO Method

         If using this method to calculate  LIBOR,  the  Calculation  Agent will
determine  LIBOR by reference to the  quotations set forth on the Reuters Screen
LIBO Page (as defined in the International Swap Dealers  Association,  Inc. Code
of Standard  Wording,  Assumptions  and  Provisions  for Swaps,  1986  Edition),
offered by the principal London office of each of the designated reference banks
meeting  the  criteria  set forth  below  (the  "Reference  Banks")  for  making
one-month United States dollar deposits in leading banks in the London Interbank
market, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. In lieu
of relying on the quotations for those  Reference Banks that appear at such time
on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the Calculation  Agent will request each of the
Reference Banks to provide such offered quotations at such time.

         Under this method LIBOR will be established by the Calculation Agent on
each LIBOR Determination Date as follows:

                  (a) If on any LIBOR  Determination  Date two or more Reference
         Banks  provide such  offered  quotations,  LIBOR for the next  Interest
         Accrual Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such offered  quotations
         (rounded upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%).

                  (b) If on any LIBOR Determination Date only one or none of the
         Reference  Banks provides such offered  quotations,  LIBOR for the next
         Interest  Accrual  Period  (as  such  term is  defined  in the  related
         Prospectus Supplement) shall be whichever is the higher of (i) LIBOR as
         determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date or (ii) the Reserve
         Interest Rate. The "Reserve  Interest Rate" shall be the rate per annum
         which the Calculation  Agent determines to be either (i) the arithmetic
         mean  (rounded  upwards if necessary to the nearest  whole  multiple of
         1/32%) of the one-month  United  States  dollar  lending rates that New
         York City banks selected by the Calculation  Agent are quoting,  on the
         relevant LIBOR  Determination  Date, to the principal London offices of
         at least two of the Reference  Banks to which such  quotations  are, in
         the  opinion  of the  Calculation  Agent,  being so made or (ii) in the
         event that the Calculation Agent can determine no such arithmetic mean,
         the lowest  one-month  United States dollar lending rate which New York
         City banks selected by the Calculation  Agent are quoting on such LIBOR
         Determination Date to leading European banks.

                  (c) If on any LIBOR  Determination  Date for a class specified
         in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Calculation Agent is required
         but is unable to  determine  the  Reserve  Interest  Rate in the manner
         provided in paragraph (b) above,  LIBOR for the next  Interest  Accrual
         Period  shall  be  LIBOR  as   determined   on  the   preceding   LIBOR
         Determination  Date,  or, in the case of the first LIBOR  Determination
         Date,  LIBOR shall be deemed to be the per annum rate specified as such
         in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Each Reference Bank (i) shall be a leading bank engaged in transactions
in Eurodollar deposits in the international  Eurocurrency market; (ii) shall not
control,  be  controlled  by, or be under common  control  with the  Calculation
Agent; and (iii) shall have an established  place of business in London.  If any
such  Reference  Bank  should  be  unwilling  or  unable  to act as  such  or if
appointment  of any such  Reference  Bank is  terminated,  another  leading bank
meeting the criteria specified above will be appointed.

BBA Method

         If using this method of determining  LIBOR, the Calculation  Agent will
determine LIBOR on the basis of the British Bankers' Association BBA") "Interest
Settlement  Rate" for one-month  deposits in United  States  dollars as found on
Telerate  page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m.  London  time on each  LIBOR  Determination
Date. Interest Settlement Rates currently are based on rates quoted by eight BBA
designated  banks as being, in the view of such banks, the offered rate at which
deposits are being quoted to prime banks in the London  interbank  market.  Such
Interest  Settlement  Rates are calculated by eliminating  the two highest rates
and the two lowest  rates,  averaging  the four  remaining  rates,  carrying the
result  (expressed as a percentage) out to six decimal  places,  and rounding to
five decimal places.

         If on any LIBOR  Determination Date, the Calculation Agent is unable to
calculate  LIBOR in  accordance  with the  method  set forth in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  LIBOR  for the  next  Interest  Accrual  period  shall be
calculated  in  accordance  with the LIBOR  method  described  above under "LIBO
Method".

         The  establishment  of LIBOR on each  LIBOR  Determination  Date by the
Calculation Agent and its calculation of the rate of interest for the applicable
classes  for the  related  Interest  Accrual  Period  shall (in the  absence  of
manifest error) be final and binding.

COFI

         The Eleventh  District Cost of Funds Index is designed to represent the
monthly  weighted  average  cost of funds for savings  institutions  in Arizona,
California and Nevada that are member  institutions of the Eleventh Federal Home
Loan Bank  District (the  "Eleventh  District").  The Eleventh  District Cost of
Funds Index for a particular month reflects the interest costs paid on all types
of funds held by Eleventh  District  member  institutions  and is  calculated by
dividing  the cost of funds by the  average of the total  amount of those  funds
outstanding at the end of that month and of the prior month and  annualizing and
adjusting  the result to reflect  the  actual  number of days in the  particular
month. If necessary,  before these  calculations are made, the component figures
are  adjusted  by the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of San  Francisco  ("FHLBSF")  to
neutralize the effect of events such as member institutions leaving the Eleventh
District or acquiring  institutions outside the Eleventh District.  The Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index is weighted to reflect the relative  amount of each
type of funds held at the end of the relevant  month.  The major  components  of
funds of Eleventh District member  institutions are: (i) savings deposits,  (ii)
time deposits,  (iii) FHLBSF  advances,  (iv) repurchase  agreements and (v) all
other borrowings.  Because the component funds represent a variety of maturities
whose costs may react in  different  ways to changing  conditions,  the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index does not necessarily reflect current market rates.

         A number of factors  affect the  performance  of the Eleventh  District
Cost of Funds  Index  which  may  cause it to move in a  manner  different  from
indices tied to specific interest rates, such as United States Treasury bills or
LIBOR.  Because the liabilities  upon which the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds
Index is based were issued at various times under various market  conditions and
with  various  maturities,  the  Eleventh  District  Cost of Funds Index may not
necessarily  reflect the prevailing  market interest rates on new liabilities of
similar  maturities.  Moreover,  as stated above, the Eleventh  District Cost of
Funds Index is  designed to  represent  the average  cost of funds for  Eleventh
District  savings  institutions  for the month prior to the month in which it is
due to be published. Additionally, the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index may
not  necessarily  move in the same  direction  as market  interest  rates at all
times,  since as longer term  deposits or  borrowings  mature and are renewed at
prevailing  market interest rates, the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds Index is
influenced  by the  differential  between  the  prior and the new rates on those
deposits or borrowings. In addition,  movements of the Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index, as compared to other indices tied to specific  interest rates,  may
be affected by changes  instituted by the FHLBSF in the method used to calculate
the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index.

         The FHLBSF  publishes the Eleventh  District Cost of Funds Index in its
monthly Information Bulletin. Any individual may request regular receipt by mail
of Information Bulletins by writing the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco,
P.O. Box 7948, 600 California  Street,  San Francisco,  California  94120, or by
calling (415)  616-1000.  The Eleventh  District Cost of Funds Index may also be
obtained by calling the FHLBSF at (415) 616-2600.

         The FHLBSF has stated in its  Information  Bulletin  that the  Eleventh
District  Cost of Funds Index for a month "will be announced on or near the last
working  day" of the  following  month  and  also  has  stated  that it  "cannot
guarantee  the  announcement"  of such index on an exact  date.  So long as such
index  for a month  is  announced  on or  before  the  tenth  day of the  second
following  month,  the interest rate for each class of Securities of a Series as
to which the  applicable  interest  rate is  determined by reference to an index
denominated  as COFI  (each,  a class of  "COFI  Securities")  for the  Interest
Accrual Period  commencing in such second  following  month will be based on the
Eleventh  District  Cost of Funds  Index  for the  second  preceding  month.  If
publication  is delayed  beyond such tenth day, such interest rate will be based
on the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding month.

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if on
the tenth day of the month in which any Interest  Accrual Period commences for a
class of COFI Securities the most recently  published  Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index relates to a month prior to the third preceding month, the index for
such current  Interest  Accrual Period and for each succeeding  Interest Accrual
Period will, except as described in the next to last sentence of this paragraph,
be based on the  National  Monthly  Median Cost of Funds  Ratio to  SAIF-Insured
Institutions  (the  "National  Cost of Funds Index")  published by the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  (the  "OTS") for the third  preceding  month (or the fourth
preceding  month if the  National  Cost of Funds  Index for the third  preceding
month has not been published on such tenth day of an Interest  Accrual  Period).
Information  on the National  Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by writing the
OTS at 1700 G Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20552 or calling (202) 906-6677,
and the current  National  Cost of Funds Index may be obtained by calling  (202)
906-6988.  If on any such  tenth day of the month in which an  Interest  Accrual
Period  commences  the most  recently  published  National  Cost of Funds  Index
relates to a month prior to the fourth preceding month, the applicable index for
such Interest Accrual Period and each succeeding Interest Accrual Period will be
based on LIBOR,  as determined by the  Calculation  Agent in accordance with the
Agreement  relating  to such  Series of  Securities.  A change of index from the
Eleventh  District Cost of Funds Index to an alternative  index will result in a
change in the index level, and,  particularly if LIBOR is the alternative index,
could increase its volatility.

         The  establishment of COFI by the Calculation Agent and its calculation
of the rates of interest  for the  applicable  classes for the related  Interest
Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

Treasury Index

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
Treasury  Index  Determination  Date (as such  term is  defined  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the
applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as a
Treasury  Index,  the  Calculation  Agent will  ascertain the Treasury Index for
Treasury securities of the maturity and for the period (or, if applicable, date)
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Treasury Index for any period means the
average of the yield for each business day during the period  specified  therein
(and for any date  means  the  yield for such  date),  expressed  as a per annum
percentage  rate,  on (i) U.S  Treasury  securities  adjusted  to the  "constant
maturity" (as further  described below) specified in such Prospectus  Supplement
or (ii) if no "constant  maturity" is so  specified,  U.S.  Treasury  securities
trading on the secondary market having the maturity specified in such Prospectus
Supplement,  in each  case as  published  by the  Federal  Reserve  Board in its
Statistical  Release  No.  H.15(519).   Statistical  Release  No.  H.15(519)  is
published  on Monday or Tuesday of each week and may be  obtained  by writing or
calling the  Publications  Department  at the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, 21st and C Streets,  Washington,  D.C. 20551 (202) 452-3244.  If
the Calculation Agent has not yet received Statistical Release No. H.15(519) for
such  week,  then it will  use such  Statistical  Release  from the  immediately
preceding week.

         Yields on U.S. Treasury  securities at "constant  maturity" are derived
from the U.S.  Treasury's daily yield curve. This curve, which relates the yield
on a security to its time to maturity, is based on the closing market bid yields
on actively traded Treasury  securities in the  over-the-counter  market.  These
market yields are  calculated  from  composites  of quotations  reported by five
leading U.S.  Government  securities  dealers to the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York. This method provides a yield for a given maturity even if no security with
that exact maturity is  outstanding.  In the event that the Treasury Index is no
longer published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be
designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of
Securities. The Calculation Agent's determination of the Treasury Index, and its
calculation of the rates of interest for the applicable  classes for the related
Interest  Accrual  Period shall (in the absence of manifest  error) be final and
binding.

Prime Rate

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the
Prime Rate Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement)  for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the applicable
interest rate is determined  by reference to an index  denominated  as the Prime
Rate,  the  Calculation  Agent will  ascertain  the Prime  Rate for the  related
Interest Accrual Period.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Prime Rate for an  Interest  Accrual  Period will be the "Prime
Rate" as published in the "Money Rates"  section of The Wall Street  Journal (or
if not so  published,  the "Prime  Rate" as  published in a newspaper of general
circulation  selected by the  Calculation  Agent in its sole  discretion) on the
related Prime Rate Determination  Date. If a prime rate range is given, then the
average  of such  range  will be used.  In the event  that the Prime  Rate is no
longer published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be
designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of
Securities.  The  Calculation  Agent's  determination  of the Prime Rate and its
calculation  of the rates of interest for the related  Interest  Accrual  Period
shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS

         If specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Trust Fund may
enter into privately  negotiated,  over-the-counter  hedging  transactions  with
various counterparties,  including interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors
(collectively,  "Derivative  Transactions")  to  effectively  fix  the  rate  of
interest  that  such  Trust  Fund  pays on one or more  borrowings  or series of
borrowings. Trust Funds will use these Derivative Transactions as hedges and not
as speculative investments. Derivative Transactions involve an agreement between
two parties to exchange payments that are based,  respectively,  on variable and
fixed  rates of  interest  and that are  calculated  on the basis of a specified
amount of principal for a specified  period of time. Cap and floor  transactions
involve an agreement between two parties in which the first party agrees to make
payments to the counterparty  when a designated  market interest rate goes above
(in the case of a cap) or below (in the case of a floor) a  designated  level on
predetermined  dates or during a  specified  time  period.  Collar  transactions
involve an agreement between two parties in which the first party makes payments
to the  counterparty  when a  designated  market  interest  rate  goes  above  a
designated level of predetermined  dates or during a specified time period,  and
the  counterparty  makes  payments to the first party when a  designated  market
interest rate goes below a designated level on  predetermined  dates or during a
specified time period.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

         As described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if not issued in
fully registered form, each class of Securities will be registered as book-entry
certificates  (the  "Book-Entry   Securities").   Persons  acquiring  beneficial
ownership  interests  in the  Securities  ("Security  Owners")  will hold  their
Securities through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States, or
CEDEL or Euroclear  (in Europe) if they are  participants  of such  systems,  or
indirectly  through  organizations  which are participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry Securities will be issued in one or more certificates which equal the
aggregate  principal  balance of the Securities and will initially be registered
in the name of Cede & Co.,  the nominee of DTC.  CEDEL and  Euroclear  will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers'  securities
accounts  in  CEDEL's  and  Euroclear's  names on the books of their  respective
depositaries  which in turn will hold such  positions in  customers'  securities
accounts in the depositaries'  names on the books of DTC.  Citibank,  N.A., will
act as depositary for CEDEL and The Chase  Manhattan Bank will act as depositary
for Euroclear (in such capacities,  individually  the "Relevant  Depositary" and
collectively the "European Depositaries").  Except as described below, no person
acquiring a Book-Entry Security (each, a "beneficial owner") will be entitled to
receive  a  physical  certificate  representing  such  Security  (a  "Definitive
Security"). Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued, it is anticipated
that the only "Securityholders" of the Securities will be Cede & Co., as nominee
of DTC.  Security Owners are only permitted to exercise their rights  indirectly
through Participants and DTC.

         The  beneficial  owner's  ownership  of a Book-Entry  Security  will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial  intermediary  (each, a "Financial  Intermediary")  that maintains the
beneficial   owner's   account  for  such  purpose.   In  turn,   the  Financial
Intermediary's  ownership of such  Book-Entry  Security  will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating  firm that acts as agent for the Financial
Intermediary,  whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the beneficial owner's Financial  Intermediary is not a DTC participant,  and on
the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).

         Security  Owners will receive all  distributions  of principal  of, and
interest on, the Securities from the Trustee  through DTC and DTC  participants.
While the Securities are outstanding  (except under the circumstances  described
below),  under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to make book-entry  transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Securities and is
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of, and interest on,
the Securities. Participants and indirect participants with whom Security Owners
have  accounts  with  respect  to  Securities  are  similarly  required  to make
book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such  distributions  on behalf of
their respective Security Owners. Accordingly, although Security Owners will not
possess  certificates,  the Rules provide a mechanism by which  Security  Owners
will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

         Security Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive certificates
representing  their  respective  interests in the  Securities,  except under the
limited  circumstances  described below. Unless and until Definitive  Securities
are issued,  Security Owners who are not Participants may transfer  ownership of
Securities only through  Participants  and indirect  participants by instructing
such  Participants  and  indirect   participants  to  transfer  Securities,   by
book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC for the  account of the  purchasers  of such
Securities,  which account is  maintained  with their  respective  Participants.
Under the Rules and in  accordance  with DTC's normal  procedures,  transfers of
ownership  of  Securities  will be executed  through DTC and the accounts of the
respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited and  credited.  Similarly,  the
Participants and indirect  participants will make debits or credits, as the case
may be, on their  records  on  behalf of the  selling  and  purchasing  Security
Owners.

         Because of time zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a Participant will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities  by or through a CEDEL  Participant
(as  defined  herein) or  Euroclear  Participant  (as  defined  herein) to a DTC
Participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement  date but will be
available  in the  relevant  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the
business day following settlement in DTC.

         Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

         Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing  system  by  the  Relevant  Depositary;   however,   such  cross-market
transactions  will require  delivery of  instructions  to the relevant  European
international  clearing system by the  counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures  and within its  established  deadlines  (European
time).  The  relevant  European  international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction  meets its  settlement  requirements,  deliver  instructions  to the
Relevant  Depositary to take action to effect final  settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving  securities  in DTC, and making or receiving  payment in
accordance with normal  procedures for same day funds  settlement  applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear  Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.

         CEDEL is  incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg as a  professional
depository.  CEDEL holds securities for its participating  organizations ("CEDEL
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of CEDEL  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to its  CEDEL
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to CEDEL is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for its  participants
("Euroclear   Participants")  and  to  clear  and  settle  transactions  between
Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous  electronic  book-entry  delivery
against  payment,   thereby  eliminating  the  need  for  physical  movement  of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions  may be settled in any of 32  currencies,  including  United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services,  including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries
generally  similar  to the  arrangements  for  cross-market  transfers  with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty  Trust  Company  of New  York  ("Morgan"  and  in  such  capacity,  the
"Euroclear  Operator"),  under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a
Belgian cooperative corporation (the "Belgian Cooperative").  All operations are
conducted  by  Morgan,  and all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts  are accounts  with the  Euroclear  Operator,  not the
Belgian Cooperative. The Belgian Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on
behalf  of  Euroclear   Participants.   Euroclear   Participants  include  banks
(including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other professional
financial  intermediaries.  Indirect  access to Euroclear  is also  available to
other  firms that clear  through or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Morgan is the Belgian branch of a New York banking corporation which is
a member  bank of the Federal  Reserve  System.  As such,  it is  regulated  and
examined by the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System and the New
York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.

         Securities  clearance  accounts  and  cash  accounts  with  Morgan  are
governed by the Terms and Conditions  Governing Use of Euroclear and the related
Operating  Procedures  of  the  Euroclear  System  and  applicable  Belgian  law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from  Euroclear,  and receipts of payments  with respect to  securities  in
Euroclear.  All  securities  in Euroclear  are held on a fungible  basis without
attribution of specific  certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The  Euroclear  Operator acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on behalf of
Euroclear  Participants,  and has no  record  of or  relationship  with  persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.

         Under  a  book-entry  format,   beneficial  owners  of  the  Book-Entry
Securities  may experience  some delay in their receipt of payments,  since such
payments  will be  forwarded  by the  Trustee to Cede & Co.,  as nominee of DTC.
Distributions with respect to Securities held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by the Relevant  Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance  with relevant  United States tax laws and  regulations.
See "Federal Income Tax Consequences -Tax Treatment of Foreign  Investors" and "
- -- Tax  Consequences  to  Holders  of the Notes -- Backup  Withholding"  herein.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a
beneficial owner to pledge Book-Entry  Securities to persons or entities that do
not  participate  in the  Depository  system may be  limited  due to the lack of
physical certificates for such Book-Entry Securities.  In addition,  issuance of
the  Book-Entry  Securities in book-entry  form may reduce the liquidity of such
Securities in the  secondary  market since  certain  potential  investors may be
unwilling  to  purchase   Securities  for  which  they  cannot  obtain  physical
certificates.

         Monthly and annual reports on the Trust will be provided to Cede & Co.,
as nominee of DTC, and may be made available by Cede & Co. to beneficial  owners
upon request, in accordance with the rules,  regulations and procedures creating
and affecting the Depository,  and to the Financial  Intermediaries to whose DTC
accounts the Book-Entry Securities of such beneficial owners are credited.

         DTC  has  advised  the  Trustee  that,   unless  and  until  Definitive
Securities  are issued,  DTC will take any action  permitted  to be taken by the
holders of the Book-Entry  Securities under the applicable Agreement only at the
direction  of one or more  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose DTC  accounts the
Book-Entry Securities are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken on
behalf of  Financial  Intermediaries  whose  holdings  include  such  Book-Entry
Securities.  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any
other action  permitted to be taken by a  Securityholder  under the Agreement on
behalf of a CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with
its  relevant  rules and  procedures  and subject to the ability of the Relevant
Depositary  to effect  such  actions on its  behalf  through  DTC.  DTC may take
actions,  at the  direction  of the related  Participants,  with respect to some
Securities which conflict with actions taken with respect to other Securities.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee  will be  required  to notify all  beneficial
owners of the  occurrence  of such  event and the  availability  through  DTC of
Definitive  Securities.  Upon  surrender  by DTC of the  global  certificate  or
certificates   representing  the  Book-Entry  Securities  and  instructions  for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue Definitive  Securities,  and thereafter
the  Trustee  will  recognize  the  holders  of such  Definitive  Securities  as
Securityholders under the applicable Agreement.

         Although  DTC,  CEDEL  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfers of Securities among participants of
DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

         None of the Master Servicer, the Depositor or the Trustee will have any
responsibility  for any aspect of the records  relating  to or payments  made on
account of beneficial  ownership interests of the Book-Entry  Securities held by
Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or for maintaining,  supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

GENERAL

         Credit  enhancement may be provided with respect to one or more classes
of a Series of  Securities  or with  respect to the related  Trust Fund  Assets.
Credit  enhancement  may be in the form of a limited  financial  guaranty policy
issued  by  an  entity  named  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the
subordination  of one or more  classes of the  Securities  of such  Series,  the
establishment   of   one   or   more   Reserve   Accounts,    the   use   of   a
cross-collateralization  feature,  use of a mortgage pool insurance policy,  FHA
Insurance,  VA Guarantee,  bankruptcy  bond,  special hazard  insurance  policy,
surety   bond,    letter   of   credit,    guaranteed    investment    contract,
overcollateralization,  or  another  method of credit  enhancement  contemplated
herein and described in the related Prospectus Supplement, or any combination of
the foregoing.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
credit  enhancement  will not provide  protection  against all risks of loss and
will not guarantee  repayment of the entire principal  balance of the Securities
and interest thereon.  If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by credit
enhancement or which are not covered by the credit enhancement,  Securityholders
will bear their allocable share of any deficiencies.

SUBORDINATION

         If so  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  protection
afforded to holders of one or more classes of Securities of a Series by means of
the  subordination  feature may be  accomplished  by the  preferential  right of
holders of one or more other classes of such Series (the "Senior Securities") to
distributions in respect of scheduled principal, Principal Prepayments, interest
or any combination  thereof that otherwise would have been payable to holders of
Subordinated  Securities under the  circumstances and to the extent specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Protection  may also be  afforded  to the
holders of Senior Securities of a Series by: (i) reducing the ownership interest
(if applicable) of the related  Subordinated  Securities;  (ii) a combination of
the immediately  preceding  sentence and clause (i) above; or (iii) as otherwise
described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  delays in receipt of scheduled payments on the Loans and
losses  on  defaulted  Loans  may be  borne  first  by the  various  classes  of
Subordinated  Securities  and  thereafter  by  the  various  classes  of  Senior
Securities,  in each case under the circumstances and subject to the limitations
specified in such Prospectus Supplement.  The aggregate distributions in respect
of delinquent  payments on the Loans over the lives of the  Securities or at any
time, the aggregate  losses in respect of defaulted Loans which must be borne by
the  Subordinated  Securities by virtue of  subordination  and the amount of the
distributions otherwise  distributable to the Subordinated  Securityholders that
will be distributable to Senior  Securityholders on any Distribution Date may be
limited  as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If  aggregate
distributions in respect of delinquent payments on the Loans or aggregate losses
in  respect  of such Loans  were to exceed an amount  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  holders of Senior Securities would experience losses on
the Securities.

         In  addition to or in lieu of the  foregoing,  if so  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  all or any portion of distributions  otherwise
payable to holders  of  Subordinated  Securities  on any  Distribution  Date may
instead be deposited  into one or more  Reserve  Accounts  established  with the
Trustee or  distributed  to holders of Senior  Securities.  Such deposits may be
made on each  Distribution  Date, for specified  periods or until the balance in
the Reserve Account has reached a specified amount and,  following payments from
the Reserve Account to holders of Senior Securities or otherwise,  thereafter to
the extent  necessary to restore the balance in the Reserve  Account to required
levels, in each case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Amounts
on deposit in the  Reserve  Account  may be  released  to the holders of certain
classes of Securities at the times and under the circumstances specified in such
Prospectus Supplement.

         If specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  various classes of
Senior  Securities and Subordinated  Securities may themselves be subordinate in
their  right to receive  certain  distributions  to other  classes of Senior and
Subordinated  Securities,   respectively,   through  a   cross-collateralization
mechanism or otherwise.

         As between  classes  of Senior  Securities  and as  between  classes of
Subordinated  Securities,  distributions may be allocated among such classes (i)
in the order of their scheduled  final  distribution  dates,  (ii) in accordance
with a schedule or formula,  (iii) in  relation to the  occurrence  of events or
(iv) otherwise,  in each case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
As between  classes of  Subordinated  Securities,  payments to holders of Senior
Securities  on account of  delinquencies  or losses and  payments to any Reserve
Account will be allocated as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

LETTER OF CREDIT

         The letter of credit,  if any,  with respect to a Series of  Securities
will be issued by the bank or  financial  institution  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "L/C Bank"). Under the letter of credit, the L/C Bank
will be  obligated to honor  drawings  thereunder  in an aggregate  fixed dollar
amount,  net of  unreimbursed  payments  thereunder,  equal  to  the  percentage
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the Loans on the related  Cut-off  Date or of one or more  classes of
Securities  (the "L/C  Percentage").  If so specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the letter of credit may permit drawings in the event of losses not
covered by insurance  policies or other credit  support,  such as losses arising
from damage not covered by standard hazard insurance policies,  losses resulting
from the bankruptcy of a borrower and the  application of certain  provisions of
the Bankruptcy Code, or losses  resulting from denial of insurance  coverage due
to  misrepresentations  in connection with the origination of a Loan. The amount
available  under the  letter of credit  will,  in all  cases,  be reduced to the
extent of the unreimbursed payments thereunder.  The obligations of the L/C Bank
under the  letter of credit for each  Series of  Securities  will  expire at the
earlier  of the date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  or the
termination  of the Trust Fund.  See "The  Agreements --  Termination:  Optional
Termination". A copy of the letter of credit for a Series, if any, will be filed
with the  Commission  as an exhibit to a Current  Report on Form 8-K to be filed
within 15 days of issuance of the Securities of the related Series.

INSURANCE POLICIES, SURETY BONDS AND GUARANTIES

         If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Securities,
deficiencies in amounts  otherwise payable on such Securities or certain classes
thereof will be covered by insurance  policies  and/or surety bonds  provided by
one or more insurance  companies or sureties.  Such instruments may cover,  with
respect to one or more  classes of  Securities  of the  related  series,  timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal on the basis of
a schedule of principal  distributions  set forth in or determined in the manner
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Trust Fund may also include bankruptcy bonds,
special hazard insurance policies, other insurance or guaranties for the purpose
of (i) maintaining  timely payments or providing  additional  protection against
losses on the assets  included  in such Trust Fund,  (ii) paying  administrative
expenses or (iii) establishing a minimum  reinvestment rate on the payments made
in  respect  of such  assets or  principal  payment  rate on such  assets.  Such
arrangements may include agreements under which  Securityholders are entitled to
receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms
specified in such  Prospectus  Supplement.  A copy of any such  instrument for a
series will be filed with the  Commission  as an exhibit to a Current  Report on
Form 8-K to be filed  with the  Commission  within  15 days of  issuance  of the
Securities of the related series.

OVER-COLLATERALIZATION

         If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series of Securities,
a portion of the interest  payment on each Loan may be applied as an  additional
distribution  in  respect of  principal  to reduce  the  principal  balance of a
certain class or classes of Securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment
of principal on such class or classes of Securities.

RESERVE ACCOUNTS

         If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  credit support with
respect to a Series of  Securities  will be  provided by the  establishment  and
maintenance with the Trustee for such Series of Securities,  in trust, of one or
more Reserve Accounts for such Series.  The related  Prospectus  Supplement will
specify  whether or not any such Reserve  Accounts will be included in the Trust
Fund for such Series.

         The  Reserve  Account  for a Series  will be funded (i) by the  deposit
therein of cash,  United  States  Treasury  securities,  instruments  evidencing
ownership of principal or interest payments thereon,  letters of credit,  demand
notes,  certificates of deposit or a combination thereof in the aggregate amount
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, (ii) by the deposit therein from
time to  time  of  certain  amounts,  as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement to which the Subordinate Securityholders,  if any, would otherwise be
entitled  or (iii) in such  other  manner  as may be  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

         Any amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Account and the  proceeds of any
other  instrument  upon  maturity  will be held in cash or will be  invested  in
"Permitted  Investments"  which,  in general,  will include  obligations  of the
United States and certain  agencies  thereof,  certificates of deposit,  certain
commercial  paper,  time  deposits  and  bankers  acceptances  sold by  eligible
commercial banks and certain  repurchase  agreements of United States government
securities  with eligible  commercial  banks. If a letter of credit is deposited
with the Trustee,  such letter of credit will be irrevocable.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any instrument deposited therein
will name the  Trustee,  in its  capacity  as  trustee  for the  holders  of the
Securities,  as beneficiary  and will be issued by an entity  acceptable to each
Rating  Agency  that rates the  Securities  of the  related  Series.  Additional
information with respect to such  instruments  deposited in the Reserve Accounts
will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Any amounts so deposited and payments on  instruments so deposited will
be available for withdrawal  from the Reserve  Account for  distribution  to the
holders of Securities of the related Series for the purposes,  in the manner and
at the times specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

         If  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a separate  pool
insurance  policy  ("Pool  Insurance  Policy") will be obtained for the Pool and
issued by the insurer (the "Pool Insurer") named in such Prospectus  Supplement.
Each Pool Insurance Policy will,  subject to the limitations  described therein,
cover  loss by reason of  default  in  payment on Loans in the Pool in an amount
equal to a percentage  specified in such Prospectus  Supplement of the aggregate
principal  balance of such Loans on the Cut-off Date which are not covered as to
their  entire  outstanding  principal  balances  by Primary  Mortgage  Insurance
Policies.  As more fully  described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Master Servicer will present claims  thereunder to the Pool Insurer on behalf of
itself, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities of the related Series. The
Pool Insurance Policies,  however,  are not blanket policies against loss, since
claims  thereunder may only be made  respecting  particular  defaulted Loans and
only upon  satisfaction  of certain  conditions  precedent  as  described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  the Pool Insurance Policies will not cover losses due to
a failure to pay or denial of a claim under a Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
original  amount of coverage  under each Pool  Insurance  Policy will be reduced
over the life of the related Securities by the aggregate dollar amount of claims
paid less the  aggregate  of the net amounts  realized by the Pool  Insurer upon
disposition of all foreclosed properties. The amount of claims paid will include
certain expenses  incurred by the Master Servicer as well as accrued interest on
delinquent Loans to the date of payment of the claim, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly, if aggregate net claims paid
under any Pool Insurance Policy reach the original policy limit,  coverage under
that Pool  Insurance  Policy will be  exhausted  and any further  losses will be
borne by the related Securityholders.

CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION

         If  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  beneficial
ownership of separate groups of assets included in a Trust Fund may be evidenced
by separate  classes of the related Series of Securities.  In such case,  credit
support may be provided by a cross-collateralization feature which requires that
distributions  be made  with  respect  to  Securities  evidencing  a  beneficial
ownership  interest in, or secured by, one or more asset groups  within the same
Trust  Fund prior to  distributions  to  Subordinated  Securities  evidencing  a
beneficial  ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more other asset groups
within  such Trust  Fund.  Cross-collateralization  may be  provided  by (i) the
allocation of certain  excess  amounts  generated by one or more asset groups to
one or more other asset groups within the same Trust Fund or (ii) the allocation
of losses  with  respect to one or more asset  groups to one or more other asset
groups within the same Trust Fund.  Such excess  amounts will be applied  and/or
such losses will be allocated to the class or classes of Subordinated Securities
of the related Series then outstanding  having the lowest rating assigned by any
Rating Agency or the lowest payment priority,  in each case to the extent and in
the manner more specifically described in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
Prospectus  Supplement  for a Series  which  includes a  cross-collateralization
feature  will   describe   the  manner  and   conditions   for   applying   such
cross-collateralization feature.

         If  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  coverage
provided  by one or more of the forms of credit  enhancement  described  in this
Prospectus  may apply  concurrently  to two or more  separate  Trust  Funds.  If
applicable,  the related Prospectus  Supplement will identify the Trust Funds to
which such credit  enhancement  relates and the manner of determining the amount
of coverage  provided to such Trust Funds thereby and of the application of such
coverage to the identified Trust Funds.

                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The yields to maturity and  weighted  average  lives of the  Securities
will be  affected  primarily  by the  amount and  timing of  principal  payments
received on or in respect of the Trust Fund Assets included in the related Trust
Fund.  The  original  terms to  maturity  of the Loans in a given Pool will vary
depending upon the type of Loans included  therein.  Each Prospectus  Supplement
will contain information with respect to the type and maturities of the Loans in
the  related  Pool.  The  related   Prospectus   Supplement   will  specify  the
circumstances,  if any,  under  which  the  related  Loans  will be  subject  to
prepayment  penalties.  The  prepayment  experience  on the Loans in a Pool will
affect the weighted average life of the related Series of Securities.

         The rate of prepayment  on the Loans cannot be  predicted.  Home equity
loans and home improvement  contracts have been originated in significant volume
only during the past few years and the  Depositor  is not aware of any  publicly
available  studies  or  statistics  on the  rate of  prepayment  of such  loans.
Generally,  home equity loans and home  improvement  contracts are not viewed by
borrowers  as  permanent  financing.  Accordingly,  such Loans may  experience a
higher rate of prepayment  than  traditional  first mortgage loans. On the other
hand,  because  home  equity  loans  such as the  Revolving  Credit  Line  Loans
generally  are  not  fully  amortizing,   the  absence  of  voluntary   borrower
prepayments  could cause rates of principal  payments lower than, or similar to,
those of  traditional  fully-amortizing  first  mortgage  loans.  The prepayment
experience  of the  related  Trust  Fund may be  affected  by a wide  variety of
factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels,
the availability of alternative financing,  homeowner mobility and the frequency
and amount of any future draws on any Revolving Credit Line Loans. Other factors
that might be  expected to affect the  prepayment  rate of a pool of home equity
mortgage  loans or home  improvement  contracts  include  the  amounts  of,  and
interest rates on, the underlying  senior mortgage  loans,  and the use of first
mortgage loans as long-term financing for home purchase and subordinate mortgage
loans as  shorter-term  financing  for a variety  of  purposes,  including  home
improvement,  education  expenses  and  purchases of consumer  durables  such as
automobiles.  Accordingly, such Loans may experience a higher rate of prepayment
than traditional  fixed-rate mortgage loans. In addition, any future limitations
on the right of borrowers to deduct  interest  payments on home equity loans for
federal income tax purposes may further  increase the rate of prepayments of the
Loans.  The enforcement of a "due-on-sale"  provision (as described  below) will
have the same effect as a prepayment  of the related  Loan.  See "Certain  Legal
Aspects  of the  Loans  --Due-on-Sale  Clauses".  The yield to an  investor  who
purchases Securities in the secondary market at a price other than par will vary
from the  anticipated  yield if the rate of  prepayment on the Loans is actually
different than the rate anticipated by such investor at the time such Securities
were purchased.

         Collections  on  Revolving  Credit Line Loans may vary  because,  among
other things,  borrowers  may (i) make  payments  during any month as low as the
minimum monthly payment for such month or, during the  interest-only  period for
certain  Revolving  Credit  Line  Loans  and,  in  more  limited  circumstances,
Closed-End Loans, with respect to which an interest-only payment option has been
selected,  the  interest  and the fees and  charges  for such month or (ii) make
payments  as high as the  entire  outstanding  principal  balance  plus  accrued
interest and the fees and charges  thereon.  It is possible  that  borrowers may
fail to make the required  periodic  payments.  In addition,  collections on the
Loans may vary due to seasonal purchasing and the payment habits of borrowers.

         Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
substantially  all  conventional  Loans  will  contain  due-on-sale   provisions
permitting  the  mortgagee to  accelerate  the maturity of the loan upon sale or
certain transfers by the borrower of the related Property.  Loans insured by the
FHA, and Single Family Loans partially  guaranteed by the VA, are assumable with
the consent of the FHA and the VA,  respectively.  Thus, the rate of prepayments
on such Loans may be lower than that of  conventional  Loans bearing  comparable
interest rates.  The Master  Servicer  generally will enforce any due-on-sale or
due-on-encumbrance  clause,  to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or
further  encumbrance or the proposed  conveyance or proposed further encumbrance
of the  Property  and  reasonably  believes  that it is  entitled to do so under
applicable law;  provided,  however,  that the Master Servicer will not take any
enforcement  action that would impair or threaten to impair any  recovery  under
any related insurance policy. See "The Agreements -- Collection  Procedures" and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans" for a description of certain  provisions of
each  Agreement and certain legal  developments  that may affect the  prepayment
experience on the Loans.

         The rate of prepayments with respect to conventional mortgage loans has
fluctuated  significantly in recent years. In general,  if prevailing rates fall
significantly  below the Loan  Rates  borne by the  Loans,  such  Loans are more
likely to be subject to higher  prepayment  rates  than if  prevailing  interest
rates remain at or above such Loan Rates.  Conversely,  if  prevailing  interest
rates rise appreciably  above the Loan Rates borne by the Loans,  such Loans are
more likely to  experience  a lower  prepayment  rate than if  prevailing  rates
remain at or below such Loan Rates. However, there can be no assurance that such
will be the case.

         When a full  prepayment  is made on a Loan,  the  borrower  is  charged
interest on the  principal  amount of the Loan so prepaid only for the number of
days in the month actually elapsed up to the date of the prepayment, rather than
for a full month. The effect of prepayments in full will be to reduce the amount
of  interest  passed  through  or paid in the  following  month  to  holders  of
Securities  because interest on the principal amount of any Loan so prepaid will
generally be paid only to the date of prepayment. Partial prepayments in a given
month may be  applied  to the  outstanding  principal  balances  of the Loans so
prepaid on the first day of the month of receipt or the month following receipt.
In the latter case,  partial  prepayments will not reduce the amount of interest
passed through or paid in such month.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  neither  full nor  partial  prepayments  will be passed
through or paid until the month following receipt.

         Even assuming that the  Properties  provide  adequate  security for the
Loans,   substantial   delays  could  be  encountered  in  connection  with  the
liquidation  of  defaulted  Loans and  corresponding  delays in the  receipt  of
related  proceeds by  Securityholders  could occur.  An action to foreclose on a
Property securing a Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules and is subject
to  many  of  the  delays  and  expenses  of  other   lawsuits  if  defenses  or
counterclaims  are interposed,  sometimes  requiring  several years to complete.
Furthermore,  in some  states an action to obtain a  deficiency  judgment is not
permitted following a nonjudicial sale of a property.  In the event of a default
by a borrower,  these restrictions among other things, may impede the ability of
the  Master  Servicer  to  foreclose  on or  sell  the  Property  or  to  obtain
liquidation proceeds sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In
addition,   the  Master  Servicer  will  be  entitled  to  deduct  from  related
liquidation  proceeds all expenses  reasonably incurred in attempting to recover
amounts due on defaulted Loans and not yet repaid,  including payments to senior
lienholders,  legal  fees and  costs of legal  action,  real  estate  taxes  and
maintenance and preservation expenses.

         Liquidation expenses with respect to defaulted mortgage loans generally
do not vary directly with the outstanding  principal  balance of the loan at the
time of  default.  Therefore,  assuming  that a servicer  took the same steps in
realizing  upon a defaulted  mortgage  loan having a small  remaining  principal
balance  as it would in the case of a  defaulted  mortgage  loan  having a large
remaining  principal balance,  the amount realized after expenses of liquidation
would be smaller as a percentage of the remaining principal balance of the small
mortgage  loan than  would be the case with the other  defaulted  mortgage  loan
having a large remaining principal balance.

         Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates and other
charges,   require  certain  disclosures,   and  require  licensing  of  certain
originators  and servicers of Loans. In addition,  most have other laws,  public
policy and general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers,
unfair and  deceptive  acts and  practices  which may apply to the  origination,
servicing  and  collection  of the Loans.  Depending  on the  provisions  of the
applicable law and the specific facts and circumstances involved,  violations of
these laws, policies and principles may limit the ability of the Master Servicer
to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on the Loans, may entitle
the  borrower to a refund of amounts  previously  paid and, in  addition,  could
subject the Master Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.

         If the rate at which  interest is passed through or paid to the holders
of   Securities   of  a  Series  is   calculated   on  a   Loan-by-Loan   basis,
disproportionate  principal  prepayments  among Loans with  different Loan Rates
will affect the yield on such Securities.  In most cases, the effective yield to
Securityholders  will  be  lower  than  the  yield  otherwise  produced  by  the
applicable  pass-through rate or interest rate and purchase price, because while
interest  will  accrue on each  Loan  from the  first  day of the month  (unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement),  the distribution of
such  interest  will not be made earlier than the month  following  the month of
accrual.

         Under certain  circumstances,  the Master Servicer,  the holders of the
residual  interests in a REMIC or any person specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement  may have the option to purchase  the assets of a Trust Fund  thereby
effecting  earlier  retirement  of the related  Series of  Securities.  See "The
Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination".

         The relative  contribution of the various factors affecting  prepayment
may vary from time to time.  There can be no assurance as to the rate of payment
of  principal  of the  Trust  Fund  Assets  at any time or over the lives of the
Securities.

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to a Series of  Securities  will
discuss  in  greater  detail  the  effect of the rate and  timing  of  principal
payments  (including  prepayments),  delinquencies  and  losses  on  the  yield,
weighted average lives and maturities of such Securities.

                                 THE AGREEMENTS

         Set forth below is a  description  of the material  provisions  of each
Agreement which are not described elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The description
is subject to, and qualified by reference to, the provisions of each  Agreement.
Where  particular  provisions or terms used in the  Agreements  are referred to,
such provisions or terms are as specified in the Agreements.

ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRUST FUND ASSETS

         Assignment of the Loans. At the time of issuance of the Securities of a
Series,  the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related Trust Fund to
be assigned to the Trustee,  without  recourse,  together with all principal and
interest received (if the Contracts are sold based on actual principal balances)
or  scheduled  to be  received  (if the  Contracts  are sold based on  scheduled
principal  balances) by or on behalf of the Depositor on or with respect to such
Loans after the Cut-off Date and other than any Retained  Interest  specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The Trustee will,  concurrently  with such
assignment,  deliver such Securities to the Depositor in exchange for the Loans.
Each Loan will be  identified  in a  schedule  appearing  as an  exhibit  to the
related Agreement.  Such schedule will include information as to the outstanding
principal  balance of each Loan after  application  of payments due on or before
the Cut-off  Date,  as well as  information  regarding the Loan Rate or APR, the
maturity of the Loan, the Loan-to-Value Ratios or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios,
as applicable, at origination and certain other information.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Agreement will require that, on or prior to the Closing Date, the Depositor will
also  deliver  or cause to be  delivered  to the  Trustee  (or to the  custodian
hereinafter  referred  to) as to each Single  Family Loan or  Multifamily  Loan,
among other things,  (i) the mortgage note or contract endorsed without recourse
in blank or to the order of the  Trustee,  (ii) the  mortgage,  deed of trust or
similar  instrument (a "Mortgage") with evidence of recording  indicated thereon
(except for any Mortgage not returned from the public recording office, in which
case the Depositor will deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of such Mortgage
together with a certificate  that the original of such Mortgage was delivered to
such  recording  office),  (iii) an  assignment  of the Mortgage to the Trustee,
which assignment will be in recordable form in the case of a Mortgage assignment
and (iv) such other security  documents,  including those relating to any senior
interests  in the  Property,  as  may be  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement or the related Agreement.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  the Depositor will promptly cause the assignments of the
related Loans to be recorded in the appropriate  public office for real property
records,  except in states in which the Seller  has  reasonably  determined  (in
certain  circumstances,  as evidenced by an opinion of counsel acceptable to the
Trustee) that such  recording is not required to protect the Trustee's  interest
in such Loans against the claim of any subsequent transferee or any successor to
or creditor of the Depositor or the originator of such Loans.

         With respect to any Loans that are  Cooperative  Loans,  the  Depositor
will cause to be delivered to the Trustee the related original  cooperative note
endorsed without recourse in blank or to the order of the Trustee,  the original
security  agreement,   the  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy   agreement,   the
recognition  agreement,  an executed financing  agreement and the relevant stock
certificate,  related blank stock powers and any other document specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Depositor  will  cause to be filed in the
appropriate  office an  assignment  and a  financing  statement  evidencing  the
Trustee's security interest in each Cooperative Loan.

         With  respect  to any Loans that are Home  Equity  Loans,  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement will specify whether the documents relating to such Loans
will be required to be  delivered  to the Trustee (or a  custodian)  and whether
assignments  of the related  Mortgage to the Trustee  will be  recorded.  In the
event  documents are not required to be delivered,  they will be retained by the
Master Servicer, which may also be the Seller.

         With respect to the Home Improvement Contracts,  the related Prospectus
Supplement will specify whether the documents relating to such Contracts will be
required to be delivered to the Trustee (or a  custodian).  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Depositor will not deliver to the Trustee the original  Mortgage securing a Home
Improvement  Contract.  In order to give notice of the right, title and interest
of Securityholders to the Home Improvement Contracts, the Depositor will cause a
UCC-1  financing  statement  to be  executed  by the  Depositor  or  the  Seller
identifying   the  Trustee  as  the  secured  party  and  identifying  all  Home
Improvement  Contracts as collateral.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Home  Improvement  Contracts will not be stamped or
otherwise  marked to reflect  their  assignment to the Trustee.  Therefore,  if,
through negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to take
physical  possession of the Home  Improvement  Contracts  without notice of such
assignment,  the interest of Securityholders  in the Home Improvement  Contracts
could  be  defeated.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the  Loans  -- The  Home
Improvement Contracts".

         The Trustee (or the custodian) will review the loan documents that have
been delivered to it within the time period specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement after receipt  thereof,  and the Trustee (or the custodian) will hold
such documents in trust for the benefit of the related  Securityholders.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  if any such document
is found to be missing or  defective in any  material  respect,  the Trustee (or
such  custodian)  will notify the Master  Servicer  and the  Depositor,  and the
Master Servicer will notify the related  Seller.  If such Seller cannot cure the
omission or defect  within the time period  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement after receipt of such notice, such Seller will be obligated to either
(i) purchase the related Loan from the Trust Fund at the Purchase  Price or (ii)
if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  remove such Loan from the
Trust  Fund and  substitute  in its place one or more  other  Loans  that  meets
certain requirements set forth therein.  There can be no assurance that a Seller
will  fulfill  this  purchase or  substitution  obligation.  Although the Master
Servicer may be obligated to enforce  such  obligation  to the extent  described
above under "Loan  Program --  Representations  by  Sellers;  Repurchases,"  the
Master  Servicer  will not be  obligated to purchase or replace such Loan if the
Seller  defaults on its obligation  (nor will the Master  Servicer  otherwise be
obligated  to purchase or replace  any such Loan for any other  reason).  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, this obligation of the
Seller to cure, purchase or substitute  constitutes the sole remedy available to
the  Securityholders  or the Trustee for omission of, or a material defect in, a
constituent document.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions,  with respect to a Trust Fund
for which a REMIC election is to be made, no purchase or  substitution of a Loan
will be made if such  purchase  or  substitution  would  result in a  prohibited
transaction  tax under the Code  (unless the Master  Servicer or a holder of the
related residual certificate otherwise pays such prohibited transaction from its
own funds as described herein). See "Loan Program -- Representations by Sellers;
Repurchases".

         The Trustee  will be  authorized  to appoint a custodian  pursuant to a
custodial agreement to maintain possession of and, if applicable,  to review the
documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.

NO RECOURSE TO SELLERS, DEPOSITOR OR MASTER SERVICER

         As described  above under " --  Assignment of the Loans," the Depositor
will cause the Loans  comprising  the  related  Trust Fund to be assigned to the
Trustee, without recourse.  However, each Seller will be obligated to repurchase
or substitute  for any Loan as to which certain  representations  and warranties
are breached where such breach materially and adversely affects the interests of
the Securityholders, or for failure to deliver certain documents relating to the
Loans as described  herein  under  "Assignment  of the Loans" and "Loan  Program
- --Representations  by Sellers;  Repurchases".  These  obligations to purchase or
substitute  constitute the sole remedy available to the  Securityholders  or the
Trustee  for a  breach  of any such  representation  or  failure  to  deliver  a
constituent document.

PAYMENTS ON LOANS; DEPOSITS TO SECURITY ACCOUNT

         The  Master  Servicer  will  establish  and  maintain  or  cause  to be
established  and  maintained  with respect to the related  Trust Fund a separate
account or accounts  for the  collection  of payments on the related  Trust Fund
Assets in the Trust  Fund  (the  "Security  Account")  which,  unless  otherwise
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  must be either (i) maintained
with a depository institution the debt obligations of which (or in the case of a
depository  institution  that is the principal  subsidiary of a holding company,
the obligations of which) are rated in one of the two highest rating  categories
by the Rating  Agency or Rating  Agencies  that rated one or more classes of the
related Series of Securities,  (ii) an account or accounts the deposits in which
are fully insured by either the Bank  Insurance  Fund (the "BIF") of the FDIC or
the Savings Association  Insurance Fund (as successor to the Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance Corporation ("SAIF")),  (iii) an account or accounts the deposits
in which are insured by the BIF or SAIF (to the limits established by the FDIC),
and the  uninsured  deposits  in which  are  otherwise  secured  such  that,  as
evidenced  by an  opinion  of  counsel,  the  Securityholders  have a claim with
respect to the funds in the  Security  Account  or a  perfected  first  priority
security interest against any collateral securing such funds that is superior to
the  claims of any other  depositors  or  general  creditors  of the  depository
institution  with which the Security Account is maintained or (iv) an account or
accounts otherwise  acceptable to each Rating Agency. The collateral eligible to
secure amounts in the Security  Account is limited to Permitted  Investments.  A
Security  Account may be maintained as an interest  bearing account or the funds
held  therein may be  invested  pending  each  succeeding  Distribution  Date in
Permitted  Investments.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Master Servicer or its designee will be entitled to receive any
such  interest  or other  income  earned  on funds in the  Security  Account  as
additional compensation and will be obligated to deposit in the Security Account
the amount of any loss  immediately  as realized.  The  Security  Account may be
maintained with the Master Servicer or with a depository  institution that is an
affiliate  of the Master  Servicer,  provided it meets the  standards  set forth
above.

         The  Master  Servicer  will  deposit  or cause to be  deposited  in the
Security  Account  for each  Trust  Fund,  to the extent  applicable  and unless
otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  and provided in the
Agreement,  the following payments and collections  received or advances made by
or on behalf of it subsequent to the Cut-off Date (other than payments due on or
before the  Cut-off  Date and  exclusive  of any amounts  representing  Retained
Interest):

                  (i) all payments on account of principal,  including Principal
         Prepayments and, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
         applicable prepayment penalties, on the Loans;

                   (ii) all payments on account of interest on the Loans, net of
          applicable servicing compensation;

                  (iii) all proceeds (net of  unreimbursed  payments of property
         taxes,  insurance  premiums  and  similar  items  ("Insured  Expenses")
         incurred,  and unreimbursed  Advances made, by the Master Servicer,  if
         any)  of  the  hazard  insurance  policies  and  any  Primary  Mortgage
         Insurance Policies,  to the extent such proceeds are not applied to the
         restoration  of the property or released to the Mortgagor in accordance
         with the Master Servicer's normal servicing  procedures  (collectively,
         "Insurance  Proceeds") and all other cash amounts (net of  unreimbursed
         expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  liquidation  or  foreclosure
         ("Liquidation  Expenses") and unreimbursed Advances made, by the Master
         Servicer,  if  any)  received  and  retained  in  connection  with  the
         liquidation   of  defaulted   Loans,   by   foreclosure   or  otherwise
         ("Liquidation Proceeds"),  together with any net proceeds received on a
         monthly basis with respect to any properties  acquired on behalf of the
         Securityholders by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure;

                  (iv) all  proceeds of any Loan or property in respect  thereof
         purchased  by the  Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor  or any  Seller as
         described   under  "Loan   Program  --   Representations   by  Sellers;
         Repurchases"  or " --  Assignment  of Trust Fund Assets"  above and all
         proceeds of any Loan  repurchased as described  under " -- Termination;
         Optional Termination" below;

                  (v) all  payments  required to be  deposited  in the  Security
         Account with respect to any deductible  clause in any blanket insurance
         policy described under " -- Hazard Insurance" below;

                  (vi)  any  amount  required  to be  deposited  by  the  Master
         Servicer in  connection  with losses  realized on  investments  for the
         benefit of the Master  Servicer of funds held in the  Security  Account
         and, to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  any
         payments  required to be made by the Master Servicer in connection with
         prepayment interest shortfalls; and

                  (vii)  all  other  amounts  required  to be  deposited  in the
         Security Account pursuant to the Agreement.

         The Master Servicer (or the Depositor,  as applicable) may from time to
time direct the  institution  that  maintains  the Security  Account to withdraw
funds from the Security Account for the following purposes:

                  (i) to pay to the Master Servicer the servicing fees described
         in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  master  servicing  fees
         (subject to  reduction)  and,  as  additional  servicing  compensation,
         earnings on or  investment  income with respect to funds in the amounts
         in the Security Account credited thereto;

                  (ii) to reimburse the Master Servicer for Advances, such right
         of  reimbursement  with  respect to any Loan  being  limited to amounts
         received that represent late recoveries of payments of principal and/or
         interest on such Loan (or Insurance  Proceeds or  Liquidation  Proceeds
         with respect thereto) with respect to which such Advance was made;

                  (iii)  to  reimburse  the  Master  Servicer  for any  Advances
         previously  made  which  the  Master  Servicer  has  determined  to  be
         nonrecoverable;

                  (iv) to reimburse the Master Servicer from Insurance  Proceeds
         for expenses incurred by the Master Servicer and covered by the related
         insurance policies;

                  (v)  to  reimburse  the  Master  Servicer  for  unpaid  master
         servicing  fees  and  unreimbursed  out-of-pocket  costs  and  expenses
         incurred by the Master  Servicer in the  performance  of its  servicing
         obligations,  such  right of  reimbursement  being  limited  to amounts
         received  representing  late  recoveries of the payments for which such
         advances were made;

                  (vi) to reimburse  the Master  Servicer or the  Depositor  for
         expenses incurred and reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement;

                  (vii) to withdraw any amount deposited in the Security Account
         and not required to be deposited therein; and

                   (viii) to clear  and  terminate  the  Security  Account  upon
          termination of the Agreement.

         In  addition,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  on  or  prior  to  the  business  day  immediately  preceding  each
Distribution  Date, the Master Servicer shall withdraw from the Security Account
the amount of  Available  Funds,  to the extent on  deposit,  for  deposit in an
account maintained by the Trustee for the related Series of Securities.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

         If so  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master
Servicer will establish and maintain a Pre-Funding  Account,  in the name of the
related  Trustee  on  behalf  of the  related  Securityholders,  into  which the
Depositor will deposit cash in an amount equal to the  Pre-Funded  Amount on the
related  Closing  Date.  The  Pre-Funding  Account will be  maintained  with the
Trustee  for the related  Series of  Securities  and is designed  solely to hold
funds to be applied by such  Trustee  during  the  Funding  Period to pay to the
Depositor  the purchase  price for  Subsequent  Loans.  Monies on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account  will not be  available to cover losses on or in respect of
the  related  Loans.  The  Pre-Funded  Amount will not exceed 50% of the initial
aggregate  principal amount of the Certificates and Notes of the related Series.
The Pre-Funded Amount will be used by the related Trustee to purchase Subsequent
Loans from the  Depositor  from time to time  during  the  Funding  Period.  The
Funding Period,  if any, for a Trust Fund will begin on the related Closing Date
and will end on the date specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  which
in no event  will be later  than the date  that is one year  after  the  related
Closing Date.  Monies on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account may be invested in
Permitted Investments under the circumstances and in the manner described in the
related  Agreement.  Earnings on investment of funds in the Pre-Funding  Account
will be deposited into the related  Security Account or such other trust account
as is specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and losses will be charged
against the funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account.  Any amounts remaining
in the Pre-Funding  Account at the end of the Funding Period will be distributed
to the  related  Securityholders  in the manner and  priority  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  as a  prepayment  of  principal of the related
Securities.

         In addition,  if so provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  on
the  related  Closing  Date  the  Depositor  will  deposit  in an  account  (the
"Capitalized  Interest  Account")  cash in such amount as is  necessary to cover
shortfalls in interest on the related  Series of Securities  that may arise as a
result of  utilization  of the  Pre-Funding  Account  as  described  above.  The
Capitalized  Interest  Account  shall be  maintained  with the  Trustee  for the
related Series of Securities and is designed solely to cover the above-mentioned
interest shortfalls.  Monies on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will
not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the related  Loans.  To the
extent that the entire amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account has
not been  applied to cover  shortfalls  in  interest  on the  related  Series of
Securities  by the end of the  Funding  Period,  any  amounts  remaining  in the
Capitalized Interest Account will be paid to the Depositor.

SUB-SERVICING BY SELLERS

         Each  Seller of a Loan or any  other  servicing  entity  may act as the
Sub-Servicer  for such Loan  pursuant to an agreement  (each,  a  "Sub-Servicing
Agreement"),  which will not  contain  any terms  inconsistent  with the related
Agreement.  While each Sub-Servicing Agreement will be a contract solely between
the Master  Servicer and the  Sub-Servicer,  the  Agreement  pursuant to which a
Series of  Securities  is issued will provide that, if for any reason the Master
Servicer for such Series of Securities  is no longer the Master  Servicer of the
related Loans,  the Trustee or any successor  Master Servicer must recognize the
Sub-Servicer's rights and obligations under such Sub-Servicing Agreement.

         All references in this Prospectus and in the Prospectus  Supplement for
any Series to actions, rights or duties of the Master Servicer will be deemed to
include any one or more  Sub-Servicers  acting on the Master Servicer's  behalf.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  the Master Servicer will remain liable for its servicing
duties and  obligations  under the Master  Servicing  Agreement as if the Master
Servicer alone were servicing the Loans.

COLLECTION PROCEDURES

         The  Master  Servicer  will make  reasonable  efforts  to  collect  all
payments called for under the Loans and will, consistent with each Agreement and
any Pool Insurance Policy, Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy, FHA Insurance,  VA
Guaranty,  bankruptcy bond or alternative  arrangements,  follow such collection
procedures  as are  customary  with respect to loans that are  comparable to the
Loans.  Consistent  with the above,  the Master Servicer may, in its discretion,
(i) waive any assumption  fee, late payment or other charge in connection with a
Loan and (ii) to the extent not inconsistent with the coverage of such Loan by a
Pool Insurance  Policy,  Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy,  FHA Insurance,  VA
Guaranty,  bankruptcy bond or alternative arrangements,  if applicable,  arrange
with a borrower a schedule for the liquidation of  delinquencies  running for no
more than 125 days after the applicable due date for each payment. To the extent
the Master  Servicer is  obligated  to make or cause to be made  Advances,  such
obligation will remain during any period of such an arrangement.

         In any case in which property  securing a Loan has been, or is about to
be,  conveyed by the  mortgagor or obligor,  the Master  Servicer  will,  to the
extent it has knowledge of such conveyance or proposed  conveyance,  exercise or
cause to be exercised its rights to  accelerate  the maturity of such Loan under
any  due-on-sale  clause  applicable  thereto,  but only if the exercise of such
rights is permitted by applicable  law and will not impair or threaten to impair
any recovery under any Primary Mortgage  Insurance  Policy.  If these conditions
are not met or if the Master  Servicer  reasonably  believes it is unable  under
applicable law to enforce such due-on-sale  clause or if such Loan is a mortgage
loan insured by the FHA or partially  guaranteed by the VA, the Master  Servicer
will enter  into or cause to be  entered  into an  assumption  and  modification
agreement  with the  person  to whom  such  property  has been or is about to be
conveyed, pursuant to which such person becomes liable for repayment of the Loan
and, to the extent  permitted by applicable  law, the mortgagor  remains  liable
thereon.  Any fee collected by or on behalf of the Master  Servicer for entering
into an  assumption  agreement  will be  retained  by or on behalf of the Master
Servicer as additional servicing compensation. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans -- Due-on-Sale Clauses". In connection with any such assumption, the terms
of the related Loan may not be changed.

         With respect to  Cooperative  Loans,  any  prospective  purchaser  will
generally  have to obtain the approval of the board of directors of the relevant
Cooperative  before purchasing the shares and acquiring rights under the related
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
Loans".  This approval is usually based on the purchaser's  income and net worth
and numerous other factors.  Although the Cooperative's  approval is unlikely to
be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  the necessity of acquiring such approval
could limit the number of potential  purchasers  for those shares and  otherwise
limit the Trust Fund's ability to sell and realize the value of those shares.

         In general a "tenant-stockholder" (as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2)
of a corporation that qualifies as a "cooperative  housing  corporation"  within
the meaning of Code Section 216(b)(1) is allowed a deduction for amounts paid or
accrued   within  his  taxable  year  to  the   corporation   representing   his
proportionate  share of certain interest  expenses and certain real estate taxes
allowable as a deduction under Code Section 216(a) to the corporation under Code
Sections 163 and 164. In order for a  corporation  to qualify under Code Section
216(b)(1)  for its taxable year in which such items are allowable as a deduction
to the corporation, such Section requires, among other things, that at least 80%
of the gross income of the  corporation be derived from its  tenant-stockholders
(as  defined in Code  Section  216(b)(2)).  By virtue of this  requirement,  the
status  of a  corporation  for  purposes  of  Code  Section  216(b)(1)  must  be
determined on a year-to-year basis. Consequently, there can be no assurance that
Cooperatives  relating to the Cooperative  Loans will qualify under such Section
for any particular  year. In the event that such a Cooperative  fails to qualify
for  one or more  years,  the  value  of the  collateral  securing  any  related
Cooperative Loans could be significantly  impaired because no deduction would be
allowable to tenant-stockholders under Code Section 216(a) with respect to those
years.   In   view  of  the   significance   of  the   tax   benefits   accorded
tenant-stockholders   of  a  corporation   that  qualifies  under  Code  Section
216(b)(1),  the  likelihood  that such a failure  would be permitted to continue
over a period of years appears remote.

HAZARD INSURANCE

         Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer will require the mortgagor or obligor on each Loan to maintain a
hazard  insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of the standard
form of fire insurance policy with extended  coverage  customary for the type of
Property in the state in which such  Property is located.  Such coverage will be
in an amount that is at least  equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum  insurable
value of the  improvements  securing  such Loan or (ii) the  greater  of (y) the
outstanding  principal  balance  of the Loan  and (z) an  amount  such  that the
proceeds of such policy shall be sufficient to prevent the mortgagor  and/or the
mortgagee  from  becoming a  co-insurer.  All  amounts  collected  by the Master
Servicer  under any  hazard  policy  (except  for  amounts  to be applied to the
restoration or repair of the Property or released to the mortgagor or obligor in
accordance  with the Master  Servicer's  normal  servicing  procedures)  will be
deposited in the related Security Account. In the event that the Master Servicer
maintains  a blanket  policy  insuring  against  hazard  losses on all the Loans
comprising  part of a  Trust  Fund,  it  will  conclusively  be  deemed  to have
satisfied its obligation  relating to the maintenance of hazard insurance.  Such
blanket  policy  may  contain a  deductible  clause,  in which  case the  Master
Servicer  will be  required  to  deposit  from its own  funds  into the  related
Security  Account the amounts  which would have been  deposited  therein but for
such clause.

         In general,  the  standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the improvements  securing a Loan by
fire, lightning,  explosion,  smoke,  windstorm and hail, riot, strike and civil
commotion,  subject to the  conditions  and  exclusions  particularized  in each
policy.  Although the policies  relating to the Loans may have been underwritten
by different  insurers under  different  state laws in accordance with different
applicable  forms and therefore may not contain  identical terms and conditions,
the basic terms  thereof are dictated by  respective  state laws,  and most such
policies  typically  do  not  cover  any  physical  damage  resulting  from  the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related
causes,  earth  movement  (including  earthquakes,  landslides  and mud  flows),
nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals,
theft and, in certain  cases,  vandalism and  hurricanes.  The foregoing list is
merely  indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be
all  inclusive.  If the  Property  securing  a Loan is  located  in a  federally
designated  special flood area at the time of  origination,  the Master Servicer
will require the mortgagor or obligor to obtain and maintain flood insurance.

         The hazard insurance  policies covering  properties  securing the Loans
typically  contain a clause which in effect  requires the insured at all time to
carry  insurance of a specified  percentage  (generally  80% to 90%) of the full
replacement value of the insured property in order to recover the full amount of
any  partial  loss.  If  the  insured's  coverage  falls  below  this  specified
percentage,  then the insurer's  liability in the event of partial loss will not
exceed the larger of (i) the actual cash value (generally defined as replacement
cost  at the  time  and  place  of  loss,  less  physical  depreciation)  of the
improvements  damaged or  destroyed or (ii) such  proportion  of the loss as the
amount  of  insurance  carried  bears to the  specified  percentage  of the full
replacement cost of such improvements.  Since the amount of hazard insurance the
Master  Servicer may cause to be  maintained  on the  improvements  securing the
Loans  declines as the  principal  balances  owing thereon  decrease,  and since
improved real estate  generally has  appreciated in value over time in the past,
the effect of this  requirement  in the event of partial loss may be that hazard
insurance  proceeds will be insufficient to restore fully the damaged  property.
If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a special hazard insurance
policy  will be  obtained  to insure  against  certain  of the  uninsured  risks
described above. See "Credit Enhancement".

         The Master  Servicer  will not require that a standard  hazard or flood
insurance  policy be  maintained  on the  cooperative  dwelling  relating to any
Cooperative  Loan.   Generally,   the  Cooperative  itself  is  responsible  for
maintenance of hazard  insurance for the property owned by the  Cooperative  and
the  tenant-stockholders  of that Cooperative do not maintain  individual hazard
insurance policies.  To the extent,  however, that a Cooperative and the related
borrower on a Cooperative Loan do not maintain such insurance or do not maintain
adequate  coverage or any insurance  proceeds are not applied to the restoration
of damaged property,  any damage to such borrower's cooperative dwelling or such
Cooperative's  building could  significantly  reduce the value of the collateral
securing  such  Cooperative  Loan to the  extent  not  covered  by other  credit
support.

         If the Property  securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds,  if
any, from the related hazard  insurance  policy are  insufficient to restore the
damaged Property, the Master Servicer is not required to expend its own funds to
restore the damaged Property unless it determines (i) that such restoration will
increase  the  proceeds  to  Securityholders  on  liquidation  of the Loan after
reimbursement  of the  Master  Servicer  for its  expenses  and (ii)  that  such
expenses  will  be  recoverable  by  it  from  related  Insurance   Proceeds  or
Liquidation Proceeds.

         If recovery on a defaulted Loan under any related  Insurance  Policy is
not available for the reasons set forth in the  preceding  paragraph,  or if the
defaulted Loan is not covered by an Insurance  Policy,  the Master Servicer will
be  obligated  to follow  or cause to be  followed  such  normal  practices  and
procedures  as it deems  necessary or  advisable  to realize upon the  defaulted
Loan. If the proceeds of any liquidation of the Property  securing the defaulted
Loan are less than the  principal  balance  of such Loan plus  interest  accrued
thereon that is payable to  Securityholders,  the Trust Fund will realize a loss
in the amount of such difference plus the aggregate of expenses  incurred by the
Master Servicer in connection with such  proceedings and which are  reimbursable
under the Agreement. In the unlikely event that any such proceedings result in a
total  recovery  which is,  after  reimbursement  to the Master  Servicer of its
expenses,  in excess of the principal balance of such Loan plus interest accrued
thereon that is payable to Securityholders, the Master Servicer will be entitled
to withdraw or retain from the Security Account amounts  representing its normal
servicing compensation with respect to such Loan and, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  amounts representing the balance of such
excess,  exclusive of any amount  required by law to be forwarded to the related
borrower, as additional servicing compensation.

         If the Master  Servicer or its  designee  recovers  Insurance  Proceeds
which,  when added to any related  Liquidation  Proceeds and after  deduction of
certain  expenses  reimbursable  to the Master  Servicer,  exceed the  principal
balance  of  such  Loan  plus  interest  accrued  thereon  that  is  payable  to
Securityholders, the Master Servicer will be entitled to withdraw or retain from
the Security Account amounts representing its normal servicing compensation with
respect to such Loan. In the event that the Master Servicer has expended its own
funds to restore the damaged  Property  and such funds have not been  reimbursed
under the related hazard insurance  policy, it will be entitled to withdraw from
the Security Account out of related  Liquidation  Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds
an amount equal to such  expenses  incurred by it, in which event the Trust Fund
may realize a loss up to the amount so charged.  Since Insurance Proceeds cannot
exceed  deficiency  claims and certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer,
no such  payment or  recovery  will result in a recovery to the Trust Fund which
exceeds the  principal  balance of the  defaulted  Loan  together  with  accrued
interest thereon. See "Credit Enhancement".

         The  proceeds  from any  liquidation  of a Loan will be  applied in the
following  order of priority:  first,  to reimburse the Master  Servicer for any
unreimbursed  expenses  incurred by it to restore the related  Property  and any
unreimbursed  servicing compensation payable to the Master Servicer with respect
to such Loan;  second,  to reimburse  the Master  Servicer for any  unreimbursed
Advances with respect to such Loan;  third,  to accrued and unpaid  interest (to
the extent no Advance has been made for such  amount) on such Loan;  and fourth,
as a recovery of principal of such Loan.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS

         Primary  Mortgage  Insurance  Policies.  If so specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master  Servicer  will  maintain  or  cause  to be
maintained,  as the case may be, in full force and  effect,  a Primary  Mortgage
Insurance  Policy with regard to each Loan for which such  coverage is required.
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies reimburse certain losses sustained by reason
of defaults in payments by  borrowers.  The Master  Servicer  will not cancel or
refuse to renew any such Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy in effect at the time
of the initial issuance of a Series of Securities that is required to be kept in
force under the applicable  Agreement  unless the replacement  Primary  Mortgage
Insurance  Policy for such cancelled or nonrenewed  policy is maintained with an
insurer whose claims-paying ability is sufficient to maintain the current rating
of the classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.

         FHA  Insurance;   VA  Guaranties.   Loans  designated  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  as  insured  by the FHA  will be  insured  by the FHA as
authorized under the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended.  In addition
to the Title I Program of the FHA,  see "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the Loans --
Title I Program,"  certain  Loans will be insured  under  various  FHA  programs
including the standard FHA 203(b) program to finance the  acquisition of one- to
four-family  housing units and the FHA 245 graduated  payment mortgage  program.
These programs  generally  limit the principal  amount and interest rates of the
mortgage  loans insured.  Loans insured by FHA generally  require a minimum down
payment of  approximately  5% of the original  principal  amount of the loan. No
FHA-insured  Loans  relating to a Series may have an  interest  rate or original
principal  amount exceeding the applicable FHA limits at the time of origination
of such loan.

         Loans designated in the related Prospectus  Supplement as guaranteed by
the  VA  will  be  partially   guaranteed  by  the  VA  under  the  Serviceman's
Readjustment  Act of  1944,  as  amended  (a "VA  Guaranty").  The  Serviceman's
Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, permits a veteran (or in certain instances
the spouse of a veteran) to obtain a mortgage  loan  guaranty by the VA covering
mortgage  financing of the purchase of a one- to  four-family  dwelling  unit at
interest  rates  permitted  by the VA. The program has no mortgage  loan limits,
requires no down payment from the purchaser and permits the guaranty of mortgage
loans of up to 30 years'  duration.  However,  no Loan guaranteed by the VA will
have an  original  principal  amount  greater  than five  times the  partial  VA
guaranty for such Loan. The maximum  guaranty that may be issued by the VA under
a VA guaranteed  mortgage loan depends upon the original principal amount of the
mortgage loan, as further described in 38 United States Code Section 1803(a), as
amended.

SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         The principal servicing  compensation to be paid to the Master Servicer
in respect of its master servicing activities for each Series of Securities will
be equal  to the  percentage  per  annum  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  (which  may vary under  certain  circumstances)  of the  outstanding
principal  balance of each Loan,  and such  compensation  will be retained by it
from collections of interest on such Loan in the related Trust Fund (the "Master
Servicing Fee"). As compensation for its servicing duties, a Sub-Servicer or, if
there is no  Sub-Servicer,  the Master  Servicer  will be  entitled to a monthly
servicing fee as described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition,
the  Master  Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer  will  retain  all  prepayment  charges,
assumption  fees  and  late  payment  charges,  to  the  extent  collected  from
borrowers,  and any  benefit  that may accrue as a result of the  investment  of
funds in the applicable  Security  Account  (unless  otherwise  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement).

         The  Master  Servicer  will,  to the  extent  provided  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  pay  or  cause  to be  paid  certain  ongoing  expenses
associated  with each  Trust  Fund and  incurred  by it in  connection  with its
responsibilities  under the related Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,
payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee, any custodian appointed by
the Trustee,  the  certificate  registrar and any paying  agent,  and payment of
expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of Sub-Servicers and Sellers. The
Master  Servicer  will be entitled  to  reimbursement  of  expenses  incurred in
enforcing the  obligations of  Sub-Servicers  and Sellers under certain  limited
circumstances.  Certain other expenses may be borne by the related Trust Fund as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

         Each  Agreement will provide that on or before a specified date in each
year, a firm of independent  public  accountants will furnish a statement to the
Trustee  to the  effect  that,  on the  basis of the  examination  by such  firm
conducted  substantially  in  compliance  with the  Uniform  Single  Attestation
Program for Mortgage  Bankers or the Audit  Program for  Mortgages  serviced for
FHLMC, the servicing by or on behalf of the Master Servicer of mortgage loans or
private  asset backed  securities,  or under  pooling and  servicing  agreements
substantially  similar to each  other  (including  the  related  Agreement)  was
conducted  in  compliance  with  such  agreements  except  for  any  significant
exceptions  or errors in records  that,  in the  opinion of the firm,  the Audit
Program for  Mortgages  serviced for FHLMC,  or the Uniform  Single  Attestation
Program  for  Mortgage  Bankers,  it is  required to report.  In  rendering  its
statement such firm may rely, as to matters  relating to the direct servicing of
Loans by Sub-Servicers,  upon comparable  statements for examinations  conducted
substantially  in compliance  with the Uniform  Single  Attestation  Program for
Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC (rendered
within one year of such  statement) of firms of independent  public  accountants
with respect to the related Sub-Servicer.

         Each  Agreement  will also provide for  delivery to the Trustee,  on or
before a  specified  date in each  year,  of an  annual  statement  signed by an
officer  of the Master  Servicer  to the effect  that the  Master  Servicer  has
fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding year.

         Copies of the annual  accountants'  statement  and the  statement of an
officer of the Master Servicer may be obtained by Securityholders of the related
Series without charge upon written request to the Master Servicer at the address
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE DEPOSITOR

         The Master  Servicer  under each  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  or
Master  Servicing  Agreement,  as  applicable,  will  be  named  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement. The entity serving as Master Servicer may be an affiliate
of the Depositor and may otherwise have normal business  relationships  with the
Depositor or the Depositor's affiliates.

         Each  Agreement  will provide  that the Master  Servicer may not resign
from its obligations and duties under the Agreement  except upon a determination
that its duties  thereunder are no longer  permissible under applicable law. The
Master Servicer may, however,  be removed from its obligations and duties as set
forth in the Agreement.  No such  resignation  will become  effective  until the
Trustee or a successor  servicer has assumed the Master  Servicer's  obligations
and duties under the Agreement.

         Each Agreement will further  provide that neither the Master  Servicer,
the  Depositor  nor any  director,  officer,  employee,  or agent of the  Master
Servicer or the Depositor  will be under any liability to the related Trust Fund
or Securityholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action in good faith  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  or for  errors in  judgment;
provided,  however, that neither the Master Servicer, the Depositor nor any such
person will be protected  against any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by  reason  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  in the
performance  of  duties  thereunder  or  by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of
obligations and duties thereunder.  Each Agreement will further provide that the
Master Servicer, the Depositor and any director,  officer,  employee or agent of
the Master Servicer or the Depositor will be entitled to  indemnification by the
related  Trust Fund and will be held  harmless  against any loss,  liability  or
expense  incurred in connection  with any legal action relating to the Agreement
or the  Securities,  other than any loss,  liability  or expense  related to any
specific  Loan or Loans  (except any such loss,  liability or expense  otherwise
reimbursable  pursuant  to the  Agreement)  and any loss,  liability  or expense
incurred by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance  of  duties  thereunder  or  by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of
obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, each Agreement will provide that
neither the Master  Servicer nor the Depositor  will be under any  obligation to
appear in,  prosecute or defend any legal action which is not  incidental to its
respective  responsibilities  under the  Agreement  and which in its opinion may
involve it in any expense or  liability.  The Master  Servicer or the  Depositor
may,  however,  in its  discretion  undertake  any such action which it may deem
necessary or desirable  with respect to the  Agreement and the rights and duties
of the parties thereto and the interests of the Securityholders  thereunder.  In
such  event,  the legal  expenses  and costs of such  action  and any  liability
resulting  therefrom will be expenses,  costs and  liabilities of the Trust Fund
and the Master  Servicer or the Depositor,  as the case may be, will be entitled
to  be   reimbursed   therefor   out  of  funds   otherwise   distributable   to
Securityholders.

         Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
person  into which the Master  Servicer  may be merged or  consolidated,  or any
person  resulting from any merger or  consolidation to which the Master Servicer
is a party,  or any person  succeeding  to the business of the Master  Servicer,
will be the successor of the Master Servicer under each Agreement, provided that
such person is qualified to sell mortgage  loans to, and service  mortgage loans
on behalf of, FNMA or FHLMC and further provided that such merger, consolidation
or succession  does not adversely  affect the then current  rating or ratings of
the class or classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

         Pooling and Servicing Agreement;  Master Servicing Agreement. Except as
otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  Events of Default
under each Agreement  will consist of (i) any failure by the Master  Servicer to
distribute  or cause to be  distributed  to  Securityholders  of any  class  any
required  payment which  continues  unremedied for five days after the giving of
written  notice of such  failure to the Master  Servicer  by the  Trustee or the
Depositor,  or to the Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor  and the  Trustee by the
holders of  Securities of such class  evidencing  not less than 25% of the total
distributions allocated to such class ("Percentage Interests"); (ii) any failure
by the Master Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any of
its other  covenants or agreements in the  Agreement,  which failure  materially
affects the rights of Securityholders  and continues  unremedied for thirty days
after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer by the
Trustee or the  Depositor,  or to the Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor  and the
Trustee by the holders of Securities of any class  evidencing  not less than 25%
of the aggregate Percentage Interests constituting such class; and (iii) certain
events  of  insolvency,   readjustment  of  debt,   marshalling  of  assets  and
liabilities  or similar  proceeding  and certain  actions by or on behalf of the
Master Servicer  indicating its insolvency,  reorganization  or inability to pay
its obligations.

         If specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Agreement will
permit the  Trustee to sell the Trust  Fund  Assets and the other  assets of the
Trust  Fund  described  under  "Credit  Enhancement"  herein in the  event  that
payments in respect thereto are  insufficient  to make payments  required in the
Agreement.   The  assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  will  be  sold  only  under  the
circumstances and in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, so long
as an Event of Default under an Agreement remains  unremedied,  the Depositor or
the Trustee may,  and at the  direction  of holders of  Securities  of any class
evidencing  not  less  than  66  2/3%  of  the  aggregate  Percentage  Interests
constituting  such class and under such other  circumstances as may be specified
in such Agreement, the Trustee shall terminate all of the rights and obligations
of the Master  Servicer  under the Agreement  relating to such Trust Fund and in
and to the related Trust Fund Assets,  whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all
of the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Master Servicer under the
Agreement,  including,  if specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
obligation  to make  Advances,  and will be  entitled  to  similar  compensation
arrangements. In the event that the Trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it
may appoint,  or petition a court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment
of,  a  mortgage  loan  servicing  institution  with  a  net  worth  of a  least
$10,000,000  to act as successor  to the Master  Servicer  under the  Agreement.
Pending such appointment,  the Trustee is obligated to act in such capacity. The
Trustee and any such successor may agree upon the servicing  compensation  to be
paid,  which in no event may be  greater  than the  compensation  payable to the
Master Servicer under the Agreement.

         Unless  otherwise  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  no
Securityholder,  solely by virtue of such holder's  status as a  Securityholder,
will have any right under any Agreement to institute any proceeding with respect
to such  Agreement,  unless  such  holder  previously  has given to the  Trustee
written  notice of default and unless the holders of  Securities of any class of
such  Series  evidencing  not  less  than 66 2/3%  of the  aggregate  Percentage
Interests  constituting such class have made written request upon the Trustee to
institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee thereunder and have offered
to the Trustee reasonable  indemnity,  and the Trustee for 60 days has neglected
or refused to institute any such proceeding.

         Indenture.  Except as  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  Events of  Default  under the  Indenture  for each  Series of Notes
include:  (i) a default in the  payment of any  principal  of or interest on any
Note of such Series which continues unremedied for five days after the giving of
written  notice of such default is given as specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement;  (ii) failure to perform in any material  respect any other covenant
of the Depositor or the Trust Fund in the Indenture which continues for a period
of  thirty  (30) days  after  notice  thereof  is given in  accordance  with the
procedures described in the related Prospectus Supplement;  (iii) certain events
of bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership or liquidation of the Depositor or the
Trust Fund; or (iv) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Notes of
that Series  including  but not  limited to certain  defaults on the part of the
issuer, if any, of a credit enhancement instrument supporting such Notes.

         If an Event of Default  with  respect to the Notes of any Series at the
time outstanding occurs and is continuing,  either the Trustee or the holders of
a majority of the then aggregate  outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series
may  declare  the  principal  amount  (or,  if the Notes of that  Series have an
interest rate of 0%, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in
the terms of that Series, as provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement) of
all the Notes of such Series to be due and payable immediately. Such declaration
may,  under certain  circumstances,  be rescinded and annulled by the holders of
more than 50% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.

         If,  following an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Notes,
the Notes of such Series have been  declared to be due and payable,  the Trustee
may, in its discretion,  notwithstanding  such  acceleration,  elect to maintain
possession of the  collateral  securing the Notes of such Series and to continue
to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration if such collateral  continues to provide  sufficient  funds for the
payment of  principal  of and interest on the Notes of such Series as they would
have  become  due if there had not been such a  declaration.  In  addition,  the
Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the Notes of
a Series  following an Event of Default,  other than a default in the payment of
any  principal  or  interest  on any Note of such  Series for five days or more,
unless (a) the holders of 100% of the Percentage  Interests of the Notes of such
Series consent to such sale,  (b) the proceeds of such sale or  liquidation  are
sufficient to pay in full the principal of and accrued interest, due and unpaid,
on the  outstanding  Notes of such  Series  at the date of such  sale or (c) the
Trustee  determines that such  collateral  would not be sufficient on an ongoing
basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments  would have become due
if such Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Trustee obtains the
consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of the  Percentage  Interests  of the Notes of
such Series.

         In the event that the Trustee  liquidates  the collateral in connection
with an  Event of  Default  involving  a  default  for five  days or more in the
payment of  principal  of or  interest on the Notes of a Series,  the  Indenture
provides  that the  Trustee  will have a prior lien on the  proceeds of any such
liquidation  for unpaid fees and expenses.  As a result,  upon the occurrence of
such  an  Event  of  Default,  the  amount  available  for  distribution  to the
Noteholders would be less than would otherwise be the case. However, the Trustee
may not  institute  a  proceeding  for the  enforcement  of its lien  except  in
connection  with a proceeding  for the  enforcement of the lien of the Indenture
for the  benefit of the  Noteholders  after the  occurrence  of such an Event of
Default.

         Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  in
the event the principal of the Notes of a Series is declared due and payable, as
described above, the holders of any such Notes issued at a discount from par may
be  entitled  to  receive no more than an amount  equal to the unpaid  principal
amount thereof less the amount of such discount which is unamortized.

         Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of
the  Trustee,  in case an Event of Default  shall occur and be  continuing  with
respect  to a Series of  Notes,  the  Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction  of any of the holders of Notes of such  Series,  unless such  holders
offered to the Trustee  security  or  indemnity  satisfactory  to it against the
costs,  expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with
such request or direction.  Subject to such provisions for  indemnification  and
certain limitations contained in the Indenture, the holders of a majority of the
then  aggregate  outstanding  amount of the Notes of such Series  shall have the
right to direct the time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising  any trust or power  conferred on
the  Trustee  with  respect to the Notes of such  Series,  and the  holders of a
majority of the then  aggregate  outstanding  amount of the Notes of such Series
may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto,  except a default
in the payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the holders of the outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.

AMENDMENT

         Except as  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
each  Agreement  may be amended by the  Depositor,  the Master  Servicer and the
Trustee,  without  the  consent of any of the  Securityholders,  (i) to cure any
ambiguity  or mistake;  (ii) to correct any  defective  provision  therein or to
supplement  any  provision  therein  which  may be  inconsistent  with any other
provision  therein;  (iii) to add to the duties of the Depositor,  the Seller or
the Master Servicer; (iv) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising thereunder or (v) to modify,  alter,  amend, add to or rescind
any of the terms or provisions contained in such Agreement;  provided,  however,
that any such  action  pursuant  to  clauses  (iv) or (v)  above,  will not,  as
evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Securityholder;  provided,  however, that no opinion of counsel
will be required if the person  requesting such amendment  obtains a letter from
each Rating Agency  requested to rate the class or classes of Securities of such
Series  stating  that  such  amendment  will not  result in the  downgrading  or
withdrawal  of the  respective  ratings  then  assigned to such  Securities.  In
addition, if a REMIC or FASIT election is made with respect to a Trust Fund, the
related  Agreement  may be  amended to  modify,  eliminate  or add to any of its
provisions  to such  extent as may be  necessary  or  helpful  to  maintain  the
qualification  of the  related  Trust  Fund as a REMIC or as a  FASIT,  avoid or
minimize  the  risk of the  imposition  of any tax on the  REMIC  or FASIT or to
comply  with any other  provision  of the Code,  provided  that the  Trustee has
received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  action is  necessary  or
helpful to maintain such qualification, avoid or minimize the risk of imposition
of such a tax or comply with any such  requirement  of the Code, as the case may
be. Except as otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Agreement  may also be amended by the  Depositor,  the Master  Servicer  and the
Trustee with the consent of holders of Securities of such Series  evidencing not
less than 66 2/3% of the aggregate  Percentage  Interests of each class affected
thereby for the purpose of adding any  provisions to or changing in an manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of the Agreement or of modifying in any manner
the rights of the holders of the related Securities;  provided, however, that no
such  amendment  may (i)  reduce in any manner the amount of or delay the timing
of,  payments  received on Loans which are  required  to be  distributed  on any
Security  without the  consent of the holder of such  Security,  (ii)  adversely
affect in any  material  respect  the  interests  of the holders of any class of
Securities  in a manner  other than as described  in the  immediately  preceding
clause  (i),  without the  consent of the  holders of  Securities  of such class
evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the Percentage  Interests of such class,  or
(iii) reduce the aforesaid  percentage of Securities of any class the holders of
which are required to consent to any such  amendment  without the consent of the
holders  of all  Securities  of  such  class  covered  by  such  Agreement  then
outstanding.  If a REMIC or FASIT election is made with respect to a Trust Fund,
the  Trustee  will not be  entitled  to consent to an  amendment  to the related
Agreement without having first received an opinion of counsel to the effect that
such  amendment  will not cause such Trust Fund to fail to qualify as a REMIC or
as a FASIT, as the case may be.

TERMINATION; OPTIONAL TERMINATION

         Pooling and Servicing  Agreement;  Trust  Agreement.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the related Agreement,  the obligations created by each Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  and Trust  Agreement  for each Series of  Securities  will
terminate upon the payment to the related Securityholders of all amounts held in
the Security  Account or by the Master  Servicer and required to be paid to them
pursuant to such  Agreement  following  the later of (i) the final payment of or
other  liquidation of the last of the Trust Fund Assets  subject  thereto or the
disposition  of all property  acquired upon  foreclosure  of any such Trust Fund
Assets  remaining in the Trust Fund and (ii) the purchase by the Master Servicer
or, if specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  by the holder of a call
right with  respect to the Trust Fund  Assets  after the  passage of a specified
period of time or after the  principal  balance of the Trust Fund  Assets or the
Securities has been reduced to a specified level.

         Unless otherwise  specified by the related Prospectus  Supplement,  any
such  purchase  of Trust Fund Assets and  property  acquired in respect of Trust
Fund  Assets  will be made at the  option of the Master  Servicer  or such other
person at a price specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  The exercise
of such right will effect early retirement of the Securities of that Series, but
the right of the Master  Servicer or such other person to so purchase is subject
to the  principal  balance of the related  Trust Fund Assets being less than the
percentage  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  of the  aggregate
principal  balance of the Trust Fund Assets at the Cut-off  Date for the Series.
The foregoing is subject to the provision  that if a REMIC election is made with
respect to a Trust Fund,  any  repurchase  pursuant to clause (ii) above will be
made only in connection  with a "qualified  liquidation" of the REMIC within the
meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.

         Indenture. The Indenture will be discharged with respect to a Series of
Notes  (except  with  respect  to certain  continuing  rights  specified  in the
Indenture) upon the delivery to the Trustee for cancellation of all the Notes of
such Series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all of the Notes of such Series.

         In addition to such discharge with certain  limitations,  the Indenture
will provide that, if so specified with respect to the Notes of any Series,  the
related Trust Fund will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of
the Notes of such Series (except for certain  obligations  relating to temporary
Notes and exchange of Notes,  to register  the transfer of or exchange  Notes of
such  Series,  to replace  stolen,  lost or mutilated  Notes of such Series,  to
maintain  paying  agencies  and to hold  monies for  payment in trust)  upon the
deposit with the Trustee,  in trust,  of money and/or direct  obligations  of or
obligations guaranteed by the United States of America which through the payment
of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will
provide  money  in an  amount  sufficient  to pay  the  principal  of  and  each
installment  of  interest  on the  Notes of such  Series  on the last  scheduled
Distribution  Date for such Notes and any  installment of interest on such Notes
in accordance  with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes of such Series.  In
the event of any such defeasance and discharge of Notes of such Series,  holders
of Notes of such Series would be able to look only to such money  and/or  direct
obligations for payment of principal and interest,  if any, on their Notes until
maturity.

THE TRUSTEE

         The  Trustee  under  each  Agreement  will be named  in the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement.  The commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee
may have normal banking  relationships  with the Depositor,  the Master Servicer
and any of their respective affiliates.

                       CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS

         The  following  discussion  contains  summaries,  which are  general in
nature,  of certain  legal  matters  relating to the Loans.  Because  such legal
aspects are governed  primarily by  applicable  state law (which laws may differ
substantially),  the  descriptions do not,  except as expressly  provided below,
reflect the laws of any particular  state,  nor encompass the laws of all states
in which the security for the Loans is situated.  The descriptions are qualified
in  their  entirety  by  reference  to  the  applicable  federal  laws  and  the
appropriate laws of the states in which Loans may be originated.

GENERAL

         The Loans for a Series  may be  secured  by deeds of trust,  mortgages,
security deeds or deeds to secure debt,  depending upon the prevailing  practice
in the state in which the  property  subject  to the loan is  located.  Deeds of
trust are used almost exclusively in California instead of mortgages. A mortgage
creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the mortgage,  which lien is
generally not prior to the lien for real estate taxes and assessments.  Priority
between mortgages depends on their terms and generally on the order of recording
with a state  or  county  office.  There  are two  parties  to a  mortgage,  the
mortgagor,  who is the borrower  and owner of the  mortgaged  property,  and the
mortgagee,  who is the lender.  Under the  mortgage  instrument,  the  mortgagor
delivers to the  mortgagee a note or bond and the  mortgage.  Although a deed of
trust is similar to a mortgage,  a deed of trust formally has three parties, the
borrower-property  owner called the trustor  (similar to a mortgagor),  a lender
(similar to a  mortgagee)  called the  beneficiary,  and a  third-party  grantee
called the trustee.  Under a deed of trust,  the borrower  grants the  property,
irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with a power of sale, to
the trustee to secure payment of the  obligation.  A security deed and a deed to
secure  debt are special  types of deeds which  indicate on their face that they
are granted to secure an  underlying  debt. By executing a security deed or deed
to secure debt,  the grantor  conveys title to, as opposed to merely  creating a
lien upon, the subject property to the grantee until such time as the underlying
debt is repaid.  The trustee's  authority under a deed of trust, the mortgagee's
authority under a mortgage and the grantee's  authority under a security deed or
deed to secure  debt are  governed  by law and,  with  respect  to some deeds of
trust, the directions of the beneficiary.

         Cooperatives.  Certain  of the  Loans  may be  Cooperative  Loans.  The
Cooperative owns all the real property that comprises the project, including the
land,  separate dwelling units and all common areas. The Cooperative is directly
responsible for project  management  and, in most cases,  payment of real estate
taxes and hazard and liability insurance.  If there is a blanket mortgage on the
Cooperative  and/or  underlying land, as is generally the case, the Cooperative,
as  project   mortgagor,   is  also   responsible  for  meeting  these  mortgage
obligations.  A blanket  mortgage is ordinarily  incurred by the  Cooperative in
connection  with the  construction  or purchase of the  Cooperative's  apartment
building.  The interest of the occupant  under  proprietary  leases or occupancy
agreements to which that Cooperative is a party are generally subordinate to the
interest  of the  holder  of the  blanket  mortgage  in  that  building.  If the
Cooperative is unable to meet the payment  obligations arising under its blanket
mortgage,  the mortgagee  holding the blanket  mortgage could  foreclose on that
mortgage  and  terminate  all  subordinate   proprietary  leases  and  occupancy
agreements.  In  addition,  the blanket  mortgage on a  Cooperative  may provide
financing  in the  form of a  mortgage  that  does  not  fully  amortize  with a
significant  portion of principal  being due in one lump sum at final  maturity.
The inability of the  Cooperative  to refinance this mortgage and its consequent
inability to make such final payment could lead to  foreclosure by the mortgagee
providing  the  financing.  A  foreclosure  in either event by the holder of the
blanket  mortgage  could  eliminate or  significantly  diminish the value of any
collateral  held by the  lender  who  financed  the  purchase  by an  individual
tenant-stockholder  of  Cooperative  shares  or,  in the  case of a  Trust  Fund
including Cooperative Loans, the collateral securing the Cooperative Loans.

         The Cooperative is owned by tenant-stockholders  who, through ownership
of  stock,  shares  or  membership  certificates  in  the  corporation,  receive
proprietary  leases or occupancy  agreements  which confer  exclusive  rights to
occupy specific units.  Generally,  a  tenant-stockholder  of a Cooperative must
make a monthly payment to the Cooperative representing such tenant-stockholder's
pro rata share of the  Cooperative's  payments  for its blanket  mortgage,  real
property taxes,  maintenance expenses and other capital or ordinary expenses. An
ownership interest in a Cooperative and accompanying  rights is financed through
a  Cooperative  share  loan  evidenced  by a  promissory  note and  secured by a
security  interest in the occupancy  agreement or  proprietary  lease and in the
related Cooperative shares. The lender takes possession of the share certificate
and a  counterpart  of the  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy  agreement,  and a
financing  statement  covering the proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement and
the Cooperative  shares is filed in the  appropriate  state and local offices to
perfect the  lender's  interest in its  collateral.  Subject to the  limitations
discussed below, upon default of the tenant-stockholder,  the lender may sue for
judgment  on the  promissory  note,  dispose  of the  collateral  at a public or
private sale or otherwise  proceed against the collateral or  tenant-stockholder
as an individual as provided in the security  agreement  covering the assignment
of the  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement and the pledge of Cooperative
shares.

FORECLOSURE

         Deed of Trust. Foreclosure of a deed of trust is generally accomplished
by a  non-judicial  sale under a specific  provision  in the deed of trust which
authorizes  the trustee to sell the property at public  auction upon any default
by the borrower under the terms of the note or deed of trust. In certain states,
such  foreclosure  also may be  accomplished  by  judicial  action in the manner
provided for  foreclosure of mortgages.  In addition to any notice  requirements
contained in a deed of trust, in some states (such as  California),  the trustee
must record a notice of default and send a copy to the borrower-trustor,  to any
person who has recorded a request for a copy of any notice of default and notice
of  sale,  to  any  successor  in  interest  to  the  borrower-trustor,  to  the
beneficiary  of any junior deed of trust and to certain other  persons.  In some
states (including  California),  the borrower-trustor has the right to reinstate
the loan at any time following  default until shortly before the trustee's sale.
In general, the borrower, or any other person having a junior encumbrance on the
real estate, may, during a statutorily  prescribed  reinstatement period, cure a
monetary  default by paying the entire  amount in arrears plus other  designated
costs and expenses  incurred in enforcing the obligation.  Generally,  state law
controls  the amount of  foreclosure  expenses and costs,  including  attorney's
fees,  which may be recovered by a lender.  After the  reinstatement  period has
expired without the default having been cured, the borrower or junior lienholder
no longer has the right to  reinstate  the loan and must pay the loan in full to
prevent the scheduled  foreclosure  sale. If the deed of trust is not reinstated
within any applicable  cure period,  a notice of sale must be posted in a public
place and,  in most  states  (including  California),  published  for a specific
period of time in one or more newspapers.  In addition,  some state laws require
that a copy of the  notice  of sale be posted  on the  property  and sent to all
parties having an interest of record in the real property.

         Mortgages.  Foreclosure  of a mortgage  is  generally  accomplished  by
judicial action.  The action is initiated by the service of legal pleadings upon
all parties having an interest in the real property. Delays in completion of the
foreclosure may  occasionally  result from  difficulties  in locating  necessary
parties.  Judicial foreclosure proceedings are often not contested by any of the
parties.  When the  mortgagee's  right to  foreclosure  is contested,  the legal
proceedings  necessary  to resolve  the issue can be time  consuming.  After the
completion of a judicial  foreclosure  proceeding,  the court generally issues a
judgment of foreclosure and appoints a referee or other court officer to conduct
the sale of the  property.  In some states,  mortgages may also be foreclosed by
advertisement, pursuant to a power of sale provided in the mortgage.

         Although  foreclosure  sales are typically public sales,  frequently no
third  party  purchaser  bids in  excess of the  lender's  lien  because  of the
difficulty  of  determining  the  exact  status  of title to the  property,  the
possible deterioration of the property during the foreclosure  proceedings and a
requirement  that the  purchaser  pay for the  property in cash or by  cashier's
check. Thus the foreclosing lender often purchases the property from the trustee
or referee for an amount equal to the  principal  amount  outstanding  under the
loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure in which event
the  mortgagor's  debt will be  extinguished  or the lender may  purchase  for a
lesser  amount in order to  preserve  its right  against  a  borrower  to seek a
deficiency  judgment in states  where such  judgment is  available.  Thereafter,
subject  to the right of the  borrower  in some  states to remain in  possession
during the  redemption  period,  the lender will assume the burden of ownership,
including  obtaining hazard insurance and making such repairs at its own expense
as are  necessary  to render the  property  suitable  for sale.  The lender will
commonly  obtain the  services  of a real  estate  broker  and pay the  broker's
commission in connection  with the sale of the property.  Depending  upon market
conditions,  the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not equal the
lender's  investment in the property.  Any loss may be reduced by the receipt of
any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.

         Courts have imposed  general  equitable  principles  upon  foreclosure,
which are generally  designed to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower
of the borrower's defaults under the loan documents. Some courts have been faced
with the issue of whether federal or state constitutional  provisions reflecting
due process concerns for fair notice require that borrowers under deeds of trust
receive notice longer than that prescribed by statute.  For the most part, these
cases have upheld the notice  provisions as being  reasonable or have found that
the sale by a trustee  under a deed of trust does not involve  sufficient  state
action to afford constitutional protection to the borrower.

         When the beneficiary under a junior mortgage or deed of trust cures the
default  and  reinstates  or  redeems  by paying  the full  amount of the senior
mortgage  or deed of trust,  the amount  paid by the  beneficiary  so to cure or
redeem becomes a part of the indebtedness secured by the junior mortgage or deed
of trust. See "Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees" below.

         Cooperative    Loans.    The   Cooperative    shares   owned   by   the
tenant-stockholder  and pledged to the lender are, in almost all cases,  subject
to  restrictions  on transfer as set forth in the  Cooperative's  certificate of
incorporation  and  bylaws,  as  well  as the  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy
agreement,  and  may  be  cancelled  by  the  Cooperative  for  failure  by  the
tenant-stockholder  to pay rent or other  obligations  or  charges  owed by such
tenant-stockholder, including mechanics' liens against the cooperative apartment
building incurred by such tenant-stockholder. The proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement generally permits the Cooperative to terminate such lease or agreement
in the event an obligor fails to make payments or defaults in the performance of
covenants required thereunder.  Typically,  the lender and the Cooperative enter
into a recognition  agreement  which  establishes  the rights and obligations of
both  parties  in  the  event  of a  default  by the  tenant-stockholder  on its
obligations under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. A default by the
tenant-stockholder  under the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement  will
usually constitute a default under the security agreement between the lender and
the tenant-stockholder.

         The recognition  agreement  generally  provides that, in the event that
the  tenant-stockholder  has defaulted under the proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement,  the  Cooperative  will  take no action to  terminate  such  lease or
agreement  until the lender has been  provided with an  opportunity  to cure the
default.  The recognition  agreement  typically provides that if the proprietary
lease or occupancy  agreement is terminated,  the Cooperative will recognize the
lender's  lien  against  proceeds  from the sale of the  Cooperative  apartment,
subject,  however, to the Cooperative's right to sums due under such proprietary
lease or occupancy  agreement.  The total amount owed to the  Cooperative by the
tenant-stockholder,  which the lender  generally  cannot  restrict  and does not
monitor,  could  reduce  the  value  of the  collateral  below  the  outstanding
principal  balance of the  Cooperative  Loan and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest
thereon.

         Recognition  agreements also provide that in the event of a foreclosure
on a  Cooperative  Loan,  the lender must obtain the  approval or consent of the
Cooperative  as  required  by the  proprietary  lease  before  transferring  the
Cooperative shares or assigning the proprietary lease. Generally,  the lender is
not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess the tenant-stockholders.

         In some states,  foreclosure on the Cooperative  shares is accomplished
by a sale  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Article  9 of the  Uniform
Commercial Code (the "UCC") and the security agreement relating to those shares.
Article  9 of the UCC  requires  that a sale  be  conducted  in a  "commercially
reasonable"  manner.  Whether  a  foreclosure  sale  has  been  conducted  in  a
"commercially  reasonable"  manner  will  depend on the facts in each  case.  In
determining commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the
debtor  and the  method,  manner,  time,  place  and  terms of the  foreclosure.
Generally,  a sale  conducted  according to the usual  practice of banks selling
similar collateral will be considered reasonably conducted.

         Article 9 of the UCC  provides  that the  proceeds  of the sale will be
applied  first to pay the costs and expenses of the sale and then to satisfy the
indebtedness  secured  by  the  lender's  security  interest.   The  recognition
agreement,  however, generally provides that the lender's right to reimbursement
is  subject  to the  right of the  Cooperative  to  receive  sums due  under the
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement.  If there are proceeds remaining,  the
lender must account to the tenant-stockholder for the surplus.  Conversely, if a
portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the  tenant-stockholder is generally
responsible  for the  deficiency.  See "Anti-  Deficiency  Legislation and Other
Limitations on Lenders" below.

         In the case of  foreclosure  on a building  which was converted  from a
rental building to a building owned by a Cooperative under a non-eviction  plan,
some states  require  that a purchaser at a  foreclosure  sale take the property
subject to rent  control  and rent  stabilization  laws  which  apply to certain
tenants who elected to remain in the building but who did not purchase shares in
the Cooperative when the building was so converted.

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

         Real  property  pledged  as  security  to a lender  may be  subject  to
unforeseen environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states,  contamination
of a property  may give rise to a lien on the  property to assure the payment of
the costs of clean-up.  In several states such a lien has priority over the lien
of an existing  mortgage against such property.  In addition,  under the federal
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act of 1980
("CERCLA"), the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") may impose
a lien on property where EPA has incurred clean-up costs. However, a CERCLA lien
is subordinate to pre-existing, perfected security interests.

         Under the laws of some states, and under CERCLA, it is conceivable that
a secured lender may be held liable as an "owner" or "operator" for the costs of
addressing  releases  or  threatened  releases  of  hazardous  substances  at  a
Property,  even though the environmental  damage or threat was caused by a prior
or current owner or operator. CERCLA imposes liability for such costs on any and
all  "responsible  parties,"  including  owners or  operators.  However,  CERCLA
excludes from the definition of "owner or operator" a secured creditor who holds
indicia of ownership  primarily to protect its security  interest  (the "secured
creditor  exclusion")  but  without  "participating  in the  management"  of the
Property.  Thus,  if a  lender's  activities  begin to  encroach  on the  actual
management  of a  contaminated  facility  or  property,  the  lender  may  incur
liability  as an  "owner  or  operator"  under  CERCLA.  Similarly,  if a lender
forecloses  and takes title to a contaminated  facility or property,  the lender
may incur CERCLA liability in various circumstances,  including, but not limited
to, when it holds the facility or property as an investment  (including  leasing
the facility or property to third  party),  or fails to market the property in a
timely fashion.

         Whether actions taken by a lender would constitute participation in the
management  of a mortgaged  property,  or the  business of a borrower,  so as to
render the secured creditor exemption  unavailable to a lender has been a matter
of judicial  interpretation of the statutory language,  and court decisions have
been  inconsistent.  In 1990,  the Court of  Appeals  for the  Eleventh  Circuit
suggested  that the mere  capacity  of the  lender  to  influence  a  borrower's
decisions   regarding   disposal  of   hazardous   substances   was   sufficient
participation  in  the  management  of  the  borrower's  business  to  deny  the
protection of the secured creditor exemption to the lender.

         This  ambiguity  appears to have been  resolved by the enactment of the
Asset  Conservation,  Lender Liability and Deposit  Insurance  Protection Act of
1996, which was signed into law by President Clinton on September 30, 1996. This
legislation  provides  that in order to be  deemed to have  participated  in the
management of a mortgaged  property,  a lender must actually  participate in the
operational  affairs of the  property  or the  borrower.  The  legislation  also
provides that  participation  in the management of the property does not include
"merely  having the  capacity to  influence,  or  unexercised  right to control"
operations.  Rather,  a lender will lose the protection of the secured  creditor
exemption  only if it  exercises  decision-making  control  over the  borrower's
environmental   compliance  and  hazardous   substance   handling  and  disposal
practices,  or assumes day-to-day management of all operational functions of the
mortgaged property.

         If a  lender  is  or  becomes  liable,  it  can  bring  an  action  for
contribution against any other "responsible parties," including a previous owner
or operator, who created the environmental hazard, but those persons or entities
may  be  bankrupt  or  otherwise  judgment  proof.  The  costs  associated  with
environmental  cleanup may be  substantial.  It is  conceivable  that such costs
arising  from the  circumstances  set  forth  above  would  result  in a loss to
Certificateholders.

         CERCLA does not apply to petroleum  products,  and the secured creditor
exclusion  does not govern  liability for cleanup costs under federal laws other
than CERCLA, in particular  Subtitle I of the federal Resource  Conservation and
Recovery Act  ("RCRA"),  which  regulates  underground  petroleum  storage tanks
(except  heating oil tanks).  The EPA has  adopted a lender  liability  rule for
underground storage tanks under Subtitle I of RCRA. Under such rule, a holder of
a security interest in an underground  storage tank or real property  containing
an  underground  storage tank is not  considered an operator of the  underground
storage tank as long as petroleum is not added to,  stored in or dispensed  from
the tank.  In  addition,  under the Asset  Conservation,  Lender  Liability  and
Deposit  Insurance  Protection Act of 1996, the protections  accorded to lenders
under  CERCLA  are  also  accorded  to the  holders  of  security  interests  in
underground  storage  tanks.  It should be noted,  however,  that  liability for
cleanup of petroleum  contamination  may be governed by state law, which may not
provide for any specific protection for secured creditors, or alternatively, may
not impose liability on secured creditors at all.

         Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  at
the time the  Loans  were  originated,  no  environmental  assessment  or a very
limited environmental assessment of the Properties was conducted.

RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION

         In some states,  after sale pursuant to a deed of trust or  foreclosure
of a mortgage,  the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory
period in which to redeem the property  from the  foreclosure  sale.  In certain
other states (including  California),  this right of redemption  applies only to
sales  following  judicial   foreclosure,   and  not  to  sales  pursuant  to  a
non-judicial  power of sale.  In most states  where the right of  redemption  is
available,  statutory  redemption  may occur  upon  payment  of the  foreclosure
purchase price,  accrued interest and taxes. In other states,  redemption may be
authorized  if the  former  borrower  pays only a portion  of the sums due.  The
effect of a statutory  right of  redemption  is to  diminish  the ability of the
lender to sell the  foreclosed  property.  The exercise of a right of redemption
would  defeat  the  title  of  any  purchaser  from  the  lender  subsequent  to
foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of
the  redemption  right is to force the lender to retain the property and pay the
expenses of ownership until the redemption period has run. In some states, there
is no right to redeem property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.

ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION; BANKRUPTCY LAWS; TAX LIENS

         Certain states have imposed  statutory and judicial  restrictions  that
limit the remedies of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a
mortgage. In some states, including California,  statutes and case law limit the
right of the  beneficiary or mortgagee to obtain a deficiency  judgment  against
borrowers  financing the purchase of their  residence or following  sale under a
deed of trust or certain other foreclosure proceedings. A deficiency judgment is
a personal  judgment  against the borrower equal in most cases to the difference
between  the  amount due to the  lender  and the fair  market  value of the real
property  at the time of the  foreclosure  sale.  In certain  states,  including
California,  if a lender  simultaneously  originates  a loan secured by a senior
lien on a  particular  property  and a loan secured by a junior lien on the same
property,  such a lender as the holder of the junior lien may be precluded  from
obtaining a  deficiency  judgment  with  respect to the excess of the  aggregate
amount owed under both such loans over the  proceeds of any sale under a deed of
trust or other foreclosure proceedings. As a result of these prohibitions, it is
anticipated  that in  most  instances  the  Master  Servicer  will  utilize  the
non-judicial  foreclosure remedy and will not seek deficiency  judgments against
defaulting borrowers.

         Some state statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
In certain other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action
against  the  borrower  on the debt  without  first  exhausting  such  security;
however,  in some of  these  states,  the  lender,  following  judgment  on such
personal  action,  may be deemed to have  elected a remedy and may be  precluded
from  exercising  remedies  with  respect  to the  security.  Consequently,  the
practical effect of the election requirement,  when applicable,  is that lenders
will usually  proceed first against the security rather than bringing a personal
action against the borrower.  In some states,  exceptions to the anti-deficiency
statutes are provided for in certain  instances  where the value of the lender's
security has been impaired by acts or omissions of the borrower, for example, in
the event of waste of the property.  Finally,  other statutory  provisions limit
any deficiency judgment against the former borrower following a foreclosure sale
to the excess of the outstanding debt over the fair market value of the property
at the time of the public  sale.  The purpose of these  statutes is generally to
prevent a beneficiary or a mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency  judgment
against  the former  borrower  as a result of low or no bids at the  foreclosure
sale.

         Generally,  Article 9 of the UCC  governs  foreclosure  on  Cooperative
shares and the related  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.  Some courts
have interpreted  section 9-504 of the UCC to prohibit a deficiency award unless
the creditor  establishes that the sale of the collateral (which, in the case of
a  Cooperative  Loan,  would be the shares of the  Cooperative  and the  related
proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement)  was  conducted  in a  commercially
reasonable manner.

         In addition to anti-deficiency and related legislation,  numerous other
federal and state statutory  provisions,  including the federal bankruptcy laws,
and state laws  affording  relief to debtors,  may interfere  with or affect the
ability  of the  secured  mortgage  lender to  realize  upon its  security.  For
example,  in a proceeding  under the Bankruptcy Code, a lender may not foreclose
on a mortgaged  property  without the  permission of the bankruptcy  court.  The
rehabilitation  plan  proposed  by the  debtor  may  provide,  if the  mortgaged
property is not the debtor's  principal  residence and the court determines that
the value of the mortgaged  property is less than the  principal  balance of the
mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured indebtedness to the value of the
mortgaged  property  as of the  date  of  the  commencement  of the  bankruptcy,
rendering the lender a general unsecured  creditor for the difference,  and also
may reduce the monthly payments due under such mortgage loan, change the rate of
interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule.  The effect of any such
proceedings  under  the  Bankruptcy  Code,  including  but  not  limited  to any
automatic  stay,  could  result  in delays in  receiving  payments  on the Loans
underlying a Series of  Securities  and  possible  reductions  in the  aggregate
amount of such payments.

         The  federal  tax laws  provide  priority to certain tax liens over the
lien of a mortgage or secured party.

DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  each
conventional Loan will contain a due-on-sale clause which will generally provide
that if the mortgagor or obligor sells,  transfers or conveys the Property,  the
loan or contract may be  accelerated  by the mortgagee or secured  party.  Court
decisions and  legislative  actions have placed  substantial  restriction on the
right of lenders to enforce  such  clauses in many  states.  For  instance,  the
California  Supreme  Court in August  1978 held that  due-on-sale  clauses  were
generally  unenforceable.  However, the Garn-St Germain Depository  Institutions
Act of 1982 (the "Garn-St Germain Act"), subject to certain exceptions, preempts
state  constitutional,  statutory and case law  prohibiting  the  enforcement of
due-on-sale  clauses.  As a result,  due-on-sale  clauses have become  generally
enforceable except in those states whose legislatures  exercised their authority
to regulate the  enforceability  of such clauses with respect to mortgage  loans
that were (i) originated or assumed during the "window period" under the Garn-St
Germain  Act which  ended in all cases not later than  October 15, 1982 and (ii)
originated by lenders other than national banks,  federal  savings  institutions
and  federal  credit  unions.  FHLMC  has taken the  position  in its  published
mortgage  servicing  standards  that,  out of a total of eleven  "window  period
states," five states (Arizona,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  New Mexico and Utah) have
enacted  statutes  extending,  on various  terms and for  varying  periods,  the
prohibition  on  enforcement  of  due-on-sale  clauses  with  respect to certain
categories  of  window  period  loans.   Also,  the  Garn-St  Germain  Act  does
"encourage"  lenders  to  permit  assumption  of loans at the  original  rate of
interest  or at some other rate less than the average of the  original  rate and
the market rate.

         As to loans secured by an owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St Germain
Act sets forth nine specific  instances in which a mortgagee  covered by the Act
may not exercise its rights under a due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding the fact
that a transfer of the property may have  occurred.  The  inability to enforce a
due-on-sale  clause  may  result  in  transfer  of the  related  Property  to an
uncreditworthy  person,  which could  increase the  likelihood of default or may
result in a mortgage  bearing an  interest  rate below the  current  market rate
being  assumed by a new home  buyer,  which may affect the  average  life of the
Loans and the number of Loans which may extend to maturity.

         In addition,  under federal bankruptcy law, due-on-sale clauses may not
be enforceable in bankruptcy  proceedings and may, under certain  circumstances,
be  eliminated  in  any  modified   mortgage   resulting  from  such  bankruptcy
proceeding.

ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES

         Forms of  notes,  mortgages  and  deeds of trust  used by  lenders  may
contain provisions  obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if payments are
not timely made, and in some  circumstances  may provide for prepayment  fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity.  In certain states, there
are or may be  specific  limitations  upon the late  charges  which a lender may
collect from a borrower for delinquent  payments.  Certain states also limit the
amounts that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the
loan is prepaid. Under certain state laws, prepayment charges may not be imposed
after a certain period of time following the  origination of mortgage loans with
respect to  prepayments  on loans  secured by liens  encumbering  owner-occupied
residential properties. Since many of the Properties will be owner-occupied,  it
is anticipated  that prepayment  charges may not be imposed with respect to many
of the Loans. The absence of such a restraint on prepayment,  particularly  with
respect  to fixed  rate  Loans  having  higher  Loan  Rates,  may  increase  the
likelihood of refinancing or other early  retirement of such loans or contracts.
Late  charges  and  prepayment  fees are  typically  retained  by  servicers  as
additional servicing compensation.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

         Title  V of  the  Depository  Institutions  Deregulation  and  Monetary
Control Act of 1980, enacted in March 1980 ("Title V") provides that state usury
limitations shall not apply to certain types of residential first mortgage loans
originated  by  certain  lenders  after  March 31,  1980.  The  Office of Thrift
Supervision,  as successor to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, is authorized to
issue  rules  and   regulations   and  to  publish   interpretations   governing
implementation  of  Title V. The  statute  authorized  the  states  to  reimpose
interest rate limits by adopting,  before April 1, 1983, a law or constitutional
provision  which  expressly  rejects an application of the federal law.  Fifteen
states adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even
where Title V is not so rejected,  any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on mortgage loans covered by
Title V.  Certain  states  have taken  action to reimpose  interest  rate limits
and/or to limit discount points or other charges.

THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

         General.   The  Home  Improvement   Contracts  other  than  those  Home
Improvement  Contracts that are unsecured or secured by mortgages on real estate
(such Home Improvement  Contracts are hereinafter referred to in this section as
"contracts")  generally  are  "chattel  paper"  or  constitute  "purchase  money
security interests" each as defined in the UCC. Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of
chattel  paper is  treated  in a manner  similar  to  perfection  of a  security
interest in chattel  paper.  Under the related  Agreement,  the  Depositor  will
transfer  physical  possession  of the  contracts to the Trustee or a designated
custodian  or may  retain  possession  of the  contracts  as  custodian  for the
Trustee.  In addition,  the Depositor will make an appropriate filing of a UCC-1
financing  statement  in the  appropriate  states to, among other  things,  give
notice  of the  Trust  Fund's  ownership  of  the  contracts.  Unless  otherwise
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  contracts  will not be
stamped or otherwise  marked to reflect their  assignment  from the Depositor to
the Trustee. Therefore, if through negligence,  fraud or otherwise, a subsequent
purchaser were able to take physical  possession of the contracts without notice
of such  assignment,  the  Trust  Fund's  interest  in the  contracts  could  be
defeated.

         Security Interests in Home Improvements. The contracts that are secured
by the  Home  Improvements  financed  thereby  grant to the  originator  of such
contracts a purchase money security interest in such Home Improvements to secure
all or  part of the  purchase  price  of  such  Home  Improvements  and  related
services. A financing statement generally is not required to be filed to perfect
a purchase  money  security  interest in consumer  goods.  Such  purchase  money
security  interests  are  assignable.  In  general,  a purchase  money  security
interest  grants to the  holder a security  interest  that has  priority  over a
conflicting  security  interest in the same  collateral and the proceeds of such
collateral.  However,  to the extent that the  collateral  subject to a purchase
money security  interest  becomes a fixture,  in order for the related  purchase
money  security  interest to take priority  over a  conflicting  interest in the
fixture,  the  holder's  interest in such Home  Improvement  must  generally  be
perfected by a timely fixture filing.  In general,  a security interest does not
exist  under  the  UCC  in  ordinary  building  material  incorporated  into  an
improvement on land. Home  Improvement  Contracts that finance  lumber,  bricks,
other types of ordinary building material or other goods that are deemed to lose
such  characterization  upon  incorporation  of such  materials into the related
property,  will not be secured by a purchase money security interest in the Home
Improvement being financed.

         Enforcement of Security Interest in Home  Improvements.  So long as the
Home  Improvement  has not become subject to the real estate law, a creditor can
repossess a Home  Improvement  securing a contract by  voluntary  surrender,  by
"self-help"  repossession that is "peaceful" (i.e., without breach of the peace)
or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the ability to repossess  without
breach of the peace, by judicial process. The holder of a contract must give the
debtor a number of days'  notice,  which varies from 10 to 30 days  depending on
the state,  prior to  commencement  of any  repossession.  The UCC and  consumer
protection  laws  in most  states  place  restrictions  on  repossession  sales,
including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial  reasonableness in
effecting  such a sale.  The law in most states also requires that the debtor be
given  notice of any sale prior to resale of the unit that the debtor may redeem
at or before such resale.

         Under the laws  applicable  in most  states,  a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency  judgment from a debtor for any  deficiency on  repossession
and resale of the  property  securing the debtor's  loan.  However,  some states
impose  prohibitions or limitations on deficiency  judgments,  and in many cases
the defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.

         Certain  other  statutory  provisions,   including  federal  and  state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general  equitable  principles,  may limit or
delay the ability of a lender to repossess  and resell  collateral  or enforce a
deficiency judgment.

         Consumer Protection Laws. The so-called  "Holder-in-Due Course" rule of
the Federal Trade Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor
of a consumer  credit  contract  which is the seller of goods which gave rise to
the  transaction  (and certain  related  lenders and assignees) to transfer such
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor  thereunder.  The effect of this
rule is to subject the  assignee  of such a contract to all claims and  defenses
which the debtor could assert against the seller of goods.  Liability under this
rule is limited to amounts paid under a contract;  however, the obligor also may
be able to assert the rule to set off remaining amounts due as a defense against
a claim brought by the Trustee against such obligor.  Numerous other federal and
state  consumer   protection   laws  impose   requirements   applicable  to  the
origination,  servicing and enforcement of the contracts, including the Truth in
Lending Act, the Federal Trade  Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the
Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Fair Debt
Collection  Practices Act and the Uniform  Consumer  Credit Code. In the case of
some of these laws,  the failure to comply with their  provisions may affect the
enforceability of the related contract.

         Applicability  of Usury Laws.  Title V of the  Depository  Institutions
Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980, as amended ("Title V"),  provides
that,  subject to the following  conditions,  state usury  limitations shall not
apply to any  contract  which is secured  by a first  lien on  certain  kinds of
consumer  goods.  The  contracts  would  be  covered  if  they  satisfy  certain
conditions  governing,  among other things,  the terms of any prepayments,  late
charges  and  deferral  fees and  requiring  a  30-day  notice  period  prior to
instituting any action leading to repossession of the related unit.

         Title V authorized any state to reimpose  limitations on interest rates
and finance  charges by adopting  before  April 1, 1983 a law or  constitutional
provision which expressly rejects application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition,  even where
Title V was not so  rejected,  any  state  is  authorized  by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.

INSTALLMENT CONTRACTS

         The Loans may also  consist of  installment  sale  contracts.  Under an
installment  sale  contract  ("Installment  Contract")  the seller  (hereinafter
referred to in this section as the "lender") retains legal title to the property
and enters into an agreement with the purchaser  hereinafter referred to in this
section as the "borrower") for the payment of the purchase price, plus interest,
over the term of such contract.  Only after full  performance by the borrower of
the  contract is the lender  obligated  to convey  title to the  property to the
purchaser.  As with  mortgage or deed of trust  financing,  during the effective
period of the Installment  Contract,  the borrower is generally  responsible for
maintaining  the property in good  condition  and for paying real estate  taxes,
assessments and hazard insurance premiums associated with the property.

         The method of enforcing  the rights of the lender under an  Installment
Contract  varies on a  state-by-state  basis  depending upon the extent to which
state  courts are willing,  or able  pursuant to state  statute,  to enforce the
contract  strictly  according to its terms.  The terms of Installment  Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his or
her right to occupy the property,  the entire  indebtedness is accelerated,  and
the buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited.  The lender in such
a situation does not have to foreclose in order to obtain title to the property,
although  in some cases a quiet  title  action is in order if the  borrower  has
filed the Installment Contract in local land records and an ejectment action may
be necessary to recover  possession.  In a few states,  particularly in cases of
borrower default during the early years of an Installment  Contract,  the courts
will permit  ejectment of the buyer and a  forfeiture  of his or her interest in
the  property.  However,  most state  legislatures  have enacted  provisions  by
analogy to mortgage law protecting  borrowers under  Installment  Contracts from
the harsh  consequences  of  forfeiture.  Under such  statutes,  a  judicial  or
nonjudicial  foreclosure  may be  required,  the lender may be  required to give
notice of default and the borrower may be granted some grace period during which
the  Installment  Contract  may be  reinstated  upon full payment of the default
amount and the borrower may have a post-foreclosure  statutory redemption right.
In other  states,  courts in  equity  may  permit a  borrower  with  significant
investment in the property  under an  Installment  Contract for the sale of real
estate to share in the proceeds of sale of the property  after the  indebtedness
is  repaid  or  may  otherwise   refuse  to  enforce  the   forfeiture   clause.
Nevertheless,   generally  speaking,   the  lender's  procedures  for  obtaining
possession  and clear title under an  Installment  Contract in a given state are
simpler  and  less  time-consuming  and  costly  than  are  the  procedures  for
foreclosing  and  obtaining  clear  title to a  property  subject to one or more
liens.

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT

         Generally,  under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief
Act of 1940,  as amended (the  "Relief  Act"),  a borrower  who enters  military
service after the  origination of such borrower's Loan (including a borrower who
is a member of the  National  Guard or is in  reserve  status at the time of the
origination  of the Loan and is later  called to active duty) may not be charged
interest above an annual rate of 6% during the period of such borrower's  active
duty status,  unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender. It
is possible  that such  interest rate  limitation  could have an effect,  for an
indeterminate  period of time, on the ability of the Master  Servicer to collect
full amounts of interest on certain of the Loans.  Unless otherwise  provided in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any  shortfall  in  interest  collections
resulting  from the  application  of the  Relief  Act could  result in losses to
Securityholders.  The Relief Act also imposes limitations which would impair the
ability of the Master  Servicer  to  foreclose  on an  affected  Loan during the
borrower's  period of active duty status.  Moreover,  the Relief Act permits the
extension of a Loan's  maturity and the  re-adjustment  of its payment  schedule
beyond the completion of military  service.  Thus, in the event that such a Loan
goes into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to
realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.

JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGEES

         To the extent that the Loans comprising the Trust Fund for a Series are
secured by mortgages  which are junior to other  mortgages held by other lenders
or  institutional  investors,  the rights of the Trust Fund (and  therefore  the
Securityholders),  as mortgagee under any such junior mortgage,  are subordinate
to those of any mortgagee under any senior  mortgage.  The senior  mortgagee has
the right to receive hazard insurance and condemnation proceeds and to cause the
property  securing  the Loan to be sold upon default of the  mortgagor,  thereby
extinguishing  the junior  mortgagee's lien unless the junior mortgagee  asserts
its  subordinate  interest  in  the  property  in  foreclosure  litigation  and,
possibly,  satisfies  the  defaulted  senior  mortgage.  A junior  mortgagee may
satisfy a defaulted senior loan in full and, in some states,  may cure a default
and bring the senior loan current,  in either event adding the amounts  expended
to the balance due on the junior loan. In most states, absent a provision in the
mortgage  or deed of trust,  no notice of default is  required  to be given to a
junior mortgagee.

         The standard  form of the mortgage used by most  institutional  lenders
confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds  collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with  condemnation
proceedings,  and to apply such proceeds and awards to any indebtedness  secured
by the  mortgage,  in such order as the mortgagee  may  determine.  Thus, in the
event  improvements  on the  property  are damaged or destroyed by fire or other
casualty,  or in the event the property is taken by condemnation,  the mortgagee
or beneficiary  under senior  mortgages will have the prior right to collect any
insurance  proceeds  payable  under a hazard  insurance  policy and any award of
damages  in  connection  with  the  condemnation  and to  apply  the same to the
indebtedness  secured by the senior mortgages.  Proceeds in excess of the amount
of  senior  mortgage  indebtedness,  in  most  cases,  may  be  applied  to  the
indebtedness of a junior mortgage.

         Another  provision  sometimes found in the form of the mortgage or deed
of trust used by  institutional  lenders  obligates  the mortgagor to pay before
delinquency  all  taxes and  assessments  on the  property  and,  when due,  all
encumbrances,  charges  and  liens on the  property  which  appear  prior to the
mortgage  or deed of trust,  to  provide  and  maintain  fire  insurance  on the
property,  to maintain  and repair the  property and not to commit or permit any
waste thereof,  and to appear in and defend any action or proceeding  purporting
to affect the property or the rights of the mortgagee under the mortgage. Upon a
failure of the mortgagor to perform any of these  obligations,  the mortgagee is
given the right under certain mortgages to perform the obligation itself, at its
election,  with the  mortgagor  agreeing to reimburse the mortgagee for any sums
expended by the  mortgagee on behalf of the  mortgagor.  All sums so expended by
the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage.

         The form of credit line trust deed or mortgage  generally  used by most
institutional  lenders which make Revolving Credit Line Loans typically contains
a "future advance" clause, which provides,  in essence,  that additional amounts
advanced to or on behalf of the borrower by the  beneficiary or lender are to be
secured by the deed of trust or  mortgage.  Any  amounts so  advanced  after the
Cut-off  Date with  respect to any  Mortgage  will not be  included in the Trust
Fund.  The  priority of the lien  securing any advance made under the clause may
depend in most  states on whether  the deed of trust or  mortgage  is called and
recorded  as a credit  line deed of trust or  mortgage.  If the  beneficiary  or
lender advances additional amounts,  the advance is entitled to receive the same
priority  as  amounts  initially  advanced  under  the trust  deed or  mortgage,
notwithstanding  the fact that there may be junior trust deeds or mortgages  and
other liens which  intervene  between the date of recording of the trust deed or
mortgage  and the  date of the  future  advance,  and  notwithstanding  that the
beneficiary  or lender had actual  knowledge  of such  intervening  junior trust
deeds or mortgages  and other liens at the time of the advance.  In most states,
the trust  deed or  mortgage  lien  securing  mortgage  loans of the type  which
includes  home equity  credit  lines  applies  retroactively  to the date of the
original recording of the trust deed or mortgage, provided that the total amount
of  advances  under the home  equity  credit  line does not exceed  the  maximum
specified principal amount of the recorded trust deed or mortgage,  except as to
advances  made after  receipt  by the lender of a written  notice of lien from a
judgment lien creditor of the trustor.

THE TITLE I PROGRAM

         General.  Certain of the Loans  contained  in a Trust Fund may be loans
insured  under the FHA Title I Credit  Insurance  program  created  pursuant  to
Sections 1 and 2(a) of the National Housing Act of 1934 (the "Title I Program").
Under  the  Title I  Program,  the FHA is  authorized  and  empowered  to insure
qualified  lending  institutions  against losses on eligible loans.  The Title I
Program operates as a coinsurance  program in which the FHA insures up to 90% of
certain  losses  incurred on an individual  insured  loan,  including the unpaid
principal balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance  coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance  coverage reserve account.  The owner of
the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.

         The types of loans which are  eligible  for  insurance by the FHA under
the Title I Program include property  improvement  loans ("Property  Improvement
Loans" or "Title I Loans"). A Property  Improvement Loan or Title I Loan means a
loan made to finance actions or items that substantially  protect or improve the
basic livability or utility of a property and includes single family improvement
loans.

         There are two basic methods of lending or originating  such loans which
include a "direct loan" or a "dealer  loan".  With respect to a direct loan, the
borrower makes  application  directly to a lender without any assistance  from a
dealer,  which  application  may be filled  out by the  borrower  or by a person
acting at the  direction of the borrower who does not have a financial  interest
in the loan transaction, and the lender may disburse the loan proceeds solely to
the borrower or jointly to the borrower  and other  parties to the  transaction.
With  respect  to a  dealer  loan,  the  dealer,  who has a direct  or  indirect
financial  interest in the loan  transaction,  assists the borrower in preparing
the loan  application  or otherwise  assists the borrower in obtaining  the loan
from lender and the lender may distribute  proceeds  solely to the dealer or the
borrower  or  jointly to the  borrower  and the  dealer or other  parties.  With
respect to a dealer Title I Loan, a dealer may include a seller, a contractor or
supplier of goods or services.

         Loans  insured  under the Title I Program  are  required  to have fixed
interest  rates and,  generally,  provide  for equal  installment  payments  due
weekly,  biweekly,  semi-monthly  or monthly,  except that a loan may be payable
quarterly or semi-annually in order to correspond with the borrower's  irregular
flow of income.  The first or last payments (or both) may vary in amount but may
not exceed  150% of the regular  installment  payment,  and the first  scheduled
payment may be due no later than two months from the date of the loan.  The note
must contain a provision  permitting full or partial prepayment of the loan. The
interest rate may be established by the lender and must be fixed for the term of
the loan and recited in the note.  Interest on an insured  loan must accrue from
the date of the loan and be calculated on a simple  interest  basis.  The lender
must assure  that the note and all other  documents  evidencing  the loan are in
compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws.

         Each  insured  lender is required to use prudent  lending  standards in
underwriting  individual  loans and to satisfy the applicable loan  underwriting
requirements  under the Title I Program  prior to its  approval  of the loan and
disbursement of loan proceeds.  Generally, the lender must exercise prudence and
diligence to  determine  whether the borrower and any co-maker is solvent and an
acceptable  credit risk, with a reasonable  ability to make payments on the loan
obligation.  The lender's credit  application and review must determine  whether
the borrower's income will be adequate to meet the periodic payments required by
the loan, as well as the borrower's other housing and recurring expenses,  which
determination  must be made in  accordance  with  the  expense-to-income  ratios
published by the Secretary of HUD.

         Under the Title I  Program,  the FHA does not  review  or  approve  for
qualification for insurance the individual loans insured  thereunder at the time
of approval  by the lending  institution  (as is  typically  the case with other
federal  loan  programs).  If,  after a loan has  been  made  and  reported  for
insurance  under  the  Title  I  Program,  the  lender  discovers  any  material
misstatement  of fact  or that  the  loan  proceeds  have  been  misused  by the
borrower,  dealer or any other party,  it shall promptly report this to the FHA.
In such case,  provided  that the  validity of any lien on the  property has not
been  impaired,  the insurance of the loan under the Title I Program will not be
affected unless such material  misstatements  of fact or misuse of loan proceeds
was caused by (or was knowingly sanctioned by) the lender or its employees.

         Requirements for Title I Loans. The maximum  principal amount for Title
I Loans must not exceed the actual cost of the project plus any applicable  fees
and charges allowed under the Title I Program; provided that such maximum amount
does not exceed $25,000 (or the current  applicable  amount) for a single family
property improvement loan. Generally, the term of a Title I Loan may not be less
than six months nor  greater  than 20 years and 32 days.  A borrower  may obtain
multiple Title I Loans with respect to multiple  properties,  and a borrower may
obtain  more than one Title I Loan with  respect to a single  property,  in each
case as long as the total  outstanding  balance of all Title I Loans in the same
property  does not exceed the  maximum  loan amount for the type of Title I Loan
thereon having the highest permissible loan amount.

         Borrower eligibility for a Title I Loan requires that the borrower have
at least a one-half interest in either fee simple title to the real property,  a
lease thereof for a term  expiring at least six months after the final  maturity
of the Title I Loan or a recorded land installment  contract for the purchase of
the real  property,  and that the  borrower  have equity in the  property  being
improved  at least  equal to the amount of the Title I Loan if such loan  amount
exceeds  $15,000.  Any Title I Loan in excess of  $7,500  must be  secured  by a
recorded lien on the improved  property which is evidenced by a mortgage or deed
of trust executed by the borrower and all other owners in fee simple.

         The proceeds  from a Title I Loan may be used only to finance  property
improvements  which  substantially  protect or improve the basic  livability  or
utility of the property as disclosed in the loan  application.  The Secretary of
HUD has published a list of items and  activities  which cannot be financed with
proceeds  from any Title I Loan and from time to time the  Secretary  of HUD may
amend such list of items and  activities.  With  respect  to any dealer  Title I
Loan,  before  the  lender  may  disburse  funds,  the  lender  must have in its
possession  a  completion  certificate  on a HUD  approved  form,  signed by the
borrower and the dealer.  With respect to any direct Title I Loan,  the borrower
is  required  to  submit  to  the  lender,   promptly  upon  completion  of  the
improvements  but not  later  than six  months  after  disbursement  of the loan
proceeds with one six month  extension if necessary,  a completion  certificate,
signed by the  borrower.  The  lender or its agent is  required  to  conduct  an
on-site inspection on any Title I Loan where the principal  obligation is $7,500
or more,  and on any direct  Title I Loan where the  borrower  fails to submit a
completion certificate.

         FHA Insurance  Coverage.  Under the Title I Program the FHA establishes
an insurance  coverage  reserve account for each lender which has been granted a
Title I insurance contract.  The amount of insurance coverage in this account is
10% of the amount  disbursed,  advanced or expended by the lender in originating
or purchasing  eligible loans  registered  with FHA for Title I insurance,  with
certain  adjustments.  The balance in the insurance  coverage reserve account is
the maximum  amount of insurance  claims the FHA is required to pay. Loans to be
insured  under the Title I Program will be  registered  for insurance by the FHA
and the insurance  coverage  attributable  to such loans will be included in the
insurance  coverage  reserve  account for the  originating or purchasing  lender
following  the  receipt  and  acknowledgment  by the FHA of a loan report on the
prescribed  form pursuant to the Title I  regulations.  The FHA charges a fee of
0.50% per annum of the net proceeds (the original  balance) of any eligible loan
so reported and  acknowledged for insurance by the originating  lender.  The FHA
bills the lender for the  insurance  premium on each insured loan  annually,  on
approximately the anniversary date of the loan's origination. If an insured loan
is prepaid during the year, FHA will not refund the insurance premium,  but will
abate any insurance charges falling due after such prepayment.

         Under the Title I Program  the FHA will reduce the  insurance  coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account with respect to
loans insured under the lender's  contract of insurance by (i) the amount of the
FHA  insurance  claims  approved for payment  relating to such insured loans and
(ii) the amount of insurance coverage  attributable to insured loans sold by the
lender.  The balance of the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account will
be further  adjusted as required  under Title I or by the FHA, and the insurance
coverage  therein may be earmarked  with  respect to each or any eligible  loans
insured  thereunder,  if a determination is made by the Secretary of HUD that it
is in its interest to do so. Originations and acquisitions of new eligible loans
will continue to increase a lender's  insurance coverage reserve account balance
by 10% of the amount disbursed, advanced or expended in originating or acquiring
such eligible  loans  registered  with the FHA for  insurance  under the Title I
Program.  The Secretary of HUD may transfer insurance coverage between insurance
coverage reserve  accounts with earmarking with respect to a particular  insured
loan or group of insured  loans when a  determination  is made that it is in the
Secretary's interest to do so.

         The  lender may  transfer  (except  as  collateral  in a bona fide loan
transaction)  insured  loans and loans  reported for  insurance  only to another
qualified lender under a valid Title I contract of insurance.  Unless an insured
loan is  transferred  with recourse or with a guaranty or repurchase  agreement,
the FHA,  upon receipt of written  notification  of the transfer of such loan in
accordance  with the Title I  regulations,  will transfer from the  transferor's
insurance  coverage  reserve  account  to the  transferee's  insurance  coverage
reserve  account an amount,  if available,  equal to 10% of the actual  purchase
price or the net  unpaid  principal  balance of such loan  (whichever  is less).
However,  under the Title I Program not more than $5,000 in  insurance  coverage
shall be transferred to or from a lender's  insurance  coverage  reserve account
during any October 1 to  September 30 period  without the prior  approval of the
Secretary of HUD.

         Claims  Procedures  Under Title I. Under the Title I Program the lender
may  accelerate an insured loan  following a default on such loan only after the
lender or its agent has contacted the borrower in a  face-to-face  meeting or by
telephone  to discuss the  reasons for the default and to seek its cure.  If the
borrower  does not cure the  default  or agree to a  modification  agreement  or
repayment  plan,  the lender will notify the  borrower in writing  that,  unless
within 30 days the default is cured or the borrower  enters into a  modification
agreement or  repayment  plan,  the loan will be  accelerated  and that,  if the
default  persists,  the lender will report the default to an appropriate  credit
agency.  The lender may rescind the  acceleration of maturity after full payment
is due and  reinstate  the loan only if the  borrower  brings the loan  current,
executes a modification agreement or agrees to an acceptable repayment plan.

         Following  acceleration  of maturity upon a secured  Title I Loan,  the
lender may either (a) proceed against the property under any security instrument
or (b) make a claim  under the  lender's  contract of  insurance.  If the lender
chooses to proceed  against the property  under a security  instrument (or if it
accepts a voluntary  conveyance  or surrender of the  property),  the lender may
file an insurance claim only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.

         When a lender files an  insurance  claim with the FHA under the Title I
Program,  the FHA reviews the claim, the complete loan file and documentation of
the  lender's  efforts  to obtain  recourse  against  any  dealer who has agreed
thereto,  certification  of compliance with  applicable  state and local laws in
carrying out any foreclosure or  repossession,  and evidence that the lender has
properly  filed  proofs of claims,  where the  borrower is bankrupt or deceased.
Generally,  a claim for reimbursement for loss on any Title I Loan must be filed
with the FHA no later than nine  months  after the date of default of such loan.
Concurrently  with filing the  insurance  claim,  the lender shall assign to the
United  States of America the  lender's  entire  interest in the loan note (or a
judgment in lieu of the note),  in any  security  held and in any claim filed in
any  legal  proceedings.  If,  at the time the note is  assigned  to the  United
States,  the  Secretary  has  reason  to  believe  that the note is not valid or
enforceable  against the  borrower,  the FHA may deny the claim and reassign the
note to the lender. If either such defect is discovered after the FHA has paid a
claim, the FHA may require the lender to repurchase the paid claim and to accept
a reassignment of the loan note. If the lender subsequently  obtains a valid and
enforceable  judgment  against  the  borrower,  the  lender  may  resubmit a new
insurance  claim with an  assignment  of the  judgment.  The FHA may contest any
insurance  claim and make a demand for  repurchase of the loan at any time up to
two years  from the date the  claim  was  certified  for  payment  and may do so
thereafter in the event of fraud or misrepresentation on the part of the lender.

         Under the Title I Program the amount of an FHA insurance claim payment,
when made,  is equal to the  Claimable  Amount,  up to the  amount of  insurance
coverage in the lender's  insurance  coverage reserve account.  For the purposes
hereof,  the "Claimable  Amount" means an amount equal to 90% of the sum of: (a)
the unpaid loan  obligation (net unpaid  principal and the uncollected  interest
earned to the date of  default)  with  adjustments  thereto  if the  lender  has
proceeded  against  property  securing such loan; (b) the interest on the unpaid
amount  of the  loan  obligation  from the  date of  default  to the date of the
claim's initial  submission for payment plus 15 calendar days (but not to exceed
9 months from the date of default),  calculated at the rate of 7% per annum; (c)
the uncollected court costs; (d) the attorney's fees not to exceed $500; and (e)
the expenses for recording the assignment of the security to the United States.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

         Numerous federal and state consumer  protection laws impose substantive
requirements upon mortgage lenders in connection with the origination, servicing
and enforcement of loans secured by Single Family Properties. These laws include
the federal  Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder,  Real
Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder,  Equal
Credit  Opportunity  Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and
related statutes and regulations. In particular,  Regulation Z, requires certain
disclosures to the borrowers  regarding the terms of the Loans; the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder prohibit  discrimination
on the basis of age,  race,  color,  sex,  religion,  marital  status,  national
origin,  receipt of public  assistance  or the  exercise  of any right under the
Consumer  Credit  Protection  Act, in the  extension of credit;  the Fair Credit
Reporting  Act regulates  the use and  reporting of  information  related to the
borrower's credit  experience.  Certain provisions of these laws impose specific
statutory  liabilities upon lenders who fail to comply  therewith.  In addition,
violations  of such laws may limit the  ability of the Sellers to collect all or
part of the  principal of or interest on the Loans and could subject the Sellers
and in some cases their assignees to damages and administrative enforcement.


<PAGE>



                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

         The following is a summary of the anticipated  material  federal income
tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership,  and disposition of the Securities
and is based on advice of Brown & Wood LLP,  special  counsel to the  Depositor.
The  summary  is  based  upon  the  provisions  of  the  Code,  the  regulations
promulgated thereunder,  including, where applicable,  proposed regulations, and
the judicial and  administrative  rulings and  decisions  now in effect,  all of
which are subject to change or possible differing interpretations. The statutory
provisions,  regulations, and interpretations on which this summary is based are
subject to change, and such a change could apply retroactively.

         The summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal income
taxation  that may  affect  particular  investors  in light of their  individual
circumstances,  nor with certain types of investors subject to special treatment
under the federal income tax laws. This summary focuses primarily upon investors
who will hold  Securities  as "capital  assets"  (generally,  property  held for
investment)  within the  meaning of  Section  1221 of the Code,  but much of the
discussion is applicable to other investors as well.  Prospective  Investors are
advised to consult their own tax advisers  concerning the federal,  state, local
and  any  other  tax  consequences  to  them  of  the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition of the Securities.

         The  federal  income  tax  consequences  to  Securityholders  will vary
depending  on  whether  (i)  the  Securities  of  a  Series  are  classified  as
indebtedness;  (ii) an  election  is made to treat the Trust Fund  relating to a
particular  Series of Securities as a REMIC or as a FASIT;  (iii) the Securities
represent  interests in a grantor  trust;  or (iv) the Trust Fund  relating to a
particular Series of Certificates is classified as a partnership. The Prospectus
Supplement for each Series of Securities will specify how the Securities will be
treated for federal  income tax purposes  and will discuss  whether a REMIC or a
FASIT  election,  if any,  will be made with  respect to such  Series.  Prior to
issuance  of each  Series  of  Securities,  the  Depositor  shall  file with the
Commission a Form 8-K on behalf of the related Trust Fund  containing an opinion
of Brown & Wood LLP with  respect to the validity of the  information  set forth
under "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"  herein and in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

         Interest and  Acquisition  Discount.  Securities  representing  regular
interests in a REMIC are generally  treated as evidences of indebtedness  issued
by the REMIC.  Securities  representing regular interests in a FASIT are treated
as debt instruments.  Stated interest on regular interests in REMICs and regular
interests  in FASITs will be taxable as ordinary  income and taken into  account
using the  accrual  method of  accounting,  regardless  of the  Securityholder's
normal accounting  method.  Thus, a taxpayer may be required to report income in
respect  of a FASIT  or REMIC  regular  interest  before  actually  receiving  a
corresponding cash  distribution.  Interest (other than original issue discount)
on Securities (other than Regular Interest Securities) that are characterized as
indebtedness  for federal  income tax purposes  will be  includible in income by
holders thereof in accordance with their usual methods of accounting. Securities
characterized  as debt  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  including  regular
interests in REMICs or FASITs,  will be referred to hereinafter  collectively as
"Debt Securities".

         Debt  Securities  that are Compound  Interest  Securities  (i.e.,  debt
securities  that  accrete the amount of accrued  interest and add that amount to
the principal  balance of the securities  until maturity or until some specified
event has  occurred)  will,  and  certain of the other Debt  Securities  may, be
issued with "original issue discount" ("OID"). The following discussion is based
in part on the rules governing OID which are set forth in Sections  1271-1275 of
the  Code  and  the   Treasury   regulations   issued   thereunder,   (the  "OID
Regulations").   A  Securityholder  should  be  aware,  however,  that  the  OID
Regulations do not  adequately  address  certain  issues  relevant to prepayable
securities, such as the Debt Securities.

         In general,  OID, if any, will equal the difference  between the stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security and its issue price. A holder of
a Debt  Security  must  include  such OID in gross  income as ordinary  interest
income as it accrues under a method  taking into account an economic  accrual of
the  discount.  In  general,  OID must be  included  in income in advance of the
receipt  of the cash  representing  that  income.  The  amount  of OID on a Debt
Security will be  considered  to be zero if it is less than a de minimis  amount
determined under the Code.

         The  issue  price  of a Debt  Security  is the  first  price at which a
substantial amount of Debt Securities of that class are sold (excluding sales to
bond houses, brokers,  underwriters or wholesalers).  If less than a substantial
amount of a particular  class of Debt Securities is sold for cash on or prior to
the related  Closing Date, the issue price for such class will be treated as the
fair market value of such class on such Closing Date.  The issue price of a Debt
Security  generally  includes the amount paid by an initial Debt Security holder
for accrued  interest  that  relates to a period  prior to the issue date of the
Debt  Security.  ("pre-issuance  accrued  interest").  The issue price of a Debt
Security may, however,  be computed without regard to such pre-issuance  accrued
interest if such pre-issuance accrued interest will be paid on the first payment
date following the date of issuance.  This  alternative is available only if the
first  payment date occurs  within one year of the date of issuance.  Under this
alternative,  the payment of pre-issuance  accrued interest will be treated as a
non-taxable  return of  capital  and not as a payment  of  interest.  The stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security includes the original  principal
amount of the Debt Security,  but generally will not include stated  interest if
it is "qualified stated interest".

         Under the OID Regulations,  qualified  stated interest  generally means
interest payable at a single fixed rate or qualified variable rate (as described
below)  provided  that such  interest  payments are  unconditionally  payable at
intervals of one year or less during the entire term of the Debt  Security.  The
OID Regulations state that interest payments are unconditionally payable only if
a late payment or nonpayment is expected to be penalized or reasonable  remedies
exist to  compel  payment  or the Debt  Security  otherwise  provides  terms and
conditions  that make the  likelihood  of late  payment or  nonpayment  a remote
contingency.  Certain Debt  Securities  may provide for default  remedies in the
event of late  payment or  nonpayment  of  interest.  The  interest on such Debt
Securities  will be  unconditionally  payable and  constitute  qualified  stated
interest, not OID. However,  absent clarification of the OID Regulations,  where
Debt Securities do not provide for default remedies,  the interest payments will
be included in the Debt Security's stated redemption price at maturity and taxed
as  OID.  Interest  is  payable  at  a  single  fixed  rate  only  if  the  rate
appropriately  takes into account the length of the interval  between  payments.
Distributions  of interest on Debt  Securities  with  respect to which  deferred
interest will accrue, will not constitute qualified stated interest payments, in
which case the  stated  redemption  price at  maturity  of such Debt  Securities
includes all distributions of interest as well as principal  thereon.  Where the
interval  between  the  issue  date and the  first  Distribution  Date on a Debt
Security  is either  longer or  shorter  than the  interval  between  subsequent
Distribution  Dates,  all or part of the interest  foregone,  in the case of the
longer interval,  and all of the additional interest, in the case of the shorter
interval, will be included in the stated redemption price at maturity and tested
under the de minimis rule described below. In the case of a Debt Security with a
long first period which has non-de minimis OID, all stated interest in excess of
interest  payable at the effective  interest rate for the long first period will
be included in the stated  redemption  price at maturity  and the Debt  Security
will generally have OID. Holders of Debt Securities should consult their own tax
advisors to determine the issue price and stated redemption price at maturity of
a Debt Security.

         Under the de minimis rule, OID on a Debt Security will be considered to
be zero if such  OID is less  than  0.25%  of the  stated  redemption  price  at
maturity of the Debt Security multiplied by the weighted average maturity of the
Debt  Security.  For this  purpose,  the weighted  average  maturity of the Debt
Security is computed as the sum of the amounts  determined  by  multiplying  the
number of full years (i.e.,  rounding  down  partial  years) from the issue date
until each  distribution in reduction of stated  redemption price at maturity is
scheduled to be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each
distribution  included  in the stated  redemption  price at maturity of the Debt
Security and the denominator of which is the stated redemption price at maturity
of the Debt Security.  Holders  generally must report de minimis OID pro rata as
principal  payments  are  received,  and such income will be capital gain if the
Debt Security is held as a capital  asset.  However,  accrual method holders may
elect to accrue all de minimis OID as well as market  discount  under a constant
interest method.

         Debt Securities may provide for interest based on a qualified  variable
rate. Under the OID  Regulations,  interest is treated as payable at a qualified
variable rate and not as contingent interest if, generally, (i) such interest is
unconditionally  payable  at least  annually,  (ii) the issue  price of the debt
instrument does not exceed the total noncontingent  principal payments and (iii)
interest is based on a  "qualified  floating  rate," an  "objective  rate," or a
combination of "qualified  floating  rates" that do not operate in a manner that
significantly  accelerates or defers interest payments on such Debt Security. In
the case of Compound Interest  Securities,  certain Interest Weighted Securities
(as  defined  herein),  and  certain of the other Debt  Securities,  none of the
payments under the instrument will be considered qualified stated interest,  and
thus the  aggregate  amount  of all  payments  will be  included  in the  stated
redemption price.

         The OID Regulations do not contain provisions specifically interpreting
Code Section 1272(a)(6). Until the Treasury issues guidance to the contrary, the
Trustee intends to base its  computation on Code Section  1272(a)(6) and the OID
Regulations  as described in this  Prospectus.  However,  because no  regulatory
guidance  currently  exists  under  Code  Section  1272(a)(6),  there  can be no
assurance  that such  methodology  represents  the correct manner of calculating
OID.

         The holder of a Debt  Security  issued  with OID must  include in gross
income,  for all days  during  its  taxable  year on which  it holds  such  Debt
Security,  the sum of the "daily portions" of such original issue discount.  The
amount of OID includible in income by a holder will be computed by allocating to
each day during a taxable year a pro rata portion of the original issue discount
that accrued during the relevant accrual period.  In the case of a Debt Security
that is not a regular interest in a REMIC or a FASIT and the principal  payments
on which are not  subject to  acceleration  resulting  from  prepayments  on the
Loans, the amount of OID includible in income of a Securityholder for an accrual
period (generally the period over which interest accrues on the debt instrument)
will equal the  product of the yield to maturity  of the Debt  Security  and the
adjusted issue price of the Debt Security,  reduced by any payments of qualified
stated  interest.  The  adjusted  issue price is the sum of its issue price plus
prior  accruals or OID,  reduced by the total payments made with respect to such
Debt  Security  in all prior  periods,  other  than  qualified  stated  interest
payments.

         The  amount  of OID to be  included  in  income  by a holder  of a debt
instrument,  such as certain classes of the Debt Securities,  that is subject to
acceleration  due  to  prepayments  on  other  debt  obligations  securing  such
instruments (a "Pay-Through  Security"),  is computed by taking into account the
anticipated  rate of  prepayments  assumed in pricing the debt  instrument  (the
"Prepayment  Assumption").  The amount of OID that will accrue during an accrual
period on a  Pay-Through  Security  is the excess (if any) of the sum of (a) the
present value of all payments  remaining to be made on the Pay-Through  Security
as of the close of the accrual  period and (b) the  payments  during the accrual
period of amounts  included in the stated  redemption  price of the  Pay-Through
Security,  over the  adjusted  issue  price of the  Pay-Through  Security at the
beginning of the accrual period.  The present value of the remaining payments is
to be  determined  on the  basis of three  factors:  (i) the  original  yield to
maturity of the Pay-Through  Security (determined on the basis of compounding at
the end of each  accrual  period  and  properly  adjusted  for the length of the
accrual  period),  (ii) events which have occurred before the end of the accrual
period and (iii) the  assumption  that the  remaining  payments  will be made in
accordance with the original Prepayment Assumption. The effect of this method is
to increase the portions of OID required to be included in income by a holder to
take into account  prepayments  with respect to the Loans at a rate that exceeds
the Prepayment  Assumption,  and to decrease (but not below zero for any period)
the portions of original issue  discount  required to be included in income by a
holder of a Pay-Through  Security to take into account  prepayments with respect
to the Loans at a rate that is slower than the Prepayment  Assumption.  Although
original issue  discount will be reported to holders of  Pay-Through  Securities
based on the Prepayment  Assumption,  no  representation is made to holders that
Loans will be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.

         The  Depositor  may  adjust  the  accrual  of OID on a  class  of  Debt
Securities  in a manner that it believes to be  appropriate,  to take account of
realized  losses on the Loans,  although the OID  Regulations do not provide for
such  adjustments.  If the IRS were to require that OID be accrued  without such
adjustments,  the  rate of  accrual  of OID for a class  Debt  Securities  could
increase.

         Certain classes of Debt Securities may represent more than one class of
REMIC or FASIT  regular  interests.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trustee intends,  based on the OID Regulations,  to
calculate  OID on such  Securities  as if,  solely for the purposes of computing
OID, the separate regular interests were a single debt instrument.

         A subsequent holder of a Debt Security will also be required to include
OID in gross income,  but such a holder who purchases  such Debt Security for an
amount that  exceeds  its  adjusted  issue  price will be  entitled  (as will an
initial holder who pays more than a Debt Security's  issue price) to offset such
OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of such excess.

         Effects of  Defaults  and  Delinquencies.  Holders  will be required to
report income with respect to REMIC or FASIT regular  interests under an accrual
method  without  giving  effect  to  delays  and  reductions  in   distributions
attributable  to a default or delinquency on the Loans,  except  possibly to the
extent that it can be  established  that such  amounts are  uncollectible.  As a
result,  the amount of income  (including  OID)  reported  by a holder of such a
Security in any period could significantly exceed the amount of cash distributed
to such holder in that period.  The holder will eventually be allowed a loss (or
will be  allowed to report a lesser  amount of  income)  to the extent  that the
aggregate amount of distributions on the Securities is deducted as a result of a
Loan default.  However, the timing and character of such losses or reductions in
income are uncertain  and,  accordingly,  holders of Securities  should  consult
their own tax advisors on this point.

         Interest  Weighted  Securities.  It is not clear how  income  should be
accrued with respect to REMIC or FASIT regular interests or Stripped  Securities
(as  defined  under " -- Tax Status as a Grantor  Trust;  General"  herein)  the
payments on which  consist  solely or  primarily  of a specified  portion of the
interest payments on qualified  mortgages held by the REMIC, on debt instruments
held by the FASIT, or on Loans  underlying  Pass-Through  Securities  ("Interest
Weighted  Securities").  The Issuer intends to take the position that all of the
income derived from an Interest  Weighted  Security should be treated as OID and
that the amount and rate of accrual of such OID should be calculated by treating
the Interest Weighted Security as a Compound Interest Security.  However, in the
case of Interest  Weighted  Securities  that are  entitled  to some  payments of
principal  and that are REMIC or FASIT regular  interests  the Internal  Revenue
Service  could  assert that income  derived from an Interest  Weighted  Security
should be calculated  as if the Security were a security  purchased at a premium
equal to the excess of the price paid by such holder for such  Security over its
stated principal amount, if any. Under this approach, a holder would be entitled
to amortize such premium only if it has in effect an election  under Section 171
of the Code with respect to all taxable debt instruments held by such holder, as
described below.  Alternatively,  the Internal Revenue Service could assert that
an Interest  Weighted Security should be taxable under the rules governing bonds
issued with contingent  payments.  Such treatment may be more likely in the case
of Interest Weighted Securities that are Stripped Securities as described below.
See " -- Tax Status as a Grantor  Trust -- Discount  or Premium on  Pass-Through
Securities".

         Variable Rate Debt Securities.  In the case of Debt Securities  bearing
interest at a rate that varies directly,  according to a fixed formula,  with an
objective  index,  it  appears  that (i) the  yield  to  maturity  of such  Debt
Securities and (ii) in the case of Pay-Through Securities,  the present value of
all payments remaining to be made on such Debt Securities,  should be calculated
as if the  interest  index  remained  at its value as of the issue  date of such
Securities. Because the proper method of adjusting accruals of OID on a variable
rate Debt Security is uncertain, holders of variable rate Debt Securities should
consult  their own tax  advisers  regarding  the  appropriate  treatment of such
Securities for federal income tax purposes.

         Market Discount. A purchaser of a Security may be subject to the market
discount rules of Sections  1276-1278 of the Code. A holder that acquires a Debt
Security  with more than a  prescribed  de minimis  amount of "market  discount"
(generally,  the excess of the  principal  amount of the Debt  Security over the
purchaser's  purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount
in income as  ordinary  income  in each  month,  but  limited  to an amount  not
exceeding  the principal  payments on the Debt  Security  received in that month
and, if the Securities are sold, the gain realized.  Such market  discount would
accrue in a manner to be  provided  in  Treasury  regulations  but,  until  such
regulations are issued,  such market discount would in general accrue either (i)
on the basis of a constant yield (in the case of a Pay-Through Security,  taking
into account a prepayment assumption) or (ii) in the ratio of (a) in the case of
Securities (or in the case of a Pass-Through  Security (as defined  herein),  as
set forth below, the Loans underlying such Security) not originally  issued with
original issue discount, stated interest payable in the relevant period to total
stated  interest  remaining to be paid at the  beginning of the period or (b) in
the case of Securities (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described
below, the Loans underlying such Security) originally issued at a discount,  OID
in the relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.

         Section 1277 of the Code provides that,  regardless of the  origination
date of the Debt  Security  (or,  in the case of a  Pass-Through  Security,  the
Loans),  the excess of interest  paid or accrued to purchase or carry a Security
(or, in the case of a Pass-Through  Security, as described below, the underlying
Loans) with market  discount over interest  received on such Security is allowed
as a current deduction only to the extent such excess is greater than the market
discount that accrued during the taxable year in which such interest expense was
incurred.  In general,  the  deferred  portion of any  interest  expense will be
deductible when such market  discount is included in income,  including upon the
sale,  disposition,  or  repayment  of  the  Security  (or  in  the  case  of  a
Pass-Through Security, an underlying Loan). A holder may elect to include market
discount in income currently as it accrues,  on all market discount  obligations
acquired  by such  holder  during the  taxable  year such  election  is made and
thereafter, in which case the interest deferral rule will not apply.

         Premium. A holder who purchases a Debt Security (other than an Interest
Weighted  Security to the extent  described  above) at a cost  greater  than its
stated  redemption  price at  maturity,  generally  will be  considered  to have
purchased the Security at a premium, which it may elect to amortize as an offset
to interest income on such Security (and not as a separate  deduction item) on a
constant  yield method.  Although no regulations  addressing the  computation of
premium accrual on securities  similar to the Securities  have been issued,  the
legislative  history of the 1986 Act indicates  that premium is to be accrued in
the same manner as market discount.  Accordingly, it appears that the accrual of
premium  on a class of  Pay-Through  Securities  will be  calculated  using  the
prepayment  assumption used in pricing such class. If a holder makes an election
to amortize premium on a Debt Security,  such election will apply to all taxable
debt  instruments  (including  all  REMIC and FASIT  regular  interests  and all
pass-through  certificates  representing  ownership interests in a trust holding
debt  obligations)  held by the holder at the  beginning  of the taxable year in
which  the  election  is made,  and to all  taxable  debt  instruments  acquired
thereafter by such holder,  and will be  irrevocable  without the consent of the
IRS.  Purchasers who pay a premium for the  Securities  should consult their tax
advisers  regarding  the  election  to  amortize  premium  and the  method to be
employed.

         Regulations  dealing with amortizable bond premium  specifically do not
apply to prepayable debt instruments  described in Code Section  1272(a)(6) such
as the Securities.  Absent further guidance from the IRS, the Trustee intends to
account for amortizable bond premium in the manner described above.  Prospective
purchasers of the  Securities  should  consult their tax advisors  regarding the
possible application of the Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations.

         Election  to Treat All  Interest as Original  Issue  Discount.  The OID
Regulations  permit a holder of a Debt Security to elect to accrue all interest,
discount (including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in
income  as  interest,  based on a  constant  yield  method  for Debt  Securities
acquired  on or after April 4, 1994.  If such an  election  were to be made with
respect to a Debt Security with market discount, the holder of the Debt Security
would be deemed to have made an election to include in income  currently  market
discount with respect to all other debt instruments  having market discount that
such holder of the Debt  Security  acquires  during the year of the  election or
thereafter.  Similarly, a holder of a Debt Security that makes this election for
a Debt  Security  that is acquired  at a premium  will be deemed to have made an
election to amortize  bond premium with respect to all debt  instruments  having
amortizable  bond  premium  that such holder owns or  acquires.  The election to
accrue interest, discount and premium on a constant yield method with respect to
a Debt Security is irrevocable.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS

         General.  In the  opinion of Brown & Wood LLP,  special  counsel to the
Depositor,  if a REMIC  election is made with respect to a Series of Securities,
then the  arrangement  by which the Securities of that Series are issued will be
treated as a REMIC as long as all of the provisions of the applicable  Agreement
are complied  with.  Securities  will be  designated  as "Regular  Interests" or
"Residual  Interests"  in a  REMIC,  as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

         Except to the extent specified otherwise in a Prospectus Supplement, if
a REMIC election is made with respect to a Series of Securities,  (i) Securities
held by a domestic building and loan association will constitute "a regular or a
residual   interest   in  a  REMIC"   within  the   meaning   of  Code   Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(xi)  (assuming that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of
cash,  government  securities,  "loans secured by an interest in real property,"
and other types of assets  described in Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C));  and (ii)
Securities held by a real estate  investment  trust will constitute "real estate
assets" within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(5)(B), and income with respect
to the  Securities  will be  considered  "interest  on  obligations  secured  by
mortgages on real property or on interests in real property"  within the meaning
of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B) (assuming,  for both purposes, that at least 95% of
the  REMIC's  assets are  qualifying  assets).  If less than 95% of the  REMIC's
assets  consist of assets  described in (i) or (ii) above,  then a Security will
qualify for the tax treatment  described in (i), (ii) or (iii) in the proportion
that such REMIC assets are qualifying assets.

         The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of
the bad debt reserve method for thrift institutions, repealed the application of
Code Section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.

REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS

         As a general  rule,  all of the  expenses of a REMIC will be taken into
account by holders of the Residual Interest Securities. In the case of a "single
class  REMIC,"  however,   the  expenses  will  be  allocated,   under  Treasury
regulations,  among the  holders  of the  Regular  Interest  Securities  and the
holders of the Residual Interest Securities (as defined herein) on a daily basis
in proportion to the relative  amounts of income accruing to each holder on that
day. In the case of a holder of a Regular Interest Security who is an individual
or a "pass-through interest holder" (including certain pass-through entities but
not including real estate investment  trusts),  such expenses will be deductible
only to the  extent  that such  expenses,  plus  other  "miscellaneous  itemized
deductions" of the holder,  exceed 2% of such holder's adjusted gross income. In
addition,  for taxable years  beginning  after  December 31, 1990, the amount of
itemized  deductions  otherwise allowable for the taxable year for an individual
whose adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable  amount (which amount will be
adjusted for inflation for taxable years  beginning  after 1990) will be reduced
by the  lesser  of (i) 3% of the  excess  of  adjusted  gross  income  over  the
applicable  amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of  itemized  deductions  otherwise
allowable for such taxable year. The reduction or disallowance of this deduction
may have a significant  impact on the yield of the Regular Interest  Security to
such a holder.  In general  terms,  a single  class REMIC is one that either (i)
would qualify,  under existing  Treasury  regulations,  as a grantor trust if it
were not a REMIC  (treating all interests as ownership  interests,  even if they
would be classified as debt for federal  income tax purposes) or (ii) is similar
to such a trust and which is structured  with the principal  purpose of avoiding
the  single  class  REMIC  rules.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to holders of
the related residual interest securities.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC

         General.  Although a REMIC is a separate  entity for federal income tax
purposes,  a REMIC is not generally  subject to entity-level  tax.  Rather,  the
taxable  income or net loss of a REMIC is taken into  account by the  holders of
residual  interests.  As described  above,  the regular  interests are generally
taxable as debt of the REMIC.

         Calculation of REMIC Income.  The taxable income or net loss of a REMIC
is determined under an accrual method of accounting and in the same manner as in
the case of an individual,  with certain  adjustments.  In general,  the taxable
income or net loss will be the difference  between (i) the gross income produced
by the REMIC's assets, including stated interest and any original issue discount
or market  discount  on loans and other  assets and (ii)  deductions,  including
stated  interest  and  original  issue  discount  accrued  on  Regular  Interest
Securities,  amortization  of any premium with respect to Loans,  and  servicing
fees and other expenses of the REMIC. A holder of a Residual  Interest  Security
that is an individual or a "pass-through  interest  holder"  (including  certain
pass-through  entities, but not including real estate investment trusts) will be
unable to deduct  servicing  fees  payable on the loans or other  administrative
expenses  of the  REMIC  for a given  taxable  year,  to the  extent  that  such
expenses,  when  aggregated  with such  holder's  other  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions  for that year, do not exceed two percent of such  holder's  adjusted
gross income.

         For purposes of  computing  its taxable  income or net loss,  the REMIC
should have an initial  aggregate tax basis in its assets equal to the aggregate
fair market value of the regular  interests  and the  residual  interests on the
Startup Day (generally,  the day that the interests are issued).  That aggregate
basis will be  allocated  among the assets of the REMIC in  proportion  to their
respective fair market values.

         The OID provisions of the Code apply to loans of individuals originated
on or after March 2, 1984,  and the market  discount  provisions  apply to loans
originated  after July 18,  1984.  Subject  to  possible  application  of the de
minimis  rules,  the  method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on such loans
will be equivalent to the method under which holders of  Pay-Through  Securities
accrue  original  issue discount  (i.e.,  under the constant yield method taking
into  account  the  Prepayment  Assumption).  The REMIC  will  deduct OID on the
Regular  Interest  Securities in the same manner that the holders of the Regular
Interest  Securities  include such discount in income, but without regard to the
de minimis rules. See "Taxation of Debt Securities" above. However, a REMIC that
acquires loans at a market  discount must include such market discount in income
currently, as it accrues, on a constant interest basis.

         To the extent that the REMIC's  basis  allocable to loans that it holds
exceeds their  principal  amounts,  the resulting  premium,  if  attributable to
mortgages  originated  after September 27, 1985, will be amortized over the life
of the loans (taking into account the Prepayment Assumption) on a constant yield
method.  Although  the law is  somewhat  unclear  regarding  recovery of premium
attributable  to loans  originated  on or before such date,  it is possible that
such premium may be recovered in proportion to payments of loan principal.

         Prohibited  Transactions  and  Contributions  Tax.  The  REMIC  will be
subject to a 100% tax on any net income derived from a "prohibited transaction".
For this purpose,  net income will be calculated without taking into account any
losses  from  prohibited  transactions  or any  deductions  attributable  to any
prohibited  transaction  that  resulted  in  a  loss.  In  general,   prohibited
transactions  include:  (i)  subject  to limited  exceptions,  the sale or other
disposition of any qualified mortgage  transferred to the REMIC; (ii) subject to
a limited  exception,  the sale or other  disposition of a cash flow investment;
(iii) the  receipt of any income  from  assets not  permitted  to be held by the
REMIC  pursuant  to the  Code;  or  (iv)  the  receipt  of  any  fees  or  other
compensation for services  rendered by the REMIC. It is anticipated that a REMIC
will not engage in any  prohibited  transactions  in which it would  recognize a
material amount of net income. In addition, subject to a number of exceptions, a
tax is imposed at the rate of 100% on amounts  contributed  to a REMIC after the
close of the  three-month  period  beginning  on the Startup Day. The holders of
Residual  Interest  Securities  will generally be responsible for the payment of
any such taxes  imposed on the REMIC.  To the extent not paid by such holders or
otherwise,  however,  such  taxes will be paid out of the Trust Fund and will be
allocated pro rata to all outstanding classes of Securities of such REMIC.

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST SECURITIES

         The holder of a Security  representing a residual interest (a "Residual
Interest  Security")  will take into account the "daily  portion" of the taxable
income or net loss of the REMIC for each day  during the  taxable  year on which
such holder held the Residual Interest Security. The daily portion is determined
by  allocating  to each day in any calendar  quarter its ratable  portion of the
taxable income or net loss of the REMIC for such quarter, and by allocating that
amount among the holders (on such day) of the Residual  Interest  Securities  in
proportion to their respective holdings on such day.

         The  holder  of  a  Residual   Interest   Security   must   report  its
proportionate  share  of the  taxable  income  of the  REMIC  whether  or not it
receives cash  distributions from the REMIC attributable to such income or loss.
The reporting of taxable income without corresponding distributions could occur,
for example,  in certain  REMIC issues in which the loans held by the REMIC were
issued or acquired at a discount,  since mortgage  prepayments cause recognition
of discount income,  while the corresponding  portion of the prepayment could be
used in whole or in part to make principal  payments on REMIC Regular  Interests
issued without any discount or at an insubstantial  discount (if this occurs, it
is likely that cash  distributions  will exceed  taxable income in later years).
Taxable income may also be greater in earlier years of certain REMIC issues as a
result  of the  fact  that  interest  expense  deductions,  as a  percentage  of
outstanding  principal on REMIC  Regular  Interest  Securities,  will  typically
increase  over time as lower  yielding  Securities  are paid,  whereas  interest
income  with  respect to loans will  generally  remain  constant  over time as a
percentage of loan principal.

         In any event, because the holder of a residual interest is taxed on the
net income of the REMIC,  the taxable  income  derived from a Residual  Interest
Security  in a given  taxable  year  will  not be equal  to the  taxable  income
associated  with  investment in a corporate bond or stripped  instrument  having
similar cash flow  characteristics  and pretax yield.  Therefore,  the after-tax
yield on the Residual  Interest Security may be less than that of such a bond or
instrument.

         Limitation on Losses.  The amount of the REMIC's net loss that a holder
may take into account currently is limited to the holder's adjusted basis at the
end of the  calendar  quarter in which such loss arises.  A holder's  basis in a
Residual  Interest  Security will initially equal such holder's  purchase price,
and will  subsequently  be increased by the amount of the REMIC's taxable income
allocated  to the holder,  and  decreased  (but not below zero) by the amount of
distributions  made and the  amount of the  REMIC's  net loss  allocated  to the
holder. Any disallowed loss may be carried forward indefinitely, but may be used
only to offset income of the REMIC  generated by the same REMIC.  The ability of
holders of Residual  Interest  Securities to deduct net losses may be subject to
additional  limitations  under the Code, as to which such holders should consult
their tax advisers.

         Distributions.  Distributions on a Residual  Interest Security (whether
at their  scheduled  times or as a result of  prepayments)  will  generally  not
result  in any  additional  taxable  income  or loss to a holder  of a  Residual
Interest  Security.  If the amount of such payment  exceeds a holder's  adjusted
basis in the Residual Interest Security, however, the holder will recognize gain
(treated as gain from the sale of the Residual Interest  Security) to the extent
of such excess.

         Sale or  Exchange.  A  holder  of a  Residual  Interest  Security  will
recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of a Residual  Interest  Security
equal to the difference,  if any,  between the amount realized and such holder's
adjusted  basis in the  Residual  Interest  Security at the time of such sale or
exchange. Except to the extent provided in regulations,  which have not yet been
issued,  any loss upon  disposition  of a  Residual  Interest  Security  will be
disallowed if the selling  holder  acquires any residual  interest in a REMIC or
similar mortgage pool within six months before or after such disposition.

         Excess Inclusions.  The portion of the REMIC taxable income of a holder
of a Residual Interest Security  consisting of "excess inclusion" income may not
be offset by other deductions or losses, including net operating losses, on such
holder's  federal  income  tax  return.  Further,  if the  holder of a  Residual
Interest  Security is an organization  subject to the tax on unrelated  business
income imposed by Code Section 511, such holder's excess  inclusion  income will
be treated as unrelated  business  taxable  income of such holder.  In addition,
under Treasury  regulations yet to be issued, if a real estate investment trust,
a regulated  investment  company,  a common trust fund, or certain  cooperatives
were to own a  Residual  Interest  Security,  a portion of  dividends  (or other
distributions)  paid by the real estate investment trust (or other entity) would
be treated as excess  inclusion  income.  If a Residual  Security  is owned by a
foreign person excess  inclusion income is subject to tax at a rate of 30% which
may not be  reduced by treaty,  is not  eligible  for  treatment  as  "portfolio
interest" and is subject to certain additional  limitations.  See "Tax Treatment
of  Foreign  Investors".  The  Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of 1996 has
eliminated  the  special  rule  permitting  Section  593  institutions  ("thrift
institutions")  to use net operating  losses and other  allowable  deductions to
offset their excess inclusion income from REMIC residual  certificates that have
"significant  value" within the meaning of the REMIC Regulations,  effective for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1995, except with respect to residual
certificates continuously held by a thrift institution since November 1, 1995.

         In addition,  the Small  Business Job  Protection  Act of 1996 provides
three rules for determining  the effect on excess  inclusions on the alternative
minimum taxable income of a residual holder. First,  alternative minimum taxable
income for such residual holder is determined without regard to the special rule
that taxable income cannot be less than excess  inclusions.  Second,  a residual
holder's  alternative  minimum taxable income for a tax year cannot be less than
excess inclusions for the year. Third, the amount of any alternative minimum tax
net operating  loss  deductions  must be computed  without  regard to any excess
inclusions. These rules are effective for tax years beginning after December 31,
1986, unless a residual holder elects to have such rules apply only to tax years
beginning after August 20, 1996.

         The excess inclusion  portion of a REMIC's income is generally equal to
the excess,  if any, of REMIC taxable income for the quarterly  period allocable
to a Residual  Interest  Security,  over the daily  accruals for such  quarterly
period of (i) 120% of the long term  applicable  federal rate on the Startup Day
multiplied by (ii) the adjusted issue price of such Residual  Interest  Security
at the  beginning  of such  quarterly  period.  The  adjusted  issue  price of a
Residual Interest at the beginning of each calendar quarter will equal its issue
price  (calculated in a manner analogous to the determination of the issue price
of a Regular  Interest),  increased by the  aggregate of the daily  accruals for
prior  calendar  quarters,  and decreased  (but not below zero) by the amount of
loss allocated to a holder and the amount of distributions  made on the Residual
Interest  Security  before the beginning of the quarter.  The long-term  federal
rate, which is announced monthly by the Treasury Department, is an interest rate
that is based on the average market yield of outstanding  marketable obligations
of the United States  government  having remaining  maturities in excess of nine
years.

         Under the REMIC  Regulations,  in certain  circumstances,  transfers of
Residual  Securities may be disregarded.  See " -- Restrictions on Ownership and
Transfer of Residual  Interest  Securities"  and " -- Tax  Treatment  of Foreign
Investors" below.

         Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities.
As a condition to qualification as a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must be made
to prevent the  ownership  of a REMIC  residual  interest  by any  "Disqualified
Organization".  Disqualified  Organizations include the United States, any State
or political  subdivision  thereof,  any foreign  government,  any international
organization,  or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, a rural
electric or  telephone  cooperative  described in Section  1381(a)(2)(C)  of the
Code, or any entity exempt from the tax imposed by Sections  1-1399 of the Code,
if  such  entity  is  not  subject  to tax on  its  unrelated  business  income.
Accordingly,  the  applicable  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  will  prohibit
Disqualified   Organizations  from  owning  a  Residual  Interest  Security.  In
addition,  no transfer of a Residual  Interest Security will be permitted unless
the  proposed  transferee  shall have  furnished  to the  Trustee  an  affidavit
representing  and warranting that it is neither a Disqualified  Organization nor
an agent or nominee acting on behalf of a Disqualified Organization.

         If a  Residual  Interest  Security  is  transferred  to a  Disqualified
Organization  after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the  restrictions  set forth
above),  a  substantial  tax can be imposed on the  transferor  of such Residual
Interest  Security at the time of the transfer.  In addition,  if a Disqualified
Organization  holds an interest in a  pass-through  entity  after March 31, 1988
(including,  among others, a partnership,  trust,  real estate investment trust,
regulated  investment  company,  or any person holding as nominee),  that owns a
Residual Interest Security,  the pass-through  entity will be required to pay an
annual tax on its allocable share of the excess inclusion income of the REMIC.

         Under the REMIC  Regulations,  if a  Residual  Interest  Security  is a
"noneconomic  residual  interest," as described  below, a transfer of a Residual
Interest  Security to a United States person will be disregarded for all Federal
tax  purposes  unless no  significant  purpose of the transfer was to impede the
assessment or collection of tax. A Residual  Interest Security is a "noneconomic
residual  interest" unless, at the time of the transfer (i) the present value of
the expected future  distributions  on the Residual  Interest  Security at least
equals the product of the present value of the anticipated excess inclusions and
the highest rate of tax for the year in which the  transfer  occurs and (ii) the
transferor  reasonably  expects that the transferee  will receive  distributions
from the REMIC at or after the time at which the taxes accrue on the anticipated
excess  inclusions in an amount  sufficient to satisfy the accrued  taxes.  If a
transfer of a Residual  Interest is disregarded,  the transferor would be liable
for any Federal income tax imposed upon taxable income derived by the transferee
from the REMIC. The REMIC Regulations provide no guidance as to how to determine
if a significant purpose of a transfer is to impede the assessment or collection
of tax. A similar type of limitation exists with respect to certain transfers of
residual  interests by foreign  persons to United States  persons.  See " -- Tax
Treatment of Foreign Investors".

         Mark to  Market  Rules.  Prospective  purchasers  of a  REMIC  Residual
Interest  Security  should  be aware  that a REMIC  Residual  Interest  Security
acquired after January 3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market.

ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

         The REMIC's  books must be  maintained on a calendar year basis and the
REMIC  must file an annual  federal  income tax  return.  The REMIC will also be
subject to the procedural  and  administrative  rules of the Code  applicable to
partnerships,  including the  determination  of any  adjustments to, among other
things, items of REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, by the IRS in a
unified administrative proceeding.

TAXATION OF THE FASIT AND ITS HOLDERS

         In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP,  special  counsel to the Depositor,
if a FASIT  election is made with  respect to a Series of  Securities,  then the
arrangement by which the Securities of that Series are issued will be treated as
a FASIT so long as all of the  provisions of the related  Agreement are complied
with.

         The Small  Business and Job  Protection Act of 1996 added Sections 860H
through 860L to the Code (the "FASIT Provisions"),  which provide for a new type
of  entity  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  known  as  a  "financial  asset
securitization  investment trust" (a "FASIT").  Although the FASIT provisions of
the Code became effective on September 1, 1997, no Treasury regulations or other
administrative  guidance  have been  issued  with  respect to those  provisions.
Accordingly, definitive guidance cannot be provided with respect to many aspects
of the tax treatment of FASIT regular  interest  holders.  Investors should also
note that the FASIT discussion  contained  herein  constitutes only a summary of
the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the holders of FASIT interests. With
respect  to each  Series of FASIT  regular  interests,  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement will provide a detailed  discussion  regarding the federal income tax
consequences associated with the particular transaction.

         FASIT  interests will be classified as either FASIT regular  interests,
which  generally  will be treated as debt for federal  income tax  purposes,  or
FASIT  ownership  interests,  which  generally  are not treated as debt for such
purposes, but rather as representing rights and responsibilities with respect to
the taxable income or loss of the related FASIT.  The Prospectus  Supplement for
each Series of Securities will indicate which  Securities of such Series will be
designated  as regular  interests,  and which,  if any,  will be  designated  as
ownership interests.

         Qualification as a FASIT. A Trust Fund will qualify as a FASIT if (i) a
FASIT election is in effect,  (ii) certain tests  concerning (A) the composition
of the  FASIT's  assets and (B) the nature of the  investors'  interests  in the
FASIT are met on a continuing basis, and (iii) the Trust Fund is not a regulated
investment company as defined in Section 851(a) of the Code.

         Asset  Composition.  For a Trust Fund to be eligible for FASIT  status,
substantially all of the Trust Fund Assets must consist of "permitted assets" as
of the close of the third  month  beginning  after the  closing  date and at all
times thereafter (the "FASIT Qualification Test").  Permitted assets include (i)
cash or cash  equivalents,  (ii) debt  instruments  with fixed  terms that would
qualify as regular interests if issued by a REMIC  (generally,  instruments that
provide  for  interest  at a  fixed  rate,  a  qualifying  variable  rate,  or a
qualifying  interest-only  ("IO") type rate), (iii) foreclosure  property,  (iv)
certain  hedging  instruments  (generally,  interest and currency rate swaps and
credit enhancement contracts) that are reasonably required to guarantee or hedge
against the FASIT's risks  associated with being the obligor on FASIT interests,
(v) contract rights to acquire qualifying debt instruments or qualifying hedging
instruments,  (vi) FASIT regular  interest,  and (vii) REMIC regular  interests.
Permitted assets do not include any debt instruments issued by the holder of the
FASIT's ownership interest or by any person related to such holder.

         Interests in a FASIT. In addition to the foregoing asset  qualification
requirements,  the interests in a FASIT also must meet certain requirements. All
of the interests in a FASIT must belong to either of the  following:  (i) one or
more classes of regular  interests or (ii) a single class of ownership  interest
that is held by a fully taxable domestic C Corporation.

         A FASIT interest generally qualifies as a regular interest if (i) it is
designated as a regular interest,  (ii) it has a stated maturity no greater than
thirty years, (iii) it entitles its holder to a specified principal amount, (iv)
the issue price of the  interest  does not exceed  125% of its stated  principal
amount,  (v) the yield to maturity of the  interest is less than the  applicable
Treasury rate published by the IRS plus 5%, and (vi) if it pays  interest,  such
interest  is payable at either  (a) a fixed rate with  respect to the  principal
amount of the regular  interest or (b) a permissible  variable rate with respect
to such principal amount. Permissible variable rates for FASIT regular interests
are the same as those for  REMIC  regular  interests  (i.e.,  certain  qualified
floating  rates  and  weighted  average  rates).   Interest  will  generally  be
considered  to be based on a  permissible  variable rate if (i) such interest is
unconditionally  payable  at least  annually,  (ii) the issue  price of the debt
instrument does not exceed the total noncontingent  principal payments and (iii)
interest  is  based on a  "qualified  floating  rate,"  an  "objective  rate," a
combination of a single fixed rate and one or more  "qualified  floating  rate,"
one "qualified  inverse floating rate," or a combination of "qualified  floating
rates" that do not operate in a manner that significantly  accelerates or defers
interest payments on such FASIT regular interest.

         If an interest in a FASIT fails to meet one or more of the requirements
set out in clauses (iii), (iv), or (v) in the immediately  preceding  paragraph,
but  otherwise  meets all  requirements  to be treated as a FASIT,  it may still
qualify as a type of  regular  interest  known as a  "High-Yield  Interest".  In
addition,  if an  interest in a FASIT  fails to meet the  requirement  of clause
(vi), but the interest payable on the interest  consists of a specified  portion
of the interest payments on permitted assets and that portion does not vary over
the life of the  security,  the  interest  will  also  qualify  as a  High-Yield
Interest. A High-Yield Interest may be held only by domestic C corporations that
are fully  subject to  corporate  income tax  ("Eligible  Corporations"),  other
FASITs,  and dealers in  securities  who acquire such  interests  as  inventory,
rather than for  investment.  In addition,  holders of High-Yield  Interests are
subject to limitations on of income derived from such interest.

         Consequences of Disqualification.  If a Trust Fund fails to comply with
one or more of ongoing  requirements  for FASIT status  during any taxable year,
the  Code  provides  that  its  FASIT  status  may be lost  for  that  year  and
thereafter.  If FASIT  status is lost,  the  treatment  of the former  FASIT and
interests  therein for federal  income tax purposes is  uncertain.  Although the
Code authorizes the Treasury to issue regulations that address  situations where
a failure to meet the requirements for FASIT status occurs  inadvertently and in
good faith,  such  regulations  have not yet been  issued.  It is possible  that
disqualification  relief  might  be  accompanied  by  sanctions,   such  as  the
imposition of a corporate tax on all or a portion of the FASIT's  income for the
period of time in which the requirements for FASIT status are not satisfied.

TREATMENT OF FASIT REGULAR INTERESTS

         Payments received by holders of FASIT regular interests  generally will
be accorded the same tax treatment under the Code as payments  received on other
taxable debt instruments.  Holders of FASIT regular interests must report income
from  such  Securities  under an  accrual  method  of  accounting,  even if they
otherwise  would have used the cash receipts and  disbursements  method.  If the
FASIT regular  interests is sold,  the holder  generally  will recognize gain or
loss upon the sale. See "-Taxation of Debt Securities" above.

TREATMENT OF HIGH-YIELD INTEREST

         High-Yield  Interests  are  subject  to  special  rules  regarding  the
eligibility  of holders of such  interest,  and the  ability of such  holders to
offset income  derived from those  interests with losses.  High-Yield  Interests
only  may be held  by  Eligible  Corporations,  other  FASITs,  and  dealers  in
securities  who acquire such  interests  as  inventory.  If a securities  dealer
(other than an Eligible Corporation) initially acquires a High-Yield Interest as
inventory,  but  later  begins to hold it for  investment,  the  dealer  will be
subject  to an  excise  tax equal to the  income  from the  High-Yield  Interest
multiplied by the highest  corporate income tax rate. In addition,  transfers of
High-Yield  Interests to  disqualified  holders will be disregarded  for federal
income tax  purposes,  and the  transferor  will  continue  to be treated as the
holder of the High-Yield Interest.

         The  holder of a  High-Yield  Interest  may not use  non-FASIT  current
losses or net operating  loss  carryforwards  or carrybacks to offset any income
derived from the  High-Yield  Interest,  for either  regular  federal income tax
purposes  or for  alternative  minimum  tax  purposes.  In  addition,  the FASIT
provisions  contain an  anti-abuse  rule that  imposes  corporate  income tax on
income  derived from a FASIT  regular  interest  that is held by a  pass-through
entity (other than another FASIT) that issues debt or equity  securities  backed
by the FASIT  regular  interest  and that have the same  features as  High-Yield
Interests.

TAX TREATMENT OF FASIT OWNERSHIP INTERESTS

         A FASIT ownership interest represents the residual equity interest in a
FASIT. As such, the holder of a FASIT ownership interest  determines its taxable
income by taking  into  account all  assets,  liabilities,  and items of income,
gain,  deduction,  loss, and credit of a FASIT. In general, the character of the
income  to the  holder  of a FASIT  ownership  interest  will be the same as the
character  of such  income to the FASIT,  except  that any  tax-exempt  interest
income taken into account by the holder of a FASIT ownership interest is treated
as ordinary income.  In determining  that taxable income,  the holder of a FASIT
ownership  interest  must  determine  the  amount of  interest,  original  issue
discount,  market discount,  and premium  recognized with respect to the FASIT's
assets  and the FASIT  regular  interests  issued by the  FASIT  according  to a
constant  yield  methodology  and  under an  accrual  method of  accounting.  In
addition,  holders  of  FASIT  Ownership  Securities  are  subject  to the  same
limitations  on their  ability to use losses to offset  income  from their FASIT
regular interests as are holders of High-Yield Interest.

         Rules  similar  to the wash sale  rules  applicable  to REMIC  residual
interests also will apply to FASIT ownership interests.  Accordingly,  losses on
dispositions of a FASIT ownership  interest  generally will be disallowed  where
within six months before or after the  disposition,  the seller of such interest
acquires any other FASIT ownership interest that is economically comparable to a
FASIT  ownership  interest.  In  addition,  if any  security  that  is  sold  or
contributed  to a FASIT by the holders of the related FASIT  ownership  interest
was  required  to be  marked-to-market  under  section  475 of the  Code by such
holder,  then section 475 of the Code will continue to apply to such securities,
except  that  the  amount  realized  under  the  mark-to-market   rules  or  the
securities'  value after applying special valuation rules contained in the FASIT
provisions.  Those special  valuation rules generally  require that the value of
debt  instruments  that are not traded on an  established  securities  market be
determined by calculating the present value of the reasonably  expected payments
under the  instrument  using a discount rate of 120% of the  applicable  Federal
rate, compounded semi-annually.

         The holder of a FASIT ownership interest will be subject to a tax equal
to  100%  of  the  net  income  derived  by  the  FASIT  from  any   "prohibited
transactions". Prohibited transactions include (i) the receipt of income derived
from  assets  that  are not  permitted  assets,  (ii)  certain  dispositions  of
permitted  assets,  (iii)  the  receipt  of any  income  derived  from  any loan
originated  by a  FASIT,  and (iv) in  certain  cases,  the  receipt  of  income
representing a servicing fee or other compensation. Any Series of Securities for
which a FASIT  election is made  generally  will be structured in order to avoid
application of the prohibited transaction tax.

TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST

         In the  absence of a REMIC or FASIT  election,  a Trust Fund  generally
will be  classified  as a grantor trust if (i) there is either only one class of
Securities that evidences the entire undivided beneficial ownership of the Trust
Fund  Assets,  or,  if there is more than one class of  Securities,  each  class
represents  a direct  investment  in the Trust  Fund  Assets,  and (ii) no power
exists   under  the   related   Agreement   to  vary  the   investment   of  the
Securityholders.  If these  conditions  are  satisfied,  the related  Prospectus
Supplement will recite that in the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP,  special counsel
to the  Depositor,  the Trust Fund  relating to a Series of  Securities  will be
classified  for federal  income tax purposes as a grantor trust under Subpart E,
Part I of Subchapter J of the Code (the Securities of such Series, "Pass-Through
Securities").  In some Series there will be no  separation  of the principal and
interest  payments  on the  Loans.  In  such  circumstances,  a  holder  will be
considered to have purchased a pro rata undivided interest in each of the Loans.
In other cases  ("Stripped  Securities"),  sale of the Securities will produce a
separation in the  ownership of all or a portion of the principal  payments from
all or a portion of the interest payments on the Loans.

         Each holder  must report on its federal  income tax return its share of
the gross income  derived  from the Loans (not reduced by the amount  payable as
fees to the  Trustee  and the  Servicer  and  similar  fees  (collectively,  the
"Servicing  Fee")),  at the same time and in the same manner as such items would
have been  reported  under the  holder's tax  accounting  method had it held its
interest  in the Loans  directly,  received  directly  its share of the  amounts
received with respect to the Loans, and paid directly its share of the Servicing
Fees. In the case of  Pass-Through  Securities  other than Stripped  Securities,
such income will  consist of a pro rata share of all of the income  derived from
all of the Loans and,  in the case of  Stripped  Securities,  such  income  will
consist of a pro rata share of the income  derived  from each  stripped  bond or
stripped  coupon in which the holder owns an interest.  The holder of a Security
will  generally be entitled to deduct such  Servicing  Fees under Section 162 or
Section  212 of the  Code to the  extent  that  such  Servicing  Fees  represent
"reasonable"  compensation  for the  services  rendered  by the  Trustee and the
Servicer  (or  third  parties  that  are  compensated  for  the  performance  of
services). In the case of a noncorporate holder, however, Servicing Fees (to the
extent  not  otherwise   disallowed,   e.g.,   because  they  exceed  reasonable
compensation)  will  be  deductible  in  computing  such  holder's  regular  tax
liability only to the extent that such fees,  when added to other  miscellaneous
itemized  deductions,  exceed  2% of  adjusted  gross  income  and  may  not  be
deductible  to any extent in computing  such  holder's  alternative  minimum tax
liability. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1990, the
amount of itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable for the taxable year for an
individual  whose adjusted  gross income  exceeds the  applicable  amount (which
amount will be adjusted for  inflation in taxable  years  beginning  after 1990)
will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of adjusted  gross  income
over the  applicable  amount or (ii) 80% of the  amount of  itemized  deductions
otherwise allowable for such taxable year.

         Discount or Premium on Pass-Through  Securities.  The holder's purchase
price  of a  Pass-Through  Security  is to  be  allocated  among  the  Loans  in
proportion to their fair market values, determined as of the time of purchase of
the  Securities.  In the typical case,  the Trustee (to the extent  necessary to
fulfill its reporting  obligations) will treat each Loan as having a fair market
value  proportional to the share of the aggregate  principal  balances of all of
the Loans that it represents,  since the Securities,  unless otherwise specified
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  will have a relatively uniform interest
rate and other  common  characteristics.  To the extent  that the portion of the
purchase price of a Pass-Through  Security  allocated to a Loan (other than to a
right to receive any accrued  interest thereon and any  undistributed  principal
payments) is less than or greater than the portion of the  principal  balance of
the Loan  allocable to the Security,  the interest in the Loan  allocable to the
Pass-Through  Security  will be deemed to have been  acquired  at a discount  or
premium, respectively.

         The  treatment  of any  discount  will depend on whether  the  discount
represents OID or market discount. In the case of a Loan with OID in excess of a
prescribed de minimis amount or a Stripped Security, a holder of a Security will
be required to report as interest  income in each  taxable year its share of the
amount of OID that accrues during that year in the manner  described  above. OID
with respect to a Loan could arise,  for example,  by virtue of the financing of
points by the  originator of the Loan, or by virtue of the charging of points by
the  originator  of the Loan in an amount  greater  than a statutory  de minimis
exception,  in circumstances under which the points are not currently deductible
pursuant to applicable Code provisions. Any market discount or premium on a Loan
will be includible in income,  generally in the manner described  above,  except
that in the case of Pass-Through Securities,  market discount is calculated with
respect to the Loans underlying the Certificate, rather than with respect to the
Security. A holder that acquires an interest in a Loan originated after July 18,
1984 with more than a de  minimis  amount  of market  discount  (generally,  the
excess  of the  principal  amount  of the Loan  over the  purchaser's  allocable
purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount in income in
the manner set forth above. See "--Taxation of Debt Securities; Market Discount"
and " -- Premium" above.

         In the case of market discount on a Pass-Through  Security attributable
to Loans  originated on or before July 18, 1984,  the holder  generally  will be
required to allocate  the portion of such  discount  that is allocable to a loan
among the principal  payments on the Loan and to include the discount  allocable
to each principal  payment in ordinary income at the time such principal payment
is made.  Such treatment  would  generally  result in discount being included in
income at a slower rate than discount would be required to be included in income
using the method described in the preceding paragraph.

         Stripped  Securities.  A Stripped  Security  may  represent  a right to
receive only a portion of the interest payments on the Loans, a right to receive
only principal  payments on the Loans, or a right to receive certain payments of
both  interest  and  principal.   Certain  Stripped   Securities  ("Ratio  Strip
Securities") may represent a right to receive differing  percentages of both the
interest and principal on each Loan.  Pursuant to Section 1286 of the Code,  the
separation  of  ownership  of the right to receive  some or all of the  interest
payments on an obligation  from ownership of the right to receive some or all of
the principal  payments results in the creation of "stripped bonds" with respect
to principal  payments and "stripped coupons" with respect to interest payments.
Section  1286 of the Code  applies the OID rules to stripped  bonds and stripped
coupons. For purposes of computing original issue discount, a stripped bond or a
stripped  coupon is  treated as a debt  instrument  issued on the date that such
stripped  interest is purchased  with an issue price equal to its purchase price
or, if more than one stripped  interest is  purchased,  the ratable share of the
purchase price allocable to such stripped interest.

         Servicing  fees  in  excess  of  reasonable   servicing  fees  ("excess
servicing")  will be  treated  under the  stripped  bond  rules.  If the  excess
servicing  fee is less than 100 basis  points  (i.e.,  1%  interest  on the Loan
principal  balance)  or the  Securities  are  initially  sold with a de  minimis
discount  (assuming no prepayment  assumption is required),  any non-de  minimis
discount arising from a subsequent  transfer of the Securities should be treated
as market discount. The IRS appears to require that reasonable servicing fees be
calculated  on a Loan by Loan  basis,  which  could  result in some Loans  being
treated as having more than 100 basis points of interest stripped off.

         OID Regulations and judicial decisions provide no direct guidance as to
how the  interest  and original  issue  discount  rules are to apply to Stripped
Securities and other Pass-Through  Securities.  Under the method described above
for  Pay-Through   Securities  (the  "Cash  Flow  Bond  Method"),  a  prepayment
assumption is used and periodic  recalculations are made which take into account
with  respect  to each  accrual  period the effect of  prepayments  during  such
period.  However,  the 1986 Act does not,  absent Treasury  regulations,  appear
specifically  to  cover  instruments  such  as  the  Stripped  Securities  which
technically  represent  ownership interests in the underlying Loans, rather than
being debt  instruments  "secured by" those loans. For tax years beginning after
August 5, 1997 the  Taxpayer  Relief  Act of 1997 may allow use of the Cash Flow
Bond  Method  with  respect  to  Stripped   Securities  and  other  Pass-Through
Securities  because it  provides  that such  method  applies to any pool of debt
instruments the yield on which may be affected by prepayments.  Nevertheless, it
is believed  that the Cash Flow Bond Method is a reasonable  method of reporting
income for such Securities, and it is expected that OID will be reported on that
basis  unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In
applying the calculation to Pass-Through Securities,  the Trustee will treat all
payments  to be received by a holder  with  respect to the  underlying  Loans as
payments on a single installment obligation. The IRS could, however, assert that
original issue discount must be calculated separately for each Loan underlying a
Security.

         Under certain circumstances,  if the Loans prepay at a rate faster than
the Prepayment Assumption, the use of the Cash Flow Bond Method may accelerate a
holder's  recognition of income. If, however,  the Loans prepay at a rate slower
than the Prepayment Assumption, in some circumstances the use of this method may
decelerate a holder's recognition of income.

         In the  case  of a  Stripped  Security  that  is an  Interest  Weighted
Security,  the Trustee intends,  absent contrary authority,  to report income to
Security  holders as OID, in the manner  described  above for Interest  Weighted
Securities.

         Possible Alternative  Characterizations.  The  characterizations of the
Stripped Securities described above are not the only possible interpretations of
the applicable Code provisions. Among other possibilities, the IRS could contend
that (i) in certain Series,  each non-Interest  Weighted Security is composed of
an  unstripped   undivided  ownership  interest  in  Loans  and  an  installment
obligation  consisting of stripped  principal  payments;  (ii) the  non-Interest
Weighted  Securities  are subject to the  contingent  payment  provisions of the
Contingent  Regulations;  or (iii) each Interest  Weighted  Stripped Security is
composed  of  an  unstripped  undivided  ownership  interest  in  Loans  and  an
installment obligation consisting of stripped interest payments.

         Given  the  variety  of  alternatives  for  treatment  of the  Stripped
Securities and the different  federal income tax  consequences  that result from
each  alternative,  potential  purchasers  are  urged to  consult  their own tax
advisers regarding the proper treatment of the Securities for federal income tax
purposes.

         Character  as  Qualifying  Loans.  In the case of Stripped  Securities,
there is no specific legal authority existing regarding whether the character of
the Securities,  for federal income tax purposes, will be the same as the Loans.
The IRS could take the position that the Loans' character is not carried over to
the  Securities in such  circumstances.  Pass-Through  Securities  will be, and,
although  the  matter  is not free from  doubt,  Stripped  Securities  should be
considered  to  represent  "real  estate  assets"  within the meaning of Section
856(c)(5)(B)  of the Code and "loans  secured by an interest  in real  property"
within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code; and interest income
attributable  to the Securities  should be considered to represent  "interest on
obligations  secured by  mortgages  on real  property  or on  interests  in real
property"  within the meaning of Section  856(c)(3)(B) of the Code.  Reserves or
funds  underlying  the  Securities  may cause a  proportionate  reduction in the
above-described qualifying status categories of Securities.

SALE OR EXCHANGE

         Subject to the discussion  below with respect to Trust Funds classified
as  partnerships  made,  a holder's  tax basis in its Security is the price such
holder pays for a Security,  plus amounts of original  issue or market  discount
included in income and reduced by any payments  received  (other than  qualified
stated interest payments) and any amortized premium.  Gain or loss recognized on
a sale,  exchange,  or  redemption  of a Security,  measured  by the  difference
between  the amount  realized  and the  Security's  basis as so  adjusted,  will
generally  be capital  gain or loss,  assuming  that the  Security  is held as a
capital  asset.  In the case of a Security  held by a bank,  thrift,  or similar
institution described in Section 582 of the Code, however, gain or loss realized
on the sale or exchange of a REMIC or FASIT regular  interest will be taxable as
ordinary  income or loss.  In  addition,  gain from the  disposition  of a REMIC
regular  interest  that  might  otherwise  be  capital  gain will be  treated as
ordinary  income to the extent of the  excess,  if any,  of (i) the amount  that
would have been  includible  in the  holder's  income if the yield on such REMIC
regular interest Security had equaled 110% of the applicable  federal rate as of
the  beginning  of such  holder's  holding  period,  over the amount of ordinary
income  actually  recognized  by the holder with  respect to such REMIC  regular
interest.  In general,  the maximum tax rate on ordinary  income for  individual
taxpayers is 39.6% and the maximum tax rate on long-term  capital gains for such
taxpayers is 28%.  The maximum tax rate on both  ordinary  income and  long-term
capital gains of corporate taxpayers is 35%.

         The Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 reduces the maximum rates on long-term
capital gains recognized on capital assets held by individual taxpayers for more
than eighteen months as of the date of disposition (and would further reduce the
maximum  rates on such  gains  in the  year  2001  and  thereafter  for  certain
individual  taxpayers  who meet  specified  conditions).  Prospective  investors
should consult their own tax advisors concerning these tax law changes.

MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS

         Backup  Withholding.  Subject to the  discussion  below with respect to
Trust Funds classified as partnerships, a holder, other than a holder of a REMIC
Residual  Security,  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  be subject to "backup
withholding" at a rate of 31% with respect to distributions or the proceeds of a
sale of certificates  to or through brokers that represent  interest or original
issue discount on the  Securities.  This  withholding  generally  applies if the
holder  of a  Security  (i)  fails to  furnish  the  Trustee  with its  taxpayer
identification  number  ("TIN");  (ii)  furnishes the Trustee an incorrect  TIN;
(iii)  fails  to  report  properly  interest,  dividends  or  other  "reportable
payments" as defined in the Code; or (iv) under certain circumstances,  fails to
provide  the  Trustee  or  such  holder's  securities  broker  with a  certified
statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct
number  and that  the  holder  is not  subject  to  backup  withholding.  Backup
withholding  will not apply,  however,  with respect to certain payments made to
holders,  including  payments  to  certain  exempt  recipients  (such as  exempt
organizations)  and to certain  Nonresidents (as defined below).  holders should
consult their tax advisers as to their  qualification  for exemption from backup
withholding and the procedure for obtaining the exemption.

         The Trustee  will report to the  holders and to the  Servicer  for each
calendar year the amount of any "reportable  payments"  during such year and the
amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the Securities.

TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS

         Subject to the discussion  below with respect to Trust Funds classified
as partnerships  election is made,  under the Code,  unless interest  (including
OID) paid on a Security (other than a Residual Interest  Security) is considered
to be "effectively  connected" with a trade or business  conducted in the United
States  by a  nonresident  alien  individual,  foreign  partnership  or  foreign
corporation  ("Nonresidents"),  such interest will normally qualify as portfolio
interest  (except  where  (i)  the  recipient  is  a  holder,   directly  or  by
attribution,  of 10% or more of the capital or profits interest in the issuer or
(ii) the recipient is a controlled foreign  corporation to which the issuer is a
related  person) and will be exempt from  federal  income tax.  Upon  receipt of
appropriate  ownership  statements,  the issuer  normally  will be  relieved  of
obligations  to  withhold  tax from such  interest  payments.  These  provisions
supersede  the generally  applicable  provisions of United States law that would
otherwise  require the issuer to withhold at a 30% rate  (unless  such rate were
reduced or  eliminated  by an  applicable  tax treaty) on,  among other  things,
interest  and other fixed or  determinable,  annual or  periodic  income paid to
Nonresidents.  Holders  of  Pass-Through  Securities  and  Stripped  Securities,
including Ratio Strip Securities,  however, may be subject to withholding to the
extent that the Loans were originated on or before July 18, 1984.

         Interest  and  OID of  Securityholders  who  are  Nonresidents  are not
subject to  withholding if they are  effectively  connected with a United States
business conducted by the holder.  They will,  however,  generally be subject to
the regular United States income tax.

         Payments  to  holders  of   Residual   Interest   Securities   who  are
Nonresidents  will  generally be treated as interest for purposes of the 30% (or
lower treaty rate) United States  withholding  tax.  Holders  should assume that
such income does not qualify for exemption from United States withholding tax as
"portfolio interest".  It is clear that, to the extent that a payment represents
a portion of REMIC taxable income that constitutes  excess  inclusion  income, a
holder of a Residual Interest Security will not be entitled to an exemption from
or  reduction of the 30% (or lower treaty  rate)  withholding  tax rule.  If the
payments are subject to United States  withholding  tax, they  generally will be
taken into account for  withholding  tax purposes only when paid or  distributed
(or when the  Residual  Interest  Security is disposed  of).  The  Treasury  has
statutory authority, however, to promulgate regulations which would require such
amounts to be taken into  account  at an  earlier  time in order to prevent  the
avoidance of tax. Such regulations could, for example, require withholding prior
to the distribution of cash in the case of Residual Interest  Securities that do
not have significant value. Under the REMIC Regulations,  if a Residual Interest
Security has tax avoidance potential, a transfer of a Residual Interest Security
to a Nonresident  will be disregarded  for all federal tax purposes.  A Residual
Interest  Security  has  tax  avoidance  potential  unless,  at the  time of the
transfer the transferor reasonably expects that the REMIC will distribute to the
transferee residual interest holder amounts that will equal at least 30% of each
excess inclusion, and that such amounts will be distributed at or after the time
at which the  excess  inclusions  accrue and not later  than the  calendar  year
following  the calendar year of accrual.  If a Nonresident  transfers a Residual
Interest Security to a United States person,  and if the transfer has the effect
of allowing the transferor to avoid tax on accrued excess  inclusions,  then the
transfer is disregarded and the transferor  continues to be treated as the owner
of the Residual Interest Security for purposes of the withholding tax provisions
of the Code. See " -- Excess Inclusions".

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST FUND AS A PARTNERSHIP

         In the absence of a REMIC or FASIT  election,  a Trust Fund that is not
classified as a grantor  trust will be  classified as a partnership  for federal
tax purposes.  Brown & Wood LLP, special counsel to the Depositor,  will deliver
its opinion that a Trust Fund classified as a partnership will not be a publicly
traded  partnership  taxable as a corporation  for federal  income tax purposes.
This  opinion  will be  based on the  assumption  that  the  terms of the  Trust
Agreement  and  related  documents  will  be  complied  with,  and on  counsel's
conclusions  that the nature of the income of the Trust Fund will exempt it from
the rule that certain  publicly traded  partnerships are taxable as corporations
or the issuance of the  Securities  has been  structured as a private  placement
under an IRS safe harbor,  so that the Trust Fund will not be characterized as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

         If the Trust Fund were taxable as a corporation  for federal income tax
purposes, the Trust Fund would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable
income.  The Trust Fund's taxable income would include all its income,  possibly
reduced by its  interest  expense on the Notes.  Any such  corporate  income tax
could  materially  reduce  cash  available  to make  payments  on the  Notes and
distributions on the Certificates,  and  Certificateholders  could be liable for
any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust Fund.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

         Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness.  The Trust Fund will agree, and
the  Noteholders  will agree by their  purchase of Notes,  to treat the Notes as
debt for federal  income tax purposes.  Special  counsel to the Depositor  will,
except as otherwise  provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  advise the
Depositor  that the Notes  will be  classified  as debt for  federal  income tax
purposes.  The tax  treatment  of the  Notes  is  described  under  the  caption
"Taxation of Debt Securities" set forth above.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

         Treatment  of the Trust Fund as a  Partnership.  The Trust Fund and the
Master  Servicer  will  agree,  and the  Certificateholders  will agree by their
purchase of Certificates,  to treat the Trust Fund as a partnership for purposes
of federal and state  income tax,  franchise  tax and any other tax  measured in
whole or in part by income,  with the assets of the partnership being the assets
held  by  the  Trust  Fund,   the   partners  of  the   partnership   being  the
Certificateholders,  and the Notes being debt of the partnership.  However,  the
proper  characterization  of the  arrangement  involving  the  Trust  Fund,  the
Certificates,  the Notes,  the Trust Fund and the Servicer is not clear  because
there is no authority on transactions  closely  comparable to that  contemplated
herein.

         A variety of alternative  characterizations are possible.  For example,
because the  Certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt,  the
Certificates   might  be   considered   debt  of  the  Trust   Fund.   Any  such
characterization  would not result in  materially  adverse tax  consequences  to
Certificateholders  as  compared  to  the  consequences  from  treatment  of the
Certificates  as  equity  in  a  partnership,  described  below.  The  following
discussion  assumes  that  the  Certificates  represent  equity  interests  in a
partnership.

         Indexed  Securities,  etc. The  following  discussion  assumes that all
payments  on the  Certificates  are  denominated  in U.S.  dollars,  none of the
Certificates are Indexed Securities or Strip Certificates,  and that a Series of
Securities includes a single class of Certificates.  If these conditions are not
satisfied  with  respect to any given  Series of  Certificates,  additional  tax
considerations  with  respect  to such  Certificates  will be  disclosed  in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.

         Partnership  Taxation.  As a  partnership,  the Trust  Fund will not be
subject to federal income tax. Rather, each  Certificateholder  will be required
to separately take into account such holder's allocated share of income,  gains,
losses,  deductions  and credits of the Trust Fund. The Trust Fund's income will
consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the Loans (including
appropriate  adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium) and any gain
upon  collection  or  disposition  of Loans.  The Trust Fund's  deductions  will
consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the Notes,  servicing and
other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or disposition of Loans.

         The tax  items  of a  partnership  are  allocable  to the  partners  in
accordance with the Code,  Treasury  regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(here,  the Trust  Agreement and related  documents).  The Trust  Agreement will
provide,  in general,  that the  Certificateholders  will be  allocated  taxable
income of the Trust  Fund for each  month  equal to the sum of (i) the  interest
that accrues on the  Certificates in accordance with their terms for such month,
including interest accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for such month and interest
on amounts previously due on the Certificates but not yet distributed;  (ii) any
Trust Fund income  attributable to discount on the Loans that corresponds to any
excess of the  principal  amount of the  Certificates  over their  initial issue
price (iii) prepayment premium payable to the Certificateholders for such month;
and (iv) any other amounts of income payable to the  Certificateholders for such
month.  Such allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust Fund of
premium  on  Loans  that  corresponds  to any  excess  of  the  issue  price  of
Certificates  over their principal  amount.  All remaining taxable income of the
Trust Fund will be allocated to the Company.  Based on the economic  arrangement
of the  parties,  this  approach  for  allocating  Trust Fund  income  should be
permissible under applicable Treasury regulations,  although no assurance can be
given that the IRS would not require a greater  amount of income to be allocated
to Certificateholders.  Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation,
Certificateholders may be allocated income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate
plus the other items  described  above even though the Trust Fund might not have
sufficient cash to make current cash  distributions  of such amount.  Thus, cash
basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the  Certificates
on the accrual basis and Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust
Fund income even if they have not received  cash from the Trust Fund to pay such
taxes. In addition,  because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a
uniform  basis  for  all   Certificateholders   but  Certificateholders  may  be
purchasing   Certificates   at  different   times  and  at   different   prices,
Certificateholders may be required to report on their tax returns taxable income
that is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the Trust Fund.

         All of the taxable income  allocated to a  Certificateholder  that is a
pension,  profit  sharing or employee  benefit plan or other  tax-exempt  entity
(including an individual retirement account) will constitute "unrelated business
taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.

         An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust Fund (including
fees to the Servicer but not interest  expense) would be miscellaneous  itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in
part and might  result in such  holder  being  taxed on an amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually  distributed to such holder over the life of
the Trust Fund.

         The Trust Fund intends to make all tax calculations  relating to income
and allocations to  Certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that such  calculations be made separately for each Loan, the Trust Fund
might be required  to incur  additional  expense  but it is believed  that there
would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

         Discount  and  Premium.  It is believed  that the Loans were not issued
with OID, and,  therefore,  the Trust Fund should not have OID income.  However,
the  purchase  price paid by the Trust Fund for the Loans may be greater or less
than the remaining  principal  balance of the Loans at the time of purchase.  If
so, the Loan will have been  acquired at a premium or discount,  as the case may
be.  (As  indicated  above,  the Trust  Fund will  make this  calculation  on an
aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)

         If the Trust Fund  acquires the Loans at a market  discount or premium,
the Trust Fund will elect to include any such discount in income currently as it
accrues  over the life of the  Loans or to any  such  premium  against  interest
income on the Loans.  As  indicated  above,  a portion of such  market  discount
income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.

         Section 708 Termination. Pursuant to final regulations issued on May 9,
1997 under Code  Section  708, a sale or  exchange of 50% or more of the capital
and profits in a partnership would cause a deemed  contribution of assets of the
partnership (the "old partnership") to a new partnership (the "new partnership")
in exchange for interests in the new partnership. Such interests would be deemed
distributed to the partners of the old partnership in liquidation thereof, which
would  not  constitute  a  sale  or  exchange.   Accordingly   under  these  new
regulations, if the Trust Fund were characterized as a partnership and a sale of
Certificates  terminated the partnership under Code Section 708, the purchaser's
basis in its ownership interest would not change.

         Disposition of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital gain or loss will be
recognized  on a sale of  Certificates  in an  amount  equal  to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A  Certificateholder's  tax  basis in a  Certificate  will  generally  equal the
holder's cost increased by the holder's  share of Trust Fund income  (includible
in income) and  decreased  by any  distributions  received  with respect to such
Certificate.  In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized on a sale of a  Certificate  would  include the  holder's  share of the
Notes and other  liabilities of the Trust Fund. A holder acquiring  Certificates
at different prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate  adjusted tax
basis in such  Certificates,  and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the
Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates
sold  (rather than  maintaining  a separate  tax basis in each  Certificate  for
purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

         Any  gain on the sale of a  Certificate  attributable  to the  holder's
share of  unrecognized  accrued market  discount on the Loans would generally be
treated as  ordinary  income to the  holder  and would give rise to special  tax
reporting requirements.  The Trust Fund does not expect to have any other assets
that would give rise to such  special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid
those  special  reporting  requirements,  the Trust  Fund will  elect to include
market discount in income as it accrues.

         If a Certificateholder  is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including  income  attributable  to disallowed  itemized  deductions
described  above) over the life of the  Certificates  that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

         Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.  In general, the Trust
Fund's  taxable  income and losses will be determined  monthly and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificateholders
in proportion to the principal  amount of  Certificates  owned by them as of the
close  of the  last  day  of  such  month.  As a  result,  a  holder  purchasing
Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.

         The use of such a monthly  convention  may not be permitted by existing
regulations.  If a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies  to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust Fund might be reallocated among the  Certificateholders.  The Trust
Fund's method of allocation  between  transferors and transferees may be revised
to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

         Section 754 Election.  In the event that a Certificateholder  sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss),  the purchasing  Certificateholder  will have a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the Trust  Fund's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower)  basis  unless the Trust Fund were to file an  election  under
Section 754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative  complexities that
would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially
onerous information  reporting  requirements,  the Trust Fund will not make such
election. As a result, Certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser
amount  of Trust  Fund  income  than  would be  appropriate  based on their  own
purchase price for Certificates.

         Administrative  Matters.  The Owner Trustee is required to keep or have
kept  complete  and  accurate  books  of the  Trust  Fund.  Such  books  will be
maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the
fiscal year of the Trust Fund will be the calendar year. The Trustee will file a
partnership  information  return  (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each  taxable
year of the Trust Fund and will report each Certificateholder's  allocable share
of items of Trust Fund  income and  expense to holders  and the IRS on  Schedule
K-1. The Trust Fund will provide the Schedule K-l  information  to nominees that
fail to provide the Trust Fund with the  information  statement  described below
and such nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial
owners of the  Certificates.  Generally,  holders must file tax returns that are
consistent with the information  return filed by the Trust Fund or be subject to
penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

         Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust Fund
with a statement  containing certain information on the nominee,  the beneficial
owners and the  Certificates  so held. Such  information  includes (i) the name,
address and  taxpayer  identification  number of the nominee and (ii) as to each
beneficial owner (x) the name, address and identification number of such person,
(y) whether such person is a United  States  person,  a  tax-exempt  entity or a
foreign government, an international organization, or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality  of either  of the  foregoing  and (z)  certain  information  on
Certificates  that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the Trust Fund information
as to  themselves  and  their  ownership  of  Certificates.  A  clearing  agency
registered  under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any
such information  statement to the Trust Fund. The information referred to above
for any  calendar  year must be  furnished  to the Trust  Fund on or before  the
following January 31. Nominees,  brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide the Trust Fund with the  information  described  above may be subject to
penalties.

         The  Depositor  will be  designated  as the tax matters  partner in the
related Trust Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for  representing  the
Certificateholders   in  any  dispute  with  the  IRS.  The  Code  provides  for
administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if  the  partnership  were  a
separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership  information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the  return of the Trust  Fund by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities
could result in an  adjustment  of the returns of the  Certificateholders,  and,
under  certain   circumstances,   a  Certificateholder  may  be  precluded  from
separately  litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the Trust Fund. An
adjustment  could also result in an audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and
adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of the Trust Fund.

         Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders. It is not clear whether
the Trust Fund would be  considered  to be engaged in a trade or business in the
United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
Persons because there is no clear authority  dealing with that issue under facts
substantially  similar to those  described  herein.  Although it is not expected
that the Trust Fund would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States
for such  purposes,  the Trust  Fund will  withhold  as if it were so engaged in
order to protect the Trust Fund from possible adverse  consequences of a failure
to  withhold.  The Trust Fund  expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable
income,  as calculated  for this purpose which may exceed the  distributions  to
Certificateholders,  that is allocable to foreign Certificateholders pursuant to
Section 1446 of the Code, as if such income were effectively connected to a U.S.
trade or  business,  at a rate of 35% for  foreign  holders  that are taxable as
corporations  and 39.6% for all other foreign  holders.  Subsequent  adoption of
Treasury regulations or the issuance of other administrative  pronouncements may
require the Trust Fund to change its  withholding  procedures.  In determining a
holder's  withholding  status, the Trust Fund may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form
W-9 or the holder's certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of
perjury.

         The term  "U.S.  Person"  means a citizen  or  resident  of the  United
States, a corporation,  partnership or (other entity treated as a corporation or
partnership)  created or organized in or under the laws of the United  States or
any state thereof  including the District of Columbia  (other than a partnership
that is not treated as a United  States  person  under any  applicable  Treasury
regulations),  or an estate whose income is subject to U.S.  federal  income tax
regardless  of its  source of  income,  or a trust if a court  within the United
States is able to exercise  primary  supervision  of the  administration  of the
trust and one or more United  States  persons have the  authority to control all
substantial  decisions of the trust.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to
the extent  provided in  regulations,  certain trusts in existence on August 20,
1996 and  treated  as United  States  persons  prior to such date that  elect to
continue to be so treated also shall be considered U.S. Persons.

         Each  foreign  holder  might be required to file a U.S.  individual  or
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch
profits tax) on its share of the Trust Fund's  income.  Each foreign holder must
obtain a taxpayer  identification  number from the IRS and submit that number to
the Trust Fund on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of the taxes
withheld.  A foreign holder  generally  would be entitled to file with the IRS a
claim for refund  with  respect to taxes  withheld  by the Trust Fund taking the
position that no taxes were due because the Trust Fund was not engaged in a U.S.
trade  or  business.   However,   interest  payments  made  (or  accrued)  to  a
Certificateholder   who  is  a  foreign  person  generally  will  be  considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard to
the  income  of  the  Trust  Fund.  If  these  interest  payments  are  properly
characterized as guaranteed  payments,  then the interest will not be considered
"portfolio interest". As a result,  Certificateholders will be subject to United
States federal income tax and  withholding  tax at a rate of 30 percent,  unless
reduced or eliminated  pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a foreign
holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in
excess of the taxes that  should be  withheld  with  respect  to the  guaranteed
payments.

         Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  Certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

                            STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         In  addition  to the  federal  income  tax  consequences  described  in
"Federal Income Tax Consequences," potential investors should consider the state
and local income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition
of the Securities.  State and local income tax law may differ substantially from
the corresponding  federal law, and this discussion does not purport to describe
any aspect of the income tax laws of any state or locality. Therefore, potential
investors  should  consult  their own tax  advisors  with respect to the various
state and local tax consequences of an investment in the Securities.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         The  following  describes  certain  considerations  under ERISA and the
Code,  which apply only to  Securities  of a Series  that are not  divided  into
subclasses.  If Securities are divided into  subclasses  the related  Prospectus
Supplement will contain information concerning  considerations relating to ERISA
and the Code that are applicable to such Securities.

         ERISA imposes  requirements  on employee  benefit plans (and on certain
other  retirement  plans  and  arrangements,   including  individual  retirement
accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds and separate
accounts  in  which  such  plans,   accounts  or   arrangements   are  invested)
(collectively  "Plans") subject to ERISA and on persons who are fiduciaries with
respect to such Plans.  Generally,  ERISA applies to investments  made by Plans.
Among other things, ERISA requires that the assets of Plans be held in trust and
that the trustee, or other duly authorized  fiduciary,  have exclusive authority
and  discretion  to manage  and  control  the assets of such  Plans.  ERISA also
imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans. Under ERISA, any
person who  exercises  any  authority or control  respecting  the  management or
disposition of the assets of a Plan is considered to be a fiduciary of such Plan
(subject to certain  exceptions not here  relevant).  Certain  employee  benefit
plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in ERISA Section 3(32)) and, if no
election  has been made  under  Section  410(d) of the  Code,  church  plans (as
defined  in  ERISA  Section  3(33)),  are not  subject  to  ERISA  requirements.
Accordingly,  assets of such plans may be invested in Securities  without regard
to the ERISA considerations described above and below, subject to the provisions
of  applicable  state law.  Any such plan  which is  qualified  and exempt  from
taxation  under Code  Sections  401(a) and  501(a),  however,  is subject to the
prohibited transaction rules set forth in Code Section 503.

         On November 13, 1986, the United States Department of Labor (the "DOL")
issued final  regulations  concerning  the  definition of what  constitutes  the
assets of a Plan.  (Labor Reg. Section  2510.3-101)  Under this regulation,  the
underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships and certain other
entities  in which a Plan  makes an  "equity"  investment  could be  deemed  for
purposes of ERISA to be assets of the investing  Plan in certain  circumstances.
However, the regulation provides that, generally, the assets of a corporation or
partnership  in which a Plan invests will not be deemed for purposes of ERISA to
be assets of such Plan if the equity interest  acquired by the investing Plan is
a  publicly-offered  security.  A publicly-offered  security,  as defined in the
Labor  Reg.  Section  2510.3-101,  is a  security  that is widely  held,  freely
transferable  and  registered  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.

         In  addition  to the  imposition  of  general  fiduciary  standards  of
investment  prudence  and  diversification,  ERISA  prohibits  a broad  range of
transactions  involving Plan assets and persons  ("Parties in Interest")  having
certain specified  relationships to a Plan and imposes  additional  prohibitions
where Parties in Interest are fiduciaries with respect to such Plan. Because the
Loans may be deemed  Plan  assets of each  Plan that  purchases  Securities,  an
investment in the Securities by a Plan might be a prohibited  transaction  under
ERISA  Sections 406 and 407 and subject to an excise tax under Code Section 4975
unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies.

         In Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption 83-1 ("PTE 83-1"),  which amended
Prohibited  Transaction Exemption 81-7, the DOL exempted from ERISA's prohibited
transaction rules certain transactions  relating to the operation of residential
mortgage pool investment trusts and the purchase,  sale and holding of "mortgage
pool  pass-through  certificates" in the initial issuance of such  certificates.
PTE 83-1  permits,  subject  to certain  conditions,  transactions  which  might
otherwise be  prohibited  between  Plans and Parties in Interest with respect to
those Plans related to the origination,  maintenance and termination of mortgage
pools consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or second mortgages or deeds
of trust on single-family  residential property, and the acquisition and holding
of certain mortgage pool pass-through  certificates  representing an interest in
such mortgage pools by Plans. If the general conditions (discussed below) of PTE
83-1 are satisfied, investments by a Plan in Securities that represent interests
in a Pool consisting of Loans ("Single Family  Securities")  will be exempt from
the  prohibitions  of ERISA  Sections  406(a)  and 407  (relating  generally  to
transactions  with  Parties in  Interest  who are not  fiduciaries)  if the Plan
purchases  the Single  Family  Securities  at no more than fair market value and
will be  exempt  from the  prohibitions  of  ERISA  Sections  406(b)(1)  and (2)
(relating  generally to  transactions  with  fiduciaries)  if, in addition,  the
purchase is approved by an independent fiduciary, no sales commission is paid to
the pool sponsor,  the Plan does not purchase more than 25% of all Single Family
Securities,  and at least 50% of all Single Family  Securities  are purchased by
persons  independent  of the pool  sponsor  or pool  trustee.  PTE 83-1 does not
provide  an  exemption  for  transactions   involving  Subordinate   Securities.
Accordingly,  unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, no
transfer of a  Subordinate  Security or a Security  which is not a Single Family
Security may be made to a Plan.

         The discussion in this and the next succeeding  paragraph  applies only
to Single Family  Securities.  The Depositor  believes that, for purposes of PTE
83-1, the term "mortgage pass-through certificate" would include: (i) Securities
issued in a Series  consisting  of only a single class of  Securities;  and (ii)
Securities  issued  in a  Series  in  which  there  is only  one  class of those
particular  Securities;  provided that the Securities in the case of clause (i),
or the Securities in the case of clause (ii), evidence the beneficial  ownership
of both a specified percentage of future interest payments (greater than 0%) and
a specified  percentage  (greater than 0%) of future  principal  payments on the
Loans.  It is not  clear  whether  a class  of  Securities  that  evidences  the
beneficial  ownership  in a Trust  Fund  divided  into Loan  groups,  beneficial
ownership  of a specified  percentage  of interest  payments  only or  principal
payments only, or a notional amount of either principal or interest payments, or
a class of Securities  entitled to receive payments of interest and principal on
the Loans only  after  payments  to other  classes  or after the  occurrence  of
certain  specified  events would be a "mortgage  pass-through  certificate"  for
purposes of PTE 83-1.

         PTE 83-1 sets forth three  general  conditions  which must be satisfied
for any  transaction  to be eligible for  exemption:  (i) the  maintenance  of a
system of  insurance  or other  protection  for the  pooled  mortgage  loans and
property  securing  such loans,  and for  indemnifying  Securityholders  against
reductions in  pass-through  payments due to property damage or defaults in loan
payments in an amount not less than the greater of one percent of the  aggregate
principal  balance of all covered pooled mortgage loans or the principal balance
of the largest  covered  pooled  mortgage  loan;  (ii) the  existence  of a pool
trustee who is not an affiliate of the pool  sponsor;  and (iii) a limitation on
the amount of the payment  retained  by the pool  sponsor,  together  with other
funds  inuring  to its  benefit,  to not more than  adequate  consideration  for
selling the mortgage loans plus reasonable compensation for services provided by
the pool sponsor to the Pool.  The  Depositor  believes  that the first  general
condition  referred to above will be satisfied with respect to the Securities in
a Series issued without a  subordination  feature,  or the Securities  only in a
Series issued with a subordination feature,  provided that the subordination and
Reserve Account,  subordination by shifting of interests,  the pool insurance or
other form of credit  enhancement  described under "Credit  Enhancement"  herein
(such  subordination,  pool insurance or other form of credit  enhancement being
the system of insurance or other protection referred to above) with respect to a
Series of Securities is maintained in an amount not less than the greater of one
percent of the aggregate principal balance of the Loans or the principal balance
of the largest Loan. See "Description of the Securities"  herein. In the absence
of a ruling that the system of insurance or other  protection  with respect to a
Series of Securities  satisfies the first general  condition  referred to above,
there can be no assurance  that these features will be so viewed by the DOL. The
Trustee will not be affiliated with the Depositor.

         Each Plan  fiduciary  who is  responsible  for  making  the  investment
decisions  whether to purchase or commit to purchase  and to hold Single  Family
Securities  must make its own  determination  as to whether  the first and third
general  conditions,  and  the  specific  conditions  described  briefly  in the
preceding paragraph,  of PTE 83-1 have been satisfied, or as to the availability
of any other prohibited transaction exemptions.  Each Plan fiduciary should also
determine whether,  under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence
and  diversification,  an investment in the  Securities is  appropriate  for the
Plan,  taking into  account the  overall  investment  policy of the Plan and the
composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.

         The DOL has granted to certain underwriters  individual  administrative
exemptions  (the  "Underwriter  Exemptions")  from  certain  of  the  prohibited
transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of Section 4975
of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent
resale by Plans of certificates  in pass-through  trusts that consist of certain
receivables,   loans  and  other   obligations  that  meet  the  conditions  and
requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions.

         While each Underwriter  Exemption is an individual exemption separately
granted to a specific  underwriter,  the terms and  conditions  which  generally
apply to the Underwriter Exemptions are substantially identical, and include the
following:

              (1) the  acquisition  of the  certificates  by a Plan is on  terms
         (including  the  price  for the  certificates)  that  are at  least  as
         favorable to the Plan as they would be in an  arm's-length  transaction
         with an unrelated party;

              (2) the rights and interest evidenced by the certificates acquired
         by the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests  evidenced
         by other certificates of the trust fund;

              (3) the  certificates  acquired by the Plan have received a rating
         at the  time  of such  acquisition  that  is one of the  three  highest
         generic  rating  categories  from Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Group,  a
         Division  of  The  McGraw-Hill  Companies  ("S&P"),  Moody's  Investors
         Service, Inc.  ("Moody's"),  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("DCR") or
         Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch");

              (4) the trustee  must not be an  affiliate  of any other member of
         the Restricted Group as defined below;

              (5)  the  sum  of  all  payments  made  to  and  retained  by  the
         underwriters  in connection with the  distribution of the  certificates
         represents not more than reasonable  compensation  for underwriting the
         certificates;  the  sum of all  payments  made to and  retained  by the
         seller  pursuant  to the  assignment  of the  loans to the  trust  fund
         represents  not more than the fair market value of such loans;  the sum
         of all  payments  made to and  retained by the  servicer  and any other
         servicer  represents  not more than  reasonable  compensation  for such
         person's  services under the agreement  pursuant to which the loans are
         pooled and  reimbursements  of such  person's  reasonable  expenses  in
         connection therewith; and

              (6) the  Plan  investing  in the  certificates  is an  "accredited
         investor"  as  defined  in  Rule  501(a)(1)  of  Regulation  D  of  the
         Securities and Exchange  Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 as
         amended.

         The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:

                  (i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets
         of the type that have been included in other investment pools;

                  (ii)  certificates  in such other  investment  pools must have
         been  rated  in one of the  three  highest  rating  categories  of S&P,
         Moody's,  Fitch  or DCR for at  least  one  year  prior  to the  Plan's
         acquisition of certificates; and

                  (iii)   certificates   evidencing   interests  in  such  other
         investment pools must have been purchased by investors other than Plans
         for at least one year prior to any Plan's acquisition of certificates.

         Moreover,  the  Underwriter  Exemptions  generally  provide relief from
certain self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur
when the Plan fiduciary  causes a Plan to acquire  certificates in a trust as to
which the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the receivables  held in
the  trust  provided  that,  among  other  requirements:  (i) in the  case of an
acquisition in connection with the initial  issuance of  certificates,  at least
fifty percent (50%) of each class of  certificates  in which Plans have invested
is acquired by persons  independent of the Restricted Group, (ii) such fiduciary
(or its  affiliate)  is an obligor  with respect to five percent (5%) or less of
the fair  market  value of the  obligations  contained  in the trust;  (iii) the
Plan's  investment  in  certificates  of any class does not  exceed  twenty-five
percent (25%) of all of the  certificates of that class  outstanding at the time
of the  acquisition;  and (iv) immediately  after the acquisition,  no more than
twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the assets of the Plan with respect to which such
person is a fiduciary is invested in  certificates  representing  an interest in
one or more trusts  containing  assets sold or serviced by the same entity.  The
Underwriter  Exemptions  do not  apply to Plans  sponsored  by the  Seller,  the
related Underwriter,  the Trustee, the Master Servicer, any insurer with respect
to the Loans,  any  obligor  with  respect to Loans  included  in the Trust Fund
constituting more than five percent (5%) of the aggregate  unamortized principal
balance of the assets in the Trust Fund,  or any  affiliate of such parties (the
"Restricted Group").

         The Prospectus  Supplement for each Series of Securities  will indicate
the classes of Securities,  if any,  offered  thereby as to which it is expected
that an Underwriter Exemption will apply.

         The Underwriter Exemption contains several requirements,  some of which
differ from those in PTE 83-l. The  Underwriter  Exemption  contains an expanded
definition of "certificate" which includes an interest which entitles the holder
to  pass-through  payments of principal,  interest  and/or other  payments.  The
Underwriter  Exemption contains an expanded  definition of "trust" which permits
the trust corpus to consist of secured consumer  receivables.  The definition of
"trust," however,  does not include any investment pool unless,  inter alia, (i)
the investment pool consists only of assets of the type which have been included
in other investment pools, (ii) certificates  evidencing interests in such other
investment  pools have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at least
one  year  prior to the  Plan's  acquisition  of  certificates  pursuant  to the
Underwriter Exemption and (iii) certificates in such other investment pools have
been rated in one of the three  highest  generic  rating  categories of the four
credit rating agencies noted below.  Generally,  the Underwriter Exemption holds
that the acquisition of the  certificates by a Plan must be on terms  (including
the price for the  certificates)  that are at least as  favorable to the Plan as
they  would be in an arm's  length  transaction  with an  unrelated  party.  The
Underwriter  Exemption  requires that the rights and interests  evidenced by the
certificates  not be  "subordinated"  to the rights and  interests  evidenced by
other  certificates of the same trust. The Underwriter  Exemption  requires that
certificates  acquired  by a Plan  have  received  a rating at the time of their
acquisition  that is in one of the three highest  generic  rating  categories of
S&P, Moody's,  Fitch or DCR. The Underwriter  Exemption  specifies that the pool
trustee must not be an affiliate  of the pool  sponsor,  nor an affiliate of the
Underwriter,  the pool  servicer,  any obligor  with  respect to mortgage  loans
included  in the trust  constituting  more than five  percent  of the  aggregate
unamortized  principal  balance of the assets in the trust,  or any affiliate of
such entities.  Finally,  the  Underwriter  Exemption  stipulates  that any Plan
investing in the  certificates  must be an  "accredited  investor" as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under
the Securities Act of 1933.

         On July  21,  1997,  the  DOL  published  in the  Federal  Register  an
amendment to the Underwriter Exemption which extends exemptive relief to certain
mortgage-backed  and  asset-backed  securities  transactions  using  pre-funding
accounts for trusts issuing pass-through  certificates.  The amendment generally
allows  mortgage  loans  or  other  secured   receivables  (the   "obligations")
supporting payments to certificate-holders,  and having a value equal to no more
than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total principal amount of the certificates
being offered by the trust,  to be  transferred  to the trust within a 90-day or
three-month period following the closing date (the "pre-funding period") instead
of requiring that all such obligations be either identified or transferred on or
before the closing date. The relief is available  when the following  conditions
are met:

              (1) The ratio of the amount  allocated to the pre-funding  account
         to the total principal  amount of the  certificates  being offered (the
         "pre-funding limit") must not exceed twenty-five percent (25%).

              (2) All  obligations  transferred  after  the  closing  date  (the
         "additional  obligations")  must meet the same terms and conditions for
         eligibility as the original obligations used to create the trust, which
         terms and conditions have been approved by a rating agency.

              (3) The  transfer  of such  additional  obligations  to the  trust
         during the pre-funding period must not result in the certificates to be
         covered by the  Underwriter  Exemption  receiving a lower credit rating
         from a rating agency upon  termination of the  pre-funding  period than
         the rating that was obtained at the time of the initial issuance of the
         certificates by the trust.

              (4)  Solely as a result of the use of  pre-funding,  the  weighted
         average annual  percentage  interest rate (the "average interest rate")
         for all of the  obligations in the trust at the end of the  pre-funding
         period must not be more than 1.0% lower than the average  interest rate
         for the obligations  which were transferred to the trust on the closing
         date.

              (5) In order to ensure that the  characteristics of the additional
         obligations are substantially similar to the original obligations which
         were transferred to the trust,

                   (i)   the characteristics of the additional  obligations must
                         be  monitored  by an  insurer or other  credit  support
                         provider which is independent of the depositor; or

                   (ii)  an  independent  accountant  retained by the  depositor
                         must provide the  depositor  with a letter (with copies
                         provided to each rating agency rating the certificates,
                         the  related   underwriter  and  the  related  trustee)
                         stating  whether  or  not  the  characteristics  of the
                         additional  obligations  conform to the characteristics
                         described  in  the  related  prospectus  or  prospectus
                         supplement and/or pooling and servicing  agreement.  In
                         preparing such letter, the independent  accountant must
                         use the same type of procedures  as were  applicable to
                         the obligations  which were transferred to the trust as
                         of the closing date.

              (6) The pre-funding  period must end no later than three months or
         90 days after the closing date or earlier in certain  circumstances  if
         the pre-funding  account falls below the minimum level specified in the
         pooling and servicing agreement or an event of default occurs.

              (7)  Amounts   transferred  to  any  pre-funding   account  and/or
         capitalized  interest  account used in connection  with the pre-funding
         may be invested only in certain permitted investments.

              (8) The related prospectus supplement must describe:

                   (i)   any  pre-funding  account and/or  capitalized  interest
                         account used in connection with a pre-funding account;

                   (ii)  the duration of the pre-funding period;

                   (iii) the percentage  and/or dollar amount of the pre-funding
                         Limit for the trust; and

                   (iv)  that the amount remaining in the pre-funding account at
                         the end of the  pre-funding  period will be remitted to
                         certificate holders as repayments of principal.

              (9) The related pooling and servicing  agreement must describe the
         permitted  investments for the pre-funding  account and/or  capitalized
         interest  account and, if not  disclosed in the related  prospectus  or
         prospectus  supplement,  the terms and  conditions  for  eligibility of
         additional obligations.

         Any  Plan  fiduciary  which  proposes  to  cause  a  Plan  to  purchase
Securities  should  consult with its counsel  concerning the impact of ERISA and
the Code, the applicability of PTE 83-1 and the Underwriter  Exemption,  and the
potential  consequences  in their specific  circumstances,  prior to making such
investment.  Moreover,  each Plan fiduciary should  determine  whether under the
general  fiduciary  standards  of  investment  prudence and  diversification  an
investment in the  Securities is appropriate  for the Plan,  taking into account
the  overall  investment  policy of the Plan and the  composition  of the Plan's
investment portfolio.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

         The Prospectus  Supplement  for each series of Securities  will specify
which, if any, of the classes of Securities offered thereby constitute "mortgage
related  securities" for purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage Market  Enhancement
Act of 1984 ("SMMEA").  Classes of Securities that qualify as "mortgage  related
securities"  will  be  legal  investments  for  persons,  trusts,  corporations,
partnerships,  associations,  business trusts, and business entities  (including
depository  institutions,  life  insurance  companies and pension funds) created
pursuant  to or  existing  under the laws of the  United  States or of any state
(including   the  District  of  Columbia  and  Puerto  Rico)  whose   authorized
investments  are  subject to state  regulations  to the same  extent  as,  under
applicable law, obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest
by the  United  States or any such  entities.  Under  SMMEA,  if a state  enacts
legislation prior to October 4, 1991 specifically  limiting the legal investment
authority of any such  entities with respect to "mortgage  related  securities,"
securities  will  constitute  legal  investments  for  entities  subject to such
legislation only to the extent provided therein. Approximately twenty-one states
adopted such legislation prior to the October 4, 1991 deadline.  SMMEA provides,
however,  that in no event will the enactment of any such legislation affect the
validity  of  any  contractual  commitment  to  purchase,   hold  or  invest  in
securities,  or require the sale or other disposition of securities,  so long as
such  contractual  commitment was made or such securities were acquired prior to
the enactment of such legislation.

         SMMEA   also    amended    the   legal    investment    authority    of
federally-chartered depository institutions as follows: federal savings and loan
associations  and federal savings banks may invest in, sell or otherwise deal in
Securities without  limitations as to the percentage of their assets represented
thereby,  federal credit unions may invest in mortgage related  securities,  and
national banks may purchase  securities for their own account  without regard to
the limitations  generally  applicable to investment  securities set forth in 12
U.S.C. 24 (Seventh),  subject in each case to such regulations as the applicable
federal  authority may  prescribe.  In this  connection,  federal  credit unions
should review the National Credit Union Administration ("NCUA") Letter to Credit
Unions No. 96, as modified by Letter to Credit  Unions No. 108,  which  includes
guidelines to assist  federal credit unions in making  investment  decisions for
mortgage related  securities and the NCUA's  regulation  "Investment and Deposit
Activities"  (12 C.F.R.  Part 703),  which sets forth  certain  restrictions  on
investment by federal credit unions in mortgage related securities (in each case
whether  or not  the  class  of  Securities  under  consideration  for  purchase
constituted a "mortgage  related  security").  The NCUA issued final regulations
effective  December 2, 1991 that  restrict  and in some  instances  prohibit the
investment  by  Federal  Credit  Unions in  certain  types of  mortgage  related
securities.

         All depository institutions considering an investment in the Securities
(whether  or not the  class  of  Securities  under  consideration  for  purchase
constitutes a "mortgage  related  security") should review the Federal Financial
Institutions   Examination   Council's   Supervisory  Policy  Statement  on  the
Securities  Activities  (to the extent adopted by their  respective  regulators)
(the "Policy  Statement")  setting forth, in relevant part,  certain  securities
trading and sales practices deemed  unsuitable for an  institution's  investment
portfolio,  and  guidelines  for (and  restrictions  on)  investing  in mortgage
derivative   products,   including  "mortgage  related  securities,"  which  are
"high-risk mortgage securities" as defined in the Policy Statement. According to
the Policy Statement,  such "high-risk  mortgage  securities" include securities
such as  Securities  not  entitled to  distributions  allocated  to principal or
interest,  or Subordinated  Securities.  Under the Policy  Statement,  it is the
responsibility  of each depository  institution to determine,  prior to purchase
(and at stated intervals  thereafter),  whether a particular mortgage derivative
product is a  "high-risk  mortgage  security,"  and  whether  the  purchase  (or
retention) of such a product would be consistent with the Policy Statement.

         The foregoing does not take into  consideration  the  applicability  of
statutes,  rules,   regulations,   orders  guidelines  or  agreements  generally
governing investments made by a particular investor,  including, but not limited
to "prudent  investor"  provisions,  percentage-of-assets  limits and provisions
which may restrict or prohibit  investment in securities which are not "interest
bearing" or "income  paying," or in  securities  which are issued in  book-entry
form.

         There may be other  restrictions  on the ability of certain  investors,
including depository institutions,  either to purchase Securities or to purchase
Securities  representing  more than a  specified  percentage  of the  investor's
assets. Investors should consult their own legal advisors in determining whether
and to  what  extent  the  Securities  constitute  legal  investments  for  such
investors.

                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

         Securities  are being offered  hereby in Series from time to time (each
Series  evidencing  or  relating to a separate  Trust  Fund)  through any of the
following methods:

                   1.        By  negotiated  firm  commitment  underwriting  and
                   public reoffering by underwriters;

                   2.       By agency  placements  through one or more placement
                   agents  primarily with  institutional  investors and dealers;
                   and

                   3.        By  placement   directly  by  the  Depositor   with
                   institutional investors.

         A  Prospectus  Supplement  will be prepared  for each Series which will
describe  the method of  offering  being used for that Series and will set forth
the  identity  of any  underwriters  thereof  and either the price at which such
Series is being offered, the nature and amount of any underwriting  discounts or
additional compensation to such underwriters and the proceeds of the offering to
the Depositor,  or the method by which the price at which the underwriters  will
sell the  Securities  will be  determined.  Each  Prospectus  Supplement  for an
underwritten  offering will also contain information regarding the nature of the
underwriters'  obligations,  any material relationship between the Depositor and
any underwriter and, where appropriate,  information  regarding any discounts or
concessions to be allowed or reallowed to dealers or others and any arrangements
to  stabilize  the market for the  Securities  so  offered.  In firm  commitment
underwritten  offerings,  the underwriters  will be obligated to purchase all of
the Securities of such Series if any such  Securities are purchased.  Securities
may be acquired by the  underwriters  for their own  accounts  and may be resold
from  time  to  time  in  one  or  more   transactions,   including   negotiated
transactions,  at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices  determined
at the time of  sale.  In  addition,  if so  stated  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  such  Prospectus  Supplement  and  this  Prospectus  may be used by
Countrywide  Securities  Corporation,  an  affiliate  of IndyMac  ABS,  Inc. and
IndyMac,  Inc.,  in  connection  with offers and sales  related to market making
transactions in the Securities in which Countrywide  Securities Corporation acts
as principal.  Countrywide  Securities Corporation may also act as agent in such
transactions.  Sales in such  transactions  will be made at  prices  related  to
prevailing prices at the time of sale.

         Underwriters and agents may be entitled under  agreements  entered into
with the Depositor to  indemnification  by the Depositor  against  certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or to  contribution  with respect to payments which such  underwriters or agents
may be required to make in respect thereof.

         If a Series is offered other than through underwriters,  the Prospectus
Supplement  relating  thereto will contain  information  regarding the nature of
such  offering and any  agreements  to be entered into between the Depositor and
purchasers of Securities of such Series.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS


         The  validity  of the  Securities  of each  Series,  including  certain
federal income tax consequences  with respect  thereto,  will be passed upon for
the  Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP, One World Trade Center,  New York,  New York
10048.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         A new  Trust  Fund  will be  formed  with  respect  to each  Series  of
Securities and no Trust Fund will engage in any business  activities or have any
assets or obligations prior to the issuance of the related Series of Securities.
Accordingly,  no  financial  statements  with  respect to any Trust Fund will be
included in this Prospectus or in the related Prospectus Supplement.


                                     RATING

         It is a  condition  to the  issuance of the  Securities  of each Series
offered hereby and by the Prospectus  Supplement that they shall have been rated
in one of the  four  highest  rating  categories  by the  nationally  recognized
statistical rating agency or agencies (each, a "Rating Agency") specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

         Any such rating would be based on, among other things,  the adequacy of
the value of the Trust Fund Assets and any credit  enhancement  with  respect to
such  class and will  reflect  such  Rating  Agency's  assessment  solely of the
likelihood  that  holders of a class of  Securities  of such class will  receive
payments to which such Securityholders are entitled under the related Agreement.
Such rating will not constitute an assessment of the  likelihood  that principal
prepayments  on the related Loans will be made,  the degree to which the rate of
such prepayments might differ from that originally anticipated or the likelihood
of early optional  termination  of the Series of Securities.  Such rating should
not be deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as
it does not address market price or suitability for a particular investor.  Each
security rating should be evaluated  independently of any other security rating.
Such rating will not address the possibility  that prepayment at higher or lower
rates than  anticipated  by an investor may cause such  investor to experience a
lower than  anticipated  yield or that an  investor  purchasing  a Security at a
significant  premium might fail to recoup its initial  investment  under certain
prepayment scenarios.

         There is also no  assurance  that any such rating will remain in effect
for any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely
by the  Rating  Agency in the  future if in its  judgment  circumstances  in the
future so warrant.  In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion
in the adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets or any credit  enhancement
with respect to a Series,  such rating might also be lowered or withdrawn  among
other reasons,  because of an adverse change in the financial or other condition
of a credit  enhancement  provider  or a change  in the  rating  of such  credit
enhancement provider's long term debt.

         The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement,  if any, established
with  respect  to a Series  of  Securities  will be  determined  on the basis of
criteria  established by each Rating Agency rating classes of such Series.  Such
criteria  are  sometimes  based upon an  actuarial  analysis of the  behavior of
mortgage  loans in a larger  group.  Such analysis is often the basis upon which
each Rating Agency  determines  the amount of credit  enhancement  required with
respect to each such class.  There can be no assurance that the historical  data
supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future experience
nor any  assurance  that the data  derived  from a large pool of mortgage  loans
accurately  predicts the  delinquency,  foreclosure  or loss  experience  of any
particular  pool  of  Loans.  No  assurance  can be  given  that  values  of any
Properties have remained or will remain at their levels on the respective  dates
of  origination  of the related Loans.  If the  residential  real estate markets
should   experience  an  overall  decline  in  property  values  such  that  the
outstanding  principal  balances of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and any
secondary  financing on the related  Properties  become equal to or greater than
the value of the Properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses
could be higher than those now  generally  experienced  in the mortgage  lending
industry.  In  additional,  adverse  economic  conditions  (which may or may not
affect real  property  values) may affect the timely  payment by  mortgagors  of
scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly,  the
rates of delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses with respect to any Trust Fund.
To the extent  that such  losses are not  covered  by credit  enhancement,  such
losses will be borne, at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of
the Securities of the related Series.



                                                       INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

Term                                                       Page

Accretion Directed..........................................38
Accrual.....................................................39
Accrual Securities..........................................35
Advance.....................................................13
Agreement...................................................25
Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations........................81
APR.........................................................29
Available Funds.............................................35
Balloon Payment.............................................18
Belgian Cooperative.........................................45
BIF.........................................................53
Book-Entry Securities.......................................43
Buydown Fund................................................27
Buydown Loans...............................................27
Calculation Agent...........................................40
Capitalized Interest Account................................55
Cash Flow Bond Method.......................................89
CEDEL Participants..........................................44
CERCLA..................................................20, 67
Certificates.................................................3
Claimable Amount............................................76
Class Security Balance......................................35
Closed-End Loans.............................................8
Code........................................................14
COFI Securities.............................................42
Collateral Value............................................29
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio................................29
Commission...................................................6
Component Securities........................................38
Contingent Regulations......................................90
Cooperative Loans...........................................26
Cooperatives................................................26
Cut-off Date................................................25
Cut-off Date.................................................8
Cut-off Date Principal Balance..............................33
DCR.........................................................98
Debt Securities.............................................77
Definitive Security.........................................43
Depositor....................................................3
Derivative Transactions.................................24, 43
Detailed Description........................................26
Distribution Date...........................................10
DOL.........................................................96
DTC.........................................................22
Eleventh District...........................................41
EPA.........................................................67
ERISA.......................................................16
Euroclear Operator..........................................45
Euroclear Participants......................................45
European Depositaries.......................................43
Exchange Act.................................................7
FDIC........................................................31
FHA.........................................................12
FHLBSF......................................................41
FHLMC.......................................................31
Financial Intermediary......................................44
Fitch.......................................................98
Fixed Rate..................................................39
Floating Rate...............................................39
FNMA........................................................31
Funding Period..............................................23
Garn-St Germain Act.........................................69
Holder in Due Course Rules..................................21
Home Equity Loans............................................3
Home Improvement Contracts...................................3
Home Improvements............................................3
Indenture...................................................33
Installment Contract........................................72
Insurance Proceeds..........................................54
Insured Expenses............................................54
Interest Only...............................................39
Interest Weighted Securities................................80
Inverse Floating Rate.......................................39
IRS.........................................................79
L/C Bank....................................................11
L/C Percentage..............................................11
Liquidation Expenses........................................54
Liquidation Proceeds........................................54
Loan Rate...................................................10
Loans........................................................3
Loan-to-Value Ratio.........................................29
Lockout periods.............................................27
Master Servicer..............................................8
Master Servicing Agreement..................................25
Master Servicing Fee........................................59
Moody's.....................................................98
Morgan......................................................45
Mortgage....................................................52
Mortgaged Properties........................................27
Multifamily Loans............................................3
National Cost of Funds Index................................42
NCUA.......................................................101
Nonresidents................................................91
Notes........................................................3
Notional Amount Securities..................................38
OID.........................................................14
OID Regulations.............................................77
OTS.........................................................42
PACs........................................................38
Partial Accrual.............................................39
Parties in Interest.........................................97
Pass-Through Rate...........................................25
Pass-Through Securities.....................................88
Pay-Through Security........................................79
Percentage Interests........................................61
Permitted Investments.......................................48
Planned Principal Class.....................................38
Plans.......................................................96
Policy Statement...........................................101
Pool.........................................................8
Pool Insurance Policy.......................................48
Pool Insurer................................................48
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.............................33
Pre-Funded Amount...........................................23
Pre-Funding Account..........................................8
Prepayment Assumption.......................................79
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy...........................27
Prime Rate..................................................43
Principal Only..............................................39
Principal Prepayments.......................................36
Properties...................................................8
Property Improvement Loans..................................73
PTE 83-1....................................................97
Purchase Price..............................................32
Rating Agency...............................................10
Ratio Strip Securities......................................89
RCRA........................................................68
Record Date.................................................34
Reference Banks.............................................40
Refinance Loan..............................................29
Regular Interest Securities.................................77
Relevant Depositary.........................................43
Relief Act..................................................72
REMIC........................................................5
Reserve Account.............................................11
Reserve Interest Rate.......................................40
Residual Interest Security..................................83
Restricted Group............................................99
Retained Interest...........................................33
Revolving Credit Line Loans..................................8
Riegle Act..................................................21
Rules.......................................................44
S&P.........................................................98
SAIF........................................................53
Scheduled Principal Class...................................38
Securities...................................................3
Security Account............................................53
Security Owners.............................................43
Security Register...........................................34
Securityholders.............................................43
Seller.......................................................3
Sellers.....................................................25
Senior Securities............................................9
Sequential Pay..............................................38
Series.......................................................3
Servicing Fee...............................................88
Single Family Loans..........................................3
Single Family Properties....................................27
Single Family Securities....................................97
SMMEA.......................................................14
Strip.......................................................39
Stripped Securities.........................................88
Subordinated Securities......................................9
Subsequent Loans............................................23
Sub-Servicer................................................13
Sub-Servicing Agreement.....................................56
Support Class...............................................39
TACs........................................................39
Targeted Principal Class....................................39
Terms and Conditions........................................45
TIN.........................................................91
Title I Loans...............................................73
Title I Program.............................................73
Title V.....................................................70
Trust Agreement.............................................25
Trust Fund...................................................3
Trust Fund Assets............................................3
Trustee......................................................8
U.S. Person.................................................95
UCC.........................................................66
Underwriter Exemptions......................................98
VA .........................................................12
VA Guaranty.................................................59
Variable Rate...............................................39


                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION*

         The  following  table sets forth the  estimated  expenses in connection
with the issuance and distribution of the Securities being registered under this
Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:

         SEC registration fee..................................        $590,000
         Printing and engraving expenses.......................         $40,000
         Legal fees and expenses...............................         $75,000
         Trustee fees and expenses.............................         $25,000
         Accounting fees and expenses..........................         $30,000
         Rating agency fees....................................         $80,000
         Miscellaneous.........................................         $10,000
                                                                        -------
         Total.................................................        $850,000
                                                                       ========

- -----------
*        All amounts except the SEC  registration  fee are estimates of expenses
         incurred in connection  with the issuance and  distribution of a Series
         of  Securities  in an  aggregate  principal  amount  assumed  for these
         purposes to be equal to $150,000,000 of Securities registered hereby.

ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         Section  145 of the  General  Corporation  Law of  Delaware  empowers a
corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of the  corporation)  by reason of the fact that he or she is
or was a director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation,  or is or was
serving at the request of the  corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other
enterprise against expenses (including  attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and
amounts paid in settlement  actually and reasonably  incurred in connection with
such action,  suit or proceeding if the person  indemnified  acted in good faith
and in a manner he or she  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed to the
best interests of the  corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
No  indemnification  may be made in respect to any claim,  issue or matter as to
which such  person  shall  have been  adjudged  to be liable to the  corporation
unless and only to the extent  that the Court of  Chancery or the court in which
such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application  that,  despite
the adjudication of liability but in view of all the  circumstances of the case,
such person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity  for such  expenses
which the Court of  Chancery or such other  court may deem  proper.  Section 145
further  provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation  has
been  successful  on the merits or otherwise  in defense of any action,  suit or
proceeding  referred to above,  or in the defense of any claim,  issue or matter
therein, he or she shall be indemnified  against expenses (including  attorneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

         The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant  provide,
in effect, that, to the extent and under the circumstances  permitted by Section
145 of the General  Corporation Law of Delaware,  the Registrant shall indemnify
any  person  who was or is a party  or is  threatened  to be made a party to any
action,  suit or  proceeding of the type  described  above by reason of the fact
that  he or  she  is or  was a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of the
Registrant.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
   

1.1     -- Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1     -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
3.2     -- By-laws of the Registrant.*
4.1     -- Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Home Equity  Loan
                Asset Backed Certificates.*
4.2     -- Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating  to  Mortgage  Pass-
                Through Certificates.*
4.3     -- Form  of  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement relating to Manufactured
                Housing Asset Backed Certificates.*
4.4     -- Form of Trust Agreement.**
4.5     -- Form of Indenture.*
4.6     -- Form of Master Servicing Agreement.*
5.1(a)  -- Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to legality of the Securities**
5.1(b)  -- Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger as to the legality of the
                Securities**
8.1     -- Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to certain  tax matters  (included  in
                Exhibit 5.1(a))** 
10.1    -- Form of Loan Purchase Agreement* 
23.1(a) -- Consent of Brown & Wood LLP  (included  in  Exhibits  5.1(a) and 8.1
                hereof)**
23.1(b) -- Consent of Richards, Layton & Finger ( included in Exhibit 5.1(b)
                hereof)**
    
- ----------
*      Previously filed.
**    Filed herewith.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

         (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1) To file,  during any  period in which  offers or sales are
         being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

                           (i)        To  include  any  prospectus  required  by
                   Section  10(a)(3) of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended
                   (the "Act");

                           (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
                  arising  after  the  effective   date  of  this   Registration
                  Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment hereof)
                  which,   individually   or  in  the  aggregate,   represent  a
                  fundamental  change  in the  information  set  forth  in  this
                  Registration  Statement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any
                  increase or decrease in volume of  securities  offered (if the
                  total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that
                  which was  registered)  and any deviation from the low or high
                  and of the estimated  maximum  offering range may be reflected
                  in the form of prospectus  filed with the Commission  pursuant
                  to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
                  price  represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum
                  aggregate  offering  price  set forth in the  "Calculation  of
                  Registration   Fee"  table  in  the   effective   Registration
                  Statement;

                           (iii)  To  include  any  material   information  with
                  respect to the plan of distribution  not previously  disclosed
                  in this Registration  Statement or any material change to such
                  information in this Registration Statement;

provided,  however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the
information  required  to be  included in a  post-effective  amendment  by those
paragraphs  is  contained  in periodic  reports  filed with or  furnished to the
Commission by the  Registrant  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 that are  incorporated  by  reference in this  Registration
Statement.

                  (2) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability  under
         the Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
         registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
         the offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
         initial bona fide offering thereof.

                  (3) To remove from  registration by means of a  post-effective
         amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at
         the termination of the offering.

         (b) The undersigned  Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining  any  liability  under the Act, each filing of a Trust Fund's annual
report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934,  as amended,  that is  incorporated  by reference in this  Registration
Statement  shall be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the
securities  offered  therein,  and the offering of such  securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (c) Insofar as  indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

         (d) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to file an application
for the  purpose of  determining  the  eligibility  of the  trustee to act under
subsection  (a) of Section 310 of the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939 in accordance
with the  rules and  regulations  prescribed  by the  Commission  under  Section
305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

                                   SIGNATURES

   
         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the  Registrant  certifies  that (i) it  reasonably  believes  that the security
rating  requirement of Transaction  Requirement I.B.5 of Form S-3 will be met by
the  time of sale of each  Series  of  Securities  to  which  this  Registration
Statement  relates and (ii) it has  reasonable  grounds to believe that it meets
all of the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-3 and has  duly  caused  this
Amendment  No. 3 to  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its  behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  city of  Pasadena,  state of
California on the 31st day of July, 1998.
    

                                 IndyMac ABS, Inc.

                                 By /s/ S. Blair Abernathy

                                 .......................................
                                 Name: S. Blair Abernathy
                                 Title: Chairman of the Board,
                                 President and Director

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration Statement Amendment has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           <S>                                <C>                                            <C>
                 SIGNATURE                                    TITLE                              DATE
                 ---------                                    -----                              ----
            
           /s/ S. Blair Abernathy             Chairman of the Board, President               July 31, 1998
           ----------------------
             S. Blair Abernathy               and Director


           /s/ Carmella L. Grahn              First Vice President, Chief                    July 31, 1998
           ---------------------
             Carmella L. Grahn                Financial Officer and Principal
                                              Accounting Officer and Director


                     *                        General Counsel, Secretary                     July 31, 1998
       -----------------------------
               Gwen J. Eells                  and Director


                     *                        Director                                       July 31, 1998
       -----------------------------
             Jeffrey P. Grogin


                     *                        Director                                       July 31, 1998
       -----------------------------
                James Banks

        *By /s/ S. Blair Abernathy
       -----------------------------
             S. Blair Abernathy
              Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
   
<S>                   <C>                                                                      <C>    

  EXHIBIT
SEQUENTIAL
    NO.               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                                   PAGE NUMBER
- ----------            ----------------------                                                   -----------

    1.1      --       Form of Underwriting Agreement*.........................................
    3.1      --       Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant*.........................
    3.2      --       By-laws of the Registrant*..............................................
    4.1      --       Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Home Equity
                      Loan Asset Backed Certificate*..........................................
    4.2      --       Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Mortgage
                      Pass-Through Certificates*..............................................
    4.3      --       Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Manufactured
                      Housing Asset Backed Certificates*......................................
    4.4      --       Form of Trust Agreement**...............................................
    4.5      --       Form of Indenture*......................................................
    4.6      --       Form of Master Servicing Agreement*.....................................
    5.1(a)   --       Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to legality of the Securities**..........
    5.1(b)   --       Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger as to legality of the
                      Securities**.
    8.1      --       Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to certain tax matters
                      (included in Exhibit 5.1(a))**..........................................
    10.1     --       Form of Loan Purchase Agreement*........................................
    23.1(a)  --       Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1(a) and 8.1)**.....
    23.1(b)  --       Consent of Richards, Layton & Finger (included in Exhibits 5.1 (b) 
                      hereof)**
</TABLE>
    
- -----------
*    Previously filed.
**   Filed herewith.

                                                                     Exhibit 4.4
                                                                     -----------

==============================================================================







                                TRUST AGREEMENT

                                     among

                               INDYMAC ABS, INC.
                                 as Depositor,

                               [               ]
                                ---------------

                                      and

                               [               ],
                                ---------------
                               as Owner Trustee



                        Dated as of            , 199
                                    -----------     --







==============================================================================






                               Table of Contents

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  Definitions

SECTION 1.01.    Capitalized Terms..........................................1
SECTION 1.02.    Other Definitional Provisions..............................4

                                  ARTICLE II
                                 Organization

SECTION 2.01.    Name.......................................................5
SECTION 2.02.    Office.....................................................5
SECTION 2.03.    Purposes and Powers........................................5
SECTION 2.04.    Appointment of Owner Trustee...............................6
SECTION 2.05.    Initial Capital Contribution of Owner Trust Estate.........6
SECTION 2.06.    Declaration of Trust.......................................6
SECTION 2.07.    Liability of the Owners....................................6
SECTION 2.08.    Title to Trust Property....................................7
SECTION 2.09.    Situs of Trust.............................................7
SECTION 2.10.    Representations and Warranties of the Depositor and
                 the Company................................................7
SECTION 2.11.    Federal Income Tax Allocations.............................9

                                  ARTICLE III
                 Trust Certificates and Transfer of Interests

SECTION 3.01.    Initial Ownership.........................................10
SECTION 3.02.    The Trust Certificates....................................10
SECTION 3.03.    Authentication of Trust Certificates......................10
SECTION 3.04.    Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust
                 Certificates..............................................10
SECTION 3.05.    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust
                 Certificates..............................................11
SECTION 3.06.    Persons Deemed Owners.....................................11
SECTION 3.07.    Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and
                 Addresses.................................................12
SECTION 3.08.    Maintenance of Office or Agency...........................12
SECTION 3.09.    Appointment of Paying Agent...............................12
SECTION 3.10.    Ownership by Company of Trust Certificates................13
SECTION 3.11.    Book-Entry Trust Certificates.............................13
SECTION 3.12.    Notices to Clearing Agency................................14
SECTION 3.13.    Definitive Trust Certificates.............................14

                                  ARTICLE IV
                           Actions by Owner Trustee

SECTION 4.01.    Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain
                 Matters...................................................14
SECTION 4.02.    Action by Owners with Respect to Certain Matters..........15
SECTION 4.03.    Action by Owners with Respect to Bankruptcy...............15
SECTION 4.04.    Restrictions on Owners' Power.............................15
SECTION 4.05.    Majority Control..........................................16

                                   ARTICLE V
                  Application of Trust Funds; Certain Duties

SECTION 5.01.    Establishment of Trust Account............................16
SECTION 5.02.    Application of Trust Funds................................16
SECTION 5.03.    Method of Payment.........................................17
SECTION 5.04.    No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest.....................17
SECTION 5.05.    Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders,
                 Owners, the Internal Revenue Service and Others...........17
SECTION 5.06.    Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner.................17

                                  ARTICLE VI
                     Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee

SECTION 6.01.    General Authority.........................................18
SECTION 6.02.    General Duties............................................18
SECTION 6.03.    Action upon Instruction...................................18
SECTION 6.04.    No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement
                 or in Instructions........................................19
SECTION 6.05.    No Action Except Under Specified Documents or
                 Instructions..............................................19
SECTION 6.06.    Restrictions..............................................19

                                  ARTICLE VII
                         Concerning the Owner Trustee

SECTION 7.01.    Acceptance of Trusts and Duties...........................20
SECTION 7.02.    Furnishing of Documents...................................21
SECTION 7.03.    Representations and Warranties............................21
SECTION 7.04.    Reliance;  Advice of Counsel..............................21
SECTION 7.05.    Not Acting in Individual Capacity.........................22
SECTION 7.06.    Owner Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates or
                 Mortgage Loans............................................22
SECTION 7.07.    Owner Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes........22

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                         Compensation of Owner Trustee

SECTION 8.01.    Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses.........................23
SECTION 8.02.    Indemnification...........................................23
SECTION 8.03.    Payments to the Owner Trustee.............................23

                                  ARTICLE IX
                        Termination of Trust Agreement

SECTION 9.01.    Termination of Trust Agreement............................23
SECTION 9.02.    Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of the Company................24

                                   ARTICLE X
            Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees

SECTION 10.01.   Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee................25
SECTION 10.02.   Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee...................25
SECTION 10.03.   Successor Owner Trustee...................................26
SECTION 10.04.   Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee..................26
SECTION 10.05.   Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.............27

                                  ARTICLE XI
                                 Miscellaneous

SECTION 11.01.   Supplements and Amendments................................28
SECTION 11.02.   No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Owners............29
SECTION 11.03.   Limitations on Rights of Others...........................29
SECTION 11.04.   Notices...................................................29
SECTION 11.05.   Severability..............................................30
SECTION 11.06.   Separate Counterparts.....................................30
SECTION 11.07.   Successors and Assigns....................................30
SECTION 11.08.   Covenants of the Company..................................30
SECTION 11.09.   No Petition...............................................30
SECTION 11.10.   No Recourse...............................................30
SECTION 11.11.   Headings..................................................30
SECTION 11.12.   GOVERNING LAW.............................................30
SECTION 11.13.   Depositor Payment Obligation..............................31

EXHIBIT A     Form of Trust Certificate
EXHIBIT B     Form of Certificate of Trust
EXHIBIT C     Form of Certificate Depository Agreement






          TRUST AGREEMENT (the "Trust Agreement") dated as of         ,
                                                              --------
     199  , among IndyMac ABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as depositor
        --
     (the "Depositor"), [                       ], a [       ] corporation
                         -----------------------      -------
     (the "Company"), and [            ], a [                  ], as owner
                           ------------      ------------------
     trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

     WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to assign to the Depositor any and all of
the Company's rights and interests with respect to the Mortgage Loans; and

     WHEREAS,  in  connection  therewith,  the  Company  is  willing to assume
certain obligations pursuant hereto;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  the Depositor,  the Company and the Owner Trustee hereby
agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions
                                  -----------

     SECTION 1.01. Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Agreement,  the
                   -----------------
following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

     "Administration  Agreement" shall mean the Administration Agreement dated
      -------------------------
as  of          ,   199 ,   among  the  Trust,   the  Indenture   Trustee  and
        --------       -
[                         ], as Administrator.
 -------------------------

     "Agreement"  shall mean this Trust Agreement,  as the same may be amended
      ---------
and supplemented from time to time.

     "Assignment"  shall mean the  assignment of right,  title and interest of
      ----------
the Depositor in the Mortgage Loans to the Trust.

     "Basic  Documents"  shall  mean  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement,   the
      ----------------
Indenture,   the   Administration   Agreement  and  the  other  documents  and
certificates delivered in connection therewith.

     "Benefit  Plan" shall have the  meaning  assigned to such term in Section
      -------------
11.13.

     "Book-Entry Trust  Certificate"  shall mean a beneficial  interest in the
      -----------------------------
Trust  Certificates,  ownership  and  transfers of which shall be made through
book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 3.11.

     "Business  Trust  Statute"  shall  mean  Chapter  38 of  Title  12 of the
      ------------------------
Delaware  Code,  12 Del. Code Section 3801 ET SEQ., as the same may be amended
                    ---- ----
from time to time.

     "Certificate"  shall mean any of the  Book-Entry  Trust  Certificates  or
      -----------
Definitive Trust Certificates.

     "Certificate  Distribution  Account"  shall have the meaning  assigned to
      ----------------------------------
such term in Section 5.01.

     "Certificate of Trust" shall mean the Certificate of Trust in the form of
      --------------------
Exhibit B filed for the Trust  pursuant  to Section  3810(a)  of the  Business
Trust Statute.

     "Certificate  Owner"  shall  mean,  with  respect to a  Book-Entry  Trust
      ------------------
Certificate,  a Person who is the beneficial  owner of such  Book-Entry  Trust
Certificate, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books
of a Person  maintaining an account with such Clearing  Agency  (directly as a
Clearing  Agency  Participant or as an indirect  participant,  in each case in
accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

     "Certificate  Register"  and  "Certificate   Registrar"  shall  mean  the
      ---------------------         -----------------------
register mentioned in and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.04.

     "Certificateholder" or "Holder" shall mean a Person in whose name a Trust
      -----------------      ------
Certificate is registered.

     "Clearing  Agency" shall mean an  organization  registered as a "clearing
      ----------------
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

     "Clearing Agency Participant" shall mean a broker,  dealer,  bank, other
      ---------------------------
financial  institution  or other  Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry  transfers and pledges of securities  deposited with
the Clearing Agency.

     "Code" shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
      ----
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Corporate  Trust Office" shall mean,  with respect to the Owner Trustee,
      -----------------------
the  principal  corporate  trust  office  of  the  Owner  Trustee  located  at
[                            ],  or at such other address as the Owner Trustee
 ----------------------------
may designate by notice to the Owners,  the Depositor and the Company,  or the
principal corporate trust office of any successor Owner Trustee at the address
designated  by such  successor  Owner  Trustee  by notice to the  Owners,  the
Depositor and the Company.

     "Definitive  Trust  Certificates"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in
      -------------------------------
Section 3.11.

     "Depositor"  shall mean  IndyMac  ABS,  Inc. in its capacity as depositor
      ---------
hereunder.

     "Distribution Date" means, for each Collection Period, the [ ] day of the
      -----------------
following  month,  or if  such  day is not a  Business  Day,  the  immediately
succeeding Business Day, commencing with the date specified in the Agreement.

     "Eligible  Distribution  Account"  shall  mean  an  account  that  is (i)
      -------------------------------
maintained with a depository institution whose debt obligations at the time of
any  deposit  therein  have the highest  short-term  debt rating by the Rating
Agencies,  (ii)  one or more  accounts  with a  depository  institution  which
accounts are fully insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund or
the  Bank  Insurance  Fund  of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation
established by such fund, (iii) a segregated trust account maintained with the
Owner Trustee or an affiliate of the Owner  Trustee in its fiduciary  capacity
or (iv)  otherwise  acceptable  to each Rating Agency as evidenced by a letter
from each Rating Agency to the Owner Trustee,  without reduction or withdrawal
of their then currently ratings of the Certificates.

     "ERISA" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 11.13.
      -----

     "Exchange  Act"  shall  mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as
      -------------
amended.

     "Expenses" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.02.
      --------

     "Indemnified  Parties"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to such term in
      --------------------
Section 8.02.

     "Indenture"  shall mean the Indenture dated as of         ,  199  between
      ---------                                        --------      -
the Trust and [                             ], as Indenture Trustee.
               -----------------------------

     "Initial Certificate Balance" shall mean $          .
      ---------------------------              ----------

     "Master  Servicing  Agreement" shall mean the Master Servicing  Agreement
      ----------------------------
dated as of         1,  199 , among the Trust, as issuer and [              ],
            -------        -                                  --------------
as master  servicer,  as the same may be amended or supplemented  from time to
time.

     "Mortgage Loans" shall mean a pool of [adjustable and/or fixed rate] home
      --------------
equity  revolving  credit  line loans  made or to be made in the future  under
certain home equity revolving credit line loan agreements.

     "Owner" shall mean each Holder of a Trust Certificate.
      -----

     "Owner  Trust  Estate"  shall mean all right,  title and  interest of the
      --------------------
Trust in and to the property and rights  assigned to the Trust pursuant to the
Assignment,  all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust  Accounts and
the Certificate  Distribution Account and all other property of the Trust from
time to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant
to the Master Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

     "Owner Trustee" shall mean [                    ],  a [         ] banking
      -------------              --------------------       ---------
corporation,  not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under
this Agreement, and any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.

     "Paying Agent" shall mean any paying agent or co-paying  agent  appointed
      ------------
pursuant to Section 3.09 and shall initially be [             ].
                                                 -------------

     "Rating Agency" shall mean any nationally  recognized  statistical rating
      -------------
organization asked to rate the Certificates.

     "Record  Date" shall mean,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the
      ------------
close of  business  on the day prior to such  Distribution  Date occurs or, if
Definitive  Trust  Certificates  are issued pursuant to Section 3.14, the last
day of the month preceding such Distribution Date.

     "Secretary  of State"  shall mean the  Secretary of State of the State of
      -------------------
Delaware.

     "Treasury  Regulations"  shall mean  regulations,  including  proposed or
      ---------------------
temporary  Regulations,  promulgated  under  the  Code.  References  herein to
specific  provisions  of  proposed  or  temporary  regulations  shall  include
analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury
Regulations.

     "Trust" shall mean the trust established by this Agreement.
      -----

     "Trust  Account"  shall  mean any  account  set up by the  Owner  Trustee
      --------------
pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.01.

     "Trust  Certificate"  shall mean a certificate  evidencing the beneficial
      ------------------
interest of an Owner in the Trust,  substantially  in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit A.

     SECTION 1.02. Other Definitional  Provisions.  (a) Capitalized terms used
                   ------------------------------
and not  otherwise  defined  herein have the meanings  assigned to them in the
Master Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture.

     (b) All terms defined in this Agreement  shall have the defined  meanings
when used in any  certificate  or other  document  made or delivered  pursuant
hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

     (c) As used in this  Agreement and in any  certificate  or other document
made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto,  accounting terms not defined in
this Agreement or in any such  certificate or other  document,  and accounting
terms partly  defined in this  Agreement or in any such  certificate  or other
document to the extent not defined,  shall have the respective  meanings given
to them under generally accepted accounting principles. To the extent that the
definitions of accounting  terms in this Agreement or in any such  certificate
or other  document  are  inconsistent  with the  meanings  of such terms under
generally accepted accounting  principles,  the definitions  contained in this
Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

     (d) The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and words of similar import
when used in this  Agreement  shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not
to any particular provision of this Agreement;  Section and Exhibit references
contained in this  Agreement are  references to Sections and Exhibits in or to
this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term "including" shall mean
"including  without  limitation".

     (e) The  definitions  contained in this  Agreement are  applicable to the
singular  as well as the plural  forms of such terms and to the  masculine  as
well as to the feminine and neuter  genders of such terms.

     (f) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or
in any instrument or certificate  delivered in connection  herewith means such
agreement,  instrument  or statute as from time to time  amended,  modified or
supplemented   and  includes  (in  the  case  of  agreements  or  instruments)
references to all attachments  thereto and instruments  incorporated  therein;
references  to a Person  are also to its  permitted  successors  and  assigns.


                                  ARTICLE II

                                 Organization
                                 ------------

     SECTION  2.01.   Name.  The  Trust  created  hereby  shall  be  known  as
                      ----
"[             ]  Home  Equity  Loan  Trust  19 -  ," in which  name the Owner
  -------------                                - --
Trustee may conduct the business of the Trust,  make and execute contracts and
other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

     SECTION  2.02.  Office.  The office of the Trust  shall be in care of the
                     ------
Owner  Trustee  at the  Corporate  Trust  Office or at such  other  address in
Delaware as the Owner Trustee may  designate by written  notice to the Owners,
the Depositor  and the Company.

     SECTION  2.03.  Purposes  and Powers.  (a) The purpose of the Trust is to
                     --------------------
engage in the  following  activities:

          (i)  to issue  the  Notes  pursuant  to the  Indenture and the Trust
     Certificates  pursuant  to this  Agreement  and to sell the Notes and the
     Trust Certificates;

         (ii)  with  the  proceeds  of the  sale of the  Notes  and the  Trust
     Certificates,   to  purchase   the  Mortgage   Loans,   and  to  pay  the
     organizational,  start-up and transactional  expenses of the Trust and to
     pay  the  balance  to the  Depositor  pursuant  to the  Master  Servicing
     Agreement;

        (iii)  to assign, grant,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage and  convey the
     Trust Estate pursuant to the Indenture and to hold, manage and distribute
     to the Owners pursuant to the terms of the Master Servicing Agreement any
     portion of the Trust  Estate  released  from the Lien of, and remitted to
     the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;

         (iv)  to enter  into and  perform  its  obligations  under  the Basic
     Documents  to  which  it  is  to be a  party;

          (v)  to  engage  in  those  activities,   including   entering  into
     agreements, that are necessary,  suitable or convenient to accomplish the
     foregoing  or are  incidental  thereto or connected  therewith;  and

         (vi)  subject to compliance  with the Basic  Documents,  to engage in
     such other activities as may be required in connection with  conservation
     of the Owner Trust Estate and the making of  distributions  to the Owners
     and the Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby  authorized  to engage in the  foregoing  activities.  The
Trust  shall not  engage in any  activity  other than in  connection  with the
foregoing  or  other  than as  required  or  authorized  by the  terms of this
Agreement or the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 2.04. Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Depositor hereby appoints
                   ----------------------------
the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date hereof,  to
have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein.

     SECTION 2.05.  Initial Capital  Contribution  of Owner Trust Estate.  The
                    ----------------------------------------------------
Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner
Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $[             ]. The Owner Trustee
                                             -------------
hereby  acknowledges  receipt  in  trust  from the  Depositor,  as of the date
hereof,  of the foregoing  contribution,  which shall  constitute  the initial
Owner Trust  Estate and shall be  deposited  in the  Certificate  Distribution
Account. The Depositor shall pay organizational  expenses of the Trust as they
may arise or shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee,  promptly reimburse
the Owner  Trustee for any such expenses  paid by the Owner  Trustee.

     SECTION 2.06.  Declaration of Trust.  The Owner Trustee  hereby  declares
                    --------------------
that it will hold the Owner  Trust  Estate in trust  upon and  subject  to the
conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Owners,  subject to
the obligations of the Trust under the Basic Documents. It is the intention of
the  parties  hereto  that the Trust  constitute  a business  trust  under the
Business  Trust  Statute  and that this  Agreement  constitute  the  governing
instrument of such business  trust.  It is the intention of the parties hereto
that, solely for income and franchise tax purposes, the Trust shall be treated
as a partnership,  with the assets of the partnership being the Mortgage Loans
and other assets held by the Trust, the partners of the partnership  being the
Certificateholders,  and the Notes being debt of the partnership.  The parties
agree that,  unless  otherwise  required by appropriate tax  authorities,  the
Trust  will  file or cause  to be filed  annual  or other  necessary  returns,
reports and other forms consistent with the characterization of the Trust as a
partnership for such tax purposes.  Effective as of the date hereof, the Owner
Trustee  shall have all rights,  powers and duties set forth herein and in the
Business  Trust  Statute  with  respect to  accomplishing  the purposes of the
Trust.

     SECTION  2.07.  Liability of the Owners.  (a) The Company shall be liable
                     -----------------------
directly  to and will  indemnify  any injured  party for all  losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities and expenses of the Trust  (including  Expenses,  to the
extent not paid out of the Owner Trust  Estate) to the extent that the Company
would be liable if the Trust were a  partnership  under the  Delaware  Revised
Uniform Limited  Partnership Act in which the Company were a general  partner;
provided  that the  Company  shall not be liable for any losses  incurred by a
- --------
Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the Trust Certificates, or
a  Noteholder  in the capacity of an investor in the Notes.  In addition,  any
third  party  creditors  of the  Trust  (other  than in  connection  with  the
obligations  described in the  preceding  sentence for which the Company shall
not be liable) shall be deemed third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and
paragraph  below. The obligations of the Company under this paragraph shall be
evidenced  by the Trust  Certificates  described  in Section  3.10,  which for
purposes of the Business  Trust Statute shall be deemed to be a separate class
of Trust Certificates from all other Trust  Certificates  issued by the Trust;
provided that the rights and obligations  evidenced by all Trust Certificates,
- --------
regardless of class,  shall, except as provided in this Section, be identical.


     (b) No Owner,  other than to the extent set forth in paragraph (a), shall
have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.

     SECTION 2.08. Title to Trust Property. Legal title to all the Owner Trust
                   -----------------------
Estate  shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate  legal  entity
except where applicable law in any jurisdiction  requires title to any part of
the Owner Trust  Estate to be vested in a trustee or  trustees,  in which case
title shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a
separate trustee, as the case may be.

     SECTION 2.09.  Situs of Trust. The Trust will be located and administered
                    --------------
in the State of Delaware. All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Trust  shall be located in the State of Delaware or the State of
        .  The Trust  shall not have any  employees  in any state  other  than
- --------
Delaware;  provided that nothing  herein shall  restrict or prohibit the Owner
           --------
Trustee  from  having  employees  within or  without  the  State of  Delaware.
Payments  will be  received by the Trust only in  Delaware  or          ,  and
                                                                --------
payments  will be made by the Trust only from  Delaware or         .  The only
                                                           --------
office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.

     SECTION  2.10.  Representations  and  Warranties of the Depositor and the
                     ---------------------------------------------------------
Company. (a) The Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee
- -------
that:

          (i) The  Depositor  is duly  organized  and  validly  existing  as a
     corporation  in good  standing  under the laws of the State of  Delaware,
     with  power  and  authority  to own its  properties  and to  conduct  its
     business as such  properties  are  currently  owned and such  business is
     presently conducted.

         (ii) The  Depositor  is duly  qualified  to do business as a  foreign
     corporation in good standing and has obtained all necessary  licenses and
     approvals  in all  jurisdictions  in which the  ownership or lease of its
     property   or  the   conduct  of  its   business   shall   require   such
     qualifications.

        (iii) The  Depositor  has the  power  and  authority  to  execute  and
     deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Depositor has full
     power  and  authority  to sell and  assign  the  property  to be sold and
     assigned  to and  deposited  with the  Trust and the  Depositor  has duly
     authorized  such  sale and  assignment  and  deposit  to the Trust by all
     necessary  corporate action; and the execution,  delivery and performance
     of this  Agreement  have been duly  authorized  by the  Depositor  by all
     necessary  corporate  action.

         (iv) The  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
     Agreement and the  fulfillment  of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute
     (with  or  without  notice  or  lapse  of  time)  a  default  under,  the
     certificate  of  incorporation  or  bylaws  of  the  Depositor,   or  any
     indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument  to which the  Depositor is a
     party or by which it is bound;  nor result in the creation or  imposition
     of any Lien upon any of its properties  pursuant to the terms of any such
     indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument  (other than  pursuant to the
     Basic Documents);  nor violate any law or, to the best of the Depositor's
     knowledge,  any order, rule or regulation  applicable to the Depositor of
     any court or of any  federal  or state  regulatory  body,  administrative
     agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the
     Depositor or its properties.

         (v)  To the Depositor's  best knowledge,  there are no proceedings or
     investigations  pending or threatened before any court,  regulatory body,
     administrative  agency  or  other  governmental   instrumentality  having
     jurisdiction  over the  Depositor or its  properties:  (A)  asserting the
     invalidity of this Agreement,  (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of
     any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (C) seeking any
     determination  or ruling that might  materially and adversely  affect the
     performance by the Depositor of its obligations under, or the validity or
     enforceability  of,  this  Agreement.

        (vi)  The representations and warranties of the Depositor  in Sections
     [           ] of the [                        ] are true and correct.
      -----------          ------------------------

     (b) The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee that:

         (i)  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
     corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of  [         ],
                                                                   ---------
     with the power and  authority  to own its  properties  and to conduct its
     business as such  properties  are  currently  owned and such  business is
     presently conducted.

        (ii)  The  Company  is  duly  qualified  to do  business  as a foreign
     corporation in good standing and has obtained all necessary  licenses and
     approvals  in all  jurisdictions  in which the  ownership or lease of its
     property   or  the   conduct  of  its   business   shall   require   such
     qualifications.

       (iii)  The Company has the power and authority  to execute  and deliver
     this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Company has full power and
     authority to purchase the Trust  Certificates that the Company has agreed
     to purchase  pursuant to Section 3.10;  and the  execution,  delivery and
     performance of this Agreement has been duly  authorized by the Company by
     all necessary corporate action.

        (iv)  The  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
     Agreement and the  fulfillment  of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute
     (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under,  the [articles
     of  incorporation]  [certificate  of  incorporation]  or  bylaws  of  the
     Company,  or any  indenture,  agreement or other  instrument to which the
     Company is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or
     imposition of any Lien upon any of its  properties  pursuant to the terms
     of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant
     to the  Basic  Documents);  nor  violate  any law or,  to the best of the
     Company's  knowledge,  any order,  rule or  regulation  applicable to the
     Company  of any  court  or of  any  federal  or  state  regulatory  body,
     administrative  agency  or  other  governmental   instrumentality  having
     jurisdiction  over  the  Company  or its  properties.

         (v)  There are no  proceedings or  investigations  pending or, to the
     Company's best knowledge,  threatened before any court,  regulatory body,
     administrative  agency  or  other  governmental   instrumentality  having
     jurisdiction  over the  Company  or its  properties:  (A)  asserting  the
     invalidity of this Agreement,  (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of
     any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (C) seeking any
     determination  or ruling that might  materially and adversely  affect the
     performance by the Company of its  obligations  under, or the validity or
     enforceability  of,  this  Agreement.

        (vi)  The  representations  and warranties of the Company  in Sections
     [       ] of the  [                    ]  are true and  correct.

     SECTION 2.11. Federal Income Tax Allocations. Net income of the Trust for
                   ------------------------------
any month as  determined  for federal  income tax  purposes  (and each item of
income,  gain, loss and deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall
be allocated:

     (a) among the  Certificate  Owners as of the first Record Date  following
the end of such month, in proportion to their ownership of principal amount of
Trust  Certificates on such date, net income in an amount up to the sum of (i)
the Certificateholders'  Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for such month,
(ii)  interest on the  excess,  if any,  of the  Certificateholders'  Interest
Distributable  Amount for the preceding  Distribution  Date over the amount in
respect of interest that is actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution
Account on such preceding  Distribution  Date, to the extent permitted by law,
at the  Pass-Through  Rate from such preceding  Distribution  Date through the
current  Distribution  Date,  (iii) the portion of the market  discount on the
Mortgage Loans accrued  during such month that is allocable to the excess,  if
any, of the initial aggregate  principal amount of the Trust Certificates over
their  initial   aggregate  issue  price,  (iv)  any  amount  expected  to  be
distributed  to  the  Certificateholders  pursuant  to  the  Master  Servicing
Agreement (to the extent not  previously  allocated  pursuant to this clause),
(v)  any   Certificateholders'   Prepayment   Premium   distributable  to  the
Certificateholders  with  respect to such month and (vi) any other  amounts of
income  payable  to the  Certificateholders  for  such  month;  such sum to be
reduced by any  amortization  by the Trust of premium on  Mortgage  Loans that
corresponds  to any  excess  of the issue  price of  Certificates  over  their
principal amount; and

     (b) to the Company, to the extent of any remaining net income.

If the  net  income  of the  Trust  for  any  month  is  insufficient  for the
allocations  described in clause (a) above,  subsequent net income shall first
be allocated to make up such shortfall  before being  allocated as provided in
the  preceding  sentence.  Net losses of the Trust,  if any,  for any month as
determined  for federal  income tax purposes  (and each item of income,  gain,
loss and deduction  entering into the computation  thereof) shall be allocated
to the  Company to the extent the Company is  reasonably  expected to bear the
economic  burden of such net losses,  and any  remaining  net losses  shall be
allocated among the  Certificate  Owners as of the first Record Date following
the end of such month in proportion to their ownership of principal  amount of
Trust  Certificates  on such Record Date.  The Company is authorized to modify
the  allocations  in this paragraph if necessary or  appropriate,  in its sole
discretion, for the allocations to fairly reflect the economic income, gain or
loss to the Company or to the Certificate  Owners, or as otherwise required by
the Code.


                                 ARTICLE III

                 Trust Certificates and Transfer of Interests
                 --------------------------------------------

     SECTION 3.01. Initial  Ownership.  Upon the formation of the Trust by the
                   ------------------
contribution by the Depositor  pursuant to Section 2.05 and until the issuance
of the Trust Certificates,  the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the
Trust.

   
     SECTION 3.02. The Trust  Certificates.  The Trust  Certificates  shall be
                   -----------------------
issued in minimum  denominations  of $[       ]  and in integral  multiples of
                                       -------
$1,000 in excess thereof;  provided that the Trust Certificates  issued to the
                           --------
Company  pursuant  to  Section  3.10 may be  issued  in such  denomination  as
required to include  any  residual  amount.  The Trust  Certificates  shall be
executed  on  behalf  of the Trust by  manual  or  facsimile  signature  of an
authorized officer of the Owner Trustee. Trust Certificates bearing the manual
or  facsimile  signatures  of  individuals  who  were,  at the time  when such
signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust,
shall be validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable,  and shall be entitled
to the benefit of this Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any
of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the  authentication and
delivery of such Trust  Certificates  or did not hold such offices at the date
of authentication and delivery of such Trust Certificates.
    

     A transferee of a Trust Certificate shall become a Certificateholder  and
shall  be  entitled  to  the  rights  and  subject  to  the  obligations  of a
Certificateholder  hereunder  upon  such  transferee's  acceptance  of a Trust
Certificate  duly  registered  in such  transferee's  name pursuant to Section
3.04.

     SECTION 3.03. Authentication of Trust Certificates. Concurrently with the
                   ------------------------------------
initial  sale of the  Mortgage  Loans  to the  Trust  pursuant  to the  Master
Servicing  Agreement,  the Owner Trustee shall cause the Trust Certificates in
an aggregate  principal amount equal to the Initial  Certificate Balance to be
executed on behalf of the Trust,  authenticated  and  delivered to or upon the
written  order of the  Depositor,  signed by its  chairman  of the board,  its
president, any vice president,  secretary or any assistant treasurer,  without
further  corporate action by the Depositor,  in authorized  denominations.  No
Trust Certificate shall entitle its Holder to any benefit under this Agreement
or be  valid  for  any  purpose  unless  there  shall  appear  on  such  Trust
Certificate  a certificate  of  authentication  substantially  in the form set
forth in Exhibit A,  executed by the Owner Trustee or  [            ],  as the
                                                        ------------
Owner Trustee's authenticating agent, by manual signature; such authentication
shall constitute  conclusive  evidence that such Trust  Certificate shall have
been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All Trust Certificates shall
be dated the date of their authentication.

     SECTION   3.04.   Registration   of  Transfer   and   Exchange  of  Trust
                       -------------------------------------------------------
Certificates. The Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the
- ------------
office or agency maintained  pursuant to Section 3.08, a Certificate  Register
in which,  subject to such  reasonable  regulations as it may  prescribe,  the
Owner Trustee shall provide for the registration of Trust  Certificates and of
transfers and exchanges of Trust Certificates as herein provided. [          ]
                                                                   ----------
shall be the initial Certificate Registrar.

     Upon surrender for  registration of transfer of any Trust  Certificate at
the office or agency  maintained  pursuant to Section 3.08,  the Owner Trustee
shall  execute,   authenticate  and  deliver  (or  shall  cause  [           ]
                                                                  -----------
as its authenticating  agent to authenticate and deliver),  in the name of the
designated  transferee or transferees,  one or more new Trust  Certificates in
authorized  denominations  of a  like  aggregate  amount  dated  the  date  of
authentication by the Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent. At the option
of a Holder,  Trust Certificates may be exchanged for other Trust Certificates
of authorized  denominations  of a like aggregate amount upon surrender of the
Trust Certificates to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant
to Section 3.08.

     Every Trust  Certificate  presented or surrendered  for  registration  of
transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written  instrument of transfer
in form  satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate  Registrar duly
executed by the Holder or such Holder's  attorney duly  authorized in writing.
Each Trust  Certificate  surrendered for  registration of transfer or exchange
shall be  cancelled  and  subsequently  disposed  of by the Owner  Trustee  in
accordance with its customary practice.

     No service  charge  shall be made for any  registration  of  transfer  or
exchange  of Trust  Certificates,  but the Owner  Trustee  or the  Certificate
Registrar  may  require  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax or
governmental  charge that may be imposed in  connection  with any  transfer or
exchange of Trust Certificates.

     The  preceding  provisions  of this  Section  notwithstanding,  the Owner
Trustee  shall not make,  and the  Certificate  Registrar  shall not  register
transfers  or  exchanges  of,  Trust  Certificates  for a  period  of 15  days
preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Trust Certificates.

     SECTION 3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Certificates. If
                   -------------------------------------------------------
(a) any mutilated  Trust  Certificate  shall be surrendered to the Certificate
Registrar,  or if the  Certificate  Registrar  shall  receive  evidence to its
satisfaction of the  destruction,  loss or theft of any Trust  Certificate and
(b)  there  shall be  delivered  to the  Certificate  Registrar  and the Owner
Trustee such  security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of
them harmless,  then in the absence of notice that such Trust  Certificate has
been  acquired by a bona fide  purchaser,  the Owner  Trustee on behalf of the
Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee or [       ], as the Owner Trustee's
                                              -------
authenticating  agent, shall  authenticate and deliver,  in exchange for or in
lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Trust Certificate, a new
Trust  Certificate  of like tenor and  denomination.  In  connection  with the
issuance of any new Trust Certificate under this Section, the Owner Trustee or
the Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or  other  governmental  charge  that  may be  imposed  in  connection
therewith.  Any duplicate  Trust  Certificate  issued pursuant to this Section
shall  constitute  conclusive  evidence  of  ownership  in  the  Trust,  as if
originally  issued,  whether  or not  the  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed  Trust
Certificate shall be found at any time.

     SECTION 3.06. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of a Trust
                   ---------------------
Certificate for registration of transfer,  the Owner Trustee,  the Certificate
Registrar  or any  Paying  Agent may treat the  Person in whose name any Trust
Certificate  is  registered in the  Certificate  Register as the owner of such
Trust  Certificate  for the  purpose of  receiving  distributions  pursuant to
Section  5.02 and for all  other  purposes  whatsoever,  and none of the Owner
Trustee,  the Certificate  Registrar or any Paying Agent shall be bound by any
notice to the contrary.

     SECTION 3.07. Access to List of Certificateholders'  Names and Addresses.
                   ----------------------------------------------------------
The  Owner  Trustee  shall  furnish  or cause to be  furnished  to the  Master
Servicer and the Depositor,  within 15 days after receipt by the Owner Trustee
of a written  request  therefor from the Master  Servicer or the Depositor,  a
list,  in such form as the Master  Servicer or the  Depositor  may  reasonably
require, of the names and addresses of the  Certificateholders  as of the most
recent Record Date. If three or more Certificateholders or one or more Holders
of Trust Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance
apply in writing to the Owner Trustee,  and such  application  states that the
applicants desire to communicate with other Certificateholders with respect to
their rights under this  Agreement  or under the Trust  Certificates  and such
application is accompanied by a copy of the communication that such applicants
propose to transmit,  then the Owner Trustee shall,  within five Business Days
after the receipt of such  application,  afford such applicants  access during
normal business hours to the current list of Certificateholders.  Each Holder,
by receiving and holding a Trust  Certificate,  shall be deemed to have agreed
not to hold any of the Depositor,  the Company,  the Certificate  Registrar or
the Owner  Trustee  accountable  by reason of the  disclosure  of its name and
address,  regardless  of the source from which such  information  was derived.


     SECTION 3.08.  Maintenance  of Office or Agency.  The Owner Trustee shall
                    --------------------------------
maintain  in the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  The City of New York,  an office or
offices or agency or agencies where Trust  Certificates may be surrendered for
registration  of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon
the Owner Trustee in respect of the Trust Certificates and the Basic Documents
may    be    served.     The    Owner     Trustee     initially     designates
[                               ]  as its office for such purposes.  The Owner
 -------------------------------
Trustee  shall  give  prompt   written  notice  to  the  Company  and  to  the
Certificateholders  of any change in the location of the Certificate  Register
or any such office or agency.

     SECTION 3.09.  Appointment  of Paying Agent.  The Paying Agent shall make
                    ----------------------------
distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate  Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 5.02 and shall report the amounts of such distributions to
the Owner Trustee. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw
funds from the Certificate  Distribution Account for the purpose of making the
distributions  referred to above.  The Owner Trustee may revoke such power and
remove the Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee determines in its sole discretion
that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations  under this
Agreement  in any  material  respect.  The  Paying  Agent  initially  shall be
[           ],  and any co-paying agent chosen by [           ] and acceptable
 -----------                                       -----------
to  the  Owner Trustee. [      ]  shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent
                         ------
upon  30  days'  written  notice  to the  Owner  Trustee.  In the  event  that
[           ]  shall no longer be the Paying  Agent,  the Owner  Trustee shall
 -----------
appoint a successor  to act as Paying  Agent  (which  shall be a bank or trust
company).  The Owner  Trustee shall cause such  successor  Paying Agent or any
additional  Paying Agent appointed by the Owner Trustee to execute and deliver
to the Owner  Trustee an instrument  in which such  successor  Paying Agent or
additional  Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner  Trustee  that,  as Paying
Agent,  such successor  Paying Agent or additional  Paying Agent will hold all
sums,  if any, held by it for payment to the  Certificateholders  in trust for
the benefit of the  Certificateholders  entitled thereto until such sums shall
be paid  to  such  Certificateholders.  The  Paying  Agent  shall  return  all
unclaimed  funds to the Owner  Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such
Paying  Agent  shall  also  return  all funds in its  possession  to the Owner
Trustee.  The provisions of Sections 7.01,  7.03, 7.04 and 8.01 shall apply to
the Owner Trustee also in its role as Paying  Agent,  for so long as the Owner
Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable,  to any other
paying agent  appointed  hereunder.  Any  reference  in this  Agreement to the
Paying Agent shall  include any  co-paying  agent unless the context  requires
otherwise.

     [SECTION 3.10.  Ownership by Company of Trust  Certificates.  The Company
                     -------------------------------------------
shall on the Closing Date purchase Trust  Certificates  representing  at least
  % of the Initial  Certificate Balance and shall thereafter retain beneficial
- --
and record  ownership of Trust  Certificates  representing at least   % of the
                                                                    --
Certificate  Balance.  Any attempted  transfer of any Trust  Certificate  that
would reduce such interest of the Company below   % of the Certificate Balance
                                                --
shall be void. The Owner Trustee shall cause any Trust  Certificate  issued to
the   Company   to   contain   a   legend   stating   "THIS   CERTIFICATE   IS
NON-TRANSFERABLE".]

     SECTION 3.11. Book-Entry Trust Certificates. The Trust Certificates, upon
                   -----------------------------
original  issuance,  will  be  issued  in  the  form  of a  typewritten  Trust
Certificate or Trust Certificates  representing Book-Entry Trust Certificates,
to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company,  the initial Clearing Agency,
by, or on behalf of, the Trust; provided that one Definitive Trust Certificate
                                --------
may be issued to the Company pursuant to Section 3.10. Such Trust  Certificate
or  Trust  Certificates  shall  initially  be  registered  on the  Certificate
Register  in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of the  initial  Clearing
Agency,  and no Certificate  Owner will receive a definitive Trust Certificate
representing  such  Certificate  Owner's  interest in such Trust  Certificate,
except as  provided  in  Section  3.13.  Unless  and until  definitive,  fully
registered Trust Certificates (the "Definitive Trust  Certificates") have been
issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 3.13:

     (a) The provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect;

     (b) The Certificate  Registrar and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to
deal with the Clearing  Agency for all purposes of this  Agreement  (including
the payment of  principal of and  interest on the Trust  Certificates  and the
giving of  instructions  or  directions  hereunder)  as the sole Holder of the
Trust Certificates and shall have no obligation to the Certificate Owners;

     (c) To the extent that the  provisions of this Section  conflict with any
other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the  provisions  of this Section shall
control;

     (d) The rights of Certificate  Owners shall be exercised only through the
Clearing  Agency  and  shall  be  limited  to  those  established  by law  and
agreements  between such Certificate Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the
Clearing  Agency   Participants.   Pursuant  to  the  Certificate   Depository
Agreement,  unless and until Definitive Trust Certificates are issued pursuant
to Section 3.13, the initial  Clearing Agency will make  book-entry  transfers
among the Clearing Agency  Participants  and receive and transmit  payments of
principal of and interest on the Trust  Certificates  to such Clearing  Agency
Participants;  and

     (e) Whenever this Agreement requires or permits actions to be taken based
upon instructions or directions of Holders of Trust Certificates  evidencing a
specified  percentage of the Certificate Balance, the Clearing Agency shall be
deemed to represent  such  percentage  only to the extent that it has received
instructions  to such effect from  Certificate  Owners and/or  Clearing Agency
Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of
the  beneficial  interest in the Trust  Certificates  and has  delivered  such
instructions  to the Owner  Trustee.

     SECTION  3.12.  Notices to  Clearing  Agency.  Whenever a notice or other
                     ----------------------------
communication  to the  Certificateholders  is required  under this  Agreement,
unless and until  Definitive  Trust  Certificates  shall  have been  issued to
Certificate  Owners pursuant to Section 3.13, the Owner Trustee shall give all
such   notices   and   communications   specified   herein   to  be  given  to
Certificateholders  to the Clearing  Agency,  and shall have no obligations to
the Certificate Owners.

     SECTION 3.13.  Definitive Trust  Certificates.  If (i) the  Administrator
                    ------------------------------
advises the Owner  Trustee in writing  that the  Clearing  Agency is no longer
willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the
Trust  Certificates  and the  Administrator  is unable  to locate a  qualified
successor,  (ii) the  Administrator at its option advises the Owner Trustee in
writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing
Agency  or (iii)  after  the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default  or a Master
Servicer  Default,   Certificate  Owners  representing   beneficial  interests
aggregating at least a majority of the Certificate Balance advise the Clearing
Agency in writing that the  continuation  of a book-entry  system  through the
Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interest of the  Certificate  Owners,
then the Clearing  Agency shall  notify all  Certificate  Owners and the Owner
Trustee of the  occurrence  of any such event and of the  availability  of the
Definitive Trust  Certificates to Certificate Owners requesting the same. Upon
surrender to the Owner Trustee of the typewritten  Trust  Certificate or Trust
Certificates  representing the Book-Entry  Trust  Certificates by the Clearing
Agency,  accompanied  by  registration  instructions,  the Owner Trustee shall
execute and authenticate the Definitive Trust  Certificates in accordance with
the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Certificate Registrar nor
the  Owner  Trustee  shall  be  liable  for  any  delay  in  delivery  of such
instructions and may  conclusively  rely on, and shall be protected in relying
on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Trust Certificates, the
Owner Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Trust Certificates
as  Certificateholders.  The Definitive Trust  Certificates  shall be printed,
lithographed  or  engraved  or  may be  produced  in any  other  manner  as is
reasonably  acceptable  to the Owner  Trustee,  as evidenced by its  execution
thereof.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                           Actions by Owner Trustee
                           ------------------------

     SECTION  4.01.  Prior Notice to Owners with  Respect to Certain  Matters.
                     --------------------------------------------------------
With respect to the following matters, the Owner Trustee shall not take action
unless at least 30 days before the taking of such  action,  the Owner  Trustee
shall have notified the  Certificateholders  in writing of the proposed action
and the Owners shall not have  notified the Owner  Trustee in writing prior to
the 30th day after such notice is given that such Owners have withheld consent
or provided alternative direction:

     (a) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust (except claims or
lawsuits  brought in connection with the collection of the Mortgage Loans) and
the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Trust
(except with respect to the  aforementioned  claims or lawsuits for collection
of the Mortgage Loans;

     (b) the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the  Certificate of
Trust (unless such  amendment is required to be filed under the Business Trust
Statute);

     (c)  the  amendment  of the  Indenture  by a  supplemental  indenture  in
circumstances  where  the  consent  of any  Noteholder  is  required;

     (d)  the  amendment  of the  Indenture  by a  supplemental  indenture  in
circumstances  where the consent of any  Noteholder  is not  required and such
amendment  materially  adversely  affects the interest of the Owners;

     (e)  the  amendment,   change  or  modification  of  the   Administration
Agreement,  except  to cure  any  ambiguity  or to  amend  or  supplement  any
provision in a manner or add any provision that would not materially adversely
affect the interests of the Owners; or

     (f)  the  appointment  pursuant  to the  Indenture  of a  successor  Note
Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or pursuant to this Agreement of
a successor  Certificate  Registrar,  or the consent to the  assignment by the
Note Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or Certificate Registrar of
its obligations under the Indenture or this Agreement, as applicable.

     SECTION 4.02. Action by Owners with Respect to Certain Matters. The Owner
                   ------------------------------------------------
Trustee shall not have the power,  except upon the direction of the Owners, to
(a) remove the Administrator  under the  Administration  Agreement pursuant to
Section [ ] thereof, (b) appoint a successor Administrator pursuant to Section
         -
[ ] of the Administration  Agreement, (c) remove the Master Servicer under the
 -
Master  Servicing  Agreement  pursuant to Section [ ] thereof or (d) except as
                                                   -
expressly  provided in the Basic Documents,  sell the Mortgage Loans after the
termination  of the  Indenture.  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  take the  actions
referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by
the Owners.

     SECTION  4.03.  Action by Owners with  Respect to  Bankruptcy.  The Owner
                     ---------------------------------------------
Trustee  shall  not have the  power to  commence  a  voluntary  proceeding  in
bankruptcy  relating to the Trust without the unanimous  prior approval of all
Owners  and the  delivery  to the  Owner  Trustee  by  each  such  Owner  of a
certificate  certifying that such Owner reasonably  believes that the Trust is
insolvent.

     SECTION 4.04.  Restrictions on Owners' Power. The Owners shall not direct
                    -----------------------------
the Owner  Trustee to take or to refrain from taking any action if such action
or  inaction  would be contrary  to any  obligation  of the Trust or the Owner
Trustee  under  this  Agreement  or any of the  Basic  Documents  or  would be
contrary to Section  2.03,  nor shall the Owner Trustee be obligated to follow
any such direction, if given.

     SECTION 4.05. Majority Control.  Except as expressly provided herein, any
                   ----------------
action that may be taken by the Owners  under this  Agreement  may be taken by
the Holders of Trust  Certificates  evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate  Balance.  Except as expressly provided herein, any written notice
of the Owners  delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be  effective  if
signed by Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of
the Certificate Balance at the time of the delivery of such notice.


                                   ARTICLE V

                  Application of Trust Funds; Certain Duties
                  ------------------------------------------

     SECTION 5.01.  Establishment of Trust Account. The Owner Trustee, for the
                    ------------------------------
benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of
the  Trust  an  Eligible  Deposit  Account  (the   "Certificate   Distribution
Account"),  bearing a designation  clearly indicating that the funds deposited
therein are held for the benefit of the Certificateholders.

     The Owner  Trustee  shall  possess all right,  title and  interest in all
funds on deposit from time to time in the Certificate Distribution Account and
in all proceeds thereof.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, the
Certificate  Distribution Account shall be under the sole dominion and control
of the Owner  Trustee  for the benefit of the  Certificateholders.  If, at any
time, the Certificate  Distribution  Account ceases to be an Eligible  Deposit
Account,  the Owner Trustee (or the Depositor on behalf of the Owner  Trustee,
if the Certificate  Distribution Account is not then held by the Owner Trustee
or an affiliate thereof) shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period,
not to exceed 30 calendar  days,  as to which each Rating  Agency may consent)
establish  a new  Certificate  Distribution  Account  as an  Eligible  Deposit
Account  and  shall  transfer  any cash  and/or  any  investments  to such new
Certificate Distribution Account.

     SECTION 5.02.  Application of Trust Funds. (a) On each Distribution Date,
                    --------------------------
the Owner Trustee will distribute to Certificateholders,  on a pro rata basis,
amounts deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account.

     (b) On each  Distribution  Date,  the Owner  Trustee  shall  send to each
Certificateholder the statement or statements provided to the Owner Trustee by
the  Master  Servicer  pursuant  to  Section  [    ] of the  Master  Servicing
                                               ----
Agreement with respect to such Distribution Date.

     (c) In the event  that any  withholding  tax is  imposed  on the  Trust's
payment  (or  allocations  of income) to an Owner,  such tax shall  reduce the
amount  otherwise  distributable to the Owner in accordance with this Section.
The Owner  Trustee is hereby  authorized  and  directed to retain from amounts
otherwise  distributable to the Owners sufficient funds for the payment of any
tax that is  legally  owed by the  Trust  (but  such  authorization  shall not
prevent  the  Owner  Trustee  from  contesting  any  such  tax in  appropriate
proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending
the outcome of such  proceedings).  The amount of any  withholding tax imposed
with respect to an Owner shall be treated as cash distributed to such Owner at
the time it is withheld by the Trust and  remitted to the  appropriate  taxing
authority.  If there is a  possibility  that  withholding  tax is payable with
respect to a distribution  (such as a distribution to a non-U.S.  Owner),  the
Owner Trustee may in its sole  discretion  withhold such amounts in accordance
with this paragraph.

     SECTION   5.03.   Method  of   Payment.   Subject  to  Section   9.01(c),
                       --------------------
                   
distributions  required to be made to  Certificateholders  on any Distribution
Date shall be made to each Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record
Date either by wire transfer,  in immediately  available funds, to the account
of such  Holder  at a bank  or  other  entity  having  appropriate  facilities
therefor,  if such  Certificateholder  shall have provided to the  Certificate
Registrar  appropriate written  instructions at least five Business Days prior
to  such  Distribution  Date  and  such  Holder's  Trust  Certificates  in the
aggregate  evidence a denomination  of not less than  $[            ],  or, if
                                                        ------------
not, by check mailed to such  Certificateholder  at the address of such holder
appearing in the Certificate Register.

     SECTION 5.04. No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest.  Subject to Sections
                   -------------------------------------
5.01 and 5.02,  moneys  received by the Owner  Trustee  hereunder  need not be
segregated  in any manner  except to the extent  required by law or the Master
Servicing  Agreement and may be deposited under such general conditions as may
be  prescribed  by law,  and the Owner  Trustee  shall  not be liable  for any
interest thereon.

     SECTION 5.05.  Accounting  and Reports to the  Noteholders,  Owners,  the
                    ----------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service and Others.  The Owner Trustee shall (a) maintain (or
- -----------------------------------
cause to be  maintained)  the books of the Trust on a calendar  year basis and
the  accrual  method of  accounting,  (b)  deliver  to each  Owner,  as may be
required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations,  such information as
may be required  (including  Schedule K-1) to enable each Owner to prepare its
federal and state  income tax returns,  (c) file such tax returns  relating to
the Trust (including a partnership information return, IRS Form 1065) and make
such elections as from time to time may be required or  appropriate  under any
applicable state or federal statute or any rule or regulation thereunder so as
to maintain the Trust's  characterization  as a partnership for federal income
tax purposes,  (d) cause such tax returns to be signed in the manner  required
by law and (e)  collect  or  cause  to be  collected  any  withholding  tax as
described in and in accordance  with Section 5.02(c) with respect to income or
distributions  to Owners.  The Owner Trustee shall elect under Section 1278 of
the Code to include in income  currently any market discount that accrues with
respect to the Mortgage  Loans.  The Owner Trustee shall not make the election
provided under Section 754 of the Code.

     SECTION 5.06.  Signature on Returns;  Tax Matters Partner.  (a) The Owner
                    ------------------------------------------
Trustee shall sign on behalf of the Trust the tax returns of the Trust, unless
applicable  law requires an Owner to sign such  documents,  in which case such
documents shall be signed by the Company.

     (b) The Company  shall be  designated  the "tax  matters  partner" of the
Trust pursuant to Section  6231(a)(7)(A)  of the Code and applicable  Treasury
Regulations.


                                  ARTICLE VI

                     Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee
                     -------------------------------------

     SECTION 6.01.  General  Authority.  The Owner  Trustee is authorized  and
                    ------------------
directed to execute and deliver the Basic  Documents  to which the Trust is to
be a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or
contemplated  by the Basic  Documents  to which the Trust is to be a party and
any amendment or other agreement or instrument,  in each case, in such form as
the Company shall approve,  as evidenced  conclusively  by the Owner Trustee's
execution  thereof.  In  addition  to the  foregoing,  the  Owner  Trustee  is
authorized,  but shall not be obligated,  to take all actions  required of the
Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents. The Owner Trustee is further authorized
from time to time to take such  action as the  Administrator  recommends  with
respect to the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 6.02.  General Duties.  It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee
                    --------------
to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities  pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which the Trust is a
party and to  administer  the Trust in the interest of the Owners,  subject to
the Basic  Documents and in accordance  with the provisions of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Owner  Trustee  shall be deemed to have
discharged  its  duties  and  responsibilities  hereunder  and under the Basic
Documents  to the extent the  Administrator  has agreed in the  Administration
Agreement  to perform any act or to  discharge  any duty of the Owner  Trustee
hereunder or under any Basic Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be held
liable  for the  default  or  failure  of the  Administrator  to carry out its
obligations under the Administration  Agreement.

     SECTION 6.03. Action upon  Instruction.  (a) Subject to Article IV and in
                   ------------------------
accordance  with the terms of the Basic  Documents,  the Owners may by written
instruction  direct the Owner  Trustee in the  management  of the Trust.  Such
direction  may be exercised at any time by written  instruction  of the Owners
pursuant to Article IV.

     (b) The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action  hereunder
or under any  Basic  Document  if the  Owner  Trustee  shall  have  reasonably
determined,  or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely
to result in liability on the part of the Owner  Trustee or is contrary to the
terms hereof or of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

     (c) Whenever the Owner  Trustee is unable to decide  between  alternative
courses of action  permitted  or  required by the terms of this  Agreement  or
under any Basic  Document,  the Owner Trustee  shall  promptly give notice (in
such form as shall be  appropriate  under  the  circumstances)  to the  Owners
requesting  instruction  as to the course of action to be adopted,  and to the
extent the Owner  Trustee  acts in good faith in  accordance  with any written
instruction of the Owners  received,  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable on
account of such  action to any  Person.  If the Owner  Trustee  shall not have
received appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or within such
shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be
necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take
or refrain from taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement or the
Basic  Documents,  as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Owners,
and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

     (d) In the event that the Owner  Trustee is unsure as to the  application
of any provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document or any such provision
is ambiguous as to its application,  or is, or appears to be, in conflict with
any other applicable  provision,  or in the event that this Agreement  permits
any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the
course of action that the Owner  Trustee is required to take with respect to a
particular  set of facts,  the Owner  Trustee may give notice (in such form as
shall  be  appropriate  under  the  circumstances)  to the  Owners  requesting
instruction  and, to the extent that the Owner  Trustee acts or refrains  from
acting in good faith in accordance  with any such  instruction  received,  the
Owner Trustee shall not be liable,  on account of such action or inaction,  to
any  Person.  If  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not  have  received  appropriate
instruction  within 10 days of such notice (or within such  shorter  period of
time as reasonably  may be specified in such notice or may be necessary  under
the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from
taking  such  action  not  inconsistent  with  this  Agreement  or  the  Basic
Documents,  as it shall deem to be in the best  interests  of the Owners,  and
shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

     SECTION  6.04.  No Duties  Except as  Specified  in this  Agreement or in
                     ---------------------------------------------------------
Instructions.  The  Owner  Trustee  shall not have any duty or  obligation  to
- ------------
manage, make any payment with respect to, register,  record, sell, dispose of,
or otherwise deal with the Owner Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain
from taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated
hereby to which the Owner Trustee is a party,  except as expressly provided by
the terms of this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received
by the Owner  Trustee  pursuant  to Section  6.03;  and no  implied  duties or
obligations  shall be read into this Agreement or any Basic  Document  against
the Owner Trustee.  The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility  for filing
any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to
otherwise  perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien
granted to it  hereunder  or to prepare or file any  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  filing  for the Trust or to  record  this  Agreement  or any Basic
Document.  The Owner Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost
and expense,  promptly  take all action as may be  necessary to discharge  any
liens on any part of the Owner Trust  Estate  that result from  actions by, or
claims against, the Owner Trustee that are not related to the ownership or the
administration of the Owner Trust Estate.

     SECTION 6.05. No Action Except Under Specified Documents or Instructions.
                   ----------------------------------------------------------
The  Owner  Trustee  shall not  manage,  control,  use,  sell,  dispose  of or
otherwise  deal  with  any  part  of the  Owner  Trust  Estate  except  (i) in
accordance  with the powers  granted to and the authority  conferred  upon the
Owner Trustee  pursuant to this  Agreement,  (ii) in accordance with the Basic
Documents and (iii) in accordance  with any document or instruction  delivered
to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.03.

     SECTION 6.06.  Restrictions.  The Owner Trustee shall not take any action
                    ------------
(a) that is  inconsistent  with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section
2.03 or (b) that, to the actual  knowledge of the Owner Trustee,  would result
in the  Trust's  becoming  taxable as a  corporation  for  federal  income tax
purposes.  The Owners  shall not direct the Owner  Trustee to take action that
would violate the provisions of this Section.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                         Concerning the Owner Trustee
                         ----------------------------

     SECTION 7.01.  Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. The Owner Trustee accepts
                    -------------------------------
the trusts  hereby  created  and agrees to perform its duties  hereunder  with
respect to such  trusts but only upon the terms of this  Agreement.  The Owner
Trustee  also  agrees  to  disburse  all  moneys   actually   received  by  it
constituting  part of the  Owner  Trust  Estate  upon the  terms of the  Basic
Documents  and this  Agreement.  The Owner  Trustee shall not be answerable or
accountable  hereunder or under any Basic  Document  under any  circumstances,
except (i) for its own willful [malfeasance, bad faith or gross] negligence or
(ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained
in Section 7.03 expressly made by the Owner Trustee. In particular, but not by
way of limitation  (and subject to the  exceptions  set forth in the preceding
sentence):

     (a) The Owner  Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
by a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee;

     (b) The Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable  with  respect  to any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the  instructions of the
Administrator or any Owner;

     (c) No provision of this  Agreement or any Basic  Document  shall require
the Owner  Trustee to expend or risk funds or  otherwise  incur any  financial
liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder or under
any Basic  Document if the Owner  Trustee  shall have  reasonable  grounds for
believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk
or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

     (d)  Under no  circumstances  shall  the  Owner  Trustee  be  liable  for
indebtedness  evidenced  by or  arising  under  any  of the  Basic  Documents,
including the principal of and interest on the Notes;

     (e) The Owner Trustee shall not be  responsible  for or in respect of the
validity or sufficiency  of this Agreement or for the due execution  hereof by
the  Depositor  or  the  Company  or for  the  form,  character,  genuineness,
sufficiency,  value or validity of any of the Owner Trust Estate, or for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Basic Documents,  other than the
certificate of authentication on the Trust Certificates, and the Owner Trustee
shall in no event assume or incur any  liability,  duty,  or obligation to any
Noteholder  or to any Owner,  other than as  expressly  provided for herein or
expressly agreed to in the Basic Documents;

     (f) The Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable for the default or misconduct
of the  Administrator,  the Seller or  Depositor,  the Company,  the Indenture
Trustee or the Master  Servicer under any of the Basic  Documents or otherwise
and the Owner  Trustee  shall have no  obligation  or liability to perform the
obligations of the Trust under this Agreement or the Basic  Documents that are
required  to be  performed  by  the  Administrator  under  the  Administration
Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Master Servicer or
the Seller or Depositor under the Master Servicing Agreement; and

     (g) The Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement,  or to institute,  conduct or
defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this
Agreement or any Basic Document, at the request,  order or direction of any of
the Owners,  unless such Owners have offered to the Owner Trustee  security or
indemnity  satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that
may be incurred  by the Owner  Trustee  therein or  thereby.  The right of the
Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or
in any Basic  Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee
shall not be answerable for other than its [willful malfeasance,  bad faith or
gross negligence] in the performance of any such act.

     SECTION 7.02. Furnishing of Documents. The Owner Trustee shall furnish to
                   -----------------------
the Owners promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor,  duplicates or
copies of all reports, notices,  requests,  demands,  certificates,  financial
statements and any other instruments  furnished to the Owner Trustee under the
Basic Documents.

     SECTION 7.03.  Representations  and Warranties.  The Owner Trustee hereby
                    -------------------------------
represents and warrants to the Company, for the benefit of the Owners, that:

     (a) It is a banking  corporation  duly organized and validly  existing in
good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware.  It has all requisite
corporate power and authority to execute,  deliver and perform its obligations
under this Agreement.

     (b)  It has  taken  all  corporate  action  necessary  to  authorize  the
execution and delivery by it of this  Agreement,  and this  Agreement  will be
executed  and  delivered  by one of its  officers  who is duly  authorized  to
execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

     (c) Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this  Agreement,  nor
the consummation by it of the transactions  contemplated hereby nor compliance
by it with any of the terms or provisions  hereof will  contravene any federal
or Delaware  law,  governmental  rule or  regulation  governing the banking or
trust powers of the Owner  Trustee or any judgment or order  binding on it, or
constitute any default under its charter documents or bylaws or any indenture,
mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which
any of its properties may be bound.

     SECTION 7.04.  Reliance;  Advice of Counsel.  (a) The Owner Trustee shall
                    ----------------------------
incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice,
resolution,  request, consent, order,  certificate,  report, opinion, bond, or
other  document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be
signed  by the  proper  party or  parties.  The  Owner  Trustee  may  accept a
certified  copy of a resolution  of the board of directors or other  governing
body of any corporate  party as conclusive  evidence that such  resolution has
been duly  adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect.
As to any  fact  or  matter  the  method  of  determination  of  which  is not
specifically  prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof
rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president or by the
treasurer or other authorized  officers of the relevant party, as to such fact
or matter and such  certificate  shall constitute full protection to the Owner
Trustee  for any  action  taken or  omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
reliance thereon.

     (b) In the exercise or  administration of the trusts hereunder and in the
performance  of its duties and  obligations  under this Agreement or the Basic
Documents,  the Owner  Trustee  (i) may act  directly or through its agents or
attorneys  pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Owner
Trustee  shall not be liable for the conduct or  misconduct  of such agents or
attorneys  if such agents or attorneys  shall have been  selected by the Owner
Trustee with reasonable  care, and (ii) may consult with counsel,  accountants
and other skilled  Persons to be selected with reasonable care and employed by
it. The Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable for  anything  done,  suffered  or
omitted in good faith by it in accordance  with the written  opinion or advice
of any such  counsel,  accountants  or other such  Persons and not contrary to
this Agreement or any Basic Document.

     SECTION 7.05.  Not Acting in Individual  Capacity.  Except as provided in
                    ----------------------------------
this    Article    VII,   in    accepting    the   trusts    hereby    created
[                     ]  acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its
 ---------------------
individual  capacity,  and all  Persons  having  any claim  against  the Owner
Trustee by reason of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or any
Basic  Document  shall  look only to the Owner  Trust  Estate  for  payment or
satisfaction thereof.

     SECTION 7.06. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates or Mortgage
                   -----------------------------------------------------------
Loans. The recitals  contained herein and in the Certificates  (other than the
- -----
signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Trust Certificates)
shall be taken as the  statements of the  Depositor  and the Company,  and the
Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner
Trustee makes no  representations  as to the validity or  sufficiency  of this
Agreement,  of any Basic Document or of the Trust Certificates (other than the
signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Trust Certificates)
or the Notes, or of any Mortgage Loan or related documents.  The Owner Trustee
shall at no time have any  responsibility  or liability for or with respect to
the legality, validity and enforceability of any Mortgage Loan, or for or with
respect  to the  sufficiency  of the  Owner  Trust  Estate or its  ability  to
generate  the  payments to be  distributed  to  Certificateholders  under this
Agreement  or  the  Noteholders  under  the  Indenture,   including,   without
limitation: the existence,  condition and ownership of any property securing a
Mortgage Loan; the existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon;  the
validity  of the  assignment  of any  Mortgage  Loan  to the  Trust  or of any
intervening  assignment;  the performance or enforcement of any Mortgage Loan;
the compliance by the Depositor,  the Company or the Master  Servicer with any
warranty  or  representation  made under any Basic  Document or in any related
document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation, or any action
of the  Administrator,  the  Indenture  Trustee or the Master  Servicer or any
subservicer  taken in the  name of the  Owner  Trustee.  SECTION  7.07.  Owner
Trustee  May Own  Trust  Certificates  and  Notes.  The Owner  Trustee  in its
individual  or any other  capacity  may  become  the owner or pledgee of Trust
Certificates  or Notes  and may deal  with the  Depositor,  the  Company,  the
Administrator,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Master  Servicer  in banking
transactions  with  the same  rights  as it  would  have if it were not  Owner
Trustee.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                         Compensation of Owner Trustee
                         -----------------------------

     SECTION 8.01. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses.  The Owner Trustee shall
                   ---------------------------------
receive as  compensation  for its  services  hereunder  such fees as have been
separately  agreed upon before the date hereof  between the  Depositor and the
Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the
Depositor  for  its  other  reasonable  expenses   hereunder,   including  the
reasonable   compensation,   expenses  and   disbursements   of  such  agents,
representatives,  experts  and  counsel  as the Owner  Trustee  may  employ in
connection  with the  exercise  and  performance  of its rights and its duties
hereunder.

     SECTION 8.02.  Indemnification.  The Depositor shall be liable as primary
                    ---------------
obligor  for,  and shall  indemnify  the  Owner  Trustee  and its  successors,
assigns,  agents and servants  (collectively,  the "Indemnified Parties") from
and against, any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,  taxes,
claims,  actions and suits,  and any and all  reasonable  costs,  expenses and
disbursements  (including  reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and
nature whatsoever (collectively,  "Expenses") which may at any time be imposed
on,  incurred  by, or asserted  against the Owner  Trustee or any  Indemnified
Party in any way  relating  to or  arising  out of this  Agreement,  the Basic
Documents,  the Owner  Trust  Estate,  the  administration  of the Owner Trust
Estate or the action or inaction of the Owner Trustee  hereunder,  except only
that the  Depositor  shall not be  liable  for or  required  to  indemnify  an
Indemnified  Party from and against  Expenses arising or resulting from any of
the matters  described in the third sentence of Section 7.01. The  indemnities
contained in this Section shall survive the  resignation or termination of the
Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement. In any event of any claim,
action or  proceeding  for which  indemnity  will be sought  pursuant  to this
Section,  the Owner Trustee's  choice of legal counsel shall be subject to the
approval of the Depositor,  which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     SECTION  8.03.  Payments to the Owner  Trustee.  Any amounts  paid to the
                     ------------------------------
Owner  Trustee  pursuant to this Article VIII shall be deemed not to be a part
of the Owner Trust Estate immediately after such payment.


                                  ARTICLE IX

                        Termination of Trust Agreement
                        ------------------------------

     SECTION 9.01.  Termination of Trust Agreement.  (a) This Agreement (other
                    ------------------------------
than Article VIII) and the Trust shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect (i) upon the final  distribution  by the Owner Trustee of all moneys or
other  property or proceeds of the Owner Trust Estate in  accordance  with the
terms of the Indenture,  the Master Servicing  Agreement and Article V or (ii)
at  the  time  provided  in  Section  9.02.   The   bankruptcy,   liquidation,
dissolution,  death or  incapacity  of any Owner,  other  than the  Company as
described in Section 9.02,  shall not (x) operate to terminate  this Agreement
or the Trust or (y) entitle such  Owner's  legal  representatives  or heirs to
claim an  accounting  or to take any action or  proceeding  in any court for a
partition  or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Owner Trust Estate
or (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties
hereto.

     (b) Except as provided in Section  9.01(a),  none of the  Depositor,  the
Company or any Owner shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

     (c) Notice of any termination of the Trust,  specifying the  Distribution
Date upon which Certificateholders shall surrender their Trust Certificates to
the Paying Agent for payment of the final distribution and cancellation, shall
be given by the Owner  Trustee by letter to  Certificateholders  mailed within
five  Business Days of receipt of notice of such  termination  from the Master
Servicer stating (i) the Distribution Date upon or with respect to which final
payment  of the  Trust  Certificates  shall  be  made  upon  presentation  and
surrender of the Trust  Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein
designated,  (ii) the  amount of any such  final  payment  and (iii)  that the
Record Date otherwise  applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable,
payments  being  made  only  upon  presentation  and  surrender  of the  Trust
Certificates  at the office of the Paying Agent therein  specified.  The Owner
Trustee shall give such notice to the Certificate Registrar (if other than the
Owner  Trustee)  and the  Paying  Agent at the time  such  notice  is given to
Certificateholders. Upon presentation and surrender of the Trust Certificates,
the Paying Agent shall cause to be distributed to  Certificateholders  amounts
distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.02.

     In the event that all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their
Trust Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified
in the above mentioned  written notice,  the Owner Trustee shall give a second
written notice to the remaining  Certificateholders  to surrender  their Trust
Certificates for cancellation and receive the final  distribution with respect
thereto. If within one year after the second notice all the Trust Certificates
shall not have been surrendered for  cancellation,  the Owner Trustee may take
appropriate  steps,  or may  appoint an agent to take  appropriate  steps,  to
contact the remaining  Certificateholders  concerning surrender of their Trust
Certificates,  and the cost  thereof  shall be paid out of the funds and other
assets that shall remain subject to this Agreement. Any funds remaining in the
Trust after  exhaustion of such  remedies  shall be  distributed  by the Owner
Trustee to the Company.

     (d) Upon the  winding  up of the  Trust  and its  termination,  the Owner
Trustee  shall  cause the  Certificate  of Trust to be  cancelled  by filing a
certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.

     SECTION 9.02.  Dissolution  upon Bankruptcy of the Company.  In the event
                    -------------------------------------------
that an  Insolvency  Event  shall  occur  with  respect to the  Company,  this
Agreement  shall be terminated  in accordance  with Section 9.01 90 days after
the date of such  Insolvency  Event,  unless,  before  the end of such  90-day
period,  the Owner  Trustee  shall have  received  written  instructions  from
Holders of Certificates (other than the Company) representing more than 50% of
the Certificate  Balance (not including the  Certificate  Balance of the Trust
Certificates  held  by the  Company),  to the  effect  that  each  such  party
disapproves  of  the  liquidation  of the  Mortgage  Loans  and of the  Trust.
Promptly  after the  occurrence  of any  Insolvency  Event with respect to the
Company,  (A) the  Company  shall  give the  Indenture  Trustee  and the Owner
Trustee written notice of such Insolvency  Event, (B) the Owner Trustee shall,
upon the receipt of such written notice from the Company,  give prompt written
notice to the  Certificateholders and the Indenture Trustee, of the occurrence
of such event and (C) the  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  upon receipt of written
notice of such  Insolvency  Event from the Owner Trustee or the Company,  give
prompt  written  notice to the  Noteholders  of the  occurrence of such event;
provided that any failure to give a notice required by this sentence shall not
- --------
prevent or delay,  in any manner,  a termination  of the Trust pursuant to the
first  sentence of this  Section  9.02.  Upon a  termination  pursuant to this
Section, the Owner Trustee shall direct the Indenture Trustee promptly to sell
the assets of the Trust  (other than the Trust  Accounts  and the  Certificate
Distribution  Account)  and,  on  behalf  of the  Company,  in a  commercially
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds of such a
sale of the  assets of the Trust  shall be treated  as  collections  under the
Master Servicing Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE X

            Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees
            ------------------------------------------------------

     SECTION 10.01.  Eligibility  Requirements  for Owner  Trustee.  The Owner
                     ---------------------------------------------
Trustee  shall at all times be a  corporation  satisfying  the  provisions  of
Section  3807(a)  of  the  Business  Trust  Statute;  authorized  to  exercise
corporate  trust  powers;  having a combined  capital  and surplus of at least
$50,000,000  and subject to  supervision  or  examination  by federal or state
authorities;  and having  (or  having a parent  that has) a rating of at least
[    ] by [          ]. If such corporation shall publish reports of condition
 ----      ----------
at least  annually  pursuant to law or to the  requirements  of the  aforesaid
supervising or examining authority,  then for the purpose of this Section, the
combined  capital  and surplus of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its
combined  capital  and  surplus  as set  forth in its most  recent  report  of
condition so  published.  In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to
be eligible in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section,  the Owner
Trustee shall resign  immediately in the manner and with the effect  specified
in Section 10.02.

     SECTION 10.02. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee
                    ---------------------------------------
may at any time resign and be  discharged  from the trusts  hereby  created by
giving written notice thereof to the Administrator. Upon receiving such notice
of resignation,  the  Administrator  shall promptly  appoint a successor Owner
Trustee by written  instrument,  in  duplicate,  one copy of which  instrument
shall  be  delivered  to the  resigning  Owner  Trustee  and  one  copy to the
successor  Owner  Trustee.  If no successor  Owner  Trustee shall have been so
appointed  and have  accepted  appointment  within 30 days after the giving of
such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

     If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
with the  provisions  of Section  10.01 and shall fail to resign after written
request  therefor by the  Administrator,  or if at any time the Owner  Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or
a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed,  or any
public  officer  shall take  charge or control of the Owner  Trustee or of its
property  or  affairs  for the  purpose  of  rehabilitation,  conservation  or
liquidation,  then the  Administrator  may  remove the Owner  Trustee.  If the
Administrator  shall  remove  the Owner  Trustee  under the  authority  of the
immediately  preceding  sentence,  the Administrator  shall promptly appoint a
successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed and one
copy to the  successor  Owner  Trustee,  and  shall  pay all fees  owed to the
outgoing Owner Trustee.

     Any  resignation  or removal of the Owner  Trustee and  appointment  of a
successor  Owner  Trustee  pursuant to any of the  provisions  of this Section
shall not become  effective  until  acceptance of appointment by the successor
Owner  Trustee  pursuant to Section 10.03 and payment of all fees and expenses
owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.  The Administrator shall provide notice of
such  resignation  or  removal  of the  Owner  Trustee  to each of the  Rating
Agencies.

     SECTION  10.03.  Successor  Owner  Trustee.  Any successor  Owner Trustee
                      -------------------------
appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall execute,  acknowledge and deliver to
the Administrator and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting
such  appointment  under this  Agreement,  and  thereupon the  resignation  or
removal of the  predecessor  Owner  Trustee shall become  effective,  and such
successor  Owner Trustee,  without any further act, deed or conveyance,  shall
become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its
predecessor  under this Agreement,  with like effect as if originally named as
Owner Trustee.  The  predecessor  Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees
and  expenses  deliver  to the  successor  Owner  Trustee  all  documents  and
statements and monies held by it under this Agreement;  and the  Administrator
and the predecessor  Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such  instruments
and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly
vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers,
duties and obligations.

     No successor  Owner Trustee shall accept  appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such  acceptance  such  successor  Owner Trustee
shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01.

     Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor  Owner Trustee  pursuant to
this   Section,   the   Administrator   shall  mail  notice   thereof  to  all
Certificateholders,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the  Noteholders  and the Rating
Agencies.  If the Administrator  shall fail to mail such notice within 10 days
after  acceptance of such  appointment  by the successor  Owner  Trustee,  the
successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of
the Administrator.

     SECTION 10.04. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.  Any corporation
                    ----------------------------------------
into which the Owner  Trustee may be merged or  converted or with which it may
be consolidated,  or any corporation resulting from any merger,  conversion or
consolidation  to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially  all of the corporate trust business of the
Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder,  without
the  execution or filing of any  instrument  or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto,  anything  herein to the contrary  notwithstanding;
provided that such  corporation  shall be eligible  pursuant to Section 10.01;
- --------
provided  further that the Owner  Trustee  shall mail notice of such merger or
- --------  -------
consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

     SECTION   10.05.   Appointment   of  Co-Trustee   or  Separate   Trustee.
                        -----------------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Agreement,  at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal  requirements  of any  jurisdiction  in which any
part of the Owner Trust Estate may at the time be located,  the  Administrator
and the Owner  Trustee  acting  jointly shall have the power and shall execute
and deliver all  instruments  to appoint one or more  Persons  approved by the
Administrator  and Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee,  jointly with the Owner
Trustee,  or as separate trustee or separate  trustees,  of all or any part of
the Owner Trust Estate,  and to vest in such Person,  in such  capacity,  such
title to the Trust or any part thereof and, subject to the other provisions of
this  Section,  such  powers,  duties,  obligations,  rights and trusts as the
Administrator  and the Owner Trustee may consider  necessary or desirable.  If
the  Administrator  shall not have joined in such  appointment  within 15 days
after the receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner  Trustee  alone shall
have the power to make such  appointment.  No co-trustee  or separate  trustee
under this  Agreement  shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a
successor  Owner  Trustee  pursuant  to  Section  10.01  and no  notice of the
appointment of any co-trustee or separate  trustee shall be required  pursuant
to Section 10.03.

     Each separate  trustee and co-trustee  shall, to the extent  permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

     (a) All rights,  powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon
the Owner  Trustee  shall be conferred  upon and exercised or performed by the
Owner  Trustee  and such  separate  trustee or  co-trustee  jointly  (it being
understood  that such separate  trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act
separately  without  the Owner  Trustee  joining in such  act),  except to the
extent that under any law of any  jurisdiction  in which any particular act or
acts  are  to  be  performed,  the  Owner  Trustee  shall  be  incompetent  or
unqualified  to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,  powers,
duties and  obligations  (including  the  holding of title to the Owner  Trust
Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and
performed  singly by such separate  trustee or  co-trustee,  but solely at the
direction of the Owner Trustee;

     (b) No trustee under this Agreement shall be personally  liable by reason
of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement; and

     (c) The  Administrator  and the Owner Trustee  acting  jointly may at any
time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

     Any notice,  request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be
deemed  to  have  been  given  to  each  of the  then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if given to each of them.  Every  instrument
appointing  any separate  trustee or co-trustee  shall refer to this Agreement
and the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon
its  acceptance of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested with the estates or
property  specified in its instrument of appointment,  either jointly with the
Owner Trustee or separately,  as may be provided  therein,  subject to all the
provisions of this Agreement,  specifically  including every provision of this
Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording
protection to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the
Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator.

     Any  separate  trustee or  co-trustee  may at any time  appoint the Owner
Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die,  become  incapable  of  acting,  resign or be  removed,  all of its
estates,  properties,  rights,  remedies  and  trusts  shall  vest  in  and be
exercised by the Owner Trustee,  to the extent  permitted by law,  without the
appointment of a new or successor co-trustee or separate trustee.


                                  ARTICLE XI

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

     SECTION 11.01. Supplements and Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended
                    --------------------------
by the Depositor, the Company and the Owner Trustee, with prior written notice
to the Rating  Agencies,  without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders,  to cure any  ambiguity,  to  correct  or  supplement  any
provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions in this Agreement
or  of  modifying  in  any  manner  the  rights  of  the  Noteholders  or  the
Certificateholders;  provided  that such action  shall not, as evidenced by an
                     --------
Opinion of Counsel,  adversely affect in any material respect the interests of
any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     This  Agreement  may also be amended from time to time by the  Depositor,
the Company and the Owner  Trustee,  with prior  written  notice to the Rating
Agencies,  with the consent of the Holders  (as defined in the  Indenture)  of
Notes  evidencing  not less than a majority  of the  Principal  Balance of the
Notes and the consent of the Holders of Certificates  evidencing not less than
a  majority  of the  Certificate  Balance,  for  the  purpose  of  adding  any
provisions to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the provisions
of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the  Noteholders
or the Certificateholders;  provided that no such amendment shall (a) increase
                            --------
or reduce in any manner the amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the timing of,
collections  of  payments  on Mortgage  Loans or  distributions  that shall be
required   to  be  made   for  the   benefit   of  the   Noteholders   or  the
Certificateholders  or (b) reduce the  aforesaid  percentage  of the Principal
Balance of the Notes and the  Certificate  Balance  required to consent to any
such  amendment,  without the  consent of the  holders of all the  outstanding
Notes and Certificates.

     Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent,  the Owner
Trustee shall furnish written  notification of the substance of such amendment
or consent to each  Certificateholder,  the Indenture  Trustee and each of the
Rating Agencies.

     It  shall  not  be  necessary  for  the  consent  of  Certificateholders,
Noteholders or the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to this Section to approve the
particular  form  of any  proposed  amendment  or  consent,  but it  shall  be
sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of
obtaining such consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders provided
for in this  Agreement or in any other Basic  Document) and of evidencing  the
authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholders  shall be subject
to such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

     Promptly  after the  execution  of any  amendment to the  Certificate  of
Trust,  the Owner  Trustee shall cause the filing of such  amendment  with the
Secretary of State.

     Prior  to the  execution  of  any  amendment  to  this  Agreement  or the
Certificate of Trust,  the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel  stating that the  execution  of such  amendment is
authorized  or permitted by this  Agreement.  The Owner Trustee may, but shall
not be  obligated  to,  enter into any such  amendment  that affects the Owner
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

     SECTION 11.02. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Owners. The Owners
                    ----------------------------------------------
shall not have legal title to any part of the Owner Trust  Estate.  The Owners
shall be entitled to receive  distributions  with  respect to their  undivided
ownership  interest  therein  only in  accordance  with  Articles V and IX. No
transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest of
the Owners to and in their ownership  interest in the Owner Trust Estate shall
operate to terminate  this  Agreement  or the trusts  hereunder or entitle any
transferee  to an  accounting  or to the  transfer to it of legal title to any
part of the Owner Trust Estate.

     SECTION 11.03.  Limitations on Rights of Others. Except for Section 2.07,
                     -------------------------------
the  provisions  of this  Agreement  are solely  for the  benefit of the Owner
Trustee, the Depositor, the Company, the Owners, the Administrator and, to the
extent expressly  provided herein,  the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders,
and nothing in this Agreement  (other than Section 2.07),  whether  express or
implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable
right,  remedy or claim in the Owner  Trust  Estate or under or in  respect of
this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.


     SECTION  11.04.  Notices.  (a) Unless  otherwise  expressly  specified or
                      -------
permitted by the terms  hereof,  all notices  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed  given upon receipt by the intended  recipient or three  Business  Days
after mailing if mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid (except that notice
to the Owner  Trustee  shall be deemed  given only upon actual  receipt by the
Owner  Trustee),  if to the Owner  Trustee,  addressed to the Corporate  Trust
Office;  if to the  Depositor,  addressed to IndyMac ABS, Inc., 155 North Lake
Avenue,  Pasadena,  California 91101, Attention:  [              ];  if to the
                                                   --------------
Company,    addressed    to    [                             ],     Attention:
                                -----------------------------
[            ];  or,  as to each  party,  at such  other  address  as shall be
 ------------
designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

     (b) Any notice  required or permitted to be given to a  Certificateholder
shall be given by first-class  mail,  postage prepaid,  at the address of such
Holder as shown in the Certificate  Register.  Any notice so mailed within the
time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively  presumed to have been
duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

     SECTION  11.05.  Severability.  Any provision of this  Agreement  that is
                      ------------
prohibited  or   unenforceable   in  any   jurisdiction   shall,  as  to  such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the  extent  of  such   prohibition  or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or  unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate
or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 11.06. Separate  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed by
                    ----------------------
the parties  hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed
and delivered shall be an original,  but all such counterparts  shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION  11.07.  Successors  and Assigns.  All covenants  and  agreements
                      -----------------------
contained  herein shall be binding upon,  and inure to the benefit of, each of
the  Depositor,  the Company,  the Owner Trustee and its  successors  and each
Owner and its successors and permitted  assigns,  all as herein provided.  Any
request, notice,  direction,  consent, waiver or other instrument or action by
an Owner shall bind the successors and assigns of such Owner.

     SECTION 11.08. Covenants of the Company. The Company will not at any time
                    ------------------------
institute against the Trust any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States
federal or state  bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations
relating to the Trust  Certificates,  the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of
the Basic Documents.

     SECTION  11.09.  No Petition.  The Owner  Trustee,  by entering into this
                      -----------
Agreement, each Certificateholder,  by accepting a Trust Certificate,  and the
Indenture  Trustee and each  Noteholder,  by  accepting  the  benefits of this
Agreement,  hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute
against  the  Company or the Trust,  or join in any  institution  against  the
Company or the Trust of, any  bankruptcy  proceedings  under any United States
federal or state  bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations
relating to the Trust  Certificates,  the Notes,  this Agreement or any of the
Basic Documents.

     SECTION 11.10. No Recourse.  Each  Certificateholder by accepting a Trust
                    -----------
Certificate  acknowledges  that such  Certificateholder's  Trust  Certificates
represent  beneficial  interests  in the  Trust  only  and  do  not  represent
interests  in or  obligations  of the  Depositor,  the  Master  Servicer,  the
Company,  the Administrator,  the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee or any
Affiliate  thereof and no recourse  may be had against  such  parties or their
assets,  except  as may  be  expressly  set  forth  or  contemplated  in  this
Agreement, the Trust Certificates or the Basic Documents.

     SECTION  11.11.  Headings.  The  headings  of the  various  Articles  and
                      --------
Sections  herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

     SECTION  11.12.  GOVERNING  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  CONSTRUED IN
                      --------------
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION  11.13.  Depositor  Payment  Obligation.  The Depositor  shall be
                      ------------------------------
responsible for payment of the  Administrator's  fees under the Administration
Agreement  and  shall  reimburse  the   Administrator  for  all  expenses  and
liabilities of the Administrator incurred thereunder.

                                  * * * * * *






     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto  have  caused this  Amended and
Restated  Trust  Agreement to be duly  executed by their  respective  officers
hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

                                   INDYMAC ABS, INC.,
                                    as Depositor,



                                   by:
                                      ----------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



                                   [                              ],
                                    ------------------------------



                                   by:
                                      ----------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                   [------------------------------],
                                   not in its individual capacity but solely
                                   as Owner Trustee,



                                   by:
                                      ----------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:






                                                                     EXHIBIT A



                           FORM OF TRUST CERTIFICATE
                           -------------------------

UNLESS THIS  CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS  REGISTERED  IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH  OTHER  NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE  &  CO.  OR  TO  SUCH  OTHER  ENTITY  AS IS  REQUESTED  BY AN  AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER,  PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE  REGISTERED  OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

NUMBER                                                              $_________
R-___________                                              CUSIP NO. _________

                 [           ] HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199  -
                  -----------                            -- --

     [     ]% HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199  -  
      -----                                                         -- --

evidencing a fractional  undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Trust,
as defined  below,  the  property  of which  includes  a pool of  [fixed-rate]
[adjustable rate] home equity revolving credit line loans caused to be sold to
the Trust by [               ].
              ---------------

(This Trust  Certificate  does not  represent an interest in or  obligation of
[the  Depositor,  the  Seller  or the  [Master  Servicer]]  or  any  of  their
respective affiliates, except to the extent described below.)

     THIS CERTIFIES THAT [                        ] is the registered owner of
                          ------------------------
[                    ] DOLLARS nonassessable, fully paid, fractional undivided
 --------------------
interest in [           ] HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199  -   (the "Trust") formed
             -----------                            -- --
by  IndyMac  ABS,  Inc.,  a  Delaware   corporation  (the  "Depositor"),   and
[               ], a [          ] corporation (the "Company").
 ---------------      ----------






                 OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the  Trust  Certificates  referred  to in the  within-mentioned
Trust Agreement.

[                   ],                             [                   ],
 -------------------                                -------------------
as Owner Trustee                  or               as Owner Trustee

by:                                                by:[                ],
   --------------------                                ----------------
   Authorized Signatory                                as Authenticating Agent

                                                       by:
                                                          --------------------
                                                          Authorized Signatory






     The Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement,  dated as of , 199  
                                                                            --
(the "Trust Agreement"),  among the Depositor, the Company and [            ],
                                                                ------------
as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee"),  a summary of certain of the pertinent
provisions of which is set forth below.  To the extent not  otherwise  defined
herein,  the capitalized  terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them
in  the  Trust  Agreement  or  the  Master  Servicing  Agreement  dated  as of
           , 199   (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Master
- -----------     --
Servicing  Agreement"),  among the Trust, the Depositor and [               ],
                                                             ---------------
as servicer (the "Master Servicer"), as applicable.

     This  Certificate is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Home Equity Loan
Asset-Backed   Certificates,   Series  199  -     (herein  called  the  "Trust
                                          -- --
Certificates"). Also issued under the Indenture dated as of            , 199  
                                                            -----------     --
between  the Trust  and  [                ],  as  indenture  trustee,  are the
                          ----------------
[       ] classes of Notes designated as [
 -------                                  ------------------------------------
                                                                             ]
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(collectively,  the "Notes").  This Trust  Certificate  is issued under and is
subject to the terms,  provisions  and conditions of the Trust  Agreement,  to
which Trust  Agreement the Holder of this Trust  Certificate  by virtue of its
acceptance  hereof assents and by which such Holder is bound.  The property of
the Trust consists of a pool of  [adjustable  rate] home equity loan revolving
credit  line loans made or to be made in the future  (the  "Mortgage  Loans"),
under certain home equity  revolving  credit line loan  agreements and secured
primarily by second [deeds of trust]  [mortgages]  on  residential  properties
that  are  primarily   one-  to   four-family   properties   (the   "Mortgaged
Properties");  the collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans received after
the  Cut-off  Date;  property  that  secured a  Mortgage  Loan  which has been
acquired by  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure;  [a surety bond] [a
letter  of  credit];  an  assignment  of  the  Depositor's  rights  under  the
[                ];  rights under certain hazard insurance  policies  covering
 ----------------
the  Mortgaged  Properties;  and certain  other  property.  [The rights of the
Holders  of the  Trust  Certificates  are  subordinated  to the  rights of the
Holders of the Notes, as set forth in the Master Servicing Agreement.]

     Under the Trust Agreement, there will be distributed on the [       ] day
                                                                  -------
of each  month or,  if such  [       ]  day is not a  Business  Day,  the next
                              -------
Business Day (each, a "Distribution Date"), commencing on            ,  199  ,
                                                          -----------      --
to the Person in whose name this Trust Certificates is registered at the close
of business on the first day of the month or, if Definitive  Certificates  are
issued,  the  [       ]  day of the prior  month  (the  "Record  Date"),  such
               -------
Certificateholder's   fractional  undivided  interest  in  the  amount  to  be
distributed to  Certificateholders on such Distribution Date. No distributions
of principal will be made on any Certificate  until all of the Notes have been
paid in full.

     [The Holder of this Trust  Certificate  acknowledges  and agrees that its
rights to receive  distributions  in respect  of this  Trust  Certificate  are
subordinated  to the  rights of the  Noteholders  as  described  in the Master
Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.]

     It is the intent of the Depositor,  the Company,  the Master Servicer and
the  Certificateholders  that, for purposes of federal income, state and local
income and single  business tax and any other income taxes,  the Trust will be
treated as a partnership  and the  Certificateholders  (including the Company)
will be treated as  partners  in that  partnership.  The Company and the other
Certificateholders,  by acceptance of a Trust Certificate, agree to treat, and
to take no action  inconsistent with the treatment of, the Trust  Certificates
for such tax purposes as partnership interests in the Trust.

     Each Certificateholder or Certificate Owner, by its acceptance of a Trust
Certificate or, in the case of a Certificate Owner, a beneficial interest in a
Trust  Certificate,  covenants  and  agrees  that  such  Certificateholder  or
Certificate  Owner, as the case may be, will not at any time institute against
the  Company,  or  join  in  any  institution  against  the  Company  of,  any
bankruptcy,    reorganization,    arrangement,   insolvency   or   liquidation
proceedings,  or other  proceedings  under any United States  federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any  obligations  relating to the
Trust  Certificates,  the  Notes,  the  Trust  Agreement  or any of the  Basic
Documents.

     Distributions  on this Trust  Certificate will be made as provided in the
Trust  Agreement by the Owner  Trustee by wire transfer or check mailed to the
Certificateholder   of  record  in  the  Certificate   Register   without  the
presentation  or  surrender  of this  Trust  Certificate  or the making of any
notation hereon, except that with respect to Trust Certificates  registered on
the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency  (initially,
such  nominee to be Cede & Co.),  payments  will be made by wire  transfer  in
immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee.  Except
as otherwise  provided in the Trust Agreement and  notwithstanding  the above,
the final distribution on this Trust Certificate will be made after due notice
by the  Owner  Trustee  of the  pendency  of such  distribution  and only upon
presentation  and surrender of this Trust  Certificate at the office or agency
maintained  for that purpose by the Owner Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York.

     Reference  is  hereby  made  to the  further  provisions  of  this  Trust
Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof,  which further  provisions  shall
for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

     Unless the certificate of authentication  hereon shall have been executed
by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Trust
Certificate shall not entitle the Holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust
Agreement or the Master Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

     THIS TRUST  CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,
AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in
its  individual  capacity,  has  caused  this  Trust  Certificate  to be  duly
executed.


                                     INDYMAC ABS, INC.

                                     by:  [                     ], not in its
                                           ---------------------
                                          individual capacity but solely as
                                          Owner Trustee



Dated:                               by:
                                        -------------------------------------
                                                 Authorized Signatory






                        [REVERSE OF TRUST CERTIFICATE]


     The Trust  Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an interest
in, the Depositor,  the Master Servicer, the Company, the Owner Trustee or any
affiliates  of any of them and no recourse  may be had against such parties or
their assets,  except as expressly set forth or contemplated  herein or in the
Trust Agreement or the Basic Documents. In addition, this Trust Certificate is
not guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality and is limited in
right of payment to certain  collections  and  recoveries  with respect to the
Mortgage Loans (and certain other amounts), all as more specifically set forth
herein and in the  Master  Servicing  Agreement.  A copy of each of the Master
Servicing   Agreement  and  the  Trust   Agreement  may  be  examined  by  any
Certificateholder  upon written  request  during normal  business hours at the
principal office of the Depositor and at such other places, if any, designated
by the Depositor.

     The Trust Agreement  permits,  with certain  exceptions therein provided,
the amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and obligations of
the Depositor and the Company and the rights of the  Certificateholders  under
the Trust  Agreement at any time by the  Depositor,  the Company and the Owner
Trustee  with the  consent of the  Holders of the Trust  Certificates  and the
Notes,  each  voting as a class,  evidencing  not less than a majority  of the
Certificate Balance and the outstanding principal balance of the Notes of each
such class. Any such consent by the Holder of this Trust  Certificate shall be
conclusive  and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of this Trust
Certificate and of any Trust Certificate issued upon the transfer hereof or in
exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent is
made  upon this  Trust  Certificate.  The Trust  Agreement  also  permits  the
amendment thereof,  in certain limited  circumstances,  without the consent of
the Holders of any of the Trust Certificates.

     As provided  in the Trust  Agreement  and subject to certain  limitations
therein set forth,  the transfer of this Trust  Certificate is registerable in
the  Certificate  Register  upon  surrender  of  this  Trust  Certificate  for
registration  of  transfer  at the  offices  or  agencies  of the  Certificate
Registrar  maintained by the Owner  Trustee in the Borough of  Manhattan,  The
City of New York,  accompanied  by a written  instrument  of  transfer in form
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate  Registrar duly executed
by the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and
thereupon  one or more new  Trust  Certificates  of  authorized  denominations
evidencing  the same  aggregate  interest  in the Trust  will be issued to the
designated  transferee.  The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the
Trust Agreement is [                 ], New York, New York.
                    -----------------

     Except as provided in the Trust  Agreement,  the Trust  Certificates  are
issuable   only  as  registered   Trust   Certificates   without   coupons  in
denominations  of  $[          ]  and in integral  multiples of  $[       ] in
                     ----------                                    -------
excess  thereof.  As  provided in the Trust  Agreement  and subject to certain
limitations  therein set forth,  Trust  Certificates  are exchangeable for new
Trust Certificates of authorized  denominations  evidencing the same aggregate
denomination,  as requested by the Holder  surrendering  the same.  No service
charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the
Owner  Trustee  or the  Certificate  Registrar  may  require  payment of a sum
sufficient  to cover any tax or  governmental  charge  payable  in  connection
therewith.

     The Owner Trustee,  the Certificate  Registrar and any agent of the Owner
Trustee or the  Certificate  Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this
Certificate  is registered  as the owner hereof for all purposes,  and none of
the Owner  Trustee,  the  Certificate  Registrar  or any such  agent  shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary.

     The obligations and  responsibilities  created by the Trust Agreement and
the   Trust   created   thereby   shall   terminate   upon  the   payment   to
Certificateholders  of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the
Trust Agreement and the Master Servicing  Agreement and the disposition of all
property  held as part of the Owner Trust Estate.  The Master  Servicer of the
Mortgage  Loans may at its option  purchase  the Owner Trust Estate at a price
specified in the Master Servicing Agreement, and such purchase of the Mortgage
Loans and other  property of the Trust will  effect  early  retirement  of the
Trust Certificates;  HOWEVER, such right of purchase is exercisable only as of
the last day of any  Collection  Period as of which the Pool  Balance  is less
than or equal to [    ]% of the Original Pool Balance.
                  ----

     The Trust  Certificates  may not be acquired  by (a) an employee  benefit
plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the  provisions
of Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or
(c) any entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan assets by reason of a
plan's  investment in the entity (each,  a "Benefit  Plan").  By accepting and
holding  this Trust  Certificate,  the Holder  hereof  shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.






                                  ASSIGNMENT

          FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED  the  undersigned  hereby  sells,  assigns  and
transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the  within  Trust  Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to transfer said Trust Certificate on the books of the Certificate  Registrar,
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

                                                                            */
                                        -------------------------------------
                                                   Signature Guaranteed:

                                                                           */
                                             -------------------------------

- -----------------

*/ NOTICE:  The signature to this  assignment must correspond with the name as
- -
it appears upon the face of the within Trust  Certificate in every particular,
without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be
guaranteed  by a member firm of the New York Stock  Exchange  or a  commercial
bank or trust company.






                            CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
                  [           ] HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199   
                   -----------                            ---
                  -------------------------------------------

          THIS  Certificate of Trust of  [           ]  HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST
                                          -----------

199  -    (the  "Trust"),  dated , 199  ,  is being duly executed and filed by
   -- --                              --

[                     ], a [                           ],  as trustee, to form
 ---------------------      ---------------------------

a business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act (12 Del. Code,  Section
                                                           ---------

3801 ET SEQ.).

          1.  Name.   The  name  of  the  business   trust  formed  hereby  is
              ----

[           ] HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199  -  .
 -----------                            -- --

          2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the trustee of
             ----------------

the Trust in the  State of  Delaware  is  [              ],  Delaware  [    ],

                                           --------------               ----
Attention: [                               ].
            -------------------------------

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned,  being the sole trustee of the

Trust,  has  executed  this  Certificate  of Trust as of the date first  above

written.

                                    [              ],
                                     --------------
                                    not in its individual capacity but solely
                                    as owner trustee under a Trust  Agreement
                                    dated            , 199
                                          -----------     -


                                 By:
                                    -----------------------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:






                                                                     EXHIBIT C

                  [Form of Certificate Depository Agreement]

   
                                                                  Exhibit 5.1(a)
    

                              [BROWN & WOOD LLP]





   
                                               July 31, 1998
    



IndyMac ABS, Inc.
155 North Lake Avenue
Pasadena, CA  91101

                        Re:   IndyMac ABS, Inc.
                              Registration Statement on Form S-3
                              File No. 333-51609
                              ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel for IndyMac ABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of a registration
statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), relating to the issuance from time to
time of up to $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Asset Backed
Certificates and Asset Backed Notes (the "Securities"), issuable in series
(each, a "Series"). The Registration Statement is being filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1933 Act. As set forth in the
Registration Statement, each Series of Securities will be issued under and
pursuant to the conditions of a separate pooling and servicing agreement,
trust agreement or indenture (each, an "Agreement") among the Company, a
trustee (the "Trustee") and, where appropriate, a master servicer (the "Master
Servicer"), each to be identified (together with any other relevant parties)
in the prospectus supplement for such Series of Securities.

     We have examined copies of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation,
the Company's By-laws and forms of each Agreement, as filed as Exhibits 4.1,
4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6 and 10.1 to the Registration Statement, and the forms
of Securities included in any Agreement so filed in the Registration Statement
and such other records, documents and statutes as we have deemed necessary for
purposes of this opinion.

     Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

     (i)   When any Agreement relating to a Series of Securities has been duly
and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and
has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Master Servicer, if
any, the Trustee and any other party thereto, such Agreement will constitute a
legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the
Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally or by general equity principles.

     (ii)  When a Series of Securities has been duly authorized by all
necessary action on the part of the Company (subject to the terms thereof
being otherwise in compliance with applicable law at such time), duly executed
and authenticated by the Trustee for such Series in accordance with the terms
of the related Agreement and issued and delivered against payment therefor as
described in the Registration Statement, such Series of Securities will be
legally and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders
thereof will be entitled to the benefits of the related Agreement.

     (iii) The information set forth in each Prospectus under the caption
"Federal Income Tax Consequences," to the extent it constitutes matters of law
or legal conclusions, is correct in all material respects. The opinions set
forth in each Prospectus under the heading "Federal Income Tax Consequences"
are hereby confirmed and adopted.

   
     In rendering the foregoing opinions, we express no opinion as to the laws
of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York (excluding
choice of law principles therein) and the federal laws of the United States of
America.
    

     We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the heading
"Legal Matters" in each prospectus supplement and prospectus forming a part of
the Registration Statement, without admitting that we are "experts" within the
meaning of the 1933 Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission issued
thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including
this exhibit.

                                              Very truly yours,



                                              Brown & Wood LLP


                                                                  Exhibit 5.1(b)

                    [Letterhead of Richards, Layton & Finger]


                                                   July 31 , 1998




IndyMac ABS, Inc.
155 North. Lake Avenue
Pasadena, CA 91101


                           Re:      IndyMac ABS, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have  acted as  special  Delaware  counsel  for  IndyMac  ABS,  Inc.,  a
corporation (the "Company") in connection with the issuance from time to time of
the Certificates (as defined below),  issuable in series (each, a "Series").  At
your request, this opinion is being furnished to you.

     For purposes of giving the opinions  hereinafter set forth, our examination
of documents has been limited to the  examination  of originals or copies of the
following:

     (a) The Registration Statement (the "Registration Statement") on Form filed
by the Company with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on or about July 31,
1998;

     (b) A form of the Trust  Agreement  of trust to be entered into between the
Company, the trustees of the trust named therein, and the holders,  from time to
time,  of the  undivided  beneficial  interests  in the  assets  of  such  trust
(including the exhibits  thereto) (the "Trust  Agreement"),  attached as Exhibit
4.4 to the Registration Statement; and

     (c) A form of the  certificate  of trust attached as Exhibit B to the Trust
Agreement;

     (d) A form of  certificate  attached  as  Exhibit A to the Trust  Agreement
(individually, a "Certificate," and collectively, the "Certificates").

     Initially  capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used
as defined in the Trust Agreement.

     For purposes of this opinion, we have not reviewed any documents other than
the documents listed in paragraphs (a) through (d) above. In particular, we have
not reviewed any document  (other than the documents  listed in  paragraphs  (a)
through (d) above) that is referred to in or  incorporated by reference into the
documents  reviewed by us. We have assumed that there exists no provision in any
document that we have not reviewed that is inconsistent with the opinions stated
herein.  We have conducted no independent  factual  investigation of our own but
rather have relied  solely upon the  foregoing  documents,  the  statements  and
information  set forth  therein and the  additional  matters  recited or assumed
herein,  all of which we have  assumed to be true,  complete and accurate in all
material respects.

     With  respect to all  documents  examined  by us, we have  assumed  (i) the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as authentic  originals,  (ii) the
conformity  with the  originals  of all  documents  submitted to us as copies or
forms, and (iii) the genuineness of all signatures.

     For purposes of this opinion,  we have assumed (i) that the Trust Agreement
will  constitute the entire  agreement among the parties thereto with respect to
the subject matter  thereof,  including with respect to the creation,  operation
and  termination of the trust,  and that the Trust  Agreement the Certificate of
Trust will be in full force and effect and have not been  amended,  (ii) the due
organization  or due formation,  as the case may be, and valid existence in good
standing  of each party to the  documents  examined  by us under the laws of the
jurisdiction  governing its organization or formation,  (iii) the legal capacity
of natural  persons who are parties to the  documents  examined by us, (iv) that
each of the parties to the documents  examined by us has the power and authority
to execute and deliver,  and to perform its obligations  under,  such documents,
(v) the due authorization,  execution and delivery by all parties thereto of all
documents  examined by us, (vi) the receipt by each Person to whom a Certificate
is to be issued  collectively,  the "Certificate  Holders") of a Certificate for
such  Certificate  and the payment for such  Certificate in accordance  with the
Trust Agreement and the Registration Statement,  and (vii) that the Certificates
are issued and sold to the  Certificate  Holders  in  accordance  with the Trust
Agreement  and the  Registration  Statement.  We have  not  participated  in the
preparation of the Registration  Statement and assume no responsibility  for its
contents.

     This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding the
securities  laws of the  State  of  Delaware),  and we have not  considered  and
express no opinion on the laws of any other jurisdiction, including federal laws
and rules and regulations  relating thereto. Our opinions are rendered only with
respect to Delaware laws and rules,  regulations and orders thereunder which are
currently in effect.

     The  following  opinions  regarding   enforceability  are  subject  to  (i)
applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium,  receivership,
fraudulent  conveyance  and similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and
remedies of  creditors  generally;  (ii)  principles  of equity  (regardless  of
whether  considered  and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law); and (iii)
the effect of  applicable  public  policy on the  enforceability  of  provisions
relating to indemnification or contribution.

     Based upon the foregoing, and upon our examination of such questions of law
and  statutes  of the  State of  Delaware  as we have  considered  necessary  or
appropriate,  and subject to the  assumptions,  qualifications,  limitations and
exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

     1. The  Certificates  will represent  valid,  fully paid and  nonassessable
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust.

     2. The Trust Agreement will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligtion
of the parties  thereto,  enforceable  against the parties thereto in accordance
with its terms.

     We consent to the filing of this opinion with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the
use of our name under the  heading  "Legal  Matters"  in the form of  Prospectus
Supplement for Home Equity Asset Backed Notes and Asset backed  Certificates for
the Certificates.  In giving the foregoing consent, we do not thereby admit that
we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or the rules and  regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission  thereunder.  Except as stated above, without
our prior  written  consent,  this opinion may not be furnished or quoted to, or
relied upon by, any other person for any purpose.

                                                     Very truly yours,


GCK


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission